DOE-2 Reference Manual Version 2.1 - DOE2.com
DOE-2 Reference Manual Version 2.1 - DOE2.com
DOE-2 Reference Manual Version 2.1 - DOE2.com
- No tags were found...
You also want an ePaper? Increase the reach of your titles
YUMPU automatically turns print PDFs into web optimized ePapers that Google loves.
Lawrence BerkeleyL r tLos Alamos ScientificLaboratoLA-7689-M Ver. <strong>2.1</strong>LBL-8706 Rev. 1<strong>DOE</strong>-2REFERENCE MANUALPART 1<strong>Version</strong> <strong>2.1</strong>Group WX-4, Program SupportLos Alamos Scientific LaboratoryLos Alamos, New MexicoMay 1980Supported by the Office of Buildings and Community SystemsAssistant Secretary for Conservation and Solar ApplicationsUnited States Department of Energy
LA-7689-M Ver. <strong>2.1</strong>ALBL-8706 Rev. 2<strong>DOE</strong>-2 REFERENCE MANUAL(<strong>Version</strong> <strong>2.1</strong>A)Part 1Group Q-11, Solar Energy GroupLos Alamos National LaboratoryLos Alamos, NM 87545Edited by Don A. York, Eva F. Tucker, and Charlene C. CappielloMay 1981(Revised 5/81)
NOTICEThe explicit function of this computer program is to aid in the analysis ofenergy consumption in buildings. This program is not-rntended to be thesole source of information relied upon for the desl£Jrl of buildings. Thebasic authority that should be relied upon is the judgment and experienceof the architect/engineer.The technical .information in this computer program has been compiled fromthe best available sources and is believed to be correct. Many of theequations and much of the methodology used are based on the algorithmspublished by the American Society of Heating, Refrigerating, and AirConditioning Engineers, Inc. (ASHRAE), described in Ref. 1. However, thisedition of the <strong>Reference</strong> <strong>Manual</strong> does not reflect ASHRAE review comment.ASHRAE POLICY STATEMENT ON THE USE OF THE NAME OFASHRAE IN CONNECTION WITH COMPUTER PROGRAMSNumerous computer programs have been developed and are being marketed withthe statement that they are in accordance with the ASHRAE Handbook ofFundamentals and/or are based on ASHRAE calculation procedures.The Society does not endorse and is not responsible for any computerprograms which mayor may not use information published in the ASHRAEHandbook of Fundamentals or other ASHRAE publications.Persons using the name of ASHRAE in connection with any computer program orpersons considering the use of computer programs which infer that ASHRAEhas endorsed them are hereby cautioned that ASHRAE does not make any suchendorsement.This report was prepared as an account of work sponsored by the USGovernment. Neither the US Government, nor any of its employees, nor anyof its contractors, subcontractors, or their employees, makes any warranty,express or implied or assumes any legal liability or responsibility for theaccuracy, completeness or usefulness of any information, apparatus, productor process disclosed, or represents that its use would not infringe onprivately owned rights.No references may be made to the 00E-2 computer program as having beenresponsible for calculations unless a complete, up-to-date copy of thisprogram is used to perform the calculations and that copy has beencertified by the 00E-2 staff as distributed through the <strong>DOE</strong>/National EnergySoftware Center at Argonne National Laboratory.(Revised 5/81)
ENGINEERS MANUAL RELEASEThe <strong>DOE</strong> <strong>2.1</strong>A Engineers <strong>Manual</strong> will not be released at the same time asthe [JOE <strong>2.1</strong>A <strong>Reference</strong> <strong>Manual</strong>, BDL Summary, Users Guide, and Sample RunBook. The <strong>DOE</strong>-<strong>2.1</strong>A Engineers <strong>Manual</strong> is currently estimated to be releasedin the spring of 1982.Often throughout this manual, the user will be referred to theEngineers <strong>Manual</strong>, which will not exist until later. We apologize for thisinconvenience.(Revised 5/81)
USER EVALUATION<strong>DOE</strong>-<strong>2.1</strong> REFERENCE MANUALThe editors of the <strong>DOE</strong>-<strong>2.1</strong> <strong>Reference</strong> <strong>Manual</strong> would appreciate yourcomments as a user of the manual. Please take a few minutes to answerthese questions and return this sheet to Bruce D. Hunn, Los Alamos NationalLaboratory, Group Q-11, MS 571, P. O. Box 1663, Los Alamos, NM 87545(telephone: commercial (505) 667-6441; FTS 843-6441).1. Are you, as a user of this manual, serving as an engineer, acomputer programmer, other ___________________________________ ?Do you find that the manual containstoo muchnot enoughor-user-instruction detail?the right amountDo you find that the manual containstoo much not enough the right amountof program and data-structure detail?2. What is the date of the 1 ast revi s ion to your manu a l? ___________ _3. Does the manual largely provide the information you need?yes no partiallyIf your answer is not "yes,· would you briefly describe theinformation you find lacking?4. If you feel that the organization, format, or presentation claritycould be improved, what suggestions can you give us?5. Have you found any errors? If so, would you please indicate them?Error inCh apter , pageNature of error: -----Chapter , pageNature of error: -----Thank you.Please feel free to continue your comments on the back of this page.(Revised 5/81)
NOTE TO THE BEGINNING <strong>DOE</strong>-2 USERThe beginning user should not be overwhelmed by the size of this <strong>Reference</strong><strong>Manual</strong>. A large portion of this manual will never by used by you as an individualuser; however, all the material has been included because some user,somewhere, will need it eventually.It is not recommended that you attempt to read this manual as if it werea "novel". Rather, this manual should be read as if it were an "encyclopedia".Look for what you need .and, for the moment, ignore the rest. Only after youhave an application, or a problem to solve, will this manual become trulyuseful.It is recommended that you, as a beginning user, follow the followingsteps in getting started with <strong>DOE</strong>-2:1. Read the Introduction (Chap. I).2. Review BDL (Chap. II), but do not attempt to memorize it.3. Find a real problem or application and then acquire (or originate):a. Site layoutb. Floor plan of each floor, elevations, construction detailsc. Mechanical schematic or drawingd. Equipment specs.4. Read the Introduction to LOADS (Chap. III) and then make a LOADS run(using the appropriate User Worksheets).5. Read the Introduction to SYSTEMS (Chap. IV), determine yourSYSTEM-TYPE, and then make a SYSTEMS run (using the appropriateApplicability Table and User Worksheets).6. Read the Introduction to PLANT (Chap. V) and then make a PLANT run(using the appropriate User Worksheets).7. Read the Introduction to ECONOMICS (Chap. VI) and then make anECONOMICS run (using the appropriate User Worksheets).8. Conduct PARAMETRIC-INPUT runs on LOADS, SYSTEMS, PLANT, andECONOMICS.(Revised 5/81)
<strong>DOE</strong>-2 REFERENCE MANUALTABLE OF CONTENTSPart 1ABSTRACT . . . . • • • .FOREWORD • • • . . • . •ACKNOWLEDGMENTS .•.•STATUS AND AVAILABILITYiiiivviiCHAPTER I.INTRODUCTIONA. DOCUMENTATION ...•1.2.3.4.Volume I - Users GuidelBDL Summary.Volume II - Sample Run Book. . .•..Volume III - <strong>Reference</strong> <strong>Manual</strong> (Parts 1 and 2)Volume IV - Engineers <strong>Manual</strong>.B. PROGRAM PACKAGE .C. EXECUTIVE SUMMARY1.2.3.4.5.6.7.8.9.Program ControlBDL Processor .LOADS Progr am .SYSTEMS ProgramPLANT Program ..ECONOMICS ProgramREPORT Progr
6. LIKE 7. Subcomman ds 8. Comments· · · · · · · · · · · ·9. Typical Run Instruction Sequences10. Parametric Run Instruction Sequences11. Scheduling Concepts· · · · ·12. Advanced Schedul ing ConceptsB. INSTRUCTION DESCRIPTIONS1- INPUT .· · · · ·2. PARAMETRIC-INPUT.3. DIAGNOSTIC4. ABORT • 5. TI TLE .· · 6. PARAMETER . ·7. SET -DEFAULT.8. DAY-SCHEDULE9. WEEK-SCHEDULE10. SCHEDULE11. REPORT-BLOCK12. HOURLY-REPORT13. END. . · 14. COMPUTE .15. SAVE-FILES·16. STOPPage11.411.611.611.711.811.1211.1311.1511.1511.15II .1611.1911.1911.20I 1.2211.2311.2711.2911.3011.32I 1.3311.3411.34II .35CHAPTER III.LOADS PROGRAMA. INTRODUCTION......1-2.3.4.5.6.Preparation of InputLDL Input SequenceLimitations •.•..Coordinate Systems.•a. Building Coordinate Systemb. Space Coordinate System .•c. Surface Coordinate System .Use of the Coordinate Systems ., ••..•.a. Quick Method for Locating Walls, Ceilings, andFloors (in Box-Shaped.SPACEs) .••.••..b. Locating and Orienting Building Shades, Roofs,and Exterior Walls •...c. Locating Windows and Doors.Data Hierarchy •...•...•I II.lI I 1.1I II. 2I II. 3III .6II1.6II 1.8II 1.10II 1.10II 1.10I I 1.10II 1.15II 1.15I I 1.19(Revised 5/81)
PageB. LDL INPUT INSTRUCTIONS. . . • .1. INPUT (Alternative Forms)2. RUN-PERIOD ...•3. DESIGN-DAy ••..4. BUILDING-LOCATION5. BUILDING-SHADE.6. BUILDING-RESOURCE7. SPACE-CONDITIONS.. . .8. Specifying EXTERIOR WALLS, EXTERIOR FLOORS, AND ROOFS9. Specifying INTERIOR WALLS, INTERIOR FLOORS, CEILINGS,UNDERGROUND WALLS, UNDERGROUND FLOORS, ANDNON-GLASS DOORS10. . MATERIAL ••11. LAYERS ••.12. CONSTRUCTION13. GLASS-TYPE14. SPACE ••••.•..•15. EXTERIOR-WALL (or ROOF)16. WINDOW •.•.•..•17. DOOR ••.••..••18. INTERIOR-WALL .••••...••...19. UNDERGROUND-WALL (or UNDERGROUND-FLOOR)20. LOADS-REPORT21. HOURLY-REPORT... • ...•22. REPORT-BLOCK .•..•..•.C. ALTERNATIVE LOAD CALCULATION METHODS.1.2.3.4.Load Calculation Methods ..••..INPUT (Alternative Forms for LOADS)<strong>DOE</strong>-2 Library Files ••..••.•.•..a. Standard INPUT LOADS with PrecalculatedWeighting Factors .••.•••.••b. Creating a User's Own Library of MATERIALs,LAYERS, and Custom Weighting Factors.c. Creating Custom Weighting Factorsfrom BDLLIB •.•••..•...•.••d. Combining the Prespecified and aUser-Specified Library .••..•.••..WARNING and ERROR Messages for the Custom WeightingFactors Generation Program .••••••.••..II 1. 21II1.21I I 1.21II1.25II 1.30II 1.35II 1.39I I 1.42II 1.57II 1.69I II. 73II 1. 76II 1.80II 1.87II 1.94II 1.100II 1.107II 1.110IlL 113I I 1.118II 1.123IlL 127IlL 130111.141II 1.141II 1.145III.147II1.151IlL 152II 1.158II 1.158II 1.162(Revised 5/81)
CHAPTER IV.A. I NTRODUCTI ON1.2.3.4.5.6.7.8.SYSTEMS PROGRAMProgram DescriptionParametric Runs ..System CombinationsCalculation Procedures ..... .Systems Description Language (SOL).SOL Command Structure • . . . • .Example SOL Instruction SequenceSOL Input Instruction LimitationsB. AVAILABLE HVAC DISTRIBUTION SYSTEMS1.2.3.4.General Discussion of SystemsList of Available Systems andExplanation of System OptionsSystem Descriptions ...•.a.b.c.d.e.f.g.h.i.j.k.l.m.n.o.p.q.r.s.t.u.v.. .OptionsSummation of LOADS to PLANT (SUM) •Single-Zone Fan System with OptionalSubzone Reheat (SZRH)Mu It i zone Fan Sys tem U1ZS)Dual-Duct Fan System (DDS)Ceiling Induction System (SZCI)Unit Heater (UHT) ...•...Unit Ventilator (UVT) .....Floor Panel Heating System (FPH)Two-Pipe Fan Coil System (TPFC) .Four-Pipe Fan Coil System (FPFC) •.Two-Pipe Induction Unit System (TPIU)Four-Pipe Induction Unit System (FPIU)Variable-Volume Fan System wlOptionalReheat (VAVS) .........•Constant-Volume Reheat Fan System (RHFS)Unitary Hydronic Heat Pump System (HP)Heating and Ventilating System (HVSYS) ..•Ceiling Bypass Variable-Volume System (CBVAV)Residential System (RESYS) ........ .Packaged Single Zone Air Conditioner withHeating and Subzone Reheating Options (PSZ).Packaged Multizone Fan System (PMZS) ...... .Packaged Variable-Air-Volume System (PVAVS) ... .Package Terminal Air Conditioner (PTAC) .....•PageIV.IIV.IIV.IIV.2IV.2IV.3IV.4IV.4IV.5IV.8IV.I0IV.10IV.I0IV.15IV.17IV.17IV.19IV.23IV.28IV.33IV.38IV.40IV.43IV.45IV.49IV.52IV.57IV.62IV.67IV.71IV.75IV.78IV.82IV.87IV.9IIV.96IV.100(Revised 5/81)
Page5.6.SYSTEM Control Strategy . . . . . . • .. .a.b.General Discussion for all SYSTEM-TYPEsExamples .........•..•...i. Example Control Strategies forSYSTEM-TYPE Equals MZS, DDS, or PMZS.ii. Example Control Strategies forSYSTEM-TYPE Equals VAVS, PVAVS,CBVAV or RHFS . . . . . . . . .iii. Example Control Strategy forSYSTEM-TYPE Equals SZRH or PSZ.iv. Example Control Strategy forSYSTEM-TYPE Equals TPFC, FPFC,HP, RESYS, or PTAC ..•..•v. Example Control Strategy forvi.SYSTEM-TYPE Equals UHT or UVTExample Control Strategy forSYSTEM-TYPE Equals FPH ..vii. Example Control Strategies forSYSTEM-TYPE Equals HVSYS ...viii. Example Control Strategies forSYSTEM-TYPE Equals TPIU or FPIUix.Thermostat SimulationC. SOL INPUT INSTRUCTIONS1.2.3.4.5.6.7.8.9.10.11.1<strong>2.1</strong>3.14.15.16.Example Control Strategies forSYSTEM-TYPE Equals SZCIReset Schedule Instructionsa. DAY-RESET-SCH.b. RESET-SCHEDULECURVE-FIT .•ZONE-AIRZONE-CONTROLZONE .....SYSTEM-CONTROLSYSTEM-AIRSYSTEM-FANS . .SYSTEM-TERMINALSYSTEM-FLUID .SYSTEM-EQUIPMENT.SYSTEM . . . . •PLANT-ASSIGNMENTSYSTEMS-REPORTHOURLY-REPORTREPORT-BLOCKIV.105IV.105IV.117IV.117IV.128IV.133IV.137IV.147IV.150IV.151IV.155I V .160IV.164IV.176IV.176IV.176IV.176IV.180IV.188IV.193IV.198IV.203IV.213IV.221IV.231I V . 234IV.237IV.257IV.267IV.269IV.273IV.275(Revised 5/81)
D. SIMULATION METHODOLOGY . . . . . • . • . . . • •1. System Design Calculations .•••...•a. Zone and System Supply Air Flow Rateb. Outside Air Flow Rate •..••c. Heating and Cooling Capacitiesand Extraction Ratesd. Fan Electrical ConsumptionIV.298IV.298IV.300IV.302IV.302IV.303CHAPTER V.PLANT PROGRAMA. INTRODUCTION ...•1.2.3.4.5.Program DescriptionPLANT Economics ••Suggested Procedure for the Use of the PLANT ProgramSuggested Sequence of PLANT Program InputPDL and CBS Input Instruction LimitationsB. PDL INPUT INSTRUCTIONS1.2.3.4.5.6.7.8.9.10.11.1<strong>2.1</strong>3.14.15.16.17.18.PLANT-EQUIPMENT •PART-LOAD-RATIO •PLANT-PARAMETERSEQUIPMENT-QUADLOAD-ASSIGNMENTLOAD-MANAGEMENTHEAT-RECOVERY •ENERGY-STORAGEENERGY-COST .•PLANT-COSTS • •REFERENCE-COSTSDAY-ASSIGN-SCHPLANT-ASSIGNMENTPLANT-REPORT .HOURLY-REPORT ..REPORT-BLOCK .•SOLAR-EQUIPMENT .BDL COMMAND WORDS .V.lV.lV.lV.2V.3V.5V.8V.9V.9V.18V.22V.38V.52V.59V.66V.73V.83V.9lV.94V.97V.98V.100V.l03V.l05V.ll5V.ll5(Revised 5/81)
C. SOLAR SIMULATOR ..1. Introduction2. Instructions3. Preassembled Systems4. User-Assembled Systems5. Report Functions6. Example Input DataV.116V.116V.122V.129V.153V.260V.263CHAPTER VI.A. I NTRODUCTI ON1-2.3.4.5.ECONOMICS PROGRAMBackground ••.•.Life-cycle Costing Methodology ••.Economics Description Language (EDL).Instruction Sequence ..••..EDL Input Instruction LimitationsB. EDL INPUT INSTRUCTIONS1-2.3.4.COMPONENT-COSTBASELINEECONOMICS-REPORTOther EDL Commands.C. ECONOMIC EVALUATION METHODS1-2.3.Method I: Ranking by Life-Cycle Costs.Method II: Ranking Retrofit Alternatives UsingInvestment Statistics .•...•••Method III: Comparison of New Building DesignsUsing Investment Statistics •..••...•VI.lVI.lVI.lVI.2V1.4V1.5V1.5VI.6V1.6V1.9V 1.12V 1.12VI. 13VI.13VI.14VI.16(Revised 5/81)
Part 2CHAPTER VII. REPORTSA. INTRODUCTION ••1. Standard Reports2. Hourly Reports .B. LOADS OUTPUT REPORT DESCRIPTIONSC. SYSTEMS OUTPUT REPORT DESCRIPTIONSD. PLANT OUTPUT REPORT DESCRIPTIONS •E. ECONOMICS OUTPUT REPORT DESCRIPTIONSVIL1VII.1VIL1VII .1V II.2VII. 56VIL90VII.125CHAPTER VIII.A. INTRODUCTION..B. WEATHER VARIABLESC. WEATHER FILES . •1-2.3.4.WEATHER DATATRY • • . .California, CTZTMY • • . •Others. • •D. SOLAR RADIATION DATAE. DESIGN DAY •• . • •F. WEATHER DATA PROCESSING PROGRAMSAPPENDIX VIII.A - NOAA TEST REFERENCE YEAR WEATHER DATA MANUALA. INTRODUCTION............1. Source......·.......2. Quality Control and Conversions3. Use of The <strong>Manual</strong> ..•••..VIlLIVIlLIVIlLIVIIL2VIIL2VIIL2VIIL2VIIL2VIIL13VIIL13V II 1.14VIlLI?VIIL18VIIL19VIII.19VIIL20(Revised 5/81)
B. MANUAL AND TAPE NOTATIONS1. Format .....2. <strong>Manual</strong> and Tape.C. SPECIAL NOTE.D. INVENTORY ..APPENDIX VIII.B - TMY WEATHER DATAAPPENDIX V III.C - WEATHER DATA" PROCESSING PACKAGEAPPENDIX VIII.D - MISCELLANEOUS WEATHER TAPES.A. AIRWAYS SURFACE OBSERVATIONS, TD1440.B. CD144 WEATHER TAPES. . •C. CTZ WEATHER TAPES . . . • . .D. WYEC WEATHER TAPES .••...APPENDIX VIII.E - WEATHER DATA SUMMARIES FOR TRY CITIES.PageVIII.21VII1.21VIII.21VII 1. 22V III. 23VII1.30V III. 35VII 1.44VIII.44.1VII 1. 44.1VIII.44.4V II 1. 44.4VIII.45CHAPTER IX. INDEX OF BDL COMMANDS, KEYWORDS, AND CODE-WORDS IX.1A. LDL ••IX.1B. SDLIX.9C. PDLIX.18D. CBSDLIX.28E. EDL.IX.39CHAPTER X.LIBRARY DATAA. SCHEDULES LIBRARYB. MATERIALS LIBRARY1-2.3.4.ThermalTherma 1Therma 1Notes .Properties of Building MaterialsProperties of Insulating MaterialsProperties of Air Films and Air SpacesX.1X.A.1X.B.1X.B.2X.B.9X.B.11X.B.12CHAPTER XI.REFERENCES...................... XI.1(Revised 5/81)
<strong>DOE</strong>-2 REFERENCE MANUAL PREFACETABLE OF CONTENTSABSTRACTFOREWORDACKNOwLEDGI~ENTS~TATUSAND AVAILABILITYii iivvii(Revised 5/81)
ABSTRACTThis document describes the <strong>DOE</strong>-2 computer program, which is capable ofrapid and detailed analysis of energy consumption in buildings. A new, userorientedlanguage, the Building Description Language, has been written to allowsimplified manipulation of the many variables used to describe a building andits operation. ooE-2 includes:1. a Building Description Language (BDL) program to analyze the inputinstructions, perform data assignments and data retrieval, andcontrol the operation of the LOADS, SYSTEMS, PLANT, ECONOMICS, andREPORT programs;2. a LOADS analysis program, which calculates peak, or design, loadsand hourly space loads imposed by ambient weather conditions andinternal occupancy, lighting, and equipment, as well as by variationsin the size, location, orientation, construction, andmaterials for walls, roofs, floors, fenestrations, attachments(e.g., awnings or balconies), and the shape of a building;3. a SYSTEMS program capable of simulating the operation of secondaryHeating, Ventilating, and Air-Conditioning (HVAC) components,including fans, coils, economizers, and humidifiers, which may bearranged in various user-selected configurations and may be operatedaccording to various temperature schedules;4. a PLANT program, which models the operation of primary HVACcomponents (e.g., boilers, chillers); electrical generationequipment (e.g., diesel engines or turbines), energy storage andsolar heating and/or cooling systems;5. an ECONOMICS analysis program, which calculates life-cycle costs,6. a REPORT program that generates the output reports, and7. a set of WEATHER ANALYSIS programs capable of manipulating,summarizing, and plotting weather data.A library of weather data has been prepared, which includes temperature,barometric pressure, wind, and cloud data for sixty locations in theUnited States. These data are used to calculate the thermal response of abuilding for each hour of a year. A preliminary library of schedule data hasalso been prepared to illustrate typical hourly conditions that can be used tospecify desired temperature variations, occupancy patterns, lighting, andequipment operation. The construction library contains data on the propertiesof walls, roofs, and floors. The materials library contains data on the commonbuilding materials. The Constructions, Materials, and Weather libraries areavailable in machine-addressable form; the other library data are availableonly in printed form. Finally, input and output samples are included tol11ustrate the use of <strong>DOE</strong>-2.i (Revised 5/81)
FOREWORDApproximately one-third of the total energy consumed in the United Statesis used to operate buildings. Only by the efficient use of energy in eachbuilding will we reduce our energy consumption at local and, eventually,national levels. Saving energy in buildings will require new public policies,new building codes, and innovations in the design of buildings and communities.It will also require new design procedures and tools for engineers and architects,correct operation of building energy systems, and careful attention tothe quality of materials and construction.Until recently, building designers lacked the necessary tools for thecomprehensive calculation of dynamic heating and cooling loads, the simulationof heating and cooling distribution systems, the modeling of equipmentsupplying the required energy, ana the calculation of the life-cycle costs ofowning and operating building energy systems. Calculation of the response ofbuilding envelopes and systems to time-dependent variations of heat and moistureresulting from the weather outside and human activity inside is practicalonly with the aid of an electronic computer. Earlier energy analysis programshave had limitations: they have been expensive to run, difficult to use, orlimited in scope. Furthermore, differences in algorithms and assumptions maycause different programs to give widely differing results.There was, therefore, need for an easy-to-use, fast-running, well-documented,widely available computer program for the analysis of energy use inbuildings. Furthermore, the Energy Resources Conservation and DevelopmentCommission of the State of California needed a program that could be used toestablish and enforce codes and standards for energy use. At the same time,the Facilities and Construction Management Division of the Energy Research andDevelopment Administration (ERDA) needed a program that would assist in manydifferent energy conservation efforts at ERDA facilities.In response to these needs, Argonne National Laboratory organized andheld, in fall of 1975, a meeting to create a National Laboratories collaborationin the development of a new computer program for design, research, andcode comp 1 ian ce. Lawrence Berke 1 ey Laboratory was selected as the leadlaboratory, with Professor Arthur H . Rosenfeld as the project director.Initial support was provided by the State of California (Cal) and the USEnergy Research and Development Administration (ERDA); hence, the program wascalled Cal-ERDA. After its formation in October of 1977, the US Department ofEnergy (<strong>DOE</strong>) took over the funding of the project. In June 1978, the programwas renamed <strong>DOE</strong>-I, and in February 1979, an updated version was issued asOOE-2.The predecessors of <strong>DOE</strong>-2 in the public domain are the Post OfficeProgram; NBSLD, developed by the National Bureau of Standards, and NECAP,developed for the National Aeronautics and Space Administration. The loadscalculation is based on the Post Office and NECAP programi i (Revi sed 5{81)
algorithms, as modified by Consultants Computation Bureau (CCB). The secondaryHVAC systems simulation program was originally formulated ln <strong>DOE</strong>-1 by CCB, buthas been extensively modified by Lawrence Berkeley Laboratory. The primaryequipment simulation program of <strong>DOE</strong>-2 is based on a proprietary programdeveloped by CCB, but has been extensively modified and enlarged in scope byLawrence Berkeley Laboratory and Los Alamos National Laboratory. The <strong>DOE</strong>-2language processors, solar simulator, and economics evaluation program are new.iii (Revised 5{81)
ACKNOWLEDGMENTSThis <strong>Reference</strong> <strong>Manual</strong> was prepared by Group Q-11, Solar Energy Group,Energy Division, Los Alamos National Laboratory. The organization and text ofthis manual were derived from, and include portions of, the <strong>DOE</strong>-1 edition ofthe <strong>Reference</strong> <strong>Manual</strong> (ANL/ENG-78-01) by Robert M. Graven, Paul R. Hirsch,Krishna N. Patel, Walter J. Taylor, and George A. Whittington, all of theArgonne National Laboratory. This <strong>DOE</strong>-<strong>2.1</strong>A edition is a joint effort of thefollowing people who have written major portions of the manual:Charlene C. Cappiello, John L. Peterson, Mark A. Roschke, Eva F. Tucker,Frederick C. Winkelmann, and Don A. York. In addition, W. Frederick Buhl,James J. Hirsch, and Steven D. Gates contributed information for the manual.The <strong>DOE</strong>-2 computer program described by this <strong>Reference</strong> <strong>Manual</strong> is theresult of the participation an'd cooperation of many persons. The combinedefforts of many different laboratories, private companies, and individualswere essential to the success of this project. The participation of state andfederal agencies, university personnel, representatives of professionalsocieties, and many architects and engineers is gratefully acknowledged.The following organizations and individuals are responsible for <strong>DOE</strong>-2.National LaboratoriesLAWRENCE BERKELEY LABORATORY, Berkeley, CaliforniaLOS ALAMOS NATIONAL LABORATORY, Los Alamos, New MexicoPrincipal ConsultantsMetin Lokmanhekim, Ellicott City, MarylandAyres Associates, Los Angeles, CaliforniaBruce E. Birdsall, Columbus, OhioPrime Contractor (Cal-ERDA and <strong>DOE</strong>-1 only)Consultants Computation Bureau/Cumali Associates, Oakland, CaliforniaZulfikar O. CumaliProgram SponsorUNITED STATES DEPARTMENT OF ENERGYOffice of the Assistant Secretary for Conservation and Solar ApplicationsOffice of Buildings and Community SystemsBuildings DivisionWashington, DC 20545John P. Millhone, John Cable, Howard Rossiv (Revised 5/81)
<strong>DOE</strong>-2 Staff PersonnelPrincipal Investigators: Arthur H. Rosenfeld and Frederick C. Winkelmann(Lawrence Berkeley Laboratory)Bruce D. Hunn (Los Alamos National Laboratory)Project Coordinator: Richard B. CurtisProgram Development and Implementation Coordinator:James J. HirschThe <strong>DOE</strong>-2 Building Description Language was created and designed by:W. Frederick Buhl, James J. Hirsch, and Mark A. Roschke.(In addttion, Zulfikar O. Cumali, A. Ender Erdem, Robert M. Graven,and Metin Lokmanhekim were instrumental in the conceptual development of .the <strong>DOE</strong>-l Building Description Language.)The principal engineering/programming staff for <strong>DOE</strong>-2 included:W. Frederick Buhl and Jerry F. Kerrisk (LOADS), Steven D. Gates andStephen C. Choi (PLANT), James J. Hirsch (SYSTEMS), Mark A. Roschke (CBSSolar Simulator), and Frederick C. Winkelmann (ECONOMICS and LOADS)(In addition, Bruce E. Birdsall, Zulfikar O. Cumali, A. Ender Erdem, andMetin Lokmanhekim were instrumental in the development of the conceptsused in the programs. Paul K. Davis, Jerry J. Kaganove, andRoy L. Smith were also included in the <strong>DOE</strong>-1 engineering/programmingstaff.)User Coordination Office and Documentation Coordinator:Karen H. 01 sonAdditional individuals who assisted in the development and implementation of<strong>DOE</strong>-1 and <strong>DOE</strong>-2 are:Hashem AkbariKam F. AngKenneth C. ArnoldAlan AxelrodGloria A. BennettTom A. BorgersMary E. BozecPatricia BronnenbergCharlene C. CappielloRobert L. ClairLynn C. ConwayDouglas G. DanielsBrooke DavisEdwart T. DeanStephen C. DiamondT. EdlinKathleen EllingtonAshok J. GadgilGay I. GibsonDudley V. GoetschelElwood A. HahnDorothy M. HatchHideaki HayashiPaul R. HirschHenry L. HorakStephen P. JaegerBruce G. JohnsonPaul L. JohnsonRobert L JourdainJerry J. KaganoveEleanor E. LangleyThomas Y. LewisCharlene J. MCHaleAlan K. MeierHoward C. MitchellJohn E. MooreAine M. O'CarrollKaren H. 01 sonKrishna A. PatelJohn L. PetersonG ail W. PieperLynn M. RiceJohn V. RudyPeter P. SandovalNorman M SchnurrC. David SidesMary Kay SkwarekRobert C. SondereggerRichard H. SteinbergerWalter J. TaylorLavette C. TeagueEva F. TuckerWilliam V. TurkAydin UlkucuJan Wm. VerkaikGeorge A. WhittingtonDon A. Yorkv(Revised 5/81)
ParticipantsIn addition, the participation of the following individuals is gratefullyacknowledged.Wendell Bakken, State of California, ERCDCWilliam Beckman, University of WisconsinWilliam Carroll, National Bureau of StandardsDennis Clark, <strong>DOE</strong>, San Francisco Operations OfficeDonovan Evans, Arizona State UniversityThomas Fischer, Oak Ridge National LaboratoryWilliam S. Fleming, W. S. Fleming and Associates, Inc.Tom L. Freeman, Altas CorporationDavid W. Galehouse, Galehouse and AssociatesJames Heldenbrand, National Bureau of StandardsDouglas Hittle, United States Army CERLCraig Hoellwarth, State of California, ERCDCAlec Jenkins, State of California, ERCDCJerold Jones, University of Texas, Department of Architectural EngineeringPaul W. Keaton, Los Alamos National LaboratoryTamami Kusuda, National Bureau of StandardsJohn Lamb, International Business MachinesHenry Lau, Ayres AssociatesGeorge Leppert, Argonne National LaboratoryDon Leverenz, Construction Engineering Research LaboratoryAllen Lober, Hellman and LoberJohn Martin, Shaeffer and RolandPeter Menconi, Timmerman EngineeringRobert Pankhurst, <strong>DOE</strong>, San Francisco Operations OfficeThomas Parish, Entex Inc.Veronika Rabl, Argonne National LaboratoryWilliam Rudoy, University of Pittsburgh, Department of EngineeringYilmaz Sahinkaya, Control Data CorporationThomas Simonson, Simonson and Simonson, San Francisco, CaliforniaDaniel Skurkis, Mar Vista, CaliforniaEugene Smithberg, New Jersey Institute of TechnologyEdward F. Sowell, California State UniversityEugene Stamper, New Jersey Institute of TechnologyWilliam Utt, <strong>DOE</strong>, Office of Construction and Facility ManagementRobert Voelz, Bentley and AssociatesDonald Watson, State of California, ERCDCWe wish to thank the IBM Real Estate and Construction Division, and inparticular John Lamb, of the Energy Programs Department, for assistance in thecreation of an IBM version of <strong>DOE</strong>-<strong>2.1</strong>.Finally, the editors of the <strong>2.1</strong>A version of the <strong>Reference</strong> <strong>Manual</strong> wouldlike to thank Charlene J. McHale for the word processing of this manual.vi (Revised 5/81)
STATUS AND AVAIL.ABILITYMay 1981This edition of the <strong>DOE</strong>-2 <strong>Reference</strong> <strong>Manual</strong> describes version <strong>2.1</strong>A of the<strong>DOE</strong>-2 program and replaces the <strong>DOE</strong>-<strong>2.1</strong> <strong>Reference</strong> <strong>Manual</strong> of May 1980.The <strong>DOE</strong>-2 program will operate on any Control Data Corporation (CDC) computerwith a FTN4 compiler or any International Business Machine (IBM) computerwith a Level G compiler, or better.The <strong>DOE</strong>-2 computer program is available from the:National Technical Information Service (NTIS)U.S. Department of Commerce5285 Port Royal RoadSpringfield, Virginia 22161Telephone: Commercial (703) 487-4650 or FTS 737-4650To obtain a copy of the computer program tape and/or the documentationpackage ask for:Program Tape (CDC)Program Tape (I BM)Documentation Package<strong>DOE</strong>-2.0APB-292 250PB-292 251(3 volumes)NTIS No.<strong>DOE</strong>-<strong>2.1</strong>PB80-148398PB80-215940PB80-148380(3 volumes, one)of which is intwo parts)<strong>DOE</strong>-<strong>2.1</strong>APB81-152456PB81-183212PB81-152464(3 volumes, oneof which is intwo parts)Interested persons should write or call NTIS for more detailed orderinginformation, including current price.<strong>DOE</strong>-2 is installed and operating at Lawrence Berkeley Laboratory on a CDC6600/7600. Any <strong>DOE</strong> contractor may access it through the Lawrence BerkeleyLaboratory remote users network. <strong>DOE</strong> users may contact:<strong>DOE</strong>-2 User Coordination OfficeLawrence Berkeley LaboratoryBuilding 90, Room 3147Berkeley, California 94720Telephone: Commercial (415) 486-5711 or FTS 451-5711A document entitled "Using <strong>DOE</strong>-<strong>2.1</strong> at Lawrence Berkeley Laboratory" isavailable.Additional versions of <strong>DOE</strong>-2 are available at the Los Alamos NationalLaboratory in Los AlamO's, New Mexico, for in-house use by Los AlamosNational Laboratory personnel.vii (Revised 5/81)
Any individual in the private sector who is interested in using <strong>DOE</strong>-2 isurged to investigate its availability through one of the computer servicebureaus or consultants. As of March 1, 1981, the following computer servicefirms are expected to offer the program for private use. For informationabout the status of such plans, contact:SERVICE BUREAUCALIFORNIABerkeley Solar Group3140 Grove St.Berkeley, CA 94703COLORADOComputer Sharing Services, Inc.7535 East Hampdon Avenue, Suite 200Denver, Colorado 80231Martin-Marietta Data SystemsP. O. Box 179Mail Stop 14100Denver, Colorado 80201CONNECTICUTArga Associates1056 Chapel StreetNew Haven, Conn. 06510KANSASUnited Computing Systems, Inc.P. O. Box 8551Kansas City, Kan. 64114MASSACHUSETTSUniversity of MassachusettsDept. of Mechanical EngineeringAmhurst, Mass. 01003MICHIGANAirflow Science Corporation/BACS,352 North Main StreetPlymouth, Michigan 48170MINNESOTACybernet User ServiceControl Data CorporationP. O. Box "0"Minneapolis, Minn. 55440CONTACTGrace PrezCommercial - (415) 843-7600FTS - 8-415-843-7600Tom Rallens, Customer ServiceCommercial - (303) 695-1500FTS - 8-303-695-1500O. Michael Antoun (Los Angeles)Commercial - (213) 552-9541FTS - 8-213-552-9541Dr. Robert Frew, ConsultantCommercial - (203) 789-0555FTS Op 8-244-2000IBM ONLYJohn C. HicksCommercial - (913) 341-9161FTS - 8-913-341-9161Lawrence L. AmbsAssociate ProfessorCommercial - (413)-545-0949FTS - 8-413-545-0949(University and local govt. clients only)Inc. James C. PaulCoordinator of <strong>DOE</strong>-2 User ServicesCommercial - (313) 459-4000FTS 8-313-459-4000(Michigan area only)Jim NailMail Code HQW-05GCommercial - (612) 853-8858FTS Op 8-725-4242viii (Revised 5/81)
SERVICE BUREAUMISSOURIMcDonnell-Douglas Automation Co.P. O. Box 516St. Louis, Mo. 63166VIRGINIABabcock an d Wi 1 coxP. O. Box 1260Lynchburg, Va. 24505WASHINGTONBoeing Computer Services Co.P. O. Box 24346, M. S. 9C-02Seattle, Wash. 98124CONTACTCharles WhitmanDept. K-242Commercial - (314) 232-8570FTS Op 8-279-4110Jim LynchCommercial - (804) 384-5111 x 2081FTS Op 8-937-6011David W. HalsteadCommercial - (206) 575-5009FTS - 8-206-575-5009ix (Revised 5/81)
I. INTRODUCTIONTABLE OF CONTENTSA. DOCUMENTATION1. Volume I - Users Guide/BDL Summary.2. Volume II - Sample Run Book. . ....3. Volume III - <strong>Reference</strong> <strong>Manual</strong> (Parts 1 and 2)4. Volume IV - Engineers <strong>Manual</strong>.B. PROGRAM PACKAGEC. EXECUTIVE SUMMARY1. Program Control2. BDL Processor .3. LOADS Program.4. SYSTEMS Program5. PLANT Program ..6. ECONOMICS Program7. REPORT Program8. WEATHER Programs9. Libraries ....D. SUMMARY OF ENERGY ANALYSIS TASKSE. ACRONYMS .I.2I.2I.2I.2I.2I.3I.3I.3I.5I.5I.6I.6I.7I.7I.7I.71.81.8(Revised 5/81)
I. INTRODUCTIONThis <strong>Reference</strong> <strong>Manual</strong> describes the 00E-2 computer program that can beused to calculate hourly building heating and cooling loads, to simulate theoperation of primary and secondary heating, ventilating, and air conditioningsystems including solar energy systems, and to perform economic analyses. Themajor subprograms used for these computations are described in more detail inChapters III, IV, V, and VI. This manual provides the detailed informationneeded to understand how to use the 00E-2 computer program; it is basically astep-by-step book of "how to input data" to the computer program.This manual is also a reference book that contains library data and ,summaries of the Building Description Language (BDL) instructions, and isintended to be used primarily by engineers or architects with a background inthe thermal performance of buildings.Th is manual is produced in loose-leaf notebook form, so that it can bereadily updated and expanded by the substitution of revised pages and theaddition of new ones.The user should not be overwhelmed, or overly concerned, by the size ofthis manual. Although the information is rather voluminous, the user willaddress only these portions of the manual that deal with the problem at hand.Much of the manual is reference tables, charts, systems, and examples fromwhich the user will make a selection. Additionally, it is not necessary toinput all the data, even within the area of concern. The program has a set ofdefault values which are entered automatically by the program (and echoed backto the user) if data entry is omitted for selected keywords.An introduction to the Building Description Language (BOL) is given inChap. II. Chapters III, IV, V, and VI describe the BOL input for the LOADS,SYSTEMS, PLANT and ECONOMICS (LSPE) programs (LOL, SOL, POL, and EOL,respectively). The use of each BDL instruction to provide the specificinformation required by these programs is described in these chapters.Examples are included to illustrate the use of the input instructions.Chapter VII describes the standard preprogrammed report formats. A usermay select one or more of the standard output report formats to print theresults, or may design his own hourly reports.Chapter VIII identifies four utility programs that are useful forexamination and preparation of weather data for the 00E-2 weather library.However, these programs are not necessary to the ordinary use of the 00E-2programs, but are provided for detailed analysis of weather data; they wereused to prepare the weather data files. Test <strong>Reference</strong> Year (TRY) data for 60cities are available in the <strong>DOE</strong>-2 weather library.Chapter IX is a compact reference list of all 00E-2 commands, keywords,and code-words.Chapter X summarizes the library data applicable to <strong>DOE</strong>-2. Occupancy,lighting, ana internal heat generating equipment schedules are presented.Graphic representations of these schedules for daily (24-hour sequence),1.1 (Revised 5/81)
weekly (8-day sequence, including holidays), and yearly (365-day sequence)data groups for typical cases are presented. Any of these generalizedschedules may be entered, using the SCHEDULE instructions. A table of thethermal properties of various materials and the code names used by <strong>DOE</strong>-2 isgiven. Construction details that may be entered to calculate the history ofheat flow are given, including the layer-by-layer composition for walls,roofs, and floors. These preassembled constructions are machine addressable,that is, the thermal response factors for these constructions have beenprecalculated and stored and can be retrieved by entry of the appropriateconstruction code-word.A selected list of references is given as Chap. XI.The remainder of this first chapter contains a brief discussion of thedocumentation and source code of the <strong>DOE</strong>-2 program, and summaries of the majorcomputer subprograms. Section D contains a short summary of how to use thisenergy analysis computer program. A list of acronyms is given in Sec. E.A. DOCUMENTATION1. Volume I - Users Guide/BDL SummaryBDL Summary - This document provides a summary of all commands, keywords,and code-words in the Building Description Language.Users Guide - This guide explains the philosophy and interpretation ofthe <strong>DOE</strong>-2 code along with annotated examples.2. Volume II - Sample Run BookIn this document are found numerous computer example runs which displayboth input data and output data.3. Volume III - <strong>Reference</strong> <strong>Manual</strong> (Parts 1 and 2)This manual as stated earlier presents detailed step-by-step instructionson "how to input data" to the <strong>DOE</strong>-2 program.4. Volume IV - Engineers <strong>Manual</strong> (Scheduled for release in the winter, 1981)This manual provides the information needed for understanding "whathappens to the input data" to the <strong>DOE</strong>-2 computer program. It contains asummary of the equatlons and algorithms used to perform the calculations. Therelationship of the <strong>DOE</strong>-2 algorithms to ASHRAE algorithms is also given and istraced to the ASHRAE documentation.In addition, further user guidance is available in Site <strong>Manual</strong>s, whichprovide the necessary information for the use of <strong>DOE</strong>-2 at specific computinginstallations. These manuals are not provided by the National Technical InformationService, but rather are available from the computing installations.1.2 (Revi sed 5/81)
B. PROGRAM PACKAGEThe <strong>DOE</strong>-2 program package for CDC and IBM computers is available in twoparts: Magnetic tape FORTRAN source decks of the program and auxiliaryroutines, control and run information, sample problem decks, and weather filelibrary data; printed documentation, and a National Energy Software Centernote descri bi ng the transmi tt al tapes.Listings of <strong>DOE</strong>-2 are available from the National Energy SoftwareCenter. If any, problems ari se with the magnet i c tape copy, ass i st ance isavailable by telephoning the Center. Punched card copies of the program arenot available, because the program is too large.C. EXECUTIVE SUMMARY<strong>DOE</strong>-2 enables architects and engineers to compute energy consumption inbuildings. The program can simulate hour-by-hour performance of a buildingfor each of the 8760 hours in a year. A new computer language, the BuildingDescription Language, has been written. It is a computer language for analysisof building energy consumption that permits the user to instruct a computer infamiliar English terminology.Building Description Language has been developed primarily to aidengineers and architects in the difficult and time-consuming task of designingenergy-efficient buildings that have low life-cycle cost. The energy consumptionof a building is determined by its shape; the thermal properties ofmaterials; the size and position of walls, floors, roofs, windows, and doors;and the transient effects of shading, occupancy patterns, lighting schedules,equipment operation, ambient conditions, and temperature and humidity controls.Energy consumption is affected, also, by the operation of primary and secondaryHVAC systems and by the type and efficiency of the fuel conversion (plant)equipment. Furthermore, the life-cycle cost of operatingoa building underdifferent economic constraints can strongly influence basic design deciSions.<strong>DOE</strong>-2 also provides a means of performing the complicated analysis ofenergy consumption without the necess ity of instruct i ng the program correct lyin every minor detail. A set of default values (numbers used for the value ofa variable if the user does not assign one) is included, to reduce the amountof input that must be supplied in order to run the program.Figure 1.1 shows a brief organizational outline of the <strong>DOE</strong>-2 computerprogram.1. Program Control<strong>DOE</strong>-2 consists of more than 30 files, not including the weather data.Hence, assuring that the subprograms are properly executed requires a substantialnumber of bookkeeping functions, which are performed by a sequence ofjob control instructions. The job control instructions are unique to eachsite, because they interact with the particular operating system in use atthat site. Local <strong>DOE</strong>-2 Site <strong>Manual</strong>s provide the site-specific instructionsand procedures that are required for <strong>DOE</strong>-2 program control.1.3 (Revi sed 5/81)
~BUILDING DESCRIPTION LANGUAGE PROGRAM - BbLPlRMANlNT 'D' 1I5MR¥• MAIIR1AlS !JATA.~! C~LCUlATmASHRA( WAll/ROOFR!,PONS! TAelORS1I0l usmt:R!ATEO liBRARY• MAIIRiAlS DAIA• WALl/ROmIl!SPONS£ FACIDRS• W'EIGHTING fACTORSCOMPONENTIIASEO ACTIVE;80LAfI SYSTEM'OISCRIPTIONlANGIIAGlPROCISSORCBSDLECONOMIC'OlSCRIPTIONLANGUAGII'IlOnSSOREDLSTANDARD fll(• \DADS DATA• SYSI!MS DAIA• PlANT ANDSOLAR lOUIPM!NlDAIA• (CO~OMICS GAIA.."CDCDD-
2. BDL ProcessorThe ~DL Processor sequentially checks each SDL instruction for properform, syntax, and content. The BDL Processor also checks for values .hat arebeyond the expected range for input variables. As stated before, if a valueis not specified, the BDL processor assigns an assumed (default) value, whichwill appear in the listing of input data. Sometimes the default value isactually a set of default values, such as a performance curve for a piece ofequipment. It is possible for the user to override this set of default values(performance curve) with a different set of default values. The BDL Processoralso collects whatever data the user desires from the various permanentlibraries, e.g., data from the Materials Library. Response factors, numbersthat are used to determine the transient flow of heat through exterior wallsand roofs as they react to randomly fluctuating climatic conditions, are alsocalculated by the BDL Processor for use by the LOADS and SYSTEMS programs.The SDL processor will calculate, if desired, Custom Weighting Factors andbuild user-designed li·braries of materials and walls. These factors areintended to account for the thermal lag in the heating and cooling offurnishings and structures. The SDL Processor also prepares the input datafiles for use by the LOADS, SYSTEMS, PLANT, or ECONOMICS (LSPE) simulators.It is important to recognize that each of the LSPE simulators depends onthe results of some or all of the previous simulators, and that many variationsand combinations are allowed. Each of the LSPE simulators can be run repeatedly,to study the effect of design variations. Superior energy-efficientbuilding design can result in greatly reduced energy consumption andsignificantly lower life-cycle cost.3. LOADS ProgramThe LOADS program simulator calculates the hourly heating and coolingloads, using primarily the algorithms described in Ref. 1, "Procedure forDetermining Heating and Cooling Loads for Computerizing Energy Calculations,Al gor ithms for Bu il ding Heat Transfer Subroutines," avai lab le from theAmerican Society of Heating, Refrigerating, and Air Conditioning Engineers,Inc. (ASHRAE). <strong>DOE</strong>-2 provides a reorganization and reprogramming of many ofthese algorithms to increase execution speed. A description of the SDL inputfor the LOADS program (LDL) is presented in Chap. III, and a detaileddescription of the LOADS simulator is given in the Engineers <strong>Manual</strong>.In the LOADS program (simulator), the heat gains and losses throughwalls, roofs, floors, windows, and doors are calculated separately. Heattransfer by conduction and raaiation through the building skin is computed,using response factors, considering the effects of the thermal mass, placementof insulation, sun angle, cloud cover, and building location, orientation, andarchitectural features. Every set of response factors generated is placed ina fi le to be used by the LOADS and SYSTEMS programs. Infi 1 trat ion loads canbe calculated on the basis of the difference between the inside and outsideconditions and on an assumed leak rate (crack method) or by an air-changemethod.Internal use of energy for lighting and equipment is also computedaccording to schedules assigned by the user for each piece of equipment thataffects the energy balance of each space. The latent and sensible heat given1.5 (Revised 5/81)
off by the building occupants is calculated as an hour-by-hour function of theoccupancy of the building.All the LOADS computations are performed on the basis of a fixed temperaturefor each space as specified by the user. Because the LOADS programcalculates thermal loads on the basis of hourly weather data but artificial(fixed) space temperatures, the output may have little bearing on the actualthermal requirements of a building. It is, instead, a baseline profile of thethermal performance of a space, given a fixed internal temperature. TheSYSTEMS program then modifies the output of the LOADS program, to produceactual thermal loads based on a hourly variable internal temperature.The output of LOADS is useful to architects who wish to examine thethermal behavior of various combinations of materials used to make up alternativeexterior walls and roofs. However, it is expected that engineers willbe interested in the predicted thermal demands on the physical plant (chillersand heaters), obtained by running both the LOADS and SYSTEMS programs.4. SYSTEMS ProgramThe SYSTEMS program contains algorithms for simulating performance of thesecondary HVAC equipment used to control the temperature and humidity of eachzone within the building. Many of the equations used to develop the SYSTEMSsimulation procedure are given in Refs. 1 and 2. These algorithms have beenorganized and coded to allow selection of one of the preprogrammed spaceconditioning systems described in Chap. IV. The SYSTEMS program is used bychoosing one of these preprogrammed systems and providing the necessary inputdata for the simulation calculations.The SYSTEMS program uses the output information from the LOADS programand a list of user-defined system characteristics (e.g., air flow rates,thermostat settings, schedules of equipment operation, or temperature setbackschedules) to calculate the hour-by-hour energy requirements of the secondaryHVAC system. The SYSTEMS program calculates thermal loads based on variabletemperature conditions for each zone.5. PLANT ProgramThe PLANT program contains the equations necessary to calculate theperformance of the primary energy conversion equipment. The operation of eachplant component (e.g., boiler, absorption chiller, compression chiller,cooling tower, hot water storage tank, solar heater) is modeled on the basisof operating conditions and part-load performance characteristics. The userselects the type of plant equipment to be modeled (e.g., 2-stage absorptionChiller), the size of each unit (e.g., 100 tons), the number of units, and thenumber of units simultaneously available. Values for equipment lifetime andmaintenance may also be entered if preprogrammed values for these variablesare not used. The sequence of equipment operation may be specified as a stepfunction (e.g., from 0 to 500,000 Btu/hr, unit 1; from 500,001 to 10M Btu/hr,units 1 and 2). The user may schedule equipment operation by time (hourly orseasonally) or by peak load schedules. Additionally, the operating strategybetween the various types of equipment may be specified. Energy storage maybe specified. The PLANT program uses hourly results from the LOADS andSYSTEMS programs and the user's instructions to calculate the electrical and1.6 (Revised 5/81)
thermal energy consumption of the building. The 00E-2 PLANT program. alsocontains subroutines for computing the life-cycle costs of plant equlpment.6. ECONOMICS ProgramThe ECONOMICS program may be used to compute the life-cycle costs ofvarious building components and to generate investment statistics for economiccomparison of alternative projects. The methodology used is similar to thatrecommended by OOE for evaluation of proposed energy conservation projects(Ref. 4).7. REPORT ProgramA REPORT program is used to collect information from the output files ofthe LSPE programs. The output data are then arranged in lists or tablesaccording to the format of a standard output report. If a user wishes toexamine a particular variable that is not available in a standard outputreport, he may select the variable and print its hourly values through theREPORT program.8. WEATHER ProgramsManipulation of weather data is a separate activity, independent of theLSPE programs. Customary use of the LSPE programs to calculate the energyconsumption of a building does not require use of the WEATHER analysisprograms. The WEATHER analysis programs may be run to examine and prepareweather data not already in the 00E-2 1 i brary. (A tab le of weather stat ionsfor which data are available in the 00E-2 library is given in Chap. VIII.)Each meteorological variable may be changed or printed, and most may beplotted as desired, through these programs.9. LibrariesSChedules Library data include graphs of various schedules that may beentered to calculate the hour-by-hour heat input to a space from lighting,equipment, or occupants. Various changes may be made in the schedule data, tocustomize it to particular requirements. Schedule data however are notmachine readable.Both the Materials Library and the Constructions Library are directlyaddressable by the 00E-2 program. The Materials Library contains data on thethermal properties of materials, to be used in the calculation of heattransfer through space boundaries. Thermal performance of a wall or roof maybe modeled 1) by selecting and mathematically laminating various materials or2) by specifying the desired construction from the Constructions Library bycode-word. Each of the ASHRAE constructions is listed in Ref. 5. Othersurfaces may be added by the user.Weather data are accessed by using control card statements. The WeatherLibrary contains Test <strong>Reference</strong> Year (TRY) data for the locations listed inChap. VIII, weather data for the National Laboratory sites, and data forvarious climate regions in California.1.7 (Revi sed 5/81)
In summary, the <strong>DOE</strong>-2 library consists of machine-readable weather,construction, and materials data. Schedule data are available but are notmachine-readable. Private dat"a files may be created by the user forindividual use.D. SUMMARY OF ENERGY ANALYSIS TASKSThe tasks required for performing a <strong>DOE</strong>-2 building energy analysisinclude: preparing the building description from conceptual or as-built drawings;in the case of an existing building, visiting the site to note actualbuilding conditions and use; preparing the input deck using drawings and notesof operation, and the user worksheets given in this manual; examining results.A detailed discussion of these tasks is given in the <strong>DOE</strong>-2 Users Guide, withan annotated, step-by-step example.E. ACRONYMSANLARIASHRAEBDLBNLCBSCERL<strong>DOE</strong>EDLERCDCERDAHVACLASLLBLLDLArgonne National LaboratoryAir-Conditioning and Refrigeration InstituteAmerican Society of Heating, Refrigerating, and Air ConditioningEngi neers, Inc.Building Description LanguageBrookhaven National LaboratoryComponent Based SimulatorConstruction Engineering Research Laboratory of the Army Corps ofEngineersUnited States Department of EnergyECONOMICS Description LanguageState of California Energy Resources Conservation and DevelopmentCommission (now California Energy Commission)United States Energy Research and Development Administration (now<strong>DOE</strong>)Heating, Ventilating, and Air ConditioningLos Alamos Scientific Laboratory (recently renamed Los AlamosNational Laboratory - no acronym)Lawrence Berkeley LaboratoryLOADS Description Language1.8 (Revised 5/81)
LLNLNBSLDNECAPNOAAORNLPDLSDLSOLMETTMYTRYLawrence Livermore National LaboratoryNational Bureau of Standards Loads Determination ProgramNASA's Energy Cost Analysis ProgramNational Oceanic and Atmospheric AdministrationOak Ridge National LaboratoryPLANT Description LanguageSYSTEMS Description LanguageSolar Meteorological ObservationsTypical Meteorological YearTest <strong>Reference</strong> Year1.9 (Revised 5/81)
II.A. LANGUAGE CONCEPTS • .BUILDING DESCRIPTION LANGUAGETABLE OF CONTENTS1. Introduction •.2. BDL Instructions3. U-Names. . . • .4. Instruction Data.5. Keyword Types6. LIKE ..•7. Subcommands ...8. Comments ., . .9. Typical Run Instruction Sequences10. Parametric Run Instruction Sequences11. Scheduling Concepts. ..,12. Advanced Scheduling ConceptsB. INSTRUCTION DESCRIPTIONS1. INPUT ..... .2. PARAMETRIC-INPUT.3. DIAGNOSTIC4. ABORT ...5. TITLE.. . .6. PARAMETER..7. SET-DEFAULT.8. DAY-SCHEDULE.9. WEEK-SCHEDULE10. SCHEDULE .•11. REPORT-BLOCK12. HOURLY-REPORT13. END....14. COMPUTE..15. SAVE-FILES.16. STOP '"Page11.111.111.111.2II. 311.4II. 411.611.611.7II .811.1211.1311.1511.1511.1511.1611.1911.1911.20II. 22I 1.2311.2711.29II .3011.3211.3311.3411.3411.35(Revised 5/81)
II.BUILDING DESCRIPTION LANGUAGEA. LANGUAGE CONCEPTS1. IntroductionThe Building Description Language (BDL) allows the user to easily enterthe information required to determine the energy consumption of a building.Through the use of BDL, the user can describe the appropriate physicalparameters of a building with familiar English words.The BDL Processor consists of five computer programs: BDLCTL (the controlprocessor), and LDL, SDL, PDL, and EDL (the input processors for the LOADS,SYSTEMS, PLANT, and ECONOMICS programs, respectively). Each program processesthe instructions directed to it, which involves checking for errors, issuingdiagnostic messages, and preparing the input data for the appropriatesimulation program.Several features of BDL may be used to reduce input preparation time.The user may omit data entry for many variables, which allows BDL to assignvalues by default. These default values are described with each instructionand, if the user so desires, are listed on various verification reports, andmay be printed along with the input instructions.All instructions are processed before any simulation takes place. If anyerrors are detected that are considered fatal, no simulation occurs. The usermay designate what severity of errors will be allowed before simulation isprohibited.BDL input is free-format; the user is not required to enter data in arigid column format. However, experienced users will recognize the advantageof having the instructions in a format that is organized for quick referenceand that is easily understood by others.Many examples of BDLSample Run Book.2. BDL Instructionsinstructions are given in this manual, and in theData are input to BDL using statements called instructions. There aretwo clas~es of instructions: control instructions and input instructions.Control instructions are recognized and processed only by the control processor,BDLCTL. Input instructions are recognized and processed only by theappropriate input processor; that is LDL for LOADS, SDL for SYSTEMS, etc.11.1 (Revised 5/81)
BDL instructions take the formU-name : CommandKeyword : Val ueKeyword : Val uewhere U-name is a user-specified name assigned to a particular instruction.Command indicates the type of instruction (and therefore the type of data tofollow). Keyword: Value is one set of data for an instruction. The instructionterminator is defined to be two successive periods preceded and followedby a blank character. The use and details of each instruction are describedin the appropriate chapter, LOADS, SYSTEMS, PLANT, or ECONOMICS. For example,the instructionAIR-LAYER: MATERIALRESISTANCE: 0.90defines a construction layer in a wall or roof, assigns it the user-specifiedname of AIR-LAYER, and sets its thermal resistance to 0.90 hr-ft 2 -"F/Btu.Rules: 1. One or more blanks must separate each element of aninstruction.3. U-Names2. The equals sign between a U-name and a command is optional.3. A U-name may be required, optional, or not allowed, dependingupon the particular command.4. A valid command (or command abbreviation) must be the seconditem, or the first if no U-name is specified.5. If a U-name is present, the U-name and the command must appearon the same line.6. Commands may not be misspelled or contain embedded blanks.7. Every instruction must end with the instruction terminator,defined to be two successive periods preceded and followedby a blank character.Multiple instructions of the same type must be distinguishable, one fromthe other, by the computer; thus, U-names are employed. A U-name is a uniquename, assigned by the user to identify a particular BOL instruction. The usershould define a U-name to be whatever word most appropriately describes thedata to follow. Some instructions require a U-name, other instructions permitan optional U-name, and still others do not allow a U-name at all. OptionalU-names should be entered in an instruction only if that instruction isreferred to in another instruction.I1.2 (Revised 5/81)
Rules: 1. Although a U-name may be longer than 16 characters, only the first16 characters are significant to the program. In the 00E-2 Libraryof MATERIALs, LAYERS, and CONSTRUCTIONs, only the first 8 charactersare of significance.Ex amp les:2. A U-name must be unique, that is, one of a kind.3. A U-name may not be a 00E-2 defined command, keyword, or code-wordfor the current input processor.4. A U-name may not contain any of the following characters:() [J = or a blank.4. Instruction DataValid U-namesInvalid U-namesWALL-4FAN-3.6BOILER-GlU-nameWALL ,0ENOFAN(3.6)ReasonContains a commaIs a <strong>DOE</strong>-2 commandContains parenthesesWith very few exceptions, all data entered after the command word, andbefore the instruction terminator, take one of the following forms:Keyword = ValueorKeyword = (Value, Value, ... )where Keyword is a valid keyword, or keyword abbreviation, for the instructionbeing processed, and Value is a value to be assigned to the keyword. Keywordsare external names for actual program variables.Rules: 1. An equals sign following the keyword is optional.2. If the keyword does not require a list of values, the value mustnot appear in parentheses.3. If the keyword requires a list of values, the value(s) must appearwithin parentheses and all values must be separated by commasand/or one or more blanks. Normally, a list contains two or morevalues but occasionally a list will contain only one value (thiswill be noted in the text when it occurs.)4. Keywords not entered will be set to their default values, if suchdefault values exist. If default values do not exist for amandatory keyword, a diagnostic message will be printed.II.3 (Revised 5/81)
5. A keyword may not be misspelled or contain embedded blanks.5. Keyword TypesThere are several different types of keywords. Most keywords are of thenumeric type and must be assigned numeric values. However, if a keyword is ofthe code-word, U-name, subcommand, or literal type, it must be assigned thecorresponding type of value. Code-words are symbolic values (YES, NO, ON, OFF,etc.) assigned to keywords of the code-word type. U-names and subcommands aredescribed in the U-Name and Subcommand sections in this chapter. Literals arevalues that are interpreted "literally" by the program, such as the valuesassigned in the TITLE command.Rules: 1. Numeric values may be input as integers, decimal fractions, orexponential numbers. The following three values are equivalentand may be used interchangeably: 600, 600.0, and 6E+2.6. LIKEa. Blanks may not occur after a minus sign or be embedded in thenumber.b. Plus signs (+) may appear only in an exponent.2. Code-word values must be selected from the list of validcode-words as described with the instruction.3. U-name values must be defined (appear in the U-name field of aninstruction) before the END instruction is reached.4. Subcommand values are U-names that must have appeared in theU-name field of an instruction entered before the currentinstruction.5. Literal values must begin and end with an asterisk (*) and may notbe continued to the next line.6. Code-words, U-names, and subcommands must not be misspelled orcontain embedded blanks.The LIKE keyword is used to duplicate the user-supplied data input in aprevious instruction (default values are not taken from the previousinstruction but are recalculated by the program for the current instruction).The value entered for LIKE is the U-name of a previous instruction of the sametype. Any data that differ from the data of the previous instruction may bespecified in the normal manner. For example, the instructionBLUE-ROOM ~ SPACELIKE RED-ROOM EXCEPTWIDTH ~ 30.0LENGTH ~ 50.5 ..defines a new space named BLUE-ROOM that has alldefined space named RED-ROOM, but with different11.4the attributes of a previouslyvalues for its width and length.(Revi sed 5/81)
The LIKE command will duplicate only user input keywords and keywordvalues, not program-calculated values. For example, in the instructionBROWN-ROOM; SPACELIKE BLUE-ROOMthe BROWN-ROOM will be assigned a WIDTH of 30.0 and an LENGTH of 50.5, not anAREA of 1515, the product of 30.0 and 50.5.Rules: 1.2.3.4.5.The LIKE keyword may be used only in those instructions havingLIKE listed as a valid keyword.If the LIKE keyword is used, it must be the first keyword used inan instruct i on.The instruction, whose name is used as the value for LIKE, must beentered before the instruction containing the LIKE keyword.The word EXCEPT, after the value for LIKE, is optional.Only instructions of the same type of command may use the LIKEkeyword. Example: A DOOR instruction cannot use the U-name ofWINDOW as a LIKE keyword value.6. The code-words, which identify materials and walls in the <strong>DOE</strong>-2Library of MATERIALs, LAYERS and CONSTRUCTIONs (BDLLIB), are notU-names. Therefore, these code-words cannot be used in a LIKEkeyword.If the user has specified an incorrect value in an instruction, which issubsequently referenced in other instructions with a LIKE keyword, the errordiagnostics will not be repeated in the subsequent instructions.For example:WINDOW-I; WINDOWHEIGHT; 5WIDTH ; 3DEPTH ; 4ERRORWINDOW-2 ; WINDOWLIKE WINDOW-I ..WINDOW-3 ; WINDOWLIKE WINDOW-I ..DEPTHUNKNOWN KEYWORDDEPTH is not a valid keyword for WINDOW, therefore, it was rejected forWINDOW-l and an error diagnostic was printed. Although WINDOW-2 and WINDOW-3included the LIKE WINDOW-l keyword and value, DEPTH; 4 in both cases will berejected, but the error diagnostic will not be repeated.11.5 (Revised 5/81)
7. SubcommandsUse of a subcommand is a way of grouping and naming a particular subset ofkeywords to be easily referred to in one or more commands. Keywords of thesubcommand type are used in a manner similar to the LIKE keyword (see sectionon LIKE keyword). Subcommand keywords refer to an instruction of a differenttype than the current instruction. In addition, the keywords in thereferenced instruction are only a subset of the keywords in the currentinstruction. As a result, only the values of the keywords in the referencedinstruction are effectively "UKEd" for the corresponding keywords in thecurrent instruction.Ex amp le:lAIR-l ; lONE-AIRASSIGNED-CFM ; 500EXHAUST-CFM ; 200EXHAUST-EFF ; 0.6EXHAUST-STATIC; 5.0FLOOR-l ; lONElONE-AIR ; lAIR-lKeyword ; Val ueThe first instruction defines a set of supply and exhaust air parameters namedlAIR-i. The second instruction defines a zone named FLOOR-l and assigns to itthe supply and exhaust parameters as defined in the first instruction. Thesequence Keyword; Value represents one or more keyword assignments used tofully describe the zone.8. CommentsComments may be inserted in or between the instructions to aid in thedocumentation of the input data. Comments are not processed in any way by theprogram, other than to print them along with the instructions.Rules: 1. A comment must begin with a dollar sign (li).Example:2. If the dollar sign is not in column 1, the dollar sign must bepreceded by a blank.3. A comment is terminated by the end of the current line, or bya second dollar sign, whichever occurs first.4. A comment may not occur within a literal value (see section onkeywords) .$EXECUTIVE SUITEBIG-GLASS; WINDOW $IN EXECUTIVE SUITE $ HEIGHT; 7 WIDTH; 30 ..II. 6 (Revised 5/81)
9. Typical Run Instruction SequenceInstructions may be entered in any of several sequences, depending uponthe type of execution desired. The following sequence should be used for acomplete run of all the programs.INPUT FOR LOADS •.END .•COMPUTE LOADS ..INPUT FOR SYSTEMSEND .•COMPUTE SYSTEMSINPUT FOR PLANTEND ..COMPUTE PLANT ..INPUT FOR ECONOMICSEND "COMPUTE ECONOMICS .,STOP •.LDL instructions forthe LOADS programSDL instructions forthe SYSTEMS programPDL instructions forthe PLANT programEDL instructions forthe ECONOMICS programNote that the input instructions for each program are entered, followed bythe COMPUTE instruction for that program. Also note that each input sequencein terminated by an END instruction.If the user desires only to have the instructions checked for errors, allCOMPUTE instructions should be omitted. The following example is aninstruction sequence in which the input instructions for the SYSTEMS programare to be checked for errors.11.7 (Revised 5/81)
INPUT F OR SYSTEI~S ..........................END ..STOP .•SOL instructions forthe SYSTEMS programFor more details concerning the INPUT, END, and STOP instructions, seeinstruction descriptions later in this chapter.10. Parametrlc Run Instruction SequencesWhen evaluating the results of variations in the input data, twoapproaches are available to the user. The first approach involves completere-entry of all input instructions (along with the desired modifications) forprogram resimulation with different conditions. The following sequencesillustrate a run in which the LOADS program is executed once, the hourlyoutput from the LOADS program is used as input to two executions of theSYSTEMS program using different distribution systems, and the SYSTEMS hourlyoutput data are in turn used as hourly input data to two PLANT simulations ofthe same plant.INPUT FOR LOADS ..END ..'COMPUTE LOADS ..INPUT FOR SYSTEMSENDCOMPUTE SYSTEMSINPUT FOR PLANTENDCOMPUTE PLANTINPUT FOR SYSTEMSEND ..COMPUTE SYSTEMSCOMPUTE PLANT ..STOPNote that the input instructions for the PLANT program need not bere-entered for the second PLANT simulation.II .8 (Revi sed 5/81)
The second approach involves the use of the PARAMETRIC-INPUT and PARAMETERinstructions (see Sec. B.2 and Sec. B.6 of this chapter). This approach maybe used when the variations involve only the values of one or more keywordsentered in a previous INPUT sequence for the same program. In this case,these values are defined using the PARAMETER instruction during the firstINPUT sequence, and are assigned to the proper keywords. Then, in place ofsubsequent INPUT sequences to that program, the user enters PARAMETRIC-INPUTsequences, which include only PARAMETER instructions to modify the parametricvalues assigned to the proper keywords. Thus, if the previously illustratedinstruction sequence had involved only variations on a single keyword value(in this case, MAX-HUMIDITY), the sequence might also have been input asfollows.INPUT FOR LOADS .•.............................................................................END ..COMPUTE LOADS ..INPUT F OR SYSTEMSPARAMETERMAXHUM = 60........................................SCI = SYSTEM-CONTROLMAX-HUMIDITY = MAXHUMEND "COMPUTE SYSTEMSINPUT FOR PLANTENDCOMPUTE PLANTPARAMETRIC-INPUT FOR SYSTEMSPARAMETERMAXHUM = 50END "COMPUTE SYSTEMSCOMPUTE PLANTPARAMETRIC-INPUT FOR SYSTEMSPARAMETERMAXHUM = 40ENDCOMPUTE SYSTEMSLDL instructions forthe LOADS programOne or more PARAMETERinstructions (MAXHUM is theU-name of the parameterkeyword; 60 is the first valuefor MAXHUM)SDL instructionsfor the SYSTEMS program11.9PDL instructionsfor the PLANT programOne or more PARAMETERinstructions (50 is thesecond value for MAXHUM)One or more PARAMETERinstructions (40 is thethird value for MAXHUM)(Revised 5/81)
COMPUTE PLANTSTOPThe previous example would demonstrate the effect (on the loads calculatedby the SYSTEMS and PLANT programs) caused by lowering the maximum relativehumidity from 60 per cent to 50 per cent to 40 per cent, an effect thatcan be rather drastic, especially in humid climates. The PARAMETRIC-INPUT runis normally not attempted until the first run (INPUT run) is debugged andverified. This being the case, the user can specify DIAGNOSTIC = NO-ECHO inthe PARAMETRIC-~NPUT runs, to suppress the printing of the redundant inputdata; however, if a problem is detected, a diagnostic message will be printed,along with the data entry that caused the problem.Rules: 1. A COMPUTE instruction is always associated with the last INPUT orPARAMETRIC-INPUT instruction. Thus, in the following sequence,the first set of INPUT instructions is not simulated.INPUT F ffi LOADS •.END.•INPUT Fffi LOADS ..END •.COMPUTE LOADS •.STOP •.2. A COMPUTE instruction causes the referenced program to use, ashourly input data, the hourly output data as generated by the lastCOMPUTE instruction referring to the immediately "upstream" prO=gram.In the following sequence, the hourly output from thesecond LOADS simulation is used as hourly input data for theSYSTEMS program.INPUT F ffi LOADSEND .,COMPUTE LOADS ..INPUT FOR LOADS ..END ..COMPUTE LOADS .,INPUT FOR SYSTEMSEND ..COMPUTE SYSTEMSSTOP ..II .10 (Revi sed 5/81)
Ex amp le3. It is not possible, in one run, to have two PARAMETRIC-INPUTinstructions that have an INPUT instruction (for the samesimulation program) between them. That is, givenINPUT LOADS .•PARAMETRIC-INPUT LOADSINPUT LOADS ..PARAMETRIC-INPUT LOADSthe first PARAMETRIC-INPUT LOADS instruction will use thenonparametric data from the first INPUT LOADS run, and the secondINPUT LOADS instruction will operate properly. However, thesecond PARAMETRIC-INPUT instruction will not operate properlybecause the program has no way to determine which INPUT LOADSdata are to be used.Suppose a user wishes to change the LOADS input, but run the sameSYSTEMS and PLANT input. The following sequence of instructions would dothis.INPUT FOR LOADSPARAMETERAZIM = 90BUILDING-LOCATIONAZIMUTH = AZIMENDCOMPUTE LOADSINPUT FOR SYSTEMSENDCOMPUTE SYSTEMSINPUT PLANTENDCOMPUTE PLANTPARAMETRIC-INPUT FOR LOADSPARAMETERAZIM = 180 •.ENDCOMPUTE LOADS .•COMPUTE SYSTEMSCOMPUTE PLANTSTOPOne or more PARAMETERinstructionsLDL instructions for theLOADS programSDL instructions forthe SYSTEMS programPDL instructions forthe PLANT programPARAMETER instructionsI I. 11(Revised 5/81)
The COMPUTE instructions for SYSTEMS and PLANT will cause the previouslyinput data to be used with the results from the new LOADS run.11. Schedul ing ConceptsSchedules are used to define specific conditions on an hour-by-hour basisfor the entire simulation. Schedules serve many functions, such as definingthermostat set pOints, indicating whether a piece of equipment is on or off,whether it is allowed to be on during a given hour, what fraction of itsmaximum capacity is permitted, etc.Schedules of varying complexity may be defined according to the requirementsof the user. In the normal mode, the three instructions used to definea schedule are the SCHEDULE, WEEK-SCHEDULE, and DAY-SCHEDULE instructions.(Advanced scheduling techniques are described in the Advanced SchedulingConcepts section.)The schedule definition process may be thought of as having three steps.The first step is to define one or more 24-hour schedules, using one or moreDAY-SCHEDULE instructions. These daily schedules are then assigned to particulardays of the week using the WEEK-SCHEDULE instruction. Finally, one ormore weekly sChedules are assigned to particular times of the year, using theSCHEDULE instruction.To illustrate this process, a schedule describing the occupancy of aschool building will be defined. The school is to be occupied from 8:00 AM to5:00 PM on weekdays during the school year. The school is to be unoccupiedall other times, including holidays during the school year.Examp le 1:The following instructions define such a schedule.OS-YES ; DAY-SCHEDULEOS-NO ; DAY-SCHEDULEWS-YES ; WEEK-SCHEDULEwS-NO ; WEEK-SCHEDULESCHOOL-SCHED ; SCHEDULEHOURS ;HOURS ;HOURS ;HOURS;DAYSDAYSDAYS ;THRUTHRUTHRU(1,8) VALUES (0.)(9,17) VALUES (1.)(18,24) VALUES; (0.)(1,24) VALUES (0.)(WD) DAY-SCHEDULE; OS-YES(WEH) DAY-SCHEDULE; OS-NO ..(ALL) DAY-SCHEDULE; OS-NO ..MAY 31, WEEK-SCHEDULE; WS-YESAUG 31, WEEK-SCHEDULE; WS-NODEC 31, WEEK-SCHEDULE; WS-YESThe day-schedule named OS-YES is entered to define a daily occupancyschedule for days when school is in session. The day-schedule named OS-NO isentered to define a daily occupancy schedule to be used on days when school isnot in session. The week-schedule named WS-YES is then entered to definewhich of the day-schedules is in effect for a given day of the week, and WS-NOis entered as a week-schedule indicating no occupancy for weeks when school isout. Finally, the schedule named SCHOOL-SCHED indicates that, during theschool year week-schedule WS-YES is to be used, but during the summer weekscheduleWS-NO is to be used.11.12 (Rev i sed 5/81)
The individual instructions are described in more detail in theirrespective sections later in this chapter.Ex amp le 2:DS1 = DAY-SCHEDULEWS1 = WEEK-SCHEDULESl = SCHEDULEHOURS = (1,24)DAYS = (ALL)THRU DEC 31,VALUES = (68.) ..DAY-SCHEDULE = DS1 ..WEEK-SCHEDULE = WS1The above instructions define a schedule having a value of 68. for everyhour of the year.Although the user may not originally intend to run the simulation for themaximum period of time, one year (JAN 1 THRU DEC 31), it is often wise tospecify schedules for the entire year. The reason for this statement is thatthe RUN-PERIOD instruction determines the simulation interval and should thisinterval be subsequently extended beyond the range of the schedules, troubleis almost certain to occur.12. Advanced Scheduling ConceptsOnce the user has become familiar with the basic concepts of scheduling,as presented in the previous section, he may begin to take advantage of someof the more powerful features of the scheduling instructions. To facilitatethe data entry for the simpler schedules, the concept of ·schedule nesting"may be used. When entering a WEEK-SCHEDULE instruction, the nesting featureallows a DAY-SCHEDULE = U-Name sequence to be replaced with the actualday-schedule data normally entered in a DAY-SCHEDULE instruction, with theexception that no keywords are entered, only their value(s). For example, theweek-schedule defined in Example 2 (in the previous section SchedulingConcepts) could also be defined using the nesting feature with the followinginstruction.WS1 = WEEK-SCHEDULE (ALL) (1,24) (68.) ..The nesting feature is also available with the SCHEDULE instruction. Inthis instructon the WEEK-SCHEDULE = U-Name sequence may be replaced with thedata normally entered 1n a WEEK-SCHEDULE 1nstruction, with the exception thatno keywords are entered, only their value(s) are entered. For example, theSCHEDULE instruction in Example 2 of the previous section, SchedulingConcepts, could also be entered using the nesting feature with the followinginstruction.Sl = SCHEDULE THRU DEC 31, (ALL) DS1As a further extension, double nesting could result in the followinginstruction which would define the same schedule for an entire year usingonly one instruction.Sl = SCHEDULE THRU DEC 31, (ALL) (1,24) (68.) ..The user is urged, however, to become familiar with the conceptsdescribed in the Scheduling Concepts section before attempting extensive useof the concepts of advanced scheduling.11.13 (Revised 5/81)
ADVANCED SCHEDULING___ --;-;--::-::-:::-=:--____ ~SCHEDUlEU-name*or SCH(User Worksheet)*Mandatory entry, if SCHEDULE is specified.Notes:1. Acceptable code-words for Month are JAN, FEB, MAR, APR, MAY, JUN, JUl,AUG, SEP, OCT, NOV, DEC.2. Acceptable entries for Day-of-Month are 1 thru the number of days in themonth.3. Acceptable Day-of-Week Code-word(s) are MON, TUE, WED, THU, FRI, SAT, SUN,HOl, WD, WE, WEH and All. All eight days of the week must be specifiedbefore the terminator.4. Acceptable entries for Hour(s)-of-Day are 1 thru 24. All hours must bespecified.5. All user input for this instruction must be in chronological order.11.14 (Revised 5/81)
B. INSTRUCTION DESCRIPTIONSIn the previous section of this chapter it was necessary to use some ofthe legal commands, keywords, and code-words just to explain the concepts ofBDL. It was not intended that the user understand the exact meanings of thesewords. Rather, the user should now understand the concepts of commands,keywords, terminators, input sequences, etc.In this section the user's attention will be redirected from the conceptsunderlying BDL to the meanings of certain commands, keywords, and code-words.There exists a selected set of commands, keywords, and code-words that areappropriate to all the simulators (LOADS, SYSTEMS, PLANT, and ECONOMICS). Toavoid redundancy they are listed and defined here, in the order in which theyare normally input, and will not appear in each simulator chapter. All thefollowing instructions are input instructions and, as such, must appearbetween an INPUT instruction and an END instruction (or between aPARAMETRIC-INPUT instruction and an END instruction). Exceptions to this rulewill be noted with the appropriate instruction description.1. INPUTThe INPUT instruction indicates that the instructions to follow containdata for a particular program (see Typical Run Instruction Sequences section).The instruction takes the formINPUTProgram-Namewhere Program-Name is a code-word indicating the simulation program for whichsubsequent instructions are intended.Rules: 1. The code-word must be one of the following: LOADS,· SYSTEMS,PLANT, or ECONOMICS.Ex amp le:2. The INPUT instruction must precede any instruction for aparticular program.3. In a parametric run, the INPUT instruction should appear on aseparate line.INPUT LOADS .•The above instruction indicates that subsequent instructions pertain to theLOADS program and should be processed by the LOADS input processor.2. PARAMETRIC-INPUTThe PARAMETRIC-INPUT instruction indicates that the following instructionsconsist only of parametric modifications to data entered following the previousINPUT instruction for the same program (see Parametric Run InstructionSequences section).11.15 (Revised 5/81)
The instruction takes the formPARAMETRIC-INPUT FOR Programwhere Program is the name of the simulation program (LOADS, SYSTEMS, PLANT orECONOMICS) for which subsequent instructions are intended.Rules: 1. This instruction must have been preceded by one, and only one,corresponding INPUT instruction for the same program.Example:2. The command may be abbreviated to PAR-INPUT.3. The word FOR is optional.4. The name of the program must be one of the following: LOADS,SYSTEMS, PLANT, or ECONOMICS.5. The only instructions that may be entered between aPARAMETRIC-INPUT instruction and the next END instruction areABORT, PARAMETER, and additional TITLE instructions (beyond thoseused in the original simulation run). The only exception to thisrule is that the PLANT-ASSIGNMENT instruction may be enteredduring a PLANT parametric run.PARAMETRIC-INPUT FOR LOADS ..The above instruction indicates that subsequent input instructions containonly parametric data and are to be used to generate a new parametric set ofinput data for the LOADS Program.See also Sec. A.10 and Sec. B.6 of this chapter.3. DIAGNOSTICThe DIAGNOSTIC instruction is used to specify various options availablewhen printing instructions and diagnostic messages.The instruction takes the formDIAGNOSTIC Opt ion •.where Option is one or more code-words that specify desired DIAGNOSTIC options.Rules: 1. The DIAGNOSTIC instruction may be used as a control instruction(i .e., it need not occur between an INPUT instruction and an ENDinstruct ion).11.16 (Rev i sed 5/81)
2. The DIAGNOSTIC instruction may be entered more than once. Thatis, the user may desire to change DIAGNOSTIC options to deliberatelyavoid COMMENT messages for certain instructions. The lastoption specified overrides any previously specified associatedoptions.3. The option(s) must be chosen from each group shown in thefollowing table.OptionERRORSWARNINGSCAUTIONSDEFAULTSCOMMENTSResultOnly ERRORS messages are printed.ERRORS and WARNINGS messages are printed.ERRORS, WARNINGS, and CAUTIONS messages areprinted.Same as CAUTIONS, plus all default values usedare printed.Same as DEFAULTS, plus informative messagesare printed. (This is the default value.). . . .. . . .WIDENARROW. . . .SINGLE-SPACEDDOUBLE-SPACED. . . .ECHONO-ECHONO-LIMITSLIMITS... . .. . .Messages are formatted for line printers andwide carriage terminals. (This is the defaultvalue.)Messages are formatted for printers andterminals having only 80 characters.. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .Instructions are echoed sin9le-spaced.(This is the default value.)Instructions are echoed double-spaced .All instructions are echoed to the outputlisting. (This is the default value.)Input instructions are not eChoed. However,when diagnostic messages are printed, theprevious line of input is also printed. Allcontrol instructions are echoed.The program ignores the keyword maximum andminimum allowable values in its data editingprocedure and does not print CAUTIONS messagesfor specified values beyond its normal range.The user should be extremely careful whenspecifying NO-LIMIIS because (1) erroneousdata can escape this important editing processand (2) some algorithms are not accuratebeyond their allowable ranges, which are builtinto the program.The program uses its built-in ranges forediting user-specified keyword values. (Thisis the default value.)11.17 (Revised 5/81)
LIBRARY-CONTENTSThe contents of the user's library will beprinted. This library, if specified, containsinformation on materials and layers (withresponse factors) and Custom WeightingFactors. No diagnostics are printed with thecontents of the library.The contents of the user'ssuppressed from printing.default value.)library are(This is theThe level chosen from the first five DIAGNOSTICs above must be equal toor less than the level specified for the ABORT command. That is, ABORT =CAUTIONS and DIAGNOSTIC = ERRORS are not compatible inputs. Also, ifDIAGNOSTIC is input as ERRORS (or WARNINGS) and then ABORT is allowed todefault to CAUTIONS (a lower level than ERRORS and WARNINGS), the DIAGNOSTICinstruction will get a WARNING message and the program will abort. Thismessage can be avoided by entering an ABORT instruction before the DIAGNOSTICinstruct ion.ERRORS messages deal with problems in the data that must be correctedbefore the simulation programs are capable of execution. WARNINGS messagesare concerned with input data that are capable of being simulated, but thatare probably input errors (such as TEMP = 700 instead of TEMP = 70.0).CAUTIONS messages are much less severe than WARNINGS messages and deal withquestionable data that do not significantly affect the numerical results ofthe simul ation. DEFAULTS messages indicate what val ues are assigned tounreferenced keywords and the units of those values. COMMENTS messagesinclude all other informative messages such as echoing all entered keyworddata, along with the units of those values, response factors calculated fordelayed surfaces, and coefficients calculated for any CURVE-FIT instruction.Examples:DIAGNOSTIC WARNI NGS .,The above instruction will result in only ERRORS and WARNINGS messagesbeing printed. By default all instructions will be echoed, single-spaced,and the messages will be printed in a wide format.DIAGNOSTIC ERRORS, NARROW, DOUBLE-SPACEDThis instruction will result in only ERRCRS messages being printed(WARNINGS, CAUTIONS, DEFAULTS, and COMMENTS messages will not be printed).The printed output will be formatted for an 80-column printer and allinstructions will be double-spaced (every other line). By default, allinstructions will be echoed.Note:Many user difficul ties are masked by specifyi ng a val ue forDIAGNOSTIC that is too high. The first step in debugging a problem,or questionable results, is to make sure that DIAGNOSTIC is set toCOMMENTS, especially if the user is using new data. More often than11.18 (Revi sed 5/81)
not the user will find a comment that solves his problem. After datahas been successfully edited, the level of DIAGNOSTIC may be raised fromCOMMENTS.4. ABORTThe ABORT instruction is used to specify what level of DIAGNOSTIC insubsequent instructions is to be considered severe enough to preventexecution of the simulation program{s).The instruction takes the formABORT IF Level ..where Level is a code-word indicating what level of DIAGNOSTIC is to beconsidered fatal.The default value is CAUTIONS.Rules: 1. The code-word must be from the following list: ERRORS-only error messages are fatal; WARNINGS--error and warningmessages are fatal; or CAUTIONS--error, warning, and cautionmessages are fatal.Example:2. The word IF is optional.3. The ABORT instruction may be ~ntered more than once to changethe abort level.4. The ABORT instruction may be used as a control instruction(i.e., it need not appear between an INPUT instruction andan END instruction).5. The ABORT level specified in any simulator automaticallycarries through to subsequent simulators unless changed.ABORT IF WARNINGS ..The above instruction directs the program to prevent simulation ifWARNINGS level messages are found.5. TITLEThe TITLE instruction is used to describe up to five lines of titleinformation to be placed at the top of each report page.The instruction takes the formTITLELine-N = *Literal* •.11.19 (Revised 5/81)
where Line-N is one of five valid keywords (LINE-I, LINE-2, LINE-3, LINE-4,and LINE-5), and *Literal* is a series of characters placed between twoasterisks. The sequence Line-N = *Literal* may be repeated as necessary todefine a complete title.Title data are placed at the top of each report page in the followingformat:1 i ne-lline-3and have the default value of blank lines.1 i ne-21 i ne-4 1 i ne-5Rules: 1. The TITLE instruction may be entered more than once. Ifentered only once, all reports will have the same title.If entered more than once, the last value entered when anEND instruction is encountered, is the value that will appearat the top of that program's reports.Example2. The TITLE instruction may be used as a control instruction(that is, need not appear between an INPUT instruction andand END instruction).3. The limit for each line of title is 40 characters.4. A literal value may not be continued on the following line.TITLELINE-l = *ABC OFFICE BUILDING*LINE-2 = *JONES AND SMITH ENGINEERING*LINE-3 = *JERRY JONES - P.E.*The above instruction would causeABC OFFICE BUILDINGJERRY JONES - P.E.to appear at the top of all reports.6. PARAMETERJONES AND SMITH ENGINEERINGThe PARAMETER instruction is used to designate user-specified variables(maximum of 50) as parameters in parametric runs and to assign them values(see Parametric Run Instruction Sequences section).The instruction takes the formPARAMETERU-name = Valuewhere U-name is the user-specified name of a parametric keyword, and Value isthe value assigned to that variable in the current simulation.11.20 (Revi sed 5/81)
Whenever the U-name of a parametric keyword is encountered, as a valuefor a subsequent keyword, the value of that parametric keyword is substitutedas the value for the keyword. Note: Only keyword values can be changed withPARAMETER. U-names of commands-cannot be changed with PARA~lETER.Two types of values may be assigned to a parametric keyword, the first ofwhich is a numeric quantity. In addition to the direct substitution of theparametric value as the value for a keyword, a numeric parameter may also bemultiplied by a second numeric quantity when assigned to a keyword. This isaccomplished by entering the word TIMES immediately after the parametrickeyword U-name, followed by a number.Example:INPUT LOADSPARAMETERPI = 10WI = WINDOWWIDTH = PIW2= WINDOWWIDTH = PI TIMES 1.1ENDCOMPUTE LOADSSTOPThe above instructions would cause the width of windows WI and W210.0 feet and 11.0 feet, respectively.to beParametric keywords may also be assigned non-numeric values. Wheneverthe value being input for a non-numeric keyword, such as U-name, subcommand,or code-word type keywords, is detected to be a parametric keyword U-name, thevalue of that parameter is used as the value for the keyword.Example:PARAMETERP2 = COLDESTP3SYSTEM-CONTROLSIWSI ..HEAT-CONTROL = P2SCHEDULE THRU DEC 31, WEEK-SCHEDULE = P3 ..The above instructions would cause the value COLDEST to be assigned toHEAT-CONTROL and week-schedule WSI to be assigned to WEEK-SCHEDULE.Rules: 1. Although a parametric keyword U-name may be longer than 16characters, only the first 16 characters are significant to theprogram.2. A parametric keyword U-name must be unique from all otherparametric keyword U-names and non-parametric keyword U~names.II .21 (Revised 5/81)
3. A parametric keyword must be defined with a PARAMETER instructionbefore its use in a keyword value assignment.4. If the TIMES feature is used with the input for a numericparametric keyword, the word TIMES must appear on the same line asthe parametric keyword.5. The value after the word TIMES may not be another parametrickeyword and it must be a number.See also Sec. A.10 and Sec. B.2 of this chapter.7 . SET-DEFAULTThe SET-DEFAULT instruction is used to assign a new default value to oneormore keywords in a particular instruction.The form of this instruction isSET-DEFAULT FOR CommandKeyword = Valuewhere Command is the name of an instruction, Keyword is the name of a keywordin that instruction, and Value is the new default value to be assigned thatkeyword.Rules: 1. Whenever a new default value (maximum of 100) is specified for thekeyword of an instruction, that value overrides the previousdefault value for that keyword, or creates a default value if thekeyword previously had none.2. The word FOR after SET-DEFAULT is required.3. The sequence Keyword = Value may be repeated if the defaultfor more than one keyword is to be changed.4. Some keywords are also subcommands (such as SYSTEM-FANS,SPACE-CONDITIONS, etc. These keywords may not be specified inSET-DEFAULT.5. Do not use SET-DEFAULT = n where n is already the default valuefor the keyword. This is because the program, in many cases,determines whether SET-DEFAULT has been used by comparing theSET-DEFAULT value with the program default value. If these arethe same, the program concludes that SET-DEFAULT has not beeninput.6. The SET-DEFAULT instruction is not applicable to SYSTEM-levelinstructions (that is, instructions that apply to more than onelONE) and PLANT instructions. This includes the PLANT-ASSIGNMENTinstruction. USing SET-DEFAULT with these instructions willproduce an error message.11.22 (Revi sed 5/81)
Examp le:SET-DEFAULT FOR WINDOwWIDTH = 6.5 HEIGHT = 4GLASS-TYPE = WEST-GLASSThe above example would set the width and height defaults for windows to 6.5feet and 4.0 feet respectively, and the GLASS-TYPE to that defined in aGLASS-TYPE instruction U-named WEST-GLASS.8. DAY-SCHEDULEThe DAY-SCHEDULE instruction is used to define a sequence of 24 hourlyvalues. The DAY-SCHEDULE instruction is used in conjunction with theWEEK-SCHEDULE and SCHEDULE instructions to define an hour-by-hour schedule foran entire year. (For information on how these instructions are coordinated,see Scheduling Concepts section.)The instruction takes the formU-name = DAY-SCHEDULE HOURS = (h) VALUES = (v) ..where U-name is the user-assigned name of a particular DAY-SCHEDULE instruction,HOURS and VALUES are the keywords for the instruction, and h and v arethe values assigned to the keywords. The sequence HOURS = (h) VALUES = (v)may be repeated as many times as necessary to define values tor all 24 hoursof the day. The values of h assigned to HOURS vary from 1 to 24, where hour 1is defined to end at 1:00 AM. The values of v can be 0 (indicating OFF,UNOCCUPIED, etc.), 1 (indicating ON, OCCUPIED, etc.), decimal fractions betweeno and 1 (meaning the fraction of a maximum capacity that is permitted), numbersgreater than 1 (indicating temperature set points, etc.) or even +1, 0, or -1(indicating window operating positions). The values input depend upon thetype of schedule being specified. Care should be exercised in setting thevalue of v because a range check for maximum and minimum values is notperformed.Example 1:DS1 = DAY-SCHEDULE HOURS = (1,24) VALUES = (68.) ..The above instruction assigns the single value of 68.0 to all 24 hoursof the DAY-SCHEDULE.1],23 (Revised 5/81)
---,.,-;;;c;-;;;"""---- = DAY-SCHEDULE or D-SCH. 0 name*(User Worksheet)User In~utUser InputKeyword Hour(s)-of-Day Keyword NumberHOURS = ( ) VALUES =HOURS ( ) VALUESHOURS = ( , VALUES = )HOURS = ( ) VALUES = )HOURS = ) VALUES = )HOURS ) VALUES =HOURS = ) VALUES =HOURS = ) VALUES =HOURS = VALUES =HOURS = VALUES )HOURS = ( ) VALUES = ( )HOURS = ( VALUES = ( )HOURS = ) VALUES =HOURS = ) VALUES = )*Mandatory entry, if DAY-SCHEDULE is specified.Notes:1. Acceptable entries for Hour(s)-of-Day are 1 thru 24. All hours must bespecified.2. Acceptable entries for Number are explained in the keyword description ofthe item being scheduled.3. The words "HOURS =" and "VALUES =" may be omitted.I1.24 (Revised 5/81)
----rr--cco-==----- = WEEK-SCHEDULE or W-SCHO-name*(User Worksheet)User In~utDay-of -Wee kKeyword Code-word(s) KeywordUser InputU-nameDAYS = DAY-SCHEDULEDAYS = ) DAY-SCHEDULEDAYS = ) DAY-SCHEDULEDAYS = ) DAY-SCHEDULEDAYS = ( DAY-SCHEDULEDAYS = ( DAY-SCHEDULEDAYS = DAY-SCHEDULEDAYS = DAY-SCHEDULEDAYSDAY-SCHEDULEDAYS = DAY-SCHEDULEDAYSDAY-SCHEDULEDAYS = DAY-SCHEDULEDAYS = DAY-SCHEDULEDAYS = ) DAY-SCHEDULE============*Mandatory entry, if WEEK-SCHEDULE is specified.Notes:1. Acceptable Day-of-Week Code-word(s) are MON, TUE, WED, THU, FRI, SAT, SUN,HOl, WD, WE, WEH, and All. All eisht days of the week must be specifiedbefore the terminator and must be ln chronological order.2. The words "DAYS =" and "DAY-SCHEDULE =" may be omitted.11.25 (Revi sed 5/81)
TIME-TO-HOURCONVERTERTime--Hour12:00Midnight lAM 2 AM 3 AM 4 AM 5 AM 6 AM 7AM 8 AM2 4 5 6 7 8 9 10-/0-:-" I /12:009 AM 10 AM "AM NoonI I" 12Time--Hour-o- J12:00 / I " 12:00Noon IPM 2 PM 3 PM 4PM 5PM 6PM 7PM 8PM 9PM 10 PM " PM MidnightII13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 21 22 23 24Exarnp le 2:DS2 DAY-SCHEDULE HOURS = (1,8 ) VALUES = (0. )HOURS = (9 ) VALUES ( .5)HOURS = (10,13) VALUES = (.6,.7,.8,.9)HOURS = (14,24) VALUES = (0. ) ..The above instruction illustrates the various options availablewhen entering data for the DAY-SCHEDULE instruction. If only one hour isassigned to an HOURS keyword, only one value may be assigned the nextVALUES keyword. If a range of hours (specified by the starting andending hours) is entered, then a single value may be assigned to the nextVALUES keywoy'd, or a series of valJes may be entered, one for each hourin the range.Rules: 1. A U-name must appear before the DAY-SCHEDULE command.2. All 24 hours must be assigned values. The first hour specifiedmust be 1 and the last hour must be 24. It is not possible tospecify hours through midnight.3. The LIKE keyword may be used (see LIKE section).4. All values assigned to the HOURS and VALUES keywords must beenclosed in parentheses.11.26 (Revised 5/81)
5. A comma and/or one or more blanks must separate multiple valueswithin parentheses.6. The command may be abbreviated to D-SCH.7. The keywords HOURS and VALUES may be omitted.8. If two hour numbers are assigned to an HOURS keyword, the hournumbers must be in ascending order.9. WEEK-SCHEDULEThe WEEK-SCHEDULE instruction is used to assign DAY-SCHEDULEs to thedays of the week. The WEEK-SCHEDULE instruction is used in conjunction,wi,ththe DAY-SCHEDULE and SCHEDULE instructions (see Scheduling Concepts section).The instruction takes the formU-name = WEEK-SCHEDULE DAYS = (d) DAY-SCHEDULE = D-S-Name "where U-name is the user-specified name of a particular WEEK-SCHEDULE instruction,and d is the day or days of the week that will be assigned theDAY-SCHEDULE named D-S-Name. The sequence DAYS = (d) DAY-SCHEDULE = D-S-Namemay be repeated as necessary to define all 8 days of the program week, thefirst day being Monday and the eighth day signifying holidays.Rules:1. A U-name must appear before the command word.2. The command may be abbreviated to W-SCH.3. All eight days of the week must be assigned a DAY-SCHEDULE.4. The keywords DAYS and DAY-SCHEDULE may be omitted.5. The value(s) entered for the DAYS keyword must be selected fromthe following code-word table. If the list (of values for DAYS)is a one-element list, it may consist of any code-word in thetable. To specify a sequence of days of the week, the list may bea two-element list, each element being taken from the first sevencode-words in the table in chronological order (the <strong>DOE</strong>-2 programinput processor assumes that the first day of the week is MON andthe last is SUN).11.27 (Revised 5/81)
Code-wordMONTUEWEDTHUFRISATSUNHOLWDWEWEHALLNational Holidays of the United StatesExamp le 1New Years DayJAN 1 (unless on Saturday or Sunday)JAN 2 if a MondayWashington's BirthdayThird Monday in FEBMemori al DayLast Monday in MAYFourth of JulyJUL 3 if a FridayJUL 4 (unless on Saturday or Sunday)JUL 5 if a MondayLabor DayFirst Monday in SEPColumbus DaySecond Monday in OCTVeterans DayNOV 10 if a FridayNOV 11 (unless on Saturday or Sunday)NOV 12 if a MondayTh ank sg i vi ngFourth Thursday in NOVChri stmasDEC 24 if a Fri dayDEC 25 (unless on Saturday or Sunday)DEC 26 if a MondayNew Years Day (continued)DEC 31 if a FridayDay-of-the-weekMondayTuesdayWednesdayThursdayFri daySaturdaySundayHolidayWeekdaysWeekend daysWeekends and holidaysA 11 days of the weekWEEK-l = WEEK-SCHEDULE DAYS (ALL) DAY-SCHEDULE = DAY-I ..The above instruction defines a WEEK-SCHEDULE named WEEK-l that usesthe DAY-SCHEDULE named DAY-l for all days of the week.II .28 (Revised 5/81)
Ex amp le 2WEEK-2 = WEEK-SCHEDULE DAYS = (MON,WED)DAYS = (THU,FRI)DAYS = (WEH)DAY-SCHEDULEDAY-SCHEDULEDAY-SCHEDULE= D-1= D-2= D-3The above instruction defines a week-schedule named WEEK-2. Day-scheduleD-1 is to be used Monday, Tuesday, and Wednesday. Day-schedule D-2 is to beused Thursday and Friday, and day-schedule D-3 is to be used on weekends andholidays.10. SCHEDULEThe SCHEDULE instruction is used to assign particular week-schedules todifferent times of the year. The SCHEDULE instruction is used in conjunctionwith the DAY-SCHEDULE and WEEK-SCHEDULE instructions. (See SchedulingConcepts section.)The instruction takes the formU-Name SCHEDULE THRU Month Day WEEK-SCHEDULE =W-S-Name ..where U-Name is the user-specified name for this instruction, and Month Dayare the month and day through which the week-schedule named W-S-Name is to beused. The sequence THRU Month Day, WEEK-SCHEDULE = W-S-Name is repeated asnecessary to define a schedule that must extend through the end of the simulationperiod, as specified in the RUN-PERIOD instruction. The initial date ofevery sChedule is defined to be January 1. The keyword WEEK-SCHEDULE and theequal sign are optional.Examp le 1S-l = SCHEDULE THRU DEC 31 WEEK-SCHEDULE = W-1The above instruction defines a schedule named S-l and assigns week-scheduleW-1 to be used all year.Examp le 2S-2 = SCHEDULE THRU MAY 31THRU AUG 31THRU DEC 31IN-SCHOOLON-VACATIONIN-SCHOOL ..The above instruction defines a schedule named S-2, and assigns weekscheduleIN-SCHOOL to be used during the school year and week-scheduleON-VACATION to be used during the summer.Rules:1. A U-name must appear before the command word.2. The command word may be abbreviated to SCH.II .29 (Revi sed 5/81)
3. Dates given must be in chronological order.4. All schedules must extend at least through the end of thesimulation period as defined by the RUN-PERIOD instruction.5. The value entered as the day-of-the-month must be between 1 andthe number of days in the month.6. The code-word entered as the value of the month must be the firstthree letters of the name of the month (e.g., JAN for January).7. Commas are optional. Spaces are equivalent to commas.8. There is a maximum of 12 THRUs (or intervals) permitted in eachSCHEDULE instruction.9. The LIKE keyword is not allowed.10. The keyword WEEK-SCHEDULE is optional.11. REPORT-BLOCKThe REPORT-BLOCK instruction is used to specify a group of variables tobe printed in an hourly report (see HOURLY-REPORT instruction).The instruction takes the formU-Name = REPORT-BLOCKVARIABLE-TYPE = v-tVARIABLE-LIST = (v-l)where U-Name is the user-specified name for a particular REPORT-BLOCKinstruction, v-t is a code-word indicating the type of variables to be foundin the VARIABLE-LIST data, and v-l is a list of one or more code-numbersindicating which variables of type v-t are to be used in an hourly report.Rules: 1. The instruction U-name is required.2. The command word REPORT-BLOCK and keywords VARIABLE-TYPE andVARIABLE-LIST may be abbreviated to R-B, V-T, and V-L,respectively.3. The LIKE keyword may be used (see LIKE section).4. The code-words that may be assigned to VARIABLE-TYPE and toVARIABLE-LIST must be selected from the table of acceptable valueslisted with the REPORT-BLOCK instruction description as given inthe chapter in which the instruction is to be used.Il.30 (Revised 5/81)
------TIO~-n~a~m~e*~-------;SCHEDULE or SCH(User Worksheet)Key- User InQutword Month Day-of-Month KeywordUser InputU-nameTHRU WEEK-SCHEDULE ;THRUWEEK-SCHEDULE;THRU WEEK-SCHEDULE ;THRUWEEK-SCHEDULE;THRU WEEK-SCHEDULE ;THRUWEEK-SCHEDULE;THRU WEEK-SCHEDULE ;THRUWEEK-SCHEDULE;THRU WEEK-SCHEDULE ;THRU WEEK-SCHEDULE ;THRU WEEK-SCH EDULE ;THRUWEEK-SCHEDULE;THRU WEEK-SCH EDULE ;THRU WEEK-SCHEDULE ;*Mandatory entry, if SCHEDULE is specified.Notes:1. Acceptable code-words for Month are JAN, FEB, MAR, APR, MAY, JUN, JUL,AUG, SEP, OCT, NOV, and DEC.2. Acceptable entries for Day-of-Month are 1 thru the number of days in themonth.3. The words "WEEK-SCHEDULE ;" may be omitted.I I. 31 (Revised 5/81)
5. The maximum number of code-numbers assigned to VARIABLE-LIST forall REPORT-BLOCKs is 60.Example:RB-1 = REPORT-BLOCKVARIABLE-TYPE = BUILDINGVARIABLE-LIST = (1,19) .•HR-1 = HOURLY-REPORTREPORT-SCHEDULE = RS-1REPORT-BLOCK = (RB-1) ..The above instructions (as used in the LOADS program) would cause thebuilding sensible heating load and building sensible cooling load to beprinted every hour for which schedule RS-l is nonzero.12. HOURLY-REPORTThe HOURLY-REPORT instruction directs the program to print the hourlyvalues of all variables specified in one or more REPORT-BLOCK instructions.These values are to be printed according to the schedule assigned to thekeyword REPORT-SCHEDULE. (A plot option also exists. See Sec. B.21 in Chap.III. )The instruct ion takes the formU-Name = HOURLY-REPORTREPORT-SCHEDULE = R-S-U-NameREPORT-BLOCK = (R-B-U-Name)where U-Name is the user-specified name for an HOURLY-REPORT instruct ion,R-S-U-Name is the U-name of a schedule instruction, and R-B-U-Name is one ormore U-names of report block instructions.Rules: 1. The entry of a U-name for this instruction is required.2. The command word may be abbreviated to H-R.3. The LIKE keyword may be used (see LIKE section).4. Report values will be printed every hour for which the hourlyvalue of the aSSigned schedule is nonzero. Note that even ifDAYLIGHT-SAVINGS = YES, summer hours will not reflect daylightsaving time. Therefore, there will be one hour differencebetween times appearing in the LOADS Summary Reports and theLOADS Hourly Reports.5. The U-name(s) assigned to the keyword REPORT-BLOCK must appearwithin parentheses, even if only one U-name is assigned.6. The keywords REPORT-BLOCK and REPORT-SCHEDULE may be abbreviatedto R-B and R-SCH, respectively.II. 32 (Revised 5/81)
Note: A <strong>DOE</strong>-2 weather year contains 365 days. When the <strong>DOE</strong>-2 WeatherProcessor is run on a weather tape for a leap year, the first 365 days itencounters become the <strong>DOE</strong>-2 weather year and February is assumed to have 28days. As a result, the weather for all days after February 28 will bedisplaced by one day of the week, i.e., the weather for February 29 becomesthe weather for March 1, and March 1 is assumed by <strong>DOE</strong>-2 to occur one dayearlier in the week than the calendar for that year would indicate. The datafor December 31 on the original weather file is ignored.Example:HR-l = HOURLY-REPORTREPORT-SCHEDULE RS-JANREPORT-BLOCK = (RS-l)The above instruction defines an hourly report named HR-l that will printvalues of the variables specified in report block RS-l when the schedule namedRS-JAN h as an hourly nonzero val ue.13. ENDThe END instruction indicates that all data for a particular program havebeen entered.The instruction takes the form of simplyEND ..Once an END .. instruction is encountered, all final processing of thedata for that program takes place, such as checking for undefined U-names,etc. Warning: If an END instruction is omitted, all subsequent instructionswill be erroneously interpreted as further input instructions to the currentprogram.Rules: 1. Each END instruction must be preceded by an INPUT, LIBRARY-INPUT,or PARAMETRIC-INPUT instruction.2. An END instruction must be encountered by the current inputprocessor before instruction control is returned to the controlprocessor.3. The END instruction should appear as a separate instruction.I I. 33 (Revised 5/81)
14. COMPUTEThe COMPUTE instruction directs the program to execute a particularsimulation program, the data for which have been previously entered followingan INPUT instruction for the same program.The instruction takes the formCOMPUTE Program-Name ••where Program-Name is a code-word indicating which simulation program is to beexecuted using previous input data.Rules: 1. The code-word must be one of the following: LOADS, SYSTEMS,PLANT, ECONOMICS.15. SAVE-FILES2. If no COMPUTE instruction is entered, only error checking of inputdata will occur--no simulation will take place.3. All input data are processed before any simulation occurs. Thus,~a fatal error is detected in the PLANT instructions, the LOADSand SYSTEMS programs are not executed.4. A COMPUTE instruction for the immediately "upstream" program musthave been previously entered. (A COMPUTE SYSTEMS .. must bepreceded by a COMPUTE LOADS •• , etc.) (See Typical Run InstructionSequences section). If one is saving files from a previousrun, this may not be true; see SAVE-FILES.5. A COMPUTE instruction is always associated with the last INPUT orPARAMETRIC-INPUT instruction for the same program.6. The hourly input data used by a program, specified in a COMPUTEinstruction, is always the hourly output data generated by thelast COMPUTE instrucbon for the immediately "upstream" program.(A COMPUTE PLANT .. instruction causes the PLANT program to usehourly data generated by the last COMPUTE SYSTEMS •. instruction.)7. A COMPUTE instruction may not occur between an INPUT instructionand an END instruction.The SAVE-FILES instruction is used when the simulation programsequence is to be continued in a subsequent job.The instruction takes the form of simplySAVE-FILESThe SAVE-FILES instruction may be used only as a control instruction,that is, it must not occur between an INPUT instruction and an END instruction.II.34 (Revised 5/81)
The control processor examines all COMPUTE instructions to determineif the intermediate output files of a program are needed as'input files to asubsequent program. If not, the writing of those files is suppressed. However,if the user desires to save these intermediate files for use in asubsequent job to avoid re-execution of one or more of the programs, theSAVE-FILES instruction must be used.For example, if the user desires to execute the LOADS and SYSTEMSprograms during one job, and save the intermediate output files from SYSTEMSto be used in an extensive analysis using the PLANT program, the SAVE-FILESinstruction would cause the SYSTEMS intermediate output files to be writteneven though no COMPUTE PLANT .. instruction was encountered.The appropriate intermediate output files must be saved using theappropriate control cards or JCL for a particular installation, anrl must belikewise retrieved at the beginning of subsequent runs.16. STOPThe STOP instruction indicates that the end of all inpLSimulation programs has been reached.data for allThe instruction takes the form of simplySTOP ..and directs the control processor to terminate data input and beginSimulation, assuming COMPUTE instructions were entered and no fatal errorswere detected.Rules: 1. The STOP instruction may be used only as a control instruction,that is, it may not occur between an INPUT instruction and an ENDinstruction.I1.35 (Revi sed 5/81)
III. LOADS PROGRAMTABLE OF CONTENTSPageA. INTRODUCTION ......•.1-2.3.4.5.6.Preparation of InputLDL Input SequenceLimitations .....Coordinate Systems . ~.a. Building Coordinate Systemb. Space Coordinate System ..c. Surface Coordinate System .Use of the Coordinate Systems ..a. Quick Method for Locating Walls, Ceilings, andFloors (in Box-Shaped SPACEs) ....•....b. Locating and Orienting Building Shades, Roofs,and Walls .....•.•.c. Locating Windows and Doors.Data Hierarchy •B. LDL INPUT INSTRUCTIONS . . . .1-2.3.4.5.6.7.INPUT (Alternative Forms)RUN-PERIOD. .DESIGN-DAY •..BUILDING-LOCATIONBUILDING-SHADE .BUILDING-RESOURCESPACE-CONDITIONS111.1111.2111.3111.6111.6I 11.8I 11.10II 1.10II 1.10II 1.10111.15111.15II 1.19I I I. 21III. 21I I I. 21II 1. 25II I. 30III. 35I 11.39III. 428.9.10.II.1<strong>2.1</strong>3.14.15.16.17.18.19.SPECIFYING EXTERIOR WALLS, EXTERIOR FLOORS, AND ROOFSSPECIFYING INTERIOR WALLS, INTERIOR FLOORS, CEILINGS,UNDERGROUND WALLS, UNDERGROUND FLOORS, ANDNON-GLASS DOORSMATERIALLAYERS . .CONSTRUCTI ONGLASS-TYPESPACE . • . . .. .EXTERIOR-WALL (or ROOF)WINDOW ...DOOR . . . .INTERIOR-WALL . .. . ...UNDERGROUND-WALL (or UNDERGROUND-FLOOR)111.57II I. 69111.73II I. 76II 1.80II!. 87I 11.94111.100II 1.107111.110111.113111.118(Revised 5/81)
TABLE OF CONTENTS (Cont.)Page20.2l.22.LOADS-REPORTHOURL Y -REP ORTREPORT-BLOCKC. ALTERNATIVE LOAD CALCULATION METHODS.l.2.3.4.Load Calculation Methods .•.••..•..•INPUT (Alternative Forms for LOADS) ..••.•<strong>DOE</strong>-2 Library Files. . • . . • .. . .•..a. Standard INPUT LOADS with PrecalculatedWeighting Factors ....••....••b. Creating a User's Own Library of MATERIALs,LAYERS, and Custom Weighting Factorsc. Creating Custom Weighting Factorsfrom BDLLIB ...•..••..•..d. Combining the Prespecified and aUser-Specified Library ..•....WARNING and ERROR Messages for the CustomWeighting Factors Generation Program •..I II .123II I. 127III.130II I.141II I. 141III.145II I. 147II I.151II 1.152II 1.158II 1.158IIL162(Revised 5/81)
A. INTRODUCTIONIII. LOADS PROGRAMThe LOADS program calculates the heating and cooling loads for each spacewithin a building based on the ASHRAE algorithms described in Ref. 1. For theload calculations it is assumed that no HVAC equipment is operating and eachspace remains at an individual constant temperature. Therefore, the hourlyload calculated by the LOADS program is the energy required to maintain thespace temperature without the effects of the ventilation air.The building hourly loads are a function of the following parameters.Building latitudeBuilding longitudeBuilding altitudeBuilding location--time-zoneBuilding orientationHourly ambient dry-bulb temperatureHourly ambient wet-bulb temperatureHourly atmospheric pressureHourly wind speedHourly wind directionHourly insolationSize of external shading surfacesOpacity of external shading surfacesLocation of external shading surfaceThickness of construction layersConductivities of construction layersDensities of construction layer materialsSpecific heats of construction layer materia-IsSequence of layers in constructionThermal lag of furnishings and structureSchedules for occupantsSChedules for lightingSChedules for equipmentInfiltrationPosition of spaces within the buildingPosition of spaces with respect to other spacesSize of exterior, interior, and underground surfacesConstruction of exterior, interior, and underground surfacesPosition of exterior, interior, and underground surfaces.The user's problem is to determine these parameters and put them into aform usable by the LOADS program. To do this, each of the parameters must bedescribed by a sequence of Loads Description Language (LDL) instructions.I 11.1 (Revised 5/81)
1. Preparation of Inputa. Prepare Building Drawings(1) Draw a simplified floor plan and elevation view of each uniquefloor.(2) Identify and outline on these floor plans the individuallycontrolled thermal zones or spaces. Usually a core zone,perimeter zone, computer rooms, cafeterias, unconditionedspaces and so on are each identified as separate thermallones. Each SPACE in lOADS must be identical to a thermalZONE in the SYSTEMS program. Therefore, it would be a goodidea to read applicable sections of Chap. IV to determine therecommended way of defining the thermal zones from a secondaryHVAC system (distribution system) viewpoint.(3) labe I each separa te thermal zone with a un i que "user name"(U-name) on the floor plan.b. Prepare the LDl Instruction(1) Make one copy of each user worksheet.(2) Duplicate as many additional copies of each worksheet as isnecessary for the building being modeled. For instance, ifthe building has 10 thermal zones, 10 SPACE worksheets shouldbe filled out.(3) Arrange the worksheets in the order described in the section,"lDL Input Sequence," and enter the appropriate data bykeypunched cards or at a terminal, depending upon the hardwareavailable at your site.(4) Familiarity with the LDl instructions will probably allow theuser to dispense with the worksheets. Instead the user willcode the LDl instructions directly from a list of commands,keywords, code-words, and values.c. Submit Input DeckEvery computer site or organization has certain requirements for userjob and cost account information (or log-on instructions). local sitemanuals should contain the necessary information on user passwords,cost algorithms, telephone numbers, and so on.(1) Prepare the site-specific job, password, and accountinstructions, and place them at the beginning of the deck.(2) Attach the job control language (Jel) deck for accessing theOOE-2 computer programs.II 1.2 (Revised 5/81)
(3) Attach the LDL instructions, beginning with an "INPUT LOADS •. "instruction and ending with a "STOP " " instruction.(4) Submit the deck for prbcessing.2. LDL Input SequenceThis section describes the input sequence of the LDL instructions for theLOADS program. A detailed description of each instruction is inChap. III, Sec B.To begin the input data for the LOADS program, the user must first enterINPUT LOADS ..which informs the LDL processor that data in the following instructionswill apply to the LOADS program. This instruction may be followed by anyof the SOL control instructions described in Chap. II that definevariables, set default values, select schedules, etc. The sequence ofinstructions is arbitrary except when the data hierarchy referencingfeatures are used. The instruction sequence of the following examplesillustrates the preferred sequence to minimize errors.The identification and control instructions areTITLEABORTDIAGNOSTICRUN-PERIODThe TITLE instruction is used to define the name of the building, thedate, the name of the architect/engineer or any other identifying information.ABORT sets the error level that will cause the program toterminate after processing the language. The DIAGNOSTIC instructionestablishes a message level for printing diagnostic information. TheRUN-PERIOD instruction identifies the time interval(s) for thecomp utat ions.The next instructionBUILDING-LOCATIONis used to specify the building location on the surface of the earth.If an object shades an exterior surface of the building, this object mustbe described by theBUILDING-SHADEinstruction. This instruction will direct the program to properly accountfor the reauction of direct solar radiation. Any surface that interceptssolar radiation (such as a hill, tree, nearby building, or other surfacesof the building being simulated) should be included.I 11.3 (Revised 5/81)
It is strongly recommended that the instructions that specify thebuilding envelope, along with the ?chedule and assignment instructions,be entered at the beginning of the LOADS input. This practice will precludesuch common errors as referencing U-names not previously defined.Therefore, enter the following instructions next.MATERIALLAYERSCONSTRUCTIONAs an alternative to the entry of one or more of the above instructions,a selection may be made from the <strong>DOE</strong>-2 Library of MATERIALs, LAYERS, andCONSTRUCTIONs, BDLLIB. In this case, proper code-words must be enteredin a LAYERS, CONSTRUCTION, or EXTERIOR-WALL instruction.Occupancy, lighting, infiltration, and equipment schedules are enterednext.DAY-SCHEDULEWEEK-SCHE DU LESCHEDULEAfter all the schedules have been specified, each thermal zone* withinthe building should be specified. The selection of thermal zoneboundaries should be done with consideration of the secondary HVACsystems. Every space in the LOADS program must be physically identicalto every zone in the SYSTEMS program.Common space conditions can be specified by the following instruction.SPACE-CONDITIONSThis instruction simplifies input, because it can be referenced inseveral spaces. Thus the values under it do not have to be repeated.The next instruction is required to define each space.SPACEindicates to the LDL Processor that the following instructions willdefine a thermal zone. Thus, immediately following each SPACE instruction,the appropriate thermal boundaries for that space must be entered.To do this, use the following commands.as appropriate.theEXTERIOR WALL (or ROOF)INTERIOR WALLUNDERGROUND-WALL (or UNDERGROUND-FLOOR)Any fenestration or entryway should be defined using*In this text, the words "thermal zone," "zone," and "space" aresynonymous and are interchangeable.I II.4 (Revised 5/81)
WINDOWDOORinstructions. The WINDOW and/or DOOR instructions must immediatelyfollow the instruction for the EXTERIOR-WALL, or ROOF, upon which thefenestration or entryway occurs. The program will then locate theopenings appropriately and subtract their area from the appropriateexterior wall or roof.After all the spaces and their thermal boundaries have been specified,desired standard output reports are selected using theLOADS-REPORTinstruction. Hourly reports of many variables calculated by LOADS arealso available and may be selected by using theREPORT-BLOCKHOURLY-REPORTinstructions. These instructions also define the time periods forwhich hourly reports are desired. Then enter the instructionsEND ..COMPUTE LOADS ..This concludes the input and initiates the LOADS simulation.SYSTEMS, PLANT, and ECONOMICS runs are not involved enterSTOPNote: If the user wishes to conduct parametric runs (successivesimulations with one or more parameters being changed for eachsimulation), selected user-defined variables can be redefined by usingthePARAMETERinstruction. One common use of this instruction is to specify a "userdefinedvariable" and assign it an initial value. Then parametricstudies can be easily run by changing the value of the "user-definedvariable" instead of making several variable changes, using thePARAMETRIC-INPUT instruction (see Chap.II).Also, if any preprogrammed default values for keywords are to bechanged, this should be done, by using theSET-DEFAULTinstruction. The default values will be over-written by a new userspecifieddefault value each time the SET-DEFAULT instruction isencountered. Repeated use of this instruction may reduce the inputdata task but risks errors caused by incorrect defining of defaults.IlL5 (Rev ised 5/81)If
3. L imitati onsFor <strong>DOE</strong>-2, the maximum number of LDL instructions that can be used forspecifying the required data for the LOADS program is as follows:InstructionDAY-SCHEDULEWEEK-SCHEDULESCHEDULERUN-PERIODBUILDING-LOCATIONBUILDING-SHADEMATERIALLAYERSCONSTRUCTIONGLASS-TYPESPACE-CONDITIONSSPACEEXTERIOR-WALL/ROOFINTERIOR-WALLWINDOWDOORUNDERGROUND-WALL/UNDERGROUND-FLOORDESIGN-DAYBUILDING-RESOURCESET-DEFAULTDESIGN-DAYLOADS-REPORTTITLEPARAMETERHOURLY-REPORTREPORT-BLOCKU-names4. Coordinate SystemsMaximum Number6040401 (1 command, specifying up to12 periods)1641281632323264128128128646431100*315*50*1664352**The LOADS program uses a hierarchy of three right-handed Cartesiancoordinate systems (see Fig. 111.1): the building coordinate system, thespace coordinate system, and the surface coordinate system. These systemsare related to each other by simple translation and rotation. The location* This maximum number refers to the number of keyword values, not the numberof instructions.** The use of the advanced scheduling technique (described in Chapter II) willresult in the use of at least three of these U-names for each SCHEDULEspecified. One U-name is specified by the user for the SCHEDULE and thebalance of the U-names are internally specified by the LDL program. Also,specifying a code-word for a MATERIAL, a LAYERS, or a CONSTRUCTION in the<strong>DOE</strong>-2 Preassembled Library results in the use of one U-name, internallyspecified by the LDL program. The same is true when specifying outputreports by code-word (LV-A, LS-A, etc.).II I.6 (Revised 5/81)
zBuilding Coordinate31ystemHorizontalPlaneAZ = Building Azimuth AngleSpace AzimuthAngle~Y Axis inBuildingCoordinateSystemAZ'0· ngm .---31RaceCoordinate31ystemSetback Is Normalto X - Y PlaneOrigin--Y HEIGHT I ffiX~indowf----IWIDTHSurface CoordinateSystem as ViewedFrom ExteriorFig. III.l. Three relative coordinate systems.III. 7 (Revised 5/81)
of the space coordinate system is defined relative to the origin of thebuilding coordinate system, and the surface coordinate system is locatedrelative to the origin of the space coordinate system. There is only onebuilding coordinate system, but there is one space coordinate system foreach space defined by the user, and one surface coordinate system for eachexterior wall or roof defined by the user. The user need not keep trackof the overall position of each surface and window/door relative to thebuilding as a whole. Instead, the position of walls and roofs is specifiedrelative to the space in which they occur, and the positions ofwindows and doors are specified relative to the wall on which they occur.The program then automatically transforms the walls and windows to theoverall building coordinate system.The building coordinate system is defined in the BUILDING-LOCATIONinstruction by assigning values to the keywords AZIMUTH, LATITUDE,LONGITUDE, and ALTITUDE. A space and its coordinate system are locatedwithin the building coordinate system by aSSigning values to the keywordsX, Y, Z, and AZIMUTH in tne SPACE instruction. The wall or roof islocated within the space coordinate system by giving values to the keywordsX, Y, Z, AZIMUTH, and TILT in the EXTERIOR-WALL (or ROOF) instruction.Each exterior wall or roof has a surface coordinate systemassociated with it. Windows are located relative to a surface coordinatesystem by assigned values to X, Y, and SETBACK in the WINDOW instruction.BUILDING-SHADEs form a speCial class of surfaces in that, unlike exteriorwalls or roofs, they must be located in the building coordinate system.If the user does not use the BUILDING-SHADE instruction, there is no needto keep track of the location (X, Y, and Z keywords) of spaces, walls, andwindows. All that is needed is that the orientation (AZIMUTH and TILT) ofthe walls be correctly specified. The user can allow the X, Y, and Zkeywords to default to zero.a. Building Coordinate SystemSPACEs and BUILDING-SHADEs are specified relative to the buildingcoordinate system. The coordinate system is defined in theBUILDING-LOCATION instruction. The location of the origin is fixedby values assigned to the keywords LATITUDE, LONGITUDE, and ALTITUDE.The orientation of the coordinate system is such that the z-axis isvertical and the x-y plane horizontal (right-hand Cartesian coordinatesystem). The user may rotate the coordinate system about the z-axisby using the AZIMUTH keyword. The AZIMUTH is defined as the clockwiseangle between true north and the building y-axis. Thus AZIMUTH = 0means that the y-axis points north, AZIMUTH = 90 means that the y-axispoints east, and so forth.It is recommended that, for a simple rectangular building, the userorient the building coordinate system so that the x-axis runs alongthe front of the building, and the origin is located at the lowerleft-hand corner of the front wall, as viewed from the outside (seeFig. 111.2). For more complicated building shapes, any convenientlocation of the origin and orientation of the AZIMUTH may be chosen.111.8 (Revised 5/81)
Building Z-AxisBuilding Y-AxisBuilding X-AxisNorthOriginPerspective ViewBuilding Y-AxisNorthOriginFrontPlan ViewBuilding X-AxisFig_ IIL2. Example of building coordinate system.IIL9 (Revised 5/81)
. Space Coordinate SystemThe location of a space and its associated space coordinate systemare defined relative to the building coordinate system by the keywordsX, Y, Z, and AZIMUTH in the SPACE instruction (see Figs. II1.3 and111.4). The location of the origin of the space coordinate system isspecified by assigning values to X, Y, and Z. The orientation of thespace coordinate system is such that its z-axis is vertical and x-yplane is horizontal (right-hand cartesian coordinate system). Thespace and its coordinate system may be rotated about the z-axis bygiving a value to the keyword AZIMUTH. The AZiMUTH is defined as theclockwise angle between the building y-axis and the space y-axis. Ifthe user does not specify X, Y, Z, and AZIMUTH, the keyword valuewill default to zero and the space coordinate system becomes identicalwith the building coordinate system.c. Surface Coordinate SystemA surface and its surface coordinate system are located relative tothe space coordinate system by the keywords X, Y, Z, AZIMUTH, andTILT in the EXTERIOR-WALL or ROOF instruction. Windows are locatedrelative to the surface coordinate system. The location of the originof the surface coordinate system relative to the origin of the spacecoordinate system is specified by assigning values to X, Y, and Z.The origin of the surface coordinate system is the lower left-handcorner of the wall, as seen by an observer viewing the surface in thedirection opposite to the surface outward normal. The orientation ofthe coordinate system is fixed by the keywords AZIMUTH and TILT. TheAZIMUTH is the clockwise angle between the space coordinate systemy-axis and the horizontal projection of the outward normal of thewall or roof associated with the surface coordinate system (see Fig.II 1.5). To specify az imuth for a hor i zon ta 1 surface, see thediscussion of Fig. 111.9.The surface coordinate system should be regarded as embedded in itsassociated exterior wall or roof. The x-axis runs along the width ofthe wall, the y-axis points along the height of the wall, and thez-axis is parallel to the surface outward normal. The TILT is thenthe a~gle between the vertical and the surface outward normal, andthe AZIMUTH is the clockwise angle between the space coordinate systemy-axis and the projection of the surface outward normal on the horizontalplane.5. Use of the Coordinate Systemsa. quick Method for Locating Walls, Ceilings, and Floors (in Box-shapedSPACEs)For box-shaped SPACEs (rectangular parallelepipeds) only, there is aneasy method of locating and orienting its walls. The user inputsSHAPE = BOX and assigns values to HEIGHT, WIDTH, and DEPTH in theSPACE instruction. For the walls, he may then simply assignII 1.10 (Revised 5/81)
BuildingZ-AxisSpaceZ-AxisOrigin Of. ISpace Co-e'= ~""AZ -~\:-~,~~ J- -- .1-1--____YProjection OfSpaceY-AxisOrigin Of 8u .,I ding X--.Building CoordinateAXIsSystemFig. III. 3.Example of a space coordinate system located in abuilding coordinate system.III. 11 (Revi sed 5/81)
. Locating and Orienting Building Shades, Roofs, and Exterior WallsThe method for locating and orienting building shades and exteriorwalls is similar to the SPACE locating method, although buildingshades are specified relative to the building coordinate system androofs and exterior walls are specified relative to the spacecoordinate system. In both cases, X, Y, Z, AZIMUTH, and TILT must beinput. TILT is simply the angle between the vertical (the buildingz-axis or the SPACE z-axis) and the surface outward normal. Verticalsurfaces have TILT = 90; surfaces with the surface outward normalpointing straight up (horizontal) have TILT = 0 (see Fig. III.7).For vertical surfaces, AZIMUTH is the clockwise angle between they-axis (SPACE y-axis for exterior walls; building y-axis for shades)and the surface outward normal (see Fig. 111.8). X, Y, and Z are thecoordinates (relative to the space coordinate system for exteriorwalls; relative to the building coordinate system for building shades)of the lower left-hand corner of the surface as viewed from outside(i.e., in a direction opPosite to the surface outward normal).Horizontal or nonvertical surfaces are trickier. The TILT is determinedas before. Choose the origin of the surface and specify valuesfor X, Y, and Z. Next, mentally rotate the surface to a verticalposition such that the origin does not move (see Fig. III.9). SpecifyAZIMUTH, which is again the clockwise angle between the relevanty-axis and the outward normal of the surface in its new position.The values of HEIGHT and WIDTH are the height and width of the surfacein its new, or vertical, position. Of course, the program will notsee the-SUrface in the vertical position because the TILT, which wasspecified before mentally rotating the surface to vertical, wasalready established at its true value.CAUTION: The incorrect specification of AZIMUTH can result in coincidentwalls, inside out walls, outward protruding walls, bay windowsinstead of setback windows, direct sunlight through north facingwindows, incorrect shading, and a whole host of other problemstoo numerous to mention. In complicated buildings these effects maynot be readily noticeable in the simulation output.If a building has exterior shading, either from itself or from otherstructures, X, Y, and Z should not be allowed to default to zero.c. Locating Windows and DoorsLocating and orienting windows and doors is rather simple. The userneeds to specify X and Y in the WINDOW or DOOR instructions.(Exception: if there is no exterior shading, X and Y may be allowedto default to zero.) The opening is regarded as lying in the plane(the x-y plane of the surface coordinate system) of its wall. 'Valuesfor X and Y locate the lower left-hand corner of the opening, asviewed from outside, relative to the lower left-hand corner of thewall. See Fig. IILlO. The x-dimension runs parallel to the widthof the wall and opening; the y-dimension runs parallel to the height.Assigning a positive value to the keyword SETBACK will result in aIIL15 (Revised 5/81)
window or door that is recessed into the wall by the amount specified.Local shading, resulting from the setback, will be done on theopening, so the keyword SHADING-DIVISION, in the EXTERIOR-WALL (ROOF),DOOR, and WINDOW instructions, should be given a value if the defaultvalue is inappropriate.zSurfaceOutwardNormalTilt=90Tilt 90SurfaceOutwardNormalSurfaceOutwardNormalSpaceCoordinateSystemFig. II!.l.Several examples of the TILT keyword.II 1.16 (Revised 5/81)
BUild:
~~~~00;:0roro0-Ol-- 00~SON= Surface Outward Norma ISpace ./-1Z-Axis /./ I.//./ I./"./" Tilt;900 IiImaginary Vertical surface~//./"./,-.--~/~./ I// /' I/ 1SON/ 1 .~ .., ." .• - - 'I, .. I, • . •..I . ,,::. "fl ' . .• ~I I • " I' ...' ..... r . -: .' '" \.1--I/./.. I.' '.",." 'I, . ""', . . 0'"Actual I .,,
Surface Y-Axis X=12Y= 2I~ 1----12------+----'r rOrigin/I-x---;.-tlof surface coordinate systemSurface X-AxisFig. IlI.10.Example of window location in the surface coordinatesystem.6. Data HierarchyLDL contains the following command hierarchy.LevelCommand1 SPACE2 EXTERIOR-WALLROOF3 WINDOWDOORAll surfaces (level 2) are associated with the immediately precedingSPACE instruction. All apertures (DOORs and WINDOWs, level 3) areassociated with the immediately preceding EXTERIOR-WALL (or ROOF)instruction. (see Fig. III.1l).Keywords always immediately follow the command they refer to. The LDLprocessor cannot check that all the necessary information has beenentered. Care must be taken to avoid specifying common interior wallsand floors twice for two adjacent spaces.I I 1.19 (Revised 5/81)
SPACE (1)EXTERIOR-WALL (1)WINDOW (llWINDOW (2SPACE (2)SPACE (n)·WINDOW (n)DOOR (1)DOOR (2)DOOR(n)EXTERIOR-WALL (2)WINDOW (1)WINDOW (2)·WINDOW (n)DOOR (1)DOOR (2)DOOR(n)EXTER lOR-WALL (3)WINDOW (1)WINDOW (2)·WINDOW (n)DOOR (1)DOOR (2)DOOR(n)INTERIOR-WALL (1) thru (n)UNDERGROUND-WALL (1) thru (n)UNDERGROUND-FLOOR (1) thru (n)(identical organization to above)(identical organization to above)Fig. 111.11.Input hierarchy for a LOADS simulation.I 11.20 (Revised 5/81)
B. LDL Input InstructionsThis section contains descriptions of all LDL input instructions that arerequired to run the LOADS. program. The order of presentation follows thehierarchy described in the last section of Chap. II, BDL.1. INPUT (Alternative Forms)As discussed in Chap. II, Sec. B, the input data for each of the mainprograms must begin with an INPUT Program-Name instruction.INPUT LOADS ..This instruction informs the LDL processor that LOADS program input dataf 011 ow.For the LOADS program only, an alternative form of the INPUT instructionexists that is used not to run the LOADS program itself but as a preprocessorto build a user-specified library of MATERIALs, LAYERS, and CONSTRUCTIONs.Normally, the <strong>DOE</strong>-2 Library will already contain all the MATERIALs, LAYERS,and CONSTRUCTIONs that a user will need, however, if the user wishes to addothers, he should use theLIBRARY-INPUT LOADSinstruction. More information on creating a library or adding to the existing<strong>DOE</strong>-2 Library can be found in Sec. C of this chapter. For conductingparametric studies, the user should specify theinstruction.2. RUN-PERIODPARAMETRIC-INPUT LOADSThe RUN-PERIOD instruction is used to specify the initial and final datesof the desired simulation period. The form of the instruction isU-nameCommand Initial Date Final Date TerminatorRUN-PERIOD month day year THRU month day year. .month day year THRU month day yearmonth day year THRU month day yearU-nameRUN-PERIODis not a 11 owed.This command tells LOADS that the data to follow specifyinitial and final dates of a desired simulation period.III.21 (Revised 5/81)
Rules:The initial date is the first date of the simulation,given in the form: month day year. The first houranalyzed is the hour from midnight to 1:00 AM. The LDLcode-words to specify the names of the months are givenbelow. The day and year are specified as numbers with aseparator (blank or comma) on each side.The final date is the last simulationthe same manner as the initial date.analyzed is the hour from 11:00 PM tolast date using weather data recordedThe code-words for the months are:JANJULFEBAUGMARSEPAPROCTMAYNOVJUNDECdate, specified inThe last hourmidnight for theat midnight.1. A RUN-PERIOD instruction must be entered for a LOADS program run.2. Only 1 RUN-PERIOD instruction is permitted with up to 12 THRUs.3. The number of RUN-PERIOD intervals must be greater than or equal tothe number of DESIGN-DAY instructions. The first THRU applies tothe first design day entered, the second THRU to the second designday, etc. Any THRUs in excess of the number of design days use theweather file (see DESIGN-DAY instruction).4. A PLANT run is possible only if the number of RUN-PERIOD intervalsis greater than the number of DESIGN-DAY instructions.5. The initial and final dates specified in anyone computer run mustall be in the same year. The final date must be equal to or laterthan the initial date.6. The day number cannot be greater than the number of days in themonth associated with that date (in other words, SEP 31 1978 is notvalid).Note: The year of the RUN-PERIOD should ordinarily be the year of thedata on the weather tape being used. The program and the weather tapesassume a 365 day year, even for leap years. For more information on this,see HOURLY-REPORT instruction (Chap. II).Examples:1. This instruction would run the LOADS program for one year.RUN-PERIOD JAN 1 1979 THRU DEC 31 1979 ..111.22 (Revised 5/81)
2. To run the LOADS program for December, January, and February tostudy the winter heating peak, and for June, July, and August, tostudy the summer cooling peak, the LDL input instruction would be:Optionally, FROM can be used:RUN-PERIOD JAN 1 1979 THRU FEB 28 1979JUN 1 1979 THRU AUG 31 1979DEC 1 1979 THRU DEC 31 1979RUN-PERIOD FROM JAN 1 1979 THRU FEB 28 1979111.23 (Revised 5/81)
RUN-PERIOD(User Worksheet)User Input Input RangeInitial Date Fi na 1 Date Desc. Default i~i n. Max.----THRU two dates See Text(month, dayyear)THRU " "THRU " "THRU " "THRU " "THRU " "THRU " "THRU " "THRU " "THRU " "THRU " "THRU " "II 1. 24 (Revi sed 5/81)
3. DESIGN-DAYNote: If the user wishes to use weather data from only the weather file,that is, no design day data, he may skip this section on DESIGN-DAY andgo on to th e next sect i on .It is possible for the user to supplement or even to override the weatherfile data by specifying up to 3 DESIGN-DAYs. This would be done (1) ifthe user feels that the one year of data contained on the weather file isnot typical, or (2) if the user wishes to design the building for themost extreme weather conditions possible at its location. In this case,the peak cooling and heating loads used in the equipment sizing calculationsin SYSTEMS and PLANT are the peaks generated during the DESIGN-DAYRUN-PERIOD intervals. If no DESIGN-DAYs have been specified, then thepeak heating and cooling loads are calculated by the program, using theweather file for the RUN-PERIOD intervals.Associated with each DESIGN-DAY instruction is one RUN-PERIOD interval.The DESIGN-DAY data apply to every day in the RUN-PERIOD interval,whether the RUN-PERIOD is one day long or longer.The RUN-PERIOD and DESIGN-DAY instructions must be entered in a precisemanner to get the desired results. The first RUN-PERIOD interval isassociated with the first DESIGN-DAY instruction, the second RUN-PERIODinterval is associated with the second DESIGN-DAY instruction, and so on.Any RUN-PERIOD intervals in excess of the number of DESIGN-DAYs will beused for simulations that use data from the weather file. These extraRUN-PERIOD intervals should occur last in the RUN-PERIOD instruction.Therefore, if the user desires to use weather data in any situation, thenumber of RUN-PERIOD intervals must be greater than thenumber ofDESIGN-DAY instructions.Examp 1 e:RUN-PERIODJAN 01 1979 THRU JAN 01 1979 $FIRST DESIGN-DAY'$ INTERVAL$'$JUL 15 1979 THRU JUL 19 1979 $SECOND DESIGN-DAY'$INTERVAL$'$DEC 10 1979 THRU DEC 13 1979 '$THIRD AND LAST '$'$POSSIBLE DESIGN-DAY '$'$ INTERVAL'$JAN 01 1979 THRU DEC 31 1979 .. '$USE WEATHER FILE '$$DATA FOR ENTIRE YEAR'$DD-l = DESIGN-DAY '$DATA FOR FIRST '$'$DESIGN-DAY'$'$ INTERVAL'$II I. 25 (Revised 5/81)
00-2 DESIGN-DAY $DATA FOR SECOND ZZDESIGN-DAY $$INTERVAL $00-3 DESIGN-DAY ZDATA FOR THIRD $$AND LAST POSSIBLE $ZDESIGN-DAY $$INTERVAL $U-nameDESIGN-DAYLIKEDRYBULB-HIDRYBULB-LOHOUR-HIHOUR-LOIn the preceding example, the program will choose, for automaticequipment sizing, the largest loads (heating and cooling) based onDESIGN-DAY data rather than weather file data. If DESIGN-DAYs areinput, the SYSTEMS program will size equipment based upon theDESIGN-DAY peaks, even if they are smaller than the yearly peakscalculated from the weather file. Had the fourth RUN-PERIODinterval been omitted, automatic equipment sizing in LOADS andSYSTEMS would be based on DESIGN-DAY data only. Furthermore, thesubsequent loads in PLANT would be calculated to be zero because thePLANT simulator requires weather file data, and such data would notbe available because all of the RUN-PERIOD intervals have been used.Had the fourth RUN-PERIOD interval been the only entry (no otherintervals and no DESIGN-DAY instructions), automatic equipment sizingwould be based on weather file data only.The program attempts to account for the thermal mass of the structureand furnishings by iteratively calculating the first day of the RUNPERIOD four times and then using the answers from the fourth iterationas the answers for the first day of the RUN-PERIOD.Bear in mind, when using this instruction, that the building externalloads will be imposed according to the DESIGN-DAY data (plus solardata) and the building internal loads will be imposed according tothe scheduled SPACE-CONDITIONS data. Therefore, if a one-dayRUN-PERIOD is chosen and that one day is a Saturday, Sunday orholiday, the internal loads may never be imposed in the calculations.is optional for this instruction.This command tells LOADS that the data to follow specifydesign-day-related variables.may be used to copy data from a previously U-namedDESIGN-DAY instruction.is the maximum ambient dry-bulb temperature (OF).is the minimum ambient dry-bulb temperature (OF).is the hour during which DRYBULB-HI occurs.is the hour during which DRYBULB-LO occurs.111.26 (Revised 5/81)
DEWPT-HIDEWPT-LODHOUR-HIDHOUR-LOWIND-SPEEDWIND-DIRis the maximum amb ient dew-point temperature ( ° F) •is the mi n imum ambient dew-point temperature (OF) •is the hour during which DEWPT-HI occurs.is the hour during which DEWPT -LO occurs.is the local wind speed (knots).is the local direction that the design condition wind comesfrom. It is entered by using a integer-code from thefollowing table.Wind Direction ValueWind Direction ValueNorth 0 South 8N by NE 1 S by SW 9NE 2 SW 10E by NE 3 W by SW 11East 4 West 12E by SE 5 W by NW 13SE 6 NW 14S by SE 7 N by NW 15CLOUD-AMOUNTCLEARNESSGROUND-TCLOUD-TYPEis the cloud cover expressed on a "scale from zero toten.". That is, 0 represents a clear day and 10 representsa completely overcast day.is the local clearness number. (See ASHRAE Trans., Vol. 64,p. 67).is the local ground temperature (OF).is a integer-code to define the cloud type and thereforeestimate the opacity of any clouds. The code numbers are 0for cirrus, 1 for stratus, and 2 for halfway between cirrusand s tra tus.Suggested values are:o12forforforsummer mon th swinter monthsfall and spring monthsRules:1. The user must make sure that he has included a RUN-PERIODinterval for each DESIGN-DAY in his input.III.27 (Revised 5/81)
2.3.If the user desires any simulation that uses weather filedata, the number of RUN-PERIOD intervals must be greaterthan the number of DESIGN-DAY instructions.A PLANT run is possible only if the number of RUN-PERIODintervals is greater than the number of DESIGN-DAYinstructions.4. Up to 3 DESIGN-DAY instructions can be entered. If morethan one DESIGN-DAY instruction is entered, the instructionsmust be entered in chronological order.5. Although weather conditions are not affected by holidays andweekends, internal building loads may be affected.Therefore, when choosing a DESIGN-DAY, especially if it issmall, the user should be aware of the presence of holidaysand weekends that fall within the interval.6. If DRYBULB-HI = DRYBULB-LO or if DEWPT-HI = DEWPT-LO, theprogram will simulate a constant temperature throughout theday.7. If DRYBULB-HI * DRYBULB-LO, do not set HOUR-HI = HOUR-LO.If DEWPT-HI * DEWPT-LO, do not set DHOUR-HI = DHOUR-LO.Ex amp le:A typical summer design day for Los Alamos, New Mexico, would beentered (note that the dew-point temperature frequently variesopposite to the dry-bulb temperature.):= DES IGN-DAYDR YBULB-HIDRYBULB-LOHOUR-HIHOUR-LODEWPT -HIDEWPT-LODHOUR-HIDHOUR-LOWIND-SPEEDWINO-OIRCLOUD-AMOUNTCLEARNESSGROUND-TCLOUD-TYPESU~IMER= 88.56.15565.::::: 65.= 5= 15= 5.= 1551.15= 50.= 0II 1. 28 (Revised 5/81)
U-name: DESIGN-DAY or 0-0 (User Worksheet)InputRangeKeyword Abbrev. User Input Desc. Default Min. Max.LIKE : U-nameDRYBUL~-HI DB-H :of * -100. 200.DRYBULI:l-LO DB-L of: * -100. 200.,HOUR-HI H-H : integer * '- 24hourHOUR-LO H-L integer * 1 24hourDEWPT-HI DP-H :of * -100. 200.DEWPT-LO DP-L of * -100. 200.DHOUR-Hl DH-H : integer * 1 24hourOHOUR-LO DH-L : in teger * 1 24hourWIND-SPEED w-S : knots * O. 200.WIND-DIR W-D code- * 0 15numberCLOUD-AMOUNT C-A : in teger * 0 10CLEARNESS CL : number * .5 1.2GROUND-T G-T :of * -100. 200.CLOUD-TYPE C-T integer- * 0 2code*Mandatory entry, if DESIGN-DAY is specified.I I 1. 29 (Revised 5/81)
4. BUILDING-LOCATIONU-nameThe BUILDING-LOCATION instruction is used to specify the location andorientation of the building and other miscellaneous information about it.is not allowed.BUILDING-LOCATION This command tells LOADS that the data to follow are thelocation and orientation specifications for the building.LATITUDELONGITUDEALTITUDETIME-ZONEis the angular distance from the plane of the equator to theorigin of the building coordinate system. -It is specifiedin positive degrees for the northern hemisphere and negativedegrees for the southern hemisphere. Chapter VIII, TableVIII.l. gives the latitudes for many U.S. cities.is the angular distance from the prime meridian to theorigin of the building coordinate system. It is specifiedin either positive degrees (west) or negative degrees (east)from -180.0 to +180.0. Chapter VIII, Table VIII.l gives thelongitude for many U.S. cities.is the distance of the origin of the building coordinatesystem above (positive) or below (negative) mean sea level.It is expressed in feet. Note that if the user wishes toinput air flow rates and not have theprogramadjust themfor alillu-ae,-ALTITUDEsholiTd be set to zero. --for a building location is specified by the number of timezones, each 1 hour from the next, from the prime meridian.The values range from -1 to -12 for zones east of the primemer i di an and from 1 to 12 for zones west of the pr imemeridian. The following table identifies the TIME-ZONEvalues within the US by common time zone names.Time ZoneAtlantic 4Eas tern 5Central 6Mountain 7Pacific 8Yukon 9Hawa i i 10TIME-ZONE ValueWARNING: If the user does not specify values for LATITUDE, LONGITUDE,TIME-ZONE, GROUND-T, and CLEARNESS-NUMBER, default values will be taken fromthe weather file. This should not be a problem if the user is employing oneof the files provided with the <strong>DOE</strong>-2 program, because values for these fivekeywords have been defined on each of the <strong>DOE</strong>-2 weather fi les. However, ifthe user is employing other weather files, default values may not be defined.IIr.30 (Revi sed 5/81)
This can produce very strange results. As an example, if TIME-ZONE does notexist on the weather tape, a value of 0., Greenwich Mean Time, will be used.The solar effect may occur at night, depending upon the building LONGITUDE,and may not be immediately noticeable in the output data. If, however,DIAGNOSTICS is set equal to COMMENTS or DEFAULTS, the output will state thatTIME-ZONE=O. Generally speaking, it is not advisable to allow theseBUILDING-LOCATION keywords to default.DAYLIGHT-SAVINGSHOLIDAYAZIMUTHmeans that one 23-hour day occurs in the spring and one25-hour day occurs in the fall. The building schedulesare adjusted accordingly with respect to solar noon. Theentry is a code-word, either YES or NO, that communicatesthe user's desire for daylight saving time.The LOADS program can calculate holiday loads usingdifferent schedules than for normal weekdays. Thecode-word YES gives the holidays; NO gives no holidays.The following table identifies the holiday list.National Holidays of the United StatesNew Years DayJAN 1 (unless on Saturday or Sunday)JAN 2 if a MondayWashington's BirthdayThird Monday in FEBMemor i a 1 DayLast Monday in MAYFourth of JulyJUL 3 if a FridayJUL 4 (unless on Saturday or Sunday)JUL 5 if a MondayLabor DayFirst Monday in SEPColumbus DaySecond Monday in OCTV eter ans DayNOV 10 if a FridayNOV 11 (unless on Saturday or Sunday)NOV 12 if a MondayTh anksgiv ingFourth Thursday in NOVChristmasDEC 24 if a FridayDEC 25 (unless on Saturday or Sunday)DEC 26 if a MondayNew Years Day (con'd)DEC 31 if a FridayIt is not possible for the user to change the holiday listwithout modifying the FORTRAN code.orients the building coordinate system relative to the directionof true north. This entry is the angle betweentrue north and the Y-axis of the building coordinatesys tern.II 1. 31 (Revised 5/81)
The azimuth is expressed in degrees from 0 to 360 0(clockwiseas seen from above) or 0 to _360 0(counterclockwiseas seen from above). Changing this angle has the effectof rotating the building about its z-axis (vertical axis).GROUND-TCLEARNESS-NUMBERGROSS-AREAHEAT-PEAK-PERIODCOOL-PEAK-PERIODRul es:is ali s t of the local mean ground temperatures for eachmonth. The values should be in degrees Fahrenheit, and ina twelve-element list format. If not entered here, thesedata will be taken from the weather tape.is a list of the local monthly clearness-numbers for eachmonth of the year (see ASHRAE Trans., Vol. 64, p. 67).This is applicable when the clearness numbers on theweather file being used are not appropriate.is the gross floor area (outside dimensions) of the conditionedspace of the building. Its default is the sum ofthe floor areas of all conditioned spaces. This keywordis appropriate only to the subsequent generation of theBEPS (Estimated Building Energy Performance) Report inPLANT. If a BEPS Report is not desired this keyword maybe omi tted .allows the user to specify those hours in a day duringwh i ch hour ly peak h ea tin g loads wi 11 be cal cula ted. Th erefore,the user can choose to have the program ignore peaksthat occur, for example, when the building is unoccupied.The input is a list of two values, (min. hour, max. hour).Between and including these two hour values, hourly heatingpeaks will be calculated. Min. hour must be less than max.hour. The default is (1,24), which means that hourly peakswill be calculated for all day and all night. If SYSTEMSis permitted to size the secondary HVAC equipment, it willuse the peaks found within the stated hours.is analogous to HEAT-PEAK-PERIOD except that it concernshourly peak cooling loads.1. One and only one BUILDING-LOCATION instruction must be entered foreach separate LOADS program run. It should be input before anycommands that describe the building or anything associated with it(i.e., SPACE or BUILDING-SHADE).2. If the GROUND-T and CLEARNESS-NUMBER are not input, the values willbe taken from the weather files. (See Chap. VIII for instructionson how to add these to a weather file if they were not in theuser's original weather file.)3. If LONGITUDE, LATITUDE, or TIME-ZONE are not specified, the valueswill be taken from the weather file.III. 32 (Revised 5/81)
Example:The data entry below describes a building in Los Alamos, New Mexico,facing southeast. Daylight saving time and national holidays are ineffect.BUILDING-LOCATIONLATITUDE = 35.8 LONGITUDE = 106.3ALTITUDE = 7200.0 TIME-ZONE = 7DAYLIGHT-SAVINGS = YESHOLIDAY = YESAZIMUTH = -45.0GROUND-T = (45, 45, 45, 50, 50, 55,50, 50, 45)(optional)(optional)(or 315.0)55, 55, 55,CLEARNESS-NUMBER = (1.05, 1,05, 1.08, 1.10, 1.13,1.15, 1.15, 1.15, 1.13, 1.10,1.08, 1.05)GROSS-AREA = 10500COOL-PEAK-PERIOD = (7,18)(optional)(optional)Azimuth=-45°/congitude106.3°NorthOrigin____ Latitude = 35.8·Altitude =7200 I~~ Sea LevelTime Zone =7Daylight-Savings =Yes.. IFig. III. 12.Example of BUILDING-LOCATION.II 1. 33 (Revised 5{81)
BUILDING-LOCATION or B-L*(User Worksheet)InputRangeKeyword Abbrev. User In put Desc. Default Min. Max.LATITUDE LAT ; degrees Note 1 -90. 90.LONGITUDE LON ; degrees Note 1 -180. 180.ALTITUDE ALT ; feet O. -1000. 20,000.TIME-ZONE T-Z ; integer Note 1 -12 12DAYLIGHT-SAVINGS D-S ; code-word YESHOLIDAY HOL ; code-word YESAZIMUTH AZ degrees O. -360. 360.GROUND-T G-T ; ( ) list of Note 2 -100. 150.degreesCLEARNESS-NUr~8ER C-N ; ( 1 i st of Note 2 0.5 1.2fractionsGROSS-AREA G-A ; ft2 Note 3 O. 1. x10 7HEAT-PEAK-PERIOD H-P-P list of (1,24) 1hoursCOOL-PEAK-PERIOD C-P-P ; ( 1 i s t of (1,24 ) 1hours2424*Mandatoryentry.Note 1:If defaulted, values are taken from the weather file.Note 2: List format of 12 values. If defaulted, values are taken from theweather tape but will not be printed if the user uses DIAGNOSTIC;DEFAU LTS.Note 3:This entry is required only for the subsequent generation of theBEPS report (ESTIMATED BUILDING ENERGY PERFORMANCE) in PLANT. Ifallowed to default, the value used for generating the BEPS Reportwi 11 be the net buil ding area (sum of the area of the conditionedspaces) calculated by the LOADS program.I II. 34 (Revised 5/81)
5. BUILDING-SHADEThe BUILDING-SHADE instruction is used to specify the opacity, position,size, and orientation of external surfaces that shade exterior surfacesof the building. Some typical surfaces that cast shadows on the exteriorof a building are: a nearby building, tree, or hill, or an attachedobject, such as an overhang. It is also possible for a building to shadeitself. The program will not calculate this type of shading unless thesurface that causes theshadow is also speci fied under a BUILDING-SHADEcommand. That is, a wall may have to be specified twice; once as aBUILDING-SHADE, and once as an EXTERIOR-WALL. So that the shading surfacedoes not shade the surface it represents, it should be placed slightly(about 0.01 ft) inside of the surface located in the related EXTERIOR-WALLor ROOF instruction. If the space and building coordinate systems areidentical, the HEIGHT, WIDTH, AZIMUTH, and TILT keyword values inBUILDING-SHADE will be identical to the respective keywords in the relatedEXTERIOR-WALL or ROOF instruction.Only the direct component of solar radiation is affected by BUILDINGSHADE. Diffuse solar radiation from the sky and ground is not affectedby BUILDING-SHADE. To account for the shading of diffuse radiation,values for SKY-FORM-FACTOR and GND-FORM-FACTOR should be specified forthe affected EXTERIOR-WALLs and WINDOWs (see EXTERIOR-WALL and WINDOWinstructions).Further description of the locating of building shades is in Sec. A ofthis chapter.U-nameBUILDING-SHADEHE IGHTWIDTHTRANSMITTANCEXYZAZIMUTHmay be entered in the name field, but is not required.This command tells LOADS that the data to follow specify ashading surface.of a shading surface is expressed in feet.of a shading surface is expressed in feet.is a decimal fraction expressing the ratio of the directsolar radiation that passes through a shading surface to thetotal insolation. The default value is 0.0, which means thesurface is opaque. If the surface is transparent, the valueto enter would be 1.0. Other values may be specifed as adecimal fraction between these 1 imits. The diffuse componentof the solar radiation is not affected by this entry.are the coordinates of the lower left corner of the surface,as viewed from the opposite direction of the surface outwardnormal. These coordinates are in the building coordinatesystem and have units of feet.is the angle (in degrees) between the Y-axis of the buildingcoordinate system and the projection of the shading surfaceoutward normal onto the X-V plane of the buil ding coordinateI II. 35 (Revised 5/81)
system. Often, it is difficult to enV1Slon this angle,especially when the shading surface is horizontal, as shownin Figure 1I1.13. This confusion can normally be avoided bythe following procedure:1. Choose the ori gin of the shading surface.2. Mentally rotate the surface to a vertical position(keeping the origin in the same position and thatpos ition must be the lower left-hand corner as viewed ina direction oppos ite to the surface outward normal).3. Specify the angle between the building Y-axis and thesurface outward normal.4. Mentally rotate the surface back to horizontal andspecify TIL T=O.TIL Tis the angle between the positive Z axis of the buildingcoordinate system (vertical) and the surface outward normal.It is an angle between 0 degrees (horizontal) and 180 degrees(horizontal) with a default value of 90 degrees (vertical).Example:Note:This example places a shading surface near the building located by theexample in Sec. B of this chapter. The data entry below describes ahorizontal shading surface (l ike a carport) located parallel to and 10feet south of the building with its west edge aligned with the buildingwest side. The shading surface is 30 by 15 (long dimension is parallelto the building) and 10 feet above the ground (see Fig. II1.13).CARPORT = BUILDING-SHADEHEIGHT = 15.0WroTH = 30.0TRANSMITTANCE = 0.0X = 0.0Y = -25.0Z = 10.0AZIMUTH = 180.0TILT = 0.0Because X, Y, Z, AZIMUTH, and TILT of the shading surface are defined inthe building coordinate system, a rotation of the building (accomplishingby changing AZIMUTH in the BUILDING-LOCATION command) will carryallbuilding shading surfaces along with the building, even those which aredetached, such as adjacent buil dings and trees. Care must therefore betaken to adjust the X, Y, Z, AZIMUTH, and TILT of such detached shadingsurfaces each time the building is rotated, so that these surfaces stayfixed with respect to the global (earth) coordinate system.Also, allowing X, Y, Z, AZIMUTH, or TILT to default will almost alwaysproduce a surface with a incorrect orientation and thus incorrect shading.I I 1. 36 (Revised 5/81)
Building...... ---/ ....... ./1/ ....... I/....... I./- k Shading/- SurfaceI10'(0,0,0)(0,-25,10)\Building Coordinate 15' ,System Origin 30Fig. 111.13.Example of a shading. surface.III.37 (Revised 5/81)
U-nameBUILDING-SHADE or B-S(User Worksheet)InputRangeKeyword Abbrev. User Input Desc. Default Min. Max.LIKE ; U-nameHEIGHT H feet * o. 2000.WIDTH W feet * o. 2000.TRANSMITTANCE TR ; fraction o. o. l.X X feet o.y y ; feet o.Z Z ; feet o.AZIMUTH AZ degrees o. -360. 360.TILT ; degrees 90. o. 180.*Mandatory entry, if BUILDING-SHADE is specified.II 1. 38 (Revi sed 5/81)
6. BUILDING-RESOURCEThe BUILDING-RESOURCE instruction is used to specify and schedule buildinglevel use of gas, electricity, and hot water. In this context, "buildinglevel" means not in any specif'ied SPACE. As such, these loads do not contributeheating or cooling demands on any SPACE but rather they create demandson the PLANT for utilities. These loads are passed directly to PLANT,bypassing SYSTEMS. The user may use this command to specify electricity, gas,hot water, or elevators not in any particular SPACE, outside lighting, exteriorelectrical outlets, sidewalk defrosters, etc. Note that no BUILDING-RESOURCEkeyword will work unless the referenced schedule is expl icitly defined.U-nameis not permi ttedBUILDING-RESOURCE This command tells LOADS that the data to follow specifybuilding level (as opposed to SPACE level) use of gas,electricity, and hot water. Energy use entered under thiscommand does not contribute to space loads but doescontribute to the util ity load on the plant.GAS-SCHEDULEidentifies the previously entered schedule that is used tospecify the building-level gas use as a function of time.Schedule inputs are fractions of the quantity given by theGAS-THERMS keyword. If GAS-SCHEDULE is not input, theschedule values will all default to zero and no gas usagewill occur, regardless of the value specified for GAS-THERMS.GAS-THERMS is the maximum gas use at the building level. It is multiplied by the hourly schedule values defined through theGAS-SCHEDULE keyword. This gas use is in addition to anygas use specified in the SPACE or SPACE-CONDITIONS commandswith the SOURCE-TYPE, SOURCE-BTU/HR, and SOURCE-SCHEDULEkeywords.HW-SCHEDULEHOT-WATERidentifies a previously entered schedule that is used tospecify the building level hot water use as a function oftime. Schedule inputs are fractions of the quantity givenby the HOT-WATER keyword. If HW-SCHEDULE is not input, theschedule values will all default to zero and no hot water(or steam) usage will occur, regardless of the valuespecified for HOT-WATER.is the maximum building level hot water (or steam) use (inBtu/hr). It is adjusted by the schedule named inHW-SCHEDULE. This hot water use is in addition to any hotwater use specified in the SPACE or SPACE-CONDITIONSins tru ct ions.The HOT-WATER load entered here is passed directly to thePLANT. None of the load is added to the space heating orcooling loads. A portion of the HOT-WATER load that isentered under the SPACE-CONDITIONS command, however, can beadded to the space by the use of SOURCE-LATENT or SOURCESENSIBLE keywords. This may be desired when Simulating aI I I. 39 (Revised 5/81)
ELEC-SCHEDULEELEC-KWVERT-TRANS-SCHVERT-TRANS-KWshower room, laundry, etc. Both types of HOT-WATER loadsare passed to the same domestic hot water heater in thePLANT program.identifies a previously entered schedule that is used tospecify the building level electriCity use as a function oftime. Schedule inputs are fractions of the quantityspecified by the ELEC-KW keyword. If ELEC-SCHEDULE is notinput, the schedule values will all default to zero and noelectrical usage will occur, regardless of the valuespecified for ELEC-KW.is the maximum building level electricity use (in kW). Itis adjusted by the schedule named in ELEC-SCHEDULE. ThiselectriCity use is in addition to any electric use specifiedin the SPACE and SPACE-CONDITIONS instructions.identifies a schedule that is used to specify usage ofvertical transportation devices, i.e., elevators andescalators. Schedule inputs are fractions of the quantityspecified by the VERT-TRANS-KW keyword. If VERT-TRANS-SCHis not input, the schedule values will all default to zeroand no power usage for elevators and escalators will occur,regardless of the value specified for VERT-TRANS-KW.is the maximum building level demand (in kW) for operatingelevators and escalators. This electricity use is inaddition to any electric use specified in the SPACE andSPACE-CONDITIONS instructions.III.40 (Revised 5/81)
BUILDING-RESOURCE or B-R(User Worksheet)InputKeyword Abbrev. User Input Desc. DefaultRangeMin. Max.GAS-SCHEDULE G-SCH = U-name (Note 1)GAS-THERMS G-T = therms/hr O. O. 10.HW-SCHEDULE HW-SCH = U-name (Note 1)HOT-WATER H-W = Btu/hr O. O. l.xl07ELEC-SCHEDULE E-SCH = U-name (Note 1)ELEC-KW E-KW = kW O. O. 1000.VERT-TRANS-SCH V-T-SCH = U-name (Note 1)VERT-TRANS-KW V-T-KW = kW O. O. 1000.Note 1:The sChedule value will default to zero for all 24 hours of the day.II 1. 41 (Revised 5/81)
7. SPACE-CONDITIONSThe primary use of this subcommand is to define the internal loads in thespace. The subcommand, and its associated keywords and code-words,specify the conditions that are appropriate to a SPACE (or to groups ofSPACEs) in the building (any value listed here may be overriden in aSPACE instruction by re-entry of the keyword with a different value).The conditions refer to people, lighting, process equipment, andinfiltration. The conditions are primarily specified as a function oftheir maximum values and their schedules. The conditions can be variedin time and amount via the use of schedules that contain fractional valueinputs (see Chap. II).Before specifying the input data for SPACE-CONDITIONS, the user shouldunderstand some of the logic built into the <strong>DOE</strong>-2 Program. All of theenergy sources associated with a particular SPACE do not necessarilyaffect the heating and cooling loads of that SPACE. Some energy sourcescontribute all of their energy to the SPACE and other energy sourcescontribute from 0 to 100 per cent of their energy to the SPACE.1. All of the energy associated with people, task lighting, andinfiltration is assumed to enter the SPACE. These energy sourcescontribute their entire energy consumption to the heating/coolingloads of that SPACE.2. Only part of the energy associated with the other heat sourcesin the SP~(overhead lighting, process equipment, and processutilities) escapes into the SPACE and thus contributes to theheating/cooling loads of the SPACE. That energy that does not enterthe SPACE is consumed by a product or process, is added to the returnair duct or plenum, or is exhausted from the SPACE. The portion ofenergy that enters the SPACE, versus the portion that does not enterthe SPACE, can be controlled by the user through the use of theLIGHT-TO-SPACE keyword and the "sensible and latent" keywords.That portion of the energy that does not escape into the SPACE hasno effect upon the subsequent sizing of HVAC equipment in theSYSTEMS simulator. That energy demand is, however, added to thedemands made on the equipment, or purchased utilities, in the PLANTsimulator. It is not chargeable to the secondary HVAC system.When the program attempts to automatically size equipment in thePLANT simulator, it adds all of the SPACE heating/cooling loads, allof the SPACE process loads, and the building-level utility loads(elevators, exterior lighting, and domestic hot water) and thensizes the equipment accordingly to meet the total. This way, thetotal utility demands for the building will be correct and thesecondary HVAC system will not be charged with energy that rightfullybelongs to the process in the building. Only that portion ofthe process load that escapes into the SPACEs as a heating/coolingload will show up in the secondary HVAC system.It is important that all of the lighting, equipment, and utilitiessupplied to a SPACE, for whatever reason, be included in the SPACE-II 1.42 (Revised 5/81)
COND ITIONS or SPACE ins truction. Th is includes process equi pment andprocess util ities. If any loads are omitted, the HVAC equipment may beproperly sized but the PLANT equipment will probably be undersized.Do not, however, include the HVAC equipment items (fans, coils, etc.)because they are addressed separately by the program. Also, do notinclude building level loads such as domestic hot water, el.evators, etc.because these loads are not associated with any particular SPACE butrather are associated with the entire buil ding - see instead theBUILDING-RESOURCE instruction.The user should pay close attention to the specifying of SCHEDULEs. Itcannot be over emphasized how important this is. All the SCHEDULEsassociated with SPACE-CONDITIONS, except INF-SCHEDULE, default to the"off" mode of operation. This means that even though the maximum outputof the equipment, lights, etc. has been specified, the equipment andlights will not be turned "on", unless the user speclfles thlS mode ofoperation in the SCHEDULEs. Naturally, if the user fails to turn theequlpment and lights "on", the sirulation will be faulty. The user shouldalso remember that once the equipment is turned "on", it will not beturned "off", unless the user so specifies in the SCHEDULEs.U-nameSPACE-CONDITIONSLIKETEMPERATUREPEOPLE-SCHEDULENUMBER-OF-PEOPLEPEOPLE-HEAT-GAINmust be specified for this instruction.tells LOADS that the data to follow specify the temperature,floor weight, zone type, infiltration, and internalloads of a space.may be used to copy data from a prev ious ly U-named SPACECONDITIONS instruction.is to be used to specify the space air temperature to beused in the LOADS simulation. This is a list with onlyone value and it should be midway between the heating andcooling set points (DESIGN-HEAT-T and DESIGN-COOL-T,respectively) in SYSTEMS. If a zone is unconditioned,TEMPERATURE should be an estimated average temperature forthe zone.identifies the schedule that will specify the spaceoccupancy as a function of time. Schedule inputs arefractions of the maximum NUMBER-OF-PEOPLE. If PEOPLESCHEDULE is not entered, the schedule value will defaultto zero, and will therefore simulate the building with nopeople. -is the maxirum number of people occupying a space duringthe simulation. The actual number of people present inthe SPACE during any given hour is the value assigned tothis keyword multiplied by the fractional value assignedfor th at hour (see PEOPLE-SCHEDULE).is the combined maximum latent and sensible heat gain perperson to the SPACE. The balance between latent and sensibleheat is calculated by the program. The keyword valueI I 1. 43 (Rev ised 5/81)
is varied with respect to time and quantity of people bythe PEOPLE-SCHEDULE and NUMBER-OF-PEOPLE. An alternativemethod of specifying people heat gain is to use PEOPLE-HGLAT and PEOPLE-HG-SENS.PEOPLE-HG-LATPEOPLE-HG-SENSis the maximum latent heat gain per person to the space bythe occupants.is the maximum sensible heat gain per person to the spaceby the occupants.LIGHTING-SCHEDULE identifies the schedule that will specify the space overheadlighting schedule. Schedule inputs are fractions ofmaximum 1 ighting energy input (see LIGHTING-KW or LIGHTIN.GW/SQFT; see also LIGHTING-TYPE and LIGHT-TO-SPACE). Ifnot specified, the LIGHTING-SCHEDULE value will default tozero. This will result in simulation with no lighting,even if lighting is specified by keywords LIGHTING-KW orLIGHTING-W/SQFT, etc.LIGHTING-TYPEis used to specify the type of overhead 1 ighting used inthe space (see Fig. II1.14). The following tableidentifies the code-words used.Code-wordSUS-FLUORREC-FLUOR-NVREC-FLUOR-RVRE C-F L UOR -RS VINCANDLIGHTING-TYPESuspended fluorescentRecessed fluorescent - notventedRecessed fluorescent ventedto return airRecessed fluorescent ventedto supply and return airIncandescentFor mixed types of lighting within the same space, therecommended procedure is to select the dominant type andadjust the percentage of heat produced by the 1 ighting,using the LIGHT-TO-SPACE keyword.LIGHTING-KWis the maxirrum aJ1X)unt of electrical energy required tooperate the main or overhead lights within the SPACE andis not necessarily the sensible heat added by the lightsto the SPACE (see LIGHT-TO-SPACE). The actual space lightingenergy required by the SPACE during any given hour isthe value assigned to this keyword multiplied by the fractionalvalue aSSigned for that hour (see LIGHTING-SCHEDULE).If both LIGHTING-KW and LIGHTING-W/SQFT are specified, theprogram adds the values.Note that the values for LlGHTING-KW and LlGHTING-W/SQFT areaJ1X)unts of electricity consumed, not the amount ofillumination produced.111.44 (Rev ised 5/81)
Return Air PlenumSupply Air."':0-·-="'-::':·.-·-.-.-....-..-.--::.-:::",-,;-:.-::, :..•. -=.:---': .. ~.Suspendedceiling000L-T=INCANDIncandescentlightNot ventedNot ventedL-T=REC-FLUOR-NVIIFluoresc entVented toreturn OlrL-T=REC-FLUOR-RVIFixturesVented tosupply air andre turn OIrL-T=REC-FLUOR-RSVIFig. III.14.Examples of LIGHTING-TYPE.LlGHTING-W/SQFTis an alternative method (to LlGHTING-KW) for specifyingthe maximum overhead lighting energy use. The dimensionsare watts of 1 ighting energy use per square foot of SPACEfloor area. The actual overhead lighting energy requiredby the SPACE during any given hour is the value assignedto this keyword multiplied by the square feet in the SPACEmultiplied by the fractional value assigned for that hour(see LIGHTING-SCHEDULE).Note that there is a distinction between the amount ofillumination produced and the power consumed for incandescentand fluorescent 1 ighting (the keywords describe thepower consumed). Thus, if the same values of LIGHTING-KWor LIGHTING-W/SQFT are specified for an incandescent 1 ightand for a fluorescent light, the amount of illuminationfrom the flourescent light will be approximately twicethat from the incandescent light. The distribution of theenergy for these two is approximately given by thefollowing table.Type ofEnergyVisible lightInfraredConvect i on-condu ct ionBallastFl uorescentper cent19313614I ncan des cen tper cent107218oEventually all the energy gets converted into SPACE load.II 1. 45 (Revised 5/81)
LIGHT-TO-SPACETASK-LIGHT-SCHTASK-LIGHTING-KWTASK-LT-W/SQFTEQUIP-SCHEDULEEQUIPMENT-KWis the fraction, if any, of the lighting energy that isadded to the space energy balance as a sensible heat gain.The remaining energy is added to the adjacent plenum if, inSYSTEMS, RETURN-AIR-PATH = PLENUM, or to the ductwork ifRETURN-AIR-PATH = DUCT. Otherwise this energy is lost andis not accounted for.Note: When specifying any zonal system (that is, ifSYSTEM-TYPE in the SYSTEMS chapter equals UHT, UVT, HP,TPFC, FPFC, TPIU, FPIU, or PTAC) the value of LIGHT-TO-SPACEshould be set equal to 1.0.identifies the schedule that wi 11 specify the task 1 i ghtingschedule for the space. A task light is any small lamp, suchas a desk lamp, that would have a different schedule of usethan the main space overhead lighting. Schedule inputs arefractions of maximum task lighting energy input (seeTASK-LIGHTING-KW or TASK-LT-W/SQFT). If the TASK-LIGHT-SCHis not input, the schedule value will default to zero and notask lights will be simulated.specifies the maximum electrical energy required for tasklighting. All of this energy is added to the space. Theactual task lighting energy required in the SPACE during anygiven hour is the value assigned to this keyword multipliedby the fractional value assigned for that hour (seeTASK-LIGHT-SCH). If both TASK-LIGHTING-KW and TASK-LT-W/SQFTare specified, the program adds the values. LIGHT-TO-SPACEis not appropriate to this keyword because 100 per cent oftask lighting energy goes to the space.is an alternative keyword for TASK-LIGHTING-KW and is basedon watts of task lighting per square foot of floor area ofthe SPACE. LIGHT-TO-SPACE is not appropriate to this keywordbecause 100 per cent of task lighting energy goes tothe SPACE.identifies the schedule that will specify the space equipmentoperating schedule. Schedule inputs are fractions ofmaximum equipment energy input (see EQUIPMENT-KW or EQUIPMENT-W/SQFT). If the EQUIP-SCHEDULE is not input, theschedule value will default to zero and no space equipmentloads will be simulated.is the maximum amount of energy required to operate electricalequipment within the SPACE and is not necessarily thesensible and/or latent heat added by the equipment to theSPACE (see EQUIP-SENSIBLE and EQUIP-LATENT). The actualequipment energy required by the SPACE during any given houris the value assigned to this keyword multiplied by thefractional value assigned to that hour (see EQUIP-SCHEDULE).The amount of equipment energy added to the space, if any,may be specified by its components (see EQUIP-LATENT andII 1. 46 (Revised 5/81)
EQUIP-SENSIBLE). If both EQUIPMENT-KW and EQUIPMENT-W/SQFTare specified, the program adds the values.Before specifying a value for EQUIPMENT-KW, review SOURCE-TYPE = ELECTRIC. In EQUIPMENT-KW the user is specifyingequipment. In SOURCE-TYPE the user is specifying a utilitydemand.EQUIPMENT-W/SQFTEQUIP-SENSIBLEEQUIP-LATENTis an alternative keyword for EQUIPMENT-KW and is based onwatts of equipment energy per square feet of floor area ofthe SPACE.is the fraction of EQUIPMENT-KW, if any, that is added tothe space energy balance in the form of sensible heat. Thesum of EQUIP-SENSIBLE and EQUIP-LATENT must not exceed 1.00.is the fraction of EQUIPMENT-KW that is added to the spaceenergy balance in the form of latent heat. The sum ofEQUI P-LATENT and EQUI P-SENSIBLE must not exceed 1. 00. Ifneither EQUIP-SENSIBLE nor EQUIP-LATENT is specified, allheat from equipment will be considered sensible.The keywords SOURCE-TYPE, SOURCE-BTU /HR, SOURCE-SCHEDULE, SOURCE-SENS IBLE, andSOURCE-LATENT, described below, must be considered as a group. Source, inthis context, means a util ity demand, not equipment. Depending upon how thesource is specified, it mayor may not result in a SPACE heating/cool ingload. Also, a source mayor may not result in a utility load on PLANT. It ispossible to specify only one source per SPACE.SOURCE-TYPEis used when there are internal heating or cooling loadscaused by a source other than people, lights, or equipment.The possible code-words for this keyword are:ELECTRIC -GAS -HOT-WATER -the load will contribute to electricity usebudget in PLANT. Examples include electricityfor electroplating, battery charging, etc.the load will contribute to natural gas usebudget in PLANT. Examples include natural gasfor ovens, kilns, dryers, etc.the load will contribute to hot-water budget(natural gas or fuel oil) in PLANT. This loadwill be reported as a domestic hot water loadas will any hot water defined in the BUILDINGRESOURCE command. (The difference betweenthese two types of hot water is that a portionof this HOT-WATER load can be added to thespace heating and cooling by using the SOURCESENSIBLE and SOURCE-lATENT keywords. The HOTWATER load specified in the BUILDING-RESOURCEcommand will be passed totally and directly toPLANT. )IlI.47 (Revised 5/81)
SOURCE-BTU/HRSOURCE-SCHEDULEPROCESS -Both HOT-WATER loads will be passed to anydomestic hot water heater defined in thePLANT-EQUIPMENT command.load will not contribute a utility load on PLANT(e.g., cooling load caused by a self-contained,portable energy source or other industrial processes).Examples of this type of load aregasoline powered fork trucks, oxyactetylenewelders, wood stoves, bottled gas equipment,etc. The user should sum up all the PROCESSloads in the zone, be they electrical, gas, hotwater, solar, nuclear, etc. and express thetotal in Btu/hr. This total value should beexpressed with the keyword SOURCE-BTU/HR. Theportion of the total PROCESS load that entersthe zone as a heating or cooling load is thenspecified by using the SOURCE-LATENT andSOURCE-SENSIBLE keywords.This keyword is not operative unless SOURCESCHEDULE is defined.Note: Do not use the code-word ELECTRIC forspecifying electrically heated hot water.Also, do not use the code-word GAS to specifygas heated hot water. In both cases, specifySOURCE-TYPE ~ HOT-WATER. This will pass ademand for hot water to PLANT, where the hotwater heater'is specified along with its fueltype. The first approach will pass the wrongtype of demand to PLANT.is the maximum amount of energy supplied by the sourcedefined by SOURCE-TYPE. This is the maximum amount ofenergy in Btu/hr required to operate devices, other thanlighting and equipment, within the SPACE and is notnecessarily the sensible and/or latent heat addeOiDy thesource(s) to the cooling load of the SPACE (see SOURCESENSIBLE and SOURCE-LATENT).The actual source energy required by the SPACE, during anygiven hour, is the value assigned to this keyword multipliedby the fractional value assigned to that hour (see SOURCESCHEDULE). This amount of SOURCE-BTU/HR energy added to thecooling load of the SPACE, if any, may be specified bySOURCE-LATENT and SOURCE-SENSIBLE.identifies the schedule for any source of internal energy(such as process equipment within a space) other thanpeople, lights, or electrical equipment. Schedule inputsare fractions of SOURCE-BTU/HR. If the SOURCE-SCHEDULE isnot entered, the schedule value will default to zero and noSOURCE loads will be simulated.III.48 (Revised 5/81)
SOURCE-SENSIBLESOURCE-LATENTINF-SCHEDULEINF-METHODis the fraction of SOURCE-BTU/HR (after being multiplied bythe hourly fractional value in SOURCE-SCHEDULE) that isadded to the space energy balance in the form of sensibleheat. The sum of SOURCE-SENSIBLE and SOURCE-LATENT must notexceed 1.00 and is likely less than 1.00 since all suchenergy is not necessarily added to the space load.is the fraction of SOURCE-BTU/HR (after being multiplied bythe hourly fractional values in SOURCE-SCHEDULE), if any,that is added to the space energy balance in the form oflatent heat. The sum of SOURCE-LATENT and~SOURCE-SENSIBLEmust not exceed 1.00 and is likely less than 1.00 since allsuch energy is not necessarily added to the space load.identifies a schedule that will specify the amount of airinfiltration into a space as a function of time. Theschedule should contain values that modify the calculatedinfiltration values. A value of 1 would leave the infiltrationvalues unmodified night and day, year round. Anyvalue below 1.0 would represent reduction of infiltrationsuch as that caused by pressurization from a supply fan.Any value above 1.0 would represent an increase in infiltrationsuch as that caused by an exhaust fan, open window, oropen door. If the INF-SCHEDULE is not input, but the AIRCHANGES/HR is, the schedule will default to one for allhours, and the full AIR-CHANGES/HR will be simulated for all24 hours.Ordinarily, INF-SCHEDULE should not be used with the CRACKor RESIDENTIAL method of infiltration because the sChedulewill distort wind information from the weather tape.Input for this keyword is the code-word that identifies themethod used to calculate infiltration for the space.Air-change method calculations are made with and/or withoutwind velocity correction, depending upon the code-wordchosen here and the keyword used to enter the value forinfi ltrat ion.MethodNo-infiltrationAir-changeCrackResidentialCode-WordNONEAIR-CHANGECRACKRESIDENTIALThe use of infiltration-related keywords for different typesof calculation methods is summarized in the following table.111. 49 (Revised 5/81)
KeywordAIR-CHANGESjHRINF-CFM/SQFTNEUTRAL-ZONE-HTINF-SCHEDULERES-INF-COEFINF-METHODNUNE AIR-CHANGE CRACK RESIDENTIALAir-Change l1JethodWith Wind Without WindNo Velocity Velocity CrackInfiltration Correction Correction Methodo/a requi red nfa n/a n/an/a n/a requi red n/a n/an/a n/a n/a optional n/an/a optional optional optional optionaln/a n/a n/a n/a optionalIn the case of the Crack Method, a value should be enteredfor the keyword INF-COEF in the EXTERIOR-WALL instruction,and for the keyword INF-COEF in the WINDOW instruction.RES-INF-COEFAIR-CHANGES/HR*is a list of 3 values which are coefficients in thefollowing formula:Infiltration = valuel + (value2 x windspeed) + (value3 x 6T)where infiltration is measured in air changes/hr, windspeedin knots (taken from the weather tape) and 6T (absolute valueof outdoor-indoor temperature differential) in OF. Thekeyword RES-INF-COEF is appropriate here in SPACE-CONDITIONSonly if INF-METHOD = RESIDENTIAL.is the number of infiltration-caused air changes per hour ata wind speed of 10 mph for a space (see table underINF-METHOD). It has a correction for wind speed as shown bythe following equation.Infiltration in cfm = (AIR-CHANGES/HR) x (space volume)/(60 min/hr)x (wind-speed)/(lO mph)(This keyword is not to be confused with a keyword of thesame name in SYSTEMS.)INF-CFM/SQFT*is the amount of infiltration into a space expressedratio of air vOlume/floor area (see table underINF-METHOD). It does not correct for wind speed.as a"* Une or both of these keywords should be entered. If both are enteredtheir effects are summed. Choice should be based on metnod or whetheror not a wind-speed correction is desired.II I. 50 (Revised 5/81)
NEUTRAL-ZONE-HTshould be assigned a value when the crack method is used tocalculate infiltration (see table under INF-METHOD). It isused to compute a pressure difference between the inside andoutside of a tall building caused by the "stack effect" orair density gradient. The calculated pressure difference isadded to the pressure difference caused by wind velocity.The value to be entered is calculated as follows. Let NPL(neutral pressure level) be the line on the buildingexterior where the pressure difference between the insideand outside resulting solely from the stack effect equalszero. The height of the NPL 1 ine is typically one-half thebuilding height. The entry for the NEUTRAL-ZONE-HT keywordis the distance, in feet, from the center of the exteriorwall of the space under consideration to the NPL line. Thisdistance is positive if the space is below the NPL line andnegative if the space is above the NPL 1 ine. Figure III.15,a modified version of Fig. 4 in Chap. 21 of Ref. 5, furtherexplains this keyword entry.If the SPACE-MULTIPLIER keyword of the SPACE instruction isused for spaces located on different floors, the valueentered for NEUTRAL-ZONE-HT shoul d be the average NEUTRALZONE-HT for all the spaces. In general, NEUTRAL-ZONE-HTshould be entered in the SPACE instruction, since it will bedifferent for each space.FLOOR-WE IGHTis used to specify the compos ite wei ght of the floor,furnishings, and interior walls of a space divided by thefloor area of the space. The value input by the user wiildetermine the weighting factors associated with the SPACE.ooE-2 has two types of weighting factors, PrecalculatedWeighting Factors and Custom Weighting Factors.Precalculated Weighting Factors:If the user specifies FLOOR-WEIGHT = 30., 70., or 130.,standard, precalculated ASHRAE weighting factors are usedthat represent respectively light, medium, and heavy construction.If values other than these three are input, <strong>DOE</strong>-2interpolates between the ASHRAE weighting factors. At FLOORWEIGHTs less than .1 lb/ft2 and greater than 200 lb/ft2,the extrapolation of weighting factors is unreliable.If an exterior wall is uninsulated or is insulated on itsoutside surface, the entire mass of the wall Should beincluded in the composite weight. The composite weight isused to adjust the internal heat capacitance of the Iluildingand, hence, affects the transient thermal load calculationsfor the building.III.51 (Rev ised 5/81)
InsideNeulral++-PressureLevel.:;., '":I:-Flowo u I I n./,
The user may speci fy both types of wei ghting factors in onesimulation run; that is, some spaces may use PrecalculatedWeighting Factors and other spaces may use Custom WeightingFactors.ZONE-TYPEis used to identify whether the space is conditioned,unconditioned, or a plenum. For LOADS calculations, aplenum is identical to unconditioned space. The loads foran unconditioned space or a plenum will not appear in thebuilding-level reports, LS-C, LS-D, and LS-F. Thecode-words are explained in the following table.Description of SpaceThe space is heated and/or cooledCode-word for ZONE-TYPECONDITIONEDThe space is neither heated not cooled,but is adjacent to one or more conditionedspaces (such as false ceilingspaces not used as return air plenums,attics)Return air plenumsUNCONDITIONEDPLENUMThe following keywords may be specified if the user electsto use Custom Weightings Factors:WEIGHTING-FACTORFURN-FRACTIONFURNITURE-TYPEFURN-WEIGHTaccepts as input a U-name of eight or less alphanumericcharacters. This U-name will e used to identify the CustomWeighting Factors for this space in the library that isbeing created in a LIBRARY-INPUT LOADS run. After theCustom Weighting Factors have been stored in the library,they may be assigned to any space in a <strong>DOE</strong>-2 simulation runby entering WEIGHTING-FACTOR; U-name in an INPUT LOADS run.accepts a fraction that defines the fraction of floor areathat is covered by the furniture. It determines thefraction of the incoming solar energy that is absorbed bythe furn iture.accepts a code-word (LIGHT or HEAVY) describing the thermalresponse of the furniture in the space. "LIGHT" representsa furniture density of approximately 40 lb/ft3 offurniture (1 ike pine furniture). "HEAVY" represents itemsin.a space like equipment weighing approximately 80 lb/ft3 .is the weight of furniture in pounds per square foot offloor area. The value of this keyword is the total weightof furniture in pounds divided by the total floor area ofthe space (not just the floor area covered by the furniture).For example, if the furniture weighs 1000 lb and thetotal floor area is 500 ft2, then FURN-WEIGHT ; 2.0.II I. 53 (Rev ised 5/81)
Rules:Example:1. Infiltration method and required keywords should match.2. SOURCE-BTU/HR, LIGHTING-KW, LIGHTING-W/SQFT, EQUIPMENT-KW andEQUIPi~ENT-W/SQFT all imply energy or fuel use, not necessarilyheat-transferred to the space. -3. The heat transferred to the space is done via the keywordsSOURCE-LATENT, SOURCE-SENSIBLE, LIGHT-TO-SPACE, TASK-LIGHTING-KW,TASK-LT-W/SQFT, EQUIP-LATENT, EQUIP-SENSIBLE.A space is defined as follows. A conditioned zone: air temperature ismaintained at 68'F, floor weight is 75 pounds per square foot, lightingis fluorescent overhead (3 watts/ft 2 ) with some task lighting (300watts), there is a 1-hp motor (1 hp = .745 kW) in the space running at 80per cent efficiency (thus 20 per cent of its energy consumption shows upas heat added to the space), infiltration is 2 air changes per hour, andsix people occupy the space.RM = SPACE-CONDITIONSTEMPERATUREPEOPLE-SCHEDULENUMBER-OF-PEOPLEPEOPLE-HG-LATPEOPLE-HG-SENSLIGHTING-SCHEDULELIGHTI NG-TYPELIGHTING-W/SQFTLIGHT-TO-SPACETASK-LIGHT-SCHEDTASK-LIGHTING-KWEQUIP-SCHEDULEEQUIPMENT-KWEQUIP-SENSIBLEINF-METHODAIR-CHANGES/HRFLOOR-WEIGHTZONE-TYPE= (68)= MANHR= 6= 200.= 250.= HILITE= SUS-FLUOR= 3.= 1.0= LOLITE= 0.3= MOTOR= 0.75= 0.2= AIR-CHANGE= 2.:;; 75.= CONDITIONEDII I. 54 (Revised 5/81)
0 name"; SPACE-CONDITIONS or S-C (User Worksheet)InputRangeKeyword Abbrev. User Input Desc. Default Min. r~ax .LIKE ; U-nameTEMPERATURE T; ( of, list 70. O. 120.PEOPLE-SCHEDULE P-SCH ; U-name (Note 7)NUMBER-OF-PEOPLE N-O-P; number O. O. 1. xl0 4PEOPLE-HEAT-GAIN P-H-G ; Btu/hr/person(Note 5) 350. 2000.PEOPLE-HG-LAT P-H-L Btu/hr/ (Note 5) O. 2000.personPEOPLE-HG-SENS P-H-S; Btu/hr/person(Note 5) O. 2000.LIGHTING-SCHEDULE L-SCH ; U-name (Note 7)LIGHTI NG-TYPE L-T; code-word SUS-FLUORLIGHTI NG-KW L-KW ; kW (Note 2) O. 200.L IGHTI NG-W/ SQFT L-W; W/ft 2 (Note 2) O. 10.LIGHT-TO-SPACE L-T-S fract ion 1. (Note 6) O. l.TASK-L IGHT -SCH T -L-SCH;U-name (Note 7)TASK-LIGHTING-KW T-L-KW; kW (Note 3) O. 200.TASK-LT-W/SQFT T-L-W; W/ft 2 (Note 3) O. 10.EQUIP-SCHEDULE E-SCH ; U-name (Note 7)EQU I PM ENT -KW E-KW ; kW (Note 4) O. 200.EQUIPMENT-W/SQFT E-W ; W/ft 2 (Note 4) O. 100.EQUIP-SENSIBLE E-S; fraction 1. O. l.EQU IP -LA TENT E-L; fraction O. O. 1.SOURCE-SCHEDULE S-SCH; U-name (Note 7)SOURCE-TYPE S-T; code-word GASSOURCE-BTU/HR S-B Btu/hr O. -lx10 6 1.xlO 6SOURCE-SENSIBLE S-S; fraction 1. O. 1.SOURCE-LATENT S-L; fraction O. O. 1.II 1. 55 (Revi sed 5/81)
InputRan~eKeyword Abbrev. User Input Desc. Default Min. Max.INF-SCHEDULE I-SCH ; U-narne (Note 8)INF-METHOD I-M ; code-word NONERES-INF-COEF R-I-C ; ( list of (.252, .0251,3 numbers .0084)O. 20.AIR-CHANGES/HR A-C; number O. (Note 1) O. 30.INF-CFM/SQFT I-CFM ; cfm/ft 2 O. (Note 1) O. 20.NEUTRAL-ZONE-HT N-Z-H ; ft (Note 1)FLOOR-WEIGHT F-W; lb/ft 2 70. O. 200.ZONE-TYPE Z-TYPE ; code-word CONDITIONED -The following keywords may be specified if the user elects to use Custom WeightingFactors.WEIGHTING-FACTOR W-F ; U-name (Note 9)FURN-FRACTI ON F-F; fraction O. O. l.FURNITURE-TYPE F-TYPE ; code-word HEAVYFURN-WEIGHT F-WGT lbs/ft 2 O. O. 300.* Mandatory entry, assuming SPACE-CONDITIONS is specified.Note 1:Notes 2, 3, 4:Note 5:Note 6:Note 7:Note 8:Note 9:Use one keyword only. There is no default.Use either keyword, or both. There is no default.Use either PEOPLE-HG-LAT and PEOPLE-HG-SENS or PEOPLE-HEAT-GAIN.An entry of one of these two options is mandatory.Default is 1.0 for LIGHTING-TYPE; SUS-FLUOR, REC-FLUOR-NV, orINCAND, and is 0.8 for REC-FLUOR-RV or REC-FLUOR-RSV.The schedule value defaults to zero for all 24 hours of the day.This deactivates the possible source of heat to the SPACE, even ifthe related "sensible and latent" keywords have been specified.The schedule value defaults to one for all 24 hours·of the day.The full AIR-CHANGES/HR will be simulated for all 24 hours.This U-name (eight or fewer alphanumeric characters) is used to firstcreate and then later retrieve a set of Custom Weighting Factorsfrom the <strong>DOE</strong>-2 Library. Do not specify a value for this keyword ifautomatic Custom Weighting Factors are being used; that is,FLOOR-WEIGHT has been set equal to zero.II I .56 (Revised 5/81)
8. SPECIFYING EXTERIOR WALLS, EXTERIOR FLOORS, AND ROOFSNote: The following general discussion applies only to exterior walls,exterior floors, and roofs. fCor discussion of other surfaces, refer to thesection in this chapter entitled "SPECIFYING INTERIOR WALLS, INTERIOR FLOORS,CEILINGS, UNDERGROUND WALLS, UNDERGROUND FLOORS, AND NON-GLASS DOORS."Before specifying data for exterior walls, exterior floors, and roofs, itwould be prudent to consider the following:Entering a CONSTRUCTION instruction without a U-VALUE (but with a valuefor LAYERS) is done to specify a dynamic, or "delayed", type-of construction.In this case, the calculation of heat transfer (by conduction and radiation)considers time and thermal mass. As such, computational time and cost can begreater than when specifying a CONSTRUCTION instruction with a U-VALUE. Thelatter approach is taken to specify a steady-state, or "quick", wall that hasno heat capacitance and where heat flow is not delayed.Specifying a wall by the dynamic, or "delayed", method (without a U-VALUE)tends to produce more accurate results, especially for massive exterior wallconstruction, but this is at the expense of additional computer time and cost.Note: In the following discuSSion, the reader should pay particularattention to the use of the words "keyword" and "instruction".The OOE-2 program treats exterior walls, exterior floors, and roofs in anidentical manner. The only difference is the physical orientation of thesurface. In the following discussion, all three surfaces will be referred togenerically as "exterior wall".Although there is only one <strong>DOE</strong>-2 instruction for specifying an exteriorwall or roof (see EXTERIOR-WALL instruction), there are many possible methodsof specifying the physical makeup of an exterior wall (see Fig. IlLI6). Thisphysical makeup is specified through the CONSTRUCTION keyword in theEXTERIOR-WALL instruction. When the user tries to specify an EXTERIOR-WALLinstruction, it will refer the user back to the CONSTRUCTION instruction,which in turn may refer the user back to either the LAYERS instruction or totables of prespecified LAYERS in the <strong>DOE</strong>-2 Library. In short, this means thatthe user cannot define an exterior wall solely in the EXTERIOR-WALLinstruction; certain other data items must also be specified first.In order of increas ing compl exity, the common ways to speci fy anEXTERIOR-WALL are:1. Specify a numerical value for the U-VALUE keyword in the CONSTRUCTIONinstruction (specify nothing for the LAYERS keyword). Then refer tothe CONSTRUCTION instruction, by its U-name, in the CONSTRUCTIONkeyword of an EXTERIOR-WALL instruction. This will yield a steadystate,or "quick", exterior wall (see Fig. IlLI7).II 1.57 (Revised 5/81)
I7MATERIAL/MATERIALTHICKNESS, CONDUCTTIVITY, DENSITY, andSPECIFIC-HEAT.QLRESISTANCEOutsideLAYERSMATERIALTHICKNESSINSIDE- FILM - RESInsideLAYERSOutsideCONSTRUCTIONO~·:··:s: :z:s':':~SzQ5;zszS3Z:szifCONSTRUCTIONLAYERSABSORPTANCEROUGHNESS• •••• 0° ••••••••••I nsjdeCONSTRUCTIONHEIGHTEXTERIOR - WALLCONSTRUCTIONHEIGHTWIDTHTILTAZI MUTHetc ... ,Fig. III.16. Physical makeup of a <strong>DOE</strong>-2 "delayed" EXTERIOR-WALL.II!. 58 (Revised 5/81)
U - name = CONSTRUCTIONU-VALUE = numberU-nomeu- nome = EXTERIOR-WALLCONSTRUCTION ~___ _Fig. IILl7 Specifying a "quick" EXTERIOR-WALL.2. Specify an ASHRAE-type code-word for the LAYERS keyword in aCONSTRUCTION lnstruction (see Flg. IIL18). This will yield adynamic, or "delayed", exterior wall. This method util izes ASHRAEprespecified LAYERS, stored in the ooE-2 LAYERS Library. Thismethod allows the user to specify anyone of 36 prespecified roofLAYERS and 96 prespecified exterior wall LAYERS. The roof LAYERSare described in the reprinted ASHR.A.E Table 26, entitled "TransferFunction Coefficients for Roofs (Time Interval ~ 1.0 h)". Theexterior wall LAYERS are described in the reprinted ASHRAE Table27, entitled "Transfer Function Coefficients for Exterior Walls(Time Interval ~ 1.0 h)". The code-words are ASHR-1, ASHR-2, etc.,for roofs, and ASHW-1, ASHW-2, etc., for walls. This is theeasiest and most commonly used method for specifying a dynamic, or"delayed", EXTERIOR-WALL. The MATERIAL and LAYERS instructions arenot used with this method. If the user cannot find a suitableLAYERS in the ASHRAE prespecified LAYERS, he should then considerus ing one of the next three methods.3. Specify a 1 ist of ASHRAE-type code-words for the MATERIAL keywordin a LAYERS lnstructlon (see Flg. IlLI8). Then, refer to theLAYERS ins truct i on, by its U-name, in the LAYERS keyword of aCONSTRUCTION instruction. Finally, refer to the CONSTRUCTIONins tru cti on, by its U-name, in th e CONSTRUCTION keyword of anEXTERIOR-WALL instruction. This will yield a dynamic, or "delayed",exter i or walL Th is meth od u til izes prespecifi ed ASHRAE rna ter i a 1 sstored in the <strong>DOE</strong>-2 MATERIALs Library. This method allows the userto specify a LAYERS instrucion with up to 9 ASHRAE materials froman available list of 39 materials. These materials are describedin the ASHRAE reprinted Table 8, entitled "Thermal Properties andCode Numbers of Layers Used in Calculations of Coefficients forRoof and Wall". The code-words are HF- "Code Number in Table 8,"i.e., HF-A1 gives the first material in Table 8.II I.59 (Revised 5/81)
4. Specify a list of <strong>DOE</strong>-2 code-words for the MATERIAL keyword in aLAYERS instruction (see Fig. 111.18). Then refer to the LAYERSinstruction, by its U-name, in the LAYERS keyword of a CONSTRUCTIONinstruction. Finally, refer to the CONSTRUCTION instruction, byits U-name, in the CONSTRUCTION keyword of an EXTERIOR-WALL instruction.This will yield a dynamic, or "delayed", exterior wall. Thismethod utilizes <strong>DOE</strong>-2 prespecified materials stored in the <strong>DOE</strong>-2MATERIALs Library. These materials are described in detail inChap. X of this manual. This method allows the user to specify aLAYERS instruction with up to 9 materials. This method is identicalto Method 3) except the materials are not ASHRAE-prespecifiedmaterials, but rather <strong>DOE</strong>-2-prespecified materials.5. Specify each individual material (by THICKNESS, CONDUCTIVITY,DENSITY, and SPECIFIC-HEAT or by RESISTANCE) in a MATERIAL instruction(see Fig. III.19). Then refer to all the MATERIAL instructions,by a list of their U-names, in the MATERIAL keyword of aLAYERS instruction. Then, refer to the LAYERS instruction, by itsU-name, in the LAYERS keyword of a CONSTRUCTION instruction.Finally, refer to the CONSTRUCTION instruction, by its U-name, inthe CONSTRUCTION keyword of an EXTERIOR-WALL instruction. Thiswill yield a dynamic, or "delayed", exterior wall. This methodallows the user to ~pecify unusual constructions.6. The user may place additional MATERIALs, LAYERS, and CONSTRUCTIONsinto the <strong>DOE</strong>-2.Library for subsequent simulation runs. For moreinformation on creating, or adding information to the <strong>DOE</strong>-2Library, see Sec. C of this chapter.There is, of course, yet another but less obvious method for specifyingan exterior wall. That is to use the LIKE keyword in an EXTERIOR-WALLinstruction to repeat a previously specified exterior wall.II I. 60 (Revised 5/81)
.~o~D'.:::itf)IrUJ>
User Input File~- name = MATERIALList of U-nomes....'-U - name = LAYERSMATERIAL=(~ )U - name....,U-nome = CONSTRUCTIONLAYERS =1-U-name1,U- nome = EXTERIOR - WALLCONSTRUCTION =1-Fig. 111.19Specifying a "delayed" EXTERIOR-WALL (without a library).II 1. 62 (Revi sed 5/81)
Outside surface resistanceTable 8DescriptionI-in. Stucco (asbestos cement or wood siding plaster. etc.)4-in. face brick (dense concrete)Steel siding (aluminum or other lightweight cladding)Outside surface resistanceO.5-in. slag, membrane0.375-in feltFinish4-in. face brickAir space resistanceI-in. insulation2-in. insulation3-in. insulationI-in. insulation2-in. insulationI-in. wood2.5-in. wood4-in. wood2-in. wood3-in. wood3-in. insulation4-in. clay tile4-in. t. w. concrete block.4-in. h. w. concrete block4-in. common brick4-in. h.w. concrete8-in. clay tile8-in. I. w. concrete block8-in. h. w. concrete block8-in. common brick8-in. h.w. concrete12-in. h.w. concrete2-in. h.w. concrete6.in. h.w. concrete4-in. t.w. concrete6-in. t.w. concrete8-in. I. w. concreteInside surface resistanceO.75-in. plaster; 0.75-in. gypsum or other similar finishinglayer0.5-in. slag or stoneO.375-in. felt & membraneCeiling air spaceAcoustic tileThermal Propenies and Code Numbers of Layers Used in Calculationsof Coefficients for Roof and WallCodeNumberAOAlA2A3A4A6A7BIB2B3B4B5B6B7B889BIOBIIBI2CIC2C3C4C5C6C7C8C9CIOCilCI2C13CI4CI5CI6EOEIE2E3E4E5Thickness and Thermal Properties·L K D SH R0.3330.0833 0.4 116 0.20 0.2080.333 0.75 130 0.22 0.4440.005 26.0 480 0.10 0.00020.04170.03130.04170.3330.0830.1670.250.08330.1670.08330.20830.3330.1670.250.250.333·0.3330.3330.3330.3330.6670.6670.6670.6670.6671.00.1670.50.3330.50.6670.06250.04170.03130.0625aUni1S: L~f!.; SH=Beu/(lb'deg F); KzBlu/(h· fl ·deg F); R=(h 'fe Z 'deg F)/B!u; Dzlb/ft3 WT=lb/ft2 .0.830.110.240.770.0250.0250.0250.0250.0250.070.070.070.070.070.0250.330.220.470.421.00.330.330.60.421.01.01.01.00.10.10.10.420.830.110.0355570781252.02.02.05.75.737.037.037.037.037.05.770.038.061.01201407038.061.01201401401401404040401005570300.400.400.260.220.20.20.2~.20.20.60.60.60.60.60.20.20.20.20.20.20.20.20.20.20.20.20.20.20.20.20.20.20.400.400.200.3330.1740.4330.913.326.6810.033.336.68!.I 92.984.762.393.5810.01.011.510.710.790.3332.022.02!.II1.590.6671.000.1670.503.335.06.670.6850.1490.0500.2851.01.786Reprinted courtesy of the American Society of Heating, Refrigeration, andAir-Conditioning Engineers, Inc., 1977 Handbook of Fundamentals, Chap. 25.WT9.6643.32.403.2541.60.170.330.500.470.953.087.7112.36.189.251.4223.312.720.340.046.646.725.440.780.093.4140.023.470.013.320.026.76.252.29<strong>2.1</strong>91.88Table 26 Transfer Function Coefficients for Roofs (Time Interval= 1.0 h)CpP5![!!rljopa Code ~os. Coeffkirntsba anddn b U!";o. Description of Layen .~,.-1 .-, .-3 no' no' n-'1 Roof terrace system AO, CU, 61, b 0.00000 0.00008 0.000
No.Description7 . I-in. wood with I-in. insulation8 S-in. L w . concrete9 6-in.l.w.concrete10 4-in. l.w. concreteII 6-in.h.w.concretewith2in. insulation12 4-in.h.w.concretewith2-in. insulation13 2-in. h.w. concrete with2-in insulation14 6-in.h.w.concretewithI in. insulation15 4-in.h.w.concretewithwith I·in. insulation16 2-in. h.w. concrete WIthI-in. insulation17 Steel sheet with 2-in. insulation18 Steel sheet with I-in. insulation19 Rooflerracesystem20 4-in. wood with 2-in. insulation21 2.5-in. wood with 2-in. insulation22 I-in. wood with 2_in, insulation23 4-in. wood with I·in. insulation24 2.5-in. wood with I·in. insulation2SI-in. wood with I-in. inSUlation26 8-in. I.w. concrete27 6-in. I.w. concrete28 4-in. I.w. concreteTable 26 Transfer Function Coefficients for Roofs (Time Interval=l.Oh) (Continued)CodeNO!l.of LayersAO,E2,E3,85, 87, E4,ES, EIOAO. E2, E),C16, E4. E5,EOAO, E2. E3.C15, E4. ES.EOAO, f2, f3,C14. E4, E5,EObdbdbdbdAD, f2, f3, b86, C13, E4,f5, EO dAO, f2, E), b86. C5, E4,E5, EO dAO,E2,E3,86, C12, E4,E5,EObdAO, E2. E3, b8S, Cl3, E4,£5, EO dAO.E2,E3, b85,0, E4,E5, EO dAO, E2,E3, b85, CI2, E4E5, EO dAO, f2, E3,86, A3. E4E5,fObdAO, E2,E3, b85, A3. E4.E5, EO dn-O0.00:)310000O.ooCoo1000000.000010000O.OOO[100000.000001000000.0000100000.0001100000.0000100000.0000100000.0004100000.00251.00000.00851.0000n-I no'0.0082 0.010310046 0.18450.00002 0.00046-1.91091 1.221350.0004 0.0034-1.4904 0.65490.0055 0.0141-1.0698 0.26650.00015 0.00076-1.45612 0.533020.0007 0.0016-1.2437 0.28770.0025 0.0029-1.1570 0.22290.0004 0.0016-1.4117 0.48440.0017 0.0029-1.l988 C.25030.0057 0.0045-1.!034 0.18850,0258 0.0156-0.5996 0.08220.0505 0.01"'9-0.4700 0.0476AO,CI2,81, b 0.0000 0.0007 0.002586, f2, f3,C5, EO d 1.0000 -1.6150 0.7406AO, E2. E3, b 0.0000 0.0000 0.0002B6. 89, EO d 1.0000 -2.0606 1.4613AO, E2, E3. b 0.0000 0.0006 0.003486.B8,fO d 1.0000 -1.4326 0.5S65AO, E2, E3, b 0.0012 0.0180 0.015086,87. EO d 1.0000 -0.8098 0.1357AO, E2. E3, b 0.0000 0.0000 0.0005B5. 89. EO d !.OOOO - I .9836 1.3387AO, E2. E3, b 0.0000 0.0017 0.006885,88, EO d 1.0000 -1.3557 0.5121AO, E2, E3, b 0.0043 0.0385 0.0202BS, 87. EO d 1.0000 -0.7314 0.1061AO, E2, E3, b 0.0000 0.0002 0.0024C16. EO d 1.0000 -1.6545 0.8775AO,E2.E3, b 0.0000 0.0031 0.0125CIS, EO d 1.0000 -1.2340 0.4188AO,E2.E3. b 0.0013 0.0293 0.0336C14. EO d 1.0000 -0.8134 0.136729 6-in. h.w. concrete with AO, E2. E3, b 0.0000 0.0014 0.0037wilh2-in.insulation B6,CI3,EO d 1,0000 -1.3445 0.4428n-30.00140.00460.00133-0.310190.0036-0.09370.0045-0.01430.00050-0.061100.0005-0.01280.0003-0.00220.0007-0.05130.0006-0.0103O.OO()3-0.00180.0007-0.00030._0.0011-0.08480.0006-0.43650.0025-0.08090.0011-0.00070.0012-0.37420.003~-0.06340.0007-0.00030.0038-0.17340.0067-0.04080.0040-0.00310.0013-0.043430 4-in. h.w. concretewilh AO. E2, E3. b 0.0002 0.0050 0.0063 0.00082-in.insulation BI6,C5,EO d 1.0000 -1.1248 0.2344 -0.00650.119 O.OC.331 2·in. h.w. concrete with AO, E2, E3, b 0.0016 0.0151 0.00&4 o.oocn__-=22-in"·c;""'"""""'";OC"c-______________ cB6eo,"Ccl"2c,ECo~CdO_ __"Ic·OOOOoe~____-o~·"960""'C-__-"0C·I"68,2=_____-=0,."OCO""I________________________________-c0C·C',='c-__-'O.0:::S432 6-in.h.w.concretewithI-in. insulation33 4-in. h.w. concrete withI-in. insulation34 2-in. h.w. concrete withI_in. insulation35 Steel sheet ... ·ith 2-in. insulation36 Steel sheet with I-in. insulationn-40.000790.030010.00070.00370.00020.00010.000050.000820.00060.00010.00080._0.05500.00030.00230.00060.04340.00030.00150.00120.01150.00060.00070.00010.0002AO.f2, f3, b 0.0001 0.0036 0.0068 0.001685. CI3, EO d 1.0000 -1.3001 0.3991 -0.0361 0.0001AO. E2, E), b O.OOOS O.G! 17 0.0100 0.()(X)885,C5,EO d 1.0000 -1.0800 0.2015 -0.0051AO. E2. E3. b 0.0054 0.0314 0.0108 0.000185, e12. EO d 1.0000 -0.9091 {).1407AO,E2.E3. b 0.0213 0.0642 0.008186. A3. EO d 1.0000 -0.2474 0.0026AO, E2, E3, b 0.0601 0.1025 0.005585, A3, EO d 1.0000 -0.2124 0.0004aConslruction is defined by code number for various layers, The thermal properties of [ayers designated by code numbers are given in Table 8bU. b's and c's are in Btu/(h' ft2 . deg F), and d is dimensionles.s. 9lank space represents zero.nO'0.00011-0.000950.0001-0.00230.0001-0.(0)70.0001-0.0002Reprinted courtesy of the American Society of Heating, Refrigeration, andAir-Conditioning Engineers, Inc., 1977 Handbook of Fundamentals, Chap. 25.n-60.00001II 1. 64 (Revised 5/81)u0.115 0.02020.092 O.oel27!0.109 0.00810.l34 0.02440.088 0.001460.090 0.00280.091 0.00580.123 0.00170.126 0.00520.131 0.01090.0920.134 0.07730.1060.077 0.00130.090 0.00680.109 0.03530.1060.130 0.01230.170 0.063~0.126 0.00770.1 ~8 0.02290.213 0.0682O.IIS 0.00650.1920.2000.2060.1250.:::130.01210.0~330.04770.09420.1681
~o.CODs/weoO"'lffscliption4·in face brick. 2·in. 1I1su\ation. and4·in.l.w concreleblock4,111. l.w. concrete4·in face brick. air space. andg·in. common brick4 4-in. face bnck. air space. anda-In h. w. concrete block4'111. face bnck, air space. and8'ln I w. concrete block4-in. face brick. aIr space. and8-111 day tile7 4_ln. face brick. air space. and2·1n. h.w concrete4,111 face brick. air space. and4·in common brick9 4·in. face brick. air space. and4·in. h.w. concrete block10 4.in. face brick. air space. and4·in. L". concrete blockII12·in.h,w.concrete12 8-111. h. w. concrete With2-on. insulation13 8·ln. h w. conCrete with1·1n. insulation14 8·ln. h.w concrete with air space16 4.on. face brick:. 8·in common brickwith \·In. Lnsulation17 4·;n. face brick. 8-in. common brickwah air space18 Wall with 4·;n. face brick, air spaceand4.Ln.l.w. block19 Wall "ith fiberglass insulationand stucco outSide finish20 Two-sided brick ",all21 Brick "all. 8-on. concrete block andno air space22 Bnek wall "'Ith 4-ln concrete block24 Bnck: ",ali "ith 6-in. concrete25 Frame ..... alt "'ith 4·in bnck 'el'letf26 Frame \I, all27 . Metal curtain .... all with3·;1'1. msulation28 ~!etal
!'io.3SDescriptionTable 27WalJ 4·in. concrete ... ith2·10. in,u!ation on the mSlde36 Fram""'all with 3·in. msulation37 Frame"'all ""Ilh 2'111. insulallOn38 Fram~ "all v.-ith I·in. insulatIOn39 Frame", all '"" ithout im.ulattonTransfer Function Coefficients for Exterior Walls (Time Interval-1.0h) (Continued)Code ~Q!;.of Layersn • n IAO. CS. B6, b 0.00058 0.01005A6. EO d 1.000Xl -0.997210,009820.17610AD. AI. 81. b 0.00509 (J.02644 0.00838B4, El. EO d 1.00000 -0.59602 0.08757AO, AI. B1. b 0.00984 0.03810 0.0086983. E I. EO d 1.00000 -0.57344 0.08074AO, AI, 81, b 0.02069 0.06369 0.01131B2. EI, EO d 1.00000 -0.53187 0,0
Table 27 Transfer Function Coefficients for Exterior Walls (Time Interval=l.Oh) (Continued)C(}d~ "'os. C(X'ffid~nlSblt llndd" b U LeII', • 11'=6~_~~",,~,""~,,-______________ ~"~'~L~'t""~'-__ c-__ ~'~-Oo"-____ ~n~'c-____ ~"=-,2 _______ nco3'cC-__ ~n,-c4,-______ cnc-~ ______-"n=-,-______________,--~I ~'In da'1:le"l!halr~pa~e AO.AI. C6. b 0.0000 0.0007 0.0051 0,0052 0.001081,EI.EO d 1.0000 -16476 0.8490 -0,1597 0010373 4·;[1 h."" ~O[1.:rete .... ,th 2·ln.erlSulation74 4-1n. h."" con':re[e";th j·;n.insulation~6 4-In h ... concrete77 4-in face bnck, 4-In commonbrick and 1·ln. IOslllauon78 4·1n. face bn.:~. 4·;n. commonbrid and air ,,2. Col, b O.IX'OO 00035 0.0142 0,0015EI, EO d 100)') -14987 0.6252 -0.0656AO. ""1. Col. b 0.0015 0.0330 0.0381 00044El. EO d 10000 -1,0401 0,2114 -0,004(lAO. AI, C3, b 0,0101 0.0890 0.0457 0,0015EI. EO d lOOClO -0,7809 0,0861 -0,0002-'1.0, -'l.2.e2. b 000Xl 0.0012 0.0052 0.0032B2. E1, EO d 100)') -U846 O.T'60 -{l.U23-\0. A2. 0, b 0 ()OO() 00032 0,0118 0.0059BI. EI. EO d ].00)') -1.-1228 0.5787 -0.0713AO ..... 2.0. b 00001 0,0072 00194E1. EO d J.()(X)() -1.3110 0.-l487AO.AI.C2. b 0.0006 0.0129 0.01:582,EI,EO d 1,0000 -I 0~84 0.3137AO,o\l.O. b 0.0018 0.0319 0.034681. El, EO d 1.00)0 -0.9152 020DAI.C2.EI. b 0.0161 0.1223 0.0504EO d 1,00)') -0.5447 0.0306AD.A2.el, b 0,0000 0.0008 0.003982. EI. EO d 1.0000 -1.6784 0,8825AD.Al,el. b OOCXlO 00022 00098BI. El. EO d 1.0000 -1.5195 0.6769AD. A2. CI. b 0,0001 0,0060 0,0187El. EO d 1.0000 -U861 0.5138AO.AI.C1. b 0.0003 0.0084 0.013782.EI.EO d 1,0000 -1,1988 0.3-:'68AD.AI,CI. b O()(lIO 0.0227 00305BI. E I. EO d 1.0((1() -1.0394 0.2496AO ..-\I.Cl. b 0,0035 0.0521 0.0445El.EO d 1.0000 -0.9042 0.1533AO, A3. 82. b 0,1424 0.047981. ..0..3. EO d 1.0000 -0,0013..0..0. A3. 83, b 0.0770 0,0389 0.0001BI. A3. EO d 1.0000 -0.0028AO. A3. 84 b 0.0461 0.0369 0.000381. .-\3. EO d 1.0000 -0.00720.0066-0.03290.0028-002570,0042-001050,001200029-0.16500_-0.09500.0075-0,04240,0027-0,03430.0048-0.01530.0034-0,0021000040.0\5\0,00080,00730.00060,00120.00030.00550.00050.0023o OOOJ000040.00040.00830.00060.00370.0004000060000'0000'0.00010.2310.2960.1190.2000.3810,585-0.0002 0.1740.3010.4150.4600.4800.15303190.1610.2630.3910.1690.2810.3810.17503030.4190.1910.1160,0840.01200.02120.01160.0218om600,11490.00550.01370.02580.07700.1463orxm0,0214OOJ)6003380.07250.19
It is not necessary for the user to crosscheck his chosen U-names againstthe code-words that have been reserved in the <strong>DOE</strong>-2 MATERIALs Library andCONSTRUCTIONs (ASHRAE) Library. Previously established U-names have precedenceover code-words. Example: When a name is specified for the CONSTRUCTION keywordin an EXTERIOR-WALL instruction, the program first searchs its U-name listfor the name. If the name is found on the list, it is used as a U-name. Ifthe name is not found on the U-name list, the program then searchs the <strong>DOE</strong>-2CONSTRUCTIONs Library to see if the name is a code-word. It is not wise, however,to deliberately choose U-names that are also code-words. This can makedebugging or subsequent review of an input listing unnecessarily confusing.111.68 (Revised 5/81)
9. SPECIFYING INTERIOR WALLS, INTERIOR FLOORS, CEILINGS, UNDERGROUND WALLS,UNDERGROOND FLOORS, AND NON-GLASS DOORSNote: The following discussion applies only to interior walls, interiorfloors, ceil ings, underground walls, underground floors, and doors. For discussionof other surfaces, refer to the section in this chapter entitled"SPECIFYING EXTERIOR WALLS, EXTERIOR FLOORS, AND ROOFS".In the LOADS calculation, that is, calculating the flow of heat throughinterior walls, interior floors, ceil ings, underground walls, undergroundfloors, and doors, the program treats all these surfaces as steady-state, or"quick", constructions with little thermal capacitance. The heat flow is notdelayed. One exception to the preceeding statement occurs when CustomWeighting Factors are generated for interior walls, interior floors, ceilings,underground walls, and underground floors.The <strong>DOE</strong>-2 program treats interior walls, interior floors, and ceil ings inan identical manner. The only difference is the physical orientation of thesurface. All three of these surfaces are described in the INTERIOR-WALLinstruction. See Fig. IlL 20.The program treats underground walls and underground floors in the samemanner as interior walls, except the underground surfaces have one surfacecovered (the outside surface) and no NEXT-TO SPACE. Underground walls andunderground floors are described in the instructions by the same names.Non-glass doors in exterior walls are specified in the DOOR instruction.Glass doors in exterior walls should be specified not in the DOOR instructionbut rather in the WINDOW instruction. Doors in interior walls should not bespecified in the DOOR instruction. Such doors, however, may be specified asinterior walls.When a user specifies any of the surfaces discussed in this section(except glass doors), one of two approaches must be followed: (1) if the useris not using Custom Weighting Factors, he will be referred back to apreviously defined CONSTRUCTION instruction. In that referenced CONSTRUCTIONinstruction, a numerical value must be specified for the U-VALUE keyword (donot specify an entry for the LAYERS keyword), or (2) if the user is usingCustom Weighting Factors, he will most 1 ikely have defined his interior wallsas "delayed" for the purpose of the weighting factor calculation (see Sec.III.C). For the heat flow through the walls on an hourly basis, the programwill use a calculated U-value and the user need not input one.111.69 (Revised 5/81)
U-nome = CONSTRUCTIONU-VALUE = numberU - nomeU- nome = INTERIOR-WALL*CONSTRUCTION= _____*or UNDERGROUND - WALL, UNDERGROUN D - FLOOR,or DOORFig. III.20 Specifying an interior wall, interior floor, ceiling, undergroundwall, underground floor, or non-glass door. The U-VALUEis either specified by the user or calculated by the program(see preceeding paragraph).I I I. 70 (Revised 5/81)
Table 29Transfer Function Coefficients for Interior Partitions, Floors. and Ceilings (Time interval=1.Oh)COnS!Wdjon a Code ~os. Coefficientsb a andda b~-.criplion of l.a~l'1's" 0 " In 2 n-1 n""'4 " , " 64-m .:la' ute "'Ih 0.75-m pla,le, EO,E1.C!. b 00033 0,0424 0.0325 00021 0,374 o Od03EI. EO d \,0000 -0.9447 0,01(iI3 -0,00174-m I" ~oo"meb\ock EO, EI.C2, b 0.0048 00514 0,0339 0.0018"l1h 0 ")-In rl",~er _~E~I.c'E~O,-_,d,-__ ,,,.~0000,,,,-_--=~O~.8~':,S6,--__ O~.-,'!:39,:''-_--=-:'0~.O~O~':,5 __________________ 0,.-,-314 0 0919"-In.h" ,·or\creleblo.:k EO.EI,C3 b 0.0092 O.OiOS 0,0318 0.0008"Ilh 0 "~-In. pla>tt"r ~E",c' E",O,,-_-,d,-_-,-, ~OOOO"",,-_--=-:,OC.8,1,O", __-,,-O"Oe8C74,-__-~Oc.OOO,,,,,",________________-"-O"",','__ O! 123J "-m commonbrlc:k"lth EO,EI.C4, b 0.0014 00265 0.0272 0.0027_Y.~.~'1I1'lPC'",",,", _________ -,EC'~' EO _-'d'--_-"-"lOOO"''-_--=:''',O~',,5.;1 __ _''0",2,,'~''''_ __ =-O''''00~1,,''_ ________________ -'0C'Cll '-.n ... ood EO,Bll.ElO b 0.0000 0.0060 0.0156 0.0051 0.0001d 10000 -1.2012 0.3563 0.0218 0.0001 0.202 0.02692~ 4-.n "ood EO. B9, EO b 00000 00004 0.0035 0,0039 0,0008_______________________________________'d'-__-"I.,OOCO"'''-__--=:2'~,6c'~6~J____-''-O,~8~'9~8'-__--=-~OC·,')~6,2___'O~.~~~______________________-'0~·C',6'''___-'0C!OO8628 Frame"~amtlOn""llhl·ln "ood EO, B'. 81. b 0.0018 0.0281 0.0244 00018B7, EO d 1,0000 -0,9163 0.1789 -0.(){X)90.214 0,056129 2·m. fUrrtllUre30 3-.n fl.lrnlll.l'e31 2-ln h,,,, wncrett" floor de~k32 4-m !-t." c:onc~e(e floor deck33 4-m Lv.. concrele floor deck34 8'ln h". com:r .. (e floor deck35 8-ln. L w concr"le floor deck36 2-.11 .... oo
Table 29Transfer Function Coefficients for Interior Partitions, Floors, and Ceilings (Time Interval=1.0h) (Continued)ConSlfndjon' Code N05. Coefrldenub n .ndd a,No. Description or L'~'en; ""0, ,-I ,-1 ,-3 ,-. ,-, ,•17 3-in. wood deck EO, AS. Bil , 0.0000 0.0029 0.0083 0.0030 0.0001EO d 1.0000 -1.)381 0.4614 -0.0347 0.0003 0.161J8 2·in. h.w. concrete deck with EO, AS,CIO, , 0.0056 O.OI'H 0.0028false ceiling E4, ES. EO d 1.0000 -().SSS2 0.0084 0.180," 4-in. h.w. concrele deck with EO, AS,n. 0.0010 0.0083 0.0040 0.0001fa15c ceiling E4, ES, EO d 1.0000 -0.9694 0.0461 -0.000) 0.1754() 4-in. Lw_ concrete deck with EO, AS, C2, , 0.0020 0.0195 0.0104 0.0004false ceiling E4, ES. EO d 1.0000 -0.8295 0.0534 -0.0003 0.144" 8·m. h ..... concrete cleek with EO,AS.CIO, , 0.0000] 0.00081 OJXJ212 0.00068 0.00003false ceiling E4. ES, EO d 1.00000 -).43J28 0.47458 -0.02140 0.00017 0.165" 8·;n.I. ..... concrete deck with EO,A5,C7, ,0.0001 0.0035 0.0065 0.0014falseceiiing E4. E5. EO d 1.0000 1.2039 0.2980 -0.0085 0.13443 2·in. wood deck with EO. A5. BIO, , 0.0001 0.0048 0.0078 0.0014false ceiling E4, ES. EO d 1.0000 -1.1372 0.2530 -0.0061 0.129," 3·in. wood deck with false ceil"'g EO. AS, BII. 0.00000 0.00039 0.00223 0.00169 0.00022E4. E5. EO d 1.00000 1.57274 0.69111 -0.07957 0.00176 0.11245 12-m. h.w. concrete deck EO.AS.CII. b 0.00000 0.00004 0.00036 0.00048 0.00012 O.OOOJ!wllh false ceiling .E4. ES EO d 1.00000 -1.92879 J.13565 -0.20935 0.00893 -0.00009 0.1 S9uL",·00.01430.02750.01340.03230.003650.01150.01410.004530.0010146 4-io. wood deck "'ith EO. AS. B9. , 0.00000 0.00002 O.OOCI33 0.00074 0.00033 0.00003false ceiling E4, E5, EO d 1.00000 -2.00785 1.31626 -0.31761 0.02445 -0.00050 0.098"Sted deck with false cellmg EO. A5. A3, b 0.0749 O.OSB 0.0022E4, ES. EO d 1.0000 -0.1257 0.0001 0.186aCons!fuction is defined by code nllmber for various layers. The thermal properties of layers designated by code nllmbers are given in Table 8.bU, b's and c's are in Btu/(h· ft 2 . deg F) and d IS dImensionless.0.001450.1624Reprinted courtesy of the American SOCiety of Heating, Refrigeration, andAir-Conditioning Engineers, Inc., 1977 Handbook of Fundamentals, Chap. 25.1IJ.72 (Revised 5/81)
10. MATERIALThe MATERIAL instruction is used to specify the heat transfer propertiesfor one layer of a construction in an exterior wall, exterior floor, or roof.These properties will be subsequently used to calculate the thermal responsefactors of the composite wall (see LAYERS instruction). The response factorswill then be used in the calculation of Custom Weighting Factors, if the userchooses that option. For interior floors, interior walls, underground walls,and underground floors, a MATERIAL instruction may be specified, but it willbe used only for the calculation of the optional Custom Weighting Factors;heat flow for these surfaces is calculated as a "quick" surface.This instruction is used when materials from the 00E-2 MATERIALs Libraryare not appropriate. The 00E-2-prespecified materials are described in Chap.X of this manual and are stored on the 00E-2 file named BOLLIB. The ASHRAEprespecifiedmaterials are described in the 1977 ASHRAE Handbook of Fundamentals,Chap. 25, Table 8, p. 25.10 (Ref. 5) and are also stored on the 00E-2file name BOLLIB. A reprint of Table 8 is included in the previous Section ofthe manual.The user should review the discussion (immediately preceding this section)if he is not familiar with how to specify walls.U-nameMATERIALLIKETHICKNESSCONOUCTI V ITYDENSITYSPECIFIC-HEATmust be specified for this instruction. It identifies thisMATERIAL in a subsequent LAYERS instruction.This command tells LOADS that the data to follow specifythe properties of a material.may be used to copy data from a previously U-named MATERIALinstruction. It is not possible to use the LIKE keyword tospecify a MATERIAL in the 00E-2 MATERIALs Library, such asAC01, CM01, CB17, Al, A2, etc. (these materials areidentified and called by specifying code-words, notU-names, in the LAYERS instruction).specifies the thickness of the material in units of feet.is used to specify the thermal conductivity of the materialin Btu-ft/hr-ft2_oF. The entry for this keyword isexpressed per foot of thickness, not per inch. Hence,values given per inch of thickness must be divided by 12 toobtain the correct entry.specifies the material density in lb/ft3.specifies the specific heat capacity of the material inBtu/lb-oF.III.73 (Revised 5/81)
RESISTANCEExamp les:As an alternative to the preceding four keywords, this keywordmay be entered. It is used to specify the thermal resistancefor a material in hr-ft2-OF/Btu. A RESISTANCE entry shouldbe used for a material with no significant thermal capacitance,like an air gap.1. The following instruction enters the thermal properties of afour-inch-thick layer of brick:BRICK-4IN = MATERIALTHICKNESS = 0.333CONDUCTIVITY = 0.4167DENSITY = 120.0SPECIFIC-HEAT = 0.2 •.2. Because brick has fairly high heat capacitance, a RESISTANCE entry wouldnot be appropriate for use in <strong>DOE</strong>-2. However, a one-inch-thick air gapwould result in the following instruction:AIR-LAYER = MATERIALRESISTANCE = 0.90 ..III .74 (Revised 5/81)
U-name*MATERIAL or MATInputKeyword Abbrev. User Input Desc. Default(User Worksheet)RangeMin. Max.LIKE ; U-nameTHICKNESS TH ;feet **CONDUCTIVITY COND ;Btu-ftl **2 ° hr-ft - FDENSITY DENS lb Ift 3 **SPECIFIC-HEAT S-H; Btu/lb-oF **RESISTANCE RES hr-ft2- **°FIBtuO. 10.O. 30.O. 500.O. 5.O. 40.* Mandatory entry, if MATERIAL is specified.**Either THICKNESS, CONDUCTIVITY, DENSITY, and SPECIFIC-HEAT, orRESISTANCE only must be entered. There are no default value~II 1. 75 (Revised 5/81)
11. LAYERSThe LAYERS instruction is used to specify the sequence of material layersof a construction; that is, it describes the cross section of a wall, roof,etc. It is used when no LAYERS code-word in the <strong>DOE</strong>-2 LAYERS Library isappropriate for a given exterior wall, exterior floor, roof, interior floor,interior wall, underground wall, or underground floor. The information in aLAYERS instruction for an interior floor, interior wall, underground wall, orunderground floor will be used only for the calculation of Custom WeightingFactors; for heat flow, these surfaces are treated like "quick" surfaces.U-nameLAYERSINSIDE-FILM-RESMATERIALis required for this instruction. It identifies this LAYERSin a subsequent CONSTRUCTION instruction.This command tells LOADS that the data to follow identifythe layers of material that are in a construction, the orderof the layers, and the layer thicknesses. It tells the LDLProcessor to calculate the response factors for the wall.specifies the combined convective and radiative air filmresistance for the inside wall surface. Note that the defaultof .68 is an appropriate value for vertical walls.For horizontal surfaces, such as ceilings and floors, thesuggested inside-film-resistance can be found in thefollowing table. Because only one value is allowed for eachsurface, the user should decide which is more important,cooling or heating.CoolingHeatingCeilings (Heat Flowing Downward) (Heat Flowing Upward).61 .92Floors (Heat Flowing Upward) (Heat Flowing Downward).92 .61If the user cannot decide which is more important, coolingor heating, he can accept the default value of .68. Forexterior walls and roofs, the outside-film-resistance iscalculated by the program. For interior walls, the air filmdescribed in INSIDE-FILM-RES is the film on the side of thewall that is in the SPACE where the wall is specified. Forthe calculation of the U-value for an INTERIOR-WALL, theINSIDE-FILM-RES is duplicated on the other surface (oppositeside). Do not input it as a MATERIAL.identifies a list of MATERIAL instruction U-names or a listof <strong>DOE</strong>-2-prespecified material code-words (see Cha~ X) or alist of ASHRAE-prespecified material code-words from Table 8on p. 25.10 of the 1977 ASH RAE Handbook of Fundamentals(Ref. 5). Do not include the code-words AO or EO from Ref.5. When using the last approach, enter the code-word HF-x,where x is the "Code Number" of the material listed in Table8 on p. 25.10 of Ref. 5 (Table 8 is reprinted earlier inth i s chapter).II 1.76 (Revised 5/81)
THICKNESSRu 1 es:1.2.3.4.5.6.7.The number of elements in the list is the number of layersin the construction. For an exterior wall, the sequence ofelements in the list is the sequence of the material layersin the exterior wall, starting with the exterior layer andending with the interior layer. For an interior wall, thesequence of elements in the list is the sequence of materiallayers in the interior-wall, starting with the layer on theopposite side of the wall and ending with the layer on thenear side of the wall. Reversing this sequence can notablyaffect the thermal performance of a wall.identifies a list that gives the thickness; in feet, foreach material in the construction. The list has the samenumber and order of elements as the immediately precedingMATERIAL instruction. If no thickness is specified, it willbe taken from the MATERIAL instruction.The outside film coefficient of an exterior wall or roofshould not be specified as a layer because it is calculatedby the LOADS program as a function of surface roughness andwi nd speed.The list identified by MATERIAL and THICKNESS must have aone-to-one correspondence. That is, the first materiallisted in MATERIAL has a thickness equal to the first valuelisted in THICKNESS.Both lists (MATERIAL and THICKNESS) must have the samenumber of elements.A list element must be included in THICKNESS for layersspecified by a RESISTANCE, but it is a dummy variable, usedonly to make the list length match with the I"1ATERIAL listlength.For an exterior wallar roof, both lists start with theoutside layer and proceed sequentially to end with the insidelayer. For an interior wall, interior floor, ceiling,underground wall, or underground floor, both lists start withthe layer on the opposite side and proceed sequentially to endwith the layer on the near side.Maximum list length for MATERIAL and THICKNESS is 9 elementseach.Not allon ly.layer.LAYERS can be specified by RESISTANCE (for MATERIAL)At least one must be specified as a transient typeIIL77 (Revi sed 5/81)
Example:One-ft-thick concrete block with a l-inch-thick stucco exterior:CBLOCK = LAYERSINSIDE-FILM-RES = 0.68MATERIAL= (CMOl, CB17)THICKNESS = (.083, 1.00)$ From Chap. X $II 1. 78(Revised 5/81)
____ :-;-_-,;:-_____ = LAYERS or LAU-name*(User Worksheet)InputRangeKeyword Abbrev. User Input Desc. Default r~i n. Max.INS IDE-F ILM-RESI-F-R2= i;Jr-ft -F/Btu0.68 o. 40.MATERIAL MAT U-name list *or codewordlistTHICKNESS TH = 1 i st of ** o. 10.feet* Mandatory entry, if LAYERS is specified.**Default is the same THICKNESS as that specified in the appropriateMATERIAL instruction.I I I. 79 (Revi sed 5/81)
12. CONSTRUCTIONThis instruction is used to specify the construction characteristics andproperties of an exterior wall, exterior floor, roof, interior wall, interiorfloor, ceiling, underground wall, underground floor, or non-glass door. Thisinstruction may also be used to generate Custom Weighting Factors either (1) in alibrary during a LIBRARY-INPUT LOADS run or (2) in the current INPUT LOADS run.A U-name must be specified for this instruction. It identifies thisCONSTRUCTION i~subsequent EXTERIOR-WALL, ROOF, INTERIOR-WALL,UNDERGROUND-WALL, UNDERGROUND-FLOOR, or DOOR instruction.CONSTRUCT! ONLIKELAYERSU-VALUEThis command tells LOADS that the data to follow specify the.construction characteristics and properties of an exterior wall,roof, etc.may be used to copy data from a previously U-named CONSTRUCTIONinstruction.entry for this keyword is either:(1) a code-word from Chap. 25 of the 1977 ASHRAE Handbook ofFundamentals (Ref. 5); use Table 26 (pp. 25.28-25.29) forroofs, Table 27 (pp. 25.30-25.32) for exterior walls, andTable 29 (pp. 25.34-25.35) for interior walls, ceilings,and interior floors,or(2) a U-name of a previously defined (and entered) LAYERSinstruct ion.This identifies the characteristics of the CONSTRUCTION andspecifies heat transfer calculation by the dynamic, or"delayed", technique.When using the former approach, enter code-words ASHW-x forexterior walls, ASHR-x for roofs, and, for Custom WeightingFactor generation, ASHI-x for interior walls, interior floors,or ceilings. In these code-words, x is the the "No." of thewall or roof in Table 26, Table 27, or Table 29 of Chap. 25 ofRef. 5.may be used as an alternative to LAYERS. The heat transfercalculation technique used here assumes that the constructionhas little heat capacitance, and the heat flow is not delayed.Thus a steady-state, or "guick", calculation technique is used.For interior surfaces the U-VALUE should include both filmcoefficients. For exterior surfaces only the inside filmcoefficient should be included; the outside film coefficient iscalculated hourly as a function of surface roughness and windspeed. The following table shows typical U-values for somelow-heat capacity walls.II 1.80 (Revised 5/81)
EXAMPLE U-VALUES FOR SOME CONSTRUCTIONS WITHlOW HEAT CAPACITYExterior Walls*U-ValueWood sheathing, 1/2 in. on studs, 1/2 in. gypsum boardMetal siding on 1/2 in. plywood, studs, 1/2 in.gypsum boardStucco on 3/4 in. pine, studs, 1/2 in. gypsum boardRoofs*0.350.380.34Wood shingles on 1/2 in. plywood, 2 x 8 studs, 1/2 in.gypsum board 0.28Built-up roof on plywood deck, 2 x 8 studs, 1/2 in. gypsumboard with acoustical tile 0.27Interior Walls and Floors**Gypsum board, 1/2 in., on either side of metal studsHardwood flooring on 1/2 in. deck, 2 x 8 floor joists,subfloor, tile (ceiling to space below)0.320.20* Includes inside surface air film.**Includes inside surface air film on both sides.II 1. 81(Revised 5/81)
Slab doors are also defined as a U-value CONSTRUCTION.The table below gives some typical U-values for doors.So 1 i d Wood DoorThickness1 in.1.25 in.1.5 in.2 in.Steel Door1.75 in.ABCCOEFFICIENTS OF TRANSMISSION(U-VALUES) FOR SLAB 200RS (Ref. 9)(Btu/hr-ft -OF)NoStorm Door0.640.550.490.430.590.190.47A = Mineral fiber core (2 lb/ft 3 ).B = Solid urethane core with thermal break.C = Solid polystyrene core with thermal break.With WoodStorm Door0.300.280.270.24With MetalStorm door0.390.340.330.29ABSORPTANCEAdditional informationChap. X, however, bearresistance (R) values.these values; that is,on U-values may be obtained inin mind that the Chap. X, dataTherefore, use the reciprocalU = 1/R.areofspecifies, as a decimal fraction, radiation absorptance ofan exterior surface of an EXTERIOR-WALL or ROOF; thiskeyword is not appropriate to INTERIOR-WALL,UNDERGROUND-WALL, or UNDERGROUND-FLOOR. The followingtable provides typical values for various exteriorsurf aces.II 1.82 (Revised 5/81)
ABSORPTANCE for Various Exterior Surfaces*Materi al ABSORPTANCE Pai nt ABSORP TANCEBlack concrete 0.91 Optical flat black paint 0.98Stafford blue brick 0.89 Flat black paint 0.95Red brick 0.88 Black lacquer 0.92Bituminous felt 0.88 Dark gray paint 0.91Blue gray slate 0.87 Dark blue lacquer 0.91Roofi ng, green 0.86 Black oil paint 0.90Brown concrete 0.85 Dark olive drab paint 0.89Asphalt pavement, weathered 0.82 Dark brown paint 0.88Wood, smooth 0.78 Dark blue-gray paint 0.88Uncolored asbestos cement 0.75 Azure blue or dark greenUncolored concrete 0.65 lacquer 0.88Asbestos cement, white 0.61 Medium brown paint 0.84White marble 0.58 Medium light brown paint 0.80Light buff brick 0.55 Brown or green lacquer 0.79Built-up roof, white 0.50 Medium rust paint 0.78Bituminous felt, aluminized 0.40 Light gray oil paint 0.75A lumi num paint 0.40 Red oil paint 0.74Gravel 0.29 Medium dull green paint 0.59White on galvanized iron 0.26 Medium orange paint 0.58White glazed brick 0.25 Medium yellow paint 0.57Polished aluminum reflector Medium blue paint 0.51sheet 0.12 Medium Kelly green paint 0.51Aluminized mylar film 0.10 Light green paint 0.47Ti nned surface 0.05 White semi-gloss paint 0.30White gloss paint 0.25Silver paint 0.25White lacquer 0.21Laboratory vapor depositedcoatings 0.02* This table is a compilation of data from several sources includingPassive Solar Design Analysis by J. Douglas Balcomb (US Department ofEnergy, Office of the Assistant Secretary for Conservation and SolarEnergy, December 1979) and Ref. 3.II 1.83 (Revised 5/81)
ROUGHNESSis specified as a code-number that indicates the relativeroughness of the exterior surface finish of anEXTERIOR-WALL or ROOF: this keyword is not appropriate toINTERIOR-WALL, UNDERGROUND-WALL, and UNDERGROUND-FLOOR.The code-numbers are given in the table below.ROUGHNESS Code for Exterior Surface FinishSurface Finish Wall Roof Code-numberRoughSmoothStuccoBrickPlasterConcrete (poured)Clear pineSmooth plasterMetalGlassPaint on pineWood shinglesBu il t-u proofwith stonesAsphalt shinglesMetal23456The following table summarizes the use of keywords for theCONSTRUCTION instruction to determine the heat transfercalculation method used.Heat Transfer Calculation MethodKeywordLAYERSU-VALUEABSORPTANCEROUGHNESSEXTERIOR-WALL or ROOFDynamic or Steady-State Dynamic or"Delayed" or "Quick" "Delayed"RequiredNot applicableNot applicableRequired* ** *INTERIOR-WALL, UNDERGROUNDWALL, or UNDERGROUND-FLOORRequiredNot applicableNot applicableNot appl icab 1 eSteady-State.or "Quick"Not applicableRequiredNot applicableNot applicable*Used, but not required.The default will be used if no value is specified.I II. 84 (Revised 5/81)
Rules:Examples:1. Either LAYERS or U-VALUE should be entered, but entering both, orneither, wi 11 generate an error message.2. If LAYERS is specified, a transient heat transfer calculation isperformed. It is recommended for massive constructions.3. If U-VALUE is specified, a steady-state heat transfer calculationis performed. It is recommended for lightweight constructions.4. The U-VALUE is used to calculate heat transfer through interiorwalls, floors, underground walls, and underground floors. Ifdelayed descriptions are input for these surfaces (for CustomWeighting Factors), LDL will calculated the U-value.1. An exterior wall is constructed of heavyweight concrete block withstucco exterior.HEAVY ~ CONSTRUCTIONLAYERS ~ CBLOCKABSORPTANCE ~ 0.65ROUGHNESS ~ 1 ..2. An interior wall is light wood framing with drywall finish.LIGHT ~ CONSTRUCTIONU-VALUE ~ 0.3063. An equivalent brick-faced exterior wall is found in theConstructions Library.WALL-l ~ CONSTRUCTIONLAYERS ~ WJOI-3ABSORPTANCE ~ 0.88ROUGHNESS ~ 2II 1.85 (Revised 5/81)
U-name*CONSTRUCTION or CONS(User Worksheet)InputRangeKeyword Abbrev. User Input Desc. Default Min. Max.LIKEU-nameLAYERS LA U-name or **code-wordU-VALUE U = Bt~/hr- ** .001 20.ft _oFABSORP TANCE ABS = fraction 0.7 O. l.ROUGHNESS RO code- 3 1 6number* Mandatory entry.** Either entry is required. There are no default values. Non-glass doorson exterior walls must use U-VALUE. All other surfaces may use either.I I 1. 86 (Revised 5/81)
13. GLASS-TYPEThis instruction is used to specify the type of glass used in a window.U-nameGLASS-TYPELIKEis a mandatory entry for this command.tells LOADS that the data to follow specify thecharacteristics of the glass used in a window.may be used to copy data from a previously U-namedGLASS-TYPE instruction.PANES Number of panes of glass; the code numbers arerespectively 1, 2, or 3 for single-, double-, ortriple-pane.GLASS-TYPE-CODEis a code-number that identifies the type of glass used inthe window. Two methods are available for calculatingsolar heat gain through windows. If GLASS-TYPE-CODE isspecified, the program will use precalculated transmissionand absorption coeffi cients to determine sol ar gainas a function of angle of incidence of solar radiation.Alternatively, if SHADING-COEF is entered, the ASHRAEshading coefficient technique will be used to calculatesolar gain (see below).To use GLASS-TYPE-CODE, refer to Table II I. 1. This tablegives the overall transmittance and reflectance for solarradiation at normal incidence for different values ofGLASS-TYPE-CODE and number of panes. For example, ifGLASS-TYPE-CODE ; 6 and PANES; 1, the normal transmittanceis 50 per cent and the reflectance is 6 per cent. (Thecorresponding absorptance is 100 - 56 ; 44 per cent; ofthe radiation absorbed, part is conducted into the space,and the rest is conducted back out of the window.) Notethat the transmittance given in Table III. 1 is for theentire solar spectrum, not just the visible portion.Also shown in Table IlL1 is the default value of theconductance of the window, excluding outside air film (seeGLASS-CONDUCTANCE keyword below), and the overall U-value,including outside air film, for?5 and 15 mph wind speed.GLASS-TYPE-CODEs 1 through 8 are for uncoated gl ass,whereas values of 9, 10, and 11 correspond to clear,1/4"-thick panes with a reflective coating (solar-controlfilm) on the inside of the outer pane. This film acts toreflect a large fraction of the incident radiation. (Atthe present time, there is no GLASS-TYPE-CODE forrefl ective coati ngs on heat-absorbing gl ass; in th is case,SHADING-COEF should be used).II I.8? (Revised 5/81)
To use Table IIL1 the user should first determine, frommanufacturer's 1 iterature, the transmittance and number ofpanes desired, and whether the window has a reflectivecoating. For uncoated windows, choose the GLASS-TYPE-CODEbetween 1 and 8 that gives a transmittance closest to thedes ired transmittance. For coated windows, chooseGLASS-TYPE-CODE = 9, 10, or 11.If SHADING-SCHEDULE is assigned to a window (see WINDOWcommand) the resultant solar heat gain calculated from thetransmission/ absorption coefficients will be multipl ied bythe schedule value.SHADING-COEFis specified if the ASHRAE shading coefficient method isused. This keyword value is a number between 0.0 and 1.00as specified in Chap. 26 of Ref. 5. If SHADING-COEF isentered, the program will first calculate the solar heatgain using transmission coefficients for clear, 1/8"thick, single-pane, double-strength sheet glass. Thissolar heat gain is then multipl ied by the value ofSHADING-COEF to determine the resultant sol ar heat gain.Thus, resultant solar heat gain = SHADING-COEF x (solarheat gain for standard glass).The shading coefficient depends in general not only on thetype of glass, but also on whether venetian blinds, shades,draperies, etc., are used with the window. To simulateoperable devices of this kind, the user may assign aSHADING-SCHEDULE to a window (see WINDOW command). Theresultant solar heat gain each hour will then be multiplied by the schedule value.NOTE: If SHADING-COEF is used, and PANES ~ 1, the onlyeffect of specifying the number of panes will be to changethe default value for GLASS-CONDUCTANCE.GLASS-CONDUCTANCE is used to specify the heat conductance of the totalwindO
The conductance given in glass manufacturers' data sheetsusually includes the outslde air film resistance for a windspeed of 7.5 mph (summer) or 15 mph (winter). The followingequation can be used to obtain the corresponding value ofGLASS-CONDUCTANCE:GLASS-CONDUCTANCE = (-B- - Rfilmt1,where~fi 1mfilmU is the overall conductance in Btu/ftl-hr-oF andis the outside air film resistance in (Btu/ft2-hr-OF)-1.can be obtai ned fromR film= 1/(-0.001661*V 2 + 0.302*V + 1.45),where V is the wind speed in knots. For example, let U = 0.64for a wind speed of 7.5 mph. Then V = 7.5/1.15 = 6.52 knots,andR film1/(-0.001661*42.51 + 0.302*6.52 + 1.45) = 0.30.GLASS-CONDUCTANCE = (0~64 - 0.30)-1 = 0.79.II1.89 (Revised 5/81)
TABLE IIL1TRANSMITTANCE, REFLECTANCE, DEFAULT CONDUCTANCE, AND U-VALUESFOR DIFFERENT GLASS-TYPE-CODE VALUESAND NUMBER OF PANESDefault U-Value corre-GLASS- Transmit- Reflec- Conduc- sponding to de-TYPE- tance(l) tance(2) tance(3) fault CondoCODE (per cent) (per cent) (Btu/ (Btu/hr-ft2-° F) hr-ft2-OF)SINGLE PANE1 88 72 83 73 79 7un- 4 75 7 1.02 (4)coated 5 61 6 1.47 (1.14 ) (5 )6 50 67 41 68 34 5with 9 . 50 30reflec- 10 20 45 1.47 1.02tive 11 10 50 (1.14)coating(6)DOUBLE-PANE1 75 162 71 163 68 14un- 4 64 14 0.49coated 5 53 11 0.574 (0.52)6 43 97 35 88 29 7with 9 45 31reflec- 10 19 45 0.311 0.285tive 11 9 51 (0.293)coating (6 )(See notes at end of table.)II 1. 90 (Revised 5/81)
TABLE IIL1 (cont)DefaultU-Va 1 ue corre-GLASS- Transmit- Reflec- Conduc- sponding to de-TYPE- tance(l) tance(2) tance(3) fault CondoCODE (per cent) (per cent) (Btul (Btul2 0 2 0hr-ft - F) hr-ft - F)TRIPLE PANE1 68 182 64 163 61 15un- 4 58 14 0.279coated 5 47 10 0.305 (0.288)6 39 77 32 68 26 5with 9 40 33reflec- 10 17 45 0.232 0.217tive 11 8 51 (0.222)coating (6 )(1) Transmittance at normal incidence for overall solar spectrum (not justvisible portion)(2) Reflectance at normal incidence for overall solar spectrum(3) Conductance includes inside air film, but excludes outside air film(4) Overall U-value (including outside air film) for 7.5 mph wind speed(5) Overall U-value (including outside air film) for 15 mph wind speed(6) Coating is on inside of outer pane; all panes are clear glassIII.91 (Revised 5/81)
For glass doors treated as windows, the GLASS-CONDUCTANCE ofthe particular type of glass should be multiplied by theappropriate factor from the following table.GLASS CONDUCTANCE ADJUSTMENT FACTORS FOR GLASS DOORSWood FrameMetal FrameSingleGlassG-C*0.95G-C*1.0Double or TripleGl assG-C*1.0G-C*1.10KeywordGLASS-TYP E-CODESHADING-COEFRule:Ex amp lesThe following table illustrates the keyword entrydifferences for the two calculation methods of solar heatgain through windows.MethodTransmission and AbsorptionASHRAE Shading Coefficient Characteristicsnoyes1. Either GLASS-TYPE-CODE or SHADING-COEF may be entered, but not both.1. Using GLASS-TYPE-CODEThe window is double-pane, uncoated, insulating glass with heatabsorbing outer pane. The transmittance at normal incidence is 55per cent. The conductance is 0.63.From Table 111.1, for double-pane, uncoated glass, the closesttransmittance is 53 per cent, corresponding to GLASS-TYPE-CODE=5.The input is therefore:2. Using SHADING-COEFSOUTHGLASS = GLASS-TYPEPANES = 2GLASS-TYPE-CODE = 5GLASS-CONDUCTANCE = 0.63yesnoThe window is single-pane. The shading coefficient is 0.43.Default conductance is desired.NORTHGLASS = GLASS-TYPEPANES = 1SHADING-COEF = 0.43II 1. 92 (Revised 5/81)
U-name*GLASS-TYPE or G-T(User Worksheet)InputKeyword Abbrev. User Input Desc. DefaultRange~ln. ~ax.LIKE = U-namePANES P = integer 1 1 3GLASS-TYPE-CODE G-T-C = code- ** 1 11numberSHADING-COEF S-C = fraction ** O. l.GLASS-CONDUCTANCE G-C = Btu/hr- *** O. 10.ft2_o F* Mandatory entry, if GLASS-TYPE is specified.** Either entry is mandatory. There are no default values.*** See Table 111.1 for default values.III. 93 (Revised 5/81)
14. SPACEThe SPACE instruction is used to specify all the information that isassociated with a space.U-nameSPACELIKEMULTIPLI ERmust be specified for this instruction.tells LOADS that the data to follow specify thecharacteristics of a space.may be usea to copy data from a previously U-named SPACEinstruction. This does not include walls and windowsbelonging to that SPACE.may be used to specify the total number of identicalspaces. This reduces the amount of required data entry.Using MULTIPLIER with SPACE doesn't actually create otherSPACEs. MULTIPLIER does not duplicate the input data butrather the calculated answers.The user should be aware of one subtlety of using thekeyword MULTIPLIER in this instruction. Assume the user isattempting to simulate a multistory office building as inFig. III.21.Fig. III.21.TOP-FLOOR8••MID-FLOORS•••GROUND-FLOORt:'ll: ""',,,U I c,lllJ, =,"" ill' """",-Iliill _Illj~ 111::::l111I=111I1=1~-' -:::IIIE if Ii-'ll' ""Simulating a multistory building by usingMULTIPLIER in a SPACE instruction.In an attempt to reduce the effort of specifying input data,the user chooses to use MULTIPLIER. The SPACEs namedTOP-FLOOR and GROUND-FLOOR are truly both unique. Floors 2through 8, designated MID-FLOORS, are identical enough topermit the user of MULTIPLIER. Therefore, the user specifiesII I. 94 (Revised 5/81)
TOP-FLOOR = SPACEFLOOR INTERIOR-WALLNEXT-TO = MID-FLOORSMID-FLOORS = SPACEMULTIPLIER = 7GROUND-FLOOR = SPACE~FLOOROF TOP-FLOOR~~FLOORS 2 THRU 8~CEILING = INTERIOR-WALL ~CEILING OF GROUND-FLOOR$NEXT-TO = MID-FLOORSThe program more closely simulates what is shown inFig. I 11. 22.TOP-FLOOR2 I 3 I 4 I 5 I 6 I 7 I 8GROUND-FLOOR- ",. ",~_1111=U.U,:_fi71,::'I-U.l.l=I~-~"-!.UJ~IIII=1I1' 11"1I=1~=.w.I::-J. ll'iI~Il: = :-111,1~ "TI="Fig. II1.22.Actual simulation, incorrectly showing allfloors (2 through 8) NEXT-TO both TOP-FLOORand GROUND-FLOOR.That is, floors 2 through 8 can be thought of thermally asoperating in parallel between GROUND-FLOOR and TOP-FLOORrather than in series. This mayor may not be important tothe user; only the user can decide. This may not be asserious as assuming that floors 2 through 8 are thermallyidentical, especially where internal loads are concerned.A more appropriate application of the keyword MULTIPLIER ina SPACE instruction is shown in Fig. II1.23.II 1.95 (Revised 5/81)
If---2-AUDITORIUM 3-4~--DRESS-ROOMFig. III. 23.Multiple INTERIOR-WALLS all truly NEXT-TO asingle SPACE.DRESS-ROOMs 1 and 5 are truly both unique. DRESS-ROOMs 2,3, and 4 are identical enough to permit the use ofMULTIPLIER. Therefore, the user specifiesAUDITORIUM = SPACEDRESS-ROOM2 = SPACEAUDWALL = INTERIOR-WALLNEXT-TO = AUDITORIUMMULTIPLIER = 3 H2 thru 4)$In this latter example, the DRESS-ROOMs are truly operatingthermally in parallel with AUDITORIUM. Note that if allfour vertical walls of DRESS-ROOM2 had been specified, theINTERIOR-WALL common to DRESS-ROOM 2 and 3 would beduplicated. The same is true for the INTERIOR-WALL commonto 3 and 4. This is important only if these common wallsare massive.The point of this discussion is that the user shouldunderstand and use care when specifying MULTIPLIER in aSPACE instruction where INTERIOR-WALLs are involved.When using Custom Weighting Factors for INTERIOR-WALLs,MULTIPLIER should not be used in any spaces that haveINTERIOR-WALLs in common, especially massive walls. If thisis done, the Custom Weighting Factors will not be correctand no diagnostic message will be printed. If the user isnot using Custom Weighting Factors, this is no problem.II I. 96 (Revised 5/81)
xYZAZl~IUTHAREAVOLUNEare the coordinates in the building coordinate system thatlocate the origin of the space coordinate system associatedwith this space. The walls and other boundaries will thenbe defined using the space coordinate system.is the angle (in decimal degrees) between the Y-axis of thebuilding coordinate system and the Y-axis of the spacecoordinate system.Note: X, Y, Z and AZIMUTH are more fully explained in Sec.A of this chapter.is the floor area of the space.is the space air volume, used to calculate the infiltrationrate by the air-change method.SHAPE is an alternative method for defining a space. It issimpler than using the space coordinate system. At presentthere is only one shape -- BOX. This box is defined by theHEIGHT, WIDTH, and DEPTH keywords and the faces of the boxare defined internally. The faces can then be referred to byinstructions that define their nature (i .. e. EXTERIOR-WALL).Fig. 111.6 shows how a BOX and its faces are defined withrespect to the space coordinate system.HEIGHTWIDTHDEPTHSPACE-CONDITIONSRules:is the height (Z-dimension) of the space, used whenSHAPE=BOX is specified.is the dimension of the BOX, parallel to the X-axis.is the dimension of the BOX, parallel to the Y-axis.identifies a previously U-named SPACE-CONDITIONSinstruction and associates all of the data ln It with thespace. Any or all of the keywords associated with aSPACE-CONDITION instruction may also be directly input in aSPACE instruction.1. The SPACE-CONDITIONS default values are assumed if theSPACE-CONDITIONS keyword is not given an entry.2. The U-name of a SPACE in the LOADS program must be identical to theU-name of a ZONE in the SYSTENS pro'gram.3. Only SPACE and SPACE-CONDITIONS keywords data are transferred by theLIKE keyword used in SPACE. The keyword data for EXTERIOR-WALL,WINDOW, etc. are not transferred.II 1. 97 (Revised 5/81)
Ex amp les:1. Specify a SPACE that is box-shaped (10 by 20 by 8 ft) and located 15ft east along the south wall of a building aligned in a N-S direction.SPACE-CONDITIONS are as in the example in the SPACE-CONDTIONS command.OFFICE = SPACEXYZAZIMUTHAREAVOLUMESPACE-CONDITIONS= 15.= O.= O.= O.= 200.= 1600.= RM2. The following is an alternative method for Example 1.OFFICE = SPACEXSHAPEHEIGHTWIDTHDEPTHSPACE-CONDITIONS= 15= BOX= 8.= 10.= 20.= RMII I. 98(Revised 5/81)
__ -;;--::-::=;:;--______ = SPACE or SU-name*(User Worksheet)KeywordAbbrev.User InputInputDesc.DefaultMin.RangeMax.LIKE______ U-nameMULTIPLIERxM=______ number______ feet1.O.1. 50.y=______ feetO.Z______ feetO.AZIMUTHAZ=______ degreesO.-360. 360.AREAVOLUMESHAPEAV===------ ft Zft3------______ code-word **0.00001 1. xl 05O. l.x10 6HEIGHTWIDTHHW------feet **______ feet **O.O.50.1. xl 0 4DEPTHSPACE-CONDITIONS S-CD==------feet **------ U-nameO.1. x104plus any keyword listed under the SPACE-CONDITIONS instruction* Mandatory entry.** Mandatory entry only if SHAPE=BOX feature is used. AREA and VOLUME are inthis case unused. There are no default values.NOTE:Either SHAPE, HEIGHT, WIDTH, and DEPTH or the AREA and VOLUMEkeywords must be used, but not both. -II 1.99 (Revised 5/81)
15. EXTERIOR-WALL (or ROOF)This instruction is used to specify the size, construction, and positionof an exterior surface of a space such as an exterior wall, roof, orexterior floor (such as above a breezeway or carport). EXTERIOR-WALLand ROOF are synonymous within the program. Each EXTERIOR-WALL instructionapplies to the SPACE instruction immediately preceding it anddescribes one of the exterior walls of that space.U-name may be used to identify each wall. A logical namingconvention minimizes errors of omission.EXTERIOR-WALL (or ROOF) This command word tells LOADS that the data tofollow specify an exterior wall, roof, or exterior floor.LIKECONSTRUCTIONGND-REFLECTANCESKY-FORM-FACTORGND-FORM-FACTORmay be used to copy data from a previously U-namedEXTERIOR-WALL instruction.is used to identify, by U-name, the previously enteredCONSTRUCTION instruction that defines the type ofconstruction used in this wall. It can be used also toidentify the code-word of a CONSTRUCTION in the <strong>DOE</strong>-2CONSTRUCTIONs Library.is the solar reflectance of the ground; that is, thefraction of sunlight incident on the ground that isreflected. The following table (see Ref. 5, Chap. 26)provides typical values for various surfaces.SurfaceOceanBituminous ConcreteWheat FieldDark SoilGreen FieldGrass, DryCrushed Rock SurfaceConcrete, OldConcrete, Light ColoredPaved AsphaltGND-REFLECTANCE0.050.100.070.080.12-0.250.240.200.220.320.18is the fraction of the hemisphere facing the wall that issubtended by the open sky.is the fraction of the hemisphere facing the wall that issubtended by the ground, adjacent buildings, trees, hills,etc.Note: SKY-FORM-FACTOR and GND-FORM-FACTOR are used in the diffuse radiationcalculation. If no entry is made for SKY-FORM-FACTOR and GND-FORM-FACTOR,they are calculated by the program by using the TILT angle of the walland ignoring the presence of BUILDING-SHADEs. The user should specifyhis own values for SKY-FORM-FACTOR and GND-FORM-FACTOR if he wishes toaccount for the shading of diffuse radiation from sky and ground.111.100 (Revised 5/81)
INF-COEFspecifies an infiltration flow coefficient used to computethe infiltration resulting from cracks in an exterior wallor roof. This entry is required if the crack method(INF-METHOD ; CRACK) is specified in SPACE orSPACE-CONDITIONS.For walls that use response factors to calculate heat flow and thatuse the crack method, the coefficient is used in the followingequation for determining infiltrationwherecfm ; (INF-COEF) * (Pw)0.8 * (A)cfm ;P w ;A ;infiltration airflow (cfm)pressure difference between outsideinside air (inches of water)Wall surface area (ft2)Typical values for INF-COEF are in the following table(Refs. 3 and 5, Chap. 21).andConstruction of Wall13-in. brick with plastered surface13-in. brick, furring, lath and plasterFrame wall, lath and plaster8.5-in. brick-plain16-in. shingles on shiplap wlbuilding paper16-in. shingles on shiplap16-in. shingles on 1 by 4 boards on5-in. center(0.01)(0.03)(0.09)(5.0)(0.5)(8.0)(40.0)INF-COEF0.0020.0050.0160.9150.0921.4657.324The values in parentheses are typical infiltration values incfh/ft2 for a 7.5 mph wind normal to the surface of thegiven walls (7.5 mph equals approximately .05 inches of water).For walls using the steady-state (U-value) method for heatflow calculation and the crack method, the following equationis used:cfmwhere now; (INF-COEF) * (Pw)0.5 * (L)L ; crack length (ft).Typical values for INF-COEF are in the following table (Refs.3.and 5, Chap. 21).II 1.101 (Revised 5/81)
SHADING-DIVISIONMULTIPLIERxYZHEIGHTWIDTHAZIMUTHTILTLOCATIONConstructionliS-in. crack1/4-in. crack1/2-in. crack(0.3 cfm/ft)(0.5 cfm/ft)(1.1 cfm/ft)INF-COEF1.3422.2364.919is an integer value that specifies the number of divisionsby which an exterior wall is to be segmented for theshading calculations. The larger the number, the longertime the shading computations will require, but the moreexact the result will be. Choosing the number of shadingdivisions for a specific surface requires,some judgement.If the estimated effect of the shading on the overallbuilding load is large, use more (20 to 40) divisions.Conversely, if the estimated effect of the shading on theoverall building load is small, use fewer (1-10)divisions. The minimum number of shading divisionsis one.is used to specify the total number of identical (exceptfor position) exterior wall panels located in the sameplane. This reduces the amount of data input. Itmultiplies the net area of the exterior wall (exteriorwall area minus window area minus door area). It alsomultiplies any WINDOW area and DOOR area associated withthis exterior wall panel.locate the wall in the space-coordinate system. This isdone by specifying the coordinates of the surface coordinatesystem origin associated with this wall. See alsoSec. A.5 of this chapter.is the dimension of the exterior wall parallel to the Yaxis in the surface coordinate system (see Sec. A.5 ofthis chapter).is the dimension of the exterior wall parallel to the Xaxis in the surface coordinate system (see Sec. A.5 ofthis chapter).is the azimuth of the exterior wall and the associatedsurface coordinate system (see Sec. A.5 of this chapter).is the inclination of the exterior wall from the Z axisof the space coordinate system (see Sec. A.5 of thischapter).is an alternative method for specifying the position of asurface. This is used in conjunction with the SHAPE = BOXkeyword (Sec. B.14 of this chapter). The followingcode-words replace HEIGHT, WIDTH, X, Y, Z, AZIMUTH, andTILT entries thereby reducing input quantity.111.102 (Revised 5/S1)
SOLAR-FRACTIONFRONTBACKLEFTRIGHTTOPBOTTOMThese code-words correspond to the boundaries that definethe space. These code-words all assume that the user islooking forward (in the positive direction) along the Y-axisof the space coordinate system.The following keyword may be used if the user elects to useCustom Weighting Factors:accepts as input the fraction of the solar radiation,direct, diffuse, and reflected, coming through the glazingsin the space that is absorbed by this exterior wall, exteriorfloor, or roof. Note that this is the fraction of radiationabsorbed, not the fraction that actually enters the space.For example, in a given space, the floor may receive .55 ofthe radiation, each of the walls .1, and the ceiling .05.For exterior walls containing windows, SOLAR-FRACTION appliesto the opaque part of the wall. For exterior walls containingdoors, the program automatically apportions the SOLAR-FRACTIONbetween wall and door according to their relative areas. ACAUTION message will be issued if the sum of the SOLAR-FRACTIONsfor a given space is not within 10 per cent of 1.0, and theprogram will adjust the SOLAR-FRACTIONs so that their sum is1.0. Each SOLAR-FRACTION will then be automaticallymultiplied by a factor that accounts for the amount ofincoming solar radiation that is reflected back out of thespace through the glazing.If all SOLAR-FRACTIONs for a space are allowed to default,the program will assume that 60 per cent of the incomingsolar radiation is absorbed by the floor; the remaining 40per cent will be distributed to the other surfaces (excludingwindows), according to their surface areas. Ifthere is no floor, the full 100 per cent will be distributedto the surfaces (excluding windows), according to theirsurface areas. To override this default procedure, the usercan explicitly specify SOLAR-FRACTION values for all thesurfaces or part of the surfaces. If the latter approach istaken, the program will sum the values specified and distributethe balance (up to 1.0) to the other surfaces. Thus, ifthe user specified SOLAR-FRACTION = .7 for the floor only,the program will distribute the remaining .3 to the wallsand ceiling, according to their surface areas.The distribution of absorbed solar radiation depends, ofcourse, on the space geometry and surface absorptances, aswell as on the hourly varying position of the sun relative111.103 (Revised 5/81)
Ru 1 es:Example:to the space. It also depends on the hourly varying proportionsof direct and diffuse solar radiation entering thespace.Since the user can enter only one set of SOLAR-FRACTIONs fora SPACE, the SOLAR-FRACTIONs should be chosen to represent atime-average over the intended RUN-PERIOD of the analysis,with emphasis given to those times of day and seasons of theyear when solar gain is greatest.Note: SOLAR-FRACTION is not affected by MULTIPLIER. Itapplies to the surface area after multipliCation.1. A SPACE instruction must precede any EXTERIOR-WALL or ROOFinstructions.2. An EXTERIOR-WALL or ROOF instruction must immediately precede theWINDOW and DOOR instructions that describe the windows and doors inthe wall.3. The area (HEIGHT times WIDTH) of the EXTERIOR-WALL or ROOF must beequal to or greater than the area entered for the WINDOW and DOORinstructions associated with the EXTERIOR-WALL or ROOF.4. If a code-word is not chosen from Ref. 5, a CONSTRUCTION instructionmust precede an EXTERIOR-WALL or ROOF instruction.5. When the LOCATION keyword is used, the X, Y, Z, AZIMUTH, HEIGHT, andWIDTH keywords should not be used.6. GND-FORM-FACTOR and SKY-FORM-FACTOR must be entered together or notat all. No entry results in program calculation of these values.Using AREA and VOLUME in the SPACE instruction:NWALL = EXTERIOR-WALLCONSTRUCTION= BRICKGND-REFLECTANCE = 0.3SKY-FORM-FACTOR = 0.5GND-FORM-FACTOR = 0.5INF-COEF = 0.002SHADING-DIVISION = 30MULTIPLIER = 2HEIGHT = 10.WIDTH = 30.or if using SHAPE, HEIGHT, WIDTH, and DEPTH in the SPACE instruction:II 1.104 (Revised 5/81)
NWALL = EXTERIOR-WALLCONSTRUCTIONGND-REFLECTANCESKY-FORM-FACTORGND-FORM-FACTORINF-COEFSHADING-DIVISIONMULTIPLIERLOCATION= BRICK= 0.3= 0.5= 0.5= 0.002= 30= 2= BACKIn the latter example the wall dimensions are taken from the SPACEinstruction. If the SPACE is truly box-shaped, this approach tospecifying walls will normally require fewer keyword values to beinput.II 1.105 (Revised 5/81)
~ EXTERIOR-WALL0 nameor E-W (or ROOF)(User Worksheet)InputRangeKeyword Abbrev. User Input Desc. Default Min. Max.U-nameLIKE ~CONSTRUCTION CONS U-name orCode-word*~GND-REFLECTANCE G-R fraction 0.2 O. 1.~SKY-FORM-FACTOR S-F-F fraction ** O. 1.~GND-F ORM-FACTOR G-F-F fraction ** O. 1.INF-COEF I-C number O. O. 160.~SHADING-DIVISION S-D integer 10 1 40~MULIPLIER M number 1. O. 99.~X ~Y ~Z ~ft O.ft O.ft O.HEIGHT H ~ ft * O. 2000.WIDTH W ~ ft * O. 2000.AZIMUTH AZ ~ degrees O. -360. 360.TILT degrees 90. O. 180.LOCATION LOC ~ code-word ***The following keyword may be used if the user elects to use Custom WeightingFactors.SOLAR-FRACTION S-F~fractionNote a O. 1.******aMandatory entry, if EXTERIOR-WALL is specified.Specify values for both keywords or neither keyword. Program calculatesdefaults based upon TILT of surface.Replaces the HEIGHT, WIDTH, X, Y, Z, AZIMUTH, and TILT keyword values.For default procedure, see description of the keyword SOLAR-FRACTION.II 1.106 (Revised 5/81)
16. WINDOWThis instruction is used to specify the size, position, and number ofwindows and the properties of the glass. Each WINDOW instruction applies tothe EXTERIOR-WALL instruction preceding it and describes the windows on thatexterior wall. Note: Glass doors in exterior walls should be treated aswindows, rather than doors.U-nameWINDOWLIKEGLASS-TYPECONDUCT-SCHEDULESHADING-SCHEDULESHADING-DIVISIONSKY-FORM-FACTORGND-FORM-FACTORINF-COEFMULTIPLIERXYSETBACKmay be specifiedThis command word tells LOADS that the data to followspecify a window or set of windows. 'may be used to copy data from a previously entered andU-named WINDOW instruction.identifies the U-name of the GLASS-TYPE instruction thatdescribes the glass in this window.identifies the U-name of the schedule that describes anychange in the heat conductance of the window relative to theGLASS-CONDUCTANCE. The factor in the schedule may be lessthan, equal to, or greater than 1.0. The factor is used asa multiplier against GLASS-CONDUCTANCE. This represents thechanging of conductance associated with storm windows,insulated shutters, etc.Any accessories that are addea to the window (such as astorm window) that change the conductance may also significantlychange the light transmission properties of thewindow. If so, an appropriate matching SHADING-SCHEDULEshould be used. If the CONDUCT-SCHEDULE is not input, theSChedule value will default to one for all 24 hours.accepts as input the U-name of a previously entered schedulethat defines hourly values of a multiplier on theSHADING-COEF (and the transmission and absorptance determinedby GLASS-TYPE-CODE). This represents the shadingeffect of moveable devices such as blinds, curtains, orshutters. Note that items that change light transmissionalso affect conductance. If the SHADING-SCHEDULE is notinput, the schedule value will default to one for al I 24hours.are identical to the keywords in the EXTERIOR-WALLinstruction.position the window in the surface coordinate system ofthe wall containing the window. See Sec. A.5 of thischapter, Locating Windows and Doors, for a detaileddescription.111.107 (Revised 5/81)
HEIGHTWIDTHNote:Rules:Ex amp le:is the window dimension parallel to the Y axis of thesurface coordinate system.is the window dimension parallel to the X axis of thesurface coordinate system.The WINDOW area (HEIGHT times WIDTH) is automatically removed fromthe associated wall area.1. An EXTERIOR-WALL or ROOF instruction must precede a'WINDOWinstruction.2. A GLASS-TYPE instruction must precede a WINDOW instruction.WNDO = WINDOWGLASS-TYPESHADING-SCHEDULECONDUCT-SCHEDULESHADING-DIVISIONSKY-FORM-FACTCRGND-FCRM-FACTCRINF-COEFMULTIPLIERXYSETBACKHEIGHTWIDTH= GLASS1= CURTAIN1= CURTAIN2= 4= 0.5= 0.5= 2.4= 1 (default)= 12.0= 3.0= 0.0 (default)= 4.0= 4.0II 1.108 (Revised 5/81)
U-name= WINDOW or WI (User Worksheet)InputRangeKeyword Abbrev. User In put Desc. Default Mi n. Max.LIKE = U-nameGLASS-TYPE G-T = U-nameCONDUCT-SCHEDULE C-SCH U-nameSHADING-SCHEDULE S-SCH = U-nameSHADING-DIVISION S-D = integerSK Y-FORM-FACTOR S-F-F = fract i onGND-FORM-FACTOR G-F-F = fractionINF-COEF I-C = numberMUL TIPLI ER M = numberXftY = ftSETBACK SETB = ftHEIGHT H ftWIDTH W = ft*******10 1 40.** O. 1.** O. 1.O. O. 160.1. O. 99.O.O.O. O. 10.* O. 40.* o. 1000.* Mandatory entry, if WINDOW is specified.** Program uses the value provided for the exterior wall.***The schedule values will default to one for all 24 hours.II 1.109(Revised 5{81)
17. DOORThis instruction is used to specify the size, position, and number ofdoors and their heat-transfer characteristics. Each DOOR instruction appliesto the EXTERIOR-WALL instruction preceding it and describes a door on thatexterior wall. Note: Glass doors should be treated as windows, rather thandoors.U-nameDOORLIKEHEIGHTWIDTHCONSTRUCTI ONSETBACKX and YMULTIPLI ER51< Y-FORM-FACTORGND-FORM-FACTORSHADING-DIVISIONINF-COEFmay be specified.This command word tells LOADS that the data to followspecify a door.may be used to copy data from a previously entered andU-named DOOR instruction.is the door dimension parallel to the Y axis of thesurface coordinate system.is the door dimension parallel to the X axis of thesurface coordinate system.identifies the U-name of a previously defined CONSTRUCTIONinstruction that describes the effective U-value of thisdoor.is the distance that the door is recessed into the wall,measured parallel to the Z axis of the surface coordinatesystem.position the door in the surface coordinate system of thewall containing the door (see Sec. A.5 of this chapter).X and Yare measured from the lower left-hand corner ofthe exterior wall to the lower left-hand corner of thedoor.is analogous to MULTIPLIER for INTERIOR-WALL.see the discussion of these keywords in the previoussection on the WINDOW instruction and in Sec. B.15 of thischapter.specifies an infiltration flow coefficient used to computethe infiltration through the door. See Sec. B.15 of thischapter for a discussion of this keyword. Typical valuesfor INF-COEF for a door are in the following table (Refs.3 and 5).II I.ll0 (Rev i sed 5/81)
ConstructionINF-COEFl. Door-Residential (3 ft by 7 ft)closed, with weather stripping 2.4average use without weather stripping 12.0average use with weather stripping 9.82. Door-office (3.5 ft by 7 ft)closed 3.1open 10 per cent of time 13.5open 25 per cent of time 55.0open 50 per cent of time 153.0open 10 per cent of timeand vestibule 9.33. Door-revolvingaverage use 12.04. Garage or Shipping room doorno use 6.0average use 60.0IIL1ll (Revised 5/81)
U-name= DOOR (User Worksheet)InputRan~eKeyword Abbrev. User Input Desc. Default Min. Max.----LIKE = U-nameHEIGHT H = ft * O. 40.WIDTH W = ft * o. 1000.CONSTRUCTION CONS = U-name *SETBACK SETB = ft O.X = ft o.o. 10.Y = ft O.MULTIPLIER M = number 1- O. 99.SK Y-FORM-FACTOR S-F-F = fraction ** O. 1-GND-F ORM-FACTOR G-F-F = fraction ** O. 1-SHADING-DIVISION S-D = integer 10 1 40INF-COEF I-C = number O. O. 500.*Mandatory entry if DOOR is specified.**Program uses the value provided for the exterior wall containing the door.Specify both S-F-F and G-F-F, or neither.II 1.112 (Revi sed 5/81)
18. INTERIOR-WALLThe INTERIOR-WALL instruction is used to specify the slze, construction,and adjacent space for an interior wall, ceiling, or interior floor. TheINTERIOR-WALL wi 11 be considered as a heat transfer' surface by the LOADS andSYSTEMS programs. Each INTERIOR-WALL instruction applies to the SPACE instructionpreceding it and describes one of the interior walls, ceilings, orinterior floors of that space.U-nameINTERIOR-WALLLIKEAREAHEIGHTWIDTHLOCATIONCONSTRUCTI ONmay be specified.This command word tells LOADS that the data to followspecify an interior wall, ceiling, or interior floor.may be used to copy data from a previously U-namedINTERIOR-WALL instruction.is the surface area of the interior wall, ceiling, orin ter ior floor.is the dimension of the interior wall parallel to the Y axisin the surface coordinate system (see Sec. A.5 of thischapter) •is the dimension of the interior wall parallel to the X axisin the surface coordinate system (see Sec. A.5 of thischapter) .is an alternative method for speCifying the position of asurface. This is used in conjunction with the SHAPE; BOXkeyword (Sec. B.14 of this chapter). The followingcode-words replace HEIGHT, WIDTH, and TILT entries therebyreducing input quantity.FRONTBACKLEFTRIGHTTOPBOnOMThese code-words correspond to the boundaries that definethe space.is the U-name of a previously defined CONSTRUCTION instructionthat describes the LAYERS (response factors) or theeffective U-value of this interior wall, ceiling, orinterior floor. A U-value may be used to represent thecombined conductive and convective effects of the boundarybetween two spaces. For boundaries that are free air, theeffective U-value must be approximated: U ~ 0.01578 *Volume/(Area * Time). Volume is the mean volume of the twospaces between which heat is transferred; Area is the areaII I. 113 (Revised 5/81)
NEXT-TOMULTIPLIERSOLAR-FRACTIONof the "wall" between the spaces; and Time is the mean timefor the heat transfer to occur. Any larger U-value willviolate the second law of thermodynamics, that is, takingmore heat energy from the air in the space than isavailable. For Time ~ 5 minutes and for usual geometries,U ~ 2.7. This is a maximum U-value for nonexistentpartitions or open doors.More complex boundaries such as walls with large areas ofglass and with large openings require the user to estimatethe effective U-value. However, the effective U-valuecannot exceed the value for free air as discussed above.For runs in which Custom Weighting Factors are to be created(LIBRARY-INPUT LOADS runs), the CONSTRUCTION defined by thiskeyword may be a delayed construction. In such a case, thedelayed construction may be left in the input deck for theregular INPUT LOADS run; LDL will simply substitute thecalculated U-value for the delayed construction.identifies the space that shares this interior wall,ceiling, or interior floor as a boundary with the spaceunder consideration.is used to specify the total number ofwall panels. This reduces data input.area of the INTERIOR-WALL instruction.identical interiorIt multiplies theWarning: The user should use care when specifyingMULTIPLIER in an INTERIOR-WALL instruction. All multipliedINTERIOR-WALLs will be NEXT-TO the same SPACE, whether thisis physically true or not.The following keywords may be used if the user elects to useCustom Weighting Factors:accepts as input the fraction of the solar radiation, direct,diffuse, and reflected, coming through the glazings in thespace that is absorbed by this interior wall, interior floor,or ceiling. Note that this is the fraction of radiationabsorbed, not the fraction that actually enters the space.For example, in a given space, the floor may receive .55 ofthe radiation, each of the walls .1, and the ceiling .05.A CAUTION message will be issued if the sum of theSOLAR-FRACTIONs for a given space is not within 10 per centof 1.0, and the program will adjust the SOLAR-FRACTIONs sothat their sum is 1.0. Each SOLAR-FRACTION will then beautomatically multiplied by a factor that accounts for theamount of incoming solar radiation that is reflected backout of the space through the glazing.If all SOLAR-FRACTIONs for a space are allowed to default,the program will assume that 60 per cent of the incomingII 1.114 (Revi sed 5/81)
TILTRules:solar radiation is absorbed by the floor; the remaining 40per cent will be distributed to the other surfaces (excludingwindows), according to their surface areas. Ifthere is no floor, the full 100 per cent will be distributedto the surfaces (excluding windows), according to theirsurface areas. To override this default procedure, the usercan explicitly specify SOLAR-FRACTION values for all the surfacesor part of the surfaces. If the latter approach istaken, the program will sum the values specified and distributethe balance (up to 1.0) to the other surfaces. Thus, ifthe user specified SOLAR-FRACTION = .7 for the floor only,the program will distribute the remaining :3 to the walls andceiling, according to their surface areas.The distribution of absorbed solar radiation depends, ofcourse, on the space geometry and surface absorptances, aswell as on the hourly varying position of the sun relativeto the space. It also depends on the hourly varying proportionsof direct and diffuse solar radiation entering thespace.Since the user can enter only one set of SOLAR-FRACTIONs fora SPACE, the SOLAR-FRACTIONs should be chosen to represent atime-average over the intended RUN-PERIOD of the analysis,with emphasis given to those times of day and seasons of theyear when solar gain is greatest.Note: SOLAR-FRACTION is not affected by MULTIPLIER. Itapplies to the surface area after multiplication.is the inclination of the interior wall from the Z axis ofthe space coordinate system (see Sec. A.5 of this chapter).The program uses this value to determine if this surface isan interior floor, or not. If it is, the program uses thefloor area to calculate the effects of furnishings on theCustom Weighting Factors. If the surface being described istruly a floor, the user should specify TILT = 180. If it isa ceiling, specify TILT = O.1. The associated SPACE instruction must precede any INTERIOR-WALLinstruction.2. Before an INTERIOR-WALL instruction is specified, the user mustspecify either (a) Custom Weighting Factors or (b) a CONSTRUCTIONinstruction having a U-value keyword.3. It is important not to input INTERIOR-WALLs twice. This is usuallydone by accidentaTTy specifying the same interior wall under twoadjacent SPACEs. If the user specifies the same U-name in both SPACEsfor the same INTERIOR-WALL, the program will abort with a diagnosticmessage. If, however, different U-names are specified, in the twoSPACEs for the same INTERIOR-WALL, the program will accept the dataIILll5 (Revised 5/81)
Ex amp le:with no diagnostic message.double that intended.The heat transfer area is, however, now4. LOCATION is used only when SHAPE = BOX in the SPACE instruction.LOCATION may be used whether or not Custom Weighting Factors arebeing used. When specifying LOCATION, do not specify AREA or HEIGHTand WIDTH (this information is obtained by the program from the userinput for the SPACE instruction).WDFC= INTERIOR-WALLAREACONSTRUCTI ONNEXT-TO= 120.0= FRAME= LOBBYII I. 116(Revised 5/81)
0 name= INTERIOR-WALL or I-W (User Worksheet)Inputli:angeKeyword Abbrev. User Input Desc. Default Min. Max.LIKE = U-nameAREA A = ft2 Note 1 o. 1 • x10 5HEIGHT H = ft Note 1 o. 2000.WIDTH W = ft Note 1 o. 2000.LOCATION LOC = code-word Note 1CONSTRUCTION CONS = U-name *NEXT-TO N-T = U-name *MUL TIPLIER M = number l. O. 99.The following keywords may be used if the user elects to use Custom WeightingFactors:SOLAR-FRACTI ON S-F = list of 2 Note 2 O. l.fractionsTILT = degrees 90. o. 180.(Note 3)*Mandatory entry, if INTERIOR-WALL is specified.Note 1: Either AREA, or HEIGHT and WIDTH, or LOCATION is required. (see Rule 4)Note 2:Note 3:The first fraction is for the side of the wall that is in this SPACE.The second fraction is for the opposite side of the same wall, in theNEXT-TO SPACE. For default procedure, see description of the keywordSOLAR-FRACTION.If LOCATION keyword is not used, TILTwhen using Custom Weighting Factors.may be allowed to default.should be input for all surfacesIf the walls are vertical, TILTIII. 117(Revised 5/81)
19. UNDERGROUND-WALL (or UNDERGROUND-FLOOR)This instruction is used to specify the size and construction of an undergroundwall, underground floor, or a floor on the ground (slab-on-grade). Itis essentially an INTERIOR-WALL without the NEXT-TO keyword as far as dataentry is concerned. Each UNDERGROUND-WALL or UNDERGROUND-FLOOR instructionapplies to the SPACE instruction preceding it and describes one of the undergroundwalls or underground floors of that SPACE.Specifying the U-value and the area of a floor in contact with the soilcalls for some engineering judgement. Using the actual U-value of the floorconstruction and the total area of the floor will drastically overestimate theheat loss through the floor, because the floor will tend to raise the temperatureof the surrounding soil. Depending upon whether or not Custom WeightingFactors are being used, the user should specify either an effective (lower)U-value, or an effective (lower) area.U-namemay be specified.UNDERGROUND-WALL (or UNDERGROUND-FLOOR) This command word tells LOADS thatthe data to follow specify an underground wall or undergroundfloor.LIKEAREAHEIGHTis analogous to LIKE for INTERIOR-WALL.the definition of AREA for UNDERGROUND-WALL orUNDERGROUND-FLOOR depends upon whether or not the user isusing Custom Weighting Factors.If Custom Weighting Factors are being used, AREA is definedas the total surface area of the UNDERGROUND-WALL orUNDERGROUND FLOOR. This total area will be used in thecalculation of Custom Weighting Factors; however, a valuemust be specified for U-EFFECTIVE.If Custom Weighting Factors are not being used, AREA isnormally defined as the perimeter area (i.e., the linearperimeter expressed as ft2) of the UNDERGROUND-WALL orUNDERGROUND-FLOOR. This definition may be interpreted asthe effective (lower) heat transfer area, but it may varyaccording to engineering judgement. This effective areawill be used with the numerical value specified for thekeyword U-VALUE in the CONSTRUCTION instruction tocalculate heat transfer through the UNDERGROUND-WALL orUNDERGROUND-FLOOR.is the dimension of the underground wall or undergroundfloor parallel to the Y axis in the surface coordinatesystem (see Sec. A.5 of this chapter). It is suggestedthat this keyword be used only if Custom Weighting Factorsare being used. If Custom Weighting Factors are not beingused, it is suggested that the user specify instead AREAaccording to its second definition.III .118 (Revised 5/81)
WIDTHLOCATIONCONSTRUCTIONMULTIPLIERSOLAR-FRACTIONis the dimension of the underground wall or underground floorparallel to the X axis in the surface coordinate system (seeSec. A.5 of this chapter). It is suggested that this keywordbe used only if Custom Weighting Factors are being used. IfCustom Weighting Factors are not being used, it is suggestedthat the user specify instead AREA according to its seconddefinition.is an alternative method for specifying the position of asurface. This is used in conjunction with the SHAPE = BOXkeyword (Sec. B.14 of this chapter). The following codewordsreplace HEIGHT, WIDTH, and TILT entries therebyreducing input quantity.FRONTBACKLEFTRIGHTTOPBOTTOMThese code-words correspond to the boundaries that definethe space.is the U-name of a previously defined CONSTRUCTIONinstruction that describes the LAYERS (response factors) orthe effective U-value of this UNDERGROUND-WALL orUNDERGROUND-FLOOR.For runs in which Custom Weighting Factors are to be created(LIBRARY-INPUT LOADS runs), the CONSTRUCTION defined by thiskeyword may be a delayed construction. In such a case, thedelayed construction may be left in the input deck for theregular INPUT LOADS run; LDL will simply substitute thecalculated U-value for the delayed construction.is analogous to MULIPLIER for INTERIOR-WALL.The following keywords are used if the user elects to useCustom Weighting Factors:accepts as input the fraction of the solar radiation,direct, diffuse, and reflected, coming through the glazingsin the space that is absorbed by this UNDERGROUND-WALL orUNDERGROUND-FLOOR. Note that this is the fraction ofradiation absorbed, not the fraction that actually entersthe space. For example, in a given space, the floor mayreceive .55 of the radiation, each of the walls .1, and theceiling .05. A CAUTION message will be issued if the sum ofthe SOLAR-FRACTIONs for a given space is not within 10 percent of 1.0, and the program will adjust the SOLAR-FRACTIONsso that their sum is 1.0. Each SOLAR-FRACTION will then beautomatically multiplied by a factor that accounts for theIII.119 (Revised 5/81)
amount of incoming solar radiation that is reflected backout of the space through the glazing.TILTU-EFFECTIVEIf all SOLAR-FRACTIONs for a space are allowed to default,the program will assume that 60 per cent of the incomingsolar radiation is absorbed by the floor; the remaining 40per cent will be distributed to the other surfaces (excludingwindows), according to their surface areas. Ifthere is no floor, the full 100 per cent will be distributedto the surfaces (excluding windows), according to theirsurface areas. To override this default procedure, the usercan explicitly specify SOLAR-FRACTION values for all thesurfaces or part of the surfaces. If the latter approach istaken, the program will sum the values specified and distributethe balance (up to 1.0) to the other surfaces.Thus, if the user specified SOLAR-FRACTION = .7 for thefloor only, the program will distribute the remaining .3 tothe walls and ceiling, according to their surface areas.The distribution of absorbed solar radiation depends, ofcourse, on the space geometry and surface absorptances, aswell as on the hourly varying position of the sun relativeto the space. It also depends on the hourly varying proportionsof direct and diffuse solar radiation entering thespace.Because the user can enter only one set of SOLAR-FRACTIONsfor a SPACE, the SOLAR-FRACTIONs should be chosen torepresent a time-average over the intended RUN-PERIOD of theanalysis, with emphasis given to those times of day andseasons of the year when solar gain is greatest.Note: SOLAR-FRACTION is not affected by MULTIPLIER. Itapplies to the surface area after multiplication.is the inclination of the UNDERGROUND-WALL orUNDERGROUND-FLOOR from the Z axis of the space coordinatesystem (see Sec. A.5 of this chapter). The program usesthis value to determine if this surface is anUNDERGROUND-FLOOR, or not. If it is, the program uses theUNDERGROUND-FLOOR area to calculate the effects of furnishingson the Custom Weighting Factors. If the surfacebeing described is truly an UNDERGROUND-FLOOR, the usershould specify TILT = 180.is the effective coefficient of heat transfer of anUNDERGROUND-WALL or UNDERGROUND-FLOOR. This keyword isappropriate only when Custom Weighting Factors are used.U-EFFECTIVE, which is a lower U-value than normal, attemptsto account for the effect of soil on the outside of theUNDERGROUND-WALL or below the UNDERGROUND-FLOOR. Theselection of a value for U-EFFECTIVE requires goodengineering judgement. More information can be found onII 1.120 (Revised 5/81)
Rules:Example:this subject in Ref. 1- (1977 ASHRAE Handbook of Fundamentals,Chap. 24, pp. 24.3 through 24.5 and in Sec. C of thisChapter).1. The associated SPACE instruction must precede an UNDERGROUND-WALL orUNDERGROUND-FLOOR instruction.2. Before an UNDERGROUND-WALL or UNDERGROUND-FLOOR instruction isspecified, the user must specify either (a) Custom Weighting Factors,or (b) a CONSTRUCTION instruction having a U-VALUE keyword.3. LOCATION is used only when SHAPE = BOX in the SPACE instruction.LOCATION may be used whether or not Custom Weighting Factors arebeing used. When specifying LOCATION, do not specify AREA or HEIGHTand WIDTH (this information is obtained by the program from the userinput for the SPACE instruction).WBASEMENT= UNDERGROUND-WALLAREA = 120.0CONSTRUCTION = BLOCKMULTIPLIER = 4111.121 (Revised 5/81)
__-;-;--:-:--,-,-____ = UNDERGROUND-WALL or U-WU-name(User Worksheet)(UNDERGROUND-FLOOR or U-F)InputRangeKeyword Abbrev. User Input Desc. Default Mln. Max.LIKE = U-nameAREA A = ft2 Note 1 O. 1. x1D 5HEIGHT H = ft Note 1 O. 2000.WIDTH W = ft Note 1 O. 2000.LOCATION LOC = code-word Note 1CONSTRUCTION CONS = U-name *MULTIPLIER M = number l. O. 99.The following keywords may be used if the user elects to use Custom WeightingFactors:SOLAR-FRACTION S-F fraction Note 2 O. l.TILT = degrees 90. O. 180.(Note 3)U-EFFECTIVE U-EFF Btul 2 0(Note 4) O. 20.0hr-ft - F*Mandatory entry, if UNDERGROUND-WALL or UNDERGROUND-FLOOR is specified.Note 1: Either AREA, or HEIGHT and WIDTH, or LOCATION is required. (see Rule 3)Note 2:Note 3:Note 4:For default procedure, see the description of the keyword SOLAR-FRACTION.If LOCATION keyword is not used, TILTwhen uSing Custom Weighting Factors.may be allowed to defau 1 t.should be input for all surfacesIf the walls are vertical, TILTThis is a mandatory keyword if Custom Weighting Factors are beingspecified; otherwise, it is not allowed.III.122 (Revised 5/81)
20. LOADS-REPORTThis instruction defines the type of standard report format that will beoutput. The VERIFICATION reports display the physical structure of thebuilding that the user has specified in his input and the SUMMARYreports display the calculated loads.The time period(s) covered in the LOADS-REPORTs are the RUN-PERIODinterval(s), see RUN-PERIOD instruction.Format:LOADS-REPORTVERIFICATIONSUMMARY= (code-word list)= (code-word list)The code-words for the different VERIFICATION reports are given in thefollowing table. These reports are used to verify the data entered bythe user.Code-wordLV-ALV-BLV-CLV-DLV-ELV-FLV-GLV-HLV-ILV-JLV-KVERIFICATIONGeneral Project and Building InputSummary of Spaces Occurring in the ProjectDetails of SpaceDetails of Exterior Surfaces Occurring in the ProjectDetails of Underground Surfaces Occurring in the ProjectDetails of Interior Surfaces Occurring in the ProjectDetails of Schedules Occurring in the ProjectDetails of Windows Occurring in the ProjectDetails of Constructions Occurring in the ProjectDetails of Building Shades Occurring in the ProjectWeighting Factor SummaryIf all the VERIFICATION reports are desired, the user should enter thecode-word ALL-VERIFICATION.Examples of the VERIFICATION reports may be seen in Chap. VII.The code-words for different SUMMARY reports are given in the followingtable. These reports summarize the results of the simulation.Code-WordLS-ALS-BSUMMARYSpace Peak Loads Summary prints the peak heating andcooling loads for each SPACE and for the entire building;the day and hour at which each peak occurs, and. thecorresponding outdoor dry-bulb and wet-bulb temperatures.Space Peak Load Components provides a breakdown by"component" of the peak heating and cooling load for eachSPACE. The components are: walls, roofs, glassII 1.123 (Revised 5/81)
Examp le:LS-CLS-DLS-ELS-Fconduction, glass solar, interior surfaces, undergroundsurfaces, occupants-to-space, light-to-space,equipment-to-space, source-to-space, infiltration,total load, and total load/area.Building Peak Load Components provides a breakdownof the heating and cooling load components for theentire building. These components are as describedfor report LS-B above.Building Monthly Loads Summary provides peak andtotal monthly summaries of heating and cooling loads,the time the peak occurs, and the outside drY-bulband wet-bulb temperatures. Annual total heating andcooling loads are displayed. Also provided are peakand total monthly summaries of the electrical loadsplus an annual total. This is the default report.Space Monthly Load Components provides a breakdown ofthe cumulative heating loads, sensible cooling loads,and latent cooling loads (for each SPACE) on amonthly basis, according to the source of the load.The components are walls, roofs, interior surfaces,underground surfaces, infiltration, glass conductance,glass· solar, occupants-to-space, light-tospace,equipment-to-space, source-to-space, andtot a 1 .Building Monthly Load Components provides a breakdownof the cumulative heating loads, sensible coolingloads, and latent cool ing loads (for the entirebuilding) on a monthly basis, according to the sourceof the load. Loads for UNCONDITIONED SPACEs are notincluded. The components are as described for reportLS-E.If all the SUMMARY reports are desired, the user should enter thecode-word ALL-SUMMARY.Examples of the SUMMARY reports may be seen in Chap. VII.To get detailed data on schedules and windows plus a summary of loadsfor each space and a building monthly loads summary, enter the following.LOADS-REPORTVERIFICATION = (LV-G, LV-H)SUMMARY = (LS-D)II 1.124 (Revised 5/81)
LOADS-REPORT or L-R(User Worksheet)InputRangeKeyword Abbrev. User Input Desc. Defau 1t Min. Max.VERIFICATION V = list ofcode-wordsSUMMARY S = 1 i st of LS-Dcode-wordsIII.125 (Revised 5/81)
NOTE:The user should now seriously consider making parametric runs to minimizethe consumption of energy by the building. Most of the cost of simulating theLOADS of the building has already been endured. For a slight additional expenditure,it is possible to make substantial reductions in energy consumptionand costs. By using the parametric commands, PARAMETRIC-INPUT and PARAMETER,it is possible to vary user-selected building parameters in a simplified costeffectivemanner. Exactly what LOADS parameters should be changed, and towhat extent they should be changed, is beyond the scope of this manual. Bearin mind that merely simulating a building with <strong>DOE</strong>-2 does not necessarilyreduce energy consumption. Only the proper use of this tool will reduceenergy consumption.See Chap. II (BDL) for more information on PARAMETRIC-INPUT and PARAMETER.III.126 (Revised 5/81)
21. HOURLY-REPORT.The HOURLY-REPORT instruction directs the program to print the hourlyvalues of all variables specified in one or more REPORT-BLOCK instructions.Examples of the HOURLY-REPORTs may be seen in Chap. VII.HOURLY-REPORTThis command tells the program that the data to followspecify hourly output reports on the simulation data.REPORT-SCHEDULE is the U-name of a previously specified schedule whichwill be used here for report generation~purposes.REPORT-BLOCKOPTIONAXIS-ASSIGNAXIS-TITLESAXIS-MAXInput for this keyword is a code-word list of U-names thathave been specified under one or more (maximum of 64)REPORT-BLOCK instructions. Note that REPORT-BLOCK is botha keyword (here) and a command (next topic.)Input for this keyword is the code-word which specifiesthe format to be used in presenting the HOURLY-REPORTdata. The code-word PRINT, which is the default value,produces output report(s) with numerical data displayed intabular form. The code-word PLOT produces graphic plot(s)of the same data. It is possible to plot up to 12variables on 1 or 2 horizontal axes (abscissas). Thevariables can be taken from one or more REPORT-BLOCKinstructions.If PLOT is chosen, it is necessary to also specify thefollowing keywords.is a list of up to 12 integers (lor 2), which representaxes numbers. One integer (axis number) should appear inthe list for each VARIABLE-LIST value in the REPORT-BLOCKcommand. This assigns each variable to be plotted to aspeclflc axis. The ordering of the axis numbers in thiskeyword list should match the ordering of the variables inthe VARIABLE-LIST instruction.is a list of up to two literal values that will appear onone or two horizontal axes (abscissas), one literal valueper axis. The first title is assigned to axis 1; thesecond title is assigned to axis 2. The month, day, andhour automatically appear on the vertical (ordinate)axis. Remember that the literal values must be separatedby a comma and each literal must be enclosed in asterisks(*' s).is a list of up to 2 values (one per axis) that specifythe maximum value on the horizontal (abscissa) axis. Thevalues are entered in the same order as the axes arenumbered. Care should be exercised in choosing thesevalues because it is possible to specify values below theIII.127 (Revised 5/81)
data to be plotted, resulting in a blank plot. This alsoresults in all data points appearing at the AXIS-MAX.AXIS-MINDIVIDEis a list of up to 2 values (one per axis) that specifythe minimum value on the horizontal (abscissa) axis. Thevalues are entered in the same order as the axes arenumbered. Care should be exercised in choosing thesevalues because it is possible to specify values above thedata to be plotted, resulting in a blank plot. This alsoresults in all data points appearing at the AXIS-MIN.is a list of values (one per variable in the VARIABLE-LISTinstruction) which scale the plot either up or down topresent the most readable plot. The variable values aredivided by these values.Example:AXIS-MAXAXIS-MINDIVIDEThe following keyword assignments,= 100= 0= 1000000would cause the value 5,000,000 to be plotted as 5 (1/20of the distance from 0 to 100). It is the user'sresponsibility to assign the proper AXIS-TITLES to matchthe DIVIDE value (i.e., GBTU).NOTE:The total number of VARIABLE-LIST variables in all REPORT-BLOCKinstructions must not exceed 60 in any sinVle HOURLY-REPORT.Also note that even if DAYLIGHT-SAVTNbS = ES, summer hours willnot reflect daylight saving time. Therefore, there will then bean hour difference between times in LOADS summary reports andhourly reports.For more information on HOURLY-REPORT see Chap. II.111.128 (Revised 5/81)
* Mandatory entry, if HOURLY-REPORT is specified.** If REPORT-SCHEDULE is not specified, the schedule values will default tozero and no HOURLY-REPORT(s) will be produced.111.129 (Revised 5/81)
22. REPORT-BLOCKThe REPORT-BLOCK instruction is used to specify a group of variables foran hourly output report.REPORT-BLOCKVARIABLE-TYPEVARIABLE-LISTThis command tells the program that the data to followspecify the variables to be included in an HOURLY-REPORT.Input for this keyword is a code-word or aU-name,depending upon which VARIABLE-TYPE is chosen. Allvariables are classified by VARIABLE-TYPE and appear inthe following tables.is a list of code-numbers which designate whichvariables are to be included in the HOURLY-REPORT.tables of VARIABLE-TYPE.)For more information on REPORT-BLOCK see Chap. II.(SeeNote:After the input of all preceding data the following instructions areappropriate:ENDCOMPUTE LOADS111.130 (Revised 5/81)
___...,,-,:-:-:=:;:,----____ :U-name*REPORT-BLOCK or R-B(User Worksheet)InputRangeKeyword Abbrev. User Input Desc. Default Min. Max.LIKE : U-nameVARIABLE-TYPE V-T : code-wordor U-nameVARIABLE-LIST V-L : 1 i s t ofcode-numbers*Mandatory entry, if REPORT-BLOCK is specified.I I 1.131 (Revised 5{81)
VARIABLELISTNumberVariablein FORTRANCodeVARIABLE-TYPE = GLOBALDescription1 CLRNES2 TGNDR3 WBT4 DBT5 PATM6 CLDAMT7 I SNOW8 IRAIN9 IWNDDR10 HUMRAT11 DENSTY12 ENTHAL13 SOLRAD14 DIRSOL15 ICLDTY16 WNDSPD17 IRFCP18 DPT19 WNDDRR20 CLDCOV21 RDNCC22 BSCC23 S< YA24 DBTR25 ISUNUP26 GUNDOGClearness numberGround temperature (Rankine)Wet-bulb temperature (OF)Dry-bulb temperature (OF)Atmospheric pressure (in. Hg)Cloud amount, 0 to 10Snow flag (unused)Rain flag (unused)Wind direction (0-15) (see table, Sec. B.3 of this chapter)Humidity ratio (lb H 20/lb air)Density of air (lb/ft 3 )Specific enthalpy of air (Btu/lb)Total horizontal solar radiation from the weather file(Btu/hr-ft 2 )Total direct normal solar radiation from the weather file(Btu/hr-ft 2 )Cloud type (0, 1, or 2) (see table, Sec. B.3 of thischapter)Wind speed (knots)UnusedDew-point temperature (OF)Wind direction in radians (clockwise from North)Cloud cover multiplier (fraction of sky covered by cloud)(0 to 1)Clear day direct normal solar radiation timesCLDCOV(Btu/hr-ft 2 )Clear day diffuse solar radiation on a horizontal surfacetimes CLDCOV (Btu/hr-ft 2 )Heat lost by horizontal surface to sky (Btu/hr-ft 2 jDry-bulb temperature (Rankine)Sun-up flag (= 1 if sun is up; = 0 if down)Hour angle of sunrise for the day (radians)III.132 (Revised 5/81)
VARIABLE-TYPE = GLOBAL(cont)VARIABLELISTNumber272829303132333435363738394041424344454647Variablein FORTRANCodeHORANGTDECLNEQTIMESOLCONATMEXTSK YDFFRAYCOS(l)RAYCOS(2)RAYCOS(3)RONBSUNIYRIMON!DAYIHRIDOYIDOWISCHRISCDAYIDSTFPTWVDescriptionCurrent hour angle (radians)Tangent of solar declination angleValue of the solar equation of time (hr)Direct normal extraterrestrial solar radiation(Btu/hr-ft 2 )AtmospheriC extinction coefficientSky diffusivity factorSolar direction cosineSolar direction cosineSolar direction cosineDirect normal solar radiation intensity on a clearday (Btu/hr-ft 2 )Diffuse solar intensity on a horizontal surface on aclear day (Btu/hr-ft 2 )YearMonthDayHour (local time; including Daylight Saving Time,if appropriate)Day of year (1-365)Day of week (1-7)Schedule hour (DST corrected, IHR + IDSTF)Schedule day (Day of week; 1 = Sunday, 2 = Monday, •.. ,8 = Holiday)Daylight saving time flag (1 if daylight saving is ineffect, 0 if not)Pressure caused by wind velocity (inches of water)III. 133 (Revised 5/81)
VARIABLE-TYPE = BUILDINGFor each hour, entries are summed for all spaces with a heating load thathour and appear in BLDDTH (1-18), VARIABLE-LIST numbers 1-18; similarly,entries are summed for all zones with a cooling load and appear in BLDDTC(1-18), VARIABLE-LIST numbers 19-36. For example, if a building has threespaces, 51, 52, and 53, and for a given hour, 51 and 52 each have a netheating load, and 53 has a net cooling load, then: (1) the sensibleheating load for 51 and 52 appears in VARIABLE-LIST number 1, the latentheating load appears in VARIABLE-LIST number 2, etc.; (2) the sensiblecooling load for 53 appears in VARIABLE-LIST number 19, the latent coolingload for 53 appears in VARIABLE-LIST number 20, etc. All values forVARIABLE-LIST = 1 through 36 are weighted values. All loads are in Btus.VARIABLE- VariableLIST inFeR TRANNumber Code1 BLDDTH(l)2 BLDDTH(2)3 BLDDTH (3)4 BLDDTH (4)5 BLDDTH(5)6 BLDDTH (6)7 BLDDTH (7)8 BLDDTH(8)9 BLDDTH (9)10 BLDDTH(10)11 BLDDTH( 11)12 BLDDTH (12)13 BLDDTH( 13)14 BLDDTH (14)15 BLDDTH(15)16 BLDDTH (16)17 BLDDTH(17)18 BLDDTH(18)19 BLDDTC(1 )20 BLDDTC(2)21 BLDDTC (3)22 BLDDTC( 4)DescriptionBuilding heating load (sensible)Building heating load (latent)Building wall heating loadBuilding roof heating loadBuilding heating load from window conductionBuilding heating load from solar radiation throughwindowsBuilding sensible heating load from infiltrationBuilding heating load from interior wallsBuilding heating load from conduction throughunderground walls and floorsBuilding lighting heating loadBuilding heating load from doorsBuilding equipment (electrical) heating load (sensible)Building source heating load (sensible)Building people heating load (sensible)Building people heating load (latent)Building equipment (electrical) heating load (latent)Building source heating load (latent)Building infiltration heating load (latent)Building cooling load (sensible)Building cooling load (latent)Building wall cooling loadBuilding roof cooling loadIIL134 (Revised 5/81)
VARIABLELISTNumberVariablein FCRTRANCodeVARIABLE-TYPE = BUILDING (cont)Description23 BLDDTC(5) Building cooling load from window conduction24 BLDDTC(6) Building cooling load from solar radiation throughwindows252627282930313233343536373839404142434445BLDDTC( 7)BLDDTC(8)BLDDTC(9)BLDDTC(10)BLDDTC(ll)BLDDTC(12)BLDDTC(13)BLDDTC(14 )BL DDTC (15)BLDDTC( 16)BLDDTC(l7)BLDDTC(18)QBELECQBGASQBHWQBEQELQBLTELQBELRQBGASRQBHWRQBELVBuilding cooling sensible infiltration loadBuilding cooling load from conduction through interiorwall sBuilding cooling load from conduction through undergroundwalls and floorsBuilding lighting cooling loadBuilding cooling load from doorsBuilding equipment (electrical) cooling load (sensible)Building source cooling load (sensible)Building people cooling load (sensible)Building people cooling load (latent)Building equipment (electrical) load cooling (latent)Building source cooling load (latent)Building infiltration cooling load (latent)Building electric totalBuilding gas totalBuilding hot water totalBuilding equipment electric totalBuilding light electric totalBuilding electric from BUILDING-RESOURCE commandBuilding gas from BUILDING-RESOURCE commandBuilding hot water from BUILDING-RESOURCE commandBuilding elevator (included in No. 37, but not in No. 40)II 1.135 (Revised 5/81)
VARIABLE-TYPE = U-name of SPACEAll space loads are in Btu/hr, including electric.The walls below are exterior surfaces with tilt greater than or equal to45°; roofs are exterior surfaces with tilt less than 45°.VARIABLELISTNumber123456789101112131415161718192021222324252627Variablein FeRTRANCodeQWALQQCELQQWINCQWALDQCELDQINTWQUGFQUGWQDOeRQEQPSQEQPS2QPPSQTSKLQSOLQPLENUMQWALDQCELQQWINCQWALDQCELDQINTWQUGFQUGWQDOORQEQPSQEQPS2QPPSDescriptionQuick wall load, unweightedQuick roof load, unweightedWindow conduction load, unweightedDelayed wall load, unweightedDelayed roof load, unweightedInterior wall load, unweightedUnderground floor load, unweightedUnderground wall load, unweightedDoor load, unweightedEquipment load, sensible, unweightedSource load, sensible, unweightedPeople load, sensible, unweightedTask light load, unweightedSolar load, unweightedPlenum load, unweightedQuick wall load, weightedQuick roof load, weightedWindow conduction load, weightedDelayed wall load, weightedDelayed roof load, weightedInterior wall load, weightedUnderground floor load, weightedUnderground wall load, weightedDoor load, weightedEquipment load, sensible, weightedSource load, sensible, weightedPeople load, sensible, weightedI I1.136 (Revi sed 5/81)
VARIABLE-LI STNumberVARIABLE-TYPE = U-name of SPACE (cont)VariableinFeR TRANCodeDescription28 QPPL29 QEQPL30 QEQPL231 QI NFL32 QTSKL33 QSOL34 QP LENUM35 QLITE36 QLITEW37 QINFS38 QELECT39 CFMINF40 QSUMW41 ZCOND42 QZS43 QZL44 QZTOT45 QZLTEL46 QZEQEL47 QZGAS48 QZHWPeople load, latent, unweightedEquipment load, latent, unweightedSource load, latent, unweightedInfiltration load, latent, unweightedTask lighting load, weightedSolar load, weightedPlenum load, weightedLight load, unweightedLight load, weightedInfiltration load, sensible, unweightedElectric load for spaceInfiltration (ft 3 /minute)Sum of all weighted loads except infiltration and latentSpace conductance (Btu/hr-OF)Space sensible loadSpace latent loadSpace total loadSpace electric from lightsSpace electric from equipmentSpace gasSpace hot waterIII. 137 (Revised 5/81)
VARIABLE-LISTNumber12345678910111213141516171819Variablein FORTRANCodeSOLIXGOLGEFILMUPCOQTCFMC2 )C3 )SUMXDT )SUMYDT >DT )XSXCMP )XSQCMPETABGRDIRRDIFRTOTVARIABLE-TYPE = U-name of EXTERIOR-WALLDescriptionSolar radiation on wall after shading (Btu/hr)Fraction of the wall that is shadedOutside air film U-value (Btu/hr-ft2_oF)Pressure difference across wall cause9 by wind velocityand stack effect (psig)Heat transfer from the wall to the zone. (Btu/hr)Outside surface temperature for delayed walls (Rankine)Crack method air flow for wall (cfm)Used in response factordetermination of Q and Tfor delayed wallsCosine of the angle between the direction of thesun and the surface outward normalSolar radiation on the wall reflected from ground(Btu/hr_ft 2 )Intensity of direct solar radiation on the surface,shading neglected (Btu/hr-ft 2 )Intensity of diffuse solar radiation on the surface(Btu/hr-ft 2 )Total solar radiation on the surface, shadingneglected (Btu/hr-ft 2 )II 1.138 (Revised 5/81)
VARIABLE-LISTNumber12345678Variablein FORTRANCodeDescriptionUWWindow U-value (includes inside and outside filmcoefficients) (Btu/hr-ft2_0F)TDIRADIROTDIFADIFOADIRIADIFIFIVARIABLE-TYPEU-name of WINDOWDirect radiation transmission coefficientDirect radiation absorption coefficient (exterior pane)Diffuse radiation transmission coefficientDiffuse radiation absorption coefficient (exterior pane)Direct radiation absorption coefficient [interior pane(s)]Diffuse radiation absorption coefficient [interior pane(s)]Inward flowing fraction of heat from solar radiationabsorbed by inner pane(s)9101112131415161718FOAGOLGEQDIRQDIFQTRANSQABSGSHACOQCONCFMWInward flowing fraction of heat from solar radiationabsorbed by outer paneFraction of window area that is shadedDirect solar radiation incident on unshaded par~ ofwindow, divided by total window area (Btu/hr-ft )Diffuse solar radiation incident on window divided bytotal window area (Btu/hr-ft2)Solar energy transmitted through glass divided by totalwindow area, before multiplication by shadingcoefficient (Btu/hr-ft2)Solar energy absorbed by glass and conducted into thespace divided by window area, before multiplication byshading coefficient (Btu/hr-ft2)Heat gain through window by solar radiation(QTRANS)*(window area)*(shading coefficient) (Btu/hr)Shading coefficientHeat through window by conduction (Btu/hr)QCON = UW * (window area) * (outside DBT - zone temp.)+ QABS * (window area)Crack method infiltration air flow through window(Btu/hr)111.139 (Revised 5/81)
VARIABLE-TYPE; U-name of DOORVARIABLE- VariableLIST in FCRTRANNumber Code Description1 FILMU Outside film U-value (Btu/hr-ft 2 -OF)2 Shadow ratio (fraction shaded)3 SOLI Solar energy (Btu/hr-ft 2 )(after shading)4 T Outside surface temperature (OR)5 Q Heat flow through DOOR (Btu/hr-ft 2 )6 CFMINF Crack method infiltration·air flow (Btu/hr)111.140 (Revised 5/81)
C. ALTERNATIVE LOAD CALCULATION METHODS1. Load Calculation MethodsThe purpose of the following discussion is to give the user enough of the<strong>DOE</strong>-2 load calculation theory to permit decision making. At the conclusion ofthis section the user will be asked to make a decision on which of twoavailable load calculation methods he wishes to use. It is not necessary forthe user to understand the theory in detail, only enough to make the decision.In Heating, Ventilating and Air Conditioning (HVAC) calculations, fourdistinct heat flows, each varying with time, take place. These heat flows are:1. Space Instantaneous Heat Gain (or Space Instantaneous Heat Loss)2. Space Cooling Load (or Space Heating Load)3. Space Heat Extraction Rate (or Space Heat Addition Rate)4. Cooling Coil Load (or Heating Coil Load).The following discussion speaks in terms of "heat gain and the associatednecessary cooling" but the same discussion could be made for the reversesituation, that is, "heat loss and the associated necessary heating."Space Instantaneous Heat Gain is the rate at which heat enters or is generatedwithin a space at a given instant. The space instantaneous heat gainresults from: (1) solar radiation through transparent surfaces; (2) heat conductionthrough exterior walls and roofs; (3) heat conduction through interiorpartitions, ceilings, and floors; (4) heat generated within the space byoccupants, lights, and appliances; (5) energy transfer as a result of enteringoutside air; or (6) miscellaneous heat gains. Space instantaneous heat gaincalculations may be done based on either transient (dynamic) or steady-stateformulas, depending on the form of the space instantaneous heat gain. Forexample, transient formulas may be used in the calculation of the heatconduction through an exterior wall. Using transient calculations makes itpossible to account for the storage of energy that is due to the thermal massbetween the high and low temperature sides of the energy transmitting media.Space Cooling Load is the rate at which heat must be removed from thespace to maintain space air temperature at a constant value. It should benoted that the summation of all space instantaneous heat gains, at any giventime, does not necessarily equal the cooling load for the space at that sametime. For example, the space instantaneous heat gain by solar radiation isfirst partially absorbed by the surfaces (walls, floor, and ceiling) and thecontents (furniture) of the space. Therefore, it does not affect the spaceair until these surfaces and contents become warmer than the space air; whenthis happens, some of the heat will be transferred to the space air byconvection.Space Heat Extraction Rate is the rate at which heat is removed from theconditioned space. It equals the space cooling load only when space airtemperature is kept constant, which rarely occurs. Usually, the controlsystem, in conjunction with intermittent operation of the HVAC equipment, willcause a "swing" in the space air temperature.II I.141 (Revised 5/81)
Cooling Coil Load is the rate at which energy is removed at the coolingcoil, WhlCh serves one or more conditioned spaces in any central HVAC system.This load is equal to the instantaneous sum of the space cooling loads (orspace heat extraction rates if the space temperature is assumed to "swing")for all spaces served by the system, plus any additional load imposed on thesystem external to the conditioned spaces. Such additional load componentsinclude heat gain into the HVAC distribution system in the ducting and pipingbetween the individual spaces and the HVAC equipment, and outdoor hot andmoist air introduced into the HVAC distribution system through the HVACequipment. The following figure shows the heat transfer modes that take placeamong the space instantaneous heat gain, space cooling load, and space heatextraction rate.-InstantaneousSpaceConvection Space Space HeatCooling r-:- Extraction t-Heat Gain Load I Rate1Radiation 1Conl/ection 11Furnishinos, (with limo dolay) 1I., Structure, 1r- 1H.at Storo08 11, 1I 1IL Air Temperatur. Swing JI-----------------Fig. 111.24.Heat transfer modes in a building.The calculation of space instantaneous heat gains, space cooling loads,and space heat extraction rates can be accomplished by a number of methods.The most accurate technique involves a simultaneous solution of a set ofenergy balance equations for all the space surfaces and the space air(Ref. 1). It is called the "thermal balance method." The three space energyflows noted above, as well as the space air temperature, are calculated in onestep at each time of interest (usually hourly). However, because of thesimultaneous solution of the energy balance equations, this method requiresconsiderable computer time.In the "weighting factor method" the space energy flows and space airtemperature are determined by a multistep calculation that eliminates the needfor the simultaneous solution of a set of equations (Ref. 1). In the firststep, the space instantaneous heat gains are calculated, for the same point intime, assuming that the space air temperature is held fixed at some referencevalue. These instantaneous heat gains must then be combined to yield a spacecooling load. As noted previously, this combining procedure is not a simpleaddition because space instantaneous heat gains from different sources undergodifferent time delays before appearing as space cooling loads. These timedelays are taken into account with the room weighting factors for the space,one set for each type of heat gain considered in the calculation. The coolingload for the space weighting factors are transfer functions relating the spacecooling loads to the instantaneous space heat gains. The final step in thismethod is the calculation of the space heat extraction rate and the space airII 1.142 (Revised 5/81)
temperature. It should be noted that deviation of the space air temperaturefrom the reference temperature, or design set-point, causes the actual rate ofheat extraction from the space to be different from the calculated spacecooling load. Thus, the calculation of the actual space air temperature andspace heat extraction rate is very important. A set of room air weightingfactors for the space, along with information about the performance characteristicsof the thermostat temperature-control and HVAC systems, are used forthis calculation. Whereas the previous steps in the weighting factor methodare carried out in the LOADS portion of the <strong>DOE</strong>-2 program, this final step isdone in SYSTEMS, where the information on the control and HVAC systems isavailable.Decision on <strong>DOE</strong>-2 Weighting Factor Method:Depending on the type of building and the application, the user mustchoose one of the two weighting factor methods available in <strong>DOE</strong>-<strong>2.1</strong>. Precalculated Weighting Factor method:<strong>DOE</strong>-2 has available sets of ASHRAE precalculated weighting factorsfor typical constructions (Ref. 1). The only parameter that variesis the combined weight of floors, walls, and furniture, that is, theeffective thermal mass of the space. The user can select the weightingfactors that best describe his structure from the precalculatedset. To use this option it is only necessary to use the INPUT LOADScommand and the appropriate value for the FLOOR-WEIGHT keyword (seeSec. B.9 of this chapter).2. Custom Weighting Factor* method:In <strong>DOE</strong>-2 it is possible for the user to specify weighting factorsthat are customized, or tailored, to the building (or to specificspaces within the building) under investigation. To input thenecessary data to calculate these weighting factors, either (1)specify FLOOR-WEIGHT = 0 in the SPACE or SPACE-CONDITIONS instruction,or (2) refer to the LIBRARY-INPUT LOADS instruction discussedbelow.The user may specify both types of weighting factors in one simulationrun; that is, some spaces may use Precalculated Weighting Factors and otherspaces may use Custom Weighting Factors.To aid the user in deciding which of the above methods to use for HVACcalculations, the following can be stated. The Precalculated weifhting Factormethod (1) requires the least computer time and produces tne leas accurate results. The Custom Weighting Factor method (2) is more accurate than the PrecalculatedWeightlng Factor method, but requires more user-input effort and* The general theoretical basis for the Custom Weighting Factor calculationswas developed by CCB/Cumali Associates (Refs. 6 and 7). The algorithms andtheir supporting analytical basis were developed by the Los Alamos NationalLaboratory (Ref. 8).111.143 (Revised 5/81)
slightly more computer time. In the following cases use of the CustomWeighting Factors is suggested:Notes:• Buildings with thermostat set-back and/or set-up• All passive solar buildings (only direct-gain systems can currentlybe modeled)• Masonry buildings• Heavy construction buildings• Any building in which it is necessary to define the distribution ofthe solar radiation within the building• Buildings located in sunny locations with large amounts of solarenergy entering the spaces.1. When using Custom Weighting Factors, specify all EXTERIOR-WALLs,INTERIOR-WALLs, and UNDERGROUND-FLOORs with "delayed-" or dynamic-typeconstructions. If a surface is of the "quick-" or steady-state-typeconstruction, its thermal mass will not be accounted for in the CustomWeighting Factors (CWF) calculation.---Because the response-factorcalculation for delayed surfaces is expensive, users are advised to uselibrary walls as much as possible, that is, specify wall LAYERS from the<strong>DOE</strong>-2 Library (BDLLIB).2. Input all of the bounding surfaces of a space. This includes interiorwalls, floors, and ceilings across which there is negligible heattransfer. Such surfaces contribute to the radiation balance that isperformed in calculating the CWFs. Also, interior surfaces, particularlyfloors, often contribute substantially to the space thermal mass:3. Use the full area of underground walls and floors, not just the perimeterarea (that is, an area equal in length to the perimeter and one footwide). This is especially important for slab-on-grade structures wheremost of the thermal mass could well be in the slab. To avoidunrealistically high heat transfer to the ground when the full slab areais used, the keyword U-EFFECTIVE in the UNDERGROUND-FLOOR instructionshould. be used. It works as follows: if the UNDERGROUND-FLOOR isdescribed as delayed (as it should be for CWFs) and if U-EFFECTIVEisinput, then the response factors for this surface will be used in the CWFcalculation, but the heat transfer (Q) in LOADS will be calculated aswhereQ = (U-EFFECTIVE) * AT * (TG - TR),AT = total slab areaTG = ground temperatureTR = LOADS-calculated space temperature.II 1.144 (Revised 5/81)
Therefore, if the user is starting from a LOADS input where the fullU-value (UT) of the UNDERGROUND-FLOOR was used, along with a perimeterarea (Ap) then, Ap should be changed to AT, a delayed-type ofconstruction should be assigned, and an effective U-value should beinput, as calculated fromU-EFFECTI VE4. Particular attention should be given to quick INTERIOR-WALLs where aU-value was chosen to be large (U > 0.709 Btu/ft2-hr_OF) to account forheat exchange caused by air movement through openings in the wall. ForCWFs, an additional INTERIOR-WALL should be specified if an actual wall(as opposed to an imaginary partition) separates the zones. Theadditional wall should be of the delayed type of construction and itsarea should be exclusive of openings.The result will be the following. The original wall will affect theair-temperature weighting factor calculation. The added wall will affectthe detailed thermal balance calculation that produces the otherweighting factors (i.e., the solar, lighting, people/equipment, andconduction weighting factors). Both walls will contribute to heatexchange (thermal conduction) in LOADS.5. The WEIGHTING FACTOR SUMMARY REPORT shows the weighting factors for eachspace, whether CWF or Automatic Weighting Factors (AWF). To get thisreport, specify VERIFICATION = (LV-K) in the LOADS-REPORT instruction.2. INPUT (Alternative Forms for LOADS)As discussed in Chap. II, Sec. B, the input data for each of the mainprograms must begin with an INPUT Program-Name instruction. For the LOADSprogram~, this instruction can be modified to create certain libraries inwhich user-specified data or data calculated from user-specified input arestored. If libraries are to be created, the libraries must be created beforethe actual running of the <strong>DOE</strong>-2 program. Table 111.2 summarizes the optionsavailable to the LOADS user.The simplest method is to use the prespecified, or precalculated,libraries in the <strong>DOE</strong>-2 program. The <strong>DOE</strong>-2 Library, BDLLIB, contains the (1)<strong>DOE</strong>-2-prespecified MATERIALs described in Chap. X and (2) the ASH RAE prespecifiedMATERIALs and LAYERS (response factors). All are accessible to the programby Keyword = Code-word input. Most beginning users will choose thisapproach. In this method, no libraries need be created by the user and hesimply uses an INPUT LOADS instruction to input his data for the <strong>DOE</strong>-2calculational run. If he wishes to use entries from BDLLIB, he must attach itby job control statements to his run, unless it so defaults on his system.The other option available to the user is to create libraries ofMATERIALs, LAYERS, or weighting factors that are calculated specifically forthe characteristics of his building or a particular space in his building.II 1.145 (Revised 5/81)
Again, note that <strong>DOE</strong>-2 already contains precalculated libraries of thesedata. It is only when the user wishes to have libraries of data that are notin the precalculated sets that he will use this option. Some of the reasonsfor doing this might be as follow:The user intends to make a number of parametric runs of <strong>DOE</strong>-2 usingthe same MATERIALs and LAYERS, but the MATERIALs and LAYERSavailable in the <strong>DOE</strong>-2 Library are not appropriate. He cancreate these data in the library, which can then be accessed inrepeated runs of the LOADS program without having to beredefined for each run.The user intends to make a number of parametric runs of <strong>DOE</strong>-2 usingthe same exterior walls. He can create a library of thesewalls that will include the response factors of the walls, andthereby avoid the time and cost of having SDL recalculate theseresponse factors for every run.The user has a space with large thermal mass, or a building usingpassive solar heating (direct gain); to simulate such conditions,he wishes to use Custom Weighting Factors calculated forthe specific space or building. He can create a library ofthese weighting factors for use in a subsequent INPUT LOADS run.CalculationMethodPrecalculatedWei ghtingFactorsCustomWei ghtingFactors withouta libraryfABLE II 1. 2"INPUT LOADS" ALTERNATl VESRequiredI npu t Steps(a) To run, specifyINPUT LOADS(b) Specify the FLOOR-WEIGHT keyword inthe SPACE-CONDITIONS instructionat s orne val ue gr ea ter th an O.(a) To run, use INPUT LOADS ..OptionsLibraries of MATERIALs andLAYERS (with response factors)may be created for repeated use(b) Specify FLOOR-WEIGHT equal too in the SPACE or SPACE-CONDITIONS instruction.(c) Specify values for SOLAR-FRACTION, ineach wall instruction, and FURNITURETYPE, FURN-WEIGHT, and FURN-FRACTION,in the SPACE or SPACE-CONDITIONS instructionto create automatic Custom WeightingFactors (that is, without a 1 ibrary).II1.146 (Revised 5/81)
TABLE III.2 (Cont.)Custom (a) First create a Custom Libraries of MATERIALs andLAYERS (with response factors)may be created for repeated useWei ghtingFactors witha 1 ibrarYlBDLLIB)Wei ghting Factor 1 ibraryusing LIBRARY-INPUT LOADSfor the desired space(s).(b) Specify values for SOLAR-FRACTION, in each wallinstruction, and FURNITURE-TYPE, FURN-WEIGHT,FURN-FRACTION, and WEIGHTING-FACTOR in theSPACE or SPACE-CONDITIONS instruction to create CustomWeighting Factors.(c) To run, attach BDLLIB and specify INPUT LOADS(d)3. <strong>DOE</strong>-2 Library Files.Specify the correct U-name for the WEIGHTING-FACTORkeyword in a SPACE or SPACE-CONDITIONS instructionfor those spaces with Custom Weighting Factors; for otherspaces, specify FLOOR-WEIGHT at some value greater than O.The BDL Processor of <strong>DOE</strong>-2 expects that any library file of MATERIALs,LAYERS, CONSTRUCTIONs, and/or Custom Weighting Factors available to it isnamed BDLLIB. A user-created library, if used, will have to be renamed BDLLIBand attached to the program. Described below are the requirements for thecontents of BDLLIB, depending on whether the user is running(1) Precalculated Weighting Factors with INPUT LOADS,(2) a MATERIAL, LAYERS, or CONSTRUCTION library creation run usingLIBRARY-INPUT LOADS,(3) a Custom Weighting Factor creation run with LIBRARY-INPUT LOADS, or(4) an INPUT LOADS run using a previously created Custom WeightingFactor library. The control card sequence needed to attach BDLLIBwill, of course, vary from computer system to computer system, butthe requirements for the contents of this file are set out below.The output file of all library-creation runs will be named USRLIB.* Itwill always contain whatever was in the input file BDLLIB at the beginning of*It 1S poss1ble to submit library creation runs "back to back" in one submiSSion,but this is not recommended. In this case, the output, USRLIB, ofthe first LIBRARY-INPUT LOADS deck is taken by the program to be the input fileto the next LIBRARY-INPUT LOADS deck, and the output of the second deck iscalled BDLLIB. The input and output file names will alternate in this fashion,the final output file name depending on whether an odd or even number of inputdecks was involved.II 1.147 (Revised 5/81)
the run plus the library created during the run. This file should be savedunder some user-designated name, such as SAVLIB. Then, for the next successiverun, SAVLIB must be renamed BOLLIB. The contents of BOLLIB will be read in andeither combined with the output file from the new LIBRARY-INPUT LOAOS run toproduce a new USRLIB, or used as the 1 ibrary fi le for a standard INPUT LOAOSrun. If USRLIB is not saved, its contents will be lost for subsequent runs.(USRLIB should not be stored on BOLLIB.)Whenever the BOL Processor finds a U-name in a "Keyword = U-name" statement,it will look in the rest of the current input for the declaration of thatU-name. If it cannot find it there, it will search BOLLIB. In addition, if inan INPUT LOAOS run the WEIGHTING-FACTOR keyword in a SPACE definition is givena U-name value, the BOL Processor will also go to the OOE-2 Library to find theCustom Weighting Factors associated with that U-name. The following exampledepicts this process. It is not necessary to create a library. MATERIALs andLAYERS may be defined in each input deck.I npu t to LOAOSINPUT LOAOSAOOBE-12 = MATERIALSome BOL Processor ActionsSW-WALL = LAYERS[qATERIAL = (AOOBE-12, IN03a ,GP01 a)CONST-1 = CONSTRUCTIONLAYERS = SW-WALLCONST-2 = CONSTRUCTIONLAYERS = ASHW-2aU-name;(Is AOOBE-12 declared as a MATERIALU-name; Yes.Is IN03 declared as a MATERIAL U-name;No. GO LOOK IN BOLLI B.Is GP01 declared as a MATERIAL U-name;No. GO LOOK IN BOLLIB.)(Is SW-WALL declared as a LAYERSU-name; Yes.)(Is ASHW-2 declared as a LAYERSNo.GO LOOK IN BOLLIB.)SPACE-1 = SPACEWEIGHTING-FACTOR = WF-SP-1(GO TO BOLLIB for Custom WeightingFactors called WF-SP-1)ENOa Codp~ordsfrom Prespecified OOE-2 Library, BOLLIB.II 1.148 (Revised 5/81)
NOTE:When specifying U-names in a library for MATERIALs, LAYERS, CONSTRUCTIONs, and WEIGHTING-FACTORs, the U-names may not exceed eight alphanumeri c ch aracters in 1 en gth. -To list the contents of any library, enter the instruction DIAGNOSTIC =LIBRARY-CONTENTS (see DIAGNOSTIC instruction, Chap. II).Associated with <strong>DOE</strong>-2 is a prespecified library file called BDLLIB thatcontains the <strong>DOE</strong>-2 MATERIALs Library, LAYERS Library (including the responsefactors associated with each set of LAYERS). The LAYERS information comprisethe materials described in Chap. X of this manual, and the materials and layersdescribed in the 1977 ASHRAE Handbook of Fundamentals (Ref. 5, Chap. 25).The MATERIALs stored in the <strong>DOE</strong>-2 library may be entered into the LAYERSinstruction with MATERIAL = code-word, where the code-words are those found inChap. X, or by the code-words HF-x, where x is the code-number of the materiallisted in Table 8 on p. 25.10 of Ref. 5.*The ASHRAE wall and roof LAYERS may be accessed and entered into theCONSTRUCTION instruction with LAYERS = code-word, where the code-words areASHR-x for roofs, ASHW-x for exterior walls, and, for Custom Weighting Factor1 ibrary creation runs, ASHI-x are for interior walls, interior floors, orceilings. In these code-words, x is the nuooer of the roof or wall inTable 26 (pp. 25.28 and 25.29), Table 27 (pp.25.30-25.32), or Table 29 (pp.25.34 and 25.35) of Ref. 5, Chap. 25.For each of its constructions, BDLlIB contains two sets of data, one calculatedwithout an inside-film-resistance value, and one with such a value.These two sets appear under the same code-word for each construction, and theappropriate set will be chosen by BDl depending on whether the input instructionis INPUT lOADS or lIBRARY-INPUT lOADS. This is because the program musthave constructions without inside-f"ilm-resistance values to create CustomWeighting Factors, but must have constructions with inside-film-resistancevalues for a regular INPUT lOADS run. --In addition to the prespecified <strong>DOE</strong>-2 library, BDllIB, the user may createon BDllIB his own library of MATERIAls, LAYERS, CONSTRUCTIONS, and CustomWeighting Factors, or may create a new library that is a combination of hisown library and the <strong>DOE</strong>-2 prespecified library (see Fig. 111.25).Should a user wish to combine the prespecified library with his ownMATERIALs, lAYERS, CONSTRUCTIONs and/or Custom Weighting Factor libraries, heshould note two important restrictions. First, the space on BDLLIB is limitedand there is no way to delete or modify information on BDlLIB once it has beenadded without restarting a new BDlLIB file. Therefore, in a complex building,*The code-numbers AD and EO from Ref. 5 are not in BDlLIB. These are outsideand inside film resistances, respectively, and are handled differently in<strong>DOE</strong>-2. The outside film resistance is calculated by <strong>DOE</strong>-2 from wind speed andthe ROUGHNESS keyword in the CONSTRUCTION instruction. The inside film resistanceis given in <strong>DOE</strong>-2 by the INSIDE-FILM-RES keyword in the LAYERS instructionand should not be included as a material.111.149 (Revised 5/81)
the combination of OOE-2 and user-generated library information could fill theBOLLIS file. Should this occur, we recommend that the user choose from theOOE-2 1 ibraries only those particular items that he requires, and that heredefine them as if they were his own, user-designed items. He would thencreate a wholly user-generated SOLLIS file as shown in Example b. The OOE-2prespecified library contains 240 materials, 96 exterior walls, 36 roofs, and47 interior walls, for a total of 419 entries. The second restriction isthat, as mentioned before, all U-names entered into a 1 ibrary must not havemore than eight alphanumeric characters.User Input FilesRun 2Run 3Run I E--name: MATERIALIU-nome: LAYERS~IMATERIAL: (U - name: CONSTRUCTIONLAYERS:IU-nomeiU-nome'-u- name/. flist 0Code - wordsCode-word<strong>DOE</strong>-2 Library(BDLlIB)User-• Specified,--7IMATERIALsI" ~~'H'R'A'E' •••Pre specifiedMATERIALs..........<strong>DOE</strong>- 2-'--'Co PrespecifiedMATERIALsUser-.. Specifiedr-;- LAYERSI'~~~~;~""Pre specifiedLAYERSUser-SpecifiedCONSTRUCTIONsz "'ot;=>cc....(f)z8Fig. IIL25. Creating or adding information to the <strong>DOE</strong>-2 library.111.150 (Revised 5/81)
There is a hierarchy of libraries that extends from MATERIALs on thelowest level, LAYERS (response factors) on the second level, CONSTRUCTIONs onthe third level, and up to Custom Weighting Factors. It is important that theuser understand that a <strong>DOE</strong>-2 library cannot be created on more than one levelat a time. For example, both a MATERIALs and a LAYERS library cannot becreated in one run. Instead, the lowest level 1 ibrary must be created firstand then attached as an input file named BDLLIB to the run in which the nexthigher level library will be created. The two libraries will be combined asoutput from the second run. Furth ermore, only the "h i ghes t" 1 eve 1 bei n g runin a given library-creation run will be stored. For example, if both userspecifiedLAYERS and SPACE instructions that contain WEIGHTING-FACTOR keywordsare found in a library-creation run, only the Custom Weighting Factorscalculated from the SPACE instructions will be added to the output file ofthat run. Therefore, if MATERIALs, LAYERS, CONSTRUCTIONs, and CustomWeighting Factors are all desired in the library, they must be created insuccessive runs of LIBRARY-INPUT LOADS (see Fig. 111.25).*Four situations are described below to Show the user what he needs to dowhen a. simply running INPUT LOADS with Precalculated Weighting Factors andthe standard BDLLIB; b. creating his own library of MATERIALs, LAYERS,CONSTRUCTIONs, and Custom Weighting Factors; c. running LIBRARY-INPUT LOADSto create Custom Weighting Factors from the standard, prespecified <strong>DOE</strong>-21 ibrary of MATERIALs and LAYERS; and d. using a combination of theprespecified ooE-2 library and his own library.a. Standard INPUT LOADS with Precalculated Weighting Factors. In thissituation, the user wishes to use Precalculated Weighting Factors, and doesnot wish to create his own libraries. In this case, the user builds his ownLOADS input as usual and attaches BDLLIB to his run (unless it so defaults onhis system). The user may, in any of these examples of LOADS input, defineMATERIALs and LAYERS that are not in a llbrary; he simply is not mak1ng a1 ibr ar y of them for 1 ater access.He must also give a value to the FLOOR-WEIGHT keyword (lb/ft2) in theSPACE-CONDITIONS instruction for each SPACE in his building (or he mayalternatively allow the keyword to default). This value will then be used bythe program to choose a set of Precalculated Weighting Factors for thatSPACE. If FLOOR-WEIGHT; 30., 70., or 130., standard, precalculated ASHRAEweighting factors for light, medium, or heavy construction will be used; forany other values, <strong>DOE</strong>-2 will interpolate between the ASHRAE weighting factors.Example a. is a diagram of this operation.* It 1S poss1ble to submit library creation runs "back to back" in onesubmission, but this is not recommended. In this case, the output, USRLIB,of the first LIBRARY-INPUT LOADS deck is taken by the program to be the inputfile to the next LIBRARY-INPUT LOADS deck, and the output of the second deckis called BDLLIB. The input and output file names will alternate in thisfashion, the final output file name depending on whether an odd or even numberof input decks was involved.III.151 (Revised 5/81)
-------------------------,JOO IIII~ BDL- + IILIBIIIILOADS output: 1iI L _________________________ ~EOJIIIIIExample a:Standard LOADS run.b. Creating a User's Own Library of MATERIALs, LAYERS, and CustomWeightins Factors. Example b. shows how a user would build up a file ofuser-deslgned MATERIALs, LAYERS, and Custom Weighting Factors. For exteriorsurfaces, LAYERS are input with nonzero inside film resistances; theprocessor will automatically build two sets of response factors, with andwithout the inside film resistance. For interior surfaces, each may bedefined as a "delayed" set of LAYERS for Custom Weighting Factor creation. Hemay then make his regular LOADS run with these same definitions of interiorsurfaces; LDL will automatically convert them to the appropriate U-valuedefinitions. To create a file of only, say, MATERIALs and LAYERS, the userwould not make the weighting-factor creation run.To run this optional preprocessor, the user would do the following.Build an input deck for the preprocessor beginning with the instructionLIBRARY-INPUT LOADSFollow this by either or both of the following commands (if both areentered, only the LAYERS library will be built):MATERIALLAYERSThese commands will have their standard keywords in the input. If only theMATERIAL instructions are entered, a MATERIALs library will be created. Ifthe LAYERS instructions are also entered, a response factor 1 ibrary for thoseII I .152 (Revised 5/81)
walls defined in the LAYERS instructions will be created. These two librariescannot be created in the same run, and if both are des ired, the MATERIALslibrary must be created first using a subset input deck that contains noLAYERS instructions.The user may then run the usual <strong>DOE</strong>-2 program using the INPUT LOADSinstruction. The U-names of MATERIALs and/or LAYERS, created by his libraryrun, may be called out in his LOADS input.Examp 1 e:A user wishes to make <strong>DOE</strong>-2 runs on several buildings that all have thesame wall characteristics. He therefore decides to build a library of themost frequently used MATERIALs and CONSTRUCTIONs. First, he builds thelibrary-input deck.The control cards that are used to store the library, once created, are notshown. These control cards are specific to the user's site.111.153 (Revised 5/81)
-------------------------~I JOB II I >- II ~ !i II ~ II(/) II;;l II ~ Ii III« II ~ 0 III USRLlB in SAVLlB ~ :I EOJ IL __ ________________________ Jr-----------.-----------lt I JOB II l >-- II SAVLlB renamed BDLUS a: (j)l i~ II -' i'1' II OLD'B~ + LOADS inputw~ w~ IBOLL I B nowcontalns userspecifiedmaterialsthru LAYERS ~ 0-'5;
II!USRLi8 ,n SAVLIBIIL __________________________ JLOADS outputEOJi;: 1« z'(C)'~xl-''''I0,:rooW«'f--'l"«I"'- '" 211L ______________________ -'::01IExample b (cant):User-created libraries.I I 1.155 (Revised 5/81)
LIBRARY-INPUT LOADSWOODSIDE = MATERIALRESISTANCE = 1.4GYP-PLAS = MATERIALEND ••STOP ••THICKNESS = .042CONDUCTIVITY = 0.1330DENS ITY = 45.SPECIFIC-HEAT = 0.2Save the library file as shown in the diagram for Example bLIBRARY-INPUT LOADS ••STD-WALL = LAYERSINSIDE-FILM-RES = 0.68MATERIAL = (WOODSIDE, BP01, PW03, IN03,GYP-PLAS)ENDSTOPSave the 1 ibrary file as shown in the diagram for Example bNote: BPOI, PW03, and IN03 are code-words that identify MATERIALs in theooE-2 Prespecified Library (see Chap. X).This deck can then immediately be followed by the user's deck to run the <strong>DOE</strong>-2program. He can access the MATERIALs and LAYERS defined in the 1 ibrary run byusing the U-names (WOODSIDE, GYP-PLAS, and STD-WALL) assigned in that run insubsequent runs of ooE-2.Suppose that the user has some features in his building that call for theuse of Custom Weighting Factors. Such features could include a passive solarbuilding, a building with heavy masonry construction, a building with a glassatrium, etc. This may be accomplished with or without a library.To use this method, the user must run a LIBRARY-INPUT LOAOS deck to buildthe library of Custom Weighting Factors for the SPACE or SPACEs that requirethis library (that is, only those SPACEs that will have Custom WeightingFactors). He will need to use some or all of the following sequence ofcommands (any other commands entered will be ignored):DIAGNOSTICABORTSET -DEFAULTMATERIALLAYERSCONSTRUCTION, GLASS-TYPESPACE-CONDITIONSSPACEEXTERIOR-WALL, INTERIOR-WALL, UNDERGROUND-FLOOR and UNDERGROUND-WALLWINDOW, DOORII 1.156 (Revised 5/81)
EXTERIOR-WALL, INTERIOR-WALL, UNDERGROUND-FLOOR, and UNDERGROUND-WALL,and DOOR will, in this situation, all have the following keywords:AREA-orHE IGHTWIDTH-orLOCATIONCONSTRUCTIONMULTI PLIERTILT (if LOCATION is not used)SOLAR-FRACTIONU-EFFECTIVE (for UNDERGROUND-FLOOR and UNDERGROUND-WALL only,assuming C us tom Wei gh ting Factors are used)Note that if the user is not using the LOCATION keyword, all surfaces(INTERIOR-WALLs, UNDERGROUND-WALLs, UNDERGROUND-FLOORs, or EXTERIOR-WALLs)that are to be treated as floors or ceil ings rust be given a TILT keywordvalue. Any surface with a TILT of 170 0 or greater will be considered afloor by the program; a ceiling has a TILT of 10 0 or less.In addition, for a library-creation run, four keywords are available inthe SPACE-CONDITIONS instruction.; These provide information needed for thepreprocessor to develop the Custom Weighting Factors for the new 1 ibrary.Th ese keywords are:WEIGHTING-FACTORFURN-FRACTIONFURNITURE-TYPEFURN-WE IGHTWhen an actual run of OOE-2 is being made, after the creation of alibrary, for those SPACEs in which Custom Weighting Factors have been created,under SPACE-CONDITIONS, the user will inputWEIGHTING-FACTOR = the U-name that he assigned whencreating the library.A LIBRARY-INPUT LOADS run in which Custom Weighting Factors are createdwill produce, automatically, the Weighting Factor Summary Report. An exampleof such a report is shown on the following page. The titles specified in theTITLE command are printed at the top of the report. Then the U-names of theSPACEs (in this case, SPACE-1 and SPACE-2) are given across the top of thepage with the corresponding Custom Weighting Factor U-names (WF-1 and WF-2),as these were specified in the WEIGHTING-FACTOR keyword in theSPACE-CONDITIONS subcommand. If more than seven SPACEs are analyzed in a run,the report will continue onto subsequent pages.In each column below the U-names are listed the actual Custom WeightingFactors, broken down into six categories: solar, general lighting, task1 ighting, people/equipment, conduction, and air temperature. The first fiveIIL157 (Revised 5/81)
categories will be used in a regular LOADS run to calculate the heating andcooling loads; the room air weighting factors are used in SYSTEMS to calculatethe air temperature of each space.Following the illustrations for "Example c." the user will find a list ofWARNING and ERROR diagnostics for the program that generates Custom WeightingFactor s.Another example Custom Weighting Factor run may be seen in the 00E-2Samp 1 e Run Book.c. Creating Custom Weighting Factors from BOLLIB. In this situation, theuser wishes to create Custom Welghting Factors for his SPACEs using theprespecified library of ooE-2 materials, walls, and roofs. BOLUB is attachedto the program, and the input file may contain references to the prespecified1 ibrary MATERIALs and LAYERS along with the required input information tocreate Custom Weighting Factors. The output of this run, USRUB, will thencontain all the information that was in BDLUB plus the newly created CustomWei gh ting Factors.d. Combining the Prespecified and a User-Specified Library. Rememberthat, after a LIBRARY-INPUT LOAOS run, the output file, USRLIB, will containwhatever was in BOLUB at the beginning of the run plus any library createdduring the run. Therefore, to contJine his own with the 00E-2 library, theuser proceeds as in Example b. except that in the first run, the prespecifiedlibrary BDLUB is attached to the program so that the output library, USRUB,will contain both the prespecified 1 ibrary and the user-specified items.Examples b. and c. depict the necessary steps in this process. Note againthat the space on BOLUB is limited. To avoid overfill ing BOLUB, see thediscussion before Example a. on the limitations of BOLLIB.II 1.158 (Revised 5/81)
L D L PRO C E S S 0 R I N PUT D A T A~ "loR 80 LDL RUN 0Z 3 4 * 5 *6·* 7.• 8·• 9 **' 10 *'.. 11".. 12".. 13".. 14".. 15".. 16".. 17".. 18".. 19".. 20".. 21".. 22".. 23".. Zit .... 25".. 26 '*.. 21".. 28".. 29".. 30".. 31".. 32".. 33".. 34 .... 3S".. 36".. 37".. 38".. 39... 40".. 41".. ~2".. 43"* 44.TITLE LINE-l .<strong>DOE</strong>-Z.l USERS GUIDE EXAMPLE BUILDING z*LINE-2 *WEIGHTING fACTOR tREATIO~ RUN*LlNE-3 .JANUARY, 1980*ASo.RT ERRo.RSOIA~OSTIt CAUTIONS,NARROWROF-lEXTW-lfLOR-lI NWAL-lII IND-l.CONSTRUCTION=CO~S TRUC lIo.N·CONSTRUCTlo.NzCo.NS TRUCTI ON-GlASS-TYPELAYERS.AS ....-3 ASSz.5 RD-lLAYERSzASHW-34 ASSz.88 RD-ZL ... YERS .... SHI-]"LAYERS·,\SHI-2PANESzZ SHlDING-tOEFz.5ZGLASS-CONDUCTANCE-l.079SET-DEF",Ul TFOR SPACESHAPE. SOX HE IGHT-8 WIDTH-50 DEPTH.l5S er -0 EFAULTLIGHT 1 NG-TYPE.SUS-FLUORfOR EXTERIOR-WALLCONST RUCTIONzEXn/-lSET-DEF"'ULTFOR WI NDOWHEIGHT.5 WIOTH-ZO GLASS-TYPE.WINO-ISPACE-l .zSPACEWEIGHTING-FACTORzWF-lFURNITURE-TYPE-LIGHTFURN-FRACTIONz.ZSFURN-WEIGHT=5WALL-l-I -f-W LOCATION-FRONT SOLAR-FRACTION·.IWlNOOW-l -WiNDOWWAlL-I-Z =f-IILOC ... TIONcLEFT So.LAR-FRACTION •• IWALl-i-J zE-WLOCATION=RIGHT SOL"'R-FRACT ION=.lINW"'ll-I-Z= INTERIOR-WAll LOC ... TION=8ACK SOL ... R-FRACTIo.N=l.l •• 1SICONSTRUCTION-INWAL-l NEXT-TO. SPACE-2FLOOR-l zUNDERGROUND-FLOOR LOCATION=BOTTOM SOLAR-FRACT ION=.5CONSTRUC T10N=FLOR-IROOF-l aROOFSPACE-Z =SPACEWALL-Z-lW INDOW-ZWALL-Z-ZWALL-2-3FLOOR-ZRo.OF-ZENDzE-ili=W INOo.W-f-IIzf-W·U-F"ROOFLOCAT ION=TOP SOLAR-FRACTION-.lY=15 WEIGHTING-FAt TOR=OF-ZFURNITURE-TYPE-HEAVYF URN-FRACTlON=.3FURN-WE IGHT. 40LOCATION-BACK SOLAR-FRACTION=.07LOCATION=LEFT SOLAR-FRACTIo.Nz.07LOCATIo.N-RIGHT SOLAR-FRACTION·.1LOCAT ION- BO TTOM SOL AR-FRAt 1I ON-. 5C~~STRUCTION=FLOR-lLOCATIONFTOP SOL"'R-FRACTION-.Il..III.159 (Rev ised 5/81)
00E-<strong>2.1</strong> USERS GUIDE EXAMPLE BUILDING 2JANUARY, 1980CUSTOM WEIGHTING FACTOR SUMMARYWEIGHTING FACTOR CREATION RUNSOLARSPACE-lWF-lSPACE-2WF-2vo .23182 .25489VI -.13225 -.19960Vl .00175 .00438.. 1 1.20195 1.37353I/l -.32830 -.~2150GENERALUGH TlNG----VO ."~12 .47712VI -.~18q2 -.52254V2 .085"6 .10754wI 1.21931 1.38133Wl -.34295 -.42792TASKLIGHTING-----VO .48069 .51152VI -.47158 -.57904Vl .10l40 .ll862.. 1 1.21931 1.38133~2 -.34l95 -.42792PEOPLE-EQUI PHENT----vo .48800 .51840VI - .48211 -.59034Vl .10578 .13283.. 1 1.21931 1.38133.. 2 -.34295 - .42792CONDUCTION----VO .55025 .60282VI - .57173 -.72899V2 .130\.61 .18456"l 1.21931 1.38133"2 - .34295 -.42792AIRTEMPGO* 1.64333 4.55728Gl" -2.46908 -6.92592G2* .82628 2.37331G3* -.00053 -.00473PI -1.24235 -1.38491P2 .36186 .43014II I.160 (Rev ised 5/81)
BOlUB containsuser-specified dataand OOE-2 preassembledli brary plus CustomWeighting FactorsLOADS output1EOJExample c:Creating Custom Weighting Factors.III.161 (Revised 5/81)
4. WARNING and ERROR Messages for the Custom Weighting Factors Gener4tionProgr amWARNING MESSAGESWarning Message (1)Meaning:User Action:Warning Message (2)Meaning:User Action:Note:The INSIDE-FILM-RESISTANCE OF DELAYED SURFACE IN SPACE IS . IT SHOULD BE BETWEEN 0.0AND 1.0. CALCULATION OF WEIGHTING FACTORS FOR THISSPACE WILL PROCEED USING A VALUE OF 0.68.The inside film resistance (INSIDE-FILM-RES) of a surfaceis the combined convective plus radiative insideair film resistance. The ~ustom Weighting Factor programobtains the convective resistance from the userinputvalue of INSIDE-FILM-RES and a fixed value forthe radiative resistance. This convective resistancewill be negative, i.e., unphysical, if INSIDE-FILM-RESexceeds 1.0 ft 2 -hr-oF/Btu. In this case, the abovewarning message is printed, and the program resetsINSIDE-FILM-RES to 0.68, which is typical of horizontalheat flows for vertical walls.If 0.68 is acceptable, no action is necessary; otherwise,input a value between 0.0 and 1.0. Recommendedvalues are listed in the ASH RAE Handbook of Fundamentals,1977, p. 2<strong>2.1</strong>1.SPACE HAS WALL(S), FLOOR(S),AND CEILING(S). IT SHOULD HAVE AT LEAST ONEOF EACH. THE WEIGHTING FACTORS CALCULATED FOR THISSPACE MAY BE INACCURATE. (QUICK INTERIOR WALLS WITHU-VALUE ABOVE 0.709 ARE NOT INCLUDED IN THIS SURFACECOUNT. )This. message is a reminder that the user may haveforgotten to specify some of the surfaces in a space,or may have intentionally left out some interiorsurfaces (such as a floor or ceiling between spaces)because the heat flow across these surfaces is expectedto be small. However, an accurate calculation of thecustom weighting factors requires that all the boundingsurfaces of a space be input.Be sure that all bounding surfaces (exterior walls,interior walls, and underground walls) are described ifcustom weighting factors are being calculated.This message will appear if all the surfaces have beenspecified, but the TILT of underground walls andinterior walls has been allowed to default to 90°. Theprogram, therefore, finds no floor or ceiling andprints the message .. In this case, the message can beignored.II 1.162 (Revised 5/81)
Warning Message (3)Meaning:User Action:Warning Message (4)Meaning:User Action:SPACE HAS DELAYED WALL(S), DELAYED FLOOR(S), AND DELAYED CEILING(S). TWOOR ALL THREE OF THESE CATEGORIES SHOULD HAVE AT LEASTONE DELAYED SURFACE. THE WEIGHTING FACTORS CALCULATEDFOR THIS SPACE MAY BE INACCURATE.There are too few delayed walls in the space for thecustom weighting factor program to properly account forthe thermal mass of the space. This may lead toinaccuracy in the magnitude and time of occurrence ofheating and cooling load peaks, and to inaccuracy inthe calculation of space temperatures and extractionrates for spaces with thermostat setback or setup.Users are, therefore, advised to avoid specifying wallsas quick because the custom weighting factor programmust have the response factors to account for thethermal mass of walls.Make all walls delayed, even INTERIOR-WALLs andUNDERGROUND-FLOORs.SUM OF SOLAR-FRACTIONS FOR SPACE IS .THIS IS TOO FAR FROM 1.0. CHECK INPUT.If SOLAR-FRACTIONs are input for the surfaces of aspace, their sum should be close to 1.0. To guardagainst input mistakes, this caution is printed if thesum is less than 0.9 or greater than 1.1. For example,if SOLAR-FRACTIONs of 0.2, 0.2, 0.02 and 0.4 wereentered, their sum would be 0.82 and the caution wouldbe printed. Note that whether or not the sum is in the0.9 to 1.1 range, the program will adjust the SOLARFRACTIONs by dividing by the sum, so the new sum isexactly 1.0.Check SOLAR-FRACTION input values.ERROR MESSAGESError Message (1)Meaning:User Action:WEIGHTING FACTORS CANNOT BE CALCULATED FOR SPACE SINCE IT HAS FEWER THAN TWO WALLS, FLOORS, ANDCEILINGS. ADD MORE SURFACES IN SPACE INPUT OR USEPRE-CALCULATED WEIGHTING FACTORS. (QUICKINTERIOR-WALLS WITH U-VALUE ABOVE 0.709 ARE NOTINCLUDED IN THIS SURFACE COUNT.)Radiation exchange cannot be calculated unless twoopaque surfaces are present.This error usually occurs for the perimeter zone of anon-residential building where the only surface111.163 (Revised 5/81)
described in the Custom Weighting Factor input is anexterior wall; because heat transfer across interiorwalls, floor, and ceiling was considered to be unimportant,these surfaces were not input. The result is aspace with one opaque surface. The remedy is to includeone or all of the originally neglected interior surfacesin the Custom Weighting Factor input. If surfaces mustbe omitted because the details of their geometry andconstruction are poorly known (such as in an energyanalysis of a conceptual design), it is advisable touse precalculated weighting factors.Error Message (2)Meaning:User Action:Error Message (3)SPACE HAS FURNITURE BUT NO VALID FLOOR.WEIGHTING FACTORS WILL NOT BE CALCULATED FOR THISSPACE. IF FLOOR IS EXTERIUR-WALL, UNDERGROUND SURFACE,OR INTERIOR-WALL DEFINED IN THIS SPACE, BE SURE TILT =180. IF FLOOR IS INTERIOR-WALL DEFINED IN AN ADJACENTSPACE, BE SURE TILT = O.Furniture has been specified for a space via theFURN-FRACTION, FURNITURE-TYPE, AND FURN-WEIGHTkeywords. However, none of the surfaces in this spaceis a floor. Unless a floor is present, the CustomWeighting Factor calculation cannot take the effect offurniture into account in calculating the split ofsolar radiation between furniture and the part of thefloor not covered by furniture.Be sure that at least one surface in the space is afloor. This means that(a)(b)(c)(d)for an EXTERIOR-WALL, TILT must be 180';for an INTERIOR-WALL, which is defined in thisspace, TILT must be 180';for an INTERIOR-WALL that is defined in anotherspace, but is NEXT-TO this space, TILT must be 0'(i.e., this wall is a ceiling in the space inwhich it is defined, and therefore, is a floor inthe adjacent space);for an UNDERGROUND-FLOOR or UNDERGROUND-WALL, TILTmust be 180' (the default value is 90').If SHAPE = BOX is used, the surface with LOCATIONBOTTOM will be a floor; the surface with LOCATION = TOPwill be a floor in the NEXT-TO space if this surface isan INTERIOR-WALL.WEIGHTING FACTORS WILL NOT BE CALCULATED FOR SPACE SINCE IT HAS NO DELAYED WALLS, FLOORS, ORCEILINGS. ADD DELAYED SURFACES IN SPACE INPUT OR USEPRE-CALCULATED WEIGHTING FACTORS.IIL164 (Revised 5/81)
Meaning:User Action;All the walls in a space are quick. Because the customweighting factor calculation requires at least onedelayed wall, weighting factors cannot be generated forthis space.Make at least one EXTERIOR-WALL, INTERIOR-WALL, orUNDERGROUND-WALL delayed. However, the most accurateweighting factors will be generated for spaces in whichall of the bounding walls are delayed.III.165 (Revised 5/81)
IV.SYSTEMS PROGRAMTABLE OF CONTENTSA.I NTRODUCTI ON1.2.3.4.5.6.7.8.Program DescriptionParametric Runs ..System CombinationsC.alculation Procedures .....•Systems Description Language (SOL).SOL Command Structure •.....Example SOL Instruction SequenceSOL Input Instruction LimitationsB. AVAILABLE HVAC DISTRIBUTION SYSTEMS1.2.3.4.General Discussion of SystemsList of Available Systems andExplanation of System OptionsSystem Descriptions .....a.b.c.d.e.f.g.h.i .j.k.l.m.n.o.p.q.r.s.t.u.v.. .OptionsSummation of LOADS to PLANT (SUM) •Single-Zone Fan System with OptionalSubzone Reheat (SZRH).Multizone Fan System (MZS).Dual-Duct Fan System (DDS).Ceiling Induction System (SZCI)Unit Heater (UHT) ..•....Unit Ventilator (UVT) .....•Floor Panel Heating System (FPH).Two-Pipe Fan Coil System (TPFC)Four-Pipe Fan Coil System (FPFC) •..Two-Pipe Induction Unit System (TPIU).Four-Pipe Induction Unit System (FPIU)Variable-Volume Fan System w/OptionalReheat (VAVS) ..•....•...Constant-Volume Reheat Fan System (RHFS)Unitary Hydronic Heat Pump System (HP) .Heating and Ventilating System (HVSYS) ...•Ceiling Bypass Variable-Volume System (CBVAV).Residential System (RESYS) .....•..Packaged Single Zone Air Conditioner withHeating and Subzone Reheating Options (PSZ)Packaged Multizone Fan System (PMZS) ... .Packaged Variable-Air-Volume System (PVAVS) .. .Package Terminal Air Conditioner (PTAC) •....IV.1IV.1IV.2IV.2IV.3IV.4IV.4IV.5IV.8IV.10IV.10IV.10IV.15IV.17IV.17IV.19IV.23IV.28IV.33IV.38IV.40IV.43IV.45IV.49IV.52IV.57IV.62IV.67I V .71IV.75IV.78IV.82IV.87IV.91IV.96IV.100(Revised 5/81)
5.6.SYSTEM Control Strategy ........•..a.b.General Discussion for all SYSTEM-TYPEsExamples ............... .i. Example Control Strategies forSYSTEM-TYPE Equals MZS, DDS, or PMZS.ii. Example Control Strategies forSYSTEM-TYPE Equals VAVS, PVAVS,CBVAV or RHFS . .. ....iii. Example Control Strategy forSYSTEM-TYPE Equals SZRH or PSZ.iv. Example Control Strategy forSYSTEM-TYPE Equals TPFC, FPFC,HP, RESYS, or PTAC ...•..v. Example Control Strategy forSYSTEM-TYPE Equals UHT or UVTvi. Example Control Strategy forSYSTEM-TYPE Equals FPH ....vii. Example Control Strategies forSYSTEM-TYPE Equals HVSYS ...viii. Example Control Strategies forSYSTEM-TYPE Equals TPIU or FPIUix. Example Control Strategies forSYSTEM-TYPE Equals SZCIThermostat SimulationC. SOL INPUT INSTRUCTIONS ..1. Reset Schedule Instructions.a. DAY-RESET-SCH.b. RESET-SCHEDULE2. CURVE-FIT ..3. ZONE-AIR ..•4. ZONE-CONTROL5. ZONE .....6. SYSTEM-CONTROL7. SYSTEM-AIR ..8. SYSTEM-FANS ..9. SYSTEM-TERMINAL10. SYSTEM-FLUID.11. SYSTEM-EQUIPMENT.12. SySTEM .....13. PLANT-ASSIGNMENT14. SYSTEMS-REPORT15. HOURLY-REPORT16 . REPORT-BLOCK..IV.105IV.10SIV.ll7IV.117IV.128IV.133IV.137IV.147IV.1S0IV.1S1IV.1SSIV.160IV.164IV.176IV.176IV.176IV.176IV.180IV.l88IV.193IV.198IV.203IV.2-UIV.22f\IV.231IV.234IV.237IV.2S7I V .267IV.269IV.273IV.275(Revised 5/81)
D. SIMULATION METHODOLOGY1. System Design Calculations ....•...•a. Zone and System Supply Air Flow Rate .•...•.b. Outside Air Flow Rate •...•c. Heating and Cooling Capacitiesand Extraction Ratesd. Fan Electrical ConsumptionIV.298IV.298IV.300IV.302IV.302IV.303(Revised 5/81)
IV.SYSTEMS PROGRAMA. INTRODUCTION1. Program DescriptionThe SYSTEMS program simulates the operation of the equipment and systemsthat distribute cooling and/or heating directly to the spaces being conditioned.In the case of the "packaged systems," RESYS, PSZ, PMZS, PVAVS, andPTAC, or any system with a furnace, the SYSTEMS program simulates not only theheating and cooling distribution systems but also that equipment which wouldnormally be part of the PLANT program, i.e., heating source, cooling source,pumps, etc. The reason for this approach is because in "packaged systems" itis difficult to clearly separate the primary systems from the secondarysystems. Most such systems are treated by manufacturers in their performan,cedata as a unit anyway. SYSTEMS also simulates the control of temperatureand/or humidity in these spaces. These are sometimes called "secondary" or"terminal" energy distribution systems, to differentiate them from "primaryenergy distribution" or "energy conversion" systems. This latter category ofequipment and the program that simulates its operation, called PLANT, aredescribed in Chap. V.The hourly space loads calculated by the LOADS program are not necessarilythe loads that are imposed on the heating and cooling "plant." Because of outsideventilation air requirements, HVAC equipment operating schedules, and thetemperature fluctuations required for control actuation, each building's hourlyheating and/or cooling requirements will be different from the summation of theexternal and internal hourly space loads calculated in LOADS. The purpose ofthe SYSTEMS simulation program is, therefore, twofold:a. To provide information for sizing of components in the "secondary"energy distribution system, based upon peak (or design day) heatingand cooling requirements.b. To simulate each distribution system as it responds to space thermalrequirements, and to determine the demand it is imposing upon thecen tral heatin g an d coo 1 i ng plan t.The SYSTEMS program mathematically simulates the heat and moistureexchange processes that occur in HVAC distribution systems. The user mustselect a system from a menu of "familiar" types of distribution systems.Additionally, optional component and control features, available for each typeof system, can be selected. The systems are described in Sec. B of thischapter.The SYSTEMS program receives, as input, a list of the hourly loads foreach space from the LOADS programs, and requires a sequence of user-definedSDL input instructions. The output of the SYSTEMS program provides input tothe PLANT program and information for the REPORT Generator Program.I V.1 (Revised 5/81)
2. Parametric RunsThe SYSTEMS program has been designed with the flexibility to permitparallel parametric runs. That is, more than one system or collection of systemscan be simulated in a single run. Figure IV.1 is an example of thisarrangement. In one computer run calculations can be made for two differentplant assignments (PA-1 and PA-2), each plant assignment serving all ten (10)zones .of the example building. Plant assignment PA-1 consists of systems S-l(serving zones 1 through 5) and S-2 (serving zones 6 through 10). Plantassignment PA-2 consists of system S-3 (serving zones 1 through 3) and systemS-4 (serving zones 4 through 10). A maximum of four plant assignments can besimulated in a single computer run. The purpose of this procedure is to reducecomputer time and, hence, computation cost.SYSTEM2S-3 3PLANT-ASS!GNMeNT4PA-2PA-l5-4 867ZONESFig. IV.1Example of a "parallel" parametric run.The user may assign to a system any set of zones, and also assign to aplant any set of systems, with the exception that a single system may appearin only one plant and a single zone may appear only once in a plant. The usermay assign the same zone to more than one system if the SYSTEMs are indifferent PLANT-ASSIGNMENTs.3. System CombinationsA considerable number of optional components and control strategies areavailable for many of the energy distribution systems that are modeled by thisprogram. These options, described for each system in Sec. B, include optionalreturn and exhaust fans; fixed outside-air flow rate, or one of two types ofvariaule outside air flow rates; summer and/or winter humidity control; hourly,IV.2 (Revised 5/81)
daily, and weekly operating schedules; four types of variable-volume fan controls;and constant, scheduled, or reset setpoints for supply air temperature.In addition, baseboard heating convectors can be used in combination with anyof the central-fan air-side systems.As an additional option, commercial and residential heat pumps can beassisted by a solar energy system. This support is described in theIntroduction of Sec. C, Chap. V.Other system combinations of component and control options can be simulatedif the thermodynamic processes are the same as those specifically modeledby the program. For example, a dual-duct or mu1tizone system with a coolingcoil installed upstream of the supply fan, rather than in the cold duct, isthermodynamically the same as a reheat fan system, and can be modeled as such.4. Calculation Proceduresa. System Sizing Calculations. The heat extraction/addition capabilityand air flow rates of the system may be assigned, if known (i .e., anexisting system). If these quantities are not entered, the programwill calculate them, based on design supply air temperatures and peakcooling/heating requirements. Alternatively, it may be desired tosize the system for "design day" rather than peak conditions. Toaccomplish this, the user inputs design outdoor weather conditions(in LOADS) and the program generates 24-hour weather data for summerand/or winter design days. (See DESIGN-DAY in Chap. III for adiscussion of the user input data required.) A SYSTEMS run usingdesign-day LOADS output will yield the desired sizing information.Design calculations are accomplished by the subroutine, DESIGN.subroutine is described in detail in the <strong>DOE</strong>-2 Engineers <strong>Manual</strong>.methodology used is discussed in Sec. D of this chapter.TheTheb. Calculation of Heat Extraction/Addition Rate and Room Temperature.Instantaneous heat gains/losses and room cool ing/heating loads arecalculated by the LOADS program, using response factors and roomweighting factors described in Ref. 1, Chap. XI. These loads arecalculated on the basis of a constant air temperature in the space.The actual air temperature generally deviates from the referencevalue because of cooling/heating equipment characteristics andoperating schedule and thermostat setback. Thus, heat extractionfrom the space will differ from cooling load, and heat- addition tothe space will differ from heating load. The final step in the calculationprocess, calculation of actual room temperature and heatextraction/addition rate, is accomplished by the SYSTEMS program withthe algorithms, described in Ref. 2, Chap. XI. The previously calculatedloads (from LOADS) are the input, along with the characteristicsof the air-conditioning equipment and the thermal characteristics ofthe zone. Heat extraction or addition rate and air temperature arethe output of SYSTEMS.I V. 3 (Revised 5/81)
5. Systems Description Language (SOL)A general discussion of Building Description Language (BDL) includingrules, syntax, and notation can be found in Chap. II. The System DescriptionLanguage (SOL) is that portion of BDL that is solely applicable to the SYSTEMSprogram. Section C of this chapter contains a description of each SOLinstruction.In addition, a number of the BDL instructions introduced in Chap. II arealso applicable to the SYSTEMS program. These are the labeling instructionTITLE: the assignment instruction PARAMETER; the message instructionDIAGNOSTIC; the schedule instructions DAY-SCHEDULE, WEEK-SCHEDULE, andSCHEDULE; the program control instructions INPUT SYSTEMS, ABORT, and END; thehourly report instructions HOURLY-REPORT and REPORT-BLOCK; and the resimulationinstruction PARAMETRIC-INPUT. See Chap. II for a description of these instructions,including definitions and instructions for the use of associated keywords.Note that the schedule instructions are used exactly as described inChap. II for some SYSTEMS program applications, but are used differently forother applications described in Sec. C of this chapter (see DAY-RESET-SCHinstruction). Note also that if the message instructions, such as DIAGNOSTIC,are omitted here, the message instructions used by the LOADS program willapply to the SYSTEMS program.6. SOL Command StructureThe two basic instructions of the SYSTEMS program are ZONE and SYSTEM(see Fig. IV.2). Three other instructions, unique to the SYSTEMS program, areavailable: one for selecting output reports (SYSTEMS-REPORT), the second aspecial form of the DAY-SCHEDULE instruction (DAY-RESET-SCH), and the thirdfor use in the parallel parametric run feature described in subsection B ofthis section (PLANT-ASSIGNMENT). In addition, the program control instructions(e.g., INPUT, END, COMPUTE SYSTEMS) must be used and one or more of the otherapplicable BDL instructions described in Chap. II (DIAGNOSTIC, DAY-SCHEDULE,WEEK-SCHEDULE, SCHEDULE, REPORT-BLOCK, and HOURLY-REPORT) may be needed tocomplete data entry. However, ZONE and SYSTEM instructions provide the bulkof the information required for a SYSTEMS program simulation. As the namesimply, they define, respectively, thermal zones and secondary HVACdistribution systems.A number of the keywords in the ZONE and SYSTEM instructions, which arerelated by subject or category of information, have been combined intosubcommands that can, at the user's discretion, be entered as separate andindependent instructions. This organization into subgroups is for userconvenience only. Once a ZONE subcommand has been labeled and data entered forthe applicable keywords, it can be referenced by a number of different zones,thus reducing data entry effort. For example, a building may have 64 zonesbut only two or three variations in the conditions specified by the ZONEsubcommands (ZONE-AIR and ZONE-CONTROL). The discussion above applies equallyto the six SYSTEM subcommands (SYSTEM-CONTROL, SYSTEM-AIR, SYSTEM-FANS,SYSTEM-TERMINAL, SYSTEM-FLUID, and SYSTEM-EQUIPMENT).IV.4 (Revised 5/81)
I TITLE IISET-DEFAULT IlpARAMETERIICURVE-FITIIOIAGNOSTIc! I ABORT IISAVE-FILES II DAY-SCHEOC" I I DAY-RESET - S(HE[\::...E IWEE 1\- SCH:: ~:)'_'!...:::I WE[K-SCHEr
c. If parametric study is planned, to evaluate the effect of varyingspecific system parameters, use the PARAMETER instruction tosimplify preparation of input data for the multiple runs required(see discussion in Chap. II).d. If, at this point, the user is able to identify the SYSTEM-TYPE(see SYSTEM co~~and), he should refer to the proper ApplicabilityTable in Sec. B. of this chapter. This table will identify, forthe user's chosen system, which commands and keywords areapplicable, required, and optional. This table is the user'sguide and checklist because not all commands and keywords areappropriate to all systems. This-Ghapter addresses 21 differenttypes of systemS:- The user will notice that after identifyinghis SYSTEM-TYPE, the magnitude of this manual will appear todiminish. He can then turn his attention to "what is necessary",not "what all is available". The alternative, of course, toidentifying SYSTEM-TYPE now is to review, the entire chapter andthen select a SYSTEM-TYP~ Entering data without having chosena SYSTEM-TYPE is next to impossible (see the keyword SYSTEM-TYPEin the SYSTEM instruction for more information on this subject).If, of course, the user chooses the wrong SYSTEM-TYPE, he canalways return to this point and choose a different one.e. Prepare and enter as many schedule instructions (DAY-SCHEDULE,WEEK-SCHEDULE, SCHEDULE, and/or DAY-RESET-SCH, RESET-SCHEDULE)as are required for the system(s) being specified. (Thefollowing SOL keywords are schedule-dependent; HEATING-SCHEDULE,COOLING-SCHEDULE, FAN-SCHEDULE, HEAT-TEMP-SCH, COOL-TEMP-SCH,MIN-AIR-SCH, COOL-SET-SCH, HEAT-SET-SCH, HEAT-RESET-SCH,COOL-RESET-SCH, NATURAL-VENT-SCH, BASEBOARD-SCH, VENT-TEMP-SCH,INDUC-MODE-SCH, and REPORT-SCHEDULE). Note that the sameSCHEDULE instruction (or RESET-SCHEDULE instruction) can bereferenced by more than one keyword.In actual practice, the user will probably generate the schedulesif and when needed. The input tends to be more orderly ifschedules are grouped at this point, but that is not necessary.f. One or both of the ZONE subcommands, ZONE-AIR and ZONE-CONTROL,may be used to enter zone data (in lieu of entering this datadirectly with the ZONE instruction). The user may prepare andenter as many of each type as there are zone-to-zone variationsin the specified data, up to the limit specified for thatcommand. Once a ZONE subcommand is labeled and data are enteredfor the applicable keywords, it can be referenced by any numberof different ZONE instructions, thus reducing data input effort.A ZONE SUbcommand, when used, must always be entered before theZONE instruction in which it is referenced.Note: All subcommands must be defined before being referenced.However~AY-SCHEDULEs, WEEK-SCHEDULEs, SCHEDULEs, ZONEs, andSYSTEMs may be referenced and defined later (except for use inthe REPORT-BLOCK instruction).IV.6 (Revised 5/81)
Prepare and enter a ZONE instruction for each thermal zone inthe building. A thermal zone is defined as: 1) an area (orspace) having a common temperature control, 2) an unconditionedspace, or 3) a plenum. At least one "conditioned" thermal zonemust be specified for each different system simulated. A ZONEinstruction should be prepared and entered for each SPACEinstruction entered for the LOADS program and, furthermore, theZONE instruction must have the same U-name as the SPACE instructionand represent the same physical area of the building.)g. One or more CURVE-FIT commands may be input if and when neededto represent equipment operation (see SYSTEM-EQUIPMENT) whendefault values are inappropriate for a user's simulation.h. One or more of the SYSTEM subcommands SYSTEM-CONTROL,SYSTEM-AIR, SYSTEM-FANS, SYSTEMS-TERMINAL, SYSTEM-FLUID, andSYSTEM-EQUIPMENT, may be used to enter system data (in lieu ofentering this data directly with the SYSTEM instruction). Theuser may prepare and enter as many of each type as there aresystem-to-system variations in the specified data. Once aSYSTEM subcommand is labeled and data are entered for theapplicable keywords, it can be referenced by any number ofdifferent SYSTEM instructions, thus reducing data input effort.A SYSTEM subcommand, when used, must always be entered beforethe SYSTEM instruction in which it is referenced.Prepare and enter a SYSTEM instruction for each system beingsimulated. At least one system must be Simulated per computerrun.i. Use the PLANT-ASSIGNMENT instruction if a comparison study isdesired of different types, sizes, or arrangements of systemsusing the parallel parametric run feature of the SYSTEMS program(described in subsection 2 of this section). OnePLANT-ASSIGNMENT instruction must be prepared and entered foreach system (or group of systems) to be compared.j. Prepare a SYSTEMS-REPORT instruction defining which verificationand/or summary reports are to be printed. This instruction canbe omitted if only the summary report, SS-A (default value), isdesired.Hourly reports of selected variables are also available. Toobtain these reports, instructions that define the variables tobe printed and the desired time should be prepared. Theseinstructions (HOURLY-REPORT and REPORT-BLOCK) and their associatedkeywords are described in detail in Chap. II. TheREPORT-BLOCK instruction, because it references the U-name of aZONE or SYSTEM instruction, must be entered subsequent to thereferenced instruction.k. When SYSTEMS data entry is complete, enter the program controlinstructionEND ..IV.? (Revised 5/81)
1. Enter program control instructionCOMPUTE SYSTEMS ..to instruct the processor to perform calculations.m. If the PLANT and ECONOMICS programs are not to be run, enter theprogram control instructionSTOPn. The User Worksheets with each command have been provided to helporganize the data-input effort. They provide a space for theentry of a label or a value for each command word, keyword, andcode-word.It is suggested that the applicable worksheets be reproduced byphotocopy in the requisite numbers (i.e., one copy for each lONE,each SYSTEM, etc.). The worksheets can be filled out in anyconvenient order, but it is recommended that they be arranged inthe sequence described in paragraphs a thru m above, beforestarting data input.WARNINGThe proper specification of SCHEDULEs in the SYSTEMS simulator is asimportant, if not more important, than the proper specification of SCHEDULEsin the LOADS simulator. In SYSTEMS, these SCHEDULEs turn the HVAC equipmenton and off, reset temperatures, establish flow rates, etc. These SCHEDULEsshould be thought of as "system controls". They control the HVAC system asmuch as do economizer control strategies and fan control strategies. The programdoes not automatically control, nor optimize the operation of, the HVACequipment. The user must control the equipment via the input for his SCHEDULEsor be aware of what the program is doing if a SCHEDULE is allowed to default.The improper specification of SCHEDULEs can easily double the energy consumptionof the simulated building.8. SOL Input Instruction LimitationsThe maximum number of each type of SOL instruction that the program canaccept in a single run is shown in Table IV.1. A building that cannot be specified,without exceeding these limits, should be divided in the most convenientmanner and modeled as two separate buildings, or the user should inquireconcerning the availability of larger limits at the user's computer facility.I V.8 (Revised 5/81)
TABLE IV.1SDL CommandDAY-RESET -SCH and! or DAY-SCHEDULEWEEK-SCHEDULE • • • • • • • • •RESET-SCHEDULE and! or SCHEDULEZONE-AIRZONE-CONTROLZONE ••••CURVE-FIT ••SYSTEM-CONTROLSYSTEM-AIRS YS TEM-F ANS • •SYSTEM-TERMINALSYSTEM-FLUIDSYSTEM-EQUI PMENT.SYSTEM • • • • •PLANT-ASSIGNMENTSYSTEMS-REPORTHOURL Y-REPORTREPORT-BLOCKSPARAMETER •SET-DEFAULTTITLE •U-names • •Maximum Number60 combined4040 combined202064.1002020202020204041 command (200 reports)166450.100• 5.180** The use of the advanced schedul ing technique (described in Chapter II) willresult in the use of at 1 east three of these U-names for each SCHEDULE .specified. One U-name is specified by the user for the SCHEDULE and thebalance of the U-names are internally specified by SDL. Also, specifyingan output report by code-word (SV-A, SS-A, etc.) will result in the use ofone U-name internally specified by SDL.I V. 9 (Revised 5!81)
B. AVAILABLE HVAC DISTRIBUTION SYSTEMS1. General Discussion of SystemsThe SYSTEMS program mathematically simulates the heat and moisture exchangeprocesses that occur in secondary HVAC distribution systems. Likewise, itsimulates the performance of air circulating fans used in these systems. Whenthe user specifies one of the packaged systems (PSZ, PMZS, PVAVS, or PTAC),the SYSTEMS program sometimes simulates both the secondary HVAC distributionsystems and the primary HVAC systems (that equipment that, in a built-upsystem, would be simulated in the PLANT program). The user selects appropriatesystems (plus options) from a list of twenty-one different "standard" orfamiliar types of systems. The SYSTEMS program cannot, however, simulate twodifferent types of systems in one zone at the same time. For example, it isnot possible to simulate the cooling of a zone by both a Single Zone FanSystem (SZRH) and a Multizone Fan System (MZS). The available systems arelisted in Table IV.2 and are described in the following pages of this section.Input data required for simulation varies from system to system. A tableof applicable and required commands and keywords is included with each systemdescription. In general, however, the following information is required forbasic system simulation:• operating schedules (see keywords HEATING-SCHEDULE andCOOLING-SCHEDULE in the SYSTEM-CONTROL subcommand and keywordFAN-SCHEDULE in the SYSTEM-FANS subcommand),• space temperature control (see keywords HEAT-TEMP-SCH, COOL-TEMP-SCH,THERMOSTAT-TYPE, and THROTTLING-RANGE in the ZONE-CONTROL subcommand),• system design temperatures (see keywords DESIGN-HEAT-T andDESIGN-COOL-T in the ZONE-CONTROL subcommand and keywordsMAX-SUPPLY-T and MIN-SUPPLY-T in the SYSTEM-CONTROL subcommand),• outside air quantities (see SYSTEM-AIR and ZONE-AIR subcommands),• fan characteristics (see SYSTEM-FANS subcommand), and• identification of the zones served by the system (see keywordsPLENUM-NAMES and ZONE-NAMES in the SYSTEM instruction).2. List of Available Systems and OptionsA number of optional or alternative component and control features can besimulated by the program. The applicability of each option to the differentSYSTEM-TYPEs is shown in Table IV.2.The suggested approach to the beginning user is:a) choose a system(s) from Table IV.2,b) review the description of the chosen system(s) and its ApplicabilityTab le,c) go to Sec. C of this Chapter, where the commands and keywords aredefined, and then specify values for the applicable commands andkeywords (User Worksheets are included in Sec. C to assist the user).IV.10 (Revised 5/81)
SYSTEM-TYPECode-wordSUMSZRHMZSDDSSZCITABLE IV.2LIST OF AVAILABLE SYSTEMS AND OPTIONSName of SYSTEM-TYPESums Building Loads(no system simulation)Single-Zone Fan Systemw/optional Subzone ReheatMultizone Fan SystemDual-Duct Fan SystemCeiling Induction SystemApplicableOptions*Thermostat, Night Cycle ControlOutside Air, Return Air, Exhaust Fan,Fan Control, Heating Coil TemperatureControl, Reheat Coil, Baseboard Heat,Minimum Humidity Control, MaximumHumidity Control, Thermostat, HeatRecovery, Subzones, Variable Flow insubZONEs, Equipment Sizing, HeatSource, Fan Placement, MotorPlacement, Night Cycle Control,Fan SizingOutside Air, Return Air, Exhaust Fan,Fan Control, Hot Deck TemperatureControl, Cold Deck TemperatureControl, Baseboard Heat, MinimumHumidity Control, Maximum HumidityControl, Thermostat, Heat Recovery,Variable Flow, Equipment Sizing, HeatSource, Motor Placement, Night CycleControl, Fan SizingOutside Air, Return Air, Exhaust Fan,Fan Control, Hot Deck TemperatureControl, Cold Deck TemperatureControl, Baseboard Heat, MinimumHumidity Control, Maximum HumidityControl, Thermostat, Heat Recovery,Variable Flow, Equipment Sizing,Heat Source, Motor Placement, NightCycle Control, Fan SizingOutside Air, Return Air, Exhaust Fan,Fan Control, Supply Air TemperatureControl, Reheat Coil, BaseboardHeat, Minimum Humidity Control,Maximum Humidity Control, Thermostat,Heat Recovery, Equipment Sizing, HeatSource, Fan Placement, Motor Placement,Night Cycle Control, Fan Sizing*Following this table the user can find more information on the applicableoptions.IV.11 (Revised 5/81)
Table IV.2 Cont.SYSTEM-TYPECode-wordUHTUVTFPHTPFCFPFCTPIUFPIUName of SYSTEM-TYPEUn it HeaterUn it V en til a torFloor Panel HeatingSystemTwo-Pipe Fan CoilSystemFour-Pipe Fan CoilSystemTwo-Pipe InductionUn it SystemFour-Pipe InductionUnit SystemApplicableOptions*Baseboard Heat, Thermostat, EquipmentSizing, Heat Source, Night CycleControlOutside Air, Baseboard Heat, Thermostat,Equipment Sizing, Heat Source,Night Cycle ControlThermostat, Equipment Sizing, HeatSourceOutside Air', Exhaust Fan, BaseboardHeat, Minimum Humidity Control, Thermostat,Equipment Sizing, HeatSource, Night Cycle ControlOutside Air, Exhaust Fan, BaseboardHeat, Minimum Humidity Control,Thermostat, Equipment Sizing, HeatSource, Night Cycle ControlOutside Air, Return Air, Exhaust Fan,Supply Air Temperature Control,Baseboard Heat, Minimum HumidityControl, Maximum Humidity Control,Thermostat, Heat Recovery, EquipmentSizing, Heat Source, Fan Placement,Motor Placement, Night Cycle ControlOutside Air, Return Air, Exhaust Fan,Supply Air Temperature Control,Baseboard Heat, Minimum HumidityControl, Maximum Humidity Control,Thermostat, Heat Recovery, EquipmentSizing, Heat Source, Fan Placement,Motor Placement, Night Cycle Control*Following this table the user can find more information on the applicableoptions.I V.12 (Revised 5/81)
Table IV.2 Cont.SYSTEM-TYPECode-wordVAVSRHFSHPHVSYSCBVAVName of SYSTEM-TYPEVariable-Volume Fan Systemw/optional reheatConstant-Volume ReheatFan SystemUnitary Hydronic HeatPump SystemHeating and VentilatingSystemCeiling Bypass VariableVolume SystemApplicableOptions*Outside Air, Return Air, Exhaust Fan,Fan Control, Supply Air TemperatureControl, Heating Coil TemperatureControl, Reheat Coil, Baseboard Heat,Minimum Humidity Control, MaximumHumidity Control, Thermostat, HeatRecovery, Variable Flow, EquipmentSizing, Heat Source, Fan Placement,Motor Placement, Night Cycle Control,Fan Sizing ,Outside Air, Return Air, Exhaust Fan,Fan Control, Supply Air TemperatureControl, Heating Coil TemperatureControl, Reheat Coil, BaseboardHeat, Minimum Humidity Control,Maximum Humidity Control, Thermostat,Heat Recovery, Equipment Sizing, HeatSource, Fan Placement, Motor Placement,Night Cycle Control, Fan SizingOutside Air, Fan Control, BaseboardHeat, Thermostat, Equipment Sizing,Heat Source, Night Cycle ControlOutside Air, Return Air, Exhaust Fan,Heating Coil Temperature Control,Reheat Coil, Baseboard Heat, Thermostat,Heat Recovery, EquipmentSizing, Heat Source, Motor Placement,Night Cycle ControlOutside Air, Return Air, Exhaust Fan,Fan Control, Supply Air TemperatureControl, Heating Coil TemperatureControl, Reheat Coil, BaseboardHeat, Minimum Humidity Control,Maximum Humidity Control, Thermostat,Heat Recovery, Variable Flow,Equipment Sizing, Heat Source, FanPlacement, Motor Placement, NightCycle Control, Fan Sizing*Following this table the user can find more information on the applicableoptions.I V.13 (Revised 5/81)
Table IV.2 Cont.SYSTEM-TYPECode-wordRESYSPSlPMlSPVAVSPTACName of SYSTEM-TV PEResidential SystemPackaged Single lone AirConditioner wloptionalHeating and SubzoneReheatingPackaged Mul tizone FanSystemPackaged Variable AirVolume SystemPackaged Terminal AirConditionerApplicableOptions*Fan Control, Baseboard Heat, Thermostat,Equipment Sizing, Heat Source, .Openable WindowsOutside Air, Return Air, Exhaust Fan,Fan Control, Heating Coil TemperatureControl, Reheat Coil, Baseboard Heat,Minimum Humidity Control, MaximumHumidity Control, Thermostat, HeatRecovery, Subzones, Variable Flow insublONEs, Equipment Sizing, HeatSource, Fan· Placement, Motor Placement,Night Cycle Control, Fan SizingOutside Air, Return Air, Exhaust Fan,Fan Control, Hot Deck TemperatureControl, Cold Deck TemperatureControl, Baseboard Heat, MinimumHumidity Control, Maximum HumidityControl, Thermostat, Heat Recovery,Variable Flow, Equipment Sizing,Heat Source, Motor Placement, NightCycle Control, Fan SizingOutside Air, Return Air, Exhaust Fan,Fan Control, Supply Air TemperatureControl, Heating Coil TemperatureControl, Reheat Coil, Baseboard Heat,Minimum Humidity Control, MaximumHumidity Control, Thermostat, HeatRecovery, Subzones, Variable Flow,Equipment Sizing, Heat Source, MotorPlacement, Night Cycle Control, FanSizingOutside Air, Exhaust Fan, Fan ControlBaseboard Heat, Thermostat, EquipmentSizing, Heat Source, Night CycleControl*Following this table the user can find more information on the applicableoptions.I V.14 (Revised 5/81)
3. Explanation of System Options1)2)3)4)5)Outside Air Option: A fixed quantity of outside air, or one of twodifferent types of economizer cycles, can be specified (see keywordOA-CONTROL and MIN-OUTSIDE-AIR in SYSTEM-AIR subcommand).Return Air Option: Return air may be pulled back to the air-handlingunit by the supply fan, or a separate return air fan may be specifiedfor this purpose (see keywords RETURN-CFM, RETURN-DELTA-T, RETURN-KW,RETURN-STATIC, and RETURN-EFF in SYSTEM-FANS subcommand). The airmay be returned directly from the conditioned space or be drawnthrough a return air plenum (see keyword RETURN-AIR-PATH in theSYSTEM command).Exhaust Fan Option: Direct exhaust, independent of the return airsystem, may be specified for one or more zones (see keywordsEXHAUST-CFM, EXHAUST-KW, EXHAUST-STATIC, and EXHAUST-EFF in theZONE-AIR subcommand).Fan Control Option: One of seven different methods of reducingsystem fan capaclty, in accordance with system flow requirements,can be specified: fan discharge damper, fan inlet vanes, variablefan speed, and cycling for variable volume systems; two-speed forPTAC system; and standard constant-volume. In addition, the usermay input his own fan curve (see keyword FAN-CONTROL in the. SYSTEM-FANS subcommand).Supply Air Temperature Control Option: The temperature of supplyalr, dlscharg1ng from the primary alr supply unit of single-ductsystems, can be maintained constant, can be reset in accordance withoutside air temperature, can be scheduled in time, or can be basedon the requirements of the warmest zone (see keyword COOL-CONTROL inthe SYSTEM-CONTROL subcommand). Note: RESET outside airtemperature control is most commonly used with the two-pipeinduction system.6) Coil Temperature Control 0 tion: The temperature of the aireav1ng the centra or main eat1ng coil of single-duct airsystems is constant and is controlled by the value specified (ordefaulted) for HEAT-SET-T (see SYSTEM-CONTROL subcommand).7) Reheat Coil Option: Reheat (zone) coil operation for single-ductair systems 1S controlled by the user input for the keywordREHEAT-DELTA-T (see SYSTEM-TERMINAL subcommand) and the hourlyvalues referenced by HEAT-TEMP-SCH (see ZONE-CONTROL subcommand).8) Hot Deck Temperature Control Option: Hot deck temperature fordual-duct air systems can be maintained constant, can be reset inaccordance with outside air temperature, can be scheduled in time,or can be based on the requirements of the coldest zone served bythe system (see keywords HEAT-CONTROL, HEAT-SET-T, HEAT-SET-SCH, andHEAT-RESET-SCH in the SYSTEM-CONTROL subcommand).I V.15 (Revised 5/81)
9) Cold Deck Temperature Control Option: Cold deck temperature fordual duct air systems can be malntalned constant, can be reset inaccordance with outside air temperature, can be scheduled in time,or can be based on the requirements of the warmest zone served bythe system (see keywords COOL-CONTROL, COOL-SET-T, COOL-SET-SCH, andCOOL-RESET-SCH in the SYSTEM-CONTROL subcommand).10) Baseboard Heat Option: Baseboard heating may be specified for oneor mere zones (see keywords BASEBOARD-RATING in the ZONE instructionand BASEBOARD-SCH in the SYSTEM-CONTROL subcommand). The heatingelement output may be controlled thermostatically or may beautomatically reset on the basis of outside air temperature (seekeyword BASEBOARD-CTRL in the ZONE-CONTROL subcommand.11) Minimum Humidity Control Option: Minimum humidity control, by controlof relatlve humldlty ln the return air, can be specified (seekeyword MIN-HUMID lTY in the SYSTEM-CONTROL subcommand ). The programconverts any increase in absolute humidity into a heat load (Btu/hr)and passes th is load to the PLANT pro gam.12) Maximum Humidity Control Option: Maximum humidity control, bycontrol of relative humidity in the return air, can be specified(see keyword MAX-HUMIDITY in the SYSTEM-CONTROL subcommand).13)14)15)16)17)Thermostat Option:be speclfled, l.e.,action proportionalsubcommand) .Three different types of thermostat action cantwo-position, proportional band, and reverse(see keyword THERMOSTAT-TYPE in the ZONE-CONTROLHeat Recovery Option: Recovery of heat from exhausted air, forpreheating outside air, can be simulated (see keyword RECOVERY-EFFin the SYSTEM-AIR subcommand). Heat recovery, from double-bundlechillers and other types of primary equipment, is simulated by thePLANT program.Subzones Option: One or mere subzones, with optional reheat coiltemperature control and variable-air volume flow, can be specifiedfor SYSTEM-TYPE ~ SZRH or PSZ (see keyword ZONE-NAMES in the SYSTEMinstruction and keywords REHEAT-DELTA-T and MIN-CFM-RATIO in theSYSTEM-TERMINAL subcommand).Variable Flow Option: The normally constant flow simulation for theDual Duct Fan System (DDS) can be changed to a variable flowsimulation by supplying an entry for keyword MIN-CFM-RATIO (seeSYSTEM-TERMINAL subcommand). This entry specifies the flowreduction permitted before mixing of hot and cold air streams isinitiated to prevent additional decrease in flow.Equipment Sizing Ratio: It is possible to deliberately oversize orundersize the system equipment. The possible reasons for doing thisinclude (1) trying to incorporate an equipment safety factor, (2)I V.16 (Revised 5/81)
18)19)20)21 )trying to change the system's responsiveness, or (3) attempting toreduce initial costs of construction by assuming a measure of risk(see keyword SIZING-RATIO in SYSTEM command).Heat Source Option: The user may choose between GAS-FURNACE,OIL-FURNACE, HOT-WATER, HOT-WATER/SOLAR, and ELECTRIC forHEAT-SOURCEs. The same code-words are available for the keywordsZONE-HEAT-SOURCE, PREHEAT-SOURCE, and BASEBOARD-SOURCE (exceptHOT-WATER/SOLAR should not be used with BASEBOARD-SOURCE).HEAT-PUMP is an appropriate option for the RESYS and PTAC systemsonly.Fan Placement Option: A choice between BLOW-THROUGH andDRAW-THROUGH type fan is provided.Motor Placement Option: The motors may be placed IN-AIRFLOW orOUTSIDE-AIRFLOW to correctly account for fan heat gain in the supplyair stream.0henable Windows: Windows may be opened for naturalT 1S option 1S available for the RESYS system only.NATURAL-VENT-AC, NATURAL-VENT-SCH, and VENT-TEMP-SCHsubcommand) .ventil ati on.(Seein SYSTEM-AIR22) Night Cycle Control: The user may specify the behavior of the fansdUrlng periods where the FAN-SCHEDULEs are not in operation.Although the fans may be turned off at night, to conserve energy,the night cycle control will turn the fans on to maintain thetemperature within the THROTTLING-RANGE, thus preventing buildingfreezeup.23) Fan Sizing Option: It is possible to select the size of theSUPPLY-CFM (supply air fan) to meet either the block, or building,peak load (COINCIDENT for SIZING-OPTION in the SYSTEM command) orthe sum of the individual zone peak loads (NON-COINCIDENT forSIZING-OPTION in the SYSTEM command).4. System Descriptionsa. Summation of LOADS to PLANT (SUM)This is actually not a secondary HVAC distribution system, but rather adiagnostic tool, which is used to 1) pass the hourly LOADS program output tothe PLANT program without simulating a system, 2) adjust the constant zonetemperatures specified in LOADS, 3) simulate the thermostat schedules (but notthe equipment), and 4) tabulate energy consumption by ZONE (or group ofZONEs). SUM is not a miscellaneous SYSTEM-TYPE for UNCONDITIONED zones.UNCONDITIONEO ZONEs should be assigned to another SYSTEM.Table IV.3 shows the commands and keywords that must be entered for thissimulation, as well as those that are applicable but optional (i .e., programuses default value if entry is omitted).I V.17 (Rev i sed 5/81)
TABLE IV.3APPLICABILITY OF COMMANDS AND KEYWORDS TO SUMCommand Keyword Default Value or ConsequenceZONE-CONTROL DESIGN-HEAT-T *HEAT-TEMP-SCH DES IGN-COOL-T COOL-TEMP-SCH *THERMOSTAT -TYPEPROPORTIONALTHROTTLING-RANGE 2 0 FZONE ZONE-CONTROL **ZONE-TYPECOND ITIONEDMULTIPLIERMust equal MULTIPLIER in LOADSMAX-HEAT-RATEPeak loadMAX-COOL-RATEPeak loadSYSTEM-CONTROL HEATING-SCHEDULE A lways onCOOLING-SCHEDULE A lways onSYSTEM-FANS FAN-SCHEDULE A lways onNIGHT-CYCLE-CTRLSTAY-OFFSYSTEM SYSTEM-TYPE=SUM *ZONE-NAMES *SYSTEM-CONTROL **SYSTEM-FANS **SIZING-RATIO 1.0* Required command or keyword.** Required only if this keyword is entered as a subcommand.I V.18 (Revised 5/81)
. Single-Zone Fan System w/Optional Subzone Reheat (SZRH).s'UT
CommandZONE-CONTROLZONE-AIRZONESYSTEM-CONTROLSYSTEM-AIRTABLE IV.4APPLICABILITY OF COMMANDS AND KEYWORDS TO SYSTEM SZRHKeywordDESIGN-HEAT-THEAT-TEMP-SCHDESIGN-COOL-TCOOL-TEMP-SCHTHERMOSTAT -TYPETHROTTLING-RANGEBAS EB OAR D-CTR LAIR-CHANGES/HRCFM/SQFTASS I GNED-CFMOA-CHANGESOA-CFM/PEROUTSIDE-AIR-CFMEXHAUST-CFMEXHAUST -EFFEXHAUST-STATICEXHAUST-KWZONE-CONTROLZONE-AIRZONE-TYPEMULTIPLIERMA X-H EAT-RATEMAX-COOL-RATEBASEBOARD-RATINGMIN-CFM-RATIOMAX-SU PPL Y - TMIN-SUPPL Y-THEATING-SCHEDULECOOLING-SCHEDULEHEAT-SET-TPREHEAT-TMAX-HUM ID lTYMIN-HUMIDITYECONO-LIMlT-TBAS E BOARD-S CHSUPPLY-CFMRATED-CFMRETURN-CFMMIN-OUTS IDE-AIRMIN-A IR-SCHDefault Value or Consequence*No active heating control*No active cooling controlPR OPOR TI 0 NAL2 ofOUTDOOR-RESET___ ( Based on heating/ cool ing( loads, supply air, dT, and( sizing ratioBased on MIN-OUTS IDE-AIRBased on MIN-OUTSIDE-AIRBased on MIN-OUTS IDE-AIRo0.750.0From EXHAUST-EFF and EXHAUST-STATIC* Requlred command or keyword.** Required onlY,if this keyword is entered as a subcommand.****CONDITIONEDMust equal MULTIPLIER in LOADSPeak load or 1. 08 x d T x CFMPeak load or 1.08 x dT x CFMNo baseboard heatingFrom SYSTEM-TERMINAL*A lways onAlways onMAX-SUPPLY-T45°FNo dehumidification control (100. percent)No humidificationWeighted average DESIGN-COOL-T for allZONEs in the SYSTEMAlways offFrom ZONE-AIR or load/1.08 x dTNo performance adjus tmentSUPPLY-CFM minus EXHAUST-CFM or 0From ZONE-AIR or noneNo scheduling of outside airI V. 20 (Revised 5/81)
TABLE IV.4 -ContinuedCommandSYSTEM-AIR (cont)KeywordOA-CONTROLMAX-OA-FRACTIONRECOVERY-EFFDUCT -AIR-LOSSDUCT-DELTA-TDefault Value or ConsequenceTEMP1.0No heat recovery simulatedNoneNoneSYSTEM-FANS SUPPLY-STATIC From SUPPLY-DELTA-T and SUPPLY-KWSUPPL Y-EFFFrom SUPPLY-DEL TA-T and SUPPL Y-KWSUPPLY-DELTA-TZ. 4Z oFSUPPLY-KW.000783 kW/cfmFAN-SCHEDULEAlways onFAN-CONTROLCONSTANT-VOLUMESUPPLY-MECH-EFFFrom SUPPLY-EFFMOTOR-PLACEMENTIN-AIRFLOWF AN-PLACEMENTDRAW-THROUGHMAX-FAN-RATIO 1.1MIN-F AN-RATIO 0.3RETURN-STATIC) ( If neither pair, (RETURN-STATIC,RETURN-EFF ) ( RETURN-EFF) or (RETURN-DEL TA-T,RETURN-DELTA-T )---( RETURN-KW), is specifiedRETURN-KW ) ( no return fan is simulated.NIGHT -CYCLE-CTRLSTAY-OFFFAN-EIR-FPLR*(only if FAN-CONTROL = FAN-EIR-FPLR)SYSTEM-EQUIPMENTSYSTEM-TERMINALCOOLING CAPACITYCOOL-CAP-FTCOOL-SH-CAPCOOL-SH-FTCOIL-BFCOIL-BF-FCFMCOIL-BF-FTCOOL-CTRL-RANGECOOL-FT -MINRATED-CCAP-F CFMRA TED-SH-F CFMHEATING-CAPACITYRATED-HCAP-FCFMFURNACE-AUXFURNACE-HIRFURNACE-HIR-FPLRFURNACE-OFF-LOSSREHEAT-DELTA-TMIN-CFM-RATIODependent on peak loadsStandard curve SDL-C7From loadsStandard curve SDL-CZ70.037Standard curve SDL-C38Standard curve SDL-C484.0 o F70.0 o FStandard curve SDL-C80Standard curve SDL-C87Dependent on peak loadsStandard curve SDL-CIOZ800.0 Btu/hr1. 35 Btu/BtuStandard curve SDL-ClllNo loss accounted forNo reheat simulated in subzones1.0 (Constant Volume System)* Required command or keyword.IV.21(Revised 5/81)
TABLE IV.4 - ContinuedCommand Keyword Default Value or ConsequenceSYSTEM SYSTEM-TYPE=SZRH ZONE-NAMES* (First ZONE listed is thecontrol ZONE)SYSTEM-CONTROL **SYSTEM-AIR **SYSTEM-FANS **SYSTEM-TERMINAL **SYSTEM-EQUIPMENT **HEAT-SOURCEHOT-WATER/SOLARZONE-HEAT-SOURCEHOT-WATER/SOLARPREHEAT-SOURCEHOT-WATER /SOLARBASEBOARD-SOURCEHOT-WATERSIZING-RATIO 1.0SIZING-OPTIONNON-COINCIDENTRETURN-A IR-PATHDIRECTPLENUM-NAMESNo return air plenum* Required command or keyword.** Required only if this keyword is entered as a subcommand.I V. 22 (Revised 5/81)
c. Mul tizone Fan System (MZS)OUTSIDEAIR ____~-E~T~-ll~g~~VERYI ~ ---I, I I ECOI
Table IV.5 shows the commands and keywords that must be entered forsimulation of this system, as well as those that are appl icable but optional(i.e., program uses default value if entry is omitted).I V. 24 (Rev i sed 5/81)
CommandZONE-CONTROLZONE-AIRZONESYSTEM-CONTROLTABLE IV.5APPLICABILITY OF COMMANDS AND KEYWORDS TO SYSTEM MZSKeywordDESIGN-HEAT-THEAT-TEMP-SCHDESIGN-COOL-TCOOL-TEMP-SCHTHERMOSTAT-TYPETHROTTLING-RANGEBASE BOARD-CTRLDefault Value or Consequence*No active heating control*No active cooling controlPROPORTIONAL2°FOUTDOOR-RESETAIR-CHANGES/HR ) ( Based on heating/coolingCFM/SQFT )---( loads, supply air, ,
TABLE IV.5 -CommandSYSTEM-AIRContinuedKeywordSUPPLY-CFMRATED-CFMRETURN-CFMMIN-OUTS IDE-AIRMIN-AIR-SCHOA-CONTROLMAX-OA-FRACTIONRE CO VER Y -EFFDUCT -AIR-LOSSDUCT-DEL TA-TDefault Value or ConsequenceFrom ZONE-AIR or 10ad/1.08 x 8TNo performance adjus tmentSUPPLY-CFM minus EXHAUST-CFM or 0From ZONE-AIR or noneNo scheduling of outside airTEMP1.0No heat recovery simulatedNoneNoneSYSTEM-FANSSUPPL Y-STATICFrom SUPPLY-DEL TA-T and SUPPL Y-KWSUPPLY-EFFFrom SUPPLY-DELTA-T and SUPPLY-KWSUPPLY-DELTA-T2.723°F'SUPPLY-KW0.00088 kW/cfmFAN-SCHEDULEA 1 ways onFAN-CONTROLCONSTANT-VOLUMESUPPL Y-MECH-EFFFrom SUPPL Y-EFFMOTOR-PLACEMENTIN-AIRFLOWMAX-FAN-RATIO 1.1MIN-FAN-RATIO 0.3RETURN-STATIC) ( If neither pair, (RETURN-STATIC,RETURN-EFF ) ( RETURN-EFF) or (RETURN-DELTA-T,RETURN-DELTA-T )---( RETURN-Ki·J), is specified,RETURN-KW ) ( no return fan is simulated.NIGHT-CYCLE-CTRLSTAY-OFFFAN-EIR-FPLR*(only if FAN-CONTROL = FAN-EIR-FPLR)SYSTEM-TERMINALSYSTEM-EQUIPMENTMIN-CFM-RATIOCOOLING-CAPACITYCOOL-CAP-FTCOOL-SH-CAPCOOL-SH-FTCOIL-BFCOIL-BF-FCFMCOIL-BF-FTCOOL-CTRL-RANGECOOL-FT-MINRATED-CCAP-FCFMRATED-SH-FCFMHEATING-CAPACITYRATED-HCAP-FCFM1.0 (Constant volume system)Depen dent on peak 1 DadsStandard curve SDL-C7From loadsStandard curve SDL-C27.078Standard curve SDL-C38Standard curve SDL-C484.0°F70.0°FStandard curve SDL-C80Standard curve SDL-C87Dependent on peak loadsStandard curve SDL-C102* Required command or keyword.**Required only if this keyword is entered as a subcommand.IV.26 (Revised 5/81)
TABLE IV.5 -ContinuedCommandSYSTEM-EQUIPMENT(continued)SYSTEMKeywordFURNACE-AUXFURNACE-H IRFURNACE-HIR-FPLRFURNACE-OFF -LOSSSYSTEM-TYPE;MZSZONE-NAMESSYSTEM-CONTROLSYSTEM-AIRSYSTEM-FANSSYSTEM-TERMINALSYSTEM-EQUIPMENTHEAT -SOURCEPREHEAT -SOURCEBASEBOARD-SOURCESIZING-RATIOSIZING-OPTIONHCOIL-WIPE-FCFMRETURN-AIR-PATHPLENUM-NAMESDefault Value or Consequence800.0 Btu/hr1. 35 Btul BtuStandard curve SDL-ClllNo loss accounted for***********HOT -WATERISOLARHOT-WATERISOLARHOT -WATER1.0NON-COINCIDENTNo effectDIRECTNo return air plenum* Requ ired command or keyword.** Required only if this keyword is entered as a subcommand.I V. 27 (Revised 5/81)
d. Dual-Duct Fan System (DDS)iHEAT-)I~~~~VERY I r~ - - --J! 1 I ECONOMIZER IOUTSIDE I HR I I IAIR --- 1 ---c II 11\L __ -.l L_RETURNAIRHEATINGCOILHOT AIR DUCTIHEAT- -IIRECOVERYI,COIL IEXHAUST I HR IAIR -- ,...-! c 1I IL __ ~r-----'I~~~URN:ZONENO. 2 I: ~:==~F=~~~~-~J~I :L _____ ..JI--IT~~S SHOWN IN DASHED BOXESARE OPTIONAL COMPONENTSThe dual-duct type fan system, illustrated in the schematic above, can beeither the cons tant vol ume or var i ab le volume type.The constant-volume type is identical to the multizone type of system(see MZS for description), except that the hot and cold air streams (from thewarm air duct and cold air duct) are extended to individual mixing boxes,located in the zone being served, where the two air streams are mixed.The variable volume type dual duct system is as described above, exceptthat the type of mixing box used in this system is capable of reducing flow inresponse to a decrease in cool ing demand. Mixing of the cold and hot airstreams occurs only after flow has been reduced to a prescribed minimum; thus,total energy usage is reduced.Exhaust fan(s) are optional for any or all zones. The program assumes theexistence of a preheat coil and calculates the preheat load, if and when themixed air temperature falls below the required PREHEAT-T. The Btu equivalentof the moisture that is added to the air stream, to maintain.a minimumhumidity, is passed to the PLANT program as a heating load.A number of optional features and control strategies can be specified forthis system. The optional features are discussed in Table IV.2 and the sectionentitled, "Explanation of System Options" (immediately following Table IV.2).The possible control strategies for this system are discussed in Sec. B.5 ofthis chapter. It is highly recommended that the user read that portion ofSec. B.5 that is applicable to thlS system.I V. 28 (Revised 5/81)
Table IV.6 shows the commands and keywords that must be entered forsimulation of this system, as well as those that are appl icable but optional(i .e., program uses default value if entry is omitted.)I V. 29 (Revised 5/81)
CommandZONE-CONTROLZONE-AIRZONESYSTEM-CONTROLTABLE IV.6APPLICABILITY OF COMMANDS AND KEYWORDS TO SYSTEM DDSKeywordDESIGN-HEAT-THEAT-TEMP-SCHDESIGN-COOL-TCOOL-TEMP-SCHTHERMOSTAT-TYPETHROTTLING-RANGEBASE BOARD-CTRLDefault Value or Consequences*No active heating control*No active cooling controlPROPORTIONAL2 0 FOUTDOOR-RESETAIR-CHANGES/HR ) ( Based on heating/coolingCFM/SQFT )---( loads, supply air, liT, andASSIGNED-CFM) ( sizing r9-tioOA-CHANGESBased on MIN-OUTSIDE-AIROA-CFM/PERBased on MIN-OUTSIDE-AIROUTSIDE-AIR-CFM Based on MIN-OUTSIDE-AIREXHAUST -CFM 0EXHAUST -EFF 0.75EXHAUST-STATIC 0.0EXHAUST-KWFrom EXHAUST-EFF and EXHAUST-STATICZONE-CONTROLZONE-AIRZONE-TYPEMUL TIPLIERMAX-HEAT-RATEMAX-COOL-RATEBASEBOARD-RATINGMIN-CFM-RATIOMAX-SUPPLY-TMIN-SUPPLY-THEATING-SCHEDULECOOLING-SCHEDULEHEAT-CONTROLHEAT-SET-THEAT-RESET-SCHHEAT-SET-SCHCOOL-CONTROLCOOL-SET-TCOOL-RESET-SCHCOOL-SET-SCHPREHEAT-TMAX-HUMIDITYMIN-HUMIDITYECONO-L1MIT - TBASEBOARD-SCH* Required command or keyword.** RequiredLonly if this keyword is enteredIV.30****CONDITIONEDMust equal MULTIPLIER in LOADSPeak load or 1.08 x liT x CFMPeak load or 1.08 x liT x CFMNo baseboard heatingFrom SYSTEM-TERMINAL*Always onAlways onCONSTANTMAX-SUPPLY-T if HEAT-CONTROL = CONSTANT(only if HEAT-CONTROL=RESET)* (only if HEAT-CONTROL=SCHEDULED)CONSTANTMIN-SUPPLY-T if COOL-CONTROL=CONSTANT(only if COOL-CONTROL=RESET)* ~only if COOL-CONTROL=SCHEDULED)45 FNo dehumidification control (100. percent)No humidificationWeighted average DESIGN-COOL-T for allZONEs in the SYSTEMAlways offas a subcommand.(Revised 5/81)
TABLE IV.6 - ContinuedCommandSYSTEM-AIRSYSTEM-FANSSYSTEM-TERMINALSYSTEM-EQUIPMENTKeywordSUPPL Y-CFMRATED-CFMRETURN-CFMMIN-OUTS IDE-AIRMIN-AIR-SCHOA-CONTROLMAX-OA-FRACTIONRECOVERY-EFFDUCT -A IR-LOSSDUCT-DELTA-TSUPPL Y-STATICSUPPL Y-EFFSUPPL Y-DELTA-TSUPPLY-KWFAN-SCHEDULEFAN-CONTROLSUPPL Y-MECH-EFFMOTOR-PLACEMENTMAX- FAN -RATIOMIN-FAN-RATIORETURN-STATIC }RETURN-EFF )RETURN-DEL TA-T )--RETURN-KW )NIGHT-CYCLE-CTRLF AN-E IR-F PLRMIN-CFM-RATIOCOOLING-CAPACITYCOOL-CAP-FTCOOL-SH-CAPCOOL-SH-FTCOIL-BFCOIL-BF-FCFMCO IL-BF -FTCOOL-CTRL-RANGECOOL-FT-MINRATED-CCAP-FCFMRATED-SH-FCFMHEATING-CAPACITYRATED-HCAP-F CFMFURNACE-AUXFURNACE-HIRFURNACE-HIR-FPLRFURNACE-OFF -LOSSDefault Value or ConsequenceFrom ZONE-AIR or 10ad/1.0S x bTNo performance adjus tmentSUPPLY-CFM minus EXHAUST-CFM or 0From ZONE-AIR or noneNo scheduling of outside airTEMP1.0No heat recovery simulatedNoneNoneFrom SUPPLY-DELTA-T and SUPPLY-KWFrom SUPPLY-DELTA-T and SUPPLY-KW3.37°F.00109 kW/ cfmAlways onCONSTANT-VOLUMEFrom SUPPLY-EFFIN-AIRFLOW1.10.3If neither pair, (RETURN-STATIC,RETURN-EFF) or (RETURN-DELTA-T,RETURN-KW), is specified,no return fan is simulated.STAY-OFF*(only if FAN-CONTROL = FAN-EIR-FPLR)1.0 (Constant volume system)Depen dent on peak loadsStandard curve SDL-C7From loadsStandard curve SDL-C27.037Standard curve SDL-C3SStandard curve SDL-C4S4.00F70.0 0 FStandard curve SDL-CSOStandard curve SDL-CS7Dependent on peak loadsStandard curve SDL-C 102SOO.O Btu/ hr1.35 Btu/BtuStandard curve SDL-C1l1No loss accounted for* Required ~mand or keywordIV.31(Revised 5/S1)
TABLE IV.6 -ContinuedCommand Keyword Default Value or ConsequenceSYSTEM SYSTEM-TYPE~DDS*ZONE-NAMES *SYSTEM-CONTROL **SYSTEM-AIR **SYSTEM-FANS **SYSTEM-TERMINAL **SYSTEM-EQUIPMENT **HEAT -SOURCEHOT -WATER / SOLARPREHEAT -SOURCEHOT-WATER/SOLARBASEBOARD-SOURCEHOT -WATERSIZING-RATIO 1.0S IZ lNG-OPTIONCOINCIDENTHCOIL-WIPE-FCFMNo effectRETURN-AIR-PATHDIRECTPLENUM-NAMESNo return air pl enum* Required command or keyword.** Required only if the keyword is entered as a subcommand.I V. 32 (Revised 5/81)
e. Ceiling Induction System (SZCI)OUTSIDEAIR ___IHEAT-iIRECOVERY , ____ _IC01L I ' ,I ECONOMIZER II Ii< II IPREHEATCOILRETURNAIR'=;'==-'-1----- - --,IIIIII t;l~~=='i==1i EXHAUST)I ___ ~N_-.J- ITEMS SHOWN IN DASHED BOXESARE OPTIONAL COMPONENTSThis system is identical to the Variable Volume Fan System (VAVS) in anyof its optional configurations, with the addition of induction mixing boxes toprovide individual temperature control for one or more zones. Total systemair flow is affected by operation of the induction box units. These unitsreduce supply air flow during periods when supply air is colder than requiredby their respective subzones, while simultaneously introducing room (or ceilingplenum) air into the mixing box, so that the flow of air into the space remainsrelatively constant. Because induction flow is limited to a maximum of 50 percent, reheat coils may be installed if further primary air heating is required.Exhaust fan(s) are optional for any or all zones. The program assumesthat a heating coil is installed (downstream of the cool ing coil) if maximumhumidity control is specified (keyword MAX-HUMIDITY). The Btu equivalent ofthe moisture that is added to the air stream, to maintain a minimum humidity,is passed to the PLANT program as a heating load.A number of optional features and control strategies can be specified forthis system. The optional features are discussed in Table IV.2 and the sectionentitled, "Explanation of System Options" (immediately following Table IV.2).The possible control strategies for this system are discussed in Sec. B.5 ofthis chapter. It is highly recommended that the user read that portion ofSec. B.5 that is appllCable to thlS system.I V. 33 (Revised 5/81)
Table IV.7 shows the commands and keywords that must be entered forsimulation of this system, as well as those that are appl icable but optional(i .e., program uses default value if entry is omitted.)IV.34 (Rev ised 5/81)
TABLE IV.7CommandZONE-CONTROLZONE-AIRZONESYSTEM-CONTROLAPPLICABILITY OF COMMANDS AND KEYWORDS TO SYSTEM SZCIKeywordDESIGN-HEAT-THEAT-TEMP-SCHDESIGN-COOL-TCOOL-TEMP-SCHTHERMOSTAT-TYPETHROTTLING-RANGEBASE BOARD-CTRLDefault Value or Consequence*No active heating control*No active cooling controlPROPORTIONAL2°FOUTDOOR-RESETAIR-CHANGES/HR ) ( Based on heating/coolingCFM/SQFT )---( loads, supply air, AT, andASSIGNED-CFM) ( sizing ratioOA-CHANGESBased on MIN-OUTSIDE-AIROA-CFM/PERBased on MIN-OUTSIDE-AIROUTSIDE-AIR-CFM Based on MIN-OUTSIDE-AIREXHAUST -CFM 0EXHAUST-EFF 0.75EXHAUST-STATIC 0.0EXHAUST-KWFrom EXHAUST-EFF and EXHAUST-STATICZONE-CONTROLZONE-AIRZONE-TYPEMUL TIPLIERMAX-HEAT-RATEMAX-COOL-RATEBASEBOARD-RATINGMAX-SUPPLY-TMIN-SUPPLY-THEATING-SCHEDULECOOLING-SCHEDULEHEAT-SET-TCOOL-CONTROLCOOL-SET-TCOOL-RESET-SCHCOOL-SET-SCHPREHEAT-TMAX-HUMIDITYMIN-HUMIDITYECONO-L1MIT -TBASEBOARD-SCH****COND I TI ONE DMust equal MULTIPLIER IN LOADSPeak load or 1.08 x AT x CFMPeak load or 1.08 x AT x CFMNo baseboard heating*Always onAlways onMAX-SUPPLY-T (for design purposes)CONSTANTMIN-SUPPLY-T if COOL-CONTROL=CONSTANT* (only if COOL-CONTROL=RESET)* !only if COOL-CONTROL=SCHEDULED)45 FNo dehumidification control (100. percent)No humidificationWeighted average DESIGN-COOL-T for allZONEs in the SYSTEMAlways off* Required command or keyword.** Required only if this keyword is entered as a subcommand.IV.35 (Revised 5/81)
TABLE IV.7 -ContinuedCommandSYSTEM-AIRKeywordSUPPL Y-CFMRATED-CFMRETURN-CFMMIN-OUTS IDE-AIRMIN-A IR-SCHOA-CONTROLMAX-OA-F RACTI 0 NRECOVERY-EFFDUCT -A IR-LOSSDUCT-DELTA-TDefault Value or ConsequenceFrom ZONE-AIR or 10ad/l.OS x ~TNo performance adjus tmentSUPPLY-CFM minus EXHAUST-CFM or 0From ZONE-AIR or noneNo scheduling of outside airTEMP1.0No heat recovery simulatedNoneNoneSYSTEM-FANSSUPPL Y-STATICFrom SUPPL Y-DELTA-T and SUPPL Y-KWSUPPLY-EFFFrom SUPPLY-DELTA-T and SUPPLY-KWSUPPLY-OELTA-T3.11 ofSUPPLY-KW.00101 kW/cfmFAN-SCHEDULEA lways onFAN-CONTROLCONSTANT-VOLUMESUPPL Y-MECH-EFFFrom SUPPL Y-EFFMOTOR-PLACEMENTIN-AIRFLOWFAN-PLACEMENTDRAW-THROUGHMAX-F AN-RATIO 1.1MIN-FAN-RATIO 0.3RETURN-STATIC) ( If neither pair, (RETURN-STATIC,RETURN-EFF ) ( RETURN-EFF) or (RETURN-DELTA-T,RETURN-DELTA-T )---( RETURN-KW), is specified,RETURN-KW ) ( no return fan is simulatedNIGHT-CYCLE-CTRLSTAY-OFFFAN-EIR-FPLR*(only if FAN-CONTROL = FAN-EIR-FPLR)S YS TEM-TE RM I NALSYSTEM-EQUIPMENTREHEAT-DELTA-TCOOLING-CAPACITYCOOL-CAP-FTCOOL-SH-CAPCOOL-SH-FTCOIL-BFCOIL-BF-FCFMCOIL-BF-FTCOOL-CTRL-RANGECOOL-FT-MINRATED-CCAP-FCFMRA TED-SH-F CFMHEATING-CAPACITYRATED-HCAP-FCFMFURNACE-AUXFURNACE-HIRFURNACE-HIR-FPLRFURNACE-OFF -LOSSNo reheat simulatedDependent on peak loadsStandard curve SDL-C7From loadsStandard curve SDL-C27.037Standard curve SDL-C3SStandard curve SDl-C4S4.0 0 F70.0 0 F ,Standard curve SDL-CSOStandard curve SDL-CS7Dependent on peak loadsStandard curve SDL-Cl02SOO.O Btu/ hr1.35 Btu/BtuStandard curve SDL-ClllNo loss accounted for*Required command or keyword.IV.36(Revised 5/S1)
TABLE IV.7 -ContinuedCommand Keyword Defau It Val ue or ConsequenceSYSTEM SYSTEM-TYPE=SZCI *ZONE-NAMES *SYSTEM-CONTROL **SYSTEM-AIR **SYSTEM-FANS **SYSTEM-TERMINAL**SYSTEM-EQU IPMENT **HEAT-SOURCEHOT-WATER/SOLARZONE-HEAT-SOURCEHOT-WATER/SOLARPREHEAT-SOURCEHOT-WATER/SOLARBASEBOARD-SOURCEHOT-WATERSIZING-RATIO 1.0SIZING-OPT IONCOINCIDENTRETURN-AIR-PATHDIRECTPLENUM-NAMESNo return air pl enums* Requ ired command or keyword.** Required only if this keyword is entered as a subcommand.I V. 37 (Revised 5/81)
f. Un it H ea ter (UHT)SUPPLYFANHEATINGCOILTISPACE~This simulation is for a unit heater serving one ZONE. Multiple systems,that is, multiple ZONEs with one unit heater each, may be simulated. Thisunit is not capable of introducing outside air. Space temperature control isaccomplished by on-off cycling control of the fan.A number of optional features and control strategies can be specified forthis system. The optional features are discussed in Table IV.2 and the sectionentitled, "Explanation of System Options" (immediately following Table IV.2).The possible control strategies for this system are discussed in Sec. B.5 ofthis chapter. It is highly recommended that the user read that portion ofSec. B.5 that is appl icable to thlS system.Table IV.8 shows the commands and keywords that must be entered forsimulation of this system, as well as those that are applicable but optional(i.e., program uses default value if entry is omitted.)I V. 38 (Revised 5/81)
CommandZONE-CONTROLTABLE I V .BAPPLICABILITY OF COMMANDS AND KEYWORDS TO SYSTEM UHTKeywordDES IGN-HEAT-THEAT-TEMP-SCHDES IGN-COOL-TTHERMOSTAT -TYPETHROTTLING-RANGEBASEBOARD-CTRLDefault Value or Consequence*No active heating control*PROPORTIONAL2 0 FOUTDOOR-RESETZONE-AIR AIR-CHANGES/HR ) ( Based on heating/ coo 1 ingCFM/SQFT )---{ loads, supply air, r,.T, andASSIGNED-CFM) { sizing ratio ,RATED-CFMNo performance adjustmentZONESYSTEM-CONTROLSYSTEM-AIRSYSTEM-FANSSYSTEM-EQUIPMENTSYSTEMZONE-CONTROLZONE-AIRZONE-TYPEMULTI PLIERMAX-HEAT-RATEBASEBOARD-RATINGHEATING-CAPACITYMAX-SUPPLY-THEATING-SCHEDULEBASEBOARD-SCHRATED-CFMSUPPLY-STATICSUPPLY-EFFSUPPLY-DELTA-TSUPPLY-KWFAN-SCHEDULENIGHT-CYCLE-CTRLHEATING-CAPACITYFURNACE-AUXFURNACE-HIRFURNACE-HIR-FPLRFURNACE-OFF-LOSSSYSTEM-TYPE=UHTZONE-NAMESSYSTEM-CONTROLSYSTEM-FANSSYSTEM-EQUI PMENTHEAT -SOURCEBASEBOARD-SOURCESIZING-RATIO* Required command or keyword.** Required only if this keyword is enteredIV.39****COND ITIONEDMust equal MULTIPLIER in LOADSPeak load or 1.0B x r,.T x CFMNo baseboard heatingFrom SYSTEM-EQUIPMENT*Always onAlways offNo performance adjustmentFrom SUPPLY-DELTA-T and SUPPLY-KWFrom SUPPLY-DELTA-T and SUPPLY-KWO.21BoF.00007 kW/cfmA lways onSTAY-OFFDepen dent on peak loadsBOO.O Btu/ hr1. 35 Btu/BtuStandard curve SDL-Cl11No loss accounted for*******HOT-WATER/SOLARHOT-WATER1.0as a subcommand.(Rev ised 5/B1)
g. Unit Ventilator (UVT)SUPPLYFANHEATINGCOILSPACEThis simulation is the same as that described for Unit Heater (UHT),except that the unit ventilator is also capable of introducing a fixed amountof outside air during heating and operating an outside air damper for cooling(see SYSTEM-AIR and ZONE-AIR instructions).A number of optional features and control strategies can be specified forthis system. The optional features are discussed in Table IV.2 and the sectionentitled, "Explanation of System Options" (immediately following Table IV.2).The possible control strategies for this system are discussed in Sec. 8.5 ofthis chapter. It is highly recommended that the user read that portion ofSec. 8.5 that is applicable to thlS system.Table IV.9 shows the commands and keywords that must be entered forsimulation of this system, as well as those that are applicable but optional(i.e., program uses default value if entry is omitted.)I V.40 (Rev ised 5/81)
TABLE I V.9APPLICABILITY OF 'COMMANDS AND KEYWORDS TO SYSTEM UVTCommandZONE-CONTROLKeywordDES IGN-HEAT - THEAT-TEMP-SCHDES IGN-COOL-TCOOL-TEMP-SCHTHERMOSTAT -TYPETHROTTLING-RANGEBASEBOARD-CTRLDefault Value or Consequence*No active heating control*No openable damper (fixed)PROPORTIONALZOFOUTDOOR-RESETZONE-AIRAIR-CHANGES/HR ) ( Based on heating/ cool ingCFM/SQFT )---( loads, supply air, bT, andASSIGNED-CFM) ( sizing ratioRATED-CFMNo performance adjus tmentOA-CHANGESBased on MIN-OUTSIDE-AIROA-CFM/ PERBased on MIN-OUTS IDE-AIROUTS IDE-A IR-CFMBased on MIN-OUTSIDE-AIRZONESYSTEM-CONTROLSYSTEM-AIRZONE-CONTROLZONE-AIRZONE-TYPEMULTIPLIERMAX-HEAT -RATEBASEBOARD-RATINGHEATING-CAPACITYMAX-SUPPL Y-THEATING-SCHEDULEBASEBOARD-SCHMIN-OUTS IDE-AIRMIN-A IR-SCHMAX-OA-FRACTIONRATED-CFM****COND !TIONEDMust equal MULTIPLIER in LOADSPeak load or 1.08 x bT x CFMNo baseboard heatingFrom SYSTEM-EQUIPMENT*A lways onAlways offFrom ZONE-AIR or noneNo scheduling of outside air1.0No performance adjustmentSYSTEM-FANS SUPPLY-STATIC From SUPPLY-DELTA-T and SUPPLY-KWSUPPL Y-EFFFrom SUPPLY-DELTA-T and SUPPLY-KWSUPPLY-DELTA-T0.18ZoF .SUPPLY-KWFAN-SCHEDULENIGHT-CYCLE-CTRL.000059 kW/cfmAlways onCYCLE-ON-ANY (but with no outside air)SYSTEM-EQUIPMENTHEATING-CAPACITYFURNACE-AUXFURNACE-H IRFURNACE-HIR-FPLRFURNACE-OFF-LOSSDependent on peak loads800.0 Btu/hr1. 35 Btu/ BtuStandard curve SDL-elllNo loss accoun ted for* Required command or keyword.** Required only if this keyword is entered as a subcommand.I V. 41 (Revised 5/81)
TABLE IV.9 -ContinuedSYSTEMCommandKeywordSYSTEM-TYPE=UVTZONE-NAMESSYSTEM-CONTROLSYSTEM-AIRSYSTEM-FANSSYSTEM-EQUIPMENTHEAT-SOURCEBASEBOARD-SOURCESIZING-RATIODefault Value or Consequence*********HOT-WATER/SOLARHOT-WATER1.0* Required command or keyword.** Required only if this keyword is entered as a subcommand.I V. 42 (Revised 5/81)
h. Floor Panel Heating System (FPH)TO ADDITIONALZONESHEATINGuNITYPRI~UMPMODULATING3 WAY VALVEI PUMPZONE (- - -~EDJPANELUUI I I I~ ~ ~IZONE No.1 ZONE NO. 2 ZONE No.3- - -\The Floor Panel Heating system, illustrated in the schematic above,provides heating for one or more zones by circulation of heated fluid througha network of pipes embedded in the floor or ceil ing. A single pump, ratherthan the primary-secondary pumping arrangement shown, is installed forsingle-zone systems. Space temperature in each zone is controlled by varyingthe temperature of the fluid circulating in that zone.Hourly heat addition rate is determined for this system exactly as forother types of systems (see Sec. A, subsection 4 of this chapter). Note thatpumping energy associated with this system is accounted for by the PLANTprogram, rather than the SYSTEMS program (see Chap. V).The ratio of panel heat losses to panel heating output must be estimatedby the user and entered (see keyword PANEL-HEAT-LOSS in the ZONE instruction).The program assumes that this ratio of heat loss to heat output remains constantover the full range of panel output.A number of optional features and control strategies can be specified forthis system. The optional features are discussed in Table IV.2 and the sectionentitled, "Explanation of System Options" (immediately following Table IV.2).The possible control strategies for this system are discussed in Sec. B.5 ofthis chapter. It is highly recommended that the user read that portion ofSec. B.5 that is applicable to this system.Table IV.I0 shows the commands and keywords that must be entered for simulationof this system, as well as those that are applicable but optional (i .e.,program uses default value if entry is omitted.)I V. 43 (Revised 5/81)
Comman dZONE-CONTROLZONESYSTEM-CONTROLSYSTEMTABLE IV.IOAPPLICABILITY OF COMMANDS AND KEYWORDS TO SYSTEM FPHKeywordDES IGN-HEAT -THEAT-TEMP-SCHDESIGN-COOL-TTHERMOSTAT -TYPETHROTTLING-RANGEZONE-CONTROLZONE-TYPEMULTIPLIERMAX-HEAT-RATEPANEL-LOSS-RATIOHEATING-SCHEDULESYSTEM-TYPE=FPHZONE-NAMESSYSTEM-CONTROLHEAT -SOURCESIZING-RATIODefault Value or Consequence*No active heating control* (Required but not used)PROPORTIONALZOF**COND ITIONEDMust equal MULTIPLIER in LOADSPeak load or 1.08 x lIT x CFM0.0A lways on***HOT-WATER/SOLAR1.0* Requ ired command or keyword.** Required only if this keyword is entered as a subcommand.IV.44 (Revised 5/81)
i. Two-Pipe Fan Coil System (TPFC)2-PO$ITIO~3-wAY VALVE3-WAYU 1 VERT1 NGV'\LVEiCIRCULATINGPUMPS1UNITFA' (OJ'---~----lt- ,,-- - -11------. 1-- 1 .,ZONENO. 3J_"~jI , I I I\ OUTSIDE I I I IL_~~R ___ I L ___ ~ L __ ~AIR- - -"1,, 0: ,I L.. ______ -1IITEMS SHO''';NIN DASHED BOXESARE OPT! ONAl COMPON~NTSThe Two-Pipe Fan Coil system, illustrated in the schematic above, canprovide both heating and cooling to a number of individually controlledzones. However, all zones served by the system must be operating in the samemode (i .e., either heating or cooling) at any given time.The fan coil unit consists of a filter (not shown), a combinationheating/cooling coil, and a fan. The coil is connected to a piping systemthat can provide either hot or cold water (according to the prevail ing mode ofoperation as defined by the HEATING-SCHEDULE and COOLING-SCHEDULE). The unitcan provide a fixed quantity of outside air ventilation or merely recirculateconditioned air. Exhaust fan(s) are optional for any or all zones.Temperature control is achieved by throttl ing the flow of water throughthe heating/cooling coil. The control thermostat commonly used for this typeof system has separate heating and cool ing set points.Note that the pumping energy associated with this system is accounted forin the PLANT program, rather than in the SYSTEMS program.Note that fan coil units, particularly the smaller direct-driveunits, may not be available with a fan capacity that matches the calculatedvalue. Therefore, assignment of the fan capacity of a specific, commerciallyavailable unit is recommended for improved simulation accuracy. Analternative to this is, if the user has to select a fan that is significantlydifferent in capacity from the calculated value (that is, one that will beforced to operate above or below its rated capacity to meet the calculatedvalue), he may elect to specify data for the keyword RATEO-CFM (see ZONE-AIRcommand) .IV.45 (Revised 5/81)
A number of optional features and control strategies can be specified forthis system. The optional features are discussed in Table lV.2 and the sectionentitled, "Explanation of System Options" (immediately following Table lV.2).The possible control strategies for this system are discussed in Sec. 8.5 ofthis chapter. It is highly recommended that the user read that portion ofSec. 8.5 that is appl icable to this system.Table lV.1l shows the commands and keywords that must be entered forsimulation of this system, as well as those that are appl icable but optional(i .e., program uses default value if entry is omitted.)lV.46 (Revised 5/81)
CommandZONE-CONTROLZONE-AIRZONESYSTEM-CONTROLSYSTEM-AIRTABLE IV.nAPPLICABILITY OF COMMANDS AND KEYWORDS TO SYSTEM TPFCKeywordDESIGN-HEAT-THEAT - TEMP-SCHDESIGN-COOL-TCOOL-TEMP-SCHTHERMOSTAT-TYPETHROTTLING-RANGEBASE BOARD-CTRLAIR-CHANGES/HRCFM/SQFTASSIGNED-CFMRATED-CFMOA-CHANGESOA-CFM/PEROUTSIDE-AIR-CFMEXHAUST-CFMEXHAUST-EFFEXHAUST-STATICEXHAUST-KWZONE-CONTROLZONE-AIRZONE-TYPEMULTIPLIERMAX-HEAT-RATEMAX-COOL-RATEBASEBOARD-RATINGHEATING-CAPACITYCOOLING-CAPACITYCOOL-SH-CAPMAX-SUPPLY-TMIN-SUPPLY-THEATING-SCHEDULECOOLING-SCHEDULEMIN-HUMI D ITYBASEBOARD-SCHRATED-CFMMIN-OUTSIDE-AIRMIN-AIR-SCHDUCT-AIR-LOSSDUCT-DELTA-TDefault Value or Consequence*No active heating control*No active cooling controlPROPORTIONALZOFOUTDOOR-RESET( Based on heating/cooling---( loads, supply air, aT, and( sizing ratioFrom SYSTEM-AIRBased on MIN-OUTSIDE-AIRBased on MIN-OUTSIDE-AIRBased on MIN-OUTSIDE-AIRo0.750.0From EXHAUST-EFF and EXHAUST-STATIC****CONDITIONEDMust equal MULTIPLIER in LOADSPeak load or 1.08 x aT x CFMPeak load or 1.08 x aT x CFMNo baseboard heatingFrom SYSTEM-EQUIPMENTFrom SYSTEM-EQUIPMENTFrom SYSTEM-EQUIPMENT**Always onAlways onNo humidificationAlways offNo performance adjustmentFrom ZONE-AIR or noneNo scheduling of outside airNoneNone* Required command or keyword.** Required only if this keyword is entered as a subcommand.IV.47 (Revised 5/81)
TABLE IV.ll - ContinuedCommand Keyword Default Value or ConsequenceSYSTEM-FANS SUPPL Y-STATIC From SUPPLY-DELTA-T and SUPPLY-KWSUPPLY-EFFFrom SUPPLY-DELTA-T and SUPPLY-KWSUPPL Y-DEL TA-T0.21SoFSUPPLY-KW.00007 kW/ cfmFAN-SCHEDULEAlways onNIGHT-CYCLE-CTRLSTAY-OFFSYSTEM-EQUIPMENT COOLING-CAPACITY Dependent on peak loadsCOOL-CAP-FTStandard curve SDL-C10COOL-SH-CAPFrom loadsCOOL-SH-FTStandard curve SDL-30COIL-BF .14CO IL -BF-F CFMStandard curve SDL-C40COIL-BF-FTStandard curve SDL-C50COOL-FT-MIN70.0 0 FRATED-CCAP-FCFM Standard curve SDL-CSlRATED-SH-FCFMStandard curve SDL-CSSHEATING-CAPACITY Dependent on peak loadsRATED-HCAP-FCFM Standard curve SDL-C103FURNACE-AUXSOO.O Btu/ hrFURNACE-HIR1. 35 Btu/BtuFURNACE-HIR-FPLR Standard curve SDL-ClllFURNACE-OFF-LOSSNo loss accounted forSYSTEM SYSTEM-TYPE=TPFC *ZONE-NAMES *SYSTEM-CONTROL **SYSTEM-AIR **SYSTEM-FANS **SYSTEM-EQUIPMENT **HEAT-SOURCEHOT -WATER/SOLARBASEBOARD-SOURCEHOT -WATERSIZING-RATIO 1.0* Required command or keyword.** Required only if this keyword is entered as a subcommand.I V. 4S(Revised 5/Sl)
j. Four-Pipe Fan Coil System (FPFC)HWSCHWS I ~=r-H+t--I~ AtDISCHARGEOUTS1DEAIR--li 0;!.. ______ JCIRCULATINGPUMPSFAN COILnUNITIo AIRROOM I;g~aZONENo.2~---';------lf I I IEXHAUST I - - --, I OUTSIDE: I :AIR__ I L!.I~_---1 L ___ -.-lIII I ITEMS SHOWN 1 N DASHED SOXESI EXHAUST IL ~A~ _ -.J ARE OPTIONAL COMPONENTS@@ IZONENo.1-I II IIIL ___ ---1@IThe Four-Pipe Fall Coil system, illustrated in the schematic above, isidentical to the Two-Pipe Fan Coil system (TPFC), with the followingexceptions: 1) the fan coil units have separate heating and cooling coils(rather than a combined heating/cooling coil), and 2) each coil is connectedto a separate piping system, one circulating cooled fluid and one circulatingheated fluid. Thus, the fan coil, or coils, in one zone can cool at the sametime that those in another zone are heating, and changeover energy losses areminimal. Exhaust fan(s) are optional for any or all zones. Additionally,humidity control by subcool ing and reheating of air in the same fan coil unitis possible. Except as noted above, the discussion of system design features,options, and SOL input language for TPFC appl ies as well to this system.A number of optional features and control strategies can be specified forthis system. The optional features are discussed in Table IV.2 and the sectionentitled, "Explanation of System Options" (immediately following Table IV.2).The possible control strategies for this system are discussed in Sec. 8.5 ofthis chapter. It is highly recommended that the user read that portion ofSec. B.5 that is appllcable to this system.Table IV.12 shows the commands and keywords that must be entered forsimulation of this system, as well as those that are applicable but optional(i.e., program uses default value if entry is omitted.)IV.49 (Revised 5/81)
CommandZONE-CONTROLZONE-AIRZONESYSTEM-CONTROLSYSTEM-AIRTABLE IV.12APPLICABILITY OF COMMANDS AND KEYWORDS TO SYSTEM FPFCKeywordDESIGN-HEAT -THEAT-TEMP-SCHDESIGN-COOL-TCOOL-TEMP-SCHTHERMOSTAT-TYPETHROTTLING-RANGEBASEBOARD-CTRLAIR-CHANGES/HR )CFM/SQFT )---ASS IGNED-CFM )RATED-CFMOA-CHANGESOA-CFM/PEROUTS ID E-A IR-CFMEXHAUST-CFMEXHAUST -EFFEXHAUST-STATICEXHAUST-KWZONE-CONTROLZONE-AIRZONE-TYPEMULTIPLIERMAX-HEAT-RATEMAX-COOL-RATEBASEBOARD-RATINGHEATING-CAPACITYCOOLING-CAPACITYCOOL-SH-CAPMAX-SUPPLY-TMIN-SUPPLY-THEATING SCHEDULECOOLING-SCHEDULEMIN-HUMIDITYBASEBOARD-SCHRATED-CFMMIN-OUTSIDE-AIRMIN-AIR-SCHDUCT -AIR-LOSSDUCT-DELTA-TDefault Value or Consequence*No active heating control*No active cooling controlPROPORTIONAL2°FOUTDOOR-RESETBased on heating/coolingloads, supply air, ~T, andsizing ratioFrom SYSTEM-AIRBased on MIN-OUTS IDE-AIRBased on MIN-OUTS IDE-AIRBased on MIN-OUTS IDE-AIRo0.750.0From EXHAUST-EFF and EXHAUST-STATIC****CONDITIONEDMust equal MULTIPLIER in LOADSPeak load or 1. 08 x ~ T x CFMPeak load or 1.08 x ~T x CFMNo baseboard heatingFrom SYSTEM-EQUIPMENTFrom SYSTEM-EQUIPMENTFrom SYSTEM-EQUIPMENT*Always onAlways onNo humidificationAlways offNo performance adjustmentFrom ZONE-AIR or noneNo scheduling of outside airNoneNone* Required command or keyword.** Required only if this keyword is entered as a subcommand.IV.50 (Revised 5/81)
TABLE IV.12 - ContinuedCommand Keyword Default Val ue or ConsequenceSYSTEM-FANS SUPPL Y-STATIC From SUPPLY-DELTA-T and SUPPLY-KWSUPPLY-EFFFrom SUPPLY-DELTA-T and SUPPLY-KWSUPPL Y-DEL TA-T.21SoFSUPPLY-KW.00007 kW/ cfmFAN-SCHEDULEA lways onNIGHT-CYCLE-CTRLSTAY-OFFSYSTEM-EQUIPMENT COOLING-CAPACITY Dependent on peak loadsCOOL-CAP-FTStandard curve SDL-CIOCOOL-SH-CAPFrom loadsCOOL-SH-FTStandard curve SDL-C30COIL-BF .14CO IL-BF -F CFMStandard curve SDL-C40COIL-BF-FTStandard curve SDL-C50COOL-FT-MIN70.0°FRATED-CCAP-FCFM Standard curve SDL-CSIRATED-SH-FCFMStandard curve SDL-CSSHEATING-CAPACITY Dependent on peak loadsRATED-HCAP-FCFM Standard curve SDL-Cl03FURNACE-AUXSOO.O Btu/ hrFURNACE-HIR1. 35 Btu/ BtuFURNACE-HIR-FPLR Standard curve SDL-ClllFURNACE-OFF -LOSSNo loss accoun ted forSYSTEM SYSTEM-TYPE=F PF C *ZONE-NAMES *SYSTEM-CONTROL **SYSTEM-AIR **SYSTEM-FANS **SYSTEM-EQUIPMENT **HEAT -SOURCEHOT-WATER/SOLARBASEBOARD-SOURCEHOT-WATERSIZING-RATIO 1.0* Required command or keyword.** Required only if this keyword is entered as a subcommand.I V. 51(Revised 5/Sl)
k. Two-Pipe Induction Unit System (TPIU)RETURN'"MIXEDAIRCONTROLSHERONES3-WAY DIVERTItlG..... VALVECIRCULATINGL---___ ~;r PUMPS!NDUCTIONEXHAUST '---IAIR_I! - '--1IHUi-tlDrFIERII I I1 IIII IL ___ ~MJ XEDAI'AC ~"N~'r~::;c==~~fR Jr11\RY"iCSIJI'r'L YFMliH{AT~ IIR~V)VERYI ZorH, ZONEICOIL I RETURN No.2 NO. 1AIR___ EXHAUST I ! ~' "-'=F=F~"~N ~~~==;;J:~~~~~;fo;::;;::;;;;;::;::J1~~;;dt;,;;;~~I[--(j)---,rII IL __ --.J_ ITEMS SHOWN IN DASHED BOXESARE OPTIONAL COMPOl-/ENTSI1"'1The Two-Pipe Induction Unit system, illustrated above, is a mixedair-hydronic system that can provide both heating and cooling to a number ofindividually controlled zones. However, all zones served by the system mustbe operating in the same mode (i.e., either heating or cooling) at any giventime. Exhaust fan(s) are optional for any or all zones.A constant flow rate of primary air is supplied to induction-typeterminal devices in each zone. The primary air is discharged through thenozzles in each terminal unit, thus providing the motive force for drawingroom air over a combination heating/cooling coil. The coil is connected to apiping system that can provide either hot or cold water (according to theprevailing mode of operation). These systems are commonly designed so thatonly sensible cooling, and no dehumidification, can be done in the inductionunit. The Btu equivalent of the moisture that is added to the air stream, tomaintain a minimum humidity, is passed to the PLANT program as a heating load.In its most basic configuration, the primary air system consists of afilter (not shown), cooling/heating coil, a draw-through supply fan, and airdistribution ducts. It is often designed to provide 100 per cent outside air;however, an economizer cycle or total recirculation can be specified (seediscussion of options).IV.52 (Revised 5/81)
Temperature control is achieved by throttling the flow of water throughthe heating/cool ing coil in the terminal unit. The control thermostatcommonly used for this type of system has separate heating and cooling setpaints. Thermostat set point is alternated with each changeover from heatingto cooling and from cooling to heating.Note that the pumping energy associated with this system is accounted forin the PLANT program, rather than the SYSTEMS program.A number of optional features and control strategies can be specified forthis system. The optional features are discussed in Table IV.2 and thesection entitled, "Explanation of System Options" (immediately following TableIV.2). The possible control strategies for this system are discussed in Sec.B.5 of this chapter. It is highly recommended that the user read that portionof Sec. B.5 that is applicable to thlS system.'Table IV.13 shows the commands and keywords that must be entered forsimulation of this system, as well as those that are applicable but optional(i.e., program uses default value if entry is omitted.)I V. 53 (Revised 5/81)
CommandZONE-CONTROLZONE-AIRZONESYSTEM-CONTROLTABLE IV.13APPLICABILITY OF COMMANDS AND KEYWORDS TO SYSTEM TPIUKeywordDESIGN-HEAT-THEAT-TEMP-SCHDESIGN-COOL-TCOOL-TEMP-SCHTHERMOSTAT-TYPETHROTTLING-RANGEBASEBOARD-CTRLDefault Value or Consequence*No active heating control*No active cooling controlPROPORTIONAL2°FOUTDOOR-RESETAIR-CHANGES/HR ) ( Based on heating/coolingCFM/SQFT )---( loads, supply air, ,.,T, and. ASSIGNED-CFM) ( sizing ratioOA-CHANGESBased on MIN-OUTSIDE-AIROA-CFM/PERBased on MIN-OUTSIDE-AIROUTSIDE-AIR-CFM Based on MIN-OUTS IDE-AIREXHAUST -CFM 0EXHAUST-EFF 0.75EXHAUST-STATIC 0.0EXHAUST-KWFrom EXHAUST-EFF and EXHAUST-STATICZONE-CONTROLZONE-AIRZONE-TYPEMUL TIPLIERMAX-HEAT-RATEMAX-COOL-RATEBASEBOARD-RATINGHEATING-CAPACITYCOOLING-CAPACITYCOOL-SH-CAPMAX-SUPPLY-TMIN-SUPPLY-THEATING-SCHEDULECOOLING-SCHEDULEHEAT-SET-T·COOL-CONTROLCOOL-SET-TCOOL-RESET-SCHCOOL-SET-SCHPREHEAT-TMAX-HUMIDITYMIN-HUMIDITYECONO-LIMIT - TBASEBOARD-SCH****CONDITIONEDMust equal MULTIPLIER in LOADSPeak load or 1.08 x ,.,T x CFMPeak load or 1.08 x ,.,T x CFMNo baseboard heatingFrom SYSTEM-EQUIPMENTFrom SYSTEM-EQUIPMENTFrom SYSTEM-EQUIPMENT* Required command or keyword.** Required on11 if this keyword is entered as a subcommand.*Always onAlways onMIN-SUPPLY-TCONSTANTMIN-SUPPLY-T if COOL-CONTROL=CONSTANT* (only if COOL-CONTROL=RESET)* !only if COOL-CONTROL=SCHEDULED)45 FNo dehumidification control (100. percent)No humidificationWeighted average DESIGN-COOL-T for allZONEs in the SYSTEMAlways offIV.54 (Revised 5/81)
TABLE IV.13 - ContinuedCommand Keyword Default Value or ConsequenceSYSTEM-AIR SUPPLY-CFM From ZONE-AIR or 10ad/l.08 x ~TNo performance adjustmentSUPPLY-CFM minus EXHAUST-CFM or 0From ZONE-AIR or noneRATED-CFMRETURN-CFMMIN-OUTS IDE-AIRMIN-A IR-SCHOA-CONTROLMAX-OA-FRACTIONRECOVERY-EFFDUCT -A IR-LOSSDUCT-DELTA-TNo scheduling of outside airTEMP1.0No heat recovery simulatedNoneNoneSYSTEM-FANS SUPPL Y-STATIC From SUPPL Y-DELTA-T and SUPPL Y-KWSUPPLY-EFFFrom SUPPLY-DELTA-T and SUPPLY-KWSUPPL Y-DELTA-T4.467°FSUPPLY-KW.001445 kW/cfmFAN-SCHEDULEA lways onSUPPL Y-MECH-EFFFrom SUPPL Y-EFFMOTOR-PLACEMENTIN-AIRFLOWFAN-PLACEMENTDRAW-THROUGHRETURN-STATIC) (If neither pa ir, (RETURN-STATIC,RETURN-EFF ) (RETURN-EFF) or (RETURN-DELTA-T,RETURN-DELTA-T )---( RETURN-KW), is specifiedRETURN-KW ) (no return fan is simulated.NIGHT-CYCLE-CTRLSTAY-OFFSYSTEM-TERMINALSYSTEM-FLUIDSYSTEM-EQUIPMENTINDUCTION-RATIOINDUC-MODE~SCHCOOLING-CAPACITYCOOL-CAP-FTCOOL-SH-CAPCOOL-SH-FTCOIL-BFCOIL-BF-FCFMCOIL-BF-FTCOOL-CTRL-RANGECOOL-FT-MINRATED-CCAP-FCFMRATED-SH-FCFMHEATING-CAPACITYRATED-HCAP-FCFMFURNACE-AUXFURNACE-HIRFURNACE-HIR-FPLRFURNACE-OFF -LOSS*Required command or keyword.**Dependent on peak loadsStandard curve SDL-C7From loadsStandard curve SDL-C27.037Standard curve SDL-C38Standard curve SDL-C484.0°F70.0°FStandard curve SDL-C80Standard curve SDL-C87Dependent on peak loadsStandard curve SDL-Cl02800.0 Btu/ hr1. 35 Btu/BtuStandard curve SDL-ClllNo loss accounted forIV.55(Revised 5/81)
TABLE IV.13 - ContinuedSYSTEMCommandKeywordSYSTEM-TYPE=TPIUZONE-NAMESSYSTEM-CONTROLSYSTEM-AIRSYSTEM-FANSSYSTEM-TERMINALSYSTEM-FLU IDSYSTEM-EQUIPMENTHEAT-SOURCEZONE-HEAT-SOURCEPREHEAT-SOURCEBASEBOARD-SOURCESIZING-RATIORETURN-AIR-PATHPLENUM-NAMESDefault Value or Consequence*************HOT-WATER/SOLARHOT-WATER/SOLARHOT-WATER/SOLARHOT-WATER1.0DIRECTNo return air plenum* Required command or keyword.** Required only if this keyword is entered as a subcommand.I V.56 (Revised 5/81)
1. Four-Pipe Induction Unit System (FPIU)OUTSIDE AJR __lHEr:r - - I(UOVE~YI _~_ ----, PRE HEAT (DOll ~IG HE" T 1 tiC;{OIL I :ECONOMIZER: COIl..COILCOIL,__ ..J! I ~t=====I~%-t====1RETURNAIRaTHHWScON S~:;~!~E~I III II IL ___ -.lPR !r1ARY"RsurrL YFM,MIXEDAIRCONTROLSCH'"S111 XED;\lRt,1-I TEMS SHOWN I N DASHED BOXESARE OPTIONAL COMPONENTSThe Four-Pipe Induction Unit system, illustrated above, is identical tothe Two-Pipe Induction Unit system (TPIU), except that the coil located in eachterminal induction unit is connected to two different piping systems, one circulatingcooled fluid and one Circulating heated fluid. Thus, the inductionunit in one zone can provide heating, by selecting flow from the heated fluidcirculation piping, at the same time that a unit in another zone is providingcooling, by selecting flow from the cold fluid circulating system. Changeoverenergy losses are minimal, and are not taken into account by the program. Thecontrol system for each unit provides automatic switchover from cool ing toheating (and vice versa) as required to maintain space temperature conditions.With the exception noted above, the discussion of system design features andoptions for System TPIU also applies to this system.Exhaust fan(s) are optional for any or all zones. The Btu equivalent ofthe moisture that is added to the air stream, to maintain a minimum humidity,is passed to the PLANT program as a heating load.A number of optional features and control strategies can be speCified forthis system. The optional features are discussed in Table IV.2 and thesection entitled, "Explanation of System Options" (immediately following TableIV.2). The possible control strategies for this system are discussed in Sec.B.5 of this chapter. It is highly recommended that the user read that portionof Sec. B.5 that is appl icable to this system.IV.57 (Revised 5/81)
Table IV.14 shows the commands and keywords that must be entered forsimulation of this system, as well as those that are appl icable but optional(i .e., program uses default value if entry is omitted.)I V. 58 (Revised 5/81)
CommandZONE-CONTROLZONE-AIRZONESYSTEM-CONTROLTABLE IV.14APPLICABILITY OF COMMANDS KEYWORDS TO SYSTEM FPIUKeywordDESIGN-HEAT-THEAT-TEMP-SCHDESIGN-COOL-TCOOL-TEMP-SCHTHERMOSTAT-TYPETHROTTLING-RANGEBASEBOARD-CTRLDefault Value or Consequence*No active heating control*No active cooling controlPROPORTIONAL2°FOUTDOOR-RESETAIR-CHANGE/HR ) ( Based on heating/coolingCFM/SQFT )---( loads, supply air, liT, andASSIGNED-CFM ) ( sizing ratioOA-CHANGESBased on MIN-OUTSIDE-AIROA-CFM/PERBased on MIN-OUTSIDE-AIROUTSIDE-AIR-CFM Based on MIN-OUTSIDE-AIREXHAUST -CFM 0EXHAUST -EFF 0.75EXHAUST-STATIC 0.0EXHAUST-KWFrom EXHAUST-EFF and EXHAUST-STATICZONE-CONTROLZONE-AIRZONE-TYPEMUL TI PLI ERMAX-HEAT-RATEMAX-COOL-RATEBASEBOARD-RATINGHEATING-CAPACITYCOOLING-CAPACITYCOOL-SH-CAPMAX-SUPPLY-TMIN-SUPPLY-THEATING-SCHEDULECOOLING-SCHEDULEHEAT-SET-TCOOL-CONTROLCOOL-SET-TCOOL-RESET-SCHCOOL-SET-SCHPREHEAT-TMAX-HUMIDITYMIN-HUMI DITYECONO-LIMIT-TBASEBOARD-SCH****CONDITIONEDMust equal MULTIPLIER in LOADSPeak load or 1.08 x liT x CFMPeak load or 1.08 x"lIT x CFMNo baseboard heatingFrom SYSTEM-EQUIPMENTFrom SYSTEM-EQU I Pt~ENTFrom SYSTEM-EQUIPMENT* Required command or keyword.** Required only if this keyword is entered as a subcommand.*Always onAlways onMIN-SUPPLY-TCONSTANTMIN-SUPPLY-T if COOL-CONTROL=CONSTANT* (only if COOL-CONTROL=RESET)* lonly if COOL-CONTROL=SCHEDULED)45 FNo dehumidification control (100. percent)No humidificationWeighted average DESIGN-COOL-T for allZONEs in the SYSTEMAlways offIV.59 (Revised 5/81)
TABLE IV.14 - ContinuedCommandSYSTEM-AIRS YSTEM-F ANSSYSTEM-TERMINALSYSTEM-EQUIPMENTKeywordSUPPL Y-CFMRATED-CFMRETURN-CFMMIN-OUTS IDE-AIRMIN-A IR-SCHDA-CONTROLMAX-OA-FRACTI 0 NRECOVERY-EFFDUCT -A IR-LOSSDUCT -DEL TA-TDefault Value or ConsequenceFrom ZONE-AIR or 10ad/1.08 x ~TNo performance adjustmentSUPPLY-CFM minus EXHAUST-CFM or 0From ZONE-AIR or noneNo scheduling of outside airTEMP1.0No heat recovery simulatedNoneNoneSUPPL Y-STATICFrom SUPPL Y-DELTA-T and SUPPL Y-KWSUPPLY-EFFFrom SUPPLY-DELTA-T and SUPPLY-KWSUPPLY-DELTA-T4.467°FSUPPLY-KW.001445 kW/cfmFAN-SCHEDULEA lways onSUPPLY-MECH-EFFFrom SUPPLY-EFFMOTOR-PLACEMENTIN-AIRFLOWF AN-PLACEMENTDRAW-THROUGHRETURN-STATIC) (If nei ther pair, (RETURN-STATIC,RETURN-EFF ) (RETURN-EFF) or (RETURN-DELTA-TRETURN-DELTA-T )---( RETURN-KW), is specified,RETURN-KW ) (no return fan is simulated.NIGHT -CYCLE-CTRLSTAY-OFFINDUCTION-RATIOCOOLING-CAPACITYCOOL-CAP-FTCOOL-SH-CAPCOOL-SH-FTCOIL-BFCOIL-BF-FCFMCOIL-BF-FTCOOL-CTRL-RANGECOOL-FT-MINRATED-CCAP-F CFMRATED-SH-FCFMHEATING-CAPACITYRATED-HCAP-FCFMFURNACE-AUXFURNACE-HIRFURNACE-HIR-FPLRFURNACE-OFF-LOSS*Requ ired command or keyword.*Dependent on peak loadsStandard curve SDL-C7From loadsStandard curve SDL-C27.037Standard curve SDL-C38Standard curve SDL-C484.0°F70.0°FStandard curve SDL-C80Standard curve SDL-C87Dependent on peak loadsStandard curve SDL-C102800.0 Btu/hr1. 35 Btu/ BtuStandard curve SDL-C111No loss accounted forIV.60 (Revised 5/81)
TABLE IV.14 - ContinuedCommand Keyword Default Value or ConsequenceSYSTEM SYSTEM-TYPE;FPIU *ZONE-NAMES *SYSTEM-CONTROL **SYSTEM-AIR **SYSTEM-FANS **SYSTEM-TERNINAL **SYSTEM-EQUIPMENT **HEAT -SOURCEHOT -WATER / SOLARZONE-HEAT-SOURCEHOT-WATER/SOLARPREHEAT -SOURCEHOT-WATER/SOLARBASEBOARD-SOURCEHOT-WATERSIZING-RATIO 1.0RETURN-AIR-PATHDIRECTPLENUM-NAMESNo return air plenum* Required command or keyword.** Required only if this keyword is entered as a subcommand.I V.61 (Revised 5/81)
m. Variable-Volume Fan System w/Optional Reheat (VAVS)fHc;,r--iIR[(OVERYI _· _ --, PRE HEATICOIL1I EconOMIZER] COIL" ICOOLl NG(OILHEATINGCOIL'--II IHUMIDIFIER:IIIII II IL ___ .-JSUPPL YFANRETURNAI RTO OTHER ZONESMIXEDAIRCO~TROLSEXHAUSTAl R ---F!==[J~hf;fHEAT-iIRECOVERYIICO I L IEXHAUST I IAIR-,----1I RETURN II FAN II~~~' ==~~~~~==~~~~~j1~~~~~~;ti- ITEMS SHOWN IN DASHED BOXESARE OPTIONAL COMPONENTSThe Variable-Volume Fan System is illustrated in the schematic above. Inits most basic configuration, it consists of a central air-handling unit withfilter (not shown), cooling and optional heating coils, and a draw-throughtype supply air fan. Exhaust fan(s) are optional for any or all zones. Aduct system distributes supply air (at a temperature determined by the user)to variable-air volume (VAV) terminal units, located in the zones being served.The VAV boxes (controlled by a room thermostat) vary the amount ofprimary air to the space to control temperature. When the space demands peakcooling, the VAV box allows maximum air flow. As space cooling requirementsdiminish, the primary air flow to the space is reduced proportionately to aspecified minimum flow rate. If less cooling is required than that given atminimum air flow, the reheat coil is activated (if specified). When in theheating mode, the supply air flow rate is held at a constant value equal toMIN-CFM-RATIO. The supply air flow rate will rise above the MIN-CFM-RATIOonly if the user has set THERMOSTAT-TYPE = REVERSE-ACTION. The Btu equivalentof themoisture that is added to the air stream, to maintain a minimumhumidity, is passed to the PLANT program as a heating load.A number of optional features and control strategies can be specified forthis system. The optional features are discussed in Table IV.2 and thesection entitled, "Explanation of System Options" (immediately following TableIV.2). The possible control strategies for this system are discussed in Sec.B.5 of this chapter. It is highly recommended that the user read that portionof Sec. B.5 that is appl icab Ie to thlS system.I V.62 (Rev ised 5/81)
Table IV.1S shows the commands and keywords that must be entered forsimulation of this system, as well as those that are appl icable but optional(i .e., program uses default value if entry is omitted.)I V. 63 (Revised 5/81)
CommandZONE-CONTROLZONE-AIRZONESYSTEM-CONTROLTABLE IV.15APPLICABILITY OF COMMANDS AND KEYWORDS TO SYSTEM VAVSKeywordDESIGN-HEAT-THEAT-TEMP-SCHDESIGN-COOL-TCOOL-TEMP-SCHTHERMOSTAT-TYPETHROTTLING-RANGEBASEBOARD-CTRLDefault Value or Consequence*No active heating control*No active cooling controlPROPORTIONAL2°FOUTDOOR-RESETAIR-CHANGES/HR ) ( Based on heating/coolingCFM/SQFT )---( loads, supply air, H, andASSIGNED-CFM) ( sizing ratioOA-CHANGESBased on MIN-OUTSIDE-AIROA-CFM/PERBased on MIN-OUTSIDE-AIROUTSIDE-AIR-CFM Based on MIN-OUTS IDE-AIREXHAUST -CFM 0EXHAUST-EFF 0.75EXHAUST-STATIC 0.0EXHAUST-KWEXHAUST-EFF and EXHAUST-STATICZONE-CONTROLZONE-AIRZONE-TYPEMUL TI PLI ERMAX-HEAT-RATEMAX-COOL-RATEBASEBOARD-RATINGMIN-CFM-RATIOMAX-SUPPLY-TMIN-SUPPLY-THEATING-SCHEDULECOOLING-SCHEDULEHEAT-SET-TCOOL-CONTROLCOOL-SET -TCOOL-RESET-SCHCOOL-SET-SCHPREHEAT -TMAX-HUMIDITYMIN-HUMIDITYECONO-LIMIT - TBASEBOARD-SCH****CONDITI ONEDMust equal MULTIPLIER in LOADSPeak load or 1.08 x aT x CFMPeak load or 1.08 x aT x CFMNo baseboard heatingFrom SYSTEM-TERMINAL(MIN-SUPPLY-T) + (REHEAT-DELTA-T)*Always onAlways onNo main heating coil capacityCONSTANTMIN-SUPPLY-T if COOL-CONTROL=CONSTANT* (only if COOL-CONTROL=RESET)* !only if COOL-CONTROL=SCHEDULED)45 FNo dehumidification control (100. percent)No humidificationWeighted average DESIGN-COOL-T for allZONEs in the SYSTEMAlways off* Required command or keyword.** Required only if this keyword is entered as a subcommand.IV.54 (Revised 5/81)
TABLE IV.I5 - ContinuedCommandSYSTEM-AIRS YSTEM-F ANSSYSTEM-TERMINALSYSTEM-EQUIPMENTKeywordSUPPL Y-CFMRATED-CFMRETURN-CFMMIN-OUTS IDE-AIRMIN-AIR-SCHOA-CONTROLMAX-OA-FRACTIONRECOVERY-EFFDUCT -AIR-LOSSDUCT-DEL TA-TSUPPL Y-STATICSUPPL Y-EFFSUPPL Y-DEL TA-TSUPPLY-KWFAN-SCHEDULEFAN-CONTROLSUPPLY-MECH-EFFMOTOR-PLACEMENTFAN-PLACEMENTMAX-FAN-RATIOMIN-FAN-RATIOR ETUR N -S TA TI CRETURN-EFFRETURN-DEL TA-TRETURN-KW )NIGHT-CYClE-CTRlFAN-E IR-FPlRRE HEAT-D ElTA-TMIN-CFM-RATIOCOOLING-CAPACITYCOOl-CAP-FTCOOl-SH-CAPCOOl-SH-FTCOIl-BFCOIL-BF-FCFMCO Il-BF-FTCOOl-CTRl-RANGECOOl-FT-MINRATED-CCAP-FCFMRA TED-S H-F CFMHEATING-CAPACITYRATED-HCAP-FCFMFURNACE-AUXFURNACE-HIRFURNACE-HIR-FPlRFURNACE-OFF -lOSS* Required co~and or keyword.Default Value or ConsequenceFrom ZONE-AIR or load/I.OS x ~TNo performance adjus tmentSUPPlY-CFM minus EXHAUST-CFM or 0From ZONE-AIR or noneNo scheduling of outside airTEMP1.0No heat recovery simulatedNoneNoneFrom SUPPlY-DElTA-T and SUPPlY-KWFrom SUPPLY-DElTA-T and SUPPlY-KW3.37·F.00109 kW/cfmAlways onINLETFrom SUPPl Y-EFFIN-AIRFLOWDRAW-THROUGH1.10.3( If nei ther pair, (RETURN-STATIC,__( RETURN-EFF) or (RETURN-DElTA-T,( RETURN-KW), is specified,IV.65( no return fan is simulated.STAY-OFF*(only if FAN-CONTROL = FAN-EIR-FPlR)No reheat simulatedFrom outside air or heating loadDependent on peak loadsStandard curve SDl-C7From loadsStandard curve SDl-C27.037Standard curve SDl-C3SStandard curve SDl-C4S4.0·F70.0·FStandard curve SDl-CSOStandard curve SDl-CS7Dependent on peak loadsStandard curve SDl-Cl02SOO.O Btu/hr1. 35 Btu/ BtuStandard curve SDL-ClllNo loss accounted for(Revised 5/81)
TABLE IV.15 - ContinuedCommand Keyword Default Value or ConsequenceSYSTEM SYSTEM-TYPE=VAVS *ZONE-NAMES *,.....SYSTEM-CONTROL **SYSTEM-AIR **S YSTEM-F ANS **SYSTEM-TERMINAL **SYSTEM-EQUIPMENT **HEAT -SOURCEHOT-WATER/SOLARZONE-HEAT-SOURCEHOT-WATER/SOLARPREHEAT -SOURCEHOT -WATER / SOLARBASEBOARD-SOURCEHOT-WATERSIZING-RATIO 1.0SIZING-OPTIONCOINCIDENTRETURN-AIR-PATHDIRECTPLENUM-NAMESNo return air plenum* Required command or keyword.** Required only if this keyword is entered as a subcommand.I V.66 (Revised 5/81)
n. Constant-Volume Reheat Fan System (RHFS)OUTSIDEAIR __Ifl~r,T- -[IRUOV[!{YI r~~---PREHEAT[[uIL I' I (OILI (Cor,OM! ZE.'l1I ~ II PHF=i=ii=;r==i==I~ F====lI I :\, IL _ --.J L ___ JCOOUNGCOILHEATnlGCOILr--- -I:HUM1DIFIERI'0 II :III IL ___ ~surPL YFMJRETURN'1RTO OTHER ZONESMIXEDAIRCONTROLSREHEATCOILIHE:AT IIRECOVERY!I CO IL IEXHAUST I HRAI R -- -11====iC I I1-----1IRETURNFANI I IL __ J I _____ -.lJlIIIII EXHAUST I I/~~-~ I- ITEMS SHOWN IN DASHED BOXESARE OPTIONAL COMPONENTSThe Constant-Volume Reheat Fan System is illustrated in the schematicabove. In its most basic configuration, the system provides constant volumeforced-flow heating and cooling to a number of individually controlled zonesfrom an air-handling unit consisting of a filter (not shown), heating andcooling coils, and a draw-through supply fan. Exhaust fan(s) are optional forany or all zones. A reheat coil is installed in the supply air distributionduct serving each individual zone. Space temperature is controlled bythrottling heating fluid flow to these reheat coils. The Stu equivalent ofthe moisture that is added to the air stream, to maintain a minimum humidity,is passed to the PLANT program as a heating load.A number of optional features and control strategies can be specified forthis system. The optional features are discussed in Table IV.2 and thesection entitled, "Explanation of System Options" (immediately following TableIV.2). The possible control strategies for this system are discussed in Sec.S.5 of this chapter. It is highly recommended that the user read that portionof Sec. B.5 that is applicable to this system.Table IV.16 shows the command and keywords that must be entered forsimulation of this system, as well as those that are applicable but optional(i.e., pro.gram uses default value if entry is omitted.)I V.67 (Revised 5/81)
CommandZONE-CONTROLZONE-AIRZONESYSTEM-CONTROLTABLE IV.16APPLICABILITY OF COMMANDS AND KEYWORDS TO SYSTEM RHFSKeywordDESIGN-HEAT-THEAT-TEMP-SCHDESIGN-COOL-TCOOL-TEMP-SCHTHERMOSTAT-TYPETHROTTLING-RANGEBASEBOARD-CTRLAIR-CHANGES/HR )CFM/SQFT )---ASSIGNED-CFM )OA-CHANGESOA-CFM/PEROUTSIDE-AIR-CFMEXHAUST-CFMEXHAUST-EFFEXHAUST-STATICEXHAUST-KWZONE-CONTROLZONE-AIRZONE-TYPEMUL TIPLIERMAX-HEAT-RATEMAX-COOL-RATEBASEBOARD-RATINGMAX-SUPPLY-TMIN-SUPPLY-THEATING-SCHEDULECOOLING-SCHEDULEHEAT-SET-TCOOL-CONTROLCOOL-SET-TCOOL-RESET-SCHCOOL-SET-SCHPREHEAT-TMAX-HUMIDITYMIN-HUMIDITYECONO-LIMIT -TBASEBOARD-SCHDefault Value or Consequence*No active heating control*No active cooling controlPROPORTIONAL2°FOUTDOOR-RESETBased on heating/coolingloads, supply air, aT, andsizing ratioBased on MIN-OUTSIDE-AIRBased on MIN-OUTSIDE-AIRBased on MIN-OUTSIDE-AIRo0.750.0From EXHAUST-EFF and EXHAUST-STATIC****CONDITIONEDMust equal MULTIPLIER in LOADSPeak load or 1.08 x aT x CFMPeak load or 1.08 x aT x CFMNo baseboard heating(MIN-SUPPLY-T) + (REHEAT-DELTA-T)*Always onAlways onMAX-SUPPLY-TCONSTANTMIN-SUPPLY-T if COOL-CONTROL=CONSTANT* (only if COOL-CONTROL=RESET)* ~only if COOL-CONTROL=SCHEDULED)45 FNo dehumidification control (100. percent)No humidificationWeighted average DESIGN-COOL-T for allZONEs in the SYSTEMAlways off*Required command or keyword.**Required only if this keyword is entered as a subcommand.I V.68 (Revised 5/81)
TABLE IV.16 - ContinuedCommandSYSTEM-AIRSYSTEM-FANSSYSTEM-TERMINALSYSTEM-EQUI PMENTKeywordSUPPLY-CFMRATED-CFMRETURN-CFMMIN-OUTS IDE-AIRMIN-AIR-SCHOA-CONTROLMAX-OA-FRACTIONRECOVERY-EFFDUCT -A IR-LOSSDUCT-DELTA-TSUPPL Y-STATICSUPPL Y-EFFSUPPLY-DELTA-TSUPPLY-KWFAN-SCHEDULEFAN-CONTROLSUPPLY-MECH-EFFMOTOR-PLACEMENTFAN-PLACEMENTMAX-FAN-RATIOMIN-FAN-RATIORETURN-STATICRETURN-EFFRETURN-DEL TA-TRETURN-KW )NIGHT-CYCLE-CTRLFAN-E IR-FPLRREHEAT-DELTA-TMIN-CFM-RATIOCOOLING-CAPACITYCOOL-CAP-FTCOOL-SH-CAPCOOL-SH-FTCO IL-BFCO IL -B F -F CFMCOIL-BF-FTCOOL-CTRL-RANGECOOL-FT-MINRATED-CCAP-FCFMRATED-SH-FCFMHEATING-CAPACITYRATED-HCAP-FCFMFURNACE-AUXFURNACE-HIRFURNACE-HIR-FPLRFURNACE-OFF -LOSS*Required command or keyword.Default Value or ConsequenceFrom ZONE-AIR or 10ad/1.0S x ATNo performance adjustmentSUPPLY-CFM minus EXHAUST-CFM or 0From ZONE-AIR or noneNo scheduling of outside airTEMP1.0No heat recovery simulatedNoneNoneFrom SUPPLY-DELTA-T and SUPPLY-KWFrom SUPPLY-DELTA-T and SUPPLY-KW3.11 of.00101 kW/cfmAlways onCONSTANT-VOLUMEFrom SUPPLY-EFFIN-AIRFLOWDRAW-THROUGH1.10.3( If nei ther pair, (RETURN-STATIC,__( RETURN-EFF) or (RETURN-DELTA-T,( RETURN-KW), is specified,IV.69( no return fan is simulated.STAY--OFF*(on1y if FAN-CONTROL = FAN-EIR-FPLR)*1.0 (constant volume system)Dependent on peak loadsStandard curve SDL-C7From loadsStandard curve SDL-C27.037Standard curve SDL-C3SStandard curve SDL-C484.0°F70.0°FStandard curve SDL-CSOStandard curve SDL-CS7Dependent on peak loadsStandard curve SDL-C102SOO.O Btu/hr1. 35 Btu/BtuStandard curve SDL-C111No loss accounted for(Revised 5/S1)
TABLE IV.16 -ContinuedCommand Keyword Default Value or ConsequenceSYSTEM SYSTEM-TYPE=RHFS *ZONE-NAMES *SYSTEM-CONTROL **SYSTEM-AIR **SYSTEM-FANS **SYSTEM-TERMINAL **SYSTEM-EQU IPMENT **HEAT-SOURCEHOT-WATER/SOLARZONE-HEAT-SOURCEHOT -WATER/SOLARPREHEAT-SOURCEHOT -WATER/SOLARBASEBOARD-SOURCEHOT-WATERSIZING-RATIO 1.0SIZING-OPTIONCOINCIDENTRETURN-AIR-PATHDIRECTPLENUM-NAMESNo return air plenum* Required command or keyword.** Required only if this keyword is entered as a subcommand.IV.70 (Revised 5/81)
o. Unitary Hydronic Heat Pump System (HP)TO ADD I TJ ONAlr------r---r------~----------_r----------~----z~O~"'~sHEATREJECTIONUNlTSUPPLY -I-zONE -I ZONEAiR No.2 No.31"EAO (i) I (i)~U I RETURN PUMPCIRCULATING I -~'--;'=l:;;;J:::' _~__ ~=~ -PUMP,- • I : 1- 41I OUTSIDE I I I IL~I~_I L ___ ~ I ___ ~ITEMS SHOWN IN DASHED BOXESARE OPTIONAL COl~"ONENT$The Unitary Hydronic Heat Pump System, illustrated above, providesheating and cooling for a number of individually controlled zones by operationof heat pump units located in each space to be conditioned. Each heat pumpunit may provide a fixed quantity of outside air ventilation, or merelyrecirculate conditioned air.Each heat pump consists of a refrigerant compressor, a room air-to-refrigerantheat exchanger, a working fluid-to-refrigerant heat exchanger (connectedto the pipe loop), controls to switch the evaporating and condensing functionsfrom one heat exchanger to the other, a supply air fan, and a two-set pointZONE thermostat. When the heat pump is in the room heating mode of operation,the room air-to-refrigerant heat exchanger is used for refrigerant con dens ing.In the room cooling mode, this same heat exchanger is used for refrigerantevaporating. Each heat pump provides dehumidihcation in the cooling mode buthas no dehumidification control.Temperature is controlled in each zone by on-off operation of the heatpump unit (fan and compressor). The type of thermostat used for this systemhas two individual set points. The heat pump unit provides cooling when spacetemperature increases to the upper set point, and heating when the space temperaturefalls to the lower set point; it does not operate when space temperatureis between set points. If outside air is specified the fan operatescontinuously; otherwise, the fan cycles on and off with the refrigerationcompressor.•A piping system with circulating fluid is connected to the water-torefrigerantheat exchanger in the heat pump. The circulating fluid absorbsheat from those units that are operating in the cooling mode, and gives upheat to those units that are operating in the heating mode. Because some zoneunits may be cooling, while others are heating, the temperature of the fluidcirculating will depend on the relative quantities of each. When coolingdemand exceeds heating demand and the fluid temperature increases to thehighest allowable value (see keyword MAX-FLUID-T in the SYSTEM-FLUIDinstruction), heat is dissipated to the atmosphere through an evaporativecooler, (or a cooling tower). When heating demand exceeds cooling demand andthe fluid temperature decreases to the minimum allowable value (see keywordI V. 71 (Revised 5/81)
MIN-FLUIO-T in the SYSTEM-FLUID instruction), heat is added from a boiler orother heat source. No heat is added or rejected when heating and cool ingrequir~ments b~lance .. The most common hydronic h~at pump systems maintain thewater ln the clrCUlatlng loop between 70 F and 90 F.circulating piping loop to be uninsulated.This allows theThe heat rejection unit (evaporative condenser or cooling tower), heatingunit, and circulating pump are simulated by the PLANT program.The program assumes that the heat pump requires COOLING-EIR Btu ofequivalent electrical energy for each Btu of heat extracted from the space,and HEATING-EIR Btu of equivalent electrical energy for each Btu of heat addedto the space. Of course, COOLING-EIR is corrected by COOL-EIR-FT,COOL-EIR-FPLR, and RATED-CEIR-FCFM, using either the default curves or theuser-supplied curves. The same is true for HEATING-EIR.Note that the heat pump units, particularly in the smaller sizes equippedwith direct-drive fans, may not be available with a fan capacity that matchesthe calculated value. Similarly, heat pump units that can match both calculatedheating and calculated cooling requirements are probably not available.Therefore, assignment of the heating capacity, cooling capacity, and fancapacity of a' specific, commercially available heat pump unit is recommendedfor improved simulation accuracy. An alternative to assigning fan capacity isto select an available fan with a rated capacity relatively close to thecalculated fan capacity and then specify data for the keyword RATED-CFM (seeZONE-AIR subcommand).A number of optional features and control strategies can be specified forthis system. The optional features are discussed in Table IV.2 and thesection entitled, "Explanation of System Options" (immediately following TableIV.2). The possible control strategies for this system are discussed in Sec.B.5 of this chapter. It is highly recommended that the user read that portionof Sec. B.5 that is applicable to thlS system.Table IV.17 shows the commands and keywords that must be entered forsimulation of this system, as well as those that are applicable but optional(i.e., program uses default value if entry is omitted.)I V. 72 (Revised 5/81)
CommandZONE-CONTROLZONE-AIRZONESYSTEM-CONTROLSYSTEM-AIRSYSTEM-FANSTABLE IV.17APPLICABILITY OF COMMANDS AND KEYWORDS TO SYSTEM HPKeywordDES IGN-HEAT-THEAT-TEMP-SCHDESIGN-COOL-TCOOL-TEMP-SCHTHERMOSTAT -TYPETHROTTLING-RANGEBAS EBOAR D-CTRLAIR-CHANGES/HR )CFM/SQFT )---1ASSIGNED-CFM )RATED-CFMOA-CHANGESOA-CFM/PEROUTSIDE-AIR-CFMZONE-CONTROLZONE-AIRZONE-TYPEMULTI PLIERMAX-HEAT-RATEMAX-COOL-RATEBASEBOARD-RATINGHEATING-CAPACITYCOOLING-CAPACITYCOOL-SH-CAPMAX-SUPPL Y-TMIN-SUPPLY-THEATING-SCHEDULECOOLING-SCHEDULEBASEBOARD-SCHRATED-CFMMIN-OUTS IDE-AIRMIN-AIR-SCHSUPPL Y-STATICSUPPLY-EFFSUPPL Y-DELTA-TSUPPLY-KWFAN-SCHEDULEFAN-CONTROLNIGHT-CYCLE-CTRLDefault Value or Consequence*No active heating control*No active cooling controlPR OPOR TI 0 NAL2°FOUTDOOR-RESETBased on heating/cooling loads,supply air, 6T, and sizing ratioFrom SYSTEM-AIRBased on MIN-OUTSIDE-AIRBased on MIN-OUTS IDE-AIRBased on MIN-OUTS IDE-AIR****COND IT IONEDMust equal MULTIPLIER in LOADSPeak load or 1.0S x 6T x CFMPeak load or 1.0S x 6T x CFMNo baseboard heatingFrom SYSTEM-EQUIPMENTFrom SYSTEM-EQUIPMENTFrom SYSTEM-EQUIPMENT*A lways onAlways onA lways offNo performance adjus tmentFrom ZONE-AIR or noneNo scheduling of outside air* Required command or keyword.** Required only if this keyword is entered as a subcommand.From SUPPLY-DELTA-T and SUPPLY-KWFrom SUPPLY-DELTA-T and SUPPLY-KW.21SoF.00007 kW/cfmAlways onCYCLINGSTAY-OFFI V. 73 (Revised 5/81)
TABLE IV.17 - ContinuedCommandKeywordDefault Value or ConsequenceSYSTEM-FLUIDSYSTEM-EQUIPMENTSYSTEMMIN-FLUID-TMAX-FLU ID-TFLU ID-HEAT -CAPCOOLING-CAPACITYCOOL-CAP-FTCOOLING-E IRCOOL-EIR-FTCOOL-EIR-FPLRCOOL-SH-CAPCOOL-SH-FTCOIL-BFCOIL-BF-FCFMCOIL-BF-FTRATED-CCAP-F CFMRATED-CE IR-FCFMRATED-SH-FCFMRATED-HCAP-FCFMRATED-HEIR-FCFMHEATING-CAPACITYHEAT-CAP-FTHEATING-E IRHEAT-EIR-FTHEAT -E IR-FPLRELE C-HEAT -CAPSYSTEM-TYPE=HPZONE-NAMESSYSTEM-CONTROLSYSTEM-AIRSYSTEM-FANSSYSTEM-FLUIDSYSTEM-EQUIPMENTBASEBOARD-SOURCESIZING-RATIO**Dependent on peak loadsStandard curve SDL-C5.382 Btu/BtuStandard curve SDL-C15Standard curve SDL-C 20From loadsStandard curve SDL-C250.241Standard curve SDL-C35Standard curve SDL-C45Standard curve SDL-C79Standard curve SDL-C94Standard curve SDL-C86Standard curve SDL-C101Standard curve SDL-Cl09Dependent on peak loadsStandard curve SDL-C55.357 Btu/BtuStandard curve SDL-C60Standard curve SDL-C65From heating load************HOT -WATER1.0* Required command or keyword.** Required only if this keyword is entered as a subcommand.I V.74 (Revised 5/81)
p. Heating and Ventilating System (HVSYS),:J';,u~YI r-----11_ 'I " I: I [UJ;;'A'dZU'1i'HEMltlGCOL LSllr'PL YFMI! 11\ IL~-.JL ____ JRET"RNAli,IMIXEDA1R, CONTROLSTO OTHER ZONES- 1 TEMS SHOWN 1 N DASHED BOXESARE OPTIONAL COMPONENTSThe Heating and Ventilating System, illustrated above, is a constantvolume system without cooling capability or humidity control. In its mostbasic configuration, the system provides forced air heating from an airhandlingunit that contains a heating coil, filters (not shown), and a supplyfan. The amount of heat added by the zone coil is controlled from athermostat that senses zone temperature. The main air handler heating coilcan be controlled by various strategies or held constant in temperature (seeHEAT-CONTROL). The system may be specified to provide outside airventilation, exhaust air, baseboard heating, and heat recovery.A number of optional features and control strategies can be specified forthis system. The optional features are discussed in Table IV.2 and thesection entitled, "Explanation of System Options" (immediately following TableIV.2). The possible control strategies for this system are discussed in Sec.8.5 of this chapter. It is highly recorranended that the user read that portionof Sec. B.5 that is appl icable to this system.Table IV.18 shows the commands and keywords that must be entered forsimulation of this system, as well as those that are appl icable but optional(i.e., program uses default value if entry is omitted).I V. 7 5 (Revised 5/81)
TABLE IV.18APPLICABILITY OF COMMANDS AND KEYWORDS TO SYSTEM HVSYSCommandZONE-CONTROLKeywordDESIGN-HEAT-THEAT-TEMP-SCHDESIGN-COOL-TTHERMOSTAT -TYPETHROTTLING-RANGEBASEBOARD-CTRLDefault Value or Consequence*No active heating control*PROPORTIONAL2°FOUTDOOR-RESETZONE-AIRAIR-CHANGES/HR ) ( Based on heating/coolingCFM/SQFT )---( loads, supply air, liT, andASSIGNED-CFM) ( sizing ratioOA-CHANGESBased on MIN-OUTS IDE-AIROA-CFM/PERBased on MIN-OUTS IDE-AIROUTSIDE-AIR-CFMBased on MIN-OUTS IDE-AIREXHAUST-CFM 0EXHAUST-EFF 0.75EXHAUST-STATIC 0.0EXHAUST -KWFrom EXHAUST -EFF and EXHAUST-STATICZONESYSTEM-CONTROLSYSTEM-AIRZONE-CONTROLZONE-AIRZONE-TYPEMULTI PLIERMAX-HEAT-RATEMAX-COOL -RATEBASEBOARD-RATINGMAX-SUPPLY-THEATING-SCHEDULEHEAT-CONTROLHEAT-SET-THEAT -RESET -SCHHEAT-SET-SCHECONO-LIMIT -TBASEBOARD-SCHSUPPLY-CFMRATED-CFMRETURN-CFMMIN-OUTS IDE-AIR****CONDITIONEDMust equal MULTIPLIER in LOADSPeak load or 1.08 x liT x CFMPeak load or 1.08 x liT x CFMNo baseboard heating*Always onCONSTANTMAX-SUPPLY-T if HEAT-CONTROL *CONSTANT; otherwise, the weightedaverage of DESIGN-HEAT-T for allZONEs in the SYSTEM*(only if HEAT-CONTROL=RESET)*(only if HEAT-CONTROL=SCHEDULED)Weighted average DESIGN-COOL-T fora 11 ZONEs in the SYSTEMAlways offFrom ZONE-AIR or load/1.08 x liTNo performance adjus tmentSUPPLY-CFM minus EXHAUST-CFM or 0From ZONE-AIR or none* Required command or keyword.** Required only if this keyword is entered as a subcommand.IV.76 (Revised 5/81)
TABLE IV.18 - ContinuedCorrunan dSYSTEM-AIRS YS TEM-F ANSSYSTEM-TERMINALKeywordMIN-A IR-SCHOA-CONTROLMAX-OA-FRACTIONRECOVERY-EFFDUCT -A IR-LOSSDUCT-DELTA-TSUPPL Y-STATICSUPPL Y-EFFSUPPLY-DELTA-TSUPPLY-KWFAN-SCHEDULEMOTOR-PLACEMENTRETURN-STATIC )RETURN-EFF )RETURN-DELTA-T )-RETURN-KW )NIGHT-CYCLE-CTRLREHEAT-DELTA-TSYSTEM-EQUIPMENT*** HEATING-CAPACITYFURNACE-AUXFURNACE-HIRFURNACE-HIR-FPLRFURNACE-OFF-LOSSSYSTEMSYSTEM-TY PE;HVSYSZONE-NAMESSYSTEM-CONTROLSYSTEM-AIRS YS TEM-F ANSSYSTEM-EQUIPMENTHEAT-SOURCEZONE-HEAT-SOURCEBASEBOARD-SOURCES I ZI N G-RA TI 0RETURN-AIR-PATHPLENUM-NAMESDefault Value or ConsequenceNo scheduling of outside airTEMP1.0No heat recovery simulatedNoneNoneFrom SUPPLY-DELTA-T and SUPPLY-KWFrom SUPPLY-DELTA-T and SUPPLY-KW2.42°F0.000783 kW/ cfmAlways onIN-AIRFLOWIf neither pair, (RETURN-STATIC,RETURN-EFF) or (RETURN-DELTA-T,RETURN-KW), is specified,no return fan is simulated.STAY-OFFNo reheat simulatedDependent on peak loads800.0 Btu/ hr1.35 Btu/BtuStandard curve SDL-ClllNo loss accounted for**********HOT -WATER/SOLARHOT -WATER/SOLARHOT-WATER1.0DIRECTNo return air plenum* Required command or keyword.** Required only if this keyword is entered as a subcorrunand.*** If HEAT-SOURCE is not equal to OIL-FURNACE or GAS-FURNACE, this command,or any of its associated keywords, should not be specified (a furnace willnot be simulated).IV.77 (Revised 5/81)
q. Ceiling Bypass Variable-Volume System (C8VAV)OUTS I DEAIR __IIII['~T-ReCOv(RYI 1 __ -ICUIL--, PRE flEATIIEcoriOMIZERI COILI ~~'=i:' 1=;;=='=' =1, II IL ___ ~TO OTHER ZONESRETURNAIRPLENUMMIXEDAIRCONTROLS, COIL I I RETURN I I I FAt. II " \L __ ~L_riii:AT-iIRECOVERVI 1-- - - IrEXHAUST I ~~' ='(0~~' =~::;~:' .. ==(;;;;;;:;;;~;;:;;;;:!j;~;:;;;;;:;;;lb~~;;;;jj;;:;;;~JJAIR --- ITEMS SHOWN IN DASHED BOXESARE OPTIONAL COMPONENTSThe Ceiling Bypass Variable-Volume system, illustrated above, is exactlythe same as the variable volume fan system (VAVS) with one exception: themethod of reducing the air supply when the zone temperature falls below thethermostat setpoint. Instead of throttling to reduce flow, the zone VAV boxopens a damper that diverts flow to the plenum space above the zone. Thus,total air supply in the duct remains constant, even at part-load. Thisarrangement is most commonly used for systems that are too small for theeconomical use of flow reduction devices, such as inlet vanes or variable-speeddrives. Exhaust fan(s) are optional for any or all zones. The discussion ofsystem design features for VAVS applies as well to this system. The Btuequivalent of the moisture that is added to the air stream, to maintain aminimum humidity, is passed to the PLANT program as a heating load.A number of optional features and control strategies can be specified forthis system. The optional features are discussed in Table IV.2 and thesection entitled, "Explanation of System Options" (immediately following TableIV.2). The possible control strategies for this system are discussed in Sec.8.5 of this chapter. It is highly recommended that the user read that portionof Sec. 8.5 that is applicable to this system.Table IV.19 shows the commands and keywords that must be entered forsimulation of this system, as well as those that are appl icable but optional(i.e., program uses default value if entry is omitted.)IV.78 (Revised 5/81)
TABLE IV.19CorrnnandZONE-CONTROLZONE-AIRZONESYSTEM-CONTROLAPPLICABILITY OF COMMANDS AND KEYWORDS TO SYSTEM CBVAVKeywordDESIGN-HEAT-THEAT-TEMP-SCHDESIGN-COOL-TCOOL-TEMP-SCHTHERMOSTAT-TYPETHROTTLING-RANGEBASEBOARD-CTRLAIR-CHANGES/HRCFM/SQFTASSIGNED-CFMOA-CHANGESOA-CFM/PEROUTSIDE-AIR-CFMEXHAUST-CFMEXHAUST-EFFEXHAUST-STATICEXHAUST-KWZONE-CONTROLZONE-AIRZONE-TYPEMULTIPLIERMAX-HEAT-RATEMAX-COOL-RATEBASEBOARD-RATINGMIN-CFM-RATIOMAX-SUPPLY-TMIN-SUPPLY-THEATING-SCHEDULECOOLING-SCHEDULEHEAT-SET-TCOOL-CONTROLCOOL-SET-TCOOL-RESET-SCHCOOL-SET-SCHPREHEAT-TMAX-HUMIDITYMIN-HUMIDITYECONO-LIMIT -TBASEBOARD-SCHDefault Value or Consequence*No active heating control*No active cooling controlPROPORTIONAL2°FOUTDOOR-RESET( Based on heating/cooling---( loads, supply air, t.T, and( sizing ratioBased on MIN-OUTS IDE-AIRBased on MIN-OUTSIDE-AIRBased on MIN-OUTSIDE-AIRo0.750.0From EXHAUST-EFF and EXHAUSTSTATIC****COND ITIONEDMust equal MULTIPLIER in LOADSPeak load or 1.08 x t.T x CFMPeak load or 1.08 x t.T x CFMNo baseboard heatingFrom SYSTEM-TERMINAL(MIN-SUPPLY-T) + (REHEAT-DELTA-T)*Always onAlways onNo main heating coil capacityCONSTANTMIN-SUPPLY-T if COOL-CONTROL~CONSTANT* (only if COOL-CONTROL~RESET)* lonly if COOL-CONTROL~SCHEDULED)45 FNo dehumidification control (100. percent)No humidificationWeighted average DESIGN-COOL-T for allZONEs in the SYSTEMAlways off*Required command or keyword.**Required only if this keyword is entered as a subcommand.I V .79 (Revised 5/81)
TABLE IV.19 - ContinuedCommandSYSTEM-AIRSYSTEM-FANSSYSTEM-TERMINALSYSTEM-EQUIPMENTKeywordSUPPL Y-CFMRATED-CFMRETURN-CFMMIN-OUTSIDE-AIRMIN-AIR-SCHOA-CONTROLMAX-OA-FRACTIONRECOVERY-EFFDUCT -A IR-LOSSDUCT-DELTA-TSUPPL Y-STATICSUPPLY-EFFSUPPL Y-DEL TA-TSUPPL Y-KWFAN-SCHEDULESUPPL Y-MECH-EFFMOTOR-PLACEMENTFAN-PLACEMENTRETURN-STATIC )RETURN-EFF )RETURN-DELTA-T )-RETURN-KW )NIGHT-CYCLE-CTRLREHEAT-DELTA-TMIN-CFM-RATIOCOOLING-CAPACITYCOOL-CAP-FTCOOL-SH-CAPCOOL-SH-FTCOIL-BFCOIL-BF-FCFMCOIL-BF-FTCOOL-CTRL-RANGECOOL-FT-MINRATED-CCAP-FCFMRATED-SH-FCFMHEATING-CAPACITYRATED-HCAP-FCFMFURNACE-AUXFURNACE-HIRFURNACE-HIR-FPLRFURNACE-OFF-LOSS* Required command or keyword.Default Value or ConsequenceFrom ZONE-AIR or load/l.08 x 6TNo performance adjustmentSUPPLY-CFM minus EXHAUST-CFM or 0From ZONE-AIR or noneNo scheduling of outside airTEMP1.0No heat recovery simulatedNoneNoneFrom SUPPLY-DELTA-T and SUPPLY-KWFrom SUPPLY-DELTA-T and SUPPLY-KW2.42°F.000783 kW/cfmAlways onFrom SUPPLY-EFFIN-AIRFLOWDRAW-THROUGHIf neither pair, (RETURN-STATIC,RETURN-EFF) or (RETURN-DELTA-T,RETURN-KW), is specified,no return fan is simulated.STAY-OFFO. (No reheat simulated)From outside air or heating load.Dependent on peak loadsStandard curve SDL-C7From loadsStandard curve SDL-C270.037Standard curve SDL-C38Standard curve SDL-C484.0°F70.0°FStandard curve SDL-C80Standard curve SDL-C87Dependent on peak loadsStandard curve SDL-C102800.0 Btu/ hr1.35 Btu/BtuStandard curve SDL-ClllNo loss accoun ted forIV.80(Revised 5/81)
TABLE IV.19 -SYSTEMCommandContinuedKeywordSYSTEM-TYPE:CBVAVZONE-NAMESSYSTEM-CONTROLSYSTEM-AIRSYSTEM-FANSSYSTEM-TERMINALSYSTEM-EQUIPMENTHEAT -SOURCEPREHEAT -SOURCEBASEBOARD-SOURCEZONE-HEAT-SOURCESIZING-RATIORETURN-AIR-PATHPLENUM-NAMESDefault Value or Consequence************HOT-WATERISOLARHOT-WATER ISOLARHOT-WATERHOT-WATERISOLAR1.0DIRECTNo return air plenums* Required command or keyword.** Required only if this keyword is entered as a subcommand.I V.81 (Revised 5/81)
. Residential System (RESYS)The Residential System models direct expansion air-cooled air conditioningand forced air heating for residences. Residences that do not include unconditionedzones, such as crawl spaces and attics, can be simulated as a singlezone residence served by one system.This is the only system in 00E-2 that simulates openable windows fornatural ventilation and cooling/heating by outdoor air. The ventilation issimulated through the keywords NATURAL-VENT-SCH, VENT-TEMP-SCH, andNATURAL-VENT-AC. (The simulation theory can be found in the SYSTEM-AIRsection of this chapter.)OXCooling with a Heating Coil:\ ~ i OPENA8LE,-______________ 1 \ WINDOW __HEA TSOURCE6 ~OPENABLEWINDOWThis version of the RESYS system provides heating through a hot watercoil, an electric heater, a gas furnace, an oil furnace, or the heating loadcan be passed to PLANT (CBS) for solar heat. The system also includes acooling coil with a compressor and an air-cooled condenser, a supply fan, andopenable windows to provide natural ventilation and outside cooling/heating.Ordinarily, the electric load for the supply fan and compressor are includedin the cooling EIR. The user may separate these out by specifying SUPPLY-KW,SUPPLY-STATIC, and SUPPLY-EFF for the supply fan and OUTSIOE-FAN-KW andCOOLING-EIR for the condenser fan and compressor, respectively.** In the BEPS report in PLANT the fan electric energy for this system willappear as the electric contribution to SPACE COOLING and not to HVACAUXILIARY, .if these keywords are not provided.IV.B2(Revised 5/B1)
A number of optional features and control strategies can be specified forthis system. The optional features are discussed in Table IV.2 and thesection entitled, "Explanation of System Options" (immediately following TableIV.2). The possible control strategies for this system are discussed in Sec.8.5 of this chapter. It is highly recommended that the user read that portionof Sec. B.5 that is applicable to this system.Table IV.20 shows the commands and keywords that must be entered forsimulation of this version of the system, as well as those that are applicablebut optional (i.e., program uses default value if entry is omitted.)Heat Pump:\ )jI"eo,,)~ WINDOW-ITEMS SHOWN IN DASHED BOXESARE OPTIONAL COMPONENTSThis version of the system, the Residential Air-to-Air Heat Pump, is alsofor a single-zone constant-volume system intended for homes or offices. Therules stated in the first two paragraphs of RESYS system description applyalso to this version of the system. This unit provides forced-air heating andcooling. In its basic configuration the Residential Heat Pump con- sists of acompressor, a four-way valve for reversing the refrigerant flow direction, anair-cooled condenser with fan, an evaporator with fan, a filter (not shown),and a thermostat. The condenser also serves as an evaporator and theevaporator also serves as condenser, depending on whether the unit is in theheating or cooling mode of operation. The supply (indoor air) fan and theoutdoor fan operate in a cycling mode. The unit may be specified with anauxiliary electrical heater. To specify this type of RESYS, specifyHEAT-SOURCE = HEAT-PUMP (plus the other keywords appropriate to a heat pump,if desired).IV.83 (Revised 5/81)
Optionally, solar heating may be specified for the. RESYS system. Note:If solar heating is specified (HEAT-SOURCE ~ HOT-WATER/SOLAR), a differentphilosophy is involved. While the cooling system will be simulated here inSYSTEMS, the heating system simulation will be accomplished entirely in thesubsequent PLANT run, because the solar heating demand must be passed fromSYSTEMS to the Solar Simulator (CBS) in PLANT. In CBS the user may select anypreassembled residential system or user-assembled residential system.Additionally, the user may assemble his own solar-assisted heat pump system.The heating demand not met by the solar system will then be satisfied by aconventional furnace that must be specified in PLANT. The unsatisfied loadcannot be passed back to SYSTEMS. See Chap. V., Sec. C. for other equipmentcombinations that are avail ab leoIf solar heating is not chosen, the heating load will be met here inSYSTEMS and a utility loaa-will be passed to PLANT.Table IV.20 shows the commands and keywords that must be entered forsimulation of this system, as well as those that are applicable but optional(i .e., program uses default value if entry is omitted).A multizone residential system may be modeled with the RESYS systemtype. The first zone listed under ZONE-NAMES is assumed to have thethermostat and to control the system. The subzones receive air at the timesand at the temperature as determined by the thermostat action in the controlzone.I V.84 (Revised 5/81)
CommandZONE-CONTROLTABLE IV.20APPLICABILITY OF COMMANDS AND KEYWORDS TO SYSTEM RESYSKeywordDESIGN-HEAT-THEAT-TEMP-SCHDESIGN-COOL-TCOOL-TEMP-SCHTHERMOSTAT-TYPETHROTTLING-RANGEBASEBOARD-CTRLDefault Value or Consequence*(Required although not actually used)**(Required although not actually used)*PROPORTI ONAL2°FOUTDOOR-RESETZONE-AIR AIR-CHANGES/HR ) ( Based on heating/coolingCFM/SQFT )---( loads, supply air, LIT, andASSIGNED-CFM) ( sizing ratioZONESYSTEM-CONTROLSYSTEM-AIRSYSTEM-FANSSYSTEM-EQUIPMENTZONE-CONTROLZONE-TYPEBASEBOARD-RATINGMAX-SUPPLY-TMIN-SUPPLY-THEATING-SCHEDULECOOLING-SCHEDULEBASEBOARD-SCHSUPPLY-CFMRATED-CFMNATURAL-VENT-ACNATURAL-VENT-SCHVENT-TEMP-SCHDUCT-AIR-LOSSDUCT-DELTA-TSUPPLY-STATICSUPPLY-EFFSUPPLY-DELTA-TSUPPLY-KWFAN-SCHEDULELOW-SPEED-RATIOSCOOLING-CAPACITYCOOL-CAP-FTCOOLI NG-E IRCOOL-EIR-FT* Required command or keyword.** Required only if this keyword is entered as a subcommand.**CONDITIONED (PLENUM not allowed)no baseboard heating*Always onAlways onAlways offFrom loads or capacitiesNo performance adjustmentNo natural ventilationNo natural ventilationHEAT-TEMP-SCH - top of heating T-RNoneNoneFrom SUPPLY-DELTA-T and SUPPLY-KWFrom SUPPLY-DELTA-T and SUPPLY-KW.396°F.000128 kW/cfmAlways on*(only if COMPRESSOR-TYPE =DUAL-SPEED). Otherwise, defaultis 1.,1.,1.,1.Dependent on peak loadStandard curve SDL-Cl0.460 Btu/BtuStandard curve SDL-CllIV.85 (Revised 5/81)
TABLE IV.20 - ContinuedCommandKeywordSYSTEM-EQUIPMENT (continued)SYSTEMCOOL-EIR-FPLRCOOL-SH-CAPCOOL-SH-FTCOIL-BFCOIL-BF-FCFMCOIL-BF-FTCOOL-FT-MINCRANKCASE-HEATCRANKCASE-MAX-TOUTSIDE-FAN-KWOUTS I DE-FAN-TOUTSIDE-FAN-MODECOMPRESSOR-TYPERATED-CCAP-FCFMRATED-SH-FCFMRATED-CEIR-FCFMHEATING-CAPACITYRATED-HCAP-FCFMRATED-HEIR-FCFMHEAT-CAP-FTHEATI NG-E IRHEAT-EIR-FTHEAT-EIR-FPLRELEC-HEAT-CAPMIN-HP-TMAX-ELEC-TDEFROST-TDEFROST-DEGRADEFURNACE-AUXFURNACE-HIRFURNACE-HIR-FPLRFURNACE-OFF-LOSSSYSTEM-TYPE=RESYSZONE-NAMESSYSTEM-CONTROLSYSTEM-AIRSYSTEM-FANSSYSTEM-EQUIPMENTHEAT-SOURCEBASEBOARD-SOURCESIZING-RATIODefault Value or ConsequenceStandard curve SDL-C16From loadsStandard curve SDL-C210.241Standard curve SDL-C31Standard curve SDL-C4170QFO.OS kW6S Q FNo explicit condenser fan electric energyF an always onINTERMITTENTSINGLE-SPEEDStandard curve SDL-C76Standard curve SDL-C83Standard curve SDL-C91From loads ***Standard curve SDL-C98 ***Standard curve SDL-C10S ***Standard curve SDL-CS1 ***0.360 Btu/Btu ***Standard curve SDL-C56 ***Standard curve SDL-C61 ***From heating load ***10.0Q F ***17.0QF ***No defrost cycle for heat pump ***No effect ***800.0 Btu/hrl.35 Btu/BtuStandard curve SDL-ClllNo loss accounted for* (First ZONE listed is the control ZONE)********GAS-FURNACEELECTRIC1.0* Required command or keyword.** Required only if this keyword is entered as a subcommand.*** Appropriate only if HEAT-SOURCE = HEAT-PUMPIV.86 (Revised 5/81)
s. Packaged Single Zone Air Conditioner with Heatingand Subzone Reheating Options (PSZ)This hybrid system/plant, usually larger than a PTAC, cools by the directexpansion of a refrigerant and may optionally heat with gas, hot water, or anelectric resistance heater. This unit is normally considered a commercialunit. It provides constant volume air to a control zone and constant- orvariable-air volume flow to optional subzones. If the user desires to havevariable volume air to all zones, that can be modeled by using the PVAVSsystem. This forced-air packaged unit may be either a unitary system (rooftopunit or outside-the-wall unit) or it may be a split unit (partially inside andpartially outside). It mayor may not require ducting. In its most basicconfiguration the PSZ system consists of a compressor, an air-cooled condenser,an evaporator with a fan supplying cooled air to the indoors, a filter (notshown), and a thermostat. The optional features are discussed in Table IV.2and the section entitled, "Explanation of System Options" (immediatelyfollowing Table IV.2). The PSZ unit can optionally be specified with acentral heating device, subzone reheating device(s), outside ventilation air,and economizer cooling. The supply fan may be either a blowthrough or adrawthrough fan, with the fan motor either inside or outside the air stream.The condenser fan operates automatically on demand. An exhaust air fan andlora return air fan may optionally be specified. The thermostat may be specifiedwith night setback and night cycle control.The possible control strategies for this system are discussed in Sec. B.5of this chapter. It is highly recommended that the user read that portion ofSec. B.5 that is applicable to this system.Table IV.21 shows the commands and keywords that must be entered forsimulation of this system, as well as those that are applicable but optional(i.e., program uses default value if entry is omitted).joUTSIDE--AlII: _L ___ _:-RETUIi;l, FAN I,[~IIf~!}, [~~H.l},i--1£@..).I--IFtir--H--:='1I I I I II SUBZONE I $UeZOliE IHo.21,,0.11: I I I I~_ -L_ --L-ITEMS SI10"" IN DASMED BOXESARE OPTIONAL COMPONENTSIV.87 (Revised 5/81)
CommandZONE-CONTROLZONE-AIRZONESYSTEM-CONTROLTABLE IV.21APPLICABILITY OF COMMANDS AND KEYWORDS TO SYSTEM PSZKeywordDESIGN-HEAT-THEAT-TEMP-SCHDESIGN-COOL-TCOOL-TEMP-SCHTHERMOSTAT-TYPETHROTTLING-RANGEBASE BOARD-CTRLDefault Value or Consequence*No active heating control*No active cooling controlPROPORTIONAL2°FOUTDOOR-RESETAIR-CHANGES/HR ) ( Based on heating/coolingCFM/SQFT )---( loads, supply air, "'T, andASSIGNED-CFM) ( sizing ratioOA-CHANGESBased on MIN-OUTS IDE-AIROA-CFM/PERBased on MIN-OUTSIDE-AIROUTSIDE-AIR-CFMBased on MIN-OUTSIDE-AIREXHAUST-CFM 0EXHAUST-EFF 0.75EXHAUST-STATIC 0.0EXHAUST-KWFrom EXHAUST-EFF and EXHAUST-STATICZONE-CONTROLZONE-AIRZONE-TYPEMUL TIPLIERMAX-HEAT-RATEMAX-COOL-RATEBASEBOARD-RATINGMIN-CFM-RATIOMAX-SUPPLY-TMIN-SUPPLY-THEATING-SCHEDULECOOLING-SCHEDULEHEAT-SET-TMAX-HUMIDITYMIN-HUMIDITYECONO-LIMIT -TBASEBOARD-SCH****CONDITIONEDMust equal multiplier in LOADSPeak load or 1.0S x ",T x CFMPeak load or 1.0S x ",T x CFMNo baseboard heatingFrom SYSTEM-TERMINAL**Always onAlways onMAX-SUPPLY-TNo dehumidification control (100. percent)No humidificationWeighted average DESIGN-COOL-T for allZONEs in the SYSTEMAlways off* Required command or keyword.** Required only if this keyword is entered as a subcommand.IV.SS(Revised 5/S1)
TABLE IV.21 - ContinuedCommandSYSTEM-AIRKeywordSUPPLY-CFMRATED-CFMRETURN-CFMMIN-OUTS IDE-AIRMIN-AIR-SCHOA-CONTROLMAX-OA-FRACTI ONRECOVERY-EFFDUCT -AIR-LOSSDUCT-DELTA-TDefault Value or ConsequenceFrom ZONE-AIR or load/1.08 x ~TNo performance adjustmentSUPPLY-CFM minus EXHAUST-CFM or 0From ZONE-AIR or noneNo scheduling of outside airTEMP1.0No heat recovery simulatedNoneNoneSYSTEM-FANS SUPPLY-STATIC From SUPPLY-DELTA-T and SUPPLY-KWSUPPL Y-EFFFrom SUPPLY-DEL TA-T and SUPPLY-KWSUPPLY-DELTA-T 1.815°FSUPPLY-KW0.000587 kW/cfmFAN-SCHEDULEA lways onFAN-CONTROLCONSTANT-VOLUMESUPPLY-MECH-EFFFrom SUPPLY-EFFMOTOR-PLACEMENTIN-AIRFLOWFAN-PLACEMENTDRAW-THROUGHMAX-FAN-RATIO 1.1MIN-FAN-RATIO 0.3RETURN-STATIC) (If neither pair, (RETURN-STATIC,RETURN-EFF ) (RETURN-EFF) or (RETURN-DELTA-T,RETURN-DELTA-T )---( RETURN-KW), is specified,RETURN-KW ) (no return fan is simulated.NIGHT-CYCLE-CTRLSTAY-OFFFAN-EIR-FPLR*(only if FAN-CONTROL = FAN-EIR-FPLR)SYSTEM-TERMINALSYSTEM-EQUIPMENTREHEAT-DELTA-TMIN-CFM-RATIOCOOLING-CAPACITYCOOL-CAP-FTCOOLING-E IRCOOL-EIR-FTCOOL-EIR-FPLRCOOL-SH-CAPCOOL-SH-FTCOIL-BFCOIL-BF-FCFMCOIL-BF-FTNo reheat simulated1.0 (Constant volume system)Dependent on peak loadsStandard curve SDL-C30.365 Btu/BtuStandard curve SDL-C13Standard curve SDL-C18Dependent on peak loadsStandard curve SDL-C230.19Standard curve SDL-C33Standard curve SDL-C43* Required command or keyword.** Required only if this keyword is entered as a subcommand.I V.89 (Revised 5/81)
TABLE IV.21 - ContinuedCommandKeywordSYSTEM-EQUIPMENT (continued)SYSTEMCOOL-CTRL-RANGECOOL-FT-MINMIN-UN LOAD-RATIOMIN-HGB-RATIOMAX-COND-RCVRYCRANKCASE-HEATCRANKCASE-MAX-TOUTSIDE-FAN-KWOUTS I DE-FAN-TOUTSIDE-FAN-MODERATED-CCAP-FCFMRATED-SH-FCFMRATED-CEIR-FCFMHEATING-CAPACITYRATED-HCAP-FCFMFURNACE-AUXFURNACE-H I RFURNACE-HIR-FPLRFURNACE-OFF-LOSSSYSTEM-TYPE=PSZZONE-NAMESSYSTEM-CONTROLSYSTEM-AIRSYSTEM-FANSSYSTEM-TERMINALSYSTEM-EQUIPMENTHEAT-SOURCEZONE-HEAT-SOURCEBASEBOARD-SOURCESIZING-RATIOSIZING-OPTIONRETURN-AIR-PATHPLENUM-NAMESDefault Value or Consequence4.0°F70°F0.250.25No heat recovery from condenser0.1 kWHeater runs when compressor is not onNo explicit condenser fan electric energy45.0°FINTERMITTENTStandard curve SDL-C78Standard curve SDL-C85Standard curve SDL-C93Dependent on peak loadsStandard curve SDL-CIOO800.0 Btu/hr1.35 Btu/BtuStandard curve SDL-ClllNo loss accounted for* (First ZONE listed is the control ZONE)**********GAS-FURNACEELECTRICELECTRIC1.0COINCIDENTDIRECTNo return air plenum* Required command or keyword.** Required only if this keyword is entered as a subcommand.I V. 90 (Revised 5/81)
t. Packaged Multizone Fan System (PMZS)The PMZS is a multizone constant-volume forced-air system (actually ahybrid system/plant) that cools by the direct expansion of a refrigerant andheats with gas, hot water, or an electric resistance heater. The unit mayhave heat recovery from condenser coils. The unit may optionally providehumidity control. The PMZS normally consists of a manufacturer-matched set ofcomponents within a single enclosure that is normally rooftop mounted but itmay instead be a split unit (partially inside and partially outside.) In itsmost basic configuration the PMZS consists of one or more refrigeration compressors,one or more air-cooled condensers with a fan discharging heat to theoutdoors, one.or more evaporators with a fan supplying cooled air to theindoors, a heating device, a filter (not shown), and a thermostat in eachzone. The PMZS can optionally be specified with outside ventilation air;economizer cooling, an exhaust fan and a return fan. It has a blowthroughfan, with the fan motor either in the airstream or outside the airstream. Thecondenser fan operates automatically on demand. The thermostat may bespecified with night setback and night cycle control.In the <strong>DOE</strong>-2 simulation of the PMZS there is individual control oftemperature in the different zones. In the simulation there is nopreconditioning of outside ventilation air.MIXING DAMPfRSti-EXHAU5"T--1 l. ZONEI FAN , NO. ~1-4- ,,L _______ _- ITEMS SHOWN IN DASHED BOXES AREOPTIONAL COMPONENTSI V. 91 (Revised 5/81)
A number of optional features and control strategies can be specified forthis system. The optional features are discussed in Table IV.2 and thesection entitled, "Explanation of System Options" (immediately following TableIV.2). The possible control strategies for this system are discussed in Sec.B.5 of this chapter. It is highly recommended that the user read that portionof Sec. B.5 that is applicable to this system.Table IV.22 shows the commands and keywords that must be entered forsimulation of this system, as well as those that are appl icable but optional(i.e., program uses default value if entry is omitted).I V. 92 (Revised 5/81)
CommandZONE-CONTROLZONE-AIRZONESYSTEM-CONTROLTABLE IV.22APPLICABILITY OF COMMANDS AND KEYWORDS TO SYSTEM PMZSKeywordDESIGN-HEAT-THEAT-TEMP-SCHDESIGN-COOL-TCOOL-TEMP-SCHTHERMOSTAT-TYPETHROTTLING-RANGEBASEBOARD-CTRLDefault Value or Consequence*No active heating control*No active cooling controlPROPORTIONAL2°FOUTDOOR-RESETAIR-CHANGES/HR ) ( Based on heating/coolingCFM/SQFT )---( loads, supply air, t.T, andASSIGNED-CFM) ( sizing ratioOA-CHANGESBased on MIN-OUTS IDE-AIROA-CFM/PERBased on MIN-OUTSIDE-AIROUTSIDE-AIR-CFM Based on MIN-OUTSIDE-AIREXHAUST -CFM 0EXHAUST -EFF 0.75EXHAUST-STATIC 0.0EXHAUST-KWFrom EXHAUST-EFF and EXHAUST-STATICZONE-CONTROLZONE-AIRZONE-TYPEMULTI PLIERMAX-HEAT-RATEMAX-COOL-RATEBASEBOARD-RATINGMIN-CFM-RATIOMAX-SUPPLY-TMIN-SUPPLY-THEATING-SCHEDULECOOLING-SCHEDULEHEAT-CONTROLHEAT-SET-THEAT-RESET-SCHHEAT-SET-SCHCOOL-CONTROLCOOL-SET-TCOOL-RESET-SCHCOOL-SET-SCHMAX-HUM ID ITYMIN-HUMIDITYECONO-LIMIT -TBASEBOARD-SCH****CONDITIONEDMust equal MULTIPLIER in LOADSPeak load or 1.08 x t.T x CFMPeak load or 1.08 x t.T x CFMNo baseboard heatingFrom SYSTEM-TERMINAL* Required command or keyword.** Required only if this keyword is entered as a subcommand.*Always onAlways onCONSTANTMAX-SUPPLY-T if HEAT-CONTROL = CONSTANT(only if HEAT-CONTROL=RESET)* (only if HEAT-CONTROL=SCHEDULED)CONSTANTMIN-SUPPLY-T if COOL-CONTROL=CONSTANT* (only if COOL-CONTROL=RESET)* (only if COOL-CONTROL=SCHEDULED)No dehumidification control (100. percent)No humidificationWeighted average DESIGN-COOL-T for allZONEs in the SYSTEMAlways offIV.93 (Revised 5/81)
TABLE IV.22 - ContinuedCommandSYSTEM-AIRKeywordSUPPL Y-CFMRATED-CFMRETURN-CFMMIN-OUTSIDE-AIRMIN-AIR-SCHOA-CONTROLMAX-OA-FRACTIONRECOVERY-EFFDUCT -AIR-LOSSDUCT -DEL TA-TDefault Value or ConsequenceFrom ZONE-AIR or load/1.08 x 6TNo performance adjustmentSUPPLY-CFM minus EXHAUST-CFM or 0From ZONE-AIR or noneNo scheduling of outside airTEMP1.0No heat recovery simulatedNoneNoneSYSTEM-FANS SUPPLY-STATIC From SUPPLY-DELTA-T and SUPPL Y-KWSUPPLY-EFFFrom SUPPLY-DELTA-T and SUPPLY-KWSUPPLY-DELTA-T<strong>2.1</strong>17°FSUPPLY-KW0.000685 kW/cfmFAN-SCHEDULEA lways onFAN-CONTROLCONSTANT-VOLUMESUPPL Y-MECH-EFFFrom SUPPL Y-EFFMOTOR-PLACEMENTIN-AIRFLOWMAX-FAN-RATIO 1.1MIN-FAN-RATIO 0.3RETURN-STATIC) (If neither pair, (RETURN-STATIC,RETURN-EFF ) (RETURN-EFF) or (RETURN-DELTA-T,RETURN-DELTA-T )---( RETURN-KW), is specified,RETURN-KW ) (no return fan is simulated.NIGHT-CYCLE-CTRLSTAY-OFFFAN-EIR-FPLR*(only if FAN-CONTROL = FAN-EIR-FPLR)SYSTEM-TERMINALSYSTEM-EQUIPMENTMIN-CFM-RATIOCOOLING-CAPACITYCOOL-CAP-FTCOOUNG-E IRCOOL-EIR-FTCOOL-EIR-FPLRCOOL-SH-CAPCOOL-SH-FTCOIL-BFCOIL-BF-FCFMCOIL-BF-FTCOOL-CTRL-RANGECOOL-FT-MINMIN-UN LOAD-RATIOMIN -HG B-RA TI 0MAX-COND-RCVRYCRANKCASE-HEATCRANKCASE-MAX-T1.0 (Constant volume system)* Required command or keyword.** Requir~ only if this keyword is entered as a subcommand.Dependent on peak loadsStandard curve SDL-C30.365 Btu/BtuStandard curve SDL-C13Standard curve SDL-C18Dependent on peak loadsStandard curve SDL-C230.19Standard curve SDL-C33Standard curve SDL-C434.0°F70.0°F0.250.25No heat recovery from condenser0.1 kW .Heater runs when compressor is not onI V.94 (Revised 5/81)
TABLE IV.22 - ContinuedCommandKeywordSYSTEM-EQUIPMENT (continued)SYSTEMOUTSIDE-FAN-KWOUTSIDE-FAN-TOUTSIDE-FAN-MODERATED-CCAP-FCFMRATED-SH-FCFMRATED-CEIR-FCFMHEATING-CAPACITYRATED-HCAP-FCFMFURNACE-AUXFURNACE-H IRFURNACE-HIR-FPLRFURNACE-OFF-LOSSSYSTEM-TYPE=PMZSZONE-NAMESSYSTEM-CONTROLSYSTEM-AIRSYSTEM-FANSSYSTEM-TERMINALSYSTEM-EQUIPMENTHEAT-SOURCEBASEBOARD-SOURCESIZING-RATIOSIZING-OPTIONHCOIL-WIPE-FCFMRETURN-AIR-PATHPLENUM-NAMESDefault Value or ConsequenceNo explicit condenser fan electriceneriJY45.0INTERMITTENTStandard curve SDL-C78Standard curve SDL-C85Standard curve SDL-C93Dependent on peak loadsStandard curve SDL-CIOO800.0 Btu/hr1. 35 Btu/ BtuStandard curve SDL-ClllNo loss accounted for***********GAS-FURNACEELECTRIC1.0COINCIDENTNo effectDIRECTNo return air plenum* Required command or keyword.** Required only if this keyword is entered as a subcommand.I V. 95 (Revised 5/81)
u. Packaged Variable-Air-Volume System (PVAVS)This is a variable-volume system/plant that cools the zones by directexpansion of a refrigerant and optionally heats the zones with gas, fuel oil,hot-water, or an electric resistance heater. In the cooling mode the supplyair temperature is usually constant and the volume of air is varied fromminimum to maximum to satisfy the zone requirements. In the heating mode thesupply air temperature is varied in response to the zone requirements and thevolume of air is held at the minimum (constant). In its most basic configurationthe PVAVS system consists of a compressor, an air-cooled condenser with afan discharging heat to the outdoors, an evaporator with a fan supplying cooledair to the indoors, reheat coils at the ZONE level, a filter (not shown),variable-volume control boxes, and thermostats. The PVAVS unit can optionallybe specified with outside ventilating air, an exhaust fan, a return air fan,and economizer control. The supply fan may be either a blowthrough or a drawthroughfan, with the fan motor either in the airstream or outside the airstream.The thermostat may be specified with night setback and night cyclecontrol.A number of optional features and control strategies can be specified forthis system. The optional features are discussed in Table IV.2 and thesection entitled, "Explanation of System Options" (immediately following TableIV.2). The possible control strategies for this system are discussed in Sec.B.5 of this chapter. It is highly recommended that the user read that portionof Sec. B.5 that is applicable to this system.Table IV.23 shows the commands and keywords that must be specified forthe simulation of this system, as well as those that are applicable butoptional (i.e., program uses default value if entry is omitted).I___ Ii-- ,,,I R[TU~ IL __ ~~N __ ~_IT£"~ s .. o,," H. 0.05 .. £0 lionsARE_ OPT!O ..... L CO .. POIIENTSI V .96 (Revised 5/81)
CommandZONE-CONTROLZONE-AIRZONESYSTEM-CONTROLTABLE IV.23APPLICABILITY OF COMMANDS AND KEYWORDS TO SYSTEM PVAVSKeywordDESIGN-HEAT-THEAT-TEMP-SCHDESIGN-COOL-TCOOL-TEMP-SCHTHERMOSTAT-TYPETHROTTLING-RANGEBASEBOARD-CTRLDefault Value or Consequence*No active heating control*No active cooling controlPROPDRT roNAL2°FOUTDOOR-RESETAIR-CHANGES/HR ) ( Based on heating/coolingCFM/SQFT )---( loads, supply air, AT, andASSIGNED-CFM) ( sizing ratioOA-CHANGESBased on MIN-OUTS IDE-AIROA-CFM/PERBased on MIN-OUTS IDE-AIROUTSIDE-AIR-CFM Based on MIN-OUTSIDE-AIREXHAUST -CFM 0EXHAUST -EFF 0.75EXHAUST-STATIC 0.0EXHAUST-KWEXHAUST-EFF and EXHAUST-STATICZONE-CONTROLZONE-AIRZONE-TYPEMUL TIPLIERMAX-HEAT-RATEMAX-COOL-RATEBASEBOARD-RATINGMIN-CFM-RATIOMAX-SUPPLY-TMIN-SUPPLY-THEATING-SCHEDULECOOLING-SCHEDULECOOL-CONTROLHEAT-SET-TCOOL-SET-TCOOL-RESET-SCHCOOL-SET-SCHMAX-HUMIDITYMIN-HUMIDITYECOND-LIMIT -TBASEBOARD-SCH****CONDITIONEDMust equal MULTIPLIER in LOADSPeak load or 1.08 x ~T x CFMPeak load or 1.08 x ~T x CFMNo baseboard heatingFrom SYSTEM-TERMINAL(MIN-SUPPLY-T) + (REHEAT-DELTA-T)*Always onA lways onCONSTANTNo main heating coil capacityMIN-SUPPLY-T if COOL-CONTROL=CONSTANT* (only if COOL-CONTROL=RESET)* (only if COOL-CONTROL=SCHEDULED)No dehumidification control (100. percent)No humidificationWeighted average DESIGN-COOL-T for allZONEs in the SYSTEMAlways off* Requ ired command or keyword.** Required only if this keyword is entered as a subcommand.I V .97 (Revised 5/81)
TABLE IV.23 - ContinuedCommandSYSTEM-AIRKeywordSUPPL Y-CFMRATED-CFMRETURN-CFMMIN-OUTS IDE-AIRMIN-AIR-SCHOA-CONTROLMAX-OA-FRACTIONRECOVERY-EFFDUCT-AIR-LOSSDUCT-DELTA-TDefault Value or ConsequenceFrom ZONE-AIR or load/1.08 x ~TNo performance adjustmentSUPPLY-CFM minus EXHAUST-CFM or 0From ZONE-AIR or noneNo scheduling of outside airTEMP1.0No heat recovery simulatedNoneNoneSYSTEM-FANS SUPPL Y-STATIC From SUPPLY-DEL TA-T and SUPPL Y-KWSUPPLY-EFFFrom SUPPLY-DELTA-T and SUPPLY-KWSUPPLY-DELTA-T<strong>2.1</strong>l7°FSUPPLY-KW0.000685 kW/cfmFAN-SCHEDULEA 1 ways onFAN-CONTROLINLETSUPPL Y-MECH-EFFFrom SUPPL Y-EFFMOTOR-PLACEMENTIN-AIRFLOWFAN-PLACEMENTDRAW-THROUGHMAX-FAN-RATIO 1.1MIN-FAN-RATIO 0.3RETURN-STATIC) (If neither pair, (RETURN-STATIC,RETURN-EFF ) (RETURN-EFF) or (RETURN-DELTA-T,RETURN-DELTA-T )---( RETURN-KW), is specified,RETURN-KW ) (no return fan is simulated.NIGHT-CYCLE-CTRLSTAY-OFFFAN-EIR-FPLR*(only if FAN-CONTROL = FAN-EIR-FPLR)SYSTEM-TERMINALSYSTEM-EQUIPMENTREHEAT-DELTA-TMIN-CFM-RATIOCOOLING-CAPACITYCOOL-CAP-FTCOOLING-E IRCOOL-EIR-FTCOOL-EIR-FPLRCOOL-SH-CAPCOOL-SH-FTCOIL-BFCOIL-BF-FCFMCOIL-BF-FTCOOL-CTRL-RANGECOOL-FT-MINNo reheat simulatedFrom outside air or heating loadDependent on peak loadsStandard curve SDL-C30.365 Btu/BtuStandard curve SDL-C13Standard curve SDL-C18Dependent on peak loadsStandard curve SDL-C230.19Standard curve SDL-C33Standard curve SDL-C434.0°F70.0°* Required command or keyword.** Required only if this keyword is entered as a subcommand.I V. 98 (Revised 5/81)
TABLE IV.23 - ContinuedCommandKey.vordSYSTEM-EQUIPMENT (continued)SYSTEMMIN-UN LOAD-RATIOMIN-HGB-RATIOMAX-COND-RCVRYCRANK CAS E-MAX-TCRANKCASE-HEATOUTSIDE-FAN-KWOUTSIDE-FAN-TOUTSIDE-FAN-MODERATED-CCAP-FCFMRATED-SH-FCFMRATED-CEIR-FCFMHEATING-CAPACITYRATED-HCAP-FCFMFURNACE-AUXFURNACE-H I RFURNACE-HIR-FPLRFURNACE-OFF-LOSSSYSTEM-TYPE=PVAVSZONE-NAMESSYSTEM-CONTROLSYSTEM-AIRSYSTEM-FANSSYSTEM-TERMINALSYSTEM-EQUIPMENTHEAT-SOURCEZONE-HEAT-SOURCEBASEBOARD-SOURCESIZING-RATIOSIZING-OPTIONRETURN-AIR-PATHPLENUM-NAMESDefault Value or Consequence0.250.25No heat recovery from condenserHeater runs when compressor is not ono .1kWNo explicit condenser fan electric energy45.0'FINTERMITTENTStandard curve SDL-C78Standard curve SDL-C85Standard curve SDL-C93Dependent on peak loadsStandard curve SDL-CIOO800.0 Btu/hr1.35 Btu/BtuStandard curve SDL-ClllNo loss accounted for************HOT-WATER/SOLARHOT-WATER/SOLARELECTRIC1.0COINCIDENTDIRECTNo return air plenum* Required command or key.vord.** Required only if this key.vord is entered as a subcommand.I V.99 (Revised 5/81)
v. Packaged Terminal Air Conditioner (PTAC)Packaged Terminal Air Conditioners (PTAC) are designed primarily forcommercial installations to provide the total heating and cooling function fora room or zone, and are specifically designed for through-the-wall installation.The units (which are hybrid systems/plants) are mostly used in hoteland motel guest rooms, apartments, hospitals, nursing homes, and officebuildings (Ref. 10). All PTAC units discharge air directly into the spacewithout ductwork.PTAC with OXCooling and Electric Resistance Heating:This particular PTAC unit provides cooling by the direct expansion of arefrigerant and heating by an electric resistance heater. In its most basicconfiguration this PTAC consists of a compressor, an air-cooled condenser witha fan discharging heat to the outdoors, an evaporator usually with a two-speedfan supplying cooled air to the indoors, an electric heater, a filter (notshown), and a thermostat. The unit may be specified with outside ventilationair. This PTAC unit has no return fan option and the supply fan is assumed tobe a blowthrough fan with the fan motor located inside the airstream.Optionally, the unit may be specified with a thermostat with night setback.A number of optional features and control strategies can be specified forthis system. The optional features are discussed in Table IV.2 and thesection entitled, "Explanation of System Options" (immediately following TableIV.2). The possible control strategies for this system are discussed in Sec.B.5 of this chapter. It is highly recommended that the user read that portionof Sec. B.5 that is applicable to this system.Table IV.24 shows the commands and keywords that must be entered forsimulation of this system, as well as those that are applicable qut optional(i.e., program uses default value if entry is omitted). To specify this typeof PTAC, specify HEAT-SOURCE ~ ELECTRIC.SUPPLYAIR ,"',,>0--"---,----,'#NHEATING~-l'ILRETURNA
PTAC with Air-to-Air Heat Pump:This type of PTAC unit provides year-round forced-air heating and cooling.This system consists of a single air-to-air heat pump. In its basic configurationthe heat pump unit consists of a compressor, a four-way valve forreversing the refrigerant flow direction, a condenser with a fan, anevaporator usually with a two-speed fan, a filter (not shown), and a thermostat.The condenser also serves as an evaporator and the evaporator alsoserves as a condenser, depending upon whether the unit is in the heating orcooling mode of operation. The unit may be specified with outside ventilationair, in which case the supply fan runs continuously rather than cycl ing withthe compressor. This PTAC has no return fan option and the supply fan isassumed to be a two-speed blowthrough fan with the fan motor located insidethe airstream. Optionally, the unit may be specified with a thermostat withnight setback.Table IV.24 shows the commands and keywords that must be entered forsimulation of this system, as well as those that are applicable but optional(i.e., program uses default value'if entry is omitted). To specify this typeof PTAC, specify HEAT-SOURCE ~ HEAT-PUMP (plus the other keywords appropriateto a heat pump, if des ired).-ITEMS SHOWN IN DASHED BOXESARE OPTIONAl.. COMPONENTSIV.101 (Revised 5/81)
CorrmandZONE-CONTROLZONE-AIRZONESYSTEM-CONTROLSYSTEM-AIRSYSTEM-FANSTABLE IV.24APPLICABILITY OF COMMANDS AND KEYWORDS TO SYSTEM PTACKeywordDES IGN-HEAT -THEAT-TEMP-SCHDES IGN-COOL-TCOOL-TEMP-SCHTHERMOSTAT -TYPETHROTTLING-RANGEBASEBOARD-CTRLDefault Value or Consequence*No active heating control*No active cooling controlPROPORTIONAL2°FOUTDOOR-RESETAIR-CHANGES/HR ) ( Based on heating/cool ingCFM/SQFT )__( loads, supply air, liT,ASSIGNED-CFM) ( and sizing ratio.OA-CHANGESBased on MIN-OUTS IDE-AIROA-CFM/PERBased on MIN-OUTS IDE-AIROUTSIDE-AIR-CFM Based on MIN-OUTS IDE-AIRRATED-CFMFrom SYSTEM-AIRZONE-CONTROLZONE-AIRZONE-TYPEMULTIPLIERMAX-HEAT-RATEMAX-COOL-RATEBASEBOARD-RATINGHEATING-CAPACITYCOOLING-CAPACITYCOOL-SH-CAPMAX-SU PPL Y -TMIN-SUPPL Y-THEATING-SCHEDULECOOLING-SCHEDULEBASEBOARD-SCHSUPPL Y-CFMRATED-CFMMIN-OUTSIDE-AIRMIN:"AIR-SCHSUPPl Y-STATICSUPPlY-EFFSUPPlY-DElTA-TSUPPlY-KW****CONDITIONEDMust equal MULTIPLIER in LOADSPeak load or 1. OS x liT x CFMPeak load or 1.0S x liT x CFMNo baseboard heatingFrom SYSTEM-EQUIPMENTFrom SYSTEM-EQUIPMENTFrom SYSTEM-EQUIPMENT*Always onAlways onAlways offFrom loads or capacitiesNo performance adjustmentFrom ZONE-AIR or noneNo scheduling of outside airFrom SUPPLY-DElTA-T and SUPPlY-KWFrom SUPPLY-DELTA-I and SUPPlY-KW<strong>2.1</strong>SoF0.00007 kW/cfm* Required command or keyword.** Required only if this keyword is entered as a subcommand.I V.102(Rev i sed 5/ Sl)
TABLE IV.24 - Continued__ ~C~o~mm~a~n~d~ ________ ~K~e~yw~o~r~d~ ___________ ~D~e~f~au~l~t~V~a~lu~e~o~r~C~o~n~s~eq~u~e~n~c~e ____ _SYSTEM-FANS (continued)SYSTEM-EQUIPMENTFAN-SCHEDULEFAN-CONTROLNIGHT-CYCLE-CTRLLOW-SPEED-RATIOSCOOLING-CAPACITYCOOL-CAP-FTCOOL-SH-CAPCOOL-SH-FTCOOLING-E IRCOOL-EIR-FTCOOL-E IR-FPLRCOOL-SH-CAPCOOL-SH-FTCOIL-BFCOIL-BF-FCFMCOIL-BF-FTCOOL-FT-MINRATED-CCAP-FCFMRATED-SH-FCFMRATED-CEIR-FCFMRATED-HCAP-FCFMRATED-HEIR-FCFMHEATING-CAPACITYHEAT-CAP-FTHEATING-E IRHEAT -EIR-FTHEAT-EIR-FPLRELEC-HEAT-CAPMIN-HP-TMAX-ELEC-TDEFROST-TDEFROST-DEGRADEFURNACE-AUXFURNACE-HIRFURNACE-HIR-FPLRFURNACE-OFF-LOSS* Requ ired command or keyword.** Appropriate only if HEAT-SOURCE = HEAT-PUMP.Always onTWO-SPEEDSTAY-OFFApplies only ifFAN-CONTROL=TWO-SPEED.Default is 1., 1.,1.,1.Dependent on peak loadsStandard curve SDL-C2From loadsStandard curve SDL-C220.568 Btu/BtuStandard curve SOL-C12Standard curve SDL-C17From loadsStandard curve SDL-C220.241Standard curve SDL-C32Standard curve SDL-C4270.0°FStandard curve SDL-CllStandard curve SDL-C84Standard curve SDL-C92Standard curve SDL-C99Standard curve SOL-C106****Dependent on peak loads **6~:~~a~~u/~~~e*~DL-C52 **Standard curve SDL-CS7 **Standard curve SDL-C62 **From heating load **40.0°F **40.0°F **No defrost cycle for heatNo effect **800.0 Btu/hr1.35 Btu/BtuStandard curve SDL-ClllNo loss accounted forpump **I V.103 (Revised 5/81)
TABLE IV.24 - ContinuedSYSTEMCommandKeywordSYSTEM-TYPE;PTACZONE-NAMESSYSTEM-CONTROLSYSTEM-AIRSYSTEM-FANSSYSTEM-EQUIPMENTHEAT-SOURCEBASEBOARD-SOURCESIZING-RATIO*******Default Value or Cpnsequence**ELECTRICELECTRIC1.0* Required command or keyword.** Required only if this keyword is entered as a subcommand.I V.104 (Revised 5/81)
5. SYSTEM Control Strategya. General Discussion for all SYSTEM-TYPEsThe following information describes how <strong>DOE</strong>-2 simulates the differentcontrol strategies for each SYSTEM-TYPE. The information in this subsectionapplies to all strategies and all SYSTEM-TYPEs (it is inserteOlhere in anattempt to eliminate unnecessary repetition).The importance of understanding how an HVAC system works cannot be overemphasized. Minor changes in the system control strategy can often have largeeffects in energy consumption and conservation. Often these energy conservingchanges involve a minimum of expense to employ. Examples of such changesinclude using temperature setback, resetting the economizer limit temperature,reducing excessive outside ventilation air, resetting hot and cold decktemperatures, and employing better fan schedules. However, to employ theproper changes in the system, the user must first understand how his system issimulated by <strong>DOE</strong>-2. That is the purpose of the following discussions.Occasionally, the user will note that there are slight differences betweenthe simulation methodology and the "real world of hardware". That is to say,although the computer simulation will be thermodynamically close, it would beimpossible to purchase equipment that would exactly duplicate the simulationaction. This is true of most computer models and the user should not be undulyconcerned.Some control strategy keywords are appropriate only at the ZONE level,while others are appropriate only at the SYSTEM level. Still others are appropriateat both levels. If a keyword, which is appropriate at both levels, isspecified only at the SYSTEM level it will apply to all ZONEs served by theSYSTEM. If a keyword, which is appropriate at both levels, is specified bothat the SYSTEM level and at the ZONE level, the specification made at the ZONElevel will take precedence over the SYSTEM level specification.In the following discussions, the term constant volume flow refers to thevolume of supply air entering the ZONE for all hours of the simulation. Likewise,variable volume flow, refers to the volume of supply air entering theZONE; however, in this case, the quantity of air may vary from one simulationhour to the next (but during anyone simulation hour the volume remains constant).Likewise, in the following discussions, constant temperature andvariable temperature have analogous definitions.Also, the user will note in the following discussions that "heatingsources" are generally referred to as preheat coils, main heating coils, orzone coils. The same is true for "cooling sources". In <strong>DOE</strong>-2 heating andcooling can be accomplished with other energy sources other than fluids (gas,electricity, solar, heat pumps, etc.) "Heating coils" and "cooling coils" areused, in the following discussions, in the generic sense.Throughout this section on SYSTEM Control Strategy, keywords areidentified as belonging to certain subcommands. The user is reminded herethat any keyword that belongs to a subcommand (i.e., ZONE-AIR andZONE-CONTROL) can also be entered in the parent command (i.e., ZONE). Thesame is true for SYSTEM subcommands and the SYSTEM command.IV.105 (Revised 5/81)
COOLING-SCHEDULE, HEATING-SCHEDULE, and FAN-SCHEDULEThe keywords COOLING-SCHEDULE and HEATING-SCHEDULE are used to referenceSCHEDULE instructions that activate and deactivate the cooling and heatingcapab il it i es of the PLANT. These SCHEDULEs do not turn the PLANT "ON" and"OFF"; rather, they specify the availability of heating and cooling for thisSYSTEM {some SYSTEMs served by a PLANT may be "ON" and some may be "OFF"-Y-:--ASYSTEM may be calling for heating, however, that heating will not be availableunless the HEATING-SCHEDULE is referencing a SCHEDULE thatlS specified as "ON"during that hour (possessing a positive hourly value). The same is true withrespect to the COOLING-SCHEDULE. Similarly, FAN-SCHEDULE references a SCHEDULEinstruction that specifies the availability of the system's fans (supply,return, and exhaust). Note: There is one exception to the precedingdiscussion. If the user specifies any value for NIGHT-CYCLE-CTRL other thanSTAY-OFF, the FAN-SCHEDULE may be overidden to provide heating should the ZONEtemperature fall below the heating THROTTLING-RANGE (see NIGHT-CYCLE-CTRL,Sec. C.8 of this chapter).Zone Thermostats and THROTTLING-RANGEs:·In <strong>DOE</strong>-2 the ZONE thermostats have two control bands, or THROTTLING-RANGEswith associated set points, and one dead band. Some system control strategiesinvolve only one ZONE thermostat set point, which is used to control eitherheating or cooling of the ZONE. Other strategies involve two ZONE thermostatset points, one for cooling and one for heating. The desired set points arespecified, respectively, with the keywords COOL-TEMP-SCH and HEAT-TEMP-SCH(plus their associated SCHEDULEs). Each set point has its own THROTTLING-RANGE.Only one specification for THROTTLING-RANGE can be made for a ZONE and thatrange is used for both cooling and heating.In general, the upper control band, or cooling THROTTLING-RANGE, governsthe main cooling coil (for central systems), the zone cooling coil (for zonalsystems), and the air volume for variable volume systems (MIN-CFM-RATIO < 1).At the top of the cooling THROTTLING-RANGE there is full cooling and full airvolume. At the bottom of the cooling THROTTLING-RANGE there is minimumcooling and minimum air volume.The lower control band, or heating THROTTLING-RANGE, governs the mainheating coil (for central systems), the zone heating coil (for zonal systems),the reheat coil, the thermostatically controlled baseboards, and the airvolume (for variable volume systems with THERMOSTAT-TYPE = REVERSE-ACTION).At the bottom of the heating THROTTLING-RANGE there is full heating and in thecase of THERMOSTAT-TYPE = REVERSE-ACTION, full air flow. At the top of theheating THROTTLING-RANGE the heating is off and the air flow is at a minimum.If the cooling and heating set points are separated by more than oneTHROTTLING-RANGE, a dead band will result between the two THROTTLING-RANGEs.The response of the system, ,when the calculated ZONE temperature is within thedead band, will be constant and will correspond to the system response at thebottom of the cooling THROTTLING-RANGE. If the user specifies overlappingTHROTTLING-RANGEs, the program will assume that the user has made an error andit will move the set points apart until they are separated by oneI V.106 (Rev i sed 5/81)
THROTTLING-RANGE. The cooling set point (with its THROTTLING-RANGE) is movedupward and the heating set point (with its THROTTLING-RANGE) is moved downward,both by equal amounts (one-half of the overlap).Example:User-SpecifiedOverlapping RangesTHROTTLING-RANGE : 4Cooling Set Point - 70Heating Set Point - 68OOE-2Adjusted RangesTHROTTLING-RANGE : 4Cooling Set Point - 71Heating Set Point - 67If the system being modeled has no controls corresponding to one of thetwo control bands, the corresponding temperature schedule need not be entered.Thus, for example, if a system has no capability for cooling, such as a unitheater (SYSTEM-TYPE: UHT), it is not necessary to specify COOL-TEMP-SCH;specify only HEAT-TEMP-SCH.As the calculated ZONE temperature rises and falls within theTHROTTLING-RANGEs, different actions are simulated. No changes in simulationactions take place outside of the THROTTLING-RANGEs. The exact actlons thattake place depend on the SYSTEM-TYPE and keyword values that are specified.Subsections b. thru j. discuss these actions by SYSTEM-TYPE and controlstrategy. Selected example strategies are given, but it is not possible todiscuss all the possible strategies for each SYSTEM-TYPE. Table IV.25summarizes, by SYSTEM-TYPE, the possible actions that can be obtained usingthe specification of values for COOL-TEMP-SCH and HEAT-TEMP-SCH (the coolingand heating set points).The user may argue that most SYSTEMs have only one thermostat set pointand THROTTLING-RANGE, not two. At anyone time that is true, because only oneset point and THROTTLING-RANGE are active. Herein lies one of the slightdifferences between simulation methodology and the "real world of hardware".The heating set point and THROTTLING-RANGE control the heating equipment. Thecooling set point and THROTTLING-RANGE control the cooling equipment. Theheatlng equipment and cooling equipment are two separate sets of equipment,normally operating with different actions. The user should determine how manyset points, one or two, are required for his SYSTEM-TYPE, by referring to theappropriate Applicability Table or to Table IV.25. To obtain a propers imu 1 ati on, when the control strategy requires two set po i nts, the user mustspecify two set points. Strategies that involve only one set point requirethat only that set point be specified. If the user specifies two set points,when only one is required, only the proper set point will be used by theprogram. If in doubt, specify both COOL-TEMP-SCH and HEAT-TEMP-SCH.The user should be aware that if he specifies the cooling set point to beequal to the heating set point (on the insistence that there is really onlyone set point), several things may happen. First, the set points will beIV.I07 (Revised 5/81)
TABLE IV.25ACTIONS SIMULATED BY SPECIFYINGCOOL-TEMP-SCH AND HEAT-TEMP-SCH FOR EACH SYSTEM-TYPE+---------------------(~~-~-f~ll-inHzo~Jn~~~~~~t~;;j--------------++-------------------- Cooling -----------------_________ +(on a rise in ZONE temperature)SYSTEM-TYPEAction Simulated byHEAT rEMP-5CHAdditional Re~uiredKeyword(s) andalue(s)Action Simulated byCOOL-TEMP-5CHAdditional Re~uiredKeyword(s) andalue(s)MlS,DDS,PMlSIncrease heating air temperatureIncrease baseboard outputMix hot and cold airIncrease supply air volumeHEAT-CONTROL = COLDESTBASEBOARD-CTRL = THERMOSTATICMIN-CFM-RATIO < 1 andTHERMOSTAT-TYPE = REVERSE-ACTIONReduce cooling airtemperatureIncrease supply airvolumeCOOL-CONTROL = WARMESTMIN-CFM-RATIO < 1~< VAVS,PVAVSCBVAV,RHFS~C>00Increase baseboards outputIncrease reheat coil outputIncrease supply air volumeBASEBOARD-CTRL = THERMOSTATICREHEAT-DELTA-T ~ aMIN-CFM-RATIO < 1 andTHERMOSTAT-TYPE = REVERSE-ACTIONReduce supply airtemperatureIncrease supply air volume(not on RHFS)COOL-CONTROL = WARMESTMIN-CFM-RATIO < 1SlRH, PSlIncrease reheat (subzone only)Increase supply air temperatureReduce supply airtemperatureTPFC,FPFC,HP,RESYS,PTACIncrease zone heating coiloutputIncrease zone cooling coiloutput~'" ro
TABLE IV.25 ContinuedSYSTEM-TYPETPIU,FPIUSZCISUM~.0-OJ~
separated, as explained earlier. Second, if the user is using nighttimesetback or setup of the ZONE temperature, he may experience "forced" setbackor setup, especially if a small THROTTLING-RANGE has been specified. Forcedsetback is the process that occurs when the winter heating temperature islowered at night and the cool i ng sys tem turns on and dr ives the temperaturedown, rather than allowing the temperature to drift down to the setbacktemperature. If this occurs, it is the fault of the user's input, not theprogram. The occurrence of "forced" setback or setup can easily be detectedin the HOURLY-REPORTs but may go unnoticed in the VERIFICATION and SUMMARYreports.Cold and Hot Deck Temperatures:For central systems, the temperature of the cold air stream (cooling coilor cold deck temperature) is set at the SYSTEM level in the SYSTEM-CONTROLsubcommand. The value specified for the keyword COOL-CONTROL determines themethod for setting the cooling coil (or cold deck) temperature. If the userspecifies COOL-CONTROL = CONSTANT, he should specify a value for COOL-SET-T,or allow it to default to MIN-SUPPLY-T (bear in mind, MIN-SUPPLY-T is definedas the lowest allowable temperature for air entering the ZONE(s); it is thecooling coil, or cold deck, temperature only when COOL-SET-T is allowed todefault, or when the program resets th is temperature to MIN-SUPPL Y-T). If theuser specifies COOL-CONTROL = RESET, he must specify COOL-RESET-SCH (plus anassociated RESET-SCHEDULE), and if the user specifies COOL-CONTROL =SCHEDULED, he must specify COOL-SET-SCH (plus an associated SCHEDULE). If theuser specifies COOL-CONTROL = WARMEST, the program will automatically resetthe cooling coil (or cold deck) temperature each hour in an attempt toadequately cool the ZONE with the "highest relative temperature in its cool ingTHROTTLING-RANGE". This value is expressed in per cent (if this value isequal to or greater than 100 per cent, for anyone or more ZONEs, it meansthat the cooling coil will be operated at its maximum capacity). Fig IV.3illustrates graphically how the WARMEST ZONE is determined by the program. Ifconflicting input is specified by the user, the value for COOL-CONTROL alwaystakes precedence.I V .110 (Revised 5/81)
COOL-CONTROL = WARMESTZONE AZONE BZONE C807978 _CoolingSet Po; nt8079 +-7878 +-~=O%2 deg77CoolingSet Point7776767575CoolingSet Point7474~= 83 %6 deg73Conclusion:ZONE C is the WARMEST ZONE~= 125 %4 deg..- = Calculated ZOr~E Temperature" = Top of THROTTLING-RANGE• = Bottom of THROTTLING-RANGEFig. IV.3.Determining which zone is the WARMEST ZONE.IV.l11 (Revised 5/81)
Similarly, for central systems, the value specified for the keyword HEATCONTROL determines the method for setting the heating coil (or hot deck)temperature. If the user specifies HEAT-CONTROL = CONSTANT, he should specifya value for HEAT-SET-T, or allow it to default. If the user specifiesHEAT-CONTROL = RESET, he must specify HEAT-RESET-SCH (plus an associatedRESET-SCHEDULE), and if the user specifies HEAT-CONTROL = SCHEDULED, he mustspecify HEAT-SET-SCH (plus an associated SCHEDULE). If the user specifiesHEAT-CONTROL = COLDEST, the program will automatically reset the heating coil(or hot deck) temperature each hour in an attempt to adequately heat the ZONEwith the "lowest rel ative temperature in its heati ng THROTTLING-RANGE". Th i svalue is also expressed in per cent (if this value is equal to or less than 0per cent, for anyone or mere ZONEs, it means that the heating coil will beoperated at its maximum capacity). Fig. IV.4 illustrates graphically how theCOLDEST ZONE is determined by the program. If conflicting input is specifiedby the user, the value for HEAT-CONTROL will always take precedence.HEAT-CONTROL = cOLDESTZONE AZONE BZONE C7372717171 ~70Heati ngSet Poi nt70Heati ngSet Point7069 ~6969~= 0\2 deg68 ~68HeatingSet Poi nt6767~= 17 %6- deg66Conel us; on:ZONE A is the COLDEST ZONE~ ~eg = 125 %e94-- :: Calculated ZONE Temperature'" = Top of THROTTLlNG-RAriGE~ = Bottom of THROTTLHIG-RMIGEFig. IV.4.Determining which zone is the COLDEST ZONE.I V.112 (Revised 5/81)
Economizer:For SYSTEM-TYPE equals SZRH, MZS, DDS, SZCI, TPIU, FPIU, VAVS, RHFS,HVSYS, CBVAV, PSZ, PMZS, and PVAVS, an economizer ~ill automatically besimulated, unless the user specifies a value for OA-CONTROL = FIXED in theSYSTEM-AIR subcommand. The code-word FIXED will set the outside air damper atthe value expressed for MIN-OUTSIDE-AIR, which essentially means that noeconomizer exists. The economizer will attempt to maintain the mixed (returnand outside) air temperature at the cooling coil (or cold deck) temperaturesspecified using COOL-CONTROL minus the fan heat gain, if any (the onlyexception to this statement is for SYSTEM-TYPE = HVSYS, where the economizerwill attempt to maintain the mixed air temperature at the temperaturesspecified using HEAT-CONTROL, because the keyword COOL-CONTROL is notapplicable to HVSYS).Humidification:In <strong>DOE</strong>-2 the process of humidification (if applicable to the SYSTEM-TYPEand if specified) is simulated by the injection of steam or hot water into theSYSTEM supply air stream. The relative humidity is calculated for the mixed(return and outside) air stream. The humidification process is described inthe 1977 ASHRAE Handbook of Fundamentals (Ref. 5, p. 5.9, Example 5). Theenergy associated with humidification is the amount of energy required toevaporate the required amount of water. The minimum allowed relative humidity(per cent R. H.) in the SYSTEM return air stream (at the dry-bulb temperaturefor the hour) is specified with the keyword MIN-HUMIDITY in the SYSTEM-CONTROLsubcommand.Dehumidification:The process of dehumidification, if and when required, is calculated asthe energy required to cool the air to its dew point plus reheating, ifnecessary. If the cooling coil is operating at or below the dew point of themixed (return and outSide) air, dehumidification will occur. There will,however, be no control of the dehumidification process unless the userspecifies a value for the keyword MAX-HUMIDITY in the SYSTEM-CONTROLsubcommand. MAX-HUMIDITY is used to specify the maximum allowed relativehumidity (per cent R.H.) in the SYSTEM return air stream. Not allSYSTEM-TYPEs have the capability for dehumidifying air. The SYSTEM-TYPEsSZRH, MZS, DDS, SZCI, FPFC, TPIU, FPIU, VAVS, RHFS, CBVAV, PSZ, PMZS, andPVAVS normally have the required equipment and controls. The user is remindedhere that to have dehumidification and subsequent reheating, both the coolingand heating must be on; that is, the SCHEDULEs referenced by COOLING-SCHEDULEand HEATING-SCHEDULE must possess positive hourly values.The value specified for MAX-HUMIDITY can override the cold decktemperatures, specified V1a COOL-CONTROL, 1n an attempt to maintain the returna1r relat1ve humidity at the value specified for MAX-HUMIDITY. The programwill reset the cooling coil temperature down toward MIN-SUPPLY-T, to increasedehumidification, and then the SYSTEM will either reheat the air (using themain heating coil), lower the volume of air to meet the temperature demands ofthe ZONEs, or overcool the ZONEs.I V .113 (Revised 5/81)
This is true for all the SYSTEM-TYPEs listed in the previous paragraph, evenSZRH and PSZ, which normally cool and reheat the air sequentially. Ifreheating is not available during dehumidification, the supply air temperatureis still reset toward MIN-SUPPLY-T and overcooling of the ZONE(s) could result.For SYSTEM-TYPE equals MZS, DDS, or PMZS, the value specified forMAX-HUMIDITY does not override the hot deck temperatures (specified usingHEAT-CONTROL)a:s-a means of forcing more air through the cold deck· to obtainincreased dehumidification.The program will not force the cooling coil (or cold deck) to performbeyond its dehumidification capability. The cooling coil temperature will bedropped to MIN-SUPPL Y-T, but not below MIN-SUPPLY-T. If the value ofMAX-HUMIDITY cannot be maintained when the coil is operating at MIN-SUPPLY-T,the program will calculate the MAX-HUMIDITY corresponding to the coolingcoil's performance at MIN-SUPPLY-T. If it is not possible to dehumidify downto MAX-HUMIDITY, at design conditions,. a diagnostic message will be printedfor the user.The user should exercise caution when specifying a value forMAX-HUMIDITY, because the program does not know the user's needs and, hence,cannot check the reasonableness of the specified value. As long as the valueis between 30 per cent and 80 per cent R.H. (the program limits forMAX-HUMIDITy), the program will accept and use the value. An unnecessarilylow value for MAX-HUMIDITY can be very wasteful. The user is urged to employgood engineering judgement by not specifying a MAX-HUMIDITY any lower thannecessary.Fan Heat:The heat from the supply air fan may be added to the air stream eitherbefore or after the coils, depending upon the value specified forFAN-PLACEMENT. If FAN-PLACEMENT = DRAW-THROUGH, the supply fan heat is addedafter the coils. If FAN-PLACEMENT = BLOW-THROUGH, the supply fan heat isadded before the coils. The heat of the optional return air fan is alwaysadded to the return air stream, after the plenum and before the system-levelexhaust (relief). The heat from the optional exhaust air fan(s), either atthe SYSTEM level or the ZONE level, is assumed to be lost from the building inthe exhausted air.Baseboard Heaters:If the user chooses to use the optional thermostatically-controlled baseboardheaters (BASEBOARD-CTRL = THERMOSTATIC), he should be aware that theother heating device(s) in the SYSTEM and ZONE, regardless of SYSTEM-TYPE, donot start to add heat until the baseboard heaters are at maximum output. Whenbaseboard heaters are reset by outdoor temperatures (BASEBOARD-CTRL =OUTDOOR-RESET), their heat contribution to the ZONE occurs irrespective of theZONE temperature control. See Sec. B.6 of this chapter for more informationon baseboard heaters.I V.114 (Revised 5/81)
Cautionary Warnings:1. If the user substitutes keyword values for those keyword valuesrecommended in the following discussions (including the default values),it is possible to simulate a control strategy other than the oneoriginally intended by the user.Example: If the user wishes to specify an MZS system with a Variable AirVolume Cooling and Constant Air Volume Heating Strategy, but he specifiesTHERMOSTAT-TYPE = REVERSE-ACTION (instead of PROPORTIONAL, as it shouldbe specified), he will instead get a Variable Air Volume Cooling andHeati ng Strategy. Because both strategies are avail ab le and permitted bythe program, it cannot detect the user I s error.Likewise, it is possible to change the generic SYSTEM-TYPE by specifyingan incorrect keyword value for a system control parameter. This can bedone without receiving a diagnostic message.Example: If the user specifies SYSTEM-TYPE = VAVS with MIN-CFM-RATIO =1, the program will simulate a constant volume system and not a variablevolume system.2. The specified system control strategy and the actual system equipmentmust be compatible.Example: If the user should specify MIN-CFM-RATIO < 1 and COOL-CONTROL =WARMEST, the central system equipment that produces the cooling must havethe capability of not only variable output volume but also variableoutput temperature. The same is true for MIN-CFM-RATIO < 1,THERMOSTAT-TYPE _ REVERSE-ACTION, and HEAT-CONTROL = COLDEST.*Example: If the user specifies a multizone system, such as PMZS, with afurnace and HEAT-CONTROL = COLDEST, the simulation will probably beincorrect. Although the furnace can vary its heat output by cycl ing onand off during the hour, it probably cannot vary its output temperatureto heat the COLO EST ZONE.*In actual systems, one would probably never see two simultaneous corrections(air volume and deck temperature) made. This is because actual systems maketheir corrections continuously, not just at the end of the simulation hour.If the user specifies variable volume flow with the cold deck temperaturebeing controlled by the WARMEST ZONE, the program divides the coolingTHROTTLING-RANGE in half. The top half controls the system as if it were avariable volume system and the bottom half controls the system as if it were avariable cold deck temperature system. If at the end of the simulation hour,the calculated ZONE temperature has moved from the bottom half of theTHROTTLING-RANGE to the top half (or vice versa), two corrections (air volumeand deck temperature) will have occurred. If the program performed continuoussimulation, rather than hourly simulation, these two corrections would haveoccurred sequentially. Thermally, there is very little difference.I V .115 ('Rev i sed 5/81)
Also, when the user specifies COOL-CONTROL; WARMEST or HEAT-CONTROL;COLDEST, this implies that the electrical or mechanical hardware is, orwill be, available in the building to transmit a signal from each ZONE,or a sampling of ZONEs, to a central location for a comparison of ZONEsignals to determine which ZONE is the COLDEST and which is the WARMEST.Although <strong>DOE</strong>-2 performs a comparison of all ZONEs in the SYSTEM, to findwhich is the COLDEST and which is the WARMEST, in actual buildings thecomparison is often made on a sampling of representative ZONEs in theSYSTEM.3. The user cannot assume that his system is efficient, if he gets no errordiagnostics from his simulation. The program has no system optimizingroutines.Organization of System Control Strategies:The available system control strategies in <strong>DOE</strong>-2 are dependent upon .(1) the user's SYSTEM-TYPE and(2) the keyword values specified by the user for his SYSTEM-TYPE.The following discussions are organized by "strategy within SYSTEM-TYPE".Having read this subsection, the user should next find his SYSTEM-TYPE in thediscussions and read the general information subsection on his SYSTEM-TYPE.Then, the user should search the examples for the desired control strategywithin his SYSTEM-TYPE. The user may not always find his desired controlstrategy but normally an example will be given, from which the user candevelop his desired control strategy. Therefore, an example of one or more ofthe major control strategies are given for each SYSTEM-TYPE (or group ofSYSTEM-TYPEs).IV.116 (Revised 5/81)
. Examplesi. Example Control Strategies for SYSTEM-TYPE Equals MZS, DDS, or PMZSIf the user has not done so, he should read the General subsection (Sec.IV.B.5.a) before continuing here. That subsection contains information thatis appropriate to these control strategies and SYSTEM-TYPEs.In these three SYSTEM-TYPEs, the air flow rates in the individual coldand hot air ducts are automatically varied by the program, from one hour tothe next hour, in an attempt to deliver the correct proportions of cold airand hot air (at the deck temperatures specified via COOL-CONTROL andHEAT-CONTROL) to meet the desired ZONE temperature, which is specified inCOOL-TEMP-SCH and HEAT-TEMP-SCH. The program treats MZS and DDS thermally thesame. The twelve major control strategies for each of these SYSTEM-TYPEs arelisted in Table IV.25. Each strategy is defined by the selective specificationof values for the keywords MIN-CFM-RATIO, COOL-CONTROL, HEAT-CONTROL,COOL-TEMP-SCH, HEAT-TEMP-SCH, and THERMOSTAT-TYPE.In these strategies (dual duct strategies), the term constant volume flowrefers to the hourly volume of air entering the ZONE, not the quantity of airflowing in the individual cold or hot air ducts. The air volume flowing inthe cold air duct may vary from zero to a maximum of the design cooling flowrate (that is, the ASSIGNED-CFM, or in its absence, the amount of cold airrequired to meet the ZONE peak cooling load). The air volume flowing in thehot air duct is similarly simulated.Likewise, the term variable volume flow for dual duct systems refers tothe supply air entering the ZONE, not the quantity of air flowing in the individualcold and hot air ducts. The blended hot and cold quantity of airentering the ZONE may vary from a minimum of MIN-CFM-RATIO to a maximum of thedesign flow rate, assuming the supply air fan is on.Use of the keyword DUCT-DELTA-T with these SYSTEM-TYPEs can cause anover-estimate of the heating supply air temperature, when the heating coil isnot active.The heat from the supply air fan is added, by the program, to the airstream ahead of the hot and cold decks. The effect of the humidifier, ifspecified, is added to the supply air stream.Example:Constant Volume Cooling and Heatin with User-controlled Cold and HotDeck Temperatures for MZS, DDS, an a PMZS(with COOL-CONTROL = CONSTANT, RESET, or SCHEDULEDand HEAT-CONTROL = CONSTANT, RESET, or SCHEDULED)This example control strategy is an MZS or PMZS system with constantvolume flow of mixed air entering the ZONE for both cooling and heatlng. Inthis SYSTEM-TYPE, with this strategy only, the cold air damper and the hot airdamper are physically linked together (at 90 degrees to each other). Openingthe hot air damper closes the cold air damper, and vice versa. Therefore,IV.lll (Revised 5/81)
TABLE IV.26MAJOR CONTROL STRATEGIES FOR SYSTEM-TYPE = MZS, ODS, OR PMZS~
TABLE IV.26 ContinuedMIN- Zone Cooling Zone Heat ingCFM- Cold Deck Temp. Hot Deck Temp. Set Point Set Point ZoneStrategy RATIO (COOL-CONTROL") (HEAT-CONTROL") (COOL-TEMP-SCH l (HEAT-TEMP-SCH) THERMOSTAT-TYPE9. Variable Volume Coo ling and < 1.0 CONSTANT, RESET CONSTANT, RESET Required for zone Required for zone PROPORTIONALConstant Volume Heating with or SCHEOULED or SCHEDULED air flow control heating controlUser-controlled Cold and HotDeck Temperatures*10. Variable Volume Cooling and < 1.0 WARMEST COLDEST Required for WARMEST Required for PROPORTIONALConstant Volume Heating with and zone air flow COLDEST and zoneProgram-calculated Cold and Hot control heating controlDeck Temperatures~
this system can operate from one thermostat set point, which is specified viaHEAT-TEMP-SCH. To obtain the same physical results for the DDS system, theuser may alternatively employ a mixing box with a constant volume output.Procedure:(1) Specify SYSTEM-TYPE = MZS, DDS, or PMZS in the SYSTEM command.(2) Specify MIN-CFM-RATIO (in either the ZONE command or in the SYSTEMTERMINAL subcommand) as equal to 1.0, or allow it to default to thatvalue. This assures a constant volume mixed air flow entering allZONEs in this SYSTEM.(3) Specify COOL-CONTROL in the SYSTEM-CONTROL subcommand equal toCONSTANT, RESET, or SCHEDULED. This establishes the method forsetting the temperature of the cooling supply air that will be sentto all ZONEs in the SYSTEM. If the user does not specify a valuefor COOL-CONTROL, it will default to CONSTANT and COOL-SET-T willdefault to MIN-SUPPLY-T (a constant cold deck temperature the yeararound) .(4) Specify HEAT-CONTROL in the SYSTEM-CONTROL subcommand equal toCONSTANT, RESET, or SCHEDULED. This establishes the method forsetting the temperature of the heating supply air that will be sentto all ZONEs in the SYSTEM. If the user does not specify a valuefor HEAT-CONTROL, it will default to CONSTANT and HEAT-SET-T willdefault to MAX-SUPPLY-T (a constant hot deck temperature the yeararound) .(5) Specify HEAT-TEMP-SCH in the ZONE-CONTROL subcommand and an associatedSCHEDULE with hourly values of ZONE thermostat set pointtemperature.Specify a HEAT-TEMP-SCH for each conditioned ZONE in the SYSTEM.These set point temperatures will be used to modulate the air flowin the cold and hot air ducts to the ZONE. If the user does notspecify a HEAT-TEMP-SCH for a ZONE, it will be cooled but not heated(except for baseboard heaters when BASEBOARD-CTRL = OUTDOOR-RESET).If the user desires to have a temperature "setup" in the summer, thisshould be reflected in the SCHEDULE specified for HEAT-TEMP-SCH andthe HEATING-SCHEDULE during the setup period should be set to off.This will prevent the heating system from wasting energy in thesummer, in an attempt to hold the ZONE temperature up to the setuptemperature.(6) Specify THERMOSTAT-TYPE = PROPORTIONAL (or allow it to default) inthe ZONE-CONTROL subcommand.(7) The desired control strategy for the system has now been specified.To complete the input, specify values for the other keywords thatare appropriate to the SYSTEM-TYPE being simulated, or allow thesekeywords to default. This example is the first strategy in TableI V • 26.IV.120 (Revised 5/81)
Graphically" this example strategy for MZS or PMZS looks like thefollowing:MZS, PMZSConstant Air VolumeCOOL - CONTROL· CONSTANT, RESET, or SCHEDULEDHEAT-CONTROL' CONSTANT, RESET. or SCHEDULEDMIN - CFM - RATIO. 1,0THERMOSTAT - TYPE' anyspecify HEAT-TEMP-SCHCold DeckAirFlowHot DeckAir ZONEFlow Temperature Dampersofo ~z2""* ColdE "~ -- '"§; c';;;2 ~"' o u "-;: .s0->Zone Set pointAs Specified viaHEAT-TEMP-SCH** Hot -...Cold- **~Hot '-V~~.-'-::r:=> '-'/"'Q Wormt"¢ Hot*** At the temperature specified by COOL-SET-T,COOL-SET-SCH,orCOOL - RESET-SCH as appropriate plus DUCT- DELTA-T,** At the temperature specified by HEAT-SET-T, HEATSET-SCH or HEAT-RESET-SCH as appropriate minusDUCT-DEL TA-TIf SYSTEM-TYPE; DDS, the above diagram would be identical, except thatthe dual dampers would be replaced with mixing boxes,I V.l21 (Revised 5/81)
Example:Variable Volume Cooling I Constant Volume Heating with Program CalculatedCold and Hot Deck Temperatures for MZS, DDS, and PMZS(with COOL-CONTROL = WARMESTand HEAT-CONTROL = COLDEST)Note: This is not a commonly used strategy for actual HVAC systems. Theexample, howeve~serves to demonstrate the program's capability to simulatevariable volume and variable temperature with dual duct systems.This control strategy produces a variable volume flow of air entering theZONE for cooling and a constant volume flow of air for heating. This strategyuses two thermostat set points, which are specified via COOL-TEMP-SCH and HEATTEMP-SCH. The hourly cold deck temperature and air flow rate vary for differentcalculated ZONE temperatures in the cooling THROTTLING-RANGE(COOL-CONTROL = WARMEST). The cold deck temperature is automatically set bythe program to cool the ZONE with the highest relative temperature in itscooling THROTTLING-RANGE (COOL-CONTROL = WARMEST). The hourly hot decktemperature and air flow rates (through both the hot deck and cold deck) varyfor different ZONE temperatures in the heating THROTTLING-RANGE (HEAT-CONTROL= COLDEST). The hot deck temperature is adequate to heat the ZONE with thelowest relative temperature in its heating THROTTLING-RANGE (HEAT-CONTROL =COLDEST). It is of importance to note that when specifying MZS, DDS, or PMZSwith COOL-CONTROL = WARMEST and HEAT-CONTROL = COLDEST, both cold and hot decktemperatures are subject to ch ange in the same hour. Fig:TV.5 ill us tra tesgraphically this concurrent resetting of the cold deck temperature and the hotdeck temperature. The following description is based upon a system with dualdampers that are not physically linked to each other, that is,.they each havetheir own controller. To obtain the same physical results, the user mayalternatively employ a mixing box with a variable volume output.Cold Deck Air Flow and Temperature for the WARMEST ZONE - At calculated ZONEtemperatures above the cooilng THROTTLING-RANGE, the alr flow rate in the coldduct is at the maximum. As the calculated ZONE temperature drops from the topto the midpoint of the cooling THROTTLING-RANGE, the air flow rate in the coldair duct drops from the maximum to the MIN-CFM-RATIO. As the calculated ZONEtemperature continues to drop from approximately the midpoint to the bottom ofthe cooling THROTTLING-RANGE, the air flow rate remains at the MIN-CFM-RATIO.Simultaneously, the cold deck temperature is raised linearly such that at thebottom of the cooling THROTTLING-RANGE the cooling is completely turned off.As the calculated ZONE temperature drops across the deadband, the air flow rateremains at the MIN-CFM-RATIO and the air, a mixture of return and outside air,is uncooled. As the temperature continues to drop from the top to approximatelythe midpoint of the heating THROTTLING-RANGE, the air flow rate in thecold duct decreases linearly from MIN-CFM-RATIO to zero (this is accompaniedby an opposite action in the hot air duct). The air, however, is not beingcooled. For calculated temperatures below the midpoint of the heatingTHROTTLING-RANGE, the air flow rate in the cold duct remains at zero.IV.122 (Revised 5/81)
For those ZONEs other than the WARMEST ZONE, the damper actions (air flowrates) are identical to those of the WARMEST ZONE; however, their coolingsupply air temperature is determined by the WARMEST ZONE.CQOL- CONTROL ~!4ARMESTHEAT-CONTROL = COLDESTZOI~E A ZONE ElZONE C lONE 0808079CoolingSet Poi nt797978~"'O~2 deq+0-7877CoolingSet Point7877 77Coolin!.,Set Poi nt7676 +0-~= -300 Of2 deg . '"75~ '" -33 %6 deg 7473••~ ~• cc ~72 +-7170HeatinQSet Point757.CoolingSet Poi nt73 ~l~~= 75%4 deg -g~ 0cc"~•+-c70696969 6968HeatingSet Poi nt6868HeatinqSet Poi nt68HeatingSet Point676767 67~= 550 %2 deg~= 83%6 degConclusion:ZONE C ; s the \~ARMEST Zor-IE.,dZONE B is the COLDEST ZONE66 ~= deg 200 _ %~o 250 %de9+- = Calculated Z()IE Temperature.. = Top of THROTTUflG-RANGE• '" Bottom of THROTTLING-RANGEFig. IV.5. Determining which ZONE is the WARMEST ZONE andwhich ZONE is the COLDEST ZONE for MZS, DDS, and PMZS.I V.123 (Revised 5/81)
Hot Deck Air Flow and Temperature for the COLDEST ZONE - At calculated ZONEtemperatures above the heatlng THROTTLING-RANGE, the air flow rate in the hotduct is zero. As the calculated ZONE temperature drops from the top to approximatelythe midpoint of the heating THROTTLING-RANGE, the air flow rate in thehot duct increases linearly from zero to the MIN-CFM-RATIO (this is accompaniedby an opposite action in the cold air duct). Also, as the calculated ZONE temperaturedrops, the hot deck temperature is raised linearly such that at thebottom of the heating THROTTLING-RANGE the hot deck is completely turned on.For calculated ZONE temperatures below the midpoint of the heatingTHROTTLING-RANGE, the air flow rate in the hot duct remains at theMIN-CFM-RATIO and the hot deck continues to rise toward its maximumtemperature.For those ZONEs other than the COLDEST ZONE, the damper actions (air flowrates) are identical to those of the COLDEST ZONE; however, their heatingsupply air temperature is determined by the COLDEST ZONE.Procedure:(1) Specify SYSTEM-TYPE = MZS, DDS, or PMZS in the SYSTEM command.(2) Specify MIN-CFM-RATIO (in either the ZONE command or in the SYSTEMTERMINAL subcommand) equal to some value less than 1.0 (settingMIN-CFM-RATIO equal to 1.0 will not simulate this control strategy).This, along with THERMOSTAT-TYPE = PROPORTIONAL, assures a variablevolume mixed air flow entering this ZONE(s) for cooling and aconstant volume mixed air flow entering the ZONE(s) for heating.(3) Specify COOL-CONTROL in the SYSTEM-CONTROL subcommand equal toWARMEST. This determines the method for setting the hourlytemperature of the cooling supply air that will be sent to all ZONEsin the SYSTEM. If the user does not specify a value forCOOL-CONTROL, it will default to CONSTANT and the intended controlstrategy will not be simulated.(4) Specify HEAT-CONTROL in the SYSTEM-CONTROL subcommand equal toCOLDEST. This determines the method for setting the hourly temperatureof the heating supply air that will be sent to all ZONEs in theSYSTEM. If the user does not specify a value for HEAT-CONTROL, itwill default to CONSTANT and the intended control strategy will notbe simulated.(5) Specify COOL-TEMP-SCH in the ZONE-CONTROL subcommand (and an associatedSCHEDULE) with hourly values of ZONE thermostat set pointtemperature for cooling. These temperatures will be used to modulatethe cold deck temperature and the air flow in the cold air duct tothe ZONE. If the user doeS-Oot specify a COOL-TEMP-SCH for one ZONEin a multizone SYSTEM, it will be cooled, but without cooling (airvolume) control.(6) Specify HEAT-TEMP-SCH in the ZONE-CONTROL subcommand (and an associatedSCHEDLLE) with hourly values of ZONE thermostat set pointtemperature for heating. These temperatures will be used to modulatethe hot deck temperature and the air flow in both the cold and hotIV.124 (Revised 5/81)
air ducts to the ZONE. If the user does not specify a HEAT-TEMP-SCHfor a ZONE, it will not be heated but it will be cooled (assuming atleast one COOL-TEMP-SCH was specified and the baseboard heaters, ifpresent, do not have BASEBOARD-CTRL = OUTDOOR-RESET).(7) Specify THERMOSTAT-TYPE = PROPORTIONAL in the ZONE-CONTROLsubcommand (or let it default).(8) The desired control strategy for the system has now been specified.To complete the input, specify values for the other keywords thatare appropriate to the SYSTEM-TYPE being simulated, or allow thesekeywords to default. This example is the tenth strategy in TableI V. 26 •IV.125 (Revised 5/81)
Graphically, this example strategy for MZS or PMZS looks like thefo 11 owing:MZS, PMZSVariable Volume Cooling/Constant Volume HeatingCOOL- CONTROL ~ WARMESTHEAT-CONTROL,COLDESTMIN-CFM-RATIO ..§. ~ Cooling Set pOint--g ------- ~-~~~~:~f~~~~SCH-------------!I 0~ ~ Cool _.70:--cl z tE.~ Unheated --. T>""/~". '---.. ~~~~-R)~i g::EuNo Flow} Dead BandIzSl °l~ILL~I'~z.'"~INot Cooled - ~~ '* ::J: .... ~-:.< .. ~ .. < ~ HotHot -~* The cold deck temperature between DESIGN-COOL-T and MIN-SUPPLY-Trequired by the WARMEST zone plus DuCT-DELTA-T.** The hot deck temperature between DESIGN-HEAT-T and MAX-SUPPLY-Trequired by the COLDEST zone minus DUCT-DELTA-T.I V.126 (Revised 5/81)
Note: The preceding diagram is valid only for the WARMEST ZONE, when thecalculated ZONE temperature is in the cooling THROTTLING-RANGE. For thoseZONEs other than the WARMEST ZONE, the damper actions are identical; however,the cold duct air temperature is determined by the WARMEST ZONE. Likewise,the preceding diagram is valid only for the COLDEST ZONE, when the calculatedZONE temperature is in the heating THROTTLING-RANGE. For those ZONEs otherthan the COLDEST ZONE, the damper actions are identical; however, the hot ductair temperature is determined by the COLDEST ZONE.If SYSTEM-TYPE = DDS, the preceding diagram would be identical, exceptthat the dual dampers would be replaced with mixing boxes.IV.127 (Revised 5/81)
ii. Example Control Strategies for SYSTEM-TYPE Equals VAVS, PVAVS, CBVAV, orRRFSIf the user has not done so, he should read the General subsection (Sec.B.5.a of this chapter) before continuing here. That subsection contains informationthat is appropriate to these control strategies and SYSTEM-TYPEs.In these SYSTEM-TYPEs a single supply air duct provides either hot orcold air to each ZONE. The four major control strategies that are defined bythe selective specification of values for the keywords MIN-CFM-RATIO,COOL-CONTROL, COOL-TEMP-SCH, HEAT-TEMP-SCH, THERMOSTAT-TYPE, REHEAT-DELTA-T,and BASEBOARD-CTRL are listed in Table IV.27. These control strategies allinvolve two thermostat set points, one for cooling and one for heating.All the control strategies for these SYSTEM-TYPEs have variable air volumeflow for cool ing. During the cool ing mode of operating, the air flow rate inthe air duct is automatically varied by the program, from one hour to the nexthour, in an attempt to del iver the correct amount of cold air (at the cold decktemperature specified via COOL-CONTROL) to meet the desired ZONE temperature,which is specified in COOL-TEMP-SCH. The cooling supply air volume enteringthe ZONE may vary from a minimum of MIN-CFM-RATIO to a maximum of the designcooling flow rate (that is, the ASSIGNED-CFM, and in its absence, the amountof air required to meet the ZONE peak cooling load), assuming the supply airfan is on. Air flow in the duct during the heating mode is either constant orvariable air volume flow, depending upon the value specified (or defaulted)for THERMOSTAT-TYPE. Space heating is accomplished at the ZONE level by zone(reheat) coils in the air duct, or by baseboard heaters within the ZONE, orboth.The physical method of varying the air flow for cooling is accomplishedby several different methods, depending upon the SYSTEM-TYPE specified by theuser. If the SYSTEM-TYPE equals either VAVS or PVAVS, the total SYSTEM coolingair is supplied by a variable volume fan (FAN-CONTROL: SPEED, INLET, orDISCHARGE) and the quantity of air to each ZONE is varied by a variable airvolume box (VAV Box). If SYSTEM-TYPE: RHFS and the user has specifiedMIN-CFM-RATIO less than 1.0, the cooling air is supplied by a constant volumefan (FAN-CONTROL: CONSTANT-VOLUME) and the quantity of air delivered to eachZONE is varied by a VAV box. If the SYSTEM-TYPE: CBVAV, the cooling air issupplied by a constant volume fan (FAN-CONTROL: CONSTANT-VOLUME). However, adifferent type of VAV Box is used that injects the correct amount of coolingair into the ZONE to meet the cooling load and the excess cooling air isbypassed into a ceil ing plenum that returns the excess cool ing- air to the airhandling unit.The heat from the supply air fan is added, by default, to the airdownstream from the cooling coil, unless the user specifies FAN-PLACEMENT:BLOW-THROUGH. The effect of the humidifier, if specified, is added to themixed outside and return air stream.I V.128 (Revised 5/81)
TABLE IV.27MAJOR CONTROL STRATEGIES FOR SYSTEM-TYPE = VAVS, PVAVS, CBVAV, or RHFSStrategyMINCFMRATIOCoolingCoi 1 Temp.(COOL-CONTROL)Zone CoolingSet Point(COOL-TEMP-SCH)Zone HeatingSet Point(HEAT -TEMP-SCH)*1. Variable Volume Cooling < 1.0 CONSTANT, RESET Required for zone Required forand Constant Volume Heatingor SCHEDULED air flow control zone heatingwith User-controlledCooling Coil TemperaturesZoneTHERMOSTAT-TYPEPROPORTIONALZone (Reheat) BaseboardCoil, and/or Heaters(REHEAT-DELTA-T " 0)One or both required for zoneheating2.Variable Volume Coolingand Constant VolumeHeating with ProgramcalculatedCooling CoilTemperatures< 1. 0 WARMESTRequired for WARMESTand zone air flowcontrolRequired forzone heat i ngPROPORTIONALOne of both required for zoneheating~
Example:Variable Volume Cooling / Constant Volume Heating with User-controlledCold Deck Temperature for VAVS, PVAVS, CBVAV, and RHFS(with COOL CONTROL _ CONSTANT)The cooling is accomplished by a variable air volume flow. In thisexample, the temperature of the cold air stream (air temperature leaving thecooling coil) is set by the user at a fixed value. The variable volume flowof cooling air is controlled at the ZONE level with the keyword COOL-TEMP-SCH.The heating is accomplished at the ZONE level by a constant air volumeflow over a variable temperature zone coil, located in the supply air duct.The temperature of the hot air stream (zone coil temperature) is controlled atthe ZONE level with the keyword HEAT-TEMP-SCH.Cold Deck Air Flow and Temperature - The cooling coil temperature is set bythe user at a flxed value for all hours of the year. At calculated ZONEtempera- tures above the cooling THROTTLING-RANGE, the air flow rate in theair duct is at the maximum. As the calculated ZONE temperature drops from thetop to the bottom of the cooling THROTTLING-RANGE, the air flow rate in theduct drops from the maximum to the MIN-CFM-RATIO. For all calculated ZONEtemperatures below the cooling THROTTLING-RANGE the air flow rate remains atthe MIN-CFM-RATlO.Zone Coil Temperature - As the calculated ZONE temperature drops from the topto the bottom of the heating THROTTLING-RANGE, the zone coil output increaseslinearly from zero at the top of the heating THROTTLING-RANGE to maximum atthe bottom of the heating THROTTLING-RANGE.Procedure:(1) Specify SYSTEM-TYPE = VAVS, PVAVS, CBVAV, or RHFS in the SYSTEMcommand.(2) Specify MIN-CFM-RATIO (in either the ZONE command or in theSYSTEM-TERMINAL subcommand) equal to some value less than 1.0(MIN-CFM-RATIO = 1.0 will simulate a constant volume system). Ifthe user does not specify a value for MIN-CFM-RATIO, the programwill calculate the value, based upon outside air flow rate or peakheating load. The value of MIN-CFM-RATIO along with THERMOSTAT-TYPE= PROPORTIONAL, assures a variable volume air flow entering thisZONE(s) for cooling and a constant volume air flow entering theZONE(s) for heating.(3) Specify COOL-CONTROL in the SYSTEM-CONTROL subcommand equal toCONSTANT, or allow it to default. Also specify COOL-SET-T equal tothe desired fixed cooling coil temperature, normally equal to orgreater than MIN-SUPPLY-T. This establishes the temperature of thecooling supply air that will be sent to all ZONEs in the SYSTEM. Ifthe user does not specify a value for COOL-CONTROL, it will defaultto CONSTANT and COOL-SET-T will default to MIN-SUPPLY-T.I V .130 (Revised 5/81)
(4) Specify COOL-TEMP-SCH in the ZONE-CONTROL subcommand and anassociated SCHEDULE with hourly values of desired ZONE temperaturefor coo 1 i ng. These temperatures wi 11 be used to modu 1 ate thecooling air flow in the air duct. If the user does not specify aCOOL-TEMP-SCH for a ZONE, it will be cooled, according toCOOL-SET-T, (unless the COOLING-SCHEDULE is set to off) but therewill be no control of the cooling process.(5) Specify HEAT-TEMP-SCH in the ZONE-CONTROL subcommand and anassociated SCHEDULE with hourly values of desired ZONE temperaturefor heating. These temperatures will be used to modulate the outputof the zone heating coil. If the user does not specify aHEAT-TEMP-SCH or a ZONE, it will be cooled, according to COOL-SET-T,but not heated (except for primary air and baseboard heaters whenBASEBOARD-CTRL = OUTDOOR-RESET).(6) Specify THERMOSTAT-TYPE = PROPORTIONAL (or let it default) in theZONE-CONTROL subcommand.(7) Specify a value for REHEAT-DELTA-T in the SYSTEM-TERMINALsubcommand. This indicates to the program that zone (reheat) coilsare to be used in the ZONEs and it also indicates the maximumincrease in temperature of the supply air passing over the zonecoils. If the user does not specify a value for REHEAT-DELTA-T,there will be no reheating; if the value is specified too small,there will be inadequate reheating.(8) The desired control strategy for the system has now been specified.To complete the input, specify values for the other keywords thatare appropriate to the SYSTEM-TYPE being simulated, or allow thesekeywords to default. This exa~ple is the first strategy in TableIV.27.I V.131 (Revised 5/81)
Graphically, this example strategy for VAVS, PVAVS, CBVAV,like the following:and RHFS looksVAVS, PVAVS, CBVAV, RHFSVariable Volume Cooling/Constant Volume HeatingCOOL-CONTROL" CONSTANTREHEAT-DELTA-H 0HEAT-a COOL -TEMP-SCHMIN-CFM-RATIO ".:0.0g'" >-COld·~tLI ___ I -Coldoff f1M-C-RDead Bondwo ~S ba:: .r~ Heating Set Point~~ ___ i~f,Q.S..§QeC.J!i~i!L __ _r~ HEAT-TEMP-5GHYz '"" >-Mixed Return andOutside Air~tL,-l_- Ifl -WOrm(M-C-RllowMilted Return and -Outside Air~ I c,..1_-highf fl- Hot(M-C-R*The cold deck lemperolure (COOl-SET-T) plus OUCT-DELTA-TIV.132 (Revised 5/81)
iii. Example Control Strategy for SYSTEM-TYPE Equals SZRH and PSZIf the user has not done so, he should read the General subsection (Sec.B.5.a of this chapter) before continuing here. That subsection contains informationthat is appropriate to the control strategies for these SYSTEM-TYPEs.There is only one major control strategy that is defined by the selectivespecification of values for the keywords COOL-TEMP-SCH, HEAT-TEMP-SCH, andREHEAT-DELTA-T.In these SYSTEM-TYPEs a single supply air duct provides either cold or hotair, at constant volume, to a control ZONE, and (optionally at variable flow)to one or more subZONEs. The control ZONE is the first ZONE specified by theuser in the ZONE-NAMES keyword list (see SYSTEM command). The ZONE chosen asthe control ZONE should be the one that is the easiest to heat in the winterand the hardest to cool in the summer. If this criterion is not met, it willbe impossible for the subZONE reheat coils to maintain temperature control inthe sub ZONEs.The cooling supply air temperature is controlled at the SYSTEM level viaCOOL-TEMP-SCH for the control ZONE. The subZONEs control only the reheat coilunless the variable air volume option is used.Space heating is controlled at both the SYSTEM level and the subZONElevel. The SYSTEM level heating is controlled via HEAT-TEMP-SCH for thecontrol ZONE and the ZONE level heating is controlled via HEAT-TEMP-SCH forthe subZONE(s). The heating for the subZONEs is accomplished by zone (reheat)coils.If the SYSTEM does not have one single ZONE that meets the criterion,stated above, for a control ZONE, the following can be done. The user canintervene in the automatic process of calculating the design flow rate byspecifying values for ASSIGNED-CFM, AIR-CHANGE/HR, or CFM/SQFT (see ZONE-AIRsubcommand) for those ZONEs that are improperly conditioned. Often, such acorrection for heating in the winter will be detrimental to the coolingprocess in the summer. This is not surprising and is quite indicative of thisSYSTEM-TYPE in real life.The heat from the supply air fan is added, by default, downstream fromthe cooling coil, unless the user specifies FAN-PLACEMENT = BLOW-THROUGH. Theeffect of the humidifier, if specified, is added to the mixed air stream.Examp 1 e:Constant Volume Cooling and Heating Strategy for SZRH and PSZ with ZONEReheatingThis strategy involves two thermostat set points in the control ZONE, onefor cooling and one for heating. The control ZONE does not have a zone (reheat)coil. In the subZONEs, only the heating set point is used, to controlthe reheat coils (unless a variable air volume capability has been specified).The temperature of the cold air stream (cooling coil temperature) is heldconstant throughout each hour for simulation purposes, but varies with eachIV.133 (Revised 5/81)
success ive hour. Th is temperature is controlled via the input forCOOL-TEMP-SCH and THROTTLING-RANGE in the control ZONE. At calculated ZONEtemperatures above the cooling THROTTLING-RANGE, the cooling supply air isdel ivered at MIN-SUPPLY-T. As the ZONE temperature drops from the top to thebottom of the cooling THROTTLING-RANGE, the cooling coil temperature riseslinearly such that at the bottom of the range the coil is completely off(passing mixed air).Similarly for the heating mode, the supply air temperature is controlledvia the input for HEAT-TEMP-SCH in the control ZONE. Within the subZONEs, thehot air stream temperature may be modified upward by zone (reheat) coilslocated in the supply air ducts. If the user does not want a reheat coil in aparticular subZONE, he should not specify a HEAT-TEMP-SCH for that subZONE.The output of the reheat coil is controlled by the user input for the keywordsHEAT-TEMP-SCH and REHEAT-DELTA-T in the subZONE.If the calculated control ZONE temperature is in the dead band, the airis neither heated nor cooled at the SYSTEM level. If the calculated subZONEtemperature is above the heating THROTTLING-RANGE, no reheating is done.Procedure:(1) Specify SYSTEM-TYPE = SZRH or PSZ in the SYSTEM command.(2) Determine which ZONE in the SYSTEM is the control ZONE, according tothe criterion specified earlier. Specify that ZONE U-name as thefirst U-name in the ZONE-NAMES list.(3) Specify COOL-TEMP-SCH in the ZONE-CONTROL subcommand (and an associatedSCHEDULE) with hourly values of desired ZONE temperature forcooling in the control ZONE. These ZONE temperatures will be usedto modulate the cold deck temperature, at the SYSTEM level, tosatisfy the cool ing load of the control ZONE. If the user does notspecify a COOL-TEMP-SCH for the control ZONE, it will not be cooled.The temperature of the cooling air supplied to the subZONEs is alwaysdetermined by the control ZONE.(4) Specify a value for REHEAT-DELTA-T in the SYSTEM-TERMINAL subcommand.This indicates to the program that zone (reheat) coils are to be usedin the sub ZONEs and it also indicates the maximum increase in temperatureof the supply air passing over the zone coils.(5) Specify HEAT-TEMP-SCH in the ZONE-CONTROL subcommand and an associatedSCHEDULE with hourly values of desired ZONE temperature forheating in the control ZONE. Specify a HEAT-TEMP-SCH for eachsubZONE that is to have reheating. These latter ZONE temperatureswill be used to modulate the output of the subZONE reheat coils.(6) Specify THERMOSTAT-TYPE = PROPORTIONAL (or allow it to default) inthe ZONE-CONTROL subcommand for the control ZONE and any subZONEthat has reheating.I V.134 (Revised 5/81)
(7) The desired control strategy for the system has now been specified.To complete the input, specify values for the other keywords thatare appropriate to the SYSTEM-TYPE being simulated, or allow thesekeywords to default.Note: If the user should specify SZRH or PSZ with variable volume airflow rate (MIN-CFM-RATIO < 1), only the subZONEs will experience variablevolume flow. In this case, to maintain cooling control in the subZONEs,the user shoul d also specify COOL-TEMP-SCH for each sub ZONE.I V.135 (Revised 5/81)
Graphically, this example strategy for SZRH and PSZ looks like thefollowing:ControlZONEA"FlowControlZONETemperatureOFSZRH, pszConstant volume with Zone level heatingTHERMOSTAT" PROPORTIONALspecify COOl: and HEAT - TEMP-SCHCOld ¢ControlZONECooling Set Pointas specified inCOOL-TEMP-SCH- - - -(for control ZONE)Cool ¢f Dead Bondspecified in HEAT- - -----Worm ¢-.TEMP-SCH(for co nt rol Z 0 N E )'-'-'~'--'---"~--"-§I;;;couHot¢,'SubZONEAir Flowco;;;guCE~couTSubZONETemperqtureOFIair cooled orheated to satisfycontrol ZONErequirementsSubZONEReheat Coils-~c-c-,--.--,..~.,~. ~_ Olr coo led Or..:....:.~'~ :_,:~ heated :0 sc::s~yQ':" ~:-.', ___ :i··:,~cor.troIZm~::~~~. -' -I _., - requirementsOff ~t-----------------------specified in HEATTEMP-SCH(for subZONE)- oir cooled or - - c:;:::< ...... -:'./ :': :--' -:·U H::~> satisfy subZONEheated to satisfycontrol ZONE Low ~ irequirements y tair cooled orheated to satisfycontrol ZONErequirementst". "'\'fl£""::n:-
iv. Example Control Strategy for SYSTEM-TYPE Equals TPFC, FPFC, HP, RESYS, orPTACIf the user has not done so, he should read the General subsection (Sec.B.5.a of this chapter) before continuing here. That subsection containsinformation that is appropriate to these control strategies and SYSTEM-TYPEs.There is only one major control strategy (for each of these SYSTEM-TYPEs) thatis defined by the selective specification of values for the keywordsCOOL-TEMP-SCH, HEAT-TEMP-SCH, MAX-FLUID-T, MIN-FLUID-T, FLUID-HEAT-CAP,NATURAL-VENT-SCH, VENT-TEMP-SCH, and NATURAL-VENT-AC.SYSTEM-TYPE Equals TPFC or FPFCThe Two Pipe Fan Coil (TPFC) SYSTEM-TYPE is a "zonal" type that has a centralcooling source, a central heating source, and a pipe loop with a workingfluid, which flows to all the ZONEs. The loop provides either cooling fluidor heating fluid to all the fan coil units, which are located in the ZONEs.This means that all ZONEs in the SYSTEM must either be in the cooling mode orthe heating mode. The decision of when to switch the TPFC SYSTEM from coolingto heating, and vice versa, is made by the user and is expressed via the keywordsCOOLING-SCHEDULE and HEATING-SCHEDULE (see SYSTEM-CONTROL subcommand).The SCHEDULEs referenced by COOLING-SCHEDULE and HEATING-SCHEDULE must notoverlap. Each TPFC fan coil unit has a constant volume supply air fan, oneheat exchanger coil, a modulating control valve, and a two set point thermostat.The desired set points are specified, respectively, with the keywordsCOOL-TEMP-SCH andHEAT-TEMP-SCH (plus their associated SCHEDULEs).The Four Pipe Fan Coil (FPFC) SYSTEM-TYPE, also a "zonal" type, has acentral cooling source, a central heating source, and two pipe loops, one forcooling and one for heating. The FPFC fan coil units are identical to the TPFCfan coil units except the FPFC units have two heat exchanger coils. Dependingupon the hourly values referenced by COOLING-SCHEDULE and the HEATING-SCHEDULE,either cooling or heating, or both, can be made available at any time to theZONEs. That is, SYSTEM-TYPE = FPFC permits some ZONEs to be cooled whileother ZONEs are being heated.Cooling Mode for TPFC and FPFC - This explanation assumes THERMOSTAT-TYPE =PROPORTIONAL. At calculated ZONE temperatures above the coolingTHROTTLING-RANGE, the cooling output of the ZONE fan coil unit is at themaximum as calculated or specified. As the calculated ZONE temperature dropsfrom the top to the bottom of the cooling THROTTLING-RANGE, the cooling outputdecreases linearly from maximum to zero. For calculated ZONE temperaturesbelow the cooling THROTTLING-RANGE, the cooling output of the ZONE fan coilunit remains at zero. The air flow rate is always constant, assuming theFAN-SCHEDULE is on.Heating Mode for TPFC and FPFC - At calculated ZONE temperatures above theheatlng THROTTLING RANGE, the heating output of the ZONE fan coil unit iszero. As the calculated ZONE temperature drops from the top to the bottom ofthe heating THROTTLING-RANGE, the heating output of the ZONE fan coil unitincreases linearly from zero to its maximum, as calculated or specified. AtZONE temperatures below the heating THROTTLING-RANGE, the heating outputremains at the maximum. The air flow rate is always constant, assuming theFAN-SCHEDULE is on.IV.137 (Revised 5/81)
The heat from the supply air fan is added entirely to the supply air.The effect of the humidifier, if specified, is also added entirely to the ZONE.Procedure:(1) Specify SYSTEM-TYPE = TPFC or FPFC in the SYSTEM command.(2) Specify COOL-TEMP-SCH in the ZONE-CONTROL subcommand (and an associatedSCHEDULE) with hourly values of desired ZONE temperature forcooling. These temperatures will be used to modulate the fluid flowrate in (1) the one coil of the TPFC unit or (2) the cooling coil ofthe FPFC unit. If the user does not specify a COOL-TEMP-SCH for aZONE, this zone cool ing coil is never activated.(3) Speci fy HEAT - TEMP-SCH in the ZONE-CONTROL subcommand (and an associatedSCHEDULE) with hourly values of desired ZONE temperature forheating. These temperatures wi 11 be used to modulate the fluid flowrate in (1) the one coil of the TPFC unit or (2) the heating coil ofthe FPFC unit. If the user does not specify a HEAT-TEMP-SCH for aZONE, this zone heating coil is never activated.(4) Specify THERMOSTAT-TYPE = PROPORTIONAL (or allow it to default) inthe ZONE-CONTROL subcommand.(5) The control strategy for the system has now been specified. Tocomplete the input, specify values for the other keywords that areappropriate to the SYSTEM-TYPE being simulated, or allow thesekeywords to defaul t.IV.138 (Revised 5/81)
Graphically, the example strategy for FPFC looks like the following:FPFCCons~ant Volume Cooling and Heatingspecify COOL- TEMP-SCHHEAT-TEMP-SCHHeating Cooling Air ZoneColi Flow evil Flow Flow Temperature Cold•E lJ:J!2 ,•~ c:;:>"- E 0'x L:0 0z" Hotoff~ cj5 '(i;•W• 0 '" z"' ;;; «Q;",bCooling Set0 0 0L;:----.;:Point as~----- -----t;Z [}£ ¢0 0 :;:J specified in0 > .£ o~z -U~COOL-TEMP-0 SCH~Q;, EI~~0 w'"- '"~t:uJ'Cold tUoff;;;c z off0 « Cold'" "'b Heating Set.s:W3;~ ----- 52 ----- - ----:§ ~ POint as ~c-"~ "-SDecl~led in ¢c::C> Worm~~1)I~0~~~T ,EMP-- z 0rrrl"I '"~l H01 joffCold, E£ • [f¢t:uJE>."-0 0z"rlHot{r{7c:;:> Cold¢CoolHotIf SYSTEM-TYPE = TPFC, the previous diagram would be the same exceptthere would be only one heat exchanger coil instead of two.SYSTEM-TYPE Equals HPThe Unitary Hydronic Heat Pump (SYSTEM-TYPE = HP), also known as aCalifornia Heat Pump, is a "zonal" type system. The HP system has one centralliquid cooling source, one central liquid heating source, and a single pipeloop, which distributes a working fluid to and from the individual heatpumps. Each conditioned ZONE has a heat pump, which takes heat from theworking fluid or gives up heat to the working fluid. Some ZONEs can be cooledwhile other ZONEs are being heated.IV.139 (Revised 5/81)
This SYSTEM-TYPE utilizes a two set point thermostat. The desiredcooling and heating set points are specified, respectively, with the keywordsCOOL-TEMP-SCH and HEAT-TEMP-SCH (plus their associated SCHEDULEs). If outsideventilation air is specified, the supply air fan operates continuously,assuming the FAN-SCHEDULE is turned on. If outside ventilation air is notspecified, the fan cycles on and off with the refrigeration compressor, again,assuming the FAN-SCHEDULE is turned on.The working fluid in the pipe loop absorbs heat from those heat pumps thatare operating in the cooling mode and gives up heat to those heat pumps thatare operating in the heating mode. When the total cooling demand exceeds thetotal heating demand, the fluid temperature increases. If the fluidtemperature exceeds MAX-FLUID-T (SYSTEM-FLUID subcommand), the excess heat isdissipated to the atmosphere through a cooling tower or through other coolingequipment specified in PLANT. When the total heating demand exceeds the totalcooling demand, the fluid temperature decreases. If the fluid temperaturedrops below MIN-FLUID-T (SYSTEM-FLUID subcommand), heat is added to the fluidby a boiler, or other heat source, to maintain the fluid temperature atMIN-FLUID-T. No heat is added to or rejected from the fluid when itstemperature is between MAX-FLUID-T and MIN-FLUID-T. When this occurs, thesystem is merely transporting energy between the ZONEs. The cooling tower,the boiler, the pump, and the water circulation loop are simulated in thePLANT program.Examp 1 e:Assuming outside air has been specified, the heat pump and supply air fanwork as follows. The supply air fan runs continuously (even thoughFAN-CONTROL = CYCLING). At calculated ZONE temperatures above the coolingTHROTTLING-RANGE, the heat pump runs continuously, in the cooling mode. Atall calculated ZONE temperatures within the cooling THROTTLING-RANGE, the heatpump cycles on and off, still in the cooling mode. The heat pump runs justlong enough, during the simulation hour, to extract the correct number of Btusto cool the ZONE. As the calculated ZONE temperature drops across the deadband, the heat pump is turned off; the fan continues to operate, however,bringing outside air to the ZONE. As the calculated ZONE temperature dropsinto the top of the heating THROTTLING-RANGE, the heat pump cycles on, butthis time in the heating mode. At ZONE temperatures below the heatingTHROTTLING-RANGE, the heat pump runs continuously, in the heating mode.The heat from the supply air fan is added to the air flowing into theZONE. The air flow rate of each supply air fan is calculated, or specified,to match t~e needs of its ZONE. The power consumption rate per CFM of all thefans is assumed to be the same. That total fan consumption rate for all theheat pumps is specified in the SYSTEM-FANS subcommand. The energy input tothe compressor acts to increase or decrease the amount of heat rejected to orwithdrawn from the fluid loop.I V.140 (Revised 5/81)
Procedure:(1) Specify SYSTEM-TYPE = HP in the SYSTEM command.(2) Speci fy COOL-TEMP-SCH in the ZONE-CONTROL subcommand (and an associatedSCHEDULE) with hourly values of desired ZONE temperature forcooling. Specify one COOL-TEMP-SCH for each ZONE in the SYSTEM,assuming cool ing is des.ired in that ZONE. If the user does notspecify a COOL-TEr4P-SCH for a ZONE, the cooling mode is neverentered.(3) Specify HEAT-TEMP-SCH in the ZONE-CONTROL subcommand (and an associatedSCHEDULE) with hourly values of desired ZONE temperature forheating. Specify one HEAT-TEMP-SCH for each ZONE in the SYSTEM,assuming heating is desired in that ZONE. If the user does notspecify a HEAT-TEMP-SCH for a ZONE, the heating mode is neveren tered.(4) Specify values for MAX-FLUID-T, MIN-FLUID-T, and FLUID-HEAT-CAP inthe SYSTEM-FLUID subcommand. This describes the working fluid inthe pipe loop and its range of permissible temperatures.(5) Specify THERMOSTAT-TYPE = TWO-POSITION or PROPORTIONAL (or allow itto default) in the ZONE-CONTROL subcommand. Repeat this specificationfor every conditioned ZONE.(6) The control strategy for the system has now been specified. Tocomplete the input, specify values for the other keywords that areappropriate to this SYSTEM-TYPE, or allow these keywords to default.SYSTEM-TYPE Equals RESYSThe central cooling and heating sources for RESYS, the ResidentialSystem, may be either (1) a DX refrigeration unit for cooling plus a heatingsource fueled by hot water, electricity, gas, oil, or solar or (2) an air-toairheat pump. The Residential System (SYSTEM-TYPE = RESYS)has a singlesupply air duct that provides either cold or hot air to one or more ZONEs in aresidence. The cold or the hot air streamalways flows at a constant flowrate, assuming the supply fan is on. The RESYS does not have a return air fanor exhaust fans.Residences that do not include unconditioned ZONEs, such as crawl spacesand attics, can be simulated as a single ZONE residence, served by one SYSTEM.If the user elects to simulate a SYSTEM that serves more than one ZONE, theprogram will treat the residence as consisting of a control ZONE, and one ormore subZONES. The control ZONE is the first ZONE specified by the user inthe ZONE-NAMES keyword 1 ist (see SYSTEM command).When SYSTEM-TYPE = RESYS is specified, the program sets theTHROTTLING-RANGE to .S·F, which is apprOXimately the "swing about the setpoint" that is required during cycling operations (a two position thermostat).IV.141 (Revised 5/81)
The central cooling source for RESYS is controlled by the user input forCOOL-TEMP-SCH for the control ZONE (plus its associated SCHEDULE). ThesublONEs, if they exist, do not have control of their own cooling; therefore,the subZONEs may be overcooled or undercooled, which is not uncommon with thisSYSTEM-TYPE.The central heating source for RESYS is controlled by the user input forHEAT-TEMP-SCH for the control ZONE (plus its associated SCHEDULE). ThesubZONEs, if they exist, do not have any control of their own heating, unles~they have the optional baseboard heaters with BASEBOARD-CTRL = THERMOSTATIC.With this option, it is possible to prevent underheating of the subZONEs, butnot overheating.At calculated control ZONE temperatures above the coolingTHROTTLING-RANGE, the cooling unit and supply air fan run continuously. Atall calculated control ZONE temperatures within the small coolingTHROTTLING-RANGE, the cooling unit and fan cycle on and off. The cooling unitruns just long enough, during the simulation hour, to extract the correctnumber of Btus to cool the ZONE. As the control ZONE temperature drops intothe dead band, the cooling source and fan are turned off. As the calculatedcontrol ZONE temperature drops into the top of the heating THROTTLING-RANGE,the heating source and fan cycle on. At control ZONE temperatures below theheating THROTTLING-RANGE, the heating source and fan run continuously.The calculated temperatures in the subZONEs of a multizone residence maynot be acceptable if the wrong ZONE is chosen as the control ZONE. This isnot surprising and is quite indicative of this SYSTEM-TYPE in real life.There are several solutions to this problem; however, a less obvious solutionis the following. The user can intervene in the automatic process ofcalculating the design flow rate by specifying values for ASSIGNED-CFM,AIR-CHANGES/HR, or CFM/SQFT (see ZONE~AIR subcommand) for those subZONEs thatare improperly conditioned. Often, however, such a correction for heating inthe winter will be detrimental to the cooling process in the summer.RESYS is the only SYSTEM-TYPE in <strong>DOE</strong>-2 that is capable of Simulatingcooling by natural ventilation through openable windows. The naturalventilation cooling is simulated based on the user input for NATURAL-VENT-SCH,VENT-TEMP-SCH, and NATURAL-VENT-AC (see SYSTEM-AIR subcommand). The usershould note that natural ventilation cooling is specified at the SYSTEM level,which means that the input will apply to every ZONE in the SYSTEM. The lowerlimit (on ZONE air temperatures) for cooling by natural ventilation isspecified via the keyword, VENT-TEMP-SCH. At calculated control ZONE temperatureswithin the cooling THROTTLING-RANGE (T-R = .5) and down to the temperaturesspecified (or defaulted) via VENT-TEMP-SCH, the residence may be put intothe natural ventilation mode for cooling. If NATURAL-VENT-SCH is-5pecifiedsuch that the occupant is at home and wishes to ventilate the residence (thatis, if the hourly values in the referenced DAY-SCHEDULE are either 1 or -1),the following will occur. The windows will be opened and closed by theoccupant, if the act of doing so will help keep the control ZONE temperaturebetween the-top of its cooling THROTTLING-RANGE and the temperatures specified(or defaulted) via VENT-TEMP-SCH. If the occupant does not wish to ventilatethe residence, or cannot ventilate the residence because he is not at home atthe time, that should be reflected in the NATURAL-VENT-SCH (that is, theIV.142 (Revised 5/81)
hourly values in the referenced DAY-SCHEDULE should be specified as 0). Ifnatural ventilation for purposes of cooling is not done, one of two actionswill occur, (1) if the calculated control ZONE temperature is within itscooling THROTTLING-RANGE, the cooling source cycles on, or (2) if thecalculated control ZONE temperature is within the dead band, the SYSTEM isturned off. If the user does not specify VENT-TEMP-SCH and an associatedSCHEDULE, it will default to the temperature at the top of the heatingTHROTTLING-RANGE in the control ZONE. The simulation theory and an exampleinput can be found in the SYSTEM-AIR section of this chapter. Increasing thespread between the set points would further increase the possibility forcooling by natural ventilation.Example:Heat Pump, subZONEfor RESYSHeaters, and NaturalThe user has chosen to supply additional heating in the sub ZONEs withbaseboard heaters. These heaters are controlled by the user input forHEAT-TEMP-SCH (in the subZONEs). For the best control set BASEBOARD-CTRL =THERMOSTATIC.Procedure:(1) Specify SYSTEM-TYPE = RESYS in the SYSTEM command.(2) Specify HEAT-SOURCE = HEAT-PUMP in the SYSTEM command.(3) Specify COOL-TEMP-SCH in the ZONE-CONTROL subcommand and anassociated SCHEDULE with hourly values of desired ZONE temperaturefor cool ing in the control ZONE. The ZONE chosen as the controlZONE should be the one that is the easiest to heat in the winter andthe hardest to cool in the summer. If this criterion is not met, itwill be impossible for the subZONE baseboard heaters to maintaintemperature control in the subZONEs. If the user does not specify aCOOL-TEMP-SCH for the control ZONE, no ZONE will be cooled.(4) Specify HEAT-TEMP-SCH in the ZONE-CONTROL subcommand and anassociated SCHEDULE with hourly values of desired ZONE temperaturefor heati ng for the control ZONE. Speci fy a HEAT -TEMP-SCH for eachsubZONE with baseboard heaters. The specified contr"ol ZONEtemperatures will control the heat pump cycl ing. The specifiedsubZONE temperatures wi 11 be used to modulate the output of thebaseboard heaters. If the user does not specify aHEAT-TEMP-SCH forthe control ZONE, the HEAT-PUMP will not be activated. If the userdoes not specify a HEAT-TEMP-SCH for a subZONE, its baseboardheaters will not be activated.I V.143 (Revised 5/81)
(5) Specify BASEBOARD-SOURCE in the SYSTEM command. Also, specify (foreach ZONE that is to have baseboard heaters) a value forBASEBOARD-RATING in the ZONE command and specify BASEBOARD-CTRL =THERMOSTATIC in the ZONE-CONTROL subcommand. This indicates theheat source for the baseboard heaters, their maximum heating rates,and that they are to be controlled by thermostats within the ZONEs.(6) Specify a value for THERMOSTAT-TYPE (or allow it to default toPROPORTIONAL) •(7) Specify input for NATURAL-VENT-SCH and NATURAL-VENT-AC in theSYSTEM-AIR subcommand. If the user wishes to specify a lower limit(on ZONE air temperatures) for cool ing by natural ventilation, heshould specify input for VENT-TEMP-SCH, including a SCHEDULE ofhourly values, or allow it to default to the temperature at the topof the heating THROTTLING-RANGE for all hours.(8) The desired control strategy for the system has now been specified.To complete the input, specify values for the other keywords thatare appropriate to this SYSTEM-TYPE, or allow these keywords todefault .I V.144 (Revised 5/81)
Graphically, the Cycling Forced Air Cooling and Heating Strategy forRESYS (with an Air-to-Air Heat Pump, subZONE Baseboard Heaters, and NaturalVentilation) looks like the following:RESYSspecify CQOL- and HEAT-TEMP-SCHNATURAL- VENT- SCHNATURAL-VENT-ACVENT-TEMP-SCHHEAT-SQURCE=HEAT-PUMPBASEBOARD-eTR L= TH E R MCSTATI CSystemAirFlow*c.-"E .,cOOu>SystemAir Flowto controlContro INatural ZONE Zone and allVentilatlon** Temperature*,subZones• coZMaximumTemperature.~ Cold c::> .g Cooling SetpointU as specified inCOOL-TEMP- SCH~'--"-'"-SubzoneBaseboardHeatersr"""]Of~• cozDead BondMinimum______ !~~e.::.a~::Heating, Setpointa> as specified in' HEAT-TEMP- SCH5 VENT-TEMP-Z SCHo~~::I~e~~ _______________ _* Assuming THERMOSTAT-TYPE =TWQ-POSITION** Provided the SCHEDULE referenced by NATURAL-VENT-SCH no.s an hourlyvalue of +1 or-1.SYSTEM-TYPE Equals PTACThe Package Terminal Air Conditioner (SYSTEM-TYPE = PTAC) is a "zonal"type system. The PTAC system provides either cold or hot air to one room, orZONE, normally in a commercial buil ding such as a hotel or motel room,a hospital room, or an office. The cold or the hot air stream may flow at oneof two constant volume flow rates, high orlow, assuming the supply fan is on.Th e PTAC does not h ave a return a ir fan.The cooling and heating sources for PTAC may be either (1) a DX refrigerationunit for cooling plus a heating source fueled by hot water, electricity,gas, oil, or solar or (2) an air-to-air heat pump.IV.145 (Rev ised 5/81)
This SYSTEM-TYPE utilizes a thermostat with two set points, only one ofwhich is effective at anyone time, depending upon the occupants needs.The cooling source for PTAC is controlled by the user input forCOOL-TEMP-SCH for the ZONE plus its associated SCHEDULE. The heating sourceis similarly controlled by HEAT-TEMP-SCH.The supply air fan speed is determined by the program based upon the zoneload. At calculated ZONE temperatures above the cooling THROTTLING-RANGE, thecooling source runs continuously. At all calculated ZONE temperatures withinthe cooling THROTTLING-RANGE, the cooling source cycles on and off. Thecooling source runs just long enough, during the simulation hour, to extractthe correct number of Btus to cool the ZONE. As the ZONE temperature dropsinto the dead band, the cooling source is turned off. The fan runscontinuously if outside air was specified; otherwise, the fan cycles on andoff with the heating or cooling source. As the calculated ZONE temperaturedrops into the top of the heating THROTTLING-RANGE, the heating source cycleson. At ZONE temperatures below the heating THROTTLING-RANGE, the heatingsource runs continuously.Procedure:(1) Specify SYSTEM-TYPE = PTAC in the SYSTEM command.(2) If the user wishes to use the heat pump option, he should specifyHEAT-SOURCE = HEAT-PUMP in the SYSTEM command. An electricalutility demand will be passed on to PLANT.(3) Specify COOL-TEMP-SCH in the ZONE-CONTROL subcommand (and anassociated SCHEDULE) with hourly values of desired ZONE temperaturefor cooling. If the user does not specify a COOL-TEMP-SCH for theZONE, the cooling source is never activated.(4) Specify HEAT-TEMP-SCH in the ZONE-CONTROL subcommand (and anassociated SCHEDULE) with hourly values of desired ZONE temperaturefor heating. If the user does not specify a HEAT-TEMP-SCH for theZONE, the heating source is never activated.(5) Specify FAN-CONTROL = TWO-SPEED (or allow it to default to thatvalue) in the SYSTEM-FANS subcommand. Also, specify values forLOW-SPEED-RATIOS in the same subcommand.(6) The desired control strategy for the system has now been specified.To complete the input, specify values for the other keywords thatare appropriate to this SYSTEM-TYPE, or allow these keywords todefault.IV.146 (Revised 5/81)
v. Control Strategy for SYSTEM-TYPE Equals UHT or UVTIf the user has not done so, he should read the General subsection (Sec.B.S.a of this chapter) before continuing here. That subsection containsinformation that is appropriate to these control strategies and SYSTEM-TYPEs ..There is only one major control strategy (for each of these SYSTEM-TYPEs) thatis defined by the specification of the keyword HEAT-TEMP-SCH.UHTThe Unit Heater (UHT) SYSTEM-TYPE is a "zonal" type with a heatingsource, a supply air fan, and a one set pOint thermostat, all located wi·thinthe ZONE. The desired heating set point is specified with the keywordHEAT-TEMP-SCH plus its associated SCHEDULE.At calculated ZONE temperatures above the heating THROTTLING-RANGE, theZONE heat source and the supply air fan are turned off. As the calculatedZONE temperature drops from the top to the bottom of the heatingTHROTTLING-RANGE, the heating coil output increases linearly from zero tomaximum, in an attempt to maintain the heating set point. At ZONEtemperatures below the heating THROTTLING-RANGE, the output of the heatingcoil remains at the maximum and the supply fan remains on, in an attempt toraise the ZONE temperature back up to within the heating THROTTLING-RANGE.UVTThe Unit Ventilator (UVT) SYSTEM-TYPE is also a "zonal" type. It isphysically identical to the Unit Heater except that it has, in addition, amoveable outside air damper. The outside air damper permits the passage of afixed (minimum) amount of ventilation air during the heating mode. The UVTsystem does not have exhaust fan capability.The supply air fan runs continously to ensure ventilation except when thefan is scheduled to be off or NIGHT-CYCLE-CTRL is in effect. At calculatedZONE temperatures above the cooling THROTTLING-RANGE, the outside air damperis wide open. As the calculated ZONE temperature drops from the top to thebottom of the cooling THROTTLING-RANGE, the outside air damper moves linearlyfrom fully open to the minimum position, in an attempt to provide cooling byventilation. Within the dead band of the thermostat, the outside air damperremains at the minimum position and the air is not heated. As the temperaturecontinues to drop from the top to the bottom of the heating THROTTLING-RANGE,the heating coil output increases from zero to its maximum, in an attempt tomaintain the heqting set point. The ventilation air flow remains at theminimum specified by MIN-OUTSIDE-AIR. Below the heating THROTTLING-RANGE theheating coil remains fully on with the fan on in an attempt to raise the ZONEtemperature back up to within the heating THROTTLING-RANGE.IV.147(Revised S/BI)
The heat from the supply air fan is added entirely, by the program, tothe supply air.Procedure:(1) Specify SYSTEM-TYPE = UHT or UVT in the SYSTEM command.(2) If SYSTEM-TYPE = UVT, specify COOL-TEMP-SCH in the ZONE-CONTROLsubcommand (and an associated SCHEDULE) with hourly values ofdesired ZONE temperature for cooling by ventilation. Thesetemperatures will be used to modulate the ventilation air flow rate.(3) Specify HEAT-TEMP-SCH in the ZONE-CONTROL subcommand (and anassociated SCHEDULE) with hourly values of desired ZONE temperaturefor heating. These temperatures will be used to modulate theheating coil output in the ZONE. If the user does not specify aHEAT-TEMP-SCH for a ZONE, it will not be heated.(4) Specify THERMOSTAT-TYPE = PROP.QRTIONAL (or allow it to default tothat value) in the ZONE-CONTROL subcommand.(5) Specify MIN-OUTSIDE-AIR in the SYSTEM-AIR subcommand (UVT only).(6) The control strategy for the system has now been specified. Tocomplete the input, specify values for the other keywords that areappropriate to the SYSTEM-TYPE being Simulated, or allow thesekeywords to default.IV.148 (Revised 5/81)
Graphically, the strategy for UVT looks like the following:UVT--Constant Volume Ventilating and HeatingSpecify COOL-TEMP-SCH and HEAT-TEMP-SCHTHERMOSTAT-TYPE' PROPORTIONALAirFlowZoneTemperatureOU~;;d¢ --:LI f1c::::> VentilationAir-2 "~" oUE '"-0 ">E "~" ou,'"2g'::Jw;::.I-(,!)----0t--200«ua:a::I:t--"0" C.c"0c'"a2C'I:Jw ".~ I- (!)1----01-2",0«:I: a: a::I:t--VentilationCoaling SetPoint asOutside~~ecif~~i.'2. bAir ¢ /COOL-TEMP-SCHHeating SetPoint asSpecified Outside:.'2.!:I~~-__ Air ¢>TEMP-SCHOutsideAir¢>offf1 /Mfi/on/Mfi/f1MP= Minimum Position of Dam p er"f9¢ VentilationAir¢warmAir¢HotAirIf SYSTEM-TYPE = UHT, the previous diagram would be the same except therewould be no dead band and no cooling THROTTLING-RANGE (that is, no outsideair). Also, above the heating THROTTLING-RANGE, the fan would cycle to off.I V.149 (Revised 5/81)
vi. Control Strategy for SYSTEM-TYPE Equals FPHIf the user has not done so, he should read the General subsection (Sec.B.5.a of th is chapter) before continuing here. That subsection containsinformation that is appropriate to the control strategy for the Floor PanelHeating (FPH) system.The FPH SYSTEM-TYPE has a central heating source, a primary pump, and apipe loop with a heating fluid, which flows to all the heated ZONEs in theSYSTEM. Each ZONE contains a secondary pump, a heating panel (normallylocated in the floor), a modulating control valve, and a one set pointthermostat. The desired heating set point is specified with the keywordHEAT-TEMP-SCH (plus its associated SCHEDULE). The primary pump operates ondemand from anyone or all of the ZONEs. The secondary pump and control valvein each heated ZONE operate on demand from the thermostat within that ZONE.At calculated ZONE temperatures above the heating THROTTLING-RANGE, theoutput rate in the heating panel is zero. As the calculated ZONE temperaturedrops from the top to the bottom of the heating THROTTLING-RANGE, the heatingoutput rate increases linearly from zero to maximum. BelOi/ the bottom of theheating THROTTLING-RANGE, the heating output rate remains at the maximum, inan attempt to raise the ZONE temperature back to within the heatingTHROTTLING-RANGE.Procedure:(1) Specify SYSTEM-TYPE = FPH in the SYSTEM command.(2) Speci fy HEAT - TEMP-SCH in the ZONE-CONTROL subcommand (and anassociated SCHEDULE) with hourly values of desired ZONE temperaturefor heating. If the user does not specify a HEAT-TEMP-SCH for aZONE, it will not be heated.(3) Specify THERMOSTAT-TYPE = PROPORTIONAL (or allow it to default) inthe ZONE-CONTROL subcommand.(4) The control strategy for the system has now been specified. Tocomplete the input, specify values for the other keywords that areappropriate to this SYSTEM-TYPE, or allow these keywords to default.IV.150 (Revised 5/81)
vii. Example Control Strategies for SYSTEM-TYPE Equals HVSYSIf the user has not done so, he should read the General sUbsection (Sec.B.5.a of this chapter) before continuing here. That subsection containsinformation that is appropriate to these control strategies.In this SYSTEM-TYPE a single supply air duct provides hot air and outsideventilation air to each ZONE. This SYSTEM-TYPE has no mechanical coolingcapabil ity or humidity control. Under the correct conditions, the SYSTEM willattempt to cool the ZONE(s) with outside air. This SYSTEM-TYPE is mostcommonly referred to as the school heating and ventilating system. Air issupplied at a constant flow rate when the supply air fan is on. The SYSTEMwill have an economizer, unless the user specifies OA-CONTROL = FIXED in theSYSTEM-AIR subcommand. The economizer will attempt to maintain the mi xed(return and outside) air temperature at the value specified via HEAT-CONTROL.There are three major control strategies that are defined by the selectivespecification of values for the keywords HEAT-CONTROL, HEAT-TEMP-SCH,THERMOSTAT-TYPE, REHEAT-DELTA-T, and BASEBOARD-CTRL.These control strategies all involve one thermostat set point. Thedesired set pOint is specified with the keyword HEAT-TEMP-SCH (plus itsassociated SCHEDULE).The temperature of the air stream leaving the central heating coil isdetermined by the value specified (or defaulted) for the keyword HEAT-CONTROLin the SYSTEM-CONTROL subcommand:(a) . If HEAT-CONTROL = CONSTANT, the user should specify a value forHEAT-SET-T (SYSTEM-CONTROL subcommand) that will not overheat anyone ZONE in the SYSTEM. Some ZONEs, however, may be underheated.This can be remedied by specifying either zone coils or baseboardheaters. Unfortunately, with this strategy a correct value forHEAT-SET-T for heating may be too high for cooling with outsideventilation air. -(b)(c)If HEAT-CONTROL = RESET or SCHEDULED, the temperature of the airleaving the central heating coil will be based upon a user-specifiedRESET-SCHEDULE or SCHEDULE. The hourly values specified in theSCHEDULE should be such that no ZONE becomes overheated. Thisapproach may lead to the underheating of some ZONEs, in which case,zone coils or baseboard heaters may be used. When HEAT-CONTROL =SCHEDULED, it affords the opportunity to have seasonal reset of thecentral heating coil temperature, as opposed to the approach (a).These strategies, especially HEAT-CONTROL = RESET, allow the SYSTEMto take better advantage of the outdoor air temperature for coolingby ventilation.If HEAT-CONTROL = COLDEST, the temperature of the air leaving thecentral heating coil will be automatically set by the program toheat (or cool) the ZONE with the lowest relative temperature in itsheating THROTTLING-RANGE.I V.151 (Revised 5/81)
At the ZONE level, the air stream tEl'Tlperature may be modified upward byzone (reheat) coils located in the supply air ducts. To accompl ish this, theuser should specify a value for REHEAT-DELTA-T (not equal zero). BecauseREHEAT-DELTA-T is a SYSTEM level keyword, when it is specified, all ZONF.s willhave zone coils. The heating output of the zone coils is controlled by theuser input for the keyword HEAT-TEMP-SCH. Alternatively, the user may supplythe additional heating in one or more ZONEs with baseboard heaters.To obtain the most accurate heating control from this SYSTEM-TYPE, theair must be properly heated in two increments, before it is introduced to thespace. First, at the SYSTEM level, the temperature of the air is raised tothe value specified via the input for HEAT-CONTROL. At this tEl'Tlperature, theair should not overheat anyone of the ZONEs. The second heating of the air,if necessary, is done within each ZONE (by the zone coil or baseboard heaters),according to the needs of that ZONE, which are specified in HEAT-TEMP-SCH.If ZONE level heating is specified, the following occurs. At calculatedZONE temperatures above the heating THROTIUNG-RANGE, the heat output of thezone coil (or alternatively the baseboard heater) is turned off. As thecalculated ZONE temperature drops from the top to the bottom of the heatingTHROTIUNG-RANGE, the heat output rate increases 1 inearly from zero tomaximum. This assumes that THERMOSTAT-TYPE = PROPORTIONAL. At calculatedZONE tEl'Tlperatures below the heating THROTIUNG-RANGE the heating fluid flowrate remains at maximum, in an attempt to raise the ZONE temperature to withinthe h ea ting THROTIUNG-RANGE.The heat from the supply air fan is added, by the program, to the supplyair stream.Exampl e:( 1)(2)( 3)(4)Specify SYSTEM-TYPE = HVSYS in the SYSTEM command.Specify input for HEAT-CONTROL in the SYSTEM-CONTROL subcommand,according to the rules (a), (b), or (c) at the beginning of thisdiscussion. This establishes the method for setting the hourlytemperature of the air leaving the central heating coil of theSYSTEM. This is the tEl'Tlperature of the supply air that will be sentto all ZONEs in the SYSTEM. If the user does not specify a valuefor HEAT-CONTROL, it will default to CONSTANT and HEAT-SET-T willdefault to the weighted average DESIGN-HEAT-T of all the ZONEs inthe SYSTEM.Specify a non zero value for REHEAT-DELTA-T in the SYSTEM command.This indicates to the program that zone (reheat) coils are to beused in all the ZONEs and it also indicates the maximum increase intEl'Tlperature of the supply air passing over the zone coils.Specify HEAT-TEMP-SCH in the ZONE-CONTROL subcommand (and anassociated SCHEDULE) with hourly values of desired ZONE tEl'Tlperaturefor heating. Specify a HEAT-TEMP-SCH for each ZONE in the SYSTEM,assuming supplemental heating is desired in that ZONE. TheseI V.152 (Revised 5/81)
temperatures will be used to modulate the output of the zone reheatcoi,.. If the user does not specify a HEAT-TEMP-SCH for a ZONE, itwill be heated as determined by HEAT-CONTROL at the SYSTEM level,but the ZONE will probably lack heating control.(5) Specify THERMOSTAT-TYPE = PROPORTIONAL (or allow it to default) inthe ZONE-CONTROL subcommand.(6) The control strategy for the system has now been specified. Tocomplete the input, specify values for the other keywords that areappropriate to this SYSTEM-TYPE, or allow these keywords to default.Had the user chosen to provide the additional heat at the ZONE level byusing baseboard heaters, instead of zone coils, Step 3 in the precedingexample should be replaced by Step 3 below.(3) Specify BASEBOARD-SOURCE in the SYSTEM command. Also, specify (foreach ZONE that is to have baseboard heaters) a value forBASEBOARD-RATING in the ZONE command and specify BASEBOARD-CTRL =THERMOSTATIC in the ZONE-CONTROL subcommand. This indicates theheat source for the baseboard heaters, their maximum heating rates,and that they are to be controlled by thermostats within the ZONEs.It is possible for the user to specify both zone coils and baseboardheaters in each ZONE. If so, the baseboardsWlTl be sequenced on before thezone coils.IV.153 (Revised 5/81)
TABLE IV.28MAJOR CONTROL STRATEGIES FOR SYSTEM-TYPE = HVSYSStrategyHeatingCoil Temp.(HEAT -CONTROL)Zone HeatingSet Poi nt(HEAT -TEMP-SCH)ZoneTHERMOSTAT-TYPEZone (Reheat) 8aseboardCoil, and/or Heaters(RJHEAT-DElTA-T • 0)1. Constant Volume Heatingwith User-fixed Heating CoilTemperatureCONSTANTRequired for controlof zone heatingPROPORTI ONAlOne or both required forproper heating of all zones2. Constant Volume Heatingwith User-controlled HeatingCoil TemperaturesRESET orSCHEDULEDRequired for controlof zone heatingPROPORTI ONAlOne of both required forproper heating of all zones3. Constant Volume Heatingwith Progr~calculatedHeating Coil TemperaturesCOlOESTRequired for controlof zone heatingPROPORTI ONAlOne or both required forproper heating of all zones~
viii. Example Control Strategies for SYSTEM-TYPE Equals TPIU or FPIUIf the user has not done so, he should read the General subsection (Sec.B.5.a of this chapter)·before continuing here. That subsection containsinformation that is appropriate to these SYSTEM-TYPEs. There is only onemajor control strategy (for each of these SYSTEM-TYPEs) that is defined by theselective specification of values for the keywords INDUCTION-RATIO,COOL-CONTROL, COOL-TEMP-SCH, HEAT-TEMP-SCH, and INDUC-MODE-SCH (TPIU only).SYSTEM-TYPE Equals TPIUThe Two Pipe Induction Unit (TPIU) SYSTEM-TYPE is a "zonal" type system,although a portion of the cooling and heating is supplied by a primary system.TPIU has one central air cooling source and one central air heating source,which either cool or heat the primary supply air. The tempered primary supplyair is then distributed, at con·stant volume flow rate, through a single ductdistribution system, to the induction units, which are located in the individualZONEs. In each induction unit, the primary air is mixed with "temperedroom air" before the mixture is introduced into the room. To temper the roomair in the induction unit, the room air passes over the zone coil. To supplya working fluid to the zone coil, the TPIU system has one central liquidcooling source, one central liquid heating source, and a single pipe loop,which distributes the working liquid to and from all the ZONEs. The loopprovides either cooling fluid or heating fluid to all the induction units, butnot both at anyone time. --Only sensible cooling is simulated in the induction units and all dehumidificationis simulated at the SYSTEM level. Each TPIU induction unit has oneheat exchanger coil and a modulating control valve, which is operated by a twoset point thermostat in the ZONE. The desired set points are specified,respectively, with the keywords COOL-TEMP-SCH and HEAT-TEMP-SCH plus theirassociated SCHEDULEs.The basic concept of the TPIU SYSTEM-TYPE is one of providing a method bywhich some ZONEs in a SYSTEM can be cooled, while other ZONEs are being heated.Although this feature is available on a year-round basis, in the summer it isnormal to provide cooling at the zone level and heating of the zones, ifnecessary, by resetting the central supply air temperature. The opposite istrue for winter; cooling is provided at the system level and heating isprovided at the zone level. The changeover (date and hour) from winteroperation to summer operation, and vice versa, is specified, in thesimulation, by the user via the keyword INDUC-MODE-SCH. The changeover is notautomatic, based upon outdoor dry-bulb temperature, due to the difficulty ofheating and cooling of the potentially large mass of fluid in the zone coilpipe loop during the changeover. In a real system, the changeover isaccomplished manually, on a seasonal basis, by the operator of the system.The selection of a changeover date and hour can drastically affect theconsumption of energy and building comfort.When the hourly values specified in the SCHEDULE that is referenced byINDUC-MODE-SCH are positive (see right side of Fig. IV.6), the zone coils arein the cooling mode and the central coil may be either heating or cooling,depending upon how the user specifies COOL-CONTROL and HEAT-SET-T. The mostIV.155 (Revised 5/81)
common strategy is to specify COOL-CONTROL = RESET with a COOL-RESET-SCH, aRESET-SCHEDULE, and a DAY-RESET-SCH.When the hourly values specified in the SCHEDULE that is referenced byINDUC-MODE-SCH are negative (see left side of Fig. IV.6), the zone coils arein the heating mode and the central coil is in the cooling mode. In this modeof operation, the program resets the central cooling coil to MIN-SUPPLY-T(unless COOL-CONTROL = CONSTANT, in which case the central cooling coil isreset to the temperature specified in COOL-SET-T).During winter operation (that is, when the hourly values in the SCHEDULEreferenced by INDUC-MODE-SCH are negative), the cold outside air is used forcooling any zone that requires cooling and the zone coils provide addedheating. During the summer, the central coil provides cool dry air and thezone coils provide any extra cooling that may be necessary.SYSTEM-TYPE Equals FPIUThe Four Pipe Induction Unit (FPIU) SYSTEM-TYPE is physically identicalto the TPIU except that the FPIU has two pipe loops, one for cooling and onefor heating. Depending upon the COOLING-SCHEDULE and the HEATING-SCHEDULE,either cooling or heating, or both, are available at all times to the ZONEs.That is, the FPIU SYSTEM-TYPE permits some ZONEs to be cooled while other ZONEsare being heated. The changeover from cooling to heating, and vice versa, isautomatic. The INDUC-MODE-SCH capability is not available, nor necessary, forFPIU.SYSTEM Cooling Mode for TPIU and FPIU:The method for setting the temperature of the cold air stream leaving themain cooling coil is determined by the value specified (or defaulted) for thekeyword COOL-CONTROL in the SYSTEM-CONTROL subcommand.For SYSTEM-TYPE = TPIU, the most commonly used strategy is to specifyCOOL-CONTROL = RESET (with an associated COOL-RESET-SCH, RESET-SCHEDULE, andDAY-RESET-SCH). This strategy resets the primary air temperature each hourbased upon the outdoor dry-bulb temperature and the user's input for thekeywords SUPPLY-HI, SUPPLY-LO, OUTSIDE-HI, and OUTSIDE-LO in the DAY-RESET-SCHcommand. Figure IV.6 shows example air temperatures for winter and summeroperation.IV.156 (Revised 5/81)
'""~'"~'" c.EJ-- '"~«110 0100 0Winter OperationZone Coil ----i(Heating) ---;Summer Operation0(.)c: '"0N"0c:'">-'"~E~0..55°°500°Primary Airr(Cooling) )° 40J-------Zone Coil(Cooling)SUPPLY-LO '------OUTSIDE-LOOUTSIDE-HIOutdoor Dry-Bulb TemperatureFig. IV.5.Specifying COOL-CONTROL = RESET for TPIU with an INDUC-MODE-SCH.For SYSTEM-TYPE = FPIU, COOL-CONTROL should be optimized for the type ofzones attached to this system. Normally, a RESET schedule similar to Fig.IV.? is used for the primary air.'"~"'"~SUPPLY-HI70°'" C.EJ-- '"«>-~0°~50°'"40° 7.°EOUTSIDE-LO OUTSIDE-HI~0..Outdoor Dry-Bulb TemperatureSUPPLY-LOFig. IV.?Specifying COOL-CONTROL = RESET for FPIU.IV.1S? (Revised 5/81)
ZONE Cooling Mode for TPIU and FPIU:The output of the zone coil, when in the cooling mode, is controlled bythe user input for the keyword COOL-TEMP-SCH.At calculated ZONE temperatures above the cooling THROTTLING-RANGE, theoutput of the cooling coil in the ZONE induction unit is at its maximum. Asthe calculated ZONE temperature drops from the top to the bottom of thecooling THROTTLING-RANGE, the cooling output decreases linearly from itsmaximum to zero. At calculated ZONE temperatures below the top of thedeadband, the output of this coil is zero and the only heating or cooling isdone by the primary air. The air flow rate is always constant, assuming theFAN-SCHEDULE is on.SYSTEM Heating Mode for TPIU and FPIU:When the TPIU is operating in the winter mode (that is, when the hourlyvalues in the SCHEDULE referenced by INDUC-MODE-SCH are negative), theterminal unit coils are in the heating mode. At this time, the primary aircontroller is reset to COOL-SET-T if COOL-CONTROL; CONSTANT, or MIN-SUPPLY-Tif COOL-CONTROL * CONSTANT. Thus, outside air is used for cooling (or thereis active cooling if COOLING-SCHEDULE * 0).For the FPIU, the primary air temperature is controlled by the user inputfor COOL-CONTROL (normally RESET).If the user does not specify a value for HEAT-SET-T, it will default toMIN-SUPPLY-T, thus sizing the heating coil to zero.ZONE Heating Mode for TPIU and FPIU:Zone heating is controlled by the user input for HEAT-TEMP-SCH. Thiscontrols the zone coil heating output. Alternatively, the user may supply theadditional heating at the ZONE level with baseboard heaters.At calculated ZONE temperatures above the heating THROTTLING-RANGE, theheating output of the ZONE coil is zero. As the calculated ZONE temperaturedrops from the top to the bottom of the heating THROTTLING-RANGE, the outputof the ZONE coil increases linearly from zero to its maximum. At ZONEtemperatures below the heating THROTTLING-RANGE, the output remains atmaximum. The air flow rate is always constant, assuming the FAN-SCHEDULE ison.The heat from the supply air fan is added to the primary air downstreamfrom the cooling coil, unless the user specifies FAN-PLACEMENT;BLOW-THROUGH. The effect of the humidifier is added to the mixed air stream.Procedure:(1) Specify SYSTEM-TYPE; TPIU or FPIU in the SYSTEM command.(2) Specify input for COOL-CONTROL in the SYSTEM-CONTROL subcommand,according to the preceeding suggestions.I V.158 (Revised 5/81)
This establishes the hourly temperature of the primary air of theSYSTEM. If the user does not specify a value for COOL-CONTROL, itwill default to CONSTANT and COOL-SET-T will default toMIN-SUPPLY-T. (However, if SYSTEM-TYPE; TPIU and the hourlySCHEDULE value referenced by INDUC-MODE-SCH is < 0, COOL-CONTROLwill default to CONSTANT and the value specified for COOL-SET-T, ifspecified, will be used.)If SYSTEM-TYPE; TPIU, specify an INDUC-MODE-SCH and its associatedSCHEDULE with the value 1 for those hours when the SYSTEM isoperating in the summer mode and the value -1 for those hours whenthe SYSTEM is operating in the winter mode.(3) Specify COOL-TEMP-SCH in the ZONE-CONTROL subcommand (and anassociated SCHEDULE) with hourly values of desired ZONE temperaturefor cooling. These temperatures will be used to modulate the outputof the coil in the TPIU or FPIU unit. If the user does not specifya COOL-TEMP-SCH for a ZONE, it will be cooled (unless theCOOLING-SCHEDULE is set to off) only by the primary air stream.(4) Specify input for HEAT-SET-T in the SYSTEM-CONTROL subcommand. Thisvalue is used to size the heating coil in the main air-handler.(5) Specify HEAT-TEMP-SCH in the ZONE-CONTROL subcommand (and anassociated SCHEDULE) with hourly values of desired ZONE temperaturefor heating. These temperatures will be used to modulate theheating output of the zone coil of the TPIU or FPIU unit. If theuser does not specify a HEAT-TEMP-SCH for a ZONE, it will be heated(per HEAT-SET-T) but only by the primary air.(6) Specify THERMOSTAT-TYPE; PROPORTIONAL (or allow it to default) inthe ZONE-CONTROL subcommand.(7) The control strategy for the system has now been specified. Tocomplete the input, specify values for the other keywords that areappropriate to the SYSTEM-TYPE being Simulated, or allow thesekeywords to default.IV.159 (Revised 5/81)
ix.Example Control Strategies for SYSTEM-TYPE Equals SZCIIf the user has not done so, he should read the General subsection (Sec.B.5.a of this chapter) before continuing here. That subsection containsinformation that is appropriate to this SYSTEM-TYPE, the Ceiling InductionSystem.In this SYSTEM-TYPE a single supply air duct provides treated air to eachZONE. There are two major control strategies that are defined by theselective specification of values for the keywords COOL-CONTROL,COOL-TEMP-SCH, HEAT-TEMP-SCH, THERMOSTAT-TYPE, and REHEAT-DELTA-T.These control strategies are listed in Table IV.29.These control strategies all involve two ZONE thermostat set points, onefor cooling and one for heating. The desired set points are specified,respectively, with the keywords COOL-TEMP-SCH and" HEAT-TEMP-SCH (plus theirassociated SCHEDULEs).The user may specify zone (reheat) coils in the air duct (seeREHEAT-DELTA-T in the SYSTEM-TERMINAL subcommand).Both the major control strategies for this SYSTEM-TYPE have variable airvolume flow, at the SYSTEM level, for cooling. The flow rate of air enteringeach ZONE, however, is constant due to the action of the ZONE induction box.The hourly temperature of the cooling supply air (specified via COOL-CONTROLin the SYSTEM-CONTROL subcommand) entering each induction box is often colderthan required to meet the cooling needs of the ZONE. During these times, thisflow of cooling air is reduced. The volume of cooling supply air entering theinduction box may vary hourly from 100 per cent down to 50 per cent of theZONE design cooling flow rate (that is, the amount of air required to meet theZONE peak cooling load). The balance of the air is induced from the plenumabove the room ceiling. This induced air is intended to reduce the coolingability of the primary air. The induced air flow rate is limited to a maximumof 50 per cent of the ZONE design cooling flow rate. In summation, variablevolume cooling air is mixed with the variable volume induced warm air to producea constant volume supply air flow to the ZONE.Air flow in the supply duct during the heating mode is constant at 50 percent of the maximum. The final temperature of the air stream is controlled atthe ZONE level with the keyword HEAT-TEMP-SCH. As the calculated ZONEtemperature drops from the top to the bottom of the heating THROTTLING-RANGE,the air flow into the ZONE is 50 per cent primary air and 50 per cent inducedwarm air. The zone coil heating output rate increases linearly from zero atthe top of the heating THROTTLING-RANGE to maximum at the bottom of theheating THROTTLING-RANGE.This system type is normally used for interior zones only.are no reheat coils, although baseboards are sometimes used.Often thereIV.160 (Revised 5/81)
TABLE IV.29MAJOR CONTROL STRATEGIES FOR SYSTEM-TYPE = SZCIStrategyCoolingCoil Temp.(COOL-CONTROL=)Zone Coo 1; ngSet Point(COOL-TEMP-SCH)Zone HeatingSet Point(HEAT-TEMP-SCH)ZoneTHERMOSTAT-TYPEZone (Reheat) Coils(REHEAT-DELTA-T • 0)*1. Variable Volume Cooling andConstant Volume Heating withUser-controlled CoolingCoil TemperaturesCONSTANT, RESETor SCHEOOLEDRequired forcontrol ofzone COO 1; ngRequired forcontrol ofzone heatingPROPORTIONALRequired for zoneheating2. Variable Volume Cooling andConstant Volume Heating withProgram-calculated CoolingCoil TemperaturesWARMESTRequired forcontrol ofzone coolingRequired forcontrol oflone heatingPROPORTIONALRequired for zoneheating*An example of this strategy is included in the following discussion.Notes:1. If THERMOSTAT-TYPE=PROPDRTIONAL, COOL-TEMP-SCH controls the induction mixing box during cooling and HEAT-TEMP-SCH controls the zone coil during heating.~
The heat from the supply air fan is added, by default, to the primary airdownstream of the cooling coil, unless the user specifies FAN-PLACEMENT =BLOW-THROUGH. The effect of the humidifier, if specified, is added to themixed air stream.This system type is normally used for interior zones only.are no reheat coils, although baseboards are sometimes used.Often, thereExample:Variable Volume Cool ing Into the Induction Box / Constant Volume Heatingwith User controlled Cold Deck Temperatures for SZCI(with COOL-CONTROL - SCHEDULED)The cooling is accomplished by a variable air volume flow, in the supplyair duct up to the ZONE induction box. The temperature of the cold air stream(cooling coil temperature) is set each hour by the user in a SCHEOULE. Theprocess of blending the cooling air with induced air, in the induction box, iscontrolled at the ZONE level with the keyword COOL-TEMP-SCH.At calculated ZONE temperatures above the cooling THROTTLING-RANGE, thecooling air flow rate into the induction box is at the maximum, the ZONEdesign cooling flow rate (100 per cent cooling air and no induced air). Asthe calculated ZONE temperature drops from the top to the bottom of thecooling THROTTLING-RANGE, the cooling air flow rate into the induction boxdecreases linearly from the maximum of 100 per cent to 50 per cent of the ZONEdesign cooling flow rate, while simultaneously the induced air flow rate intothe induction box increases linearly from zero to 50 per cent. This producesa constant volume flow, of variable temperature, out of the induction boxinto the ZONE. As the calculated ZONE temperature drops across the deadband,the air flow into the ZONE is 50 per cent induced air and 50 per cent coolingair (or mixed outside and return air, if the cooling has been turned off).At all calculated ZONE temperatures from the top to the bottom of theheating THROTTLING-RANGE, the air flow into the ZONE is 50 per cent inducedair and 50 per cent cooling air (or mixed outside and return air, if thecool ing has been turned off). As the calculated ZONE temperature drops fromthe top to the bottom of the heating THROTTLING-RANGE, the heating output ofthe zone coil s increases 1 inear ly for zero to maximum.Procedure:(1) Specify SYSTEM-TYPE = SZCI in the SYSTEM command.(2) Specify COOL-CONTROL in the SYSTEM-CONTROL subcommand equal toSCHEDULED. This establishes the method for setting the temperatureof the supply air that will be sent to all ZONE induction boxes inthe SYSTEM. If the user does not specify a value for COOL-CONTROL,it will default to CONSTANT and COOL-SET-T will default toMIN-SUPPL Y-T.I V.162 (Revised 5/81)
(3) Specify COOL-TEMP-SCH in the ZONE-CONTROL subcommand and anassociated SCHEDULE with hourly values of desired ZONE temperaturefor cooling. These temperatures will be used to operate theinduction box in the cool ing mode. If the user does not specify aCOOL-TEMP-SCH for a ZONE, it will be cooled (unless theCOOLING-SCHEDULE is set to off) but there will be no control of thecool ing process. -(4) Specify HEAT-TEMP-SCH in the ZONE-CONTROL subcommand and anassoc ia ted SCHEDULE with hourly val ues of des ired ZONE temperaturefor heating. These temperatures will be used to modulate the outputof the zone coil. If the user does not specify a HEAT-TEMP-SCH fora ZONE, the only heating available will be from the supply air andlight heat.(5) Specify THERMOSTAT-TYPE = PROPORTIONAL (the default) in theZONE-CONTROL subcommand. This assures a variable volume air flowentering the induction box for cooling and a constant volume airflow entering the induction box for heating.(6) Specify a value for REHEAT-DELTA-T in the SYSTEM-TERMINALsubcommand. This indicates to the program that zone (reheat) coilsare to be used in the ZONEs and it also indicates the maximumincrease in temperature of the supply air pass ing over the zonecoils.(7) The desired control strategy for the system has now been specified.To complete the input, specify values for the other keywords thatare appropriate to this SYSTEM-TYPE, or allow these keywords todefault. This example is the first strategy in Table IV.29.I V.163 (Revised 5/81)
6. Thermostat SimulationThe discussion in this subsection is related to the simulation of variouszone temperature control strategies and the SOL input data required to specifyeach of them.The simulations for PROPORTIONAL and TWO-POSITION types of thermostats(see keyword THERMOSTAT-TYPE in ZONE-CONTROL subcommand) are essentially thesame, except that the program automatically selects a very narrow throttlingrange for the two-position type of thermostat to simulate on-off operation,thus negating the necessity to enter data for the keyword THROTTLING-RANGE(see ZONE-CONTROL subcommand). The REVERSE-ACTION type of thermostat (seeTHERMOSTAT-TYPE) is applicable only for variable air volume systems, and then,only when appropriate. This thermostat allows the supply air flow rate (forheating as well as cooling) to rise above the design minimum flow rate, asdefined in MIN-CFM-RATIO.The keywords HEAT-TEMP-SCH and COOL-TEMP-SCH are used to reference SCHEDULEinstructions that specify the heating and cooling temperature control setpoints of the zone. Note that all schedules may change hourly and seasonally,thus allowing summer/winter, and day/night, or even finer adjustments of setpoints.Almost any imaginable thermostatic control scheme can be simulated. Theuser should take care that the scheme specified is physically possible withthe HVAC system being modeled; The program does not make such a check.The user should avoid throttling range overlap when simulating sequentialcontrol of heating and cooling. If the user inadvertently specifies overlappingthrottling ranges, the program will move the cooling and heating setpoints until they are one throttling range apart.A number of different thermostatic control options and the SOL input datarequired for the simulation of each are shown in the examples that follow.There is no priority or preference intended; Case 1 through Case 9 arepresented in order of increasing difficulty.Case 1 - TWO-POSITION Heating/Cooling Thermostat Operation (with deadband)Figure IV.8 depicts the operation of a TWO-POSITION dual-set pointthermostat (or two single-set point thermostats) that provides on-offoperation of the system heating component, whenever zone temperature fallsbelow 68°F, and on-off operation of the system cooling component, wheneverzone temperature increases above 78°F.No heat is either added to or extracted from the zone when zonetemperature is between these set points. If a single thermostat is beingsimulated, it is the type that has two independently adjustable set points(dual-set point). The program simulates a thermostat with narrownonadjustable differential. This thermostat should not be used formultizone and dual duct systems.IV.164 (Revised 5/81)
The following is an example of data entry needed to simulate thethermostat operation shown in Fig. IV.8.H-SCH1 = SCHEDULEC-SCH1 = SCHEDULESP-1 = ZONETHRU DEC 31 (ALL) (1,24) (68)THRU DEC 31 (ALL) (1,24)(78)DESIGN-HEAT-T = 68DESIGN-COOL-T = 78HEAT-TEMP-SCH = H-SCH1COOL-TEMP-SCH = C-SCH1THERMOSTAT-TYPE = TWO-POSITIONCOOl-W,XiHedtE~tractionI-,,,-ti~;;~-ool-'O-' - ---IHeatAddltion!--='EAd-Heatin!JSet~ol ntT_=''',------ ---- --~'----I ,ICo~ 1i 09S .. tpol nt"70 7S ao"Fig. IV.8.TWO-POSITION heating/cool ing thermostat operation (with deadband).Entry for the keyword THROTTLING-RANGE is not required when aTWO-POSITION thermostat is specified. IF the system (or zone) does nothave heating capability, entry for keyword HEAT-TEMP-SCH should beomitted. If the system (or zone) does not have cooling capability, entryfor keyword COOL-TEMP-SCH should be omitted.Note that entry of both DESIGN-HEAT-T and DESIGN-COOL-T is required inany case (program wi 11 abort if entry for either is omitted). These twokeywords are shown in the above example, and in those that follow, merelyto illustrate this requirement although they do not provide informationrelated to thermostat simulation. They do provide information for thecalculation of zone supply air flow rate (see Sec. 0.1 of this chapter).Case 2 - TWO-POSITION Heating or Cooling Thermostat Operation withSeasonal ResetThis simulation is exactly as shown for Case 1, except that only onetemperature set point can be active at any given time. To simulate thiscondition, the heating capability of the system serving the zone must beIV.165 (Revised 5/81)
turned off during the cooling season and the cooling capability turned offduring the heating season.Data entry is as shown for Case 1, except that cooling and heating mustbe scheduled by data entry for the appropriate SYSTEM instructionkeywords. An example of the additional schedules and the additionalSYSTEM instruction data entry is shown below. Note that an entry of 1.0indicates the availability of heating (or cooling) and a value of zeroindicates shut-off.H-SCH 3 = SCHEDULEC-SCH3= SCHEDULES-2 = SYSTEMTHRU MAY 15 (ALL)THRU NOV 15 (ALL)THRU DEC 31 (ALL)THRU MAY 15 (ALL)THRU NOV 15 (ALL)THRU DEC 31 (ALL)(1,24)(1,24)(1,24)(1,24)(1,24)(1,24)Keyword = ValueKeyword = ValueHEATING-SCHEDULE = H-SCH3COOLING-SCHEDULE = C-SCH3Keyword = Value(1.0)(O.O)(1.0)(O.O)(1.0)(O.O)An alternative approach to shutting-off heating and cooling during theoff seasons is to prevent simulation of heat addition/extraction byscheduling a very high cooling temperature during the heating season and avery low heating temperature during the cooling season. To do so, theschedules shown for Case 1 would be revised and entered as shown below.H-SCH1 = SCHEDULEC-SCH1 = SCHEDULETHRU MAY 15 (ALL)THRU NOV 15 (ALL)THRU DEC 31 (ALL)THRU MAY 15 (ALL)THRU NOV 15 (ALL)THRU DEC 31 (ALL)(1,24)(1,24)(1,24)(1,24)(1,24)(1,24)(68)(40)(68)(99)(78)(99)Case 3 - TWO-POSITION Heating/Cooling Thermostat Operation (with deadband)and Off-Hour OffsetFigure IV.9 depicts the operation of TWO-POSITION thermostats similarto Case 1, but with off-hour temperature offset added. The followingexample shows the data entry required for this simulation.H-SCH2 = SCHEDULE THRU DEC 31(WD){1,8){60){9,18){68){19,24){60)(WEH){1,24){60)C-SCH2 = SCHEDULE THRU DEC 31(WD){1,8){85){9,18){78){19,24){85)(WEH){1,24){85)IV.166 (Revised 5/81)
SP-2ZONE DESIGN-HEAT-T = 68DESIGN-COOL-T 78HEAT-TEMP-SCH H-SCH2COOL-TEMP-SCH = C-SCH2THERMOSTAT-TYPE = TWO-POSITION___ WORKING PERIOD_____ OfF-fiRtooL-MlOff-HrHe~tlrlgSetpolnt--r----!'- III :II__HeltlnYCOOllng : -.-- 1Zer:o ___ -L----------r-------~'" ____ 1--IIIIAd~~nonII :-",,':;ru--~---.I--- - -----!----ItEAT-MAl I I".Work1ngPeriod 1Ht:"ti~q I$etpolnt"70 75,IWork;nol1I'iodCoolinqSIIpOo"1IsoOff-firC
Input data required for the simulation of this mode of operation is:H-SCH1 = SCHEDULEC-SCH1 = SCHEDULESP-1 = ZONETHRU DEC 31 (ALL)THRU DEC 31 (ALL)(1,24)(68)(1,24)(78)DESIGN-HEAT-T = 68DESIGN-COOL-T = 78HEAT-TEMP-SCH = H-SCHICOOL-TEMP-SCH = C-SCHITHERMOSTAT-TYPE = PROPORTIONALTHROTTLING-RANGE = 4Case 6PROPORTIONAL Heating/Cooling Thermostat Operation (withdeadband) and Off-Hour OffsetThis simulation, shown in Fig. IV.12, is as described for Case 5,except that off-hour temperature setback is provided for both heating andcooling.Input data necessary. for simulation of this mode of operation is:H-SCH2 = SCHEDULE THRU DEC 31(WD)(1,8)(60)(9,18)(68)(19,24)(60)(WEH)(1,24)(60)C-SCH2 = SCHEDULE THRU DEC 31(WD)(1,8)(85)(9,18)(78)(19,24)(85)(WEH)(1,24)(85)SP-2 = ZONE DESIGN-HEAT-T = 68DESIGN-COOL-T = 78HEAT-TEMP-SCH = H-SCH2COOL-TEMP-SCH = C-SCH2THERMOSTAT-TYPE = PROPORTIONALTHROTTLING-RANGE = 4 ..IV.168 (Revised 5/81)
COOl-MA.XiHeat'''''1'''00CoolingSetpol ntHeatl~:;~o()lfng - ----IHeatAdditionI ,HEAT-HAXHeiltingSetpointOeadb~nd----.- THROTTLING-RANG.EI ,IGI60"6570 7SZol'le Temperature'F"85Fig. IV.IO.PROPORTIONAL heating/cooling thermostat operation (with deadband).15CoolingThrottlinRange80· (15PSIG) eoolln9 volivefull open78° actu"l cooling setpoint. 1076° (l1PSIG) Cooling valve closedDead bandi~I'74" THERMOSTAT SETPOINT"o:'ii,,' .. ,...."...""....,,"68° actudl heatlng setpolnt66· (3i>51G) heating Vdlvefull openFig. IV.II.PROPORTIONAL heating/cooling control (with deadband) from singlesetpoint thermostat.IV.169 (Revised 5/81)
___ ~O~KING PERIOD_____ OFF-HRCOOL-1""UIIht~:~bn,...__- _ _,.-Cooling ....s-'/S"PO'"' ,',,''1'/Hei.tl~;i~oolln9 - ---,.----------.,..____.f._________ ~,'---_I 00" ,lIedt I,' HeatingAddition ,~ Setpoint! .,'HEAT-HAl70 75 so asZone Temperat~re ·FFig. IV.12.PROPORTIONAL heating/cooling thermostat operation (with deadband)and off-hour offset.Case 7PROPORTIONAL Heating/Cooling Controlled in Sequence (nodeadband) from Single Setpoint with Seasonal Temperature ResetFigure IV.13 depicts this mode of operation, which differs from thatshown in Case 5 primarily in that there is no deadband. Note that <strong>DOE</strong>-2requires the specification of separate heating and cooling set points,despite the fact that the thermostat installed in this case, has only oneset point. These set points must be separated by exactly oneTHROTTLING-RANGE, to avoid erroneous simulation of a deadband. (Theactual thermostat has a proportional band that is twice the simulatedTHROTTLING-RANGE.) The actual thermostat set point is at the point wherethe heating and cooling throttling ranges meet.IV.170 (Revised 5/81)
DDE-2Coolingc;- SetpointThermo~tatSetpointOOE-2T/':rottlingRange00E-2He6tingSetpoint"70 75 so85Fig. IV.13.PROPORTIONAL heating/cooling controlled in sequence (no deadband)from single setpoint with seasonal temperature reset.System heating and/or cooling capability may be deactivatedseasonally, although both heating and cooling are often available, atleast during the intermediate seasons. The following is an example ofdata input to simulate the thermostat operation shown in Fig. IV.13 for asystem that has cooling equipment shut off in winter and heatingequipment shut-off in summer. The values entered for COOL-TEMP-SCHduring the month that cooling is shut off, and for HEAT-TEMP-SCH duringthe months that heating is shut off, have no significance. Note thatwhen simulating a constant-volume reheat type system, heating is requiredfor temperature control, even in summer, and should not be shut-off.H-SCH6 = SCHEDULE THRU MAY 15 (ALL) (1,24) (67)THRU NOV 15 (ALL) (1,24) (77 )THRU DEC 31 (ALL) (1,24 ) (67)C-SCH6 = SCHEDULE THRU MAY 15 (ALL) (1,24) (69)THRU NOV 15 (ALL) (1,24) (79)THRU DEC 31 (ALL) (1,24 ) (69)IV.lll (Revised 5/81)
H-SCH7 = SCHEDULE THRU JUN 15 (ALL) (1,24) (1. 0)THRU SEP 15 (ALL) (1,24) (0.0)THRU DEC 31 (ALL) (1,24) (1. 0)C-SCH7 SCHEDULE THRU MAY 15 (ALL) (1,24) (0.0)THRU NOV 15 (ALL) (1,24) (1. 0)THRU DEC 31 (ALL) (1,24) (0.0)SP-3 ZONE DESIGN-HEAT-T = 68DESIGN-COOL-T = 78HEAT-TEMP-SCH = H-SCH6COOL-TEMP-SCH = C-SCH6THERMOSTAT-TYPEPROP ORT! ONALTHROTTLING-RANGE = 2SP-4 SYSTEM KeywordKeyword= Value= ValueHEATING-SCHEDULE = H-SCH7COOLING-SCHEDULE = C-SCH7KeywordKeyword= Value= ValueFrom an examination of Fig. IV.l3 and the example input above, itcan be seen that operation in this control mode will require more energythan required for the previously described cases. Not only have theenergy conserving deadband operating periods (when neither heating norcooling is provided) been eliminated, but the system must provide excessheating during cold intermediate season periods that occur after the zonetemperature has been reset upward to reduce cooling load, but before theheating system can be deactivated. This mode of operation is especiallyenergy intensive when used for a constant-volume reheat system, or whensummer humidity control is required because, in those cases, heatingcapability must be maintained throughout the cooling season.For these reasons, retrofit of systems that incorporate this type ofcontrol arrangement generally offers favorable investment potential andsuch retrofit is being implemented, or actively investigated, by manyorganizations and engineers.One, relatively easy to incorporate, method of reducing energy useis to install controls that sense the cooling requirement in each zoneand reset the cooling air supply temperature upward until the warmestzone can be satisfied without the addition of heat. To. simulate thiscontrol strategy, the keyword data entry COOL-CONTROL = WARMEST is addedto the SYSTEM instruction data entry shown in the preceding example.Note however, that summer humidity control, when specified (see keywordMAX-HUMIDITY in SYSTEM-CONTROL subcommand), may override supply airtemperature setback and reduce energy saving benefits.I V.l72 (Revised 5/81)
For multi zone and dual-duct systems, additional energy saving can beaccomplished by resetting hot deck temperature downward until the coldestzone can be satisfied without addition of cooling. To simulate this, thekeyword data entry HEAT-CONTROL; COLDEST is added to the SYSTEMinstructions input.Case 8PROPORTIONAL Heating/Cooling, Controlled in Sequence (nodeadband) from Single Set Point with Seasonal Temperature Resetand Off-Hour Temperature OffsetFigure IV.14 depicts this mode of operation, which is the same asthat for Case 7, except that off-hour temperature offset has been added(generally by a time clock-actuated day/night thermostat arrangement).The input data is the same except that the schedule instructions referencedby HEAT-TEMP-SCH and COOL-TEMP-SCH must be expanded to show offhourtemperature offset. As for Case 7, cooling and heating set pointsmust be separated by exactly one throttling range (2°F) during all timeperiods, to avoid simulating either a deadband that does not exist orreduced proportional band.The following is an example of temperature set point data input forthis case.H-SCHS ; SCHEDULETHRU MAY 15(MON,FRI)(1,S)(59)(9,18)(67)(19,24)(59)(WEH)(1,24)(59)THRU NOV 15(MON,FRI)(1,8)(84)(9,18)(77)(19,24)(84)(WEH)( 1,24) (S4)THRU DEC 31(MON,FRI)(1,8)(59)(9,18)(67)(19,24)(59)(WEH)(1,24)(59) ..6570 75 85Zone TelrlperatureOFFig. IV.14.PROPORTIONAL heating/cooling, controlled in sequence (nodeadband) from single setpoint with seasonal temperaturereset and off-hour temperature offset.IV.173 (Revised 5/81)
C-SCHB ~SP-3 ~ ZONESCHEDULETHRU MAY 15(MON, FRI)(I,B)(61)(9,IB)(69)(19,24)(61)(WEH)(I,24)(61)THRU NOV 15(MON, FRI)(I,B)(B6)(9,IB)(79)(19,24)(B6)(WEH) (1,24)(B6)THRU DEC 31(MON, FRI)(I,B)(61)(9,IB)(69)(19,24)(61)(WEH)(1,24)(61) ..Keyword _ ValueKeyword : ValueHEAT-TEMP-SCH ~ H-SCHB. COOL-TEMP-SCH ~ C-SCHBKeyword _ ValueKeyword : ValueThis control mode, being essentially the same as for Case 7,incorporates the same energy-wasteful features discussed for thatcase. Cooling season temperature offset may actually increase energyuse, and is particularly not recommended for constant-volume reheatsystems.Case 9 Deactivation of Cooling and/or Heating During Off-Hour PeriodShut-off of heating and/or cooling equipment during off-hours maybe specified in lieu of the temperature offset of Cases 3, 4, 6 andB. The normal method of doing this is to schedule fan operation.For example, the following data entry will shut-off all cooling andall heating (except baseboard) during all hours of the year excepttypical office working periods.F-SCHI ~SCHEDULES-2 ~ SYSTEMTHRU DEC 31(MON,FRI)(I,B)(O.O)(9,IB)(1.0)(19,24)(O.O)(WEH)(l,24)(O.O) ..Keyword ~ ValueFAN-SCHEDULE ~ F-SCHIKeyword ~ ValueThe following data entry will simulate off-hour fan shutdownduring the cooling season, but continuous operation during theheating season.F-SCH2 ~ SCHEDULE THRU MAY 15(ALL)(1,24)(1.0)THRU NOV 15(MON,FRI)(l,B)(O.O)(9,IB)(1.0)(19,24)(O.O)(WEH)(1,24)(O.O)THRU DEC 31(ALL)(1,24)(1.0)•IV.174(Revised 5/Bl)
S-3; SYSTEM Keyword ; ValueKeyword ; ValueFAN-SCHEDULEF-SCH2Keyword ; Val ueKeyword ; ValueIf the system fans must operate continuously because ofventilation requirements, or some other reason, but system heatingand/or cooling is deactivated during off-hours, the keywordsHEATING-SCHEDULE and/or COOLING-SCHEDULE can be used to simulate thiscondition. Note, however, that baseboard heating is also turned offwhen heating is deactivated in this manner.Case 10Addition of Baseboard HeatThermostatically controlled or outdoor-reset baseboard heatingmay be added to any of the control schemes described in the previouscases.When thermostatically controlled baseboard heating is specified,by entry of a value for keyword BASEBOARD-RATING and entry of thecode-word THERMOSTATIC for the keyword BASEBOARD-CTRL (both in theZONE instruction), the program simulates control of the baseboardelement in sequence with the system heating component, starting withthe baseboard and turning on the system component only after maximumbaseboard capacity has been reached. Baseboard heating is assumed tobe available whenever heating is available (see keyword HEATINGSCHEDULE in SYSTEM-CONTROL subcommand).When outdoor-reset baseboard heating is specified, by entry of avalue for BASEBOARD-RATING as above, the baseboard output is independentof the zone temperature. A reset schedule that defines therelationship between the hourly baseboard output and the outsidetemperature must be entered. A data entry for the keywordBASEBOARD-SCH is required to reference the reset schedule (seeSYSTEM-CONTROL subcommand).IV.175 (Revised 5/81)
C. SDL INPUT INSTRUCTIONSCaution:Although the Reset Schedule Instructionsare the first SDL instructions to bediscussed, they are not necessarilyappropriate to your system. Chances are,they are not. l! Y~J! are ready to startentering data, you-shoUTO have by nowchosen a SYSTEM=rYPE. Refer-to-rhe-Applicability Table for your SYSTEM-TYPE(Sec. ~ of this Chap:). It wi II tell ~if this instruction, and subsequentTnsTrUCtions are appropriate. Remember:Your Appl1cablTTty Table 1S your guide andit will simplify data entry.1. Reset Schedule Instructionsa. DAY-RESET-SCHb. RESET-SCHEDULEThe function of the reset schedule instruction is to define the relationshipsbetween a system control parameter and the outside air temperature foreach hour of the RUN-PERIOD. The instructions are applicable to controlparameters (such as hot deck temperature, cold deck temperature, and baseboardheating) only when the reset control strategy has been specified.The RESET-SCHEDULE instruction is identical to the SCHEDULE instructiondescribed in Chap. II. The user worksheet for the SCHEDULE instruction may beused for RESET-SCHEDULE with, of course, the proper substitution of commandwords. The LIKE keyword is not applicable to RESET-SCHEDULE, but it is applicableto DAY-RESET-SCH. The DAY-SCHEDULE instruction, however, is differentthan the DAY-RESET-SCH instruction. Rather than entering 24 hourly values, asnormally entered for a DAY-SCHEDULE instruction, four keywords and theirassociated values are entered for the DAY-RESET-SCH.DAY-RESET-SCHSUPPLY-HIinforms the SDL Processor that the data to follow willdefine how a system control parameter is to vary inresponse to changes in outside air temperature. An uniqueuser-defined name must be entered in the U-name field ofeach DAY-RESET-SCH instruction. Omission of this entrywill cause an error.is the upper supply air set-point temperature (or outputratio) corresponding to the user input value for OUTSIDE-LO.When this instruction is specified for the reset of coolingair or heating air temperature, the user input is a temperature.(See keywords HEAT-RESET-SCH and COOL-RESET-SCH inthe SYSTEM-CONTROL subcommand.) Fig. IV.1S illustratesthis application.IV.176(Revised S(81)
SUPPLY-LOOUTSIDE-HIOUTSIDE-LONotes:When this instruction is specified for baseboard heatingthe user input is a heating output ratio. (See keywordBASEBOARD-SCH in the SYSTEM-CONTROL subcommand.) Theheating output is expressed as a decimal fraction of themaximum zone baseboard heating capacity (see keywordBASEBOARD-RATING in the ZONE-CONTROL subcommand).Fig. IV.16 illustrates this application.is the lower supply air set-point temperature (or outputratio) corresponding to the input value for theOUTSIDE-HI. See also the discussion for SUPPLY-HI.is the outside dry-bulb air temperature which correspondsto the input value for SUPPLY-LO (lower supply airset-point temperature).is the outside dry-bulb air temperature which correspondsto the input value for SUPPLY-HI (upper supply airset-point temperature).Note that the value for OUTSIDE-LO must not be the same asor higher than the value for OUTSIDE-HI \the program willabort and give an error message if this occurs).1. An example of a RESET-SCHEDULE is shown in the explanation for the keywordBASEBOARD-SCH (under SYSTEM-CONTROL).2. DAY-RESET-SCH cannot be nested; that is, the following is not permitted:RS-1 = RESET-SCHEDULE THRU DEC 31,(ALL)SUPPLY-HI = 120SUPPLY-LO = 70OUTSIDE-HI 70OUTSIDE-LO 0It should be specified as:DSR-1 = DAY-RESET-SCHSUPPLY-HI 120SUPPLY-LO = 70OUTSIDE-HI = 70OUTSIDE-LO = 0RS1RESET-SCHEDULE THRU DEC 31,(ALL) DSR-1IV.177 (Revised 5/81)
.,u::~... ., 65 SUPPLY-HI'" ...- -0., ...0... '"U::120~°0. .,E 0.~E.>
___ -;-;--_______ =U-nameDAY-RESET-SCH or D-R-SCH(User Worksheet)InputRangeKeyword Abbrev. User Input Desc. Default Mln. Max.LIKE = U-nameSUPPLY-HI S-H of or ratio Note 1 Note 1SUPPLY-LO S-L =OUTSIDE-HI O-H =of or ratio Note 1 Note 1of or ratio -20. 120.OUTSIDE-LO O-L = of or ratio -20. 120.1) This entry may represent two different kinds of physical or numericalquantities (i.e., a temperature or a heating ratio)a depending on wherethe instruction is referenced. If the entry is in F, the range is O. to120.; if the entry is a ratio, the range is O. to 1.IV.179 (Revised 5/81)
2. CURVE-FITThe CURVE-FIT instruction exists both in SDL and PDL. It is describedhere because the first opportunity to use the CURVE-FIT instruction occurshere in the SYSTEMS program.Often it is necessary to specify input data to the program in the form ofa curve, or equation. The term "curve" in this connotation can be a line, aplane, a curve, or a curved surface. The program has built into it certainequipment performance curves, which are stored in the form of equations. Theseare the default performance curves (or equations). Often however, a user willselect, for simulation, a piece of equipment with a performance curve thatvaries from, or does not fit, the default performance curve. It therefore isnecessary to input data to override the default curve and establish a newcurve to suit the user's chosen equipment. This is one of the purposes of theCURVE-FIT command. Another is to provide a method to input data where defaultcurves do not already exist. If the user is satisfied with the default valuesin the program (or is uncertain about the default values at this time) he mayskip over this section and go on to ZONE-AIR. The user should know that thiscapabl lity does eXlst ln the program and that he may return to this section atany future time should it become necessary.The object is to establish new equations in the program. Since mostvendor-supplied equipment information is provided in the form of curves ortabulated data, not equations, the user must assist the program in determiningthe new equation from the available curves and tabulated data. Even if theequation is known (and it is different than the default equation, should oneexist) the user must specify the new equation using the CURVE-FIT instruction.CURVE-FIT is used to specify data points or coefficients so that the programcan determine and use the equation so defined. The particular equationwill then be associated by keyword to a particular packaged unit, piece ofequipment, etc., by the user. Again, this instruction will be used only whena user finds that curve equation coefficient default values in the program areinappropriate for his use.There are two methods of input reflecting the two ways of defining acurve, given the form of the curve (linear, bi-linear, quadratic, bi-quadratic,or cubic). These are (1) by giving a list of up to 20 sets of coordinates ofpoints on the curve, or (2) by giving the coefficients of the equation. Forexample, the following simple linear curve may be defined(1) as linear, with coordinate points of the form (x,z): (0,3)and (10,8); or(2) as linear, with coefficients of the form z = a + bx: a = 3 andb = 0.5, where z = f(x).IV.180 (Revised 5/81)
108Z642Fig. IV.17.00 2 4 6 8 10XDefining a linear curve.The user must specify the form of the new curve. A bi-linear curve maybe pictured as a plane in three dimensions; it has the form z = a + bx + dy,*where the dependent variable, z, depends on two independent variables, x and y,A quadratic equation has the form z = a + bx + cx2, and will be graphed as aparabola. A bi-quadratic equation has the form z = a + bx + cx 2 + dy +cy2 + fxy, and it ma be Plctured as a curved surface. A cubic is of theform z = a + bx + cx 2 + dx and may be graphed as a curve with oneinflection point, a maximum, and a minimum.U-nameCURVE-F ITTYPEis a mandatory entry for this command.informs the SOL or POL processor that the data to follow define aparticular curve. A maximum of 100 CURVE-FIT instructions may beentered in <strong>DOE</strong>-2. If CURVE-FIT is run with DIAGNOSTIC = COMMENTS,an output listing of the curve coefficients, input or calculated,will be printed.specifies the form of the curve, and takes one of the followingcode-words as an input value.LINEAR means that if the data are given with the DATA keywordthey are to be fit to a linear equation in which there is onedependent variable, z, and one independent variable, x. If thedata are given with the COEFFICIENTS keyword, they will betreated as coefficients of the equation. The curve, actually aline, will have the form z = a + bx, where the coefficients are aand b (see Fig. IV.17).BI-LINEAR means that if the data that follow are given with theDATA keyword, they are to be fit to a bi-linear equation, one inwhich there is one dependent variable, z, and there are twoindependent variables, x and y. If the data are given with theCOEFFICIENTS keyword, they will be treated as coefficients of theequation. The curve will have the form z = a + bx + dy,* andgraphically it is represented by a plane. The coefficients area, b, and d.*A bi-linear curve is treated by the program as a bi-quadratic with zerocoefficients on the x 2 , y2, and xy terms, that is z = a + bx + Ox 2 +dy + ·Oy2 + Oxy. If TYPE is defined as bi-linear, therefore, and fourcoefficients are input, the first, second, and fourth coefficients will beused. However, only three coefficients need be input. To indicate this weare using the coefficient "d" on the y term.IV.181 (Revised 5/81)
DATAQUADRATIC means that if the data are given with the DATA keyword,they are to be fit to a quadratic equation with onedependent variable, z, and one independent variable, x, of theform Z = a + bx + cx 2 . If the data are given with theCOEFFICIENTS keyword, they will be treated as coefficients ofthe equation. The curve is represented graphically by aparabola (or half-parabola). The coefficients are a, b, and c.BI-QUADRATIC means that if the data that follow are given withthe DATA keyword, they will be fit to a bi-quadratic equationin which there is one dependent variable, z, and there are twoindependent variables, x and y. If the data are given with theCOEFFICIENTS keyword, they will be treated as coefficients ofthe equation. The curve has the form Z = a + bx + cx2 + dy +ey2 + fxy. It is represented graphically by a curved surface.The coefficients are a through f.CUBIC means that if the data that follow are given with theDATA keyword, they will be fit to a cubic equation in whichthere is one dependent variable, z, and one independentvariable x. If the data are given with the COEFFICIENTSkeyword, they will be treated as coefficients of the equation.The curve has the form Z = a + bx + cx2 + dx 3 and may berepresented graphically by a curve with one inflection point, amaximum, and a minimum. The coefficients are a through d.will be followed by up to 20 sets of values. If TYPE = LINEAR,QUADRATIC, or CUBIC, each set will contain two values in theorder (independent varlable, dependent variable), or (x,z). IfTYPE = BI-LINEAR or BI-QUADRATIC, each set will contain threevalues in the order (independent-varlable-l, independentvariable-2,dependent-variable), or (x,y,z). If TYPE = LINEAR,at least two points (two lists of coordinate values) must beinput. If TYPE = BI-LINEAR or QUADRATIC, at least three points(three lists of values) must be provided. Note that to input aplane, the three points must not all be on the same line. Forexample, (1,1), (3,3), and (6,6) define a line but not a plane;(1,1), (3,3), and (6,4) define a plane. When only threecoordinate sets are input to define a quadratic, the bestaccuracy will be achieved if two of the points (pairs ofcoordinates) lie at either end of the user's range of interest,and the third lies between them, at the approximate maximum orminimum if the curve increases and decreases (see Fig. IV.18).IV.182 (Revised 5/81)
POOR PRACTICE GOOD PRACTICE GOOD PRACTICEFig. IV.18.Defining a quadratic curve.If TYPE = CUBIC, at least four points (four lists of values)must be input. If TYPE = BI-QUADRATIC, at least six points(six lists of values) must be input. To define- a bi-quadratic,the six points (six sets of three coordinates) must not all bein the same plane. If data points are input that, whengraphed, form two orthogonal (perpendicular) lines, the programwill incorrectly calculate the curve coefficients. This isbecause orthogonal lines determine a plane, and the user'scurve may not be planar. Also, as interpolation will be moreaccurate than extrapolation, the user should, if possible,input points that "bound" his area of interest (see figurebelow).Note that the first point entered is considered the design datapOint and shouTOlDe the most accurately known (e.g., either theARI point or that point in which the user has the highestconfidence). The program will force the curve to go throughthe first data point.AREA OF INTERESTAREA OF INTERESTAREA OF INTERESTPOOR PRACTICE POOR PRACTICE GOOD PRACTICEFig. IV.19.Defining a bi-quadratic curve.IV.183 (Revised 5/81)
COEFFICIENTSAll curves will be fit by a least-squares approximation. Ifnot enough points are input for the curve TYPE, it is an ERROR.takes, for its values, a list of the coefficients describedunder TYPE. If more coefficients are specified in the listthan are required for a given type of curve, the programaccepts the correct number of coefficients, starting from theleft side of the list, and ignores the rest. If fewer arespecified than required, the coefficients are taken from leftto right and the missing ones default to zero.The following examples show how data might be taken from manufacturer'sspecifications for each of these methods of input.Example 1A user's packaged heating-cooling system (PZS) shows cooling capacity datasignificantly different from that used in the <strong>DOE</strong>-2 model. The manufacturerlists the following data for cooling capacity of his unit at 2000 cfm, thedesign air flow rate.Outside Entering Wet-Bulb TemperatureDry-BulbTemperature 72 67* 62Cooling Capacity (kBtuh)85 69 65 6095* 68 63* 57105 65 60 53115 62 55 49*ARI point (Air-Conditioning and Refrigeration Institute) .Because the user has two independent variables (entering wet-bulb andoutside dry-bulb) and the dependent variable, cooling capacity, he will inputa bi-quadratic curve using the given data points. His input will be asfollows. Note that the third variable, cooling capacity, is not actually acooling capacity but rather it is a ratio of two cooling capacities, thecooling capacity at operating conditions divided by the cooling capacity atARI conditions. The ratio should equal 1.0 at the ARI point. Thus, in thiscase, all cooling capacity values have been divided through by the ARI value,63. Throughout this manual this is the process referred to as "normalizing".IV.184 (Revised 5/81)
INPUT SYSTEMSCOOL-CAP-CURVE = CURVE-FITTYPE = BI-QUADRATICDATA = (67, 95, 1.0) MRI POINT$(72, 95, 1.079)(62, 95, 0.905)(72, 105, 1.032)(67,105,0.952)(62, 105, 0.841)(72, 115, 0.984)(67, 115, 0.873)(62, 115, 0.778)(72, 85, 1.095)(67, 85, 1.032)(62, 85, 0.952)PACKAGED-SYS = SYSTEM-EQUIPMENTCOOLING-CAPACITY = 150000COOL-CAP-FT = COOL-CAP-CURVEExample 2:END ..Figure IV.20 is a sample output of the program when DIAGNOSTIC = COMMENTS.Specification of CoefficientsIn Table V.6 of the PLANT Chapter, the user finds that the default coefficientsfor the curve that expresses the exhaust heat of a gas turbine, as afunction of ambient air temperature, (GTURB-EXH-FT), are 0.018226, 0.000029,and 0.0. The user's manufacturer's data indicate that for the turbine he ismodeling, it would be more accurate to change the first coefficient to0.022105. As the third coefficient is zero, the curve may be represented inthe form z = a + bx. The input might look like:INPUT PLANTG-EXH-H = CURVE-FITTYPE = LINEARCOEFFICIENTS = (0.022105, 0.000029)EQUIPMENT-QUADGTURB-EXH-FT = G-EXH-HENDIV.185 (Revised 5/81)
~COEFFICIENT(--'2 COOL-~AP-CURVE = CURVE-FIT3 TYPE = BI-QUADRATIC4 DATA = (67, 95, 1. 0) $ARI POINT5 (72, 95, 1.079)6 (62, 95, 0.905)7 (72 , 105, 1.032)8 (67, 105, 0.952)9 (62, 105, 0.841)10 (72 , 115, 0.984)11 (67, 115,0.873)12 (62, 115, 0.778)13 (72, 85, 1.095)14 (67,85, 1.032)* 15 * (62, 85, 0.952)COEFFICIENT( 1) -.66252739COEFFICIENT( 2) = .04085961COEFFICIENT( 3) = -.00032544COEFFICIENT( 4) = -.00154320COEFFICIENT( 5) = -.000086296) = .0002060000INPUT CALCenINDEPENDENT INDEPENDENT DEPENDENT DEPENDENT DIFFERENCE PRCNT DIFF67.000 95.000 1 .00072.000 95.000 1.079 1.076 .003 .28662.000 95.000 .905 .908 -.003 .30172.000 105.000 1 .032 1.036 -.004 .41067.000 105.000 .952 .950 .002 .21362.000 105.000 .841 .847 -.006 .76572.000 115.000 .984 .979 .005 .479::067.000 115.000 .873 .883 -.010 1. 114ro< 62.000 115.000 .778 .770 .008 1.042'" ro72.000 85.000 1.095 1 . 098 -.003 .305"- 67.000 85.000 1. 032 1.033 -.001 .0660162.000 85.000 .952 . 951 .001 . 131-00>--'ROOT MEAN SQUARE DIFFERENCE = .005* 16 ** 17 * END ..Fig. IV.20.Example output of CURVE-FIT with input data points.
__ ---;-;---:;:-,=~-- ; CURVE-F IT or C-FU-name*(User Worksheet)KeywordTYPEDATA----------------)COEFFICIENTS COEF ;( ) list of **,----------- coefficients(a,b, etc.)* Mandatory entry, if CURVE-FIT is specified.**Alternative entries; the one used depends on form of input.IV.187 (Revised 5/81)
3. ZONE-AIRThe function of the ZONE-AIR instruction is to provide information on theflow of air into and out of each zone (supply air, exhaust air, and outsideair). A number of ZONE-AIR instructions may be required to account forvariations in zone size and/or usage or for parametric runs.ZONE-AIR is a "subcommand" of ZONE and, as such, can be used to input asubset of data to ZONE.An alternative mode for data entry is to complete and enter ZONE-AIRkeywords and their values directly into the ZONE command (if this approach ischosen, omit the ZONE-AIR keyword in ZONE).All air quantities should be input as sea level (standard) values becausethe program makes a correction for altitude. Input of air quantitiescorrected for altitude above sea level will result in a double correction.There are four different methods of determining supply air flow rate toeach zone. Three of the four methods are by specifying input data(ASSIGNED-CFM, AIR-CHANGES/HR, or CFM/SQFT) and the fourth method is bydefault (specifying no data), which allows the program to calculate the zonesupply air flow rate based on peak heating/cooling load and temperaturedifferential.This large amount of program flexibility often leads to rather confusingsituations. As an example, there are certain circumstances under which theuser will specify data for AIR-CHANGES/HR or CFM/SQFT only to find that theprogram reports back a different value. This can be explained as follows.Normally, the program will calculate HEATING-CAPACITY and COOLING-CAPACITY,but it is possible for the user to specify these values. If the user choosesto specify HEATING-CAPACITY and/or COOLING-CAPACITY, the program more thanlikely will be faced with conflicting data.For information on how the program adjusts user-specified values tomaintain balanced equations, see Sec. D of the chapter.ZONE-AIRASSIGNED-CFMinforms the SDL Processor that the data to follow are relatedto zone air flow (supply air, exhaust air, and outside air).A unique user-defined name must be entered in the U-namefield of each ZONE-AIR instruction. Omission of this entryin the "subcommand" will cause an error.specifies (in standard cfm) the design supply air flow ratefor the zone. Two other keywords AIR-CHANGES/HR and CFM/SQFThave been provided as alternative methods of assigning thisdesign parameter; however, any entry for ASSIGNED-CFM willtake precedence and be used by the program. If data entry ismade for both AIR-CHANGES/HR and CFM/SQFT, the program willcalculate a flow rate based on each and use the largervalue. If data entry is omitted for all these keywords, theprogram will calculate design flow rate based on peakheating/cooling loads calculated by the LOADS program and theI V.188 (Revised 5/81)
AIR-CHANGES/HRCFM/SQFTRATED-CFMtemperature differential between design supply and zoneconditions. The flow rates so calculated do not account forinterzone heat transfer unless explicitly requested. For amore detailed discussion see Sec. D of this chapter.Note that if the user wishes to input design air flow ratesand not have the program convert them to sea-level rates, theALTITUDE keyword in the BUILDING-LOCATION command in LOADSshould be set to zero.is the design supply air flow rate that is to be given to thezone. It is expressed in terms of the number of times perhour that this flow rate would replace the total volume ofair in the zone. For a discussion of alternative ways tospecify zone air flow rates, see ASSIGNED~CFM.is the design supply air flow rate that is to be given to thezone. It is expressed as the ratio of the design supply airflow rate (in standard, or sea level, cfm) to the total floorarea of the zone. For a discussion of alternative ways tospecify zone air flow rates, see ASSIGNED-CFM.is the nominal capacity of the supply air fan in this zone,as specified by the fan manufacturer. This keyword and itsassoclated value are lnput by the user if he has chosen asupply fan, from the manufacturers' literature, that will beforced to operate above or below its rated capacity to meetthe flow rate of ASSIGNED-CFM (or the flow rate calculated bythe program). The rating is in cfm at standard (sea level)conditions.This over- or under-sized fan may affect other equipment inthe system; therefore, the user should see alsoRATED-HCAP-FCFM, RATED-HEIR-FCFM, RATED-CCAP-FCFM,RATED-CEIR-FCFM, and RATED-SH-FCFM in SYSTEM-EQUIPMENT.Note: Only "zonal" systems (UHT, UVT, TPFC, FPFC, TPIU,FPIU, HP, and PTAC) have a supply air fan in the zone. Forall the central systems the data entry for RATED-CFM, ifnecessary, is input under the SYSTEM-AIR subcommand. If novalue is specified here for "zonal" systems and a value isspecified in SYSTEM-AIR, that value will be used by all zones.Note: The following three keywords are associated with outside ventilationair. Although the specified quantities may be modified by the program for thesake of consistency, the flow of outside ventilation air is an uninterruptedflow as long as the fans are operating.The outside ventilation air quantity is not determined by the design spaceheating or cooling demands (except when an economizer is specified).OUTSIDE-AIR-CFMspecifies the minimum flow rate of outside air (in standard,or sea level, cfm) for the zone. Alternatively, orI V.189 (Revised 5/81)
OA-CHANGESOA-CFM/PEREXHAUST-CFMEXHAUST-STATICEXHAUST-EFFadditionally, outside air flow rate may be specified by dataentry for the keywords OA-CFM/PER and OA-CHANGES in thissubcommand, or for the keyword MIN-OUTSIDE-AIR in theSYSTEM-AIR subcommand. The program will calculate outsideair flow rate based on each entry and use the larger value,except that any data entry made for the keywordOUTSIDE-AIR-CFM will override the other entries and will beused by the program. Also, the specification of outsideventilation air at the zone level takes precedence over thespecification of outside ventilation air at the systemlevel. For additional dlscussion see Sec. D of this chapter.is the minimum flow rate of outside air for the zone. It isexpressed in terms of the number of times per hour that thisflow rate would replace the total volume of air in the zone.For a discussion of alternative ways to specify outside airflow rate, see keyword OUTSIDE-AIR-CFM.is the minimum flow rate of outside air (in standard, or sealevel, cfm) per zone occupant at peak occupancy. For adiscussion of alternative ways to specify outside air flowrate, see the keyword OUTSIDE-AIR-CFM.is the flow rate (in standard, or sea level, cfm) of directexhaust from the zone. This data entry can be omitted ifthere is no exhaust from the zone, or if there is onlycentral exhaust by way of the system ·return. Note that theSYSTEMS program does not simulate heat recovery from zoneexhaust, but only from central exhaust. Therefore, if heatis to be recovered, zone exhaust should not be entered butrather allowed to default to the central system. Return fanstatic should be adjusted, on a weighted average basis, toreflect zone exhaust fan conditions.(Note: The program will not allow MIN-OUTSIDE-AIR to be lessthan the sum of EXHAUST-CFMs for all zones divided by the sumof supply cfm's for all zones. That is, MIN-OUTSIDE-AIR willnot restrict the operation of exhaust fans.)is the total pressure produced by the exhaust fan serving thezone (for additional discussion see keyword SUPPLY-EFF in theSYSTEM-FANS subcommand). This data entry is applicable onlyif a data entry is made for the keyword EXHAUST-CFM.is the combined efficiency of the zone exhaust fan and motorat design conditions (for additional discussion see keywordSUPPLY-EFF in the SYSTEM-FANS subcommand). This data entryis applicable only if a data entry is made for the keywordEXHAUST-CFM. The program calculates exhaust fan horsepoweron the basis of the value of this data entry and the entriesfor the keywords EXHAUST-CFM and EXHAUST-STATIC.IV.190 (Revised 5/81)
The exhaust fan is assumed to be constant flow (not greaterthan the supply air flow rate) and to operate only when thesystem supply and return fans operate (see the keywordFAN-SCHEDULE in the SYSTEM-FANS instruction).EXHAUST-KWis an alternative to using EXHAUST-STATIC and EXHAUST-EFF.It provides information about the electrical energyconsumption of the exhaust fan in this zone. It is expressedin kW consumed by the fan per cfm of exhaust.IV.191 (Revised 5/81)
U-name= ZONE-AIR or Z-A (User Worksheet)InputRangeKeyword Abbrev. User Input Desc. Default Min. Max.LIKE = U-nameASSIGNED-CFM A-CFM = cfm Note 1 O. l.x1D8AIR-CHANGES/HR A-C/HR = number/ hr Note 1 O. 10.CFM/SQFT = cfm/ft2 Note 1 O. 5.RATED-CFM R-CFM = cfm O. l.x108OUTSIDE-AIR-CFM O-A-CFM = cfm Note 2 O. l.x108OA-CHANGES O-C = number/ hr Note 2 O. 10.OA-CFM/PER O-CFM/P = cfm/person Note 2 O. 60.EXHAUST-CFM E-CFM = cfm Note 3 O. l.x108EXHAUST-STATIC E-S = inches W.G. Note 3 O. 10.EXHAUST -EFF E-E fraction 0.75 0.1 l.(Note 3)EXHAUST-KW E-KW = kW/cfm O. .011) If no data entry is made for this keyword (or alternative keywords), theprogram will calculate zone supply air flow rate on the basis of heating/cooling loads, supply air to space temperature differential, and a sizingfactor.For additional discussion see Sec. 0.1 of this chapter.2) If no data entry is made for this keyword (or alternative keywords), theprogram will determine minimum outside air flow rate from the data entrymade for keyword MIN-OUTSIDE-AIR (see SYSTEM-AIR subcommand). If no dataentry is made in either ZONE-AIR or SYSTEM-AIR, outside air flow is assumedto be zero. For additional discussion see Sec. 0.1 of this chapter.3) Use either EXHAUST-STATIC and EXHAUST-EFF or EXHAUST-KW. There are nodefault for EXHAUST-CFM, EXHAUST-STATIC, ANU EXHAUST-KW.I V .192 (Revised 5/81)
4. ZONE-CONTROLThe function of the ZONE-CONTROL instruction is to provide information onzone temperature control characteristics such as set point, type of thermostat,and throttling range. A number of ZONE-CONTROL instructions may be entered toaccount for zone-to-zone variations in these characteristics and/or to permitcomparison studies.ZONE-CONTROL is a "subcommand" of ZONE and, as such, can be used to input·a subset of data to ZONE.An alternative mode for data entry is to complete and enter ZONE-CONTROLkeywords and their values directly into the ZONE command (if this approach ischosen, omit the ZONE-CONTROL keyword in ZONE).ZONE-CONTROLDESIGN-HEAT-Tinforms the SDL Processor that the data to follow are related·to control of zone temperature. A unique user-defined namemust be entered in the U-name field of each ZONE-CONTROLinstruction. ()nission of this entry in the "subcommand" willcause an error.specifies the space temperature that the program uses tocalculate the supply air flow rate required to meet peak (ordesign day) heating loads for the zone.See Sec. D of this chapter for discussion related to this andother system design calculations.Note that a DESIGN-HEAT-T must be specified for all ZONE-TYPE =CONDITIONED. -- --DESIGN-HEAT-T may also be specified for ZONE-TYPE = UNCONDITIONEDor PLENUM (in tnTs case, a value should be specified that isthe user's predicted temperature in this zone at the time ofpeak heating in adjacent zones, that~ those surroundingzones that share a common interior wall). If ZONE-TYPE =UNCONDITIONED or PLENUM and no value is specified forDESIGN-HEAT-T, it will default to the value for TEMPERATURE(see SPACE-CONDITIONS in LOADS).HEAT-TEMP-SCHis the U-name of the SCHEDULE instruction that specifies theset point of the zone heating thermostat. If no data entry ismade, the program will assume that the zone has nozone-activated heating control.See Chap. II for information on the SCHEDULE instruction. However,note that, in this case, the input for the DAY-SCHEDULEinstruction should be hourly room temperature.For additional discussion pertinent to the use of this keywordTOr slmuJatlon of zone thermostatlc contrOl-see:)ec:-B.6 ofthis chapter. - -- - -----The following is an example of data entry for the keywordHEAT-TEMP-SCH and the associated SCHEDULE instructions.IV.193 (Revised 5/81)
HEAT-SCHED = SCHEDULE THRU DEC 31(MON, FRI)(1,8)(55)(9,18)(69)(19,24)(55)(WEH)(1,24)(55)DESIGN-COOL-TCOOL-TEMP-SCHBASEBOARD-CTRLSP-1 = ZONEKeyword = Val ueHEAT-TEMP-SCH = HEAT-SCHEDKeyword = Val ueKeyword = Value .•The hypothetical schedule above depicts the heating setpoint of a single thermostat that is reset for off-hours ormultiple thermostats with fixed set points that areswitched-in at the indicated times. For a more detaileddescription of thermostat simulation see the followingdiscussion for thermostat type and Sec. B.6 of this chapter.specifies the space temperature that the program uses tocalculate the supply air flow rate required to meet peak(or design day) cooling loads for the zone.Note that a value for DESIGN-COOL-T must be specified forall ZONE-TYPE = CONDITIONED.DESIGN-COOL-T may also be specified for ZONE-TYPE =UNCONDITIONED or PLENUM (in this case, a value should bespecified that is the user's predicted temperature in thiszone at the time of peak cooling in adjacent zones, thar-is, those surrounding zones that share a common interiorwall). If ZONE-TYPE = UNCONDITIONED or PLENUM and no valueis specified for DESIGN-COOL-T, it will default to thevalue for TEMPERATURE (see SPACE-CONDITIONS in LOADS).is the U-name of the SCHEDULE instruction that specifiesthe set point of the zone cooling thermostat. If no dataentry is made, the program will assume that the zone has nozone-activated cooling control.The example given for the keyword HEAT-TEMP-SCH alsoapplies to this keyword, if the temperatures indicated areincreased to be more representative of summer conditions.For additional discussion pertinent to the use of thisKeYword for simulation of zone thermostatTc-COntro,-seeSec. B.6Of thlS chapter.--- --Input for this keyword is the code-word that specifies themethod used for controlling the output of the baseboardheating element in the zone. See Table IV.30 for theapplicable code-words.IV.194 (Revised 5/81)
Code WordTHERMOSTATICTABLE IV.30BASEBOARD-CTRLTemperature control of the baseboard element is by athermostat located within the zone.OUTDOOR-RESET Temperature control of the baseboard element is by athermostat located outside the building.If code-word THERMOSTATIC is entered, the program willassume that the baseboard element adds heat as required,up to the maximum capacity of the element, to maintainzone temperature within the heating throttling range.The baseboards are sequenced on first in response to adrop in space temperature.If no entry is made for this keyword (default), or if thecode-word OUTDOOR-RESET is entered, the program assumesthat baseboard heating output varies linearly with thetemperature of the outdoor air (i.e., circulating fluidtemperature is referenced to outside air temperature).The linear function and the operating period arespecified by keyword BASEBOARD-SCH (see SYSTEM-CONTROLsubcommand) .THERMOSTAT-TYPEInput for this keyword is the code-word that identifiesthe type of thermostat action to be simulated. See TableIV.31 for the code-words and a brief description of thetype of thermostat each represents. Note that theprogram will assume the same type of thermostat actionfor both cooling and heating.TABLE IV. 31Code-WordPROPORTIONALTWO-POS ITI ONTHERMOSTAT-TYPEThermostat throttles heat addition rate (or heatextraction rate) in linear proportion to thedifference between zone set point temperature andactual zone temperature. The proportional bandis input by the user (see keywordTHROTTLING-RANGE). PROPORTIONAL is the default.On-off type thermostat simulated as a very narrowfixed throttling range around each set point.This code-word is normally not used for hot andchilled water system controls.IV.195 (Revi sed 5/81)
REVERSE-ACTIONTABLE IV.31 (Cont.)In variable air volume systems it allows the air flowrate to go above the design minimum cfm for heating,as defined by MIN-CFM-RATIO. Otherwise, the effect isthe same as for PROPORTIONAL.For additional discussion pertinent to the use of thiskeYWord for simulation of zone thermostatTc-COntro~eSec. 8.6 of thlS chapter:--- --THROTTLING-RANGEspecifies the number of degrees that room temperature mustchange to go from full heating to zero heating and/or fromfull cooling to zero cooling. Zone temperature set point isassumed to be at the midpoint of the throttling range. Thiskeyword is appropriate to PROPORTIONAL and REVERSE-ACTIONthermostats only.THROTTLING-RANGE is also used by the program in determiningthe number of hours that each zone is either undercooled orunderheated (see Systems Report SS-F). If the zone temperatureis more than one THROTTLING-RANGE above the coolingset point, the zone for that hour is considered to be undercooled.Likewise, if the zone temperature is more than oneTHROTTLING-RANGE below the heating set point, the zone forthat hour is considered to be underheated.For additional discussion pertinent to the use of thisKeYword for slmuJatlon of zone thermostatTc-COntro~eSec. B.6 of this chapter:--- --IV.196 (Revi sed 5/81)
U-name= ZONE-CONTROL or Z-C (User Worksheet)InputRangeKeyword Abbrev. User Input Desc. Default Min. Max.LIKE = U-nameDESIGN-HEAT-T D-H-T =of Note 1 O. 80.HEAT-TEMP-SCH H-T-SCH = U-name Note 2DESIGN-COOL-T D-C-T of Note 1 O. 90.COOL-TEMP-SCH C-T-SCH = U-name Note 3BASEBOARD-CTRL B-C = code-word OUTDOOR-RESETTHERMOSTAT-TYPE T-TYPE code-word Note 4THROTTLING-RANGE T-R =of Note 5 0.1 10.1) This is a required data entry for ZONE-TYPE = CONDITIONED (see ZONEcommand). This is an optional entry for ZONE-TYPE = UNCONDITIONED or PLENUM(in this case, the default will be the value for TEMPERATURE inSPACE-CONDITIONS in the LOADS program).2) A data entry for this keyword (and for the referenced SCHEDULE instruction)is required if the zone is to be heated. WARNING: If this data entry isomitted the program will run, but NO HEATING WILL BE PROVIDED FOR THE ZONE.3) A data entry for this keyword (and for the referenced SCHEDULE instruction)is required if the zone is to be cooled. WARNING: If this data entry isomitted the program will run, but NO COOLING WILL BE PROVIDED FOR THE ZONE.4) If no data entry is made for this keyword, the program will assume aproportional thermostat (code-word ~ROPORTIONAL), except code-wordTWO-POSITION is required for correct simulation of the PTAC and HP systems.,5) 2°F for PROPORTIONAL and REVERSE-ACTION thermostats and .5°F forTWO-POSITION thermostats.IV.197 (Revised 5/81)
5. ZONEThe ZONE instruction is used to specify information on those secondaryHVAC distribution system characteristics specific to a thermal zone. Thisincludes air flow rate (supply air, exhaust air, and outside air), spacetemperature set point, thermostat characteristics, and maximum heating and/orcooling capacity. All zones that are to be simulated must also be specifiedin a SYSTEM command. This includes unconditioned and plenum type zones.The ZONE subcommands (ZONE-AIR and ZONE-CONTROL) are each groups of datathat are related by subject or category or information. The information isneeded to supplement that provided in the ZONE instruction, but the organizationinto subgroups is for user convenience only. Once an instruction islabeled and data are entered for the applicable keywords, it can be referencedto any number of different zones, thus reducing data input effort. At hisdiscretion, the user can input one or more of the ZONE subcommands or alternativelyselect the applicable keywords from these instructions and make adata entry for each with the ZONE instruction.A separate ZONE instruction is required for each zone (includingunconditioned and plenum zones). Note that there must be a one-to-onematch-up between the zones specified here and the spaces specified in theLOADS program. That is, for each SPACE instruction in LOADS there will be aZONE instruction here to represent a physically identical portion of thebuilding.'ZONEZONE-TYPEinforms the SOL Processor that the data to follow are relatedto specific thermal zone characteristics. A unique userdefinedname must be entered in the U-name field of the ZONEinstruction. Omission of this entry will cause an error.Once again note that a zone, as specified here, must bephysically identical to the area of the building specified byone of the SPACE instructions in the LOADS program (see Chap.III). The U-name for this data entry must, therefore, matchthe U-name entered for the corresponding SPACE instruction.Input for this keyword is the code-word, from Table IV.32,that identifies the zone as a conditioned space (defaultvalue), an unconditioned space, or a plenum.Note: Since PLENUM is an acceptable code-word for ZONE-TYPE,a plenum is a zone and may have any characteristic of a zone,includingwindows, people, infiltration, etc. (but notelectrical equipment). This opens the possibility of usingthe code-word PLENUM to describe an atrium, a greenhouse, orsun porch. Return air may pass through this zone where itpicks up solar preheating before being linked to the inlet ofthe air handling unit. Hallways, attics, and crawl spacesmay also be specified as PLENUMs ••I V.198 (Revised 5/81)
TABLE IV.32Code-WordCONDITIONEDUNCONDITIONEDPLENUMZONE-TYPEThe zone is heated and/or cooled, depending on thetype of system selected.This zone is neither heated nor cooled, but is locatedadjacent to one or more of the conditioned zonesassigned to this system (false ceiling spaces not usedas return air plenums are in this category).The zone is a space used as a plenum for return air.All electrical loads are ignored. Heat to the plenumfrom other spaces is added into this zone during t~esimulation. An above-ceiling space with return airpassing through internal air ducts does not qualify asa PLENUM. Zonal systems (UHT, UVT, TPIU, FPIU, TPFC,FPFC, HP, and PTAC) do not allow plenums.ZONE-AIRZONE-CONTROLMULTIPLIERMAX-HEAT-RATEis a U-name previously assigned under the subcommandZONE-AIR. The specified U-name matches the correct"ZONE-AIR" to each "ZONE". No data entry here will resultin default to the values specified under the subcommandZONE-AIR.An alternative mode for data entry is to complete and enterZONE-AIR keywords directly into ZONE (if this approach ischosen, omit the ZONE-AIR instruction here in ZONE.)The preceding discussion of the keyword ZONE-AIR appliesequally to this keyword when the keyword names arei nterch anged.is the number of zones in the facility that are identical tosome speci f i ed zone, and are to be ass i gn ed to the samesystem (i.e., rather than describing 10 similar thermalzones, a multiplier of 10 can be used on a single zone).This data entry is used only when the facility has a numberof identical rooms or spaces and; to simplify LOADS Programinput, all of them have been speci fied with a- s ingl e SPACEinstruction, by use of the analogous keyword MULTIPLIER (seeSPACE instruction Chap. III). The value entered here shouldmatch the value entered for MULTIPLIER in the SPACEinstruction.Warning: MULTIPLIER must be used with care for ZONEs thathave INTERIOR-WALLs in common (see SPACE instruction,Chap. III). .is the maximum net heat addition rate from the air systemfor the zone. MAX-HEAT-RATE does not include the baseboardIV.199 (Revised 5/81)
MAX-COOL-RATEBASEBOARD-RATINGPANEL-LOSS-RATIOMIN-CFM-RATIOheat addition rate. If and when MAX-HEAT-RATE is used, itwill override capacity calculations based on peak (or designday) loads (calculated by the LOADS program). Note thatthe input value for MAX-HEAT-RATE is a negative number. Ifthe minus sign is omitted an ERROR will occur. See Sec. Dof this chapter for additional discussion.Note that the keyword MAX-HEAT-RATE can be used to suppressthe heating capability of any given zone, should this bedesired. To do so, the user enters a finite, but very lowvalue for the keyword (e.g., -1). Zone air flow will thenbe calculated on the basis of cooling only, rather than onthe larger of the cooling and heating requirements.is the maximum net heat extraction rate of the air systemfor the zone. If and when this data entry is used, it willoverride capacity calculations based on peak (or designday) loads (calculated by the LOADS program). See Sec. Dof this chapter for additional discussion.iNote that the keyword MAX-COOL-RATE can be used to suppressthe cooling capability of any given zone, in the mannerdescribed above for MAX-HEAT-RATE.is the baseboard heating element capacity for the zone.See Sec. D of this chapter for discussion related to zoneheating capacity. The input for this keyword should be anegative number.is the heat loss from the floor heating panel in the zone,expressed as a decimal fraction of the energy added to thezone by the panel. Panel losses are the heat transferredfrom the underside of floor panels, the upper side ofceiling panels, and the edges of any panel. The user isrequired to calculate or estimate this ratio, which theprogram assumes to remain constant over the full range ofpanel heating output. This keyword applies only to zonesequipped with panel heating elements.is the minimum allowable zone air supply flow rate,expressed as a decimal fraction of design flow rate. Thekeyword MIN-CFM-RATIO is applicable to variable-volume typesystems only. (This keyword appears also under theSYSTEM-TERMINAL command. There it is a "system level"keyword and it applies to all zones in the system; here itis a "zone level" keyword and appl ies only to this zone.This capability allows different MIN-CFM-RATIOs for eachzone). If the sum of all zones' MIN-CFM-RATIOs times thedesign flow rate equals a value less than the specifiedoutside air flow rate, there is implied 100 per centoutside air operation at, and possibly above, the zoneMIN-CFM-RATIO. If THERMOSTAT-TYPE = REVERSE-ACTION is notspecified, zone MIN-CFM-RATIO is also the flow ratefraction in the heating mode.IV.200 (Revised 5/81)
Warning: When simulating a variable air volume system, thevalue of the THROTTLING-RANGE should be at least 4 degreesto insure stability of operation. This is especially truewhen a COLDEST or WARMEST control option in HEAT-CONTROL orCOOL-CONTROL is also used.The following three keywords are appropriate to the "zonal systems" (UHT,UVT, TPFC, FPFC, TPIU, FPIU, HP, and PTAC) only. Normally these keywordsappear at the system level but for zonal systems they appear also at the zonelevel. If no data are input for these three keywords, the program willcalculate their values, at ARI* conditions. At non-ARI conditions the programwill automatically use the default performance curves to adjust their calculatedvalues, unless,the user specifies his own performance curves (seeSYSTEM-EQUIPMENT).HEATING-CAPACITYis the total capacity of the zonal heating system (for HPand PTAC this HEATING-CAPACITY is at ARI ratedconditions). Note that the input value is a negativevalue. If the minus sign is omitted, an ERROR will occur.The program-desiqned HEATING-CAPACITY does not include fanpower and heat if specified separately (see COOLING-CAPJICITY).COOLING-CAPACITYCOOL-SH-CAPis the total cooling capacity (at ARI rated conditions) ofeither the zonal cooling coil or the zonal cooling system,depending upon which the user is attempting to specify.Note: When specifying COOLING-CAPACITY for packaged OXcooling units with draw-through fans, SUPPLY-EFF andSUPPLY-STATIC (see SYSTEM-FANS subcommand) should beomitted and SUPPLY-OELTA-T should be set equal to zero ifthe COOLING~CAPACITY being defined includes cooling of thefan motor. Otherwise, double accounting for supply fanmotor heat will be experienced. For better latentsimulation, the SUPPLY-OELTA-T should be specified and theCOOLING-CAPACITY adjus ted to descr ibe the un it -wi thout thefan. The program-designed COOLING-CAPACITY (for OXsystems) is at ARI rated conditions and fan power and heatare not included.is the sensible heat removal capacity of the zonal aircooling device at ARI rated conditions. At non-ARI ratedconditions, the value will be corrected for enteringwet-bulb temperature and outdoor dry-bulb temperature (orentering water temperature for HP). Note: The sensiblecapacity is always less than or equal to the total capacity.* Air-Conditioning and Refrigeration Institute.IV.201 (Revised 5/81)
'.Warning: The following keyword is not to be confused with a keyword bythe same name in the SYSTEM command. T~two are related, but not the same.SIZING-OPTIONInput for this keyword is a code-word that indicates if theuser wishes the program to adjust the system equipment sizeto account for certain temperature differences in LOADS andSYSTEMS:(1) If the constant space temperature specified in LOADS(see keyword TEMPERATURE in the SPACE-CONDITIONSsubcommand) is between the zone DESIGN-HEAT-T andDESIGN-COOL-T (in the ZONE-CONTROL subcommand inSYSTEMS), the peak loads will be overestimated forcooling and heating. Consequently, the calculated airflow rate for the zone will not exactly correspond tothe actual air flow rate necessary to meet the heataddition rate or heat extraction rate at the peaks.(2) In the LOADS program, unconditioned spaces and plenumsare assumed to be at constant temperature. In fact,the temperature is not constant because thetemperature of an unconditioned zone is allowed tofloat and the temperature in a plenum is determined bythe blend of return air temperatures and flow rates.As a result, there is no contribution to the peakloads of conditioned zones from interzone hea-t--transfer with adjacent unconditioned zones.To account for these two effects or not, the user mayspecify a code-word from Table IV.32.l. This assumes thatthe user does not specify the equipment size but ratherallows automatic equipment sizing by the program.Code-WordFROM-LOADSADJUST-LOADSTABLE IV.3<strong>2.1</strong>SIZING-OPTIONThe automatic sizing of equipment to heat or cool thiszone will not consider the two previously listedeffects. ThlS is the default value.The automatic sizing of equipment to heat and coolthis zone will consider the two previously listedeffects. An adjustment will be made to the peakheating and cooling loads to account for a differencebetween the value specified for TEMPERATURE (in LOADS)and DESIGN-HEAT-T and DESIGN-COOL-T (in SYSTEMS).Also, a steady-state adjustment will be made toaccount for thermal conduction through interior andexterior walls. Note that DESIGN-HEAT-T andDESIGN-COOL-T should also be specified for unconditionedand plenum zones. Infiltrationloads will also be adjusted.(Revised 5/81)IV.201.1
Note: This keyword should normally be specified for each zone (explicitlyor through a LIKE keyword) to get a more accurate air flow rate for the zone.Optionally, SIZING-OPTION could be specified only for ZONE-TYPE = CONDITIONED(where the user wishes a more accurate air flow rate) and be allowed todefault for ZONE-TYPE = UNCONDITIONED or PLENUM. In this case, the usershould still specify the DESIGN-HEAT-T and DESIGN-COOL-T for ZONE-TYPE =UNCONDITIONED or PLENUM, so that the peak heating and cooling loads ofsurrounding zones are appropriately modified.IV.201.2 (Revised 5/81)
U-name= ZONE or Z (User Worksheet)InputRangeKeyword Abbrev. User Input Desc. Default Min. Max.LIKE = U-nameZONE-TYPE Z-TYPE = code-word Note 1ZONE-AIR Z-A = U-name Note 2ZONE-CONTROL Z-C = U-name Note 2MUL TIPLIER M = number 1. I. 50.MAX-HEAT-RATE MAX-H-R (-jBtu/ hr Note 3 -1.x108 O.MAX-COOL-RATE MAX-C-R = Btu/hr Note 3 O. 1. x109BASEBOARD-RATING B-R = (-jBtu/ hr O. -1.x108 O.PANEL-LOSS-RATIO P-L-R = number O. O. 2.MIN-CFM-RATIO M-C-R = fraction Note 4 O. 1.HEATING-CAPACITY H-CAP (-j Btu/ hr Note 5 -1. x108 O.COOLING-CAPACITY C-CAP = Btu/hr Note 5 O. 1.x108COOL-SH-CAP C-S-C = Btu/hr Note 5 o. 1.x108SIZING-OPTION S-O = code-word FROM-LOADS -Plus any keywords under the ZONE-AIR and ZONE-CONTROL commands.1) If no data entry is made for this keyword, the program will assume that thezone being specified is CONDITIONED, that is heated and/or cooled.2) A data entry for this keyword is required to reference a subcommand .. 3) If no data entry is made for this keyword, the program will determine thisvalue using the methodology discussed in Sec. 0.1 of this chapter. If avalue is input for MAX-HEAT-RATE it should be input as a negative number.4) If allowed to default, the value for MIN-CFM-RATIO in SYSTEM-TERMINAL willbe used.5) Appropriate at the zone level for "zonal" systems only (UHT, UVT, TPFC,FPFC, TPIU, FPIU, HP, and PTAC). An entry may be made here in ZONE for eachzone or it may be allowed to default to the value for the same keyword inSYSTEM-EQUIPMENT. If a value is specified both here in ZONE and also inSYSTEM-EQUIPMENT, the value specified here takes precedence. Note that theinput value for HEATING-CAPACITY is negative.IV.202 (Revised 5/81)
6. SYSTEM-CONTROLThe function of the SYSTEM-CONTROL instruction is to provide informationon supply air temperature (set point, control strategy, and limits), humiditylimits, and to identify the appropriate equipment operating schedules. SeveralSYSTEM-CONTROL instructions may be specified if the facility is served by morethan one system and/or it is desired to conduct parametric runs.SYSTEM-CONTROL is a "subcommand" of SYSTEM and, as such, can be used toinput a subset of data to SYSTEM.An alternative mode for data entry is to complete and enter SYSTEM-CONTROLkeywords and their values directly into the SYSTEM command (if this approachis chosen, omit the SYSTEM-CONTROL keyword in SYSTEM).SYSTEM-CONTROLMAX-SUPPLY-THEATING-SCHEDULEinforms the SDL Processor that the data to follow arerelated to system temperature control, humidity control,and operating schedule. A unique user-defined name must beentered in the U-name field of each SYSTEM-CONTROLinstruction. Omission of this entry in the "subcommand"will cause an error.is the highest allowable temperature for air entering theZONE(s), that is, the highest allowed diffuser temperature.The progr am wi 11 use th i s val ue to determine the des i gn airflow rate (see Sec. D of this chapter for additional discussion).This value is also used as an upper limit for supplyair temperature control. MAX-SUPPLY-T should be greaterthan DESIGN-HEAT-T.Note that this entry is mandatory for certain types ofsystems (RESYS, MZS, DDS, SZCI, UVT, UHT, HP, HVSYS, TPFC,FPFC, TPIU, FPIU, PSZ, PMZS, PTAC) and omission will causethe program to abort. The entry is optional for othertypes of systems (SZRH, VAVS, RHFS, CBVAV, PVAVS). If noentry is made, the program will use the sum of MIN-SUPPLY-Tand REHEAT-DELTA-T (see SYSTEM-TERMINAL subcommand).is the U-name of the SCHEDULE instruction that specifiesthe time periods (hours and days) during which heating isavailable from the plant for this system. If no data entryis made, the program will assume that heating is alwaysavailable when needed. It is possible for this system (orone or more of its zones) to be calling for heating butthat heating is not available, because of the manner inwhich this schedule has been specified.See Chap. II for information on the schedule instructions(DAY-SCHEDULE, WEEK-SCHEDULE, and SCHEDULE). Note that, inthis case, the program checks only for on/off and,therefore, the hourly values entered for the DAY-SCHEDULEinstruction should be either one (heating is on) or zero(heating is off).IV.203 (Revised 5/81)
Thermostat set pOint for space heating is specified by thekeyword HEAT-TEMP-SCH in the ZONE or ZONE-CONTROLinstruction.For additional discussion pertinent to the use of thiskeyword for simulation of zone thermostatic control seeSec. B.6 of this chapter.HEAT-CONTROLInput for this keyword is the code-word that identifies thestrategy to be used for control of the heating air temperatureleaving the main system heating coil. See TableIV.33 for the code-words and a brief description of thecontrol strategy each represents.TABLE IV.33Code-WordCONSTANTCOLDESTWARMESTRESETSCHEDULEDHEAT-CONTROL and COOL-CONTROLSets heating supply and/or cooling supply airtemperature at a fixed value. Values should thenbe entered for keywords HEAT-SET-T and/orCOOL-SET-T, respectively.Sets the heating coil (hot deck) temperature eachhour to adequately heat the ZONE with the "lowestrelative temperature in its heating THROTTLING-RANGE".The limits on the supply air temperature aregoverned by coil capacities, heating schedules, andMAX-SUPPL Y -T.Sets the cooling coil (cold deck) temperature eachhour to adequately cool the ZONE with the "highestrelative temperature in its cooling THROTTLING-RANGE".The limits on the supply air temperature aregoverned by coil capacities, cooling schedules, andMIN-SUPPLY-T.Specifies use of HEAT-RESET-SCH or COOL-RESET-SCHfor control of heating and/or cooling air supplytemperature, based upon outdoor air temperature.Specifies use of HEAT-SET-SCH or COOL-SET-SCH forcontrol of heating and/or cooling air supplytemperature.Warning: If using the COLDEST or WARMEST options in conjunction with avariable alr volume system, there are two actions within the throttlingrange. To reflect reality and to prevent instability in the simulation,THROTTLING-RANGE should be increased to 4 to 6°F.IV.204 (Revised 5/81)
If the user has not done so already, he should review the information onhis SYSTEM-TYPE in Sec. B.5 of this chapter. The user should thoroughly understandthe meanings of the code-words in Table IV.33 before specifying HEATCONTROL and COOL-CONTROL.HEAT-SET-THEAT-SET-SCHhas two main functions depending upon the type of system beingspeci fi ed.a. For systems that use the keyword HEAT-CONTROL (MZS, DDS,PMZS, and HVSYS), this is the value used as the supply airtemperature set pOint when HEAT-CONTROL is equal toCONSTANT. For DDS, MZS, and PMZS, this value defaults toMAX-SUPPLY-T. For HYSYS, this value defaults to theaverage zone DESIGN-HEAT-T when HEAT-CONTROL is equal toCONSTANT (and MAX-SUPPLY-T otherwise).b. For single duct systems (air-handler systems that do notuse the keyword HEAT-CONTROL) as well as dual duct andHVSYS systems, HEAT-SET-T is also used as the design mainair-handler heating coil exit temperature. This value isused to size this coil. If this coil does not exist, entera low value (equal to MIN-SUPPLY-T) for HEAT-SET-T. ForRESYS, SZRH, RHFS, SZCI, and PSZ, the default isMAX-SUPPLY-T. For other single duct systems (VAVS, CBVAV,PVAVS, TPIU, and FPIU), the default is MIN-SUPPLY-T(indicating no central heating coil).is the U-name used to identify the schedule for controllingheating air supply temperature when HEAT-CONTROL = SCHEDULED.HOT-COIL-SCH = SCHEDULE THRU APR 30 (ALL)(1,24)(120)THRU SEP 30 (ALL)(1,24)(90)THRU DEC 31 (ALL)(1,24)(120)SYS-l = SYSTEMKeyword = ValueHEAT-CONTROL = SCHEDULEDHEAT-SET-SCH = HOT-COIL-SCHKeyword = Val ueKeyword = Val ueHEAT-RESET-SCH is the U-name of the RESET-SCHEDULE instruction that definesthe relationship between heating air temperature and outsideair temperature, and specifies the days of the year duringwhich this relationship applies. This data entry is used onlywhen the RESET control strategy is selected (i.e., entry forthe keyword HEAT-CONTROL is the code-word RESET; see TableIV.33).IV.205 (Revised 5/81)·
Information on the RESET-SCHEDULE instruction is provided inthis section of the manual.The following is an example of data entry for the keywordHEAT-RESET-SCH, and the associated reset scheduleinstructions DAY-RESET-SCH and RESET-SCHEDULE.MIN-SUPPLY-THOT-DECK-1 ~ DAY-RESET-SCHSUPPLY-HI ~ 120SUPPL Y-LO ~ 70OUTSIDE-HI ~ 70OUTSIDE-LO ~ 0.0HOT-RESET-1 ~SYS-1 ~RESET-SCHEDULE THRU DEC 31 (ALL) HOT-DECK-1SYSTEMKeyword ~ ValueHEAT-CONTROL ~ RESETHEAT-RESET-SCH ~ HOT-RESET-1Keyword ~ ValueKeyword ~ Valueis the lowest allowable temperature for air entering theZONE(s), that is, the lowest allowed diffuser temperature.The program will use this temperature to determine designsupply air flow rate. See Sec. D of this chapter fordiscussion. MIN-SUPPLY-T must be less than DESIGN-COOL-T.This entry is mandatory for all systems that have coolingcapability (i.e., all systems except the Unit Heater (UHT),Unit Ventilator (UVT), Floor Panel Heating System (FPH) andHeating and Ventilating System (HVSYS)).Note, that for those systems that are to maintain a constantcooling air discharge temperature (see keyword COOL-CONTROL),the control set point is determined by the value entered forkeyword COOL-SET-T, rather than by this entry. In that case,the program uses the MIN-SUPPLY-T to limit subcooling fordehumidification purposes (and to calculate the design airflow rate for cooling - see discussion of relationshipbetween MIN-SUPPLY-T and COOL-SET-T in Sec. D of thischapter).COOLING-SCHEDULE is the U-name of the SCHEDULE instruction that specifies thetime periods (hours and days) during which cooling is availablefrom the plant for this system. If no data entry ismade, the program wi II assume that cooling is always availablewhen needed (for systems with cooling capability). It ispossible for this system (or one or more of its zones) to becalling for cooling but that cooling is not available, becauseof the manner in which this schedule has been specified.IV.206 (Revised 5/81)
COOL-CONTROLCOOL-SET-TCOOL-RESET-SCHCOOL-SET-SCHSee Chap. II for information on the schedule instruction(DAY-SCHEDULE, WEEK-SCHEDULE, and SCHEDULE). Note that, inthis case, the program checks only for on/off and, therefore,the hourly values entered for the DAY-SCHEDULE instructionshould be either one (cooling is on) or zero (cooling is off).Thermostat set point for space cooling is specified by thekeywordCDOL-TEMP-SCH in the ZONE or ZONE-CONTROL instruction.For additional discussion pertinent to the use of thiskeyword for simulation of zone thermostatic control, see Sec.B.6 of this chapter.Input for this keyword is the code-word that identifies thestrategy to be used for control of the cooling air temperatureleaving the system (central) cooling coil. See TableIV.33 for the code-words and a brief description of thecontrol strategy each represents. For VAVS, SZCI, CBVAV,DDS, MZS, PMZS, or PVAVS (with MIN-CFM-RATIO less than 1), ifCOOL-CONTROL is WARMEST the system may cause a temperaturereset sequentially with a volume reduction.is the value for cooling air supply temperature when theentry for COOL-CONTROL is the code-word CONSTANT (see TableIV.33). This entry should be omitted if one of the alternatecontrol strategies (i .e., WARMEST or RESET) is selected.Note that even though COOL-SET-T determines the cool ing airsupp ly temperature, the progr am uses MIN-SUPPLY -T tocalculate the design supply air flow rate. See Sec. D ofthis chapter for additional discussion.is the U-name of the RESET-SCHEDULE instruction that definesthe relationship between cooling air temperature and outsideair temperature, and specifies the days of the year duringwhich this relationship applies. This data entry is usedonly when the RESET control strategy is selected (i.e., entryfor keyword COOL-CONTROL is the code-word RESET; see TableIV.33).is the U-name used to identify the schedule for controllingcooling air supply temperature when COOL-CONTROL = SCHEDULED.COOL-COIL-SCH = SCHEDULE THRU APR 30 (ALL)(1,24)(60)THRU SEP 30 (ALL)(1,24)(55)THRU DEC 31 (ALL)(1,24)(60)SYS-1 = SYSTEMKeyword = ValueCOOL-CONTROL = SCHEDULEDCOOL-SET-SCH = COOL-COIL-SCHKeyword = Val ueKeyword = Val ueIV.207 (Revised 5/81)
MAX-HUMIDITYis the highest allowable relative humidity (R.H.) in thezone, or zones, served by the system. Because the programcalculates the relative humidity in the return air,dehumidification is based on the average humidity condicionfor all the zones served by the system, as weighted by therelative return air flow rate from each zone. This dataentry should be used only for those systems that have thecomponents required for control of excess humidity (i.e., ahumidistat and a heating coil downstream of the coolingcoil). If no data entry is made, the program will assumethat humidity control capability does not exist. The defaultvalue of 100 per cent is intended to specify no upper limiton humidity, that is, no humidity control.The program will not force the cooling coil to perform beyondits dehumidification capability. The program will not beable to hold a specified MAX-HUMIDITY if MIN-SUPPLY-T is notlow enough. Fig. IV.21 shows one type of dehumidificationcycle.Cooling andDeh u mid if ic at ion ---.'-0,'/79toO%. RH90% RH70% RH/ //?-Return Air ConditionsFig. IV.2160· [Reheatino --':::,';L50/"7":-"1' ! Desired SupplyWet BulbI. .. I Air Conditions/1/ 1. ·1·/1 11 [Dry Bulb 6'0. 70· ~9.CPLy-r is not eQuol to or less thonthis temperature, MAX- HUMIDITY will be resetupwards.Relationship of MAX-HUMIDITY to MIN-SUPPLY-T.If a lower MAX-HUMIDITY is required to meet desired spaceconditions, a lower MIN-SUPPLY-T should be entered.MIN-HUMIDITYis the lowest allowable relative humidity (R.H.) in the zone,or zones, served by the system. This data entry should beused only for those systems that have the components requiredfor minimum humidity control (i .e., humidistat andhumidifier). The user should not set ~lIN-HUMIDITY so highI V. 208 (Revised 5/81)
that the ductwork condenses the humidity out of the supplyair. If no data entry is made, the program will assume thatminimum humidity control capability does not exist. Theprogram simulates the use of a humidifier and the requiredheat for humidification is passed to PLANT as a steam or hotwater load.BASEBOARD-SCHis the U-name of the RESET-SCHEDULE instruction that definesthe relationship between baseboard heat output and outsideair temperature, and specifies the days of the year duringwhich this relationship applies. This keyword applies onlyif BASEBOARD-CRTL = OUTDOOR-RESET. If BASEBOARD-CRTL =THERMOSTATIC, the program will use the HEAT-TEMP-SCH tocontrol the baseboards. Note that the keywords SUPPLY-HI andSUPPLY-LO (in the DAY-RESET-SCH instruction) that usually'specify temperatures are used here to specify baseboardoutput as a decimal fraction of the BASEBOARD-RATING. SeeRESET-SCHEDULE instruction for additional information. (SeeChap. II for information on SCHEDULE instruction).The user should be careful to avoid shutdown of systemheating capability (see keyword HEATING-SCHEDULE) duringperiods when baseboard heating is desired.The following is an example of data entry for the keywordBASEBOARD-SCH and the associated reset schedule instructionsDAY-RESET-SCH, WEEK-SCHEDULE, and RESET-SCHEDULE.BASE-DAY-1 = DAY-RESET-SCHSUPPLY-HI = 1.0SUPPLY-LO = 0.0OUTSIDE-HI = 70OUTSIDE-LO = 0BASE-DAY-2 = DAY-RESET-SCHLIKE BASE-DAY-1SUPPLY-HI = 0.0BASE-SCHED-1 = RESET-SCHEDULE THRU DEC 31(MaN, FRI) BASE-DAY-1(WEH) BASE-DAY-2SYS-1 = SYSTEMKeyword = ValueBASEBOARD-SCH = BASE-SCHED-1Keyword = ValueThe hypothetical schedule above depicts a baseboard heatingsystem that provides design baseboard heat input to the zone,Monday through Friday, whenever outdoor temperature is O°F(or below) and a heat input rate that is reduced linearly asoutdoor air temperature increases, falling to zero at 70 Foutside air temperature. Baseboard heat input is always zeroIV.209 (Revised 5/81)
ECONO-LIMIT -TPREHEAT-Ton weekends and holidays. Design baseboard heat input isdefined as BASEBOARD-RATING.is the outside air temperature above whichreturns to,minimum outside air operation.ECONO-LIMIT-T will default to the weighteddesign CFM, of DESIGN-COOL-T for all ZONEsthe economizer(See Fig. IV.22).average, based onin the SYSTEM.is the minimum temperature of air leaving the preheat coil.The SYSTEMS program calculates the necessary preheat coilenergy input to maintain this temperature.minimumoutside airf--L------' - - - -lO~_L __ ~~ ___L~__-L__ ~~ __-L--L--L--~---20 0 90Outside Te~~ - ofECONO-LiMIT - TFig. IV.22.Typical curve of air flow vs outside air temperature for systemswith temperature type economizer (illustrating use of keywordECONO-L1MIT-T) .IV.210 (Revised 5/81)
U-narne= SYSTEM-CONTROL or S-C (User Worksheet)InputRangeKeyword Abbrev. User Input Desc. Default Min. Max.LIKE = U-nameMAX-SUPPLY-T MAX-S-T =of Note 1 50. 200.HEATING-SCHEDULE H-SCH = U-narne Note 2HEAT -CONTROL H-C = code-word Note 1HEAT-SET-T H-S-T =of Note 1 50. 200.HEAT-SET-SCH H-S-SCH= U-nameHEAT-RESET-SCH H-R-SCH= U-name Note 3MIN-SUPPLY-T MIN-S-h of Note 1 45. 70.COOLING-SCHEDULE C-SCH = U-name Note 2COOL-CONTROL C-C = code-word Note 1COOL-SET-T C-S-T =of Note 1 45. 70.COOL-SET -SCH C-S-SCH= U-nameCOOL-RESET-SCH C-R-SCH= U-name Note 4MAX-HUMIDITY MAX-H = per cent Note 1 30. 80.R.H.MIN-HUMIDITY MIN-H = per cent Note 1 O. 70.R.H.BASEBOARD-SCH B-SCH U-narne Note 5ECONO-LIMIT-T E-L-T =of Note 6 45. 80.PREHEAT-T P-T =of Note 1 -50. 70.1) See the proper Applicability Table (Sec. B.4 of this chapter) forappl icabil ity or the default value. If the keyword is not 1 isted in thetable, it is not applicable to the system being specified.2) If no data entry is made for this keyword, the program assumes that thesubject schedule has not been specified, and that the subject component orquantity is "always on" or "always. available when needed", i.e., THRU DEC31 (ALL) (1,24) (1).3) A data entry for this keyword is required if the data entry for the keywordHEAT-CONTROL is the code-word RESET. If otherwise, this keyword is notapplicable.I V. 211 (Revised 5/81)
4) A data entry for this keyword is required if the data entry for the keywordCOOL-CONTROL is the code-word RESET. If otherwise, this keyword is notapplicable.5) This data entry is required to simulate an OUTDOOR-RESET baseboard heatingsystem (see keywords BASEBOARD-RATING in the ZONE command and BASEBOARDCTRL in the ZONE-CONTROL subcommand) and requires in that case a RESETSCHEDULE U-name.6) The default for ECONO-lIMIT-T is the weighted average, based on designCFM, of DESIGN-COOL-T for all the ZONEs in the SYSTEM.IV.212 (Revised 5/81)
7. SYSTEM-AIRThe function of the SYSTEM-AIR instruction is to provide information onsystem air flow rate, both supply air and outside air. Several SYSTEM-AIRinstructions may be required if the facility is served by more than one systemand/or it is desired to conduct parametric runs.SYSTEM-AIR is a "subcommand" of SYSTEM and, as such, can be used to inputa subset of data to SYSTEM.An alternative mode for data entry is to complete and enter SYSTEM-AIRkeywords and their values directly into the SYSTEM command (if this approachis chosen, omit the SYSTEM-AIR keyword in SYSTEM).All air quantities should be input as sea level (standard) values becausethe program makes a correction for altitude. Input of air quantitiescorrected for altitude above sea level will result in a double correction.SYSTEM-AIRSUPPL Y-CFMinforms the SOL Processor that the data to follow are relatedto system air flow (supply air and outside air). A uniqueuser-defined name must be entered in the U-name field of eachSYSTEM-AIR instruction. Omission of this entry in the"subcommand" will cause an error.is the design capacity (in standard, or sea level, cfm) of thesystem air supply fan. This entry is normally omitted, unlessfan capacity is different than the maximum air flow rateassigned (using the ZONE-AIR instruction), or calculated bythe program. The program uses thlS value as the basis fordetermining part-load fan operation. Fan horsepower is calculatedon the basis of typical part-load characteristics of theselected mode of capacity control (see the keyword FAN-CONTROLin the SYSTEM-FANS instruction) and of fan static pressure andefficiency (see keywords SUPPLY-STATIC and SUPPLY-EFF in theSYSTEM-FANS instruction). Note that the static pressure entryshould also be at fan design conditions. If the SUPPLY-CFM isspecified and if the ZONE-CFMs have not been specified, thetotal supply air capacity of the system is distributed amongthe zones in proportion to their peak loads. See Sec. 0 ofth is chapter for additional discuss ion.As noted above, the program wi 11 cal cu 1 ate the des i gn flowrate when data entry for this keyword is omitted. For thosesystems that can simulate a variable rate flow (SZRH, MZS,DDS, SZCI, VAVS, RHFS, PSZ, PMZS, and PVAVS) the program willuse the default value for SIZING-OPTION to calculate thedesign flow rate, assuming certain conditions are met. Thatis if:(1) MIN-CFM-RATIO is less than 1.0,(2) SIZING-OPTION = COINCIDENT,(3) SUPPLY-CFM is not specified, and(4) only one SYSTEM is specified ~the PLANT-ASSIGNMENT,IV.213 (Revised 5/81)
RATED-CFMRETURN-CFMthen the program will use COINCIDENT to calculate SUPPLY-CFM.Otherwise, if any of these conditions are not met, the programwill use NON-COINCIDENT to calculate SUPPLY-CFM. (CBVAV isnot included in the preceding list of variable volume systemsbecause its supply air flow rate is actually constant in thesupply duct. Only during the ceiling bypass operation in thezone does the supply air volume vary and that does not affectSUPPL Y-CFM.is the nominal capacity of the supply air fan in this system,as specified by the fan manufacturer. This keyword and itsassociated value are input by the user if he has chosen asupply fan, from the manufacturers' literature, that will beforced to operate above or below its rated capacity to meetthe flow rate of SUPPLY-CFM (or the flow rate calculated bythe program). The rating is in cfm at standard (sea level)conditions.This over- or under-sized fan may affect other equipment inthe system; therefore, the user should see alsoRATED-HCAP-FCFM, RATED-HEIR-FCFM, RATED-CCAP-FCFM,RATED-CEIR-FCFM, and RATED-SH-FCFM in SYSTEM-EQUIPMENT.is the design capacity (in standard, or sea level, cfm) of thesystem return air fan. The preceding discussion of keywordSUPPLY-CFM applies here, except that, if there is no dataentry, the program always assumes that return air flow equalssupply air flow minus zone exhaust (keyword EXHAUST-CFM inZONE-AIR instruction).Note: Although the outside ventilation air may vary inquantity (from the minimum allowed upward), as-a function oftime due to schedu 1 es or OA-CONTROL strategy, the flow ofoutside ventilation air is an uninterrupted flow of air aslong as the FAN-SCHEDULE is on for that hour (or ifNIGHT-CYCLE-CTRL intervenes to turn the fans on when theFAN-SCHEDULE is off). The outside ventilation air quantity isnot determined by the space heating and cooling demands.MIN-OUTSIDE-AIR is the minimum acceptable contant flow rate of fresh air,expressed as a decimal fraction of the maximum air supply flowrate. Note that the design flow rate for multiple zone,variable volume-type systems may be the concurrent peak flowrate, rather than the sum of individual zone peaks. (See thepreceding discussion of SUPPLY-CFM.)The user may alternatively, or additionally, specify outsideair quantities at the zone level (keywords OA-CHANGES,OA-CFM/PER, or OUTSIDE-AIR-CFM in the ZONE-AIR instruction).If a value is specified for this keyword and values are alsospecified for the zone level keywords OUTSIDE-AIR-CFM,OA-CHANGES, OA-CFM/PER, or EXHAUST-CFM, the zone level valuestake precedence over the system level value. If no zone levelvalue(s) are specified, the value specified here will be used.IV.214 (Revised 5/81)
If MIN--AIR-SCH is used, the value of the outside air flowrate, to be used in the design calculations, should bespecified either in this keyword or in the zone levelkeywords.If no outside air has been specified, no moveable dampers aresimulated, even if OA-CONTROL equals TEMP or ENTHALPY.(Note: The program will not allow MIN-OUTSIDE-AIR to be lessthan the sum of EXHAUST-CFMs for all zones divided by the sumof all supply cfm's for all zones. That is, the exhaust fanoperation will override MIN-OUTS IDE-AIR, if MIN-OUTS IDE-AIRis set too low).MIN--A IR-SCHOA-CONTROLis the U-name used to identify the schedule for the ratio ofminimum outside air flow to supply air flow. Values in theMIN--AIR-SCH vary as a function of time from 0 which indicatesno outside air flow Tand 100 percent return air) to 1 whichindicates 100 per cent outside air flow (with no return airflow). A value of 0.5 indicates a minimum of 50 per centoutside air flow. If EXHAUST-CFM in any zone (within thissystem) is not equal to zero in a givenhour, the schedulereferenced by MIN-AIR-SCH should not be zero in that samehour. The program does not use MIN-AIR-SCH in des i gn ing thesystem; therefore, if the user wants the program to size theSYSTEM, he should also specify a value for MIN-OUTS IDE-AIRthat is representative of the outside air flow rate. A valueof zero for an hour overrides any economizer operation andforces a no outside air system. Any value greater than zeroallows economizer action as specified in OA-CONTROL.Input for th is keyword is the code-word for the type ofoutside air control strategy selected. See Table IV.34 forthe code-words and a brief description of the controlstrategy each represents. Input for this keyword must beFIXED if the user does not want an economizer. It willdefault to TEMP, WhlCh will simulate a temperature-controlledecon omi z er •If no outside air has been specified, no moveable dampers aresimulated, even if OA-CONTROL equals TEMP or ENTHALPY.RECOVERY-EFFis applicable only to those systems provided with heatrecovery coils (or other devices) for the exchange of heatbetween the air exhausted from the building (by the returnair fan) and the fresh air supplied to the building. Theinput is the ratio (decimal fraction) of the energy actuallyexchanged to the total sensible energy that would be exchangedif the exhaust air were cooled to outside air temperature.The program uses this ratio (plus outside air and exhaust airtemperatures and exhaust air flow rate) to calculate theenergy that can be added to the outside air make-up. If therecoverable energy is greater than that needed by the supplyIV.215 (Revised 5/81)
air, the program will use the smaller quantity. If the outsideair temperature is above the temperature set point ofthe mixed air, no energy is exchanged. If the differencebetween exhaust and outside air temperatures is less than 10degrees, no recovery is simulated.A simpler, but less precise way of expressing the above is:RECOVERY-EFF = the fraction of recoverab le energy actuallyrecovered.(If the heat recovery occurs through a single heat exchanger,i.e., heat pipe or thermal wheel, then RECOVERY-EFF is identicalto the heat exchanger effectiveness. See Kays andLondon, "Compact Heat Exchangers", 2nd edition, McGraw-Hill,1964) .The exhaust air flow used for the calculation of heatrecovery is always the central exhaust, and is assumed to beequal, at any given time, to the fresh air supplied at thattime, minus specified direct exhaust from zones. Anyimbalance between fresh air and exhaust air flow rates,resulting from direct zone exhaust, should be considered whenselecting the value for RECOVERY-EFF (i .e., a higherpercentage of the heat avail- able in the exhaust air can berecovered when this heat is to be rejected to a larger massof fresh air). At the present time, only sensible heatrecovery is simulated.TABLE IV.34Code-WordFIXEDTEMPENTHALPYOA-CONTROLNo moveable dampers. Outside air quantity is afixed amount specified, calculated, or scheduled.Temperature-controlled economizer. In response tothe mixed air temperature going above the controllerset point (equal to the supply air set point for thehour), the outside air damper is opened. (Thisassumes a cooling mode and that the outside air iscooler than the return air.) The outside airquantity returns to its minimum (outside air dampersclose but minimum outside air dampers remain open)when the outside air temperature is at or above theECONO-LIMIT -T.En th a 1 py-con tro 11 ed economi zer. Same as TEMP aboveexcept that if the return air enthalpy is less thanthe outside air enthalpy, the dampers are forced tominimum outside air position.I V • 216 (Revised 5/81)
DUCT-AIR-LOSSDUCT-DELTA-TMAX-OA-FRACTIONVENT-TEMP-SCHNATURAL-VENT-ACis the fraction of the supply air that is lost from theductwork, thereby diminishing the design supply air at thezones. This keyword should not be used unless the air islost from the building.is the temperature decrease in the hot ducts and the temperatureincrease in the cold ducts caused by imperfect insulationof the ducts. The program assumes that this sameconstant temperature change occurs in both hot and coldducts. A positive value should be specified for both hotand cold ducts. This keyword should not be used unless heatis lost, or gained, from contact with conditions outside thebuilding. A value of less than 1°F is suggested becausethis value is used for all hours of the year.is the upper limit on the outside air quantity allowed whenthe temperature- or enthalpy-controlled economizer is operating,expressed as a fraction of the supply air quantity.This keyword should be used only if the outside dampers donot allow 100 percent outside air.accepts as input the U-name of a schedule that provides thehourly minimum temperature set point for the naturalventing algorithm. This keyword is appropriate to RESYSonly. The hourly values that should be specified in theSCHEDULE referenced by VENT-TEMP-SCH are the indoordry-bulb temperature to which the user would like to coolthrough natural ventilation, in lieu of mechanicalcooling. This hourly temperature is generally below thehourly temperature in the SCHEDULE referred to byCOOL-TEMP-SCH. This latter schedule specifies the zonecooling thermostat set pOint. The windows are assumed tobe closed if the temperature in the room falls below thispOint. If VENT-TEMP-SCH is not specified, all its hourlySCHEDULE values will default to the temperature at the topof the heating THROTTLING-RANGE as defined by HEAT-TEMP-SCH.is the peak number of air changes/hour due to naturalventilation through open windows. This value is constantand is not a function of wind speed. This keyword isappropriate to RESYS only.NATURAL-VENT-SCH is the U-name of a schedule which determines when thewindows can be open vs. when they are always closed. Thehourly values given in the SCHEDULE (and referenced by thiskeyword) are 0, 1, or -1. This keyword is appropriate toRESYS only.A schedule value of zero (0) indicates that the windows arealways closed for this hour.A schedule value of one (1) indicates that the windows willbe opened, for part or all of this hour, only if this providesenough cooling to keep the zone temperature within or belowIV.217 (Revised 5/81)
the COOL-TEMP-SCH THROTTLING-RANGE. The zone may be cooleddown to the hourly minimun value specified by VENT-TEMP-SCH.Note that this assumes the occupant will open the windows ifthe condition is met. --A schedule value of minus one (-1) indicates that the windowswill be opened, for part or all of this hour, only if thecondition for the value of one (1) is met (above) and alsothat the outside air enthalpy is lower than the inside airenthalpy. The zone may be cooled down to the hourly minimumvalue specified by VENT-TEMP-SCH. Note that this assumes theoccupant will open the windows if both the conditions are met.To further illustrate, let it be assumed that the occupant arises at 6:00A.M., goes to work at 8:00 A.M., returns from work at 5.00 P.M., and retiresat 10:00 P.M. every day of the year. The DAY-SCHEDULE describing the windowmanagement would be:VENT-DAY = DAY-SCHEDULE (1,6) (0) (7,8) (1) (9,17) (0)(18,22) (-1) (23,24) (0)The schedule for the year becomes:VENTING = SCHEDULETHRU DEC 31 (ALL) VENT-DAYHaving defined the schedule, the entry under the SYSTEM-AIR subcommand wouldbe:HOME-AIR = SYSTEM-AIRNATURAL-VENT-SCH = VENTINGIf the values in VENT-DAY during the sleeping hours were l's, it would implythat the occupant got out of bed, as often as necessary, to open and close thewindows, whenever the conditions called for it. Should the user wish tospecify "temperature limits" for cooling by natural ventilation, he shouldspecify VENT-TEMP-SCH in the SYSTEM-AIR subcommand. For example, suppose thescheduleCOOL-DAY = DAY-SCHEDULE (1,8) (78) (9,17) (90) (18,24) (78)MECH-COOL-TEMP = SCHEDULE THRU DEC 31 (ALL) COOL-DAYdescribes the cooling set pOint of the mechanical system; while the scheduleMIN-VENT = DAY-SCHEDULE (1,6) (60) (7,22) (68) (23,24) (60)MIN-VENT-TEMP = SCHEDULE THRU DEC 31 (ALL) MIN-VENTdescribes the minimum below which the windows will be closed. Then underZONE-CONTROL, the user should specify COOL-TEMP-SCH = MECH-COOL-TEMP, whileunder SYSTEM-AIR, VENT-TEMP-SCH should be set equal to MIN-VENT-TEMP. Thepreceding example states the following:IV.218 (Revised 5/81)
SCHEDULE hours(clock time)1,6(midnight to 6 A.M.)7,S(6 A.M. to S A.M.9,17(S A.M. to 5 P.M.)lS,22(5 P . M. to 10 P.M.)23,24(lD P. M. to midnight)Temperature Range*7S0F max (provided by mechanical cooling)7S0F max (provided by mechanical cooling)6S0F min (provided by occupant operatingwin dows)90°F max (provided by mechanical cooling)7S0F max (provided by mechanical cooling)6SoF min (provided by occupant operatingwindows)7SoF max (provided by mechanical cooling)*Note that during the hours when the windows are constantly closed (10 p.m.to 6 a.m. and S a.m. to 5 p.m.), the temperatures referenced by VENT-TEMP-SCHare meaningless. Note also that VENT-TEMP-SCH does not necessarily say thatcooling by natural ventilation will be done (that is accomplished by NATURALVENT-SCH). VENT-TEMP-SCH only sets the minimum indoor temperature limits fornatural ventilation. The conditions specified in NATURAL-VENT-SCH, determinewhen, and if, cooling by natural ventilation is done.IV.219(Revised 5/S1)
U-name; SYSTEM-AIR or S-A (User Worksheet)InputRangeKeyword Abbrev. User Input Desc. Default Min. Max.LIKE ; U-nameSUPPLY-CFM S-CFM ; cfm Note 1 10. lox10?RATED-CFM R-C ; cfm 10. lox10?RETURN-CFM R-CFM ; cfm Note 2 10. lox10?MIN-OUTSIDE-AIR M-O-A ; fraction Note 3 O. loMIN-AIR-SCH M-A-SCH ; U-nameOA-CONTROL O-CTRL code-word Note 4RECOVERY-EFF REC-E Btu/Btu Note 5 0.2 0.8DUCT-AIR-LOSS D-A-L ; fraction Note 5 O. loDUCT-DELTA-T D-D-T ;of Note 5 O. 10.MAX-OA-FRACTION M-O-F ; fraction Note 5 O. loVENT-TEMP-SCH V-T-SCH ; U-name *NATURAL-VENT-AC N-V-A ; number * O. 100.NATURAL-VENT-SCH N-V-SCH ; U-name **This keyword is optional and applies only to RESYS system.1) If no data entry is made for this keyword, the program will assume thatfan capacity is the same as system design flow (see discussion in Sec. 0.1of this chapter and in the SYSTEM-AIR instruction).2) If no data entry is made for this keyword, the program will use for thisquantity the system design supply air flow rate minus the sum of the zoneexhaust flow rates (for systems equipped with a return air fan).3) See Sec. 0.1 of this chapter for a discussion of how the program uses thiskeyword and/or alternative keywords to determine outside air flow rate.4) TEMP, when applicable to the system being specified. This will simulate atemperature-controlled economizer.5) See the proper Applicability Table (Sec. B.4 of this chapter) forapplicability or the default value. If the keyword is not listed in thetable, it is not applicable to the system being specified.IV.220 (Revised 5/81)
8. SYSTEM-FANSThe function of the SYSTEM-FANS instruction is to provide information onsupply and retul"n fan operating schedules, control modes, static pressures, andefficiencies. In short, this instruction provides everything the program needsto know (with the exception of fan capacity and flow rate) for calculation ofthe energy consumed by and the heat input from these fans. The same type ofinformation is provided for exhaust fans, if any, at the zone level (keywordsEXHAUST-CFM, EXHAUST-STATIC, etc. in ZONE-AIR instruction). SeveralSYSTEM-FANS instructions may be entered if the facility is served by more thanone system and/or it is desired to conduct parametric runs.SYSTEM-FANS is a "subcommand" of SYSTEM and, as such, can be used to inputa subset of data to SYSTEM.An alternative mode for data entry is to complete and enter SYSTEM-FANSkeywords and their values directly into the SYSTEM command (if this approach ischosen, omit the SYSTEM-FANS keyword in SYSTEM).SYSTEM-FANSFAN-SCHEDULEFAN-CONTROLinforms the SDL Processor that the data to follow arerelated to the operation of system supply and return fans.A unique user-defined name must be entered in the U-namefield of each SYSTEM-FANS instruction. Omission of thisentry in the" subcommand" wi 11 cause an error.is the U-name of the SCHEDULE instruction that specifies thetime periods (hours and days) during which this system'sfans (supply, return, and exhaust) are operating and notoperating (see Chap. II for information on SCHEDULEinstruction). If the hourly values in the SCHEDULE that isreferenced by FAN-SCHEDULE are positive, such as 1, the fansare "on". If the hourly SCHEDULE values are 0, the fans are"off" but may be turned on by NIGHT-CYCLE-CTRL, if ZONEtemperatures warrant it. If the hourly SCHEDULE values arenegative, such as -1, the fans are not permitted to be "on"for any reason. If the user does not specify a U-name forthis keyword and an associated SCHEDULE, the program willassume the fans run continuously.If the fans (for all SYSTEM-TYPEs except FPH) are scheduledto be "off" (hourly SCHEDULE values equal 0), only baseboardunits (if specified) can be operational. Thus for strictlyforced air systems, heating is available only during thetime periods when the fans are scheduled to be "on", unlessthere are baseboard heating elements. One exception to thisrule is to specify CYCLE-aN-ANY or CYCLE-aN-FIRST forNIGHT-CYCLE-CTRL.Input for this keyword is the code-word that identifies thekind of flow reduction or control methods to be simulated.See Table IV.35 for the code-words and a brief descriptionof the method each represents. The program calculates theIV.221 (Revised 5/81)
part-load horsepower consumption for the supply fan andreturn fan (if any), on the basis of the part load versusfan horsepower characteristics that are typical for thecontrol mode selected (see Fig. IV.23). The program assumesthat both supply and return fans have the same kind of flowcontrol. The FAN-EIR-FPLR code-word is input forFAN-CONTROL when the user wishes to specify his own fancontrol method. The user must then enter, under theCURVE-FIT command, a replacement curve and then enter itsU-name as a value for the FAN-EIR-FPLR keyword in theSYSTEM-FANS command (later in this section).TABLE IV.35Code-WordSPEEDINLETDISCHARGECYCLINGTWO-SPEEDCONSTANT-VOLUMEFAN-EIR-FPLRFAN-CONTROLVariable speed motor (1)*Fan inlet vanes (2)*Damper in fan discharge (3)*Cycles on and off (4)High or low speed (for PTAC only -represented as 100 per cent and anotherpoint lower on curve 1)Volume kept constantUser specified fan control**For systems that have variable flow central air-handlers only.IV.222 (Revised 5/81)
120.0 ,--,r----,-----r----.---,--.",.----,-:JCl.C~o-o::!!:100.080.060.040.020.0VariableSpeedMotor.~MAX-FAN -RATIO = 1.1-11IIIII10.0 '::-:_~--...J....--...l...----.JL----1.-L-.J00 20.0 40.0 60.0 80.0 100.0 120.0Rated Fan Volume (%)Fig. IV.23.Typical power requirements at part-load operation for fourdifferent methods of capacity control (Note that with the CYCLINGcode-word, the MIN-FAN-RATIO is meaningless for those hours whenthe fan is off.When there is a difference between supply fan design capacity(specified via keyword SUPPLY-CFM in the SYSTEM-AIR instruction)and actual hourly flow, the program uses either thecurves from Fig. IV.23 or a user-specified curve torecalculate power input to the fan.SUPPLY-DELTA-Tis used in conjunction with SUPPLY-KW and is defined as thetemperature rise in the air stream across the supply fan. Itis expressed in of and its default value can be found inTable IV.36, based on SYSTEM-TYPE. This default value, alongwith a default value for SUPPLY-KW, will be used in theabsence of data entries for SUPPLY-STATIC, SUPPLY-MECH-EFF,and SUPPLY-EFF. If the user desires to eliminate the airtemperature rise due to the fan, it is necessary to explicitlyIV.223 (Revised 5/81)
set SUPPLY-DELTA-T = 0 and omit values for SUPPLY-STATIC,SUPPLY-MECH-EFF, and SUPPLY-EFF (this approach may be necessaryif the user inputs an electric-input-ratio for the systemthat already includes the fan effects). If the userspecifies a value for SUPPLY-DELTA-T, any input for thekeyword MOTOR-PLACEMENT will have no effect.SUPPLY-KWSUPPLY-STATICSUPPLY-MECH-EFFis used in conjunction with SUPPLY-DELTA-T and is defined asthe design full load power consumption of the supply fan perunit of supply air moved for one hour. It is expressed inkW/cfm at sea level (or kW/standard cfm) and its defaultvalue can be found in Table IV.36, based on SYSTEM-TYPE.This default value, along with a default value forSUPPLY-DELTA-T, will be used in the absence of data entriesfor SUPPLY-STATIC, SUPPLY-MECH-EFF, and SUPPLY-EFF. If theuser desires to eliminate the fan energy consumption, it isnecessary to explicitly set SUPPLY-KW = 0 and omit entriesfor SUPPLY-STATIC, SUPPLY-MECH-EFF, and SUPPLY-EFF. Also, ifa user-specified COOLING-EIR includes indoor fan energy, setSUPPLY-KW = O. The default curves related to COOLING-EIR(for commercial systems) already include compressor andoutdoor fan energy but not indoor fan energy.is an alternative to specifying values for SUPPLY-DELTA-T andSUPPLY-KW. It is used in conjunction with SUPPLY-MECH-EFFand 5UPPLY-EFF. It is defined as the total pressure increaseproduced across the system supply fan at design flow rate(see keyword SUPPLY-EFF below for additional discussion). Itis expressed in inches W.G. and its default value can be foundin Table IV.36, based on SYSTEM-TYPE. Design flow rate isthe user input value for the keyword SUPPLY-CFM (seeSYSTEM-AIR instruction) or if no data entry is made for thatkeyword, the tabulation of calculated (or assigned) flowrates for each zone.is an alternative to specifying values for SUPPLY-DELTA-T andSUPPLY-KW. It is used in conjunction with SUPPLY-STATIC andSUPPLY-EFF. It is used to specify the mechanical efficiencyof the fan when the motor is located outside the airstream.The SYSTEMS program separates the total fan efficiency intoits mechanical and electrical components. The mechanicalenergy loss of the fan is always added to the airstream. Theelectrical energy loss of the fan is added to the airstreamonly if the fan motor is located inside the airstream.IV.224 (Revised 5/81)
Table IV.36SYSTEM-TYPEDefaultValue forSUPPLY-DELTA-TDefaultValue forSUPPLY-KWEffectiveDefault Valuefor TotalSUPPLY-STATIC*Effective DefaultValue forSUPPLV-EFF*(kW/std. cfm)(inches, W.G.)(fraction)SUMSZRHMZSDDSSZCIUHTUVTFPHTPFCFPFCTPIUFPIUVAVSRHFSHPHVSYSCBVAVRESYSPSZPMZSPVAVSPTACunused2.422.7233.373.11.218.182unused.218.2184.4674.4673.373.11.2182.422.42.3961.815<strong>2.1</strong>17<strong>2.1</strong>17.218unused.000783.00088.00109.00101.00007.000059unused.00007.00007.001445.001445.00109.00101.00007.000783.000783.000128.000587.000685.000685.00007unused44.56.56.3.3unused.3.3886.56.344.633.53.5.3unused.6.6.7.7.5.6unused.5.5.65.65.7.7.5.6.6.55.6.6.6.5*If all four keywords ln this table (SUPPLY-DELTA-T, SUPPLY-KW, SUPPLY-STATIC,and SUPPLY-EFF) are allowed to default, SUPPLY-DELTA-T and SUPPLY-KW willdefault to the values in column 2 and column 3 respectively. The defaultvalues for SUPPLY-STATIC and SUPPLY-EFF will then be calculated based upon thedefaulted values in columns 2 and 3.SUPPLY-EFFMOTOR-PLACEMENTis an alternative to specifying values for SUPPLY-DELTA-T andSUPPLY-KW. It is used in conjunction with SUPPLY-STATIC andSUPPLY-MECH-EFF. It is defined as the overall efficiency ofthe supply fan at design conditions (expressed as a decimalfraction). Overall efficiency is the combined efficiency ofthe fan and motor. The default value can be found in TableIV.36 based on SYSTEM-TYPE.Input for this keyword is the code-word that specifieswhether the supply and return fan motors are located insidethe airstream or outside of the air stream. The SYSTEMSprogram uses this information to determine if the heat lossof the motors is to be added to the supply and returnairstreams. See Table IV.37 for the applicable code-words.IV.225 (Revised 5/81)
FAN-PLACEMENTCode-WordIN-AIRFLOWspecifies whether the supply fan is a draw-through type fanor a blow-through type fan (that is, is the fan placeddownstream or upstream from the central cooling/heatingcoils). See Table IV.38.OUTSIDE-AIRFLOWTABLE IV.37MOTOR-PLACEMENTThe fan motor is locatedinside the duct or airstream.The fan motor is located outsidethe duct or airstream.Code-WordBLOW-THROUGHDRAW-THROUGHTABLE IV.38FAN-PLACEMENTThe supply fan is located upstream of the centralheating/cooling coils and blows the air throughthe coils. Use of this code-word causes theprogram to add the supply fan heat to the airupstream of the central cooling/heating coils.Always used for DDS, UHT, UVT, PTAC, PMZS, TPFC,FPFC, HP, RESYS, and MZS systems.The supply fan is located downstream of thecentral heating/cooling coils and draws (sucks)the air through the coils. Use of this code-wordcauses the program to add the supply fan heat tothe air downstream of the central cooling/heatingcoils. This is the default for SZRH, SZCI, TPIU,FPIU, VAVS, RHFS, CBVAV, PSZ, and PVAVS.RETURN-DELTA-TRETURN-KWis used in conjunction with RETURN-KW and is defined as thetemperature rise in the air stream across the return air fan.It is expressed in OF and its default value is zero. Thisdefault value, and a similar value for RETURN-KW, will beused in the absence of data entries for RETURN-STATIC andRETURN-EFF. If the user specifies a value for RETURN-DELTA-T,any input for the keyword MOTOR-PLACEMENT will have no effect.is used in conjunction with RETURN-DELTA-T and is defined asthe design full load power consumption of the return fan perunit of return air moved for one hour. It is expressed inkW/cfm at sea level (or kW/standard cfm) and its defaultvalue is zero. This default value, and a similar value forIV.226 (Revised 5/81)
RETURN-STATICRETURN-EFFMAX-FAN-RATIOMIN-FAN-RATIORETURN-DELTA-T, will be used in the absence of data entriesfor RETURN-STATIC and RETURN-EFF.is an alternative to specifying values for RETURN-DELTA-T andRETURN-KW. It is used in conjunction with RETURN-EFF. It isdefined as the total or static pressure produced by the systemreturn air fan at design flow rate (see keyword RETURN-EFF foradditional discussion). Design flow rate is the user inputvalue for the keyword RETURN-CFM (see SYSTEM-AIR instruction)or, if no data entry is made for that keyword, the calculatedreturn air flow rate.is an alternative to specifying values for RETURN-DELTA-T andRETURN-KW. It is used in conjunction with RETURN-STATIC. Itis defined as the overall efficiency of the return air fan' atdesign conditions (expressed as a decimal fraction). Overallefficiency is the combined efficiency of the fan and motor -see keyword SUPPLY-EFF for additional discussion.Note: If data entries are omitted for RETURN-DELTA-T,RETURN-KW, RETURN-STATIC and RETURN-EFF, the program assumesthere is no return fan for this system.is the maximum air flow through the fan, expressed as afraction of the design flow rate.is the minimum air flow through the fan (not through thesystem), expressed as a fraction of the design flow rate.When a variable air volume system requires less air flow, afan bypass is uti,lized.LOW-SPEED-RATIOS is used for TWO-SPEED fans or DUAL-SPEED compressors. Thus,the unit being described has the capability of controllingcapacity in two steps, or being off. The values entered forthis keyword are the ratio of air-flow, energy input, as wellas heating and cooling at low speed to those at high (design)speed. These values are under the following conditions:i) in PTAC for FAN-CONTROL = TWO-SPEED,ii) in RESYS for COMPRESSOR-TYPE = DUAL-SPEED.The list of four values to be entered are:1)l?w speed cfm for TWO-SPEED fans, or 1.0 for DUAL-SPEEDh 1 gh speed cfmcompressors,2)3)EIR at low speedEIR at high speed'HEATING-CAPACITY at low speedHEATING-CAPACITY at high speed'andIV.227 (Revised 5/81)
4)COOLING-CAPACITY at low speedCOOLING-CAPACITY at high speedIf values are not specified, the default values will be 1.,1., 1., 1., which means either COMPRESSOR-TYPE = SINGLE-SPEEDor FAN-CONTROL = CONSTANT-VOLUME (or in other words,one-speed).NIGHT-CYCLE-CTRL Input for this keyword is the code-word that specifies thebehavior of the system fans when the FAN-SCHEDULE is "off".The fans are "off" when the hourly values in the SCHEDULEthat is referenced by FAN-SCHEDULE are equal to 0 (if thehourly SCHEDULE values are positive, the fans are already"on" and if the hourly SCHEDULE values are negative, the fansare not permitted to be "on"). If the user specifies hourlySCHEDULE values of 0 and -1, it is possible to impart on-offscheduling to the NIGHT-CYCLE-CTRL option. NIGHT-CYCLE-CTRLis appropriate to all systems except the Floor Panel HeatingSystem (FPH) and the Residential System (RESYS).FAN-EIR-FPLRNIGHT-CYCLE-CTRL only affects the fan operation. Once thefans have cycled on, the availability of heating or coolingis controlled by the HEATING SCHEDULE and COOLING-SCHEDULE.The acceptable code-words are:STAY-OFF which indicates that regardless of conditions, thefans are to stay off (default value).CYCLE-ON-ANY means that if the temperature in any ZONE in theSYSTEM falls below the THROTTLING-RANGE for heating, the fansare cycled on for that hour.CYCLE-ON-FIRST indicates that if the temperature in the first,or control, ZONE in the SYSTEM falls below the THROTTLING-RANGEfor heating, the fans are cycled on for that hour.For UVT, the outside air dampers are closed during thecycle-on period.accepts the U-name of a linear, quadratic, or cubic equationthat defines the ratio of electric energy input to thefan to the full load electric input to the f~n, as a functionof part-load ratio. The equation is input in a CURVE-FITinstruction and given a U-name. That U-name is specified asa value for this keyword to call the equation. However, notethat FAN-EIR-FPLR is also a code-word under FAN-CONTROL. Toobtain this control strategy 1) a U-named equation must beinput in a CURVE-FIT instruction. 2) that U-name must bespecified for this keyword, and 3) FAN-CONTROL must bespecified as code-word FAN-EIR-FPLR.I V. 228 (Revised 5/81)
U-name= SYSTEM-FANS or S-FANS (User Worksheet)InputRangeKeyword Abbrev. User Input Desc. Default Min. Max.LIKE = U-nameFAN-SCHEDULE F-SCH = U-name Note 1FAN-CONTROL F-C = code-word Note 2SUPPLY-DELTA-T SUP-D-T =of Note 3 O. 30.SUPPLY-KW S-KW = kWI s td cfm Note 3 O. .01SUPPLY-STATIC S-S = inches W.G. Note 3 O. 15.SUPPLY-MECH-EFF S-M-E = fraction 0.1 1.SUPPLY-EFF S-E = fraction Note 3 0.1 1.MOTOR-PLACEMENT M-P = code-word Note 4FAN-PLACEMENT F-P = code-word Note 5RETURN-DEL TA-T RET-D-T =OF Note 6 O. 30.RETURN-KW R-KW = kW/cfm Note 6 O. .01RETURN-STATIC R-S = inches W.G. Note 6 O. 10.RETURN-EFF R-E = fraction Note 6 0.1 1.MAX-FAN-RATIO MAX-F-R = number Note 2 1. 1.5MIN-FAN-RATIO MIN-F-R = fraction Note 2 0.1 1.LOW-SPEED-RATIOS L-S-R = list of Note 7four valuesO. 1.NIGHT-CYCLE-CTRL N-C-C = code-word Note 2FAN-EIR-FPLR F-E-FPLR = U-name of alinear,quadratic,or cubicCURVE-FIT1) If no data entry is made for this keyword, the program assumes that thefan(s) are always available when needed, i.e., THRU DEC 31 (ALL) (1,24)(1).2) See the proper Applicability Table (Sec. B.4 of this chapter) forapplicability or the default value. If the keyword is not listed in thetable, it is not applicable to the system being specified.IV.229 (Revised 5/81)
3) Use either SUPPLY-DELTA-T and SUPPLY-KW or SUPPLY-STATIC, SUPPLY-MECH-EFF,and SUPPLY-EFF. See Table IV.36 for default values for SUPPLY-DELTA-Tand SUPPLY-KW. These default values will be used, based on SYSTEM-TYPE,if values are not input for SUPPLY-STATIC, SUPPLY-MECH-EFF, and SUPPLY-EFF.4) The default for this keyword is IN-AIRFLOW for SZRH, MZS, DDS, SZCI, TPIU,FPIU, VAVS, RHFS, HVSYS, CBVAV, PSZ, PMZS, and PVAVS. The keyword is notapplicable to other systems.5) The default for this keyword is DRAW-THROUGH for SZRH, SZCI, TPIU, FPIU,VAVS, RHFS, CBVAV, PSZ, and PVAVS. The keyword is not applicable to othersystems.6) Use either RETURN-DELTA-T and RETURN-KW or RETURN-STATIC and RETURN-EFF.The default values for RETURN-DELTA-T an~RETURN-KW are zero. Theomission of an entry for all four keywords is interpreted by the programto mean that there is no return fan.7) Applicable only when FAN-CONTROL ~ TWO-SPEED or COMPRESSOR-TYPE ~DUAL-SPEED. Defaults are (1., 1., 1., 1.).IV.230 (Revised 5/81)
9. SYSTEM-TERMINALThe function of the SYSTEM-TERMINAL instruction is to provide informationon the characteristics of heat transfer, flow throttling, or air inductioncomponents that control individual zone temperatures. Several SYSTEM-TERMINALinstructions may be required if the facility is served by more than one typeof system and/or it is desired to conduct parametric runs. These parametersare the same for all zones served by the system.SYSTEM-TERMINAL is a "subcommand" of SYSTEM and, as such, can be used toinput a subset of data to SYSTEM.An alternative mode for data entry is to complete and enterSYSTEM-TERMINAL keywords and their values directly into the SYSTEM command (ifthis approach is chosen, omit the SYSTEM-TERMINAL keyword in SYSTEM).The user is cautioned that at the present time, the values ofREHEAr=DE~T-and INDUCT I oNJRATIO must be ldentTCaT for all zones served bythe system. MIN-CFM-RATIO can be supplied separately at the zone level also.SYSTEM-TERMINALREHEAT-DELTA-TINDUCTION-RATIOMIN-CFM-RATIOinforms the SDL Processor that the data to follow arerelated to zone temperature control components, such asreheat coils, induction units and VAV boxes. A uniqueuser-defined name must be entered in the U-name field ofeach SYSTEM-TERMINAL instruction. Omission of this entryin the "subcommand" wi 11 cause an error.is the maximum increase in temperature for supply airpassing through the zone (or subzone) reheat coils. Thevalue specified here applies to all zones in the system.is the ratio of induced air flow to primary air flow.This entry is applicable to the fixed-ratio inductionunits (system types TPIU and FPIU), but not to thevariable-ratio ceiling induction units used for subzonetemperature control (System type SZCI), which has apreprogrammed value of 1.0. The value input here appliesto all zones in the system.is the minimum allowable supply air flow rate, expressedas a decimal fraction of design flow rate. The keywordMIN-CFM-RATIO is applicable only to variable-volume typesystems. (This keyword appears also under the ZONEcommand. The value specified here in the SYSTEM-TERMINALcommand applies to all zones in the system that do nothave an overriding specification at the zone level in theZONE command.)If MIN-CFM-RATIO is less than MIN-OUTS IDE-AIR, 100 percent outside ventilation air flow will be simulated belowMIN-OUTSIDE-AIR flow.IV.231 (Revised 5/81)
Warniny: When simulating a variable-air volume system zthe va ue of the THROTTLING-RANGE should be at least 4 toinsure stability of operation. This is especially truewhen a COLDEST or WARMEST control option in HEAT-CONTROLor COOL-CONTROL is also used.IV.232 (Revised 5/81}
_____-------: SYSTEM-TERMINAL or S-TU-name(User Worksheet)InputRanseKeyword Abbrev. User Input Desc. Default Min. Max.LIKE : U-nameREHEAT-DELTA-T R-D-T :of Note 1 O. 100.INDUCTION-RATIO I-R : number Note 2 l. 10.MIN-CFM-RATIO M-C-R : fraction Note 3 O. 1.1) This is a required entry for the Constant-Volume Reheat Fan System(RHFS). Default value for systems with optional zone heat coils (i.e.,SZRH, SZCI, CBVAV, VAVS, PSZ, HVSYS, and PVAVS) is zero. The keyword isnot applicable to other types of systems.2) This is a required entry for TPIU and FPIU systems.3) This keyword is applicable to SZRH, MZS, DDS, RHFS, PSZ, and PMZS whereits default value is 1.0. It is also applicable to VAVS, CBVAV, and PVAVS.where its value is calculated (from outside air requirement or peakheating load) if not input.IV.233 (Revised 5/81)
10. SYSTEM-FLUIDThe function of the SYSTEM-FLUID instruction is to provide informationthat is applicable specifically to the hydronic part of two pipe induction andheat pump systems. This subcommand is appropriate only to the TPIU and HPsystems. Several SYSTEM-FLUID instructions may be entered if the facility isserved by more than one mixed air-water system and/or it is desired to conductparametric runs.SYSTEM-FLUID is a "subcommand" of SYSTEM and, as such, can be used toinput a subset of data to SYSTEM.An alternative mode for data entry is to complete and enter SYSTEM-FLUIDkeywords and their values directly into the SYSTEM command (if this approachis chosen, omit the SYSTEM-FLUID keyword in SYSTEM).Note that pumping horsepower is accounted for by the PLANT Program, ratherthan the SYSTEMS Program. The calculations of pumping energy are based on thedefault value for plant constants HCIRC-IMPELLER-E, HCIRC-MOTOR-EFF,HCIRC-HEAD, and HCIRC-DESIGN-T-D (heating), CCIRC-IMPELLER-E, CCIRC-MOTOR-EFF,CCIRC-HEAD, and CCIRC-DESIGN-T-D (cooling), and, if SYSTEM-TYPE ~ HP or TPIU,TWR-MOTOR-EFF, TWR-IMPELLER-EFF, and TWR-PUMP-HEAD (cooling tower). Thesedefault values can be changed for any run using the PLANT-PARAMETERSinstruction (see Chap. V).SYSTEM-FLUIDINDUC-MODE-SCHMIN-FLUID-Tinforms the SDL Processor that the data to follow are relatedto the hydronic part of air-water type systems. A uniqueuser-defined name must be entered in the U-name field of eachSYSTEM-FLUID instruction. Omission of this entry in the"subcommand" will cause an error.specifies the U-name of a SCHEDULE that defines the mode ofthe coils in the terminal induction unit for a two-pipeinduction system (TPIU). If the hour's SCHEDULE value ispositive, all zone coils can provide cooling only. If thehour's SCHEDULE value is negative, all zone coils can provideheating only. Additionally, if the value is negative (zoneheating) and COOL-CONTROL is not equal to CONSTANT, theprimary air controller set point temperature is reset toMIN-SUPPLY-T (thus ensuring a cooling source in addition to aheating source).When the unitary heat pump system (HP) is being simulated,the input for this keyword is the minimum allowable temperature(entering the heat pumps) for the circulating heataddition/heat extraction fluid. The program simulatesaddition of heat, as required, to prevent fluid temperaturefrom falling below this value. The heat addition componentis specified in a PDL instruction for the PLANT Program andis simulated by the PLANT Program (see Chap. V).IV.234 (Revised 5/81)
MAX-FLUID-TFLUID-HEAT-CAPWhen the unitary heat pump system (HP) is being simulated,the input for this keyword is the maximum allowable temperature(entering the heat pumps) for the circulating heat addition/heatextraction fluid. The program simulates heatextraction, as required, to prevent fluid temperature fromexceeding this value. The heat extraction component isspecified in a PDL instruction from the PLANT Program and issimulated by the PLANT Program (see Chap. V).This keyword is applicable to the unitary hydronic heat pumpsystem (SYSTEM-TYPE = HP) only. The input is the thermalcapacitance of the fluid in the system. The value specifiedis the number of Btus required to raise (or lower) thetemperature of the total fluid volume in the system (pipeloop and coils) by l'F; that is, the total mass of the fluid,in lbs' a multiplied by the specific heat of the fluid, inBtu/lb- F.IV.235 (Revised 5/81)
U-name= SYSTEM-FLUID or S-FLU (User Worksheet)Keyword Abbrev. User InputInputDesc. DefaultRangeMin. Max.LIKE = U-nameINDUC-MODE-SCH I-M-SCH = U-name Note 1MIN-FLUID-T MIN-F-T =of Note 2 40. 80.MAX-FLUID-T MAX-F-T =of Note 2 60. 150.FLU I D-HEAT-CAP F-H-C = Btu/oF Note 2 1. 1.x 1091) This keyword is appropriate to the TPIU system only.2) This entry is required for the Unitary Hydronic Heat Pump (HP) system. Itis not applicable to other systems; therefore, no default is listed.IV.236 (Revised 5/81)
11. SYSTEM-EQUIPMENTFor the simulation to proceed, the program must know the details of theoperating performance of all equipment. This includes air flow rates(specified in ZONE-AIR and SYSTEM-AIR), control systems (specified inZONE-CONTROL and SYSTEM-CONTROL), and design, as well as off-design, capacityand energy input requirements (specified here in the SYSTEM-EQUIPMENT subcommand).These quantities can either be defaulted or explicitly specified bythe user.If the user is satisfied with the default equipment performance databuilt lnto the program, lt may not be necessary to speclfy any keyword valuesin the SYSTEM-EQUIPMENT subcommand.Equipment operating characteristics arethe design ARI* capacity and consumption aredesign functional relationship is specified.available cooling capacity from a unit is,specified in two parts: first,given; next, the off-design toFor example, the hourlyCAPT = available total cooling capacity = CAP ARI * CAP(WBT,DBT),where CAP(WBT,DBT) is the modifier function to account for off-design WBT andDBT.In keyword form, the equation is expressed asCAPT = COOLING-CAPACITY * COOL-CAP-FT(WBT,DBT),where WBT and DBT are the wet- and dry-bulb temperatures of air entering thecoil for water coils and entering air wet-bulb and outdoor dry-bulb for directexpansion (DX) units.For cooling capacity, it is necessary also to know the sensible part ofthe total capacity. This is, in a similar manner,SCAPT = SCAP ARI * SCAP(WBT,DBT)or in keyword form,SCAPT = COOL-SH-CAP * COOL-SH-FT(WBT,DBT).For all types, SCAPI is not allowed to exceed CAPT' and for DX units,SCAPT is also corrected for entering dry-bulb temperatures other than at theARI rating point (the ARI rating point is: wet-bulb entering = 67°F, dry-bulbentering = 80°F, and dry-bulb outdoor = 95°F).* Air-Conditioning and Refrigeration Institute standards for the design,fabrication, and installation of heating, ventilating, and airconditioning equipment.IV.237 (Revised 5/81)
To calculate the energy input to produce the available output, a similarrated value and modifier function is used.EIRT = electric input to cooling outputEIRT = EIRARI * EIR(WBT,DBT) * EIR(PLR),or in keyword form,EIRT = CODLING-EIR * COOL-EIR-FT(WBT,DBT) * COOL-EIR-FPLR(PLR).The PLR is the ratio of actual load output to full load output at theoperating point. Thus, the electrical input to the. unit isQE = CAPT * EIRT.Similar relationships are used for heat pumps where the ARI point ischanged (outdoor dry-bulb = 47°F and entering dry-bulb = 70°F). For hot waterand electric coils, the capacity is assumed to be independent of operatingconditions. For gas and oil furnaces, the input is simply a function of thepart-load output and the capacity is assumed to be constant.CoolingIn summary, for all equipment:1. Chilled water systems (SZRH, DDS, MZS, TPIU, FPIU, TPFC, FPFC, CBVAV,VAVS, RHFS, HVSYS)CAPT = COOLING-CAPACITY * COOL-CAP-FT(EWB,EDB)SCAPT = COOL-SH-CAP * COOL-SH-FT(EWB,EDB) or CAPT' whichever issmaller,CBF = COIL-BF * COIL-BF-FT(EWB,EDB) * COIL-BF-FCFM(CFMPLR).2. DX systems (HP, RESYS, PSZ, PMZS, PVAVS, PTAC)CAPT = COOLING-CAPACITY * COOL-CAP-FT(EWB,ODB),SCAPT = COOL-SH-CAP * COOL-SH-FT(EWB,ODB) + [1.08 * (SUPPLY-CFM)* (1 - COIL-BF) * (EDB - 80)J or CAPT' whichever issmaller,IV.238 (Revised 5/81)
HeatingCBF ~EIRT ~QE ~COIL-BF * COIL-BF-FT(EWB,ODB) * COIL-BF-FCFM(CFMPLR),COOLING-EIR * COOL-EIR-FT(EWB,ODB) * COOL-EIR-FPLR(PLR),CAPT * EIRT'1. Electric resistance (HEAT-SOURCE ~ ELECTRIC)CAPT ~QE ~HEATING-CAPACITYHeating load2. Electric heat pump (HEAT-SOURCE ~ HEAT-PUMP)CAPT ~EIRT ~HEATING-CAPACITY * HEAT-CAP-FT(ODB,EDB)HEATING-EIR * HEAT-EIR-FT(ODB,EDB) * HEAT-EIR-FPLR(PLR)QE ~ CAPT ~ EIR T •3. Gas or oil furnace (HEAT-SOURCE ~ GAS-FURNACE or OIL-FURNACE)CAPT ~HIRT ~QE ~HEATING-CAPACITYFURNACE-HIR * FURNACE-HIR-FPLR(PLR)CAPT * HIRT'Additional modifier functions are available to allow adjustment for flowrates other than those for which rating information is published(RATED-CCAP-FCFM, RATED-SH-FCFM, RATED-CEIR-FCFM, RATED-HCAP-FCFM,RATED-HEIR-FCFM), for defrosting heat pumps (DEFROST-DEGRADE), and furnaceinduced losses (FURNACE-OFF-LOSS).IV.239 (Revised 5/81)
Example 1:HEAT-EIR-FTot Operating -----t:'"_..ODB and EDBEDB (OF)HEAT-EIR-FTot DesignODB and EDB............ e:/ ,/ a:/ - 5I ~ .I !q, wHEAT-EIR-FPLR ,HEAT-EIR-FPLRat Operating PLR, I at Design PLRI51~r---=-------l,~III• I, I .O~-L-L~L-~~I .0.5 1.0\ PLR\t\\HEATING-EIR x HEAT-EIR-FT x HEAT-EIR-FPLR = Operating Heating-EIRI.45 Btu/ Btu x 1.050 x .945 = .446 Btu I Btuand therefore,Electrical In = HEATING-CAPACITY x HEAT-CAP-FT x Operating Heating-EIRExamp 1 e 2:I-' 1.0lL. ,a..(3 .5-'.ioo .0 "-L--'--'--"'--"--,--,-_EWB (OF)COOLING-CAP-FTat DesignEWBand ODB---COOLING-CAP-FTat OperatingEWBand ODBorCOOLING-CAPACITY x COOL-CAP-FT' Total Operating CapacitySensible OperatingCapacity50,000 Btu/hr x .95 = 47,500 Btu/ hrSma 11 er ofTotal Operating Capacityor[COOL-SH-CAP x COOL-SH-FTJ + [(1 - COIL-SF)x SUPPLY-CFM x (Tenter - 80)JFig. IV.24.Correcting performance to operating conditions.IV.240 (Revised 5/81)
In both the preceeding examples both items of equipment are assumed to berunning at their RATEO-CFM. Otherwise, an additional correction would havebeen made in Example 1 using RATED-HEIR-FCFM and an additional correctionwould have been made in Example 2 using RATED-CCAP-FCFM.SYSTEM-EQUIPMENTCOOLING-CAPACITYinforms the SOL processor that the data to follow are related to the system characteristics. A unique user-definedname must be entered in the U-name field of each SYSTEMEQUIPMENT instruction. Omission of this entry in the"subcommand" will cause an error.is the total capacity (at ARI rated conditions) of eitherthe chilled water cooling coil or the direct expansioncooling system, depending upon which the user is attemptingto specify. Note: When specifying COOLING-CAPACITY forpackaged OX cooling units with drawthrough fans, SUPPLY-EFFand SUPPLY-STATIC (see SYSTEM-FANS subcommand) should beomitted and SUPPLY-DELTA-T should be set equal to zero ifthe COOLING-CAPACITY being defined includes cooling of thefan motor. Otherwise, double accounting for supply fanmotor heat will be experienced. For better latent simulationthe SUPPLY-DELTA-T should be specified and theCOOLING-CAPACITY adjusted to describe the unit without thefan. The program-designed COOLING-CAPACITY (for OX systems)is at ARI rated conditions and fan power and heatare not included.COOL-CAP-FT * is the U-name of a bi-linear or bi-quadratic equation thatdescribes the cooling coil, or cooling system, capacity(dependent variable) as a function of entering wet-bulbtemperature (independent variable) and outside dry-bulbtemperature (independent variable) for direct expansioncoils or entering wet-bulb temperature (independent variable)-andentering dry-bulb temperature (independentvariable) for chilled water coils. If the bi-linear orbi-quadratic being specified is for a Unitary HydronicHeat Pump System (HP), the equation is describing the coilcooling capacity (dependent variable) as a function ofentering wet-bulb temperature (independent variable) andentering water temperature (independent variable). Thebi-linear or bi-quadratic equation must be input to theprogram and U-named in a CURVE-FIT instruction. Since thecooling coil, or system, will seldom operate at the ARIrated conditions, the equation identified by COOL-CAP-FTis necessary to describe the "shape of the change" in therated capacity.* Input for this keyword should be made only if the user is not satisfiedwith the default values built into the program. Additionally, if theuser decides to specify a U-name, it should not be one of the reserved"Default Curve U-names" in Table IV.39. Furthermore, these U-names areapplicable only to the SYSTEM-TYPEs stated in the table.IV.241 (Revised 5/81)
TABLE IV.39SYSTEM-EQUIPMENT DEFAULT CURVESEquations are assumed to take the form:1 i near t or z ." a + bxbi-linear, or z ." a + bx + dyquadratic, or z ." a + bx + cx2bi-quadratic, or z = a + bx + cx2 + dy + eyl + fxycubic, or z = a + bx + cx2 + dx 3DefaultDefault Curve CoefficientsCurveIndependent ApplicableU-name Keyword Variable(s)* SYSTEM-TYPE a b c d e fSOL-Cl CooL-CAP-FT WB/OOB RESYS 0.59815404 0.01329987 0.0 -0.00514995 0.0 0.0SOL-C2 COOL-CAP-FT WB/OOB PTAC 0.41905 0.01715 0.0 -0.00598 0.0 0.0SOL-C3 COOL-CAP-FT WB/OOB PSZ,PMZS,PVAVS 0.418943 0.017421 0.0 -0.00617 0.0 0.0SOL-C5 COOL-CAP-FT WB/WT HP 0.56735 0.0137 0.0 -0.00647 0.0 0.0SOL-Cl COOL-CAP-FT WB/OB Builtup -2.733941 0.0520215 0.0 0.00310625 0.0 0.0SOL-CI0 COOL-CAP-FT WB/OB TPFC,FPFC -2.95444 0.05372 0.0 0.00444 0.0 0.0SOL-Cll CooL-EJR-FT WB/OOB RESYS 0.49957503 -0.00765992 0.0 0.01066989 0.0 0.0SOL-CI2 COOL-EJR-FT WB/OOB PTAC 0.282094 -0.005832 0.0 0.01167 0.0 0.0~SOL-CI3 CooL-EJR-FT WB/OOB PSZ,PMZS,PVAVS 0.282094 -0.005832 0.0 0.01167 0.0 0.0
TABLE IV.39 (cont)DefaultDefault Curve CoefficientsCurveIndependent ApplicableU-name Keyword Variable(s)' SYSTEM-TYPE a b c d e fSOL-C56 HEAT-E1R-FT OOBIOB RESYS 2.03914613 -0.03906753 0.00045617 -0.00000203 0.0 0.0SOL-C57 HEAT -E1R-FT OOBIOB PTAC 1.288862 -0.006146 0.0 0.0 0.0 0.0SOL-C60 HEAT-E1R-FT OBIWT HP 0.97246 0.0 0.0 0.000459 0.0 0.0,SOL-C61 HEAT-EIR-FPLR PLR RESYS 0.10969333 0.89030667 0.0 0.0 0.0 0.0SOL-C62 HEAT-EIR-FPLR PLR PTAC 0.10969333 0.89030667 0.0 0.0 0.0 0.0SOL-C65 HEAT-EIR-FPLR PLR HP 0.10969333 0.89030667 0.0 0.0 0.0 0.0SOL-C66 DEFROST-DEGRADE OWBIOOB RESYS,PTAC 0.033 0.0 0.0 0.0 0.0 0.0SOL-C76 RATEO-CCAP-FCFM CFM-PLR RESYS 0.94015 0.05985 0.0 0.0 0.0 0.0SOL-C77 RATEO-CCAP-FCFM CFM-PLR PTAC 0.94015 0.05985 0.0 0.0 0.0 0.0SOL-C78 RATEO-CCAP-FCFM CFM-PLR PSZ,PMZS,PVAVS 0.69717199 0.39555 -0.092727 0.0 0.0SOL-C79 RATEO-CCAP-FCFM CFM-PLR HP 0.7 0.3 0.0 0.0 0.0 0.0SOL-C80 RATEO-CCAP-FCFM CFM-PLR Bui ltup 0.3 0.7 0.0 0.0 0.0 0.0SOL-C81 RATEO-CCAP-FCFM CFM-PLR TPFC,FPFC 0.36 0.64 0.0 0.0 0.0 0.0SOL-C83 RATEO-SH-FCFM CFM-PLR RESYS 0.9379 0.0621 0.0 0.0 0.0 0.0SOL-C84 RATEO-SH-FCFM CFM-PLR PTAC 0.9379 0.0621 0.0 0.0 0.0 0.0~ SOL-C87 RATEO-SH-FCFM CFM-PLR 8u i ltup 0.2 0.8 0.0 0.0 0.0 0.0W SOL-C88 RATEO-SH-FCFM CFM-PLR TPFC,FPFC 0.28 0.72 0.0 0.0 0.0 0.0SOL-C91 RATEO-CEIR-FCFM CFM-PLR RESYS 1.13318 -0.13318 0.0 0.0 0.0 0.0SOL-C92 RATEO-CEIR-FCFM CFM-PLR PTAC 1.13318 -0.13318 0.0 0.0 0.0 0.0SOL-C93 RATE O-CEI R-FCFM CFM-PLR PSZ,PMZS,PVAVS 1.13318 -0.13318 0.0 0.0 0.0 0.0SOL-C94 RATEO-CEIR-FCFM CFM-PLR HP 1.13318 -0.13318 0.0 0.0 0.0 0.0SOL--C98 RATEO-HCAP-FCFM CFM-PLR RESYS 0.8913 0.1087 0.0 0.0 0.0 0.0SOL-C99 RATEO-HCAP-FCFM CFM-PLR PTAC 0.8913 0.IOB7 0.0 0.0 0.0 0.0SOL-ClO~ RATEO-HCAP-FCFM CFM-PLR PSZ,PMZS,PVAVS;0SOL-ClOl RATEO-HCAP-FCFM CFM-PLR HP 0.7 0.3 0.0 0.0 0.0 0.0rt> SOL-Cl02 RATEO-HCAP-FCFM CFM-PLR TPFC,FPFC SOL-CIOS RATE O-HE I R-FCFM CFM-PLR RESYS 1.13318 -0.13_1B 0.0 0.0rt>0.0 0.0CL SOL-CI06 RATEO-HEIR-FCFM CFM-PLR PTAC 1.13318 -0.13318 0.0 0.0 0.0 0.0SOL-CI08 RATE O-HE I R-FCFM CFM-PLR HP
COOLING-E IRfor other temperature values. The equation should benormalized so that at rated conditions its value is 1.0(that is, where the total cooling capacity equalsCOOLING-CAPACITY). If this keyword is specified, the usershould also specify COOL-SH-CAP.is the Electric Input Ratio, or 11Coefficient of Performance,for the cooling unit at ARI rated conditions.Electric Input Ratio is defined in <strong>DOE</strong>-2 to be the ratioof the electric energy input (in Btu/hr) to the ratedcapacity (in Btu/hr). This EIR is at the ARI rated conditions,that is, without corrections for differenttemperatures and part loads. Note: If the fan electricenergy consumption is included in this user-specifiedCOOLING-EIR, SUPPLY-KW in SYSTEM-FANS should be set equalto zero (and SUPPLY-STATIC, SUPPLY-EFF, and SUPPLY-DELTA-Tshould be omitted). Otherwise, double accounting forsupply fan electrical energy will be experienced. Thedefault COOLING-EIR (for commercial systems) alreadyincludes compressor and outdoor fan energy, but not indoorfan energy.COOL-EIR-FT * is the U-name of a bi-linear or bi-quadratic equation thatdescribes the Electric Input Ratio for cooling (dependentvariable) as a function of entering wet-bulb temperature(independent variable) and outdoor dry-bulb temperature(independent variable) for direct expansion systems orentering wet-bulb temperature (independent variable)-andentering water temperature (independent variable) for anHP, water-to-air heat pump, system. The equation shouldoe-normallzed so that at rated conditions its value is 1.0(that is, where the full load rated electric input ratiofor cooling equals COOLING-EIR). The keyword is unusedwith chilled water coils.COOL-EIR-FPLR * is the U-name of a linear, quadratic, or cubic equationthat describes the Electric Input Ratio for cooling(dependent variable) as a function of part load ratio,PLR, (independent variable). The keyword is unused withchilled water coils. The linear, quadratic, or cubicequation must be input to the program and U-named in aCURVE-FIT instruction. The equation should be normalizedso that at rated conditions its value is 1.0.* Input for this keyword should be made only if the user is not satisfiedwith the default values built into the program. Additionally, if theuser decides to specify a U-name, it should not be one of the reserved"Default Curve U-names" in Table I V. 39. Furthermore, these U-names areapplicable only to the SYSTEM-TYPEs stated in the table.IV.244 (Revised 5/81)
COOL-SH-CAPis the sensible heat removal capacity of the air coolingdevice at ARI rated conditions (the sensible part ofCOOLING-CAPACITY). At non-ARI rated conditions the valuewill be corrected by COOL-SH-FT, either by default or byuser-supplied data for COOL-SH-FT. Note: The sensiblecapacity is always less than or equal to the total capacity.COOL-SH-FT * is the U-name of a bi-linear or bi-quadratic equation that·described the sensible heat removal capacity (dependentvariable) of the air cooling device as a function of enteringwet-bulb temperature (independent variable) and outdoordry-bulb temperature (independent variable) for directexpansion. If the bi-linear or bi-quadratic being specifiedis for a Unitary Hydronic Heat Pump System (HP), the equationis describing the sensible heat removal capacity (dependentvariable) as a function of entering wet-bulb temperature(independent variable) and entering water temperature(independent variable). The bi-linear or bi-quadraticequation must be input to the program and U-named in aCURVE-FIT instruction. The equation should be normalized sothat at rated conditions its value is 1.0 (that is, where thesensible heat removal capacity equals COOL-SH-CAP). The usershould assure that the data introduced to produce this curvedoes not result in a sensible heat ratio of greater than 1.0.COOL-FT-MINis the minimum outside dry-bulb temperature for the curvesreferenced by the keywords COOL-CAP-FT, COOL-EIR-FT, andCOOL-SH-FT (and their associated CURVE-FIT instructions).This is the minimum extrapolation point. As the outsidedry-bulb temperature (one of the two independent variables ineach of the three equations) drops below this point theaccuracy of the three equations is degraded. The programassumes that the second dependent variable, in each of thethree equations, remains constant at all outside dry-bulbtemperatures below this value. The program assumes that thecorresponding cut-off wet-bulb temperature is 60°F.If the RATED-CFM (see SYSTEM-AIR or ZONE-AIR) of the supply air fan isdifferent than the SUPPLY-CFM (see SYSTEM-AIR) or ASSIGNED-CFM (see ZONE-AIR),the user may choose to enter values for the following three keywords. If,however, the user omits entries for the following three keywords, the programwill calculate their polynomials as a function of SUPPLY-CFM/RATED-CFM forcentral systems and as a function of ASSIGNED-CFM/RATED-CFM for zonal systems.* Input for this keyword should be made only if the user is not satisfiedwith the default values built into the program. Additionally, if theuser decides to specify a U-name, it should not be one of the reserved"Default Curve U-names" in Table IV.39. Furthermore, these U-names areapplicable only to the SYSTEM-TYPEs stated in the table.IV.245 (Revised 5/81)
RATED-CCAP-FCFM *RATED-CEIR-FCFM *RATED-SH-FCFM *COIL-SFis the U-name of a linear, quadratic, or cubic equationthat describes the rated cooling capacity (dependentvariable) as a function of supply air flow rate/rated cfm(independent variable). The linear, quadratic, or cubicequation must be input to the program and U-named in aCURVE-FIT instruction. The equation should be normalized sothat at RATED-CFM its value is 1.D.is the U-name of a linear, quadratic, or cubic equationthat describes the rated Electric Input Ratio for cooling(dependent variable) as a function of supply air flowrate/rated cfm (independent variable). The linear, quadraticor cubic equation must be input to the program and U-named ina CURVE-FIT instruction. The equation should be normalizedso that at RATED-CFM its value is 1.0.is the U-name of a linear, quadratic, or cubic equation thatdescribes the rated sensible cooling capacity (dependentvariable) as a-runction of supply air flow rate/rated cfm(independent variable). The linear, quadratic, or cubicequation must be input to the program and U-named in aCURVE-FIT instruction. The equation should be normalized sothat at RATED-CFM its value is 1.0.is the cooling coil full load rated bypass factor. Thisvalue is used to characterize the performance of a coolingcoil. Using the bypass model, the exit air stream from acoil is characterized as being composed of two components:one component leaves the coil at the coil surface temperatureand at or below the corresponding saturation humidity ratio(depending upon whether the entering air humidity ratio wasabove or below this saturation value); the other componentleaves at the same temperature and humidity ratio as theentering air stream (thus the bypass name). The fraction ofthe total air flow in the bypassed component is the bypassfactor. The graphical representation is shown in Fig. IV.2S.-'=o:>,~-0.06NI.0WE ~oWL '5ws Ct:Dry-bulb Temperoture (OF)EI "Fig. IV.2S.Determining the coil bypass factor.IV.246 (Revised 5/81)
A = coil entering condition,B = coil leaving condition,C = coil surface condition,WE = coil entering humidity ratio,WL = coil leaving humidity ratio,WS = coil surface saturation humidity ratio,HE = coil entering enthalpy,HL = coil leaving enthalpy,BYPASS FACTORCOOL-SH-CAP= DBT E - 1.08 * CFMThe bypass factor can be calculated by plotting, on thepsychrometric chart, the ARI and other entering conditions(A). Then, using the capacity and air flow rate at theseconditions, plot the leaving conditions (B). If a line isdrawn between these pOints and extended to the saturationline, it will intersect the saturation line at the coilsurface condition (C). One can then calculate the bypassfactor for each pair of points. If WE is less than orequal to WL, there is only sensible cooling, and thebypass factor is unused. Thus, the bypass factor and itsassociated curves should only be produced for conditionswhen WE > WL.COIL-BF-FCFM * is the U-name of a linear, quadratic, or cubic equationthat describes the coil bypass factor (dependent variable)as a function of total supply air (independent variable).The linear, quadratic, or cubic equation must be input tothe program and U-named in a CURVE-FIT instruction. Theequation should be normalized so that at rated conditionsits value is 1.0.COIL-BF-FT * is the U-name of a bi-linear or bi-quadratic equation thatdescribes the coil bypass factor (dependent variable) as a* Input for this keyword should be made only if the user is not satisfiedwith the default values built into the program. Additionally, if theuser decides to specify a U-name, it should not be one of the reserved"Default Curve U-names" in Table IV.39. Furthermore, these U-names areapplicable only to the SYSTEM-TYPEs stated in the table.I V. 247 (Revised 5/81)
COOL-CTRL-RANGEMIN-UNLOAD-RATIOMIN-HGB-RATIOfunction of the entering wet-bulb temperature (independentvariable) and entering dry-bulb temperature (independentvariable. The bi-linear or bi-quadratic equation must beinput to the program and U-named in a CURVE-FITinstruction. The equation should be normalized so that atrated conditions its value is 1.0.is the throttling range of the cooling coil controller andit is represented by Tmax-Tmin where T ax is thetemperature of the coil when it is ful~y loaded and Tminis the temperature of the coil when it is fully unloaded.is the point, expressed as a part load ratio (PLR), atwhich compressor unloading stops and hot gas bypass orcycling begins (see M-U-R in Fig. IV.26). TheCOOL-EIR-FPLR applies in the range of PLR's betweenMIN-UNLOAD-RATIO and 1.0, that is, the range designated as"Unloading" in Fig. IV.26.is the point, expressed as a part load ratio (PLR), belowwhich hot gas bypass stops and unit cycling begins. Belowthis point the unit cycles on and off to meet the load.MIN-HGB-RATIO is always equal to or less thanMIN-UNLOAD-RATIO (see M-H-R in Fig. IV.26).When,(M-U-RJsPLRsIO,no hotgas by-pass occurs (coil is notfully loadedJ(M-H-RJsPLR«M-U-RJ,hot gas by-pass occursI.0O.Os PLR< (M-H-RJ, coil cycles on and off, as requiredthat is,No Load(PLR=OJ M-H-R M-U-RDesign arFull Load(PLR=IO)~-----l------+--------';OO"Cycling Bypassing UnloadingCOOL-EIR-FPLRNote:If (M-U-R) ; (M-H-R), there is no hot gas bypasscapability, and the unit moves from unloading immediatelyto cycling as the PLR drops below this ratio. If (M-U-R) ;(M-H-R) ; 1.0, the unit does not unload and cycles fromfull load down to zero load.Fig. IV.26.Cooling coil operating strategy.IV.248 (Revised 5/81)
MAX-COND-RCVRYCRANKCASE-HEATCRANKCASE-MAX-TOUTS IDE-FAN-KWOUTSIDE-FAN-TOUTSIDE-FAN-MODECOMPRESSOR-TYPEHEATING-CAPACITYHEAT-CAP-FT*is the fraction of the heat produced in the condenser thatis to be recovered and is to replace active heating.is the amount of electrical energy, measured in kW, usedto heat the crankcase of direct expansion (DX) and heatpump compressors. The crankcase heater is on only whenthe compressor is off.is the outdoor dry-bulb temperature above which thecrankcase heater, if present, is not allowed to operate.is the amount of electrical energy, measured in kW, usedto operate the outside fan (condenser fan when cooling orevaporator fan when heating).is the outside temperature below which the condenserfan(s) are not permitted to operate.Input for this keyword is the code-word which describeswhether the outside fan operates continuously (CONTINUOUS)or only when the compressor is on (INTERMITTENT). Thiskeyword is appropriate only to RESYS, PSZ, PMZS, andPVAVS. Its default is INTERMITTENT.Input for this keyword is the code-word which describeswhether the compressor operates at only one speed (SINGLESPEED) or two speeds (DUAL-SPEED). This keyword is appropriateonly to RESYS.is the total capacity of the heating system (for RESYSthis HEATING-CAPACITY is at ARI rated conditions). Notethat the input value is a negative value. If the minussign is omitted an ERROR will occur. The program-designedHEATING-CAPACITY does not include fan power and heat.is the U-name of a bi-linear or bi-quadratic equation thatdescribes the heat pump heating capacity (dependentvariable) as a function of outdoor dry-bulb temperatureand entering dry-bulb temperature (independent variables).The bi-linear or bi-quadratic equation must be input tothe program and U-named in a CURVE-FIT instruction.Because the heat pump will seldom operate at the ratedheating rate, the equation identified by HEAT-CAP-FT isnecessary to describe the "shape of the change" in therated'* Input for this keyword should be made only if the user is not satisfied withthe default values built into the program. Additionally, if the user decidesto specify a U-name, it shoul d not be one of the reserved "Default CurveU-names" in Table IV.39. Furthermore, these U-names are applicable only tothe SYSTEM-TYPEs stated in the table.IV.249 (Revised 5/81)
HEATING-EIRcapacity for other temperature values. The equation shouldbe normalized so that at rated conditions its value is 1.0(that is, where total heating capacity equalsHEATING-CAPACITY). This keyword is always appropriate tothe HP system and is appropriate to the RESYS and PTACsystems when HEAT-SOURCE ~ HEAT-PUMP.is the Electric Input Ratio, or 11 heating Coefficient ofPerformance for the heat pump. This EIR is at ARI ratedconditions, that is, without corrections for temperatureand part load. The program-designed HEATING-EIR does notinclude fan power and heat. This keyword is appropriateonly to HP, RESYS, and PTAC systems.HEAT -EIR-FT * is the U-name of a bi-linear or bi-quadratic equation thatdescribes the heat pump Electric Input Ratio (dependentvariable) as a function of outdoor dry-bulb temperatureand entering dry-bulb temperature (independent variables).The bi-linear or bi-quadratic equation must be input tothe program and U-named in a CURVE-FIT instruction. Theequation should be normalized so that at rated conditionsits value is 1.0 (that is, where the full load electricinput ratio for heating equals HEATING-EIR). This keywordis appropriate only to HP, RESYS, and PTAC systems.HEAT-EIR-FPLR * is the U-name of a linear, quadratic, or cubic equationthat describes the heat pump Electric Input Ratio forheating (dependent variable) as a function of part loadratio, PLR, (independent variable). The linear, quadratic,or cubic equation must be input to the program andU-named in a CURVE-FIT instruction. The equation shouldbe normalized so that at rated conditions its value is 1.0.This key word is appropriate only to HP, RESYS, and PTACsystems.If the RATED-CFM (see SYSTEM-AIR or ZONE-AIR) of the supply air fan isdifferent from the SUPPLY-CFM (see SYSTEM-AIR) or ASSIGNED-CFM (see ZONE-AIR),the user may choose to enter values for the following two keywords. Ifhowever, the user omits entries for the following two keywords, the programwill calculate their polynomials as a function of SUPPLY-CFMI RATED-CFM forcentral systems and as a function of ASSIGNED-CFM/RATED-CFM for zonal systems.RATED-HCAP-FCFM *is the U-name of a linear, quadratic, or cubic equationthat describes the rated heating capacity (dependent*Input for this keyword should be made only if the user is not satisfiedwith the default values built into the program. Additionally, if theuser decides to specify a U-name, it should not be one of the reserved"Default Curve U-names" in Table IV.39. Furthermore, these U-names areapplicable only to the SYSTEM-TYPEs stated in the table.IV.250 (Revised 5/81)
RATED-HEIR-FCFM *ELEC-HEAT-CAPMIN-HP-TMAX-ELEC-TDEFROST-TDEFROST-DEGRADE *variable) as a function of supply air flow rate/rated cfm(independent variable). The linear, quadratic, or cubicequation must be input to the program and U-named in aCURVE-FIT instruction. The equation should be normalizedso that at RATED-CFM its value is 1.0.is the U-name of a linear, quadratic, or cubic equationthat describes the rated Electric Input Ratio for heating(dependent variable) as a function of supply air flowrate/rated cfm (independent variable). The bi-linear orbi-quadratic equation must be input to the program andU-named in a CURVE-FIT instruction. The equation shouldbe normalized so that at RATED-CFM its value is 1.0.is the design total heat capacity of the auxiliary electricresistance heater within the heat pump. Note that inputfor this keyword must be a negative value to avoid an ERROR.is the outdoor dry-bulb temperature below which the heatpump turns off.is the maximum outdoor dry-bulb temperature above whichthe electric resistance heating is turned off. Thiskeyword is appropriate only to RESYS or PTAC whereHEAT-SOURCE = HEAT-PUMP.is the outdoor temperature below which the heat pumpdefrosts itself (during its heating mode of operation).This keyword is appropriate only to RESYS and PTACsystems, assuming they are equipped with a heat pump.is the U-name of a linear, quadratic, or cubic equationthat describes the ratio of defrost time to heating-ontime (dependent variable) as a function of outdoorwet-bulb temperature and outdoor dry-bulb temperature(independent variables). If the user wishes anythingother than the default, a linear, quadratic, or cubicequation must be input to the program and U-named in aCURVE-FIT instruction. This keyword is appropriate onlyto RESYS and PTAC systems, assuming they are equipped witha heat pump. The default, which is optional, is 3 minutesof defrost time for each 90 minutes of operation if theoutdoor dry-bulb temperature is less than DEFROST-T.HCOIL-WIPE-FCFM applies only to MZS, DDS, and PMZS systems. When somedual duct systems are in the predominately cooling mode,some of the supply air passes over, or wipes, the main hotdeck before entering the cold deck (or mixing box). Thisis caused by the location of the heating coil in the unit.This keyword is used to account for the effect of partially*Input for this keyword should be made only if the user is not satisfiedwith the default values built into the program. Additionally, if theuser decides to specify a U-name, it should not be one of the reserved"Default Curve U-names" in Table IV.39. Furthermore, these U-names areapplicable only to the SYSTEM-TYPEs stated in the table.IV.251 (Revised 5/81)
heating the air. Input for this keyword is the U-name ofa linear, quadratic, or cubic equation which describes thefraction of air (dependent variable) heated to the hotdeck temperature as a function of the ratio (independentvariable) of cfm through the cold deck to the total cfm.If the user wishes to account for this effect, a linear,quadratic, or cubic equation must be previously input tothe program and U-named in a CURVE-FIT instruction. Thereis no default value or curve.FURNACE-HIRFURNACE-AUXFURNACE-OFF-LOSSis the ratio of Btus of fuel used to Btus of heatingenergy produced. It is expressed as a number equal to orgreater than 1.0 (although the Range Maximum shown on theUser Worksheet for this command is 1.75, a number inexcess of this value will not result in an ERROR).FURNACE-HIR should include the pilot energy.When HEAT-SOURCE; GAS-FURNACE, FURNACE-AUX is the energy,expressed in Btu/hr, that is consumed by the gas pilotlight of a gas furnace during the hours when there is noload on the furnace. It is assumed by the program that thepilot light consumption during the hours that the furnaceis "on" is included in FURNACE-HIR-FPLR.When HEAT-SOURCE; OIL-FURNACE, FURNACE-AUX is the energy,expressed in Btu/hr, that is consumed by the spark ignitionand the fuel pumping system during the hours when there isa load on the furnace. The energy consumed is the furnacepart-load-ratio times the value of FURNACE-AUX in Btu/hr.The program assumes that no energy is consumed when thereis no load on the furnace.is the U-name of a linear, quadratic, or cubic equationthat describes the fraction of the unused furnace capacitythat is an induced load (dependent variable) as a functionof outdoor dry-bulb temperature. The unused furnacecapacity (HEATING-CAPACITY minus the furnace load,assuming no loss) is multiplied by this function and theresult is added to the furnace load. The loss is onlyadded during the hour the furnace operated. This loss isusually caused by infiltration induced by a non-outsideair supplied burner or off-cycle furnace cooling. Thereis no default value or curve.FURNACE-HIR-FPLR * accepts the U-name of a linear, quadratic, or cubicequation that defines the dependence of FURNACE-HIR onpart-load ratio. The equation must be input to theprogram and U-named in a CURVE-FIT instruction. Theequation should be normalized so that at full load itsval ue is 1. 0 .* Input for this keyword should be made only if the user is not satisfiedwith the default values built into the program. Additionally, if theuser decides to specify a U-name, it should not be one of the reserved"Default Curve U-names" in Table IV.39. Furthermore, these U-names areapplicable only to the SYSTEM-TYPEs stated in the table.IV.252 (Revised 5/81)
__ --,,-=-==-___ = SYSTEM-EQUIPMENT or S-EQU-name(User Worksheet)KeywordAbbrev.User InputInputRangeDesc. Default Min. Max.LIKECOOLING-CAPACITY C-CAPCOOL-CAP-FT C-C-FTCOOLING-E IR C-EIRCOOL-EIR-FT C-E-FTCOOL-EIR-FPLR C-E-FPCOOL-SH-CAP=-------------------=--------------------=-------------------=--------------------=--------------------=-------------------U-nameBtu/ hr Note 1 O. 1. x1Q8U-name Note 1of a bilinearorbi-quadraticBtu/Btu Note 1U-name Note 1of a bi-1 inear orbi-quadrati cU-name Note 1of alinear,quadratic,or cubicBtu/ hr Note 1O. 1.O. l.x10 8COOL-SH-FTC-S-FT=-------------------U-name Note 1of bi-1 inear orbi-quadraticCOOL-FT-MIN C-FT-MIN =----------------RATED-CCAP-FCFM R-CC-FCRATED-CEIR-FCFM R-CE-FC = __________Note 1U-name Note 1of a linear,quadratic,or cubicU-name Note 1of a linear,quadratic,or cubicO. 120.I V. 253(Revised 5/81)
InputRan~eKeyword Abbrev. User Input Desc. Default Mln.ax.RATED-SH-FCFM R-S-FC = U-name Note 1of a linear,quadratic,or cubic----CDIL-BF C-BF cfm/cfm Note 1 O. .99COIL-BF-FCFM C-BF-Fe = U-name Note 1of alinear,quadratic,or cubicCOIl-BF-FT C-BF-FT = U-name Note 1of alinear,quadratic,or cubicCOOl-CTRl-RANGE C-C-R =of Note 1 O. 15.MIN-UNLOAD-RATIO M-U-R = fraction Note 1 O. l.M IN-HGB-RATI 0 M-H-R = fraction Note 1 O. l.MAX-COND-RCVRY M-C-R = number Note 1 .0 l.CRANKCASE-HEAT C-H = kW Note 1 .0 l.CRANKCASE-MAX-T C-M-T =of Note 1 O. 100.OUTSIDE-FAN-KW O-F-KW = kW Note 1 . 0 20 .OUTSIDE-FAN-T O-F-T =of Note 1 • 0 200 .OUTSIDE-FAN-MODE O-F-M = code- Note 1wordCOMPRESSOR-TYPE C-TYPE = code- Note 1wordHEATING-CAPACITY H-CAP = (-)Btu/hr Note 1 -I.xI08 o.HEAT-CAP-FT H-C-FT = U-name Note 1of abi-l inear orbi-quadraticIV.254 (Revised 5/81 )
InputRangeKeyword Abbrev. User Input Desc. Default----Min. Max.HEATING-EIR H-EIR = Btu/Btu Note 1 O. 2.HEAT-EIR-FT H-E-FT = U-name Note 1of abi-l inear orbi-quadraticHEAT-EIR-FPLR H-E-FP = U-name Note 1of alinear,quadratic,or cubicRATED-HCAP-FCFM R-HC-FC = U-name Note 1of a linear,quadratic,or cubicRATED-HEIR-FCFM R-HE-FC = U-name Note 1of a linear,quadratic,or cubicELEC-HEAT-CAP E-H-C = (-)Btu/hr Note 1 -1.x10 9 O.MIN-HP-T M-H-T = of Note 1 -30. 70.MAX-ELEC-T M-E-T = of Note 1 -30. 70.DEFROST-T D-T = of Note 1 O. 70.DEFROST-DEGRADE D-D = U-name Note 1of alinear,quadratic,or cubicHCOIL-WIPE-FCFM H-W-FC = U-name Note 2of alinear,quadratic,or cubicFURNACE-HIR F-HIR = Btu/Btu Note 3 1. 1.75FURNACE-AUX F-A = Btu/hr Note 3 O. 1.x104I V. 255 (Revised 5/81)
Keyword Abbrev. User InputInputDesc.DefaultMln.ax.FURNACE-OFF-LOSS F-O-LFURNACE-HIR-FPLR F-H-FP=~-------------------U-name Note 3of alinear,quadratic,or cubicU-name Note 3of alinear,quadratic,or cubic1) See the proper Applicability Table (Sec. B.4 of this chapter) for defaultcurve U-name or default value. If the keyword is not listed in the table,it is not applicable to the system being specified. See Table IV.39 fordefault curve coefficients.Note that for "zonal" systems (UHT, UVT, TPFC, FPFC, TPIU, FPIU, HP, andPTAC) the keywords COOLING-CAPACITY, HEATING-CAPACITY, and COOL-SH-CAP maybe specified here in the SYSTEM-EQUIPMENT subcommand or in the ZONEinstruction, or both. If an entry is not made in a ZONE instruction, theentry made here in SYSTEM-EQUIPMENT will be used. If an entry is madeboth in ZONE and here in SYSTEM-EQUIPMENT, the entry made in ZONE takesprecedence. If an entry is made only here in SYSTEM-EQUIPMENT, it appliesto every ZONE in the.SYSTEM.2) This keyword is applicable only to MZS, DDS, and PMZS. There is nodefault.3) The user may specify an auxilliary furnace here in the SYSTEMS Chapter.Alternatively, or additionally, an auxilliary furnace may be specified inPLANT. There is no default for FURNACE-OFF-LOSS. Note: In addition tospecifying the above furnace keyword values, it is necessary to specifyHEAT-SOURCE equal to either GAS-FURNACE or OIL-FURNACE in the SYSTEMcommand.IV.256 (Revised 5/81)
12. SYSTEMThe function of the SYSTEM instruction is to provide specifications ofthe secondary HVAC distribution system to be simulated. The information providedincludes system type, size, zones served, optional components, operatingschedules, temperature and humidity limits, control strategies, outside airrequirements, and fan static pressures and efficiencies. In addition, theuser may identify "subcommands" (SYSTEM-CONTROL, SYSTEM-AIR, SYSTEM-FANS,SYSTEM-TERMINAL, SYSTEM-FLUID, and SYSTEM-EQUIPMENT) that contain the neededinformation. If this approach is not chosen, omit the SYSTEM-XXXXX keywordshere in SYSTEM.The <strong>DOE</strong>-2 SYSTEMS Program simulates a number of commonly used energydistribution systems. In addition, numerous optional features can be specifiedfor these systems. Individual SDL instructions and/or individual keywords inthese instructions may be required, optional, or not applicable, depending onthe type of system and the options being specified. A discussion of thefeatures of each system is included in Sec. B of this chapter.The facility being studied may contain (or require) a number of systems,of the same or different types, each serving different spaces within thefacility. In addition, for comparison studies, more than one system may bespecified and assigned to serve the same space (see PLANT-ASSIGNMENT instruction).If more than one PLANT-ASSIGNMENT is used, each system must bereferenced in a PLANT-ASSIGNMENT in order to be simulated. Care must be takenthat each zone is included once, and only once, in each total facility simulation.A system can only be referenced by a single PLANT-ASSIGNMENT.SYSTEMS YS TEM-TY PEinforms the SDL Processor that the data to follow are relatedto the des i gn and opera t i on of a speci fi c ener gy di s tr ibu t ionsystem serving one or more zones of the facility. A uniqueuser-defined name must be entered in the U-name field of eachSYSTEM instruction. Omission of this entry will cause an error.Input for this keyword is a code-word that identifies the typeof system to be simulated. The user must select one oftwenty-one (21) types of commonly used energy distributionsystems. A discussion of the features of each system and anApplicability Table are included in Sec. B of this chapter.The available SYSTEM-TYPE's in <strong>DOE</strong>-2 have been categorized intodifferent generic types, built-up systems versus packagedsystems and central systems versus zonal systems.Built-up Systems - Built-up systems, depending upon theSYSTEM-TYPE chosen, simulate preheat coils, main heating coils,zone (reheat) coils, cooling coils, baseboard heaters, fans(supply, return, and exhaust), thermostats, humidifiers, dehumidifiers,economizers, outside air dampers, mixing dampers,throttling dampers, and air dueting. However, built-up systemsare not usually self-contained; the central equipment (i.e.,boilers, chillers, cooling towers, pumps, etc.) that produceshot or chilled water and electrical energy is separated fromthe distribution system. That equipment is simulated in theIV.257 (Revised 5/81)
PLANT Program. Built-up system simulations result in demandsthat are passed to PLANT, for hot water, chilled water,electricity, gas, and/or oil. These demands may be met inPLANT by purchased utilities or energy conversion €.quipmentthat is operating on purchased or renewable utilities.Packaged Systems - Packaged systems are usually self-containedun1ts, Wh1Ch may be considered as hybrid systems/plants. Theseunits are normally produced as one or more modular pieces ofequipment, which have been prematched, and require onlyinstallation. They normally possess all the necessaryequipment for energy conversion and distribution. They tooproduce a utility demand for electricity, gas, and/or oil.Zonal vs. Central Systems - Occasionally throughout this text,reference 1S made to "zonal system." This term is defined inthis context to mean any system that has an air handling unitin each zone, which is controlled by a thermostat in thatzone. The system may be a packaged self-contained system(fueled only by a utility) or it may be supported by a centralsystem (supplying hot water, chilled water, warm air, or coolair). The zonal systems are UHT, UVT, TPFC, FPFC, TPIU, FPIU,HP, and PTAC. (The TPIU and FPIU are included in this listonly because their zone coils are sized individually for eachzone, although a portion of the heating and cooling is suppliedby a primary system).The available <strong>DOE</strong>-2 systems and their code-words are listed inTable IV.40. The first listed code-word (SUM) does notactually simulate a system, but it is a diagnostic that is usedto provide a summation of zone loads.SYSTEM-CONTROL is a U-name previously assigned under the instructionSYSTEM-CONTROL. The common U-name matches the correct "systemcontrol" to each "system". No data entry here will result indefault to the values specified under the instructionSYSTEM-CONTROL.An alternative mode for data entry is to complete and enterSYSTEM-CONTROL keyword instructions directly into SYSTEM (ifthis approach is chosen, omit the SYSTEM-CONTROL instructionhere in SYSTEM.)I V. 258 (Revised 5/81)
Code-WordTABLE IV.40SYSTEM-TYPEGenericTypeSUMSZRHMZSDDSSZCIUHTUVTFPHTPFCFPFCTPIUFPIUVAVSRHFSHPHVSYSCBVAVRESYSPSZPMZSPVAVSPTACSums Building Loads (no system simulation).Single Zone Fan System w/Optional Subzone Reheat.Multizone Fan System •••••••••••Dual Duct Fan System •••••••••••Single Zone Fan System w/Induction Mixing BoxesUn it H ea ter . . • • • • • •Unit Ventilator ••••••••Floor Panel Heating System •••Two Pipe Fan Coil System ••••Four Pipe Fan Coil System •••Two Pipe Induction Unit System.Four Pipe Induction Unit SystemVariable Volume Fan System w/optional reheat.Constant Volume Reheat Fan SystemUnitary Hydronic Heat Pump SystemHeating and Ventilating System •.••Ceil ing Bypass Variable Volume .•••Res i den t i a 1 Sys tem. • • • • • • • • •Packaged Single Zone Air Conditioner (w/optionalhea ting and subzone reheating) ••Packaged Multizone Fan System •••Packaged Variable Air Volume SystemPackage Terminal Air Conditioner ••Bu il t-up/ cen tr a 1Built-up/centralBu il t-up/ cen tra 1Bu i 1 t-up/centra 1Built-up/zonalBuilt-up/zonalBuilt-upBu i It-up/ zona 1Built-up/zonalBuilt-up/zonalBuilt-up/zonalBu il t-up/centra 1Built-up/centralBuilt-up/zonalBuilt-up/ centralBu il t-up/centralPackaged/ cen tra 1Packaged/ centralPackaged/centralPackaged/ centralPack aged/ zon a 1SYSTEM-AIRSYSTEM-FANSSYSTEM-TERMINAL)))SYSTEM-FLUID )SYSTEM-EQUIPMENT)HEAT-SOURCEThe preceding discussion for the keyword SYSTEM-CONTROLapplies equally to these keywords when the keywordnames are interchanged.Input for this keyword is the code-word that identifiesthe heat source for the main heating coils. See TableIV.41 for the applicable code-words, and Table IV.42 fordefaults. (Note: Th is is the appropr iate keyword forUHT, UVT, TPFC, FPFC and PTAC, even though these systems,in the output reports (and CBS), will report these loadsas zone loads rather than central, or main heating loads.I V. 259 (Revised 5/81)
Code-WordHOT-WATERELECTRICGAS-FURNACEOIL-FURNACETABLE IV.41HEAT-SOURCE, ZONE-HEAT-SOURCE,PREHEAT-SOURCE, and BASEBOARD-SOURCEThe source of heat is hot-water, provided byconventional equipment specified in the PLANT program.This code-word is appropriate for central heatingcoils, preheat coils, baseboard heaters, and zoneheating coils. (It is possible to utilize solar energyby using the HEAT-RECOVERY command in PLANT).The source of heat is an electric resistance element.This code-word is appropriate for central heatingcoils, preheat coils, baseboard heaters, and zoneheating coils.The source of heat is a gas-fired furnace, which willbe simulated here in SYSTEMS.The source of heat is an oil-fired furnace, which willbe simulated here in SYSTEMS.HEAT-PUMP The source of heat is an air-to-air heat pump. Note:This code-word is appropriate only as a HEAT-SOURCE forthe RESYS and PTAC systems. It should not be used forany other systems (see the HP system).HOT-WATER/SOLAR The source of heat (total or assist) is eitherhot-water provided by conventional plant equipment orhot water/air provided by solar equipment, if present.If there is no solar equipment present, the source willbe treated just as simply HOT-WATER. This code-word isappropriate for central heating coils, preheat coils,and zone heating coils. Sources of the solar type arepassed to CBS (in PLANT) via the PLANT-l component.This code-word is not appropriate to the HP system.IV.260 (Revised 5/81)
TABLE IV.42Default Heating Sources by SYSTEM-TYPESYSTEM-TYPE HEAT-SOURCE ZONE-HEAT-SOURCE PREHEAT SOURCE BASEBOARDSOURCESUMSZRH HOT-WATER/SOLAR HOT-WATER/SOLAR HOT-WATER/SOLAR HOT-WATERMZS HOT -WATER/SOLAR HOT-WATER/SOLAR HOT-WATERDDS HOT-WATER/SOLAR HOT-WATER/SOLAR HOT-WATERSZCI HOT -WATER /SOLAR HOT-WATER/SOLAR HOT-WATER/SOLAR HOT-WATERUHT HOT-WATER/SOLAR HOT-WATERUVT HOT-WATER/SOLAR HOT-WATERFPHHOT-WATER/SOLARTPFC HOT-WATER/SOLAR HOT-WATERFPFC HOT-WATER/SOLAR HOT-WATERTPIU HOT -WATER/SOLAR HOT-WATER/SOLAR HOT-WATER/SOLAR HOT-WATERFPIU HOT-WATER/SOLAR HOT-WATER/SOLAR HOT-WATER/SOLAR HOT-WATERVAVS HOT -WATER /SOLAR HOT-WATER/SOLAR HOT-WATER/SOLAR HOT-WATERRHFS HOT-WATER/SOLAR HOT-WATER/SOLAR HOT-WATER/SOLAR HOT-WATERHPHOT -WATERHVSYS HOT-WATER/SOLAR HOT-WATER/SOLAR HOT-WATERCBVAV HOT-WATER/SOLAR HOT-WATER/SOLAR HOT-WATER/SOLAR HOT-WATERRESYS GAS FURNACE ELECTR I CPSZ GAS-FURNACE ELECTRIC ELECTRICPMZS GAS-FURNACE ELECTRICPVAVS HOT-WATER/SOLAR HOT-WATER/SOLAR ELECTRICPTAC ELECTRIC ELECTRIC·- ~ Not applicable.IV.261 (Revised 5/81)
ZONE-HEAT-SOURCEPREHEAT-SOURCEBASEBOARD-SOURCESIZING-RATIOInput for this keyword is the code-word that identifies theheat source for the zone heating coils in central airhandler systems (reheat coils). See Table IV.41 for theapplicable code-words, and Table IV.42 for defaults.Input for this keyword is the code-word that identifies theheat source for the preheat coils. See Table IV.41 for theapplicable code-words, and Table IV.42 for defaults.Input for this keyword is the code-word that identifies theheat source for the baseboard heaters. See Table IV.41 forthe applicable code-words, and Table IV.42 for defaults.Note: HOT-WATER/SOLAR should not be used as a code-wordfor BASEBOARD-SOURCE. ---is used to deliberately oversize or undersize all equipmentin the system. The input for this keyword is the ratio ofthe maximum capacity (or size) of the simulated system andits zones to either (1) the capacity assigned in theappropriate SOL instructions or (2) the capacity requiredto meet peak (or design day) loads calculated by theprogram. The ratio can be more than, equal to, or lessthan unity (1.00 is the default value). The SIZING-RATIOdoes not modify the heating/cooling data that are passedfrom LOADS to SYSTEMS. It only modifies the equipmentsizes in SYSTEMS. This modification, however, will probablychange the responsiveness of the system, either faster orslower depending upon whether the equipment is being oversizedor undersized. Likewise, the alteration of equipmentsize can change the demands, placed by the system, upon thePLANT equipment. The latter change may render the PLANTequipment inadequate in size (if assigned) or may result inexcessively large equipment. The judicious use of theSIZING-RATIO option can be a useful tool in cost tradeoffstudies.Warning: The following keyword is not to be confused with a keyword bythe same name in the ZONE command.SIZING-OPTIONRETURN-AIR-PATHaccepts a code-word as input, either COINCIDENT, meaningblock or building peak load, or NON-COINCIDENT, meaning thesum of the individual zone peak loads. Depending on theentered code-word, the SUPPLY-CFM will be sized by thecoincident or the non-coincident peak (see SUPPLY-CFMkeyword in the SYSTEM-AIR instruction). For COINCIDENTsizing there must be only one SYSTEM in the PLANT-ASSIGNMENTcommand and MIN-FAN-RATIO must be less than 1.0.Input for this keyword is the code-word that describes theroute that return air takes in getting back to the airhandling unit. See Table IV.43 for the code-words and abrief description of how the program responds to each.This entry may be omitted if air returns to the air handlingunit without absorbing any plenum or light heat (code-wordDIRECT is default value).IV.262 (Revised 5/81)
Code-WordDIRECTDUCTPLENUM-ZONESTABLEIV.43RETURN -A I R- PATHThis code-word is used when the return air flows back tothe air handler or relief point (central exhaust) viahallways and stairwells. All heat from lights specified inLOADS should go 100 per cent into the ZONE air or it islost. Only return fan heat is added to the air stream.Use of this code-word causes the heat from lights (1 -LIGHT-TO-SPACE in the LOADS program), in addition to returnfan heat, to be added to the air stream. This code-word isused in two ma in cases: (1) when return air duct work 'actually exists in the building and (2) when the return airpasses through a plenum, but little heat gain or loss isexperienced in this plenum. The second case allows greatsimplification of input. The user specifies theconditioned areas and ignores the specification of theplenum areas. The heat of lights exhausted to the plenum(specified in the LOADS program) is still added to thereturn air. When using this option and also specifying anon-return air plenum, the plenum should be specified asZONE-TYPE = UNCONDITIONED.This code-word is used when the user wishes to simulateheat exchange between the return air stream and the plenumwall mass. Heat from lights is added to the air stream,then it is allowed to interact with the ZONEs (attached tothis SYSTEM) that are specified as ZONE-TYPE = PLENUM andare listed in PLENUM-NAMES. After heat exchange iscalculated with the plenum ZONEs, the return fan heat (ifany) is added. Use of this code-word requires at least oneZONE (but not more than three) specified as ZONE-TYPE =PLENUM in the PLENUM-NAMES list.IV.263 (Revised 5/81)
PLENUM-NAMESZONE-NAMESis a listing of the U-names (maximum of 3) of those ZONEsassigned to this SYSTEM that are return air plenums. TheSYSTEMS program recalculates the cooling/heating loads andtemperatures in the plenum zones as for other zones, exceptthat the effect of return air flow through the plenum isconsidered in lieu of direct air supply.Note that the U-name of at least one ZONE instruction mustbe entered for this keyword if the code-word PLENUM-ZONEShas been entered for the keyword RETURN-AIR-PATH. Notealso, that the code-word PLENUM must be entered for thekeyword ZONE-TYPE in each ZONE instruction named here.is a listing of the U-names (maximum of 64) of all theZONEs (CONDITIONED, UNCONDITIONED, and PLENUM) that areassigned to this SYSTEM. The UNCONDITIONED and PLENUMZONES must be listed, so that the temperature and interactionswith surrounding ZONEs may be tracked.This data entry, with the U-name of at least oneCONDITIONED ZONE, is required.Note: If the SYSTEM being simulated is the type thatserves both a central ZONE and one or more subZONEs (i.e.,SZRH, PSZ and RESYS), the U-name of the control ZONE mustbe listed first and, naturally, that ZONE must beCONDITIONED.Warning: ZONEs that share INTERIOR-WALLs cannot beassigned to different PLANT-ASSIGNMENTs.IV.264 (Revised 5/81)
U-name= SYSTEM or SYST (Us er Worksheet)InputRangeKeyword Abbrev. User Input Desc. Default Min. Max.LIKE = U-nameSYSTEM-TYPE S-TYPE = code-word *SYSTEM-CONTROL S-C = U-name Note 1SYSTEM-AIR S-A = U-name Note 1SYSTEM-FANS S-FANS = U-name Note 1SYSTEM-TERMINAL S-T = U-name Note 1SYSTEM-FLUID S-FLU U-name Note 1SYSTEM-EQUIPMENT S-EQ = U-name Note 1HEAT-SOURCE HEAT-S code-word See TableIV.42ZONE-HEAT-SOURCE Z-H-S = code-word See TableIV.42PREHEAT -SOURCE PREHEAT = code-word See TableIV.42BASEBOARD-SOURCE BASEB-S = code-word See TableIV.42SIZING-RATIO S-R = number 1. 0.1 2.SIZING-OPTION S-D = code-word Note 3RETURN-AIR-PATH R-A-P = code-word DIRECTIV.265 (Revised 5/81)
InputRangeKeyword Abbrev. User Input Desc. Default Mm. Max.1 is t ofPLENUM-NAMES P-N; U-names (3 max) -ZONE-NAMES Z-N; 1 is t ofU-namesPlus any keywords under the SYSTEM-AIR, SYSTEM-CONTROL, SYSTEM-FANS,SYSTEM-FLUID, SYSTEM-EQUIPMENT, and SYSTEM-TERMINAL commands.* Mandatory keyword.1) A data entry for this keyword is required to reference a subcommand.2) Use with MZS, DDS, and PMZS systems only. There is no default.3) See proper Applicability Table (Sec. IV.B.4) for applicability or defaultvalue. If the keyword is not listed in the table, it is not applicable tothe system being specified.IV.266 (Revised 5/81)
13. PLANT-ASSIGNMENTA special feature of the SYSTEMS program permits specifying, for purposesof comparison, alternative sets of SYSTEMs for a PLANT. Calculations for allspecified alternatives are done in one pass through the program, thus minimizingcomputation costs. The function of the PLANT-ASSIGNMENT instructionis to identify the system, or group of systems, that compose each alternativePLANT. A separate PLANT-ASSIGNMENT instruction is required for each comparisonstudy desired. If no PLANT-ASSIGNMENT is specified, a default PLANT-ASSIGNMENTnamed DEFAULT-PLANT will be assigned and it will include all of the specifiedSYSTEMS.Note that certain SYSTEMS program hourly reports can be obtained by referencinga PLANT-ASSIGNMENT U-name in a REPORT-BLOCK instruction.PLANT-ASSIGNMENTSYSTEM-NAMESRules:informs the SOL Processor that the data to follow willidentify the SYSTEM{s), assigned to a PLANT. Up to fourdifferent PLANT-ASSIGNMENTs, each with a different U-name,may be specified for comparison study purposes. If aPLANT-ASSIGNMENT is made here in SYSTEMS, a similarlyU-named PLANT-ASSIGNMENT must be made in PLANT also (inPLANT only one PLANT-ASSIGNMENT will be processed percompu ter run).is a list of the U-names (from the applicable SYSTEMinstructions) of those systems (one or more) that make upthis particular plant assignment. A maximum of 40 U-namesis permitted per plant assignment.1. The same system may not be entered in more than onePLANT-ASSIGNMENT.2. The assignment of ZONEs to SYSTEMs must be done such thatin each PLANT-ASSIGNMENT no ZONE is included more than once.3. ZONEs that share INTERIOR-WALLs cannot be assigned todifferent PLANT-ASSIGNMENTs.Examp 1 e:The system illustrated in Fig. IV.1 (Sec. A of this chapter) may bedescribed by the following two instructions.PA-1 = PLANT-ASSIGNMENTSYSTEM-NAMES = (S-l, S-2)PA-2 = PLANT-ASSIGNMENTSYSTEM-NAMES = (S-3, S-4)I V. 267 . (Revised 5/81)
-------;-;--::-:::::::0------- ~ PLANT-ASSIGNMENT or P-A (User Worksheet)U-nameKeywordAbbrev.User InputInputDesc.RangeDefault Min. Max.SYSTEM-NAMES S-N ~1 is t of-'------'- U-names**Mandatory keyword.IV.268(Revised 5/81)
14. SYSTEMS-REPORTThe function of the SYSTEMS-REPORT instruction is to specify which of thestandard verification and summary reports are to be printed. The total of thecombined verification and summary reports must not exceed 200 for all zones,systems, and plants. Examples of these reports along with a description ofeach can be found in Chap. VII of this manual.The time period(s) covered in the SYSTEMS-REPORTs are the RUN-PERIODinterval(s), see RUN-PERIOD instruction, Chap. III Sec.B.2.SYSTEMS-REPORTVERIFICATIONSUMMARYCode-WordSV-AREPORT-ONLYinforms the SOL processor that the data to follow willidentify the standard reports that are to be printed. Thedata entry is the command word itself, no U-name identifieris required or permitted.Input for this keyword is the code-word list that identifiesif the standard verification report is to be printed. SeeTable IV.44 for the code-words and a description of thereport each represents.Input for this keyword is the code-word list that identifieswhich of the standard summary reports are to be printed. SeeTable IV.45 for the code-words and a description of thereport each represents. This entry can be omitted if only55-A, the default report, is des ired.TABLE IV.44VERIFICATION"System Design Parameters" prints out design parametersfor each SYSTEM and each ZONE-within-SYSTEM. Theseparameters are user-assigned and/or calculated by theprogram. System parameters include supply fan andreturn fan cfm, fan power consumption, and ducttemperature change. Also provided at the SYSTEM levelare outside air cfm, total cooling capacity, sensiblecooling capacity, COOLING-EIR, heating capacity,HEATING-EIR, and altitude multiplier. At the ZONE levelthe following are provided for each ZONE: supply andexhaust fan cfm and power consumption, MIN-CFM-RATIO,outside air cfm, total cooling capacity, sensiblecooling capacity, heat extraction rate, heatingcapacity, heating addition rate, and ZONE multiplier.Requested verification report is printed but the programdoes not proceed with the actual hour-by-hour simulation.If this code-word is specified, no PLANT simulation canbe requested following this SYSTEM input because noSYSTEM simulation is performed. This is a convenientway of getting only the equipment sizing informationwithout paying for a complete simulation.I V. 269 (Revised 5/81)
TABLE IV.45Code-WordSS-ASS-BSS-CSS-DSS-ESS-FSUMMARYSYSTEM MONTHLY LOADS SUMMARY - Summarizes, by month andyear, the heating, cooling, and electrical consumption ofeach total system (central system plus associated zonesystems). For each month there are listed maximum hourlyload, the time of maximum hourly load (with exterior wetanddry-bulb temperatures), and the cumulative loads onthe PLANT by th is sys tem.SYSTEM MONTHLY LOADS SUMMARY - Summarizes, by month andyear, the heating and cooling consumption of theH VAC-equi pment located in all the zones of each sys tern(that is HVAC equipment that is remote to the centralsystem such as zone heating and cooling coils). For eachmonth there are listed the maximum hourly load, thecumulative load, the baseboard heating cumulative andmaximum loads, and the preheat cumulative and maximumloads.SYSTEM MONTHLY LOAD HOURS - Summarizes, by month, thenumber of cooling load hours, heating load hours, andconcurrent heating/cooling hours. Also summarized bymonth are the heating load at the time of the cool ing peakand the electric load at the time of the cooling peak.PLANT MONTHLY LOADS SUMMARY - Summarizes, by month andyear, the heating, cooling, and electrical consumption ofall systems associated with the plant (or eachPLANT-ASSIGNMENT since a maximum of four PLANT-ASSIGNMENTsmay be made for a single computer run). For each monththere are listed the maximum hourly load, the time ofmaximum hourly load (with exterior wet- and dry-bulbtemperatures), and the cumulative loads.PLANT MONTHLY LOAD HOURS - Summarizes for all systems inthe plant (or PLANT-ASSIGNMENT), by month, the number ofcooling load hours, heating load hours, and concurrentheating/cool ing hours. Also summarized by month are theheating loads at the time of the cooling peak and theelectric loads at the time of the cool ing peak.ZONE MONTHLY DEMAND SUMMARY - Summarizes, by month, foreach zone of each system named in a PLANT-ASSIGNMENTinstruction, the heating and cooling loads, the baseboardheating cumulative and maximum hourly loads, the maximumzone temperature, the minimum zone temperature, and thenumber of hours that the loads were not met (that is,underheated and/or undercooled).IV.270 (Revised 5/81)
TABLE IV.45 (contd)SS-GSS-HSS-ISS-JALL-SUMMARYZONE MONTHLY LOADS SUMMARY - Summar izes, by month andyear, the heating, cooling, and electrical consumptionof each zone of each system named in the PLANT-ASSIGNMENTinstruction. For each month there are listed the maximumhourly load, the time of maximum hourly load (with wetanddry-bulb temperatures), and the cumulative loads.SYSTEM MONTHLY LOADS SUMMARY - Summar izes, by month andyear, the maximum hourly fan load and the cumulative fanload, the maximum and cumulative gas or oil used forheating, plus the maximum and cumulative electric energyused for both heating and cooling.SYSTEM MONTHLY COOLING LOAD SUMMARY - Summarizes, bymonth and year, the cumulative cooling loads for eachSYSTEM in the bu il ding. Summarized for each month aresensible cooling load, latent cooling load, maximumhourly cooling load (sensible plus latent) and thecorresponding sensible heat ratio during the maximum,and the day and hour of the month that the maximumcoo 1 ing occurs.SYSTEM PEAK HEATING AND COOLING DAYS - Gives an hourlyprofile of the peak cooling day and the peak heating dayfor each SYSTEM in the building. The peak cool ing dayis defined as that day, during the RUN-PERIOD, whichcontains the hour with the maximum cool ing load; thepeak heating day is similarly defined. The itemsreported for each hour of the peak cool ing day arecooling energy, sensible heat ratio, outdoor dry-bulbtemperature, and outdoor wet-bulb temperature. Theitems reported for each hour of the peak heating day areheating energy, outdoor dry-bulb temperature, andoutdoor wet-bulb temperature.Produces reports SS-A through SS-J.IV.271 (Revised 5/81)
SYSTEMS-REPORT or S-R(User Worksheet)InputRangeKeyword Abbrev. User Input Desc. Default Min. Max.1 is t ofVERIFICATION V = ( code-words SV-A1 is t ofSUMMARY S = code-words SS-AIV.272 (Revised 5/81)
15. HOURLY-REPORTThe HOURLY-REPORT instruction directs the program to print the hourlyvalues of all variables specified in one or more REPORT-BLOCK instructions.HOURLY-REPORTREPORT-SCHEDULEREPORT-BLOCKThis command tells the program that the data to followspecify hourly output reports on the simulation data.is the U-name of a previously specified schedule which willbe used here for report generation purposes. An hourlyschedule value of zero (0) indicates no report values thishour; one (1) indicates print report values this hour.Input for this keyword is a code-word list of U-names thathave been specifled under one or more REPORT-BLOCKinstructions. The total number of variables under allREPORT-BLOCKs listed must not exceed 60.Note: If DAYLIGHT-SAVINGS = YES, summer hours will reflect standardtime, not daylight saving time.For more information on HOURLY-REPORT see Chap. II (BDL) and forinformation on plotted output see HOURLY-REPORT in Chap. III (LOADS).IV.273 (Revised 5/81)
U-name**= HOURLY-REPORT or H-R (User Worksheet)InputRangeKeyword Abbrev. User Input Desc. Defaul t Min. I'lax.LIKE = U-nameREPORT-SCHEDULE R-SCH = U-name **REPORT-BLOCK R-B = 1 is t of **U-names*OPTION 0 = code- PRINTwordAXIS-ASSIGN A-A = 1 is t of 1 1 2integersAXIS-TITLES A-T = 1 is t of1 iteralsAXIS-MAX A-MAX 1 is t ofnumbersAXIS-MIN A-MIN = list ofnumbersDIVIDE = list of 1-numbers* Maximum of 30.** Mandatory keyword, if HOURLY-REPORT is specified.I V. 274 (Revised 5/81)
16. REPORT-BLOCKThe REPORT-BLOCK instruction is used to specify a group of variables foran hourly output report.REPORT-BLOCKThis command tells the program that the data to follow specifythe variables to be included in an HOURLY-REPORT.VARIABLE-TYPEVARIABLE-LISTis a code-word or a U-name, depending upon which VARIABLE-TYPEis chosen. All variables are classified by VARIABLE-TYPE andappear in Tables IV.46 through IV.49. Permissible values areGLOBAL, U-name of a defined ZONE, U-name of a defined SYSTEM,or U-name of a defined PLANT-ASSIGNMENT.is a list of code-numbers which designate which variables areto be included in the HOURLY-REPORT (see tables ofVARIABLE-TYPE). Not all variables are appropriate to everySYSTEM-TYPE or syStem-COnfiguration--. --Some of the variables areintended for-Code debugging purposes only. The user should notrequest HOURLY-REPORTs on unappropriate variables becausemeaningless data will appear in the HOURLY-REPORTs. To assistthe user in selecting the appropriate variables, a table, whichrelates the variables to SYSTEM-TYPE, has been included at theend of each VARIABLE-TYPE listing. The variables are printedin the order specified in this list.For more information on REPORT-BLOCK see Chap. II (BOL).IV.275 (Revised 5/81)
-----..... __ c-:>:----- = REPORT-BLOCK or R-BU-name*InputKeyword Abbrev. User Input Desc. Default(User Worksheet)RangeMln. Max.LIKE = U-nameVARIABLE-TYPE V-T = code-word *or U-nameVAR I AB LE -LI ST V-L = ) list of *code-number sl. 75.*Mandatory keyword, if REPORT-BLOCK is specified.I V. 276(Revised 5/81)
TABLE IV.46VARIABLE-TYPE = GLOBALV ar i ab 1 eVAR I AB LE -U ST in FORTRANNumberCode1 IYR2 IMO3 IDAY4 IHR5 ISCDAY6 ISCHR7 WBT8 DBT9 PATM10 HUMRAT11 DENSTY12 ENTHALDescriptionYear of simulation runMonth of simulation runDay of simulation runHour of simulation runDay-of-the-week for simulation run(1-7 = Sun-Sat; 8 = holiday)Current hour of simulation run plusdaylight saving time flag. (Hourschedule to be used.)Outdoor wet-bulb temperature ("F)Outdoor dry-bulb temperature (OF)Outdoor atmospheric pressure (in-Hg)Outdoor humidity ratio (lb H 20/lbdry air)Outdoor air density (lb/ft 3 )Outdoor air enthalpy (Btu/lb)ofThe above variables are appropriate to all SYSTEM-TYPEs.I V. 277 (Revised 5/81)
TABLE IV.47VARIABLE-TYPE; U-name of ZONEVARIABLE-LISTNumberVar i ab 1 ein FORTRANCodeDescription12345678910111213141516UnusedEXCFMFHFCCFMZQHBZQOVERSensible load at constant temp - fromLOADS (Btu)Latent load at constant temp, excludinginfiltration - from LOADS (Btu)Zone electrical load - from LOADS (kW)Plenum load - from LOADS (Btu)Outdoor air infiltration rate from LOADS (cfm)Current hour zone temp (OF)Current hour zone thermostat setting - adiagnostic variable that is notmeaningful when is not withinHEAT-TEMP-SCH or COOL-TEMP-SCH throttlingrange (OF)Current hour heat extraction rate - adiagnostic variable that is notmeaningful when is not withinHEAT-TEMP-SCH or COOL-TEMP-SCH throttlingrange (Btu)Sum of exterior wall + interior wall thermalconductances from LOADSUnusedExhaust air flow rate (cfm)Hot air flow rate (cfm)Cold air flow rate (cfm)Zone design supply air rate (cfm)Baseboard heat output to zone (Btu)Amount of extra heat extractionneeded to hold set point (Btu)IV.278 (Revised 5/81)
VARIABLE-LISTNumberVARIABLE-TYPE = U-name of ZONE (cont)Var i ab lein FORTRANCodeDescription17 THZ18 TCZ19 ERMAX20 ERMIN21 TRY22 FTD23 CORINTThermostat set point for heating (OF)Thermostat set point for cooling (OF)Maximum heat extraction rate - meaningfulonly within the current thermostatband (Btu/hr)Minimum heat extraction rate - meaningfulonly within the current thermostatband (-Btu/hr)Trial zone temperature (if no zone coilactivity) (OF)F in TEMDEV (Btu/hr)A part of the correction in SYSTEMS for thecontribution to the zone load fromadjacent zones (partially calculated inLOADS) (Btu/hr)24 GO )25 G1 ) ---- Air temperature weighting factors26G2 )27G3 )28SIGMAGGO + G1 + G2 + G329TLInduced air temperature for TPIU, FPIU, SZCIn)30313233ZQHRTAVEZQHZQCPortion of reheat load that would bring thesupply temperature to the zone temperature(Btu)The average temperature during this hour (OF)This is the value used for the energycalculationZone coil heating (Btu)Zone coil cooling (Btu)IV.279 (Revised 5/81)
VARIABLE-TYPE: U-name of ZONE(cont)VARIABLE-LISTNumberVariablein FORTRANCodeDescription34353637383940414243444546474849505152535455FCHPS (1)FCHPS (2)FCHPS (3)The following 15 variables apply only to the systems indicated:TPFCFPFCTCQHQCHPTSZQHZQCZQHUHT UVT PTACTSZQHTSZQHZQCFCHPS (4) SFKW+RFKW ZFANKW ZFANKW ZFANKW ZFANKWFCHPS (5)FCHPS (6)FCHPS (7)FCHPS (8)FCHPS (9)TMWRWMWCOILPOFCHPS(10) QCLATFCHPS(ll)FCHPS(12)FCHPS(13)PLRCFCHPS(I4) WBTZFCHPS(15)ACFMZKWTCMINZTHMAXZERMAXMERMINMTHRTMTCWMWCOILPOQCLATZPLRCPLRHEIRWBTZAll air systemsA 11 air systemsA 11 air systemsTMPOTMTCWMWCOILPOQCLATZPLRCPLRHEIRWBTZEIRM3Cold deck temperature (OF)Total and zone heating (Btu)Total and zone cooling (Btu)Total and zone fan energy (Btu)Temperature of mixed air (OF)WR= return humidity ratio and Te iscoil leaving temperatureMixed air humidity ratio(lb H20/1b dry air)Humidity ratio of air leavingcooling coil (lb H20/lb dry air)Ratio of outside air to total supply airLatent load (Btu)Capacity part load ratio (cooling)Capacity part load ratio (heating)Electric input ratioZone wet-bulb temperature (OF)DefrostWeighted plenum cfmTotal zone electrical (kW)Minimum supply temperaturefor the zone (OF)Maximum supply temperaturefor the zone (OF)The extraction rate (Btu/hr) at the topof the dead bandThe extraction rate at the bottom ofthe dead band (Btu/hr)(THROTTLING-RANGE)/2.0IV.2S0(Revised 5/S1)
VARIABLES BYSYSTEM-TYPE FOR VARIABLE-TYPE = U-name of ZONEV-L No.--. 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14SYSTEM SENSIBLE LATENT ELECTRIC PLENUM INFILTRN ZONE THERMOST EXTRACTN TOTAL UA ITEM EXHAUST HOT DECK CLD DECK SUPPLY-TYPE LOAD-I N LOAD-I N LOAD-I N LOAD-I N CFM TEMP SETP'oI NT RATE FOR HOUR 10 CFM CFM CFM CFM~
VARIABLES BY SYSTEM-TYPE FOR VARIABLE-TYPE = U-name of ZONE(cont.)V-L No.--> IS 16 17 18 19 20 21SYSTEM BASEBRO LOAD NOT HTG SET CLG SET MAXIMUM MAXIMUM FLOAT-TYPE HTG RATE MET POINT POINT COOLING HEATING TEMP22 23 24 25 26 27 28F INTEMOEVINT TRANTO ZONETEMOEVVAR GOTEMOEVVAR GITEMOEVVAR G2TEMOEVVAR G3TEMOEVSIGMAG~
VARIABLES BY SYSTEM-TYPE FOR VARIABLE-TYPE = U-name of ZONE(cant.)V-L No.--~ 29 30 31 32 33 34 35 36 37 38 39 40 41 42SYSTEM INO UNIT HEAT TO COOL TO HEATING COOLING UNIT UNIT UNIT UNIT UNIT UNIT UNIT UNIT UNIT-TYPE AIR TEMP ZONE T ZONE T BY COILS BY COILS SUP TEMP HEATING COOLING FAN KW MIX TEMP WR OR TC MIX HUM COIL HUM OA-RATIO~
VARIABLES BY SYSTEM-TYPE FOR VARIABLE-TYPE> U-name of ZONE(cont.)V-L No .--> 43 44 45 46 47 48 49 50 51 52 53 54 55SYSTEM UNIT UNIT UNIT UNIT UNIT UNIT WEIGHTEO TOTAL MINIMUM MAXIMUM OEAOBANO OEAOBANO THROTTLE-TYPE LAT COOL COOL PLR HEAT PLR EIR WETBULB DEFROST CFM ELEC COOL T HEAT T MAX EXTR MIN EXTR OVER TWO~
TABLE IV.48VARIABLE-TYPE = U-name of SYSTEMVAR I AB LE -LI S TNumber12345678910111213141516171819202122V ar i ab 1 ein FORTRANCodeTHTCTMTRQHQCQHZQCZQHBQHPQHUMQDHUMTCMINTHMAXQLSUMQPSUMCFMCFMHCFMCRCFMECFMCINFDescriptionTemperature of air leaving heating coil - hot decktemper ature (OF)Temperature of air leaving cooling coil - cold decktemperature (OF)Temperature of air entering coil (OF)Return air temperature on the downstream side of thereturn fan and plenums (OF)Total central heating coil energy input (Btu)Total central cooling coil energy input (Btu)Total zone heating energy input (Btu)Total zone cooling energy input (Btu). Note: ForSYSTEM-TYPE = RESYS this is the total of mechanicalcooling and cooling by natural ventilationTotal baseboard heating energy input (Btu)Total preheat coil energy input (Btu)Humidification energy input (electrical resistanceheat load for RESYS) (Btu)Sensible dehumidification reheat input (defrost loadfor RESYS) (Btu)Minimum temperature air handler could supply (OF)Maximum temperature air handler could supply (OF)Total system latent heat load from LOADS (Btu)Total system plenum heat load (Btu)Total system supply air flow rate (cfm)Total system hot supply air flow rate (DDS, MZS, PMZS)( cfm)Total system cold supply air flow rate (DDS, MZS, PMZS)(cfm)Total system return air flow rate (cfm)Total system exhaust air flow rate (cfm)Outside air infiltration rate (cfm)IV.285 (Revised 5/81)
VARIABLE-LISTNumber2324252627Variablein FORTRANCodeFONHONCONWNVARIABLE-TYPE ~U-name of SYSTEM (cont)Descriptionoff, -1 - cannot cycle onfor NIGHT-CYCLE-CTRL)Fan on/off flag (1 _ on, ° _Heating on/off flag (1 ~ on, ° ~ off)Cooling on/off flag (1 ~ on, ° ~ off)Baseboard heater on-off flag (ratio fromRESET-SCHEDULE)CONS(l) in the equation Q ~ CONS(l) * CFM * ~TCONS(l) ~ (.24 + .44*HUMRAT)*60.0/V(DBT, HUMRAT, PATM)~ 1.08 at standard conditions28293031323334353637383940414243CONS(2) in the equationCONS(2) ~ 1061.0 * 60.0/V(DBT, HUMRAT, PATM)~ 4790. at standard conditionsCONS(3) in the equation CONS(3) ~ .3996/CONS(l)~ .363 at standard conditionsPHPCFor dual duct systems:total cfmFor dual duct systems:total cfmRatio of hot duct cfm toRatio of cold duct cfm toSKW Hourly total electrical consumption (kW)FANKW Total of supply fan, return fan, and exhaust fanelectrical consumption (kW)DTREC Makeu~ air temperature obtainable from recovery system(F )WR Return air humidity ratio (lb H 20/lb dry air)WM Mix air humidity ratio (lb H 0/lb dry air)2WCOIL Humidity ratio of air leaving cooling coil (lb H20/lbdry air)WW Moisture added or removed from air for(de)humidification (lb H 20)PODFTEMPTCRQHRRatio of outside air to total supply airDensity of air x 60 min/hr (lb/ft 3 x min/hr)Temperature of circulating fluid for HP system (OF)Effect of controller on cooling coil set pointHeat pump capacity this hour for RESYS (Btu)IV.286 (Revised 5/81)
VARIABLE-TYPE = U-name of SYSTEM (cont)VARIABLE-LISTNumber44454647484950515253545556575859·606162636465666768697071V ar i ab lein FORTRANCodeQCRSGASSKWQHSKWQCQCLATSFKWRFKWFONNGTWSURFWSURFMTSURFTSURFMCBFCBFlCBF2SOILPLRCFMPLRCPLRHQCM1QCM2QHM1EIRM1EIRM2EIROFKWQCTQCSDescr i pt i onUnusedTotal gas heating (Btu)Electrical input to heating (kW)Electrical input to cooling (kW)Latent part of total cooling (Btu)Supply fan electrical (kW)Return fan electrical (kW)If system cycled on at night, = -1 forheating, = 0 for no cycle, = +1 for coolingHumidity ratio at saturation at coil surfacetemperatureWSURF for coil temperature TSURFMcoil surface temperature at supply set point(oF)Minimum obtainable surface temperature forhumidity control (OF)Coil bypass factor: (COIL-SF) * CBF1 * CBF2Temperature correction to COIL-BFCfm correction to COIL-BFOil consumption by system(Current hour cfm)/(design cfm)Capacity part load ratio for coolingCapacity part load ratio for heatingTemperature correction to COOLING-CAPACITYTemperature correction to COOL-SH-CAPTemperature correction to HEATING-CAPACITYTemperature correction to COOLING-EIRPart load correction to COOLING-EIR(COOLING-EIR) * EIRM1 * EIRM2 (Btu/Btu)Outs ide fan energyTotal cooling capacity (Btu/hr)Sensible cooling capacity (Btu/hr)I V. 287 (Revised 5/81)
VARIABLE-TYPE = U-name of SYSTEM (cant)VARIABLE-LISTNumber72737475767778*79*80*Variablein FORTRANCodeWRMAXWRMINCFMRATPCHunusedunusedQHTTPOMINPOMINDescriptionMaxjm~m humidity set point (lbs. water/lbs.a lr )Minim~m humidity set point (lbs. water/lbs.a lr )Maximum ratio of zone cfm that can beobtained this hour (mainly forCOINCIDENT-sized fans)For DDS, MZS, and PMZS the current hour valueof HCOIL-WIPE-FCFM. For RESYS the valueof 1. indicates venting and the value ofO. indicates no ventingThe tota 1 heating capacityThe mixed air temperature for minimum OAdamper pas iti onThe minimum OA damper pos iti on*These variable do not apply to SUM, FPH, or any zonal SYSTEM-TYPEs.IV.288 (Revised 5/81)
VARIABLES BY SYSTEM-TYPE FOR VARIABLE-TYPE = U-name of SYSTEMV-L No.-~ 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14SYSTEM HTG COIL CLG COIL MIXED RETURN TOT HTG TOT CLG TOT ZONE TOT ZONE TOT BSBD TOT PREH HUMIOCN OEHUMIO MIN MAX-TYPE AIR TEMP AIR TEMP AIR TEMP AIR TEMP COIL BTU COIL BTU HTG BTU CLG BTU ENERGY ENERGY HEATING REHEAT SUP T SUP T~
VARIABLES BY SYSTEM-TYPE FOR VARIABLE-TYPE = U-name of SYSTEM (cont.)V-L No.--. 15 16 17 18 19 20 21 22 23 24 25 26 27 28SYSTEM SUM ZONE SUM ZONE TOT SYST TOT HOT TOT COLD RETURN EXHAUST INFILTRN FANS HEAT COOL BSBD SCH CONSTANT CONSTANT-TYPE LAT HEAT PLN HEAT CFM CFM CFM CFM CFM CFM ON-OFF ON-OFF ON-OFF RATIO (1.08) (.6890)~
VARIABLES BY SYSTEM-TYPE FOR VARIABLE-TYPE = U-name of SYSTEM (cont.)V-L No.--. 29 30 31 32 33 34 35 36 37 38 39 40 41 42SYSTEM CONSTANT HOT AIR COLO AIR TOTAL TOTAL FAN DELTA-T RETURN MIX HUMIDITY MOIST OUTSIDE/ DENSITY TEMP OF COOL-CTR-TYPE (.363) FRACTION FRACTION ELEC KW ELEC RECOVERY HUMID HUMID LVG COIL CHANGE TOT CFM AIR*60 FLUID EFFECT~
VARIABLES BYSYSTEM-TYPE FOR VARIABLE-TYPE. U-name of SYSTEM (cont.)V-L No.--~ 43 44 45 46 47 48 49 50 51 52 53 54 55 56SYSTEM-TYPEQHR QCR HEATING HEATING COOLING LATENT SUPPLY RETURN CYCLE ON SURFACE SURFACE SURFACE SURFACE BYPASSGAS ELEC ELEC COOLING ELEC ELEC H/OFF/C HUMIDITY MIN HUM TEMP MIN TEMP FACTOR......
VARIABLES BY SYSTEM-TYPE FOR VARIABLE-TYPEU-name of SYSTEM (cont.)V-L No.--> 57 58 59 60 61 62 63 64 65 66 67 68 69 70SYSTEM CBF CBF HEATING PLR PLR PLR COOL-CAP COOL-SH HEAT-CAP EIR EIR EIR OUTSIDE COOLING-TYPE F(WB,OB) F(CFM) OIL CFM COOLING HEATING F(WB,OB) F(WB,OB) F(TEMP) F(WB,OB) F(pLR) FAN KW CAPACITY~
VARIABLES BY SYSTEM-TYPE FOR VARIABLE-TYPE = U-name of SYSTEM (cont.)V-L No.--~ 71 72 73 74 75 76 77 78 79 80SYSTEM SENSIBLE MAX-HUMD MIN-HUMD VAV MAX ITEM HEATING TEMP AT MINIMUM-TYPE CAPACITY SETPOINT SETPOINT CFM RAT 75 UNUSED CAPACITY MIN OA OA EST---SUM N N N N N N N NSZRH A A A A N A A AMZS A A A A S A A ADOS A A A A S A A ASZCI A A A N N A A AUHT N N N N N N N NUVT N N N N N N N NFPH N N N N N N N NTPFC N N N N N N N N~FPFC N N N N N N N N< TI'IU A A A N N A A ANill~FPIU A A A N N A A AVAVS A A A A N A A ARHFS A A A A N A A AHI' N N N N N N N NHVSYS A A A N N A A ACBVAV A A A N N A A ARESYS A A A N A N N N~PSZ A A A A N A A Aro
TABLE IV.49VARIABLE-TYPE = U-name of PLANT-ASSIGNMENTVARIABLE-LISTNumberV ar i ab 1 ein FORTRANCodeDes cr i pt i on1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 91011121314151617181920QHMPTMPCFMPQHPPCFMPPQHZPTZPCFMZPQHBPTotal cooling load (Btu)Total heating load (Btu)Total electrical load (kW)Total gas load (Btu)Portion of used for heatingPortion of used for cool ingPortion of used for fansTota 1 oi 1 load (Btu)unusedunusedMain coil heating load (Btu)Main coil average entering temperature (OF)Main coil cfmPreheat coil heating load (Btu)Preheat coil cfm (if in outside air duct)Zone coil load (Btu)Zone coil average entering temperaturen)*Zone co il cfmBaseboard load (BtU)**unused*Loop temperature for HP or zone temperature for RESYS.** Includes HP load for loop.IV.295 (Revised 5/81)
en"- 00VARIABLES BY SYSTEM-TYPE FOR VARIABLE-TYPE = U-name of PLANT-ASSIGNMENTV-L No.--> 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14SYSTEM COOLING HEATING ELECT KW HEATING HEATING COOLING FANS HEATING ITEM ITEM MAIN HC MAIN HC MAIN HC PREHEAT-TYPE LOAD LOAO LOAD GAS ELEC KW ELEC KW ELEC KW OIL 9 10 C8S LOAD CBS TEMP CBS CFM CBS LOADSUMSZRHMZSDDSSZCIUHTUVTFPHTPFCAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAANNNNNNNNNNAAAAAANAAAAAAAAAANNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNAAAANNNNNAAAANNNNNAAAANNNNNAAAANNNN~
VARIABLES BY SYSTEM-TYPE FOR VARIABLE-TYPEU-name of PLANT-ASSIGNMENT (cont.)V-L No.--. 15 16 17 18 19SYSTEM PREHEAT ZONEHEAT ZONEHEAT ZONEHEAT BASEBRD-TYPE CBS CFM CBS LOAD CBS TEMP CBS CFM CBS LOADSUM N N N N NSZRH A A A A AMZS A N A A ADDS A N A A ASZCI A A A A AUriT N A A A AUVT N A A A AFPH N N N N N~< TPFC N A A A AN'"FPFCN A A A A>o-JTPIU A A A A AFPIU A A A A AVAVS A A A A ARHFS A A A A AHP N N N N AHVSYS A A A A ACBVAV A A A A ARESYS N A A A A;0 PSZ A A A A Aro< PMZS A A A A A~.V>PVAVS A A A A Aro0.--.. '"CO~PTAC N A A A A-- -- -- --Legend:A "" AppropriateN "" Not appropriateS = System (or configuration) dependento = For program code debugging only
D. SIMULATION METHODOLOGY1. System Design CalculationsThe following explains how the SYSTEMS simulator utilizes the user-specifieddata (plus data from LOADS) to first size the HVAC equipment and then tosimulate the performance of the system.There are many ways that the system equipment slzlng can be performed bythe program in conjunction with the user, but all the available methods fallbetween two extremes:a) at one end of this sizing spectrum, the user supplies to SYSTEMS aminimum amount of data and then allows SYSTEMS to size the equipmentand simulate the behavior of the system. In this approach, the usersupplies values for only the required (mandatory) commands and keywords.The SYSTEMS design routine supplies all the missing values (by default).Of course, there are some keywords that are optional and have no defaultvalues. These keywords will be ignored and the associated optionalfeatures for the HVAC system will be missing. In this mode of operationthe design routine has the most freedom of design.b) at the opPosite end of the sizing spectrum the user supplies the maximumamount of data, thus restricting the use of default values. In thlSapproach, the user is limiting the freedom of the sizing routine. Itis very important for the user to realize that all keywords are not ofequal importance or priority. Some keywords have a greater effect thanother keywords in restricting the freedom of the SYSTEMS design routine.Unless the user understands the effect and/or priority of each keywordin SYSTEMS, the system being simulated mayor may not be that intendedby the user.All other equipment sizing approaches lie between extreme a) and extremeb). As the user supplies more and more values for optional keywords, thesizing method moves from a) toward b). Most users will elect to use someintermediate method. The SYSTEMS design routine permits the user to supplythose parameters which are deemed important to the user and the routineprovides the rest from its design strategy. It is therefore necessary for theuser to understand the design strategy built into SYSTEMS. In this sectionthat strategy will be described, along with suggestions of how the user mayoverride the strategy, should that be deemed necessary. The results of thiscooperative interaction between the user and the design routine are shown inthe VERIFICATION report, SV-A.To size a heating/cooling system, the following quantities must bedetermined:a. the maximum quantity of air supplied to each zoneb. the minimum amount of outside (ventilation) air required by each zonec. the maximum and minimum air temperatures of each zoneIV.298 (Revised 5/81)
d. heating coil design capacitye. cooling coil total design capacityf. cooling coil sensible design capacityg. maximum and minimum coil temperaturesh. fan electrical consumption at design conditionsi. and, for central systems:1. minimum outside (ventilation) air quantity2. maximum and minimum supply air quantities3. minimum zone air quantitiesThe following required keywords will provide the least amount of informationthat the SYSTEMS design routine requires to be able to size a system:SYSTEM-TYPEZONE-NAMESDESIGN-HEAT-TDESIGN-COOL-TMAX-SUPPLY-T (except for SYSTEM-TYPE = FPH, VAVS, RHFS, CBVAV, or PVAVS)MIN-SUPPLY-T (except for SYSTEM-TYPE = UHT, UVT, FPH, or HVSYS)INDUCTION-RATIO (for SYSTEM-TYPE = TPIU or FPIU only)REHEAT-DELTA-T (for SYSTEM-TYPE = RHFS only)MAX-FLUID-T (for SYSTEM-TYPE = HP only)MIN-FLUID-T (for SYSTEM-TYPE = HP only)Obviously, design routine must know the type of system (SYSTEM-TYPE) to bemodeled and the names of the zones (ZONE-NAMES) to be included within thesystem. The next two keywords (DESIGN-HEAT-T and DESIGN-COOL-T) are definedat the zone level. They are the temperatures in the heating and coolingmodes, respectively, to which the system is to be designed. Ordinarily, theyshould be the heating and cooling set points (from HEAT-TEMP-SCH andCOOL-TEMP-SCH, respectively) during the occupied hours. The SYSTEMS designroutine does not look at schedules to determine anything. 12 general rule ~th at any i nforma ti on the user wants the des i gn routine to know about mustappear in a Keyword Value form. The schedules are utilizedonly for thesimulatlon:- ----For SYSTEM-TYPE = VAVS, RHFS, CBVAV, or PVAVS,MAX-SUPPLY-T = (MIN-SUPPLY-T) + (REHEAT-DELTA-T).The basic equation used by the design routine describes the relationshipbetween the heat addition (or extraction) rate, the air-flow rate, and thedifference between the desired zone temperature and the supply air temperature:Q = 1.08 x CFM x ~T. ( A)IV.299 (Revised 5/81)
Much of the discussion that follows is related to the consequences of requiringthis equation to hold true and to be internally consistent. The basic equation,(A), appears in the following forms:CFM =(-) heat addition rate (B)1.08 x [(DESIGN-HEAT-T) - (MAX-SUPPLY-T)]CFM =heat extraction rate (C)1.08 x [(DESIGN-COOL-T) - (MIN-SUPPLY-T)]CFM =heating capacity (D)1.08. x [(mixed air temp.) - (air temp. off heating coil)]CFM = sensible cooling capacity (E)1.08 x [(mixed air temp.) - (air temp. off cooling coil)]where the mixed (return and outside ventilation) air temperatures and the airtemperatures off the coils are calculated at the peak heating/ventilating andpeak cooling/ventilating conditions.a. Zone and System Supply Air Flow RateIf the user specifies no keywords that size the system, such as cfm's,capacities, or addition/extraction rates, the program will look for the peakheating and cooling loads and will use equations (B) or (C) to determine theCFM in each zone. If the user specifies only the outside air quantity and/orthe exhaust cfm for a zone, the CFM determined for the zone will be themaximum of the values calculated from (B), (C), the outside air, and theexhaust air. In either case, the maximum heating and cooling capacities arethen determined from (D) and (E).The only way for the user to absolutely specify the zone air quantity isto use the ASSIGNED-CFM keyword. Any other choice may be overridden by thedesign routine in its insistence on obeying the First Law of Thermodynamics,as it applies to equations (A) through (E). Even the value of ASSIGNED-CFMwill be changed at least to account for the difference between the altitude ofthe building and sea level. It will also be multiplied by the SIZING-RATIOwhose default is 1.0. If other user-specified data cause equations (D) or (E)to be over specified, i.e., each of the variables is supplied by the user in amanner that does not satisfy (D) or (E), the air temperatures off the coilsare adjusted to bring the equations back into balance. To illustrate this ina slightly over-simplified way, suppose the user has entered values forDESIGN-HEAT-T, MAX-SUPPLY-T, ASSIGNED-CFM, and HEATING-CAPACITY for a zonalsystem. The design routine will calculate a mixed air temperature for thezone by using (a) the outside dry-bulb temperature at the time of the peakheating load for the building, (b) the minimum outside ventilation air thatwas specified elsewhere in the input, and (c) the DESIGN-HEAT-T. Similarly,the design routine will calculate the air temperature off the coil by using(a) the temperature drop in the ducts and (b) the temperature increase causedby the fans. If these two calculated values (mixed air temperature and airtemperature off the coil) are entered into (D), along with ASSIGNED-CFM andHEATING-CAPACITY, it is probable that the left hand side and the right handside of the equation will not be consistent. If and when this happens, theIV.300 (Revised 5/81)
design routine will change MAX-SUPPLY-T until the equation is consistent. Thischange will always be made in a downward direction, never upward.If the user specifies a value for AIR-CHANGES/HR and/or CFM/SQFT, thedesign routine will accept them, unless either (D) or (E) is made inconsistentby them. In this case, the specified value{s) will be changed to make equation(E) consistent; that is, the cooling equation will be made consistent becauseit has priority over the heating equation (O). If there is no peak cool ingload, the CFM will be determined by equation (D). The other possibility ofthese values being changed occurs in the central systems when SUPPLY-CFM isalso entered (this is discussed later).If any of ASSIGNED-CFM, CFM/SQFT, or AIR-CHANGES/HR are entered along withMAX-HEAT-RATE (i.e., heat addition rate) or MAX-COOL-RATE (i.e., heat extractionrate), there is a possibil ity that equation (B) or (C) is violated. Inthis case, MAX-HEAT-RATE or MAX-COOL-RATE is altered to make the equation{s)consistent. If only MAX-HEAT-RATE and MAX-COOL-RATE are specified, i.e., noair quantity is specified at the zone level, the design routine will take thevalue of CFM from (B) or (C), with the larger CFM from (B) or (C) takingprecedence. If the user has also specified HEATING-CAPACITY orCOOLING-CAPACITY for zonal systems, again an inconsistency can arise with (D)or (E). The CFM just computed from (B) or (C) may not fit with the values ofthe capacities. In this case the capacities win out over the heating/coolingrates. In other words, MAX-HEAT-RATE and MAX-COOL-RATE should only be usedwhen no other sizing information is given and the user wants to override themaximum heating and cooling loads from LOADS.The above discussion must be modified slightly for variable air volumesystems, since there is now a distinction between the CFM for cooling and theCFM for heating. Based on the MIN-CFM-RATIO and the user's choice, or not, ofreverse-action thermostat strategy, there will be for each zone a maximum CFMand CFMH, where the latter describes the cfm for heating-.For central constant volume systems the maximum air capacity of the fansis taken as the sum of the zone cfm's (CFM) determined above, unless the userhas entered SUPPLY-CFM. Again, unless the user has entered SUPPLY-CFM, theair capacity for variable air volume systems will be calculated from equationslike (B) and (C), where DESIGN-HEAT-T and DESIGN-COOL-T are replaced by theiraverages over all the zones and the coincident building loads from LOADS areentered for the extraction rates. For a number of systems (see theApplicability Tables) this method of sizing the central fans may be overriddenwith the use of the SIZING-OPTION keyword, where the code-word NON-COINCIDENTsums the peak load CFMs for the individual zone loads, while the code-wordCOINCIDENT uses the building coincident load (block load).If SUPPLY-CFM is entered and if all the zones were given ASSIGNED-CFMs, itis assumed that the user intends the values to remain as entered. If not allthe zones are given an ASSIGNED-CFM, the cfms of the remaining zones arereapportioned to balance the zone air with the SUPPLY-AIR.I V. 301 (Revised 5/81)
. Outside Air Flow RateIf OUTSIDE-AIR-CFM is defined, it is taken as the amount of ventilation airfor that zone. Otherwise, the program takes the larger of (OA-CHANGES) x(lone Volume)/60 min. per hr. and (OA-CFM/PER) x number of people as the amountof ventilation air for the zone. If these are not specified at the zone levelfor zonal systems, the program mUltiplies the MIN-OUTSIDE-AIR fraction timesthe zone CFM to arrive at a value of the ventilation air for the design calculation.During the simulation, the MIN-AIR-SCH will also be operative; it isignored for the design calculation and the other specifications are used.For central systems the design outside air ratio is taken to be the valueof (a) MIN-OUTSIDE-AIR, (b) the ratio of the sum of the zone ventilation airto the SUPPLY-CFM, or (c) the ratio of the sum of the zone exhaust air to theSUPPLY-CFM. In other words, if the user enters EXHAUST-CFM at the zone leveland leaves out all other references to outside air, the program will stillcreate an outside air ratio adequate to account for the exhausted air. lonelevel specifications take precedence over SYSTEM level MIN-OUTSIDE-AIR.The last consideration with regard to the air supply is the minimum cfmratio associated with variable air volume systems. If for zonal systemsMIN-CFM-RATIO is not defined at the zone level, the value of MIN-CFM-RATIOdefined at the system level is assumed to apply to the units located in eachzone. If MIN-CFM-RATIO is not specified, it is calculated as the larger of(a) the minimum cfm ratio needed to account for the ventilation and (b) theminimum cfm ratio needed to meet the heating requirements. If theMIN-CFM-RATIO is specified as less than the value specified for outside air(exhaust or ventilation), a 100 per cent outside air variable air volumesystem is simulated below the minimum outside air point.c. Heating and Cooling Capacities and Extraction RatesIf the user has specified the HEATING-CAPACITY, the input value is adjustedfor off-rated cfm using the RATED-CFM value and the RATED-HCAP-FCFM function.This adjustment factor is 1.0, if the keyword RATED-CFM is not entered. Theheat addition rate, printed in the VERIFICATION report SV-A, is computed fromthis heating capacity, using the conditions at the peak heating load to subtractthe ventilation load. The heat addition rate shown in SV-A includes thebaseboard heating rate, in addition to the air system heating rate.If the user has not specified the HEATING-CAPACITY, the heat addition rateis computed from MAX-HE AT-RATE or the peak heating load, while theHEATING-CAPACITY, which includes the ventilation load, is computed from (a)the airflow rate, (b) the temperature of the mixed return air and outsideventilation air, and (c) the off-coil air temperature, based on the conditionsat the peak heating load. The user should know that the value of the heataddition rate printed in SV-A iSSfi"own for TITUstratfv-e-purposesonly.---rIleactual heat addltlon rate-rs-carculated anew each hour durlng the SlmulatlOn.The situation for cooling is similar, except that the program must treatthe water balance in the air (both return air and outside ventilation air), inaddition to the sensible cooling load. Again, the weather conditions at thetime of the cooling peak loads are used in the calculation of the total andIV.302 (Revised 5/81)
sensible cool ing capacities and the heat extraction rate. If the user hasspecified a MAX-HUMIDITY that cannot be achieved by the capacity of the coil,as defined at the peak cooling load conditions, a WARNING message is printedand the value of MAX-HUMIDITY may not be held during the simulation.When applicable, the corresponding adjustment for off-rated conditions ismade for the electric input ratios as was made for the capacities.d. Fan Electrical ConsumptionThe electrical consumption of the system fans is governed by the valuespecified for SUPPLY-KW and RETURN-KWalong with the specified or calculatedflow rates, which describe the electrical energy consumed per cfm by thesupply and return fans, respectively. If the user supplies a value forSUPPLY-EFF and/or RETURN-EFF, the program ignores the defaults for SUPPLY-KWand/or RETURN-KW and calculates the electrical consumption from the efficiency,static pressures (SUPPLY-STATIC and/or RETURN-STATIC), and flow rates.I V. 303 (Revised 5/81)
A. INTRODUCTION .•..•.I.2.3.4.5.V. PLANT PROGRAMTABLE OF CONTENTSProgram DescriptionPLANT Economics ..Suggested Procedure for the Use of the PLANT ProgramSuggested Sequence of PLANT Program InputPDL and CBS Input Instruction LimitationsB. PDL INPUT INSTRUCTIONSI.2.3.4.5.6.7.8.9.10.ll.1<strong>2.1</strong>3.14.15.16.17.18.PLANT-EQUIPMENT .PART-LOAD-RATIO •PLANT-PARAMETERSEQUIPMENT-QUADLOAD-ASSIGNMENTLOAD-MANAGEMENTHEAT-RECOVERY.ENERGY-STORAGEENERGY-COST . •PLANT-COSTS ..REFERENCE-COSTSDAY-ASSIGN-SCHPLANT-ASSIGNMENTPLANT-REPORT .HOURLY-REPORT ••REPORT-BLOCK •.SOLAR-EQUIPMENT .BDL COMMAND WORDSC. SOLAR SIMULATOR ..1-2.3.4.5.6.IntroductionInstruct ionsPreassembled SystemsUser-Assembled SystemsReport Functions •Example Input Data •.. .PageV.lV.IV.2V.3V.5V.8V.9V.9V.18V.22V.38V.52V.59V.66V.73V.83V.9lV.94V.97V.98V.100V.103V.105V.115V.115V.116V.116V.122V.129V.153V.260V.263(Revised 5/81)
V. PLANT EQUIPMENT SIMULATION PROGRAMA. INTRODUCTION1. Program DescriptionThe PLANT program simulates the primary equipment that uses energy (e.g.,oil, gas, electricity, or sunshine) to provide heating and cooling. Plantequipment may include on-site electric generating and heat recovery capabilitiesthat meet the coincident electrical, heating, and cooling demands of thebuilding. Conventional central plant equipment (e.g., boilers, chillers) orselective energy plants (a hybrid configuration having utility electricity,steam, or chilled water and on-site electric generation capability) can besimulated using this program.The PLANT program receives, as input, a list of the hourly loads for thebuilding from the SYSTEMS program, and requires a sequence of user-defined POLinput instructions that specify the plant. Each instruction (or class of data)has its own POL command word for identification and a keyword for each item ofinformation.The program can be run with minimal specification of plant equipment,consisting only of the type and size of equipment, the total number ofinstalled units, and the maximum number of units simultaneously available.no other data are entered, the preprogrammed default value will be used foreach variable.The program uses the hourly demands and other hourly information, receivedfrom the SYSTEMS program, to calculate the energy consumption of the specifiedequipment on an hourly basis and summarize it by month and by year. The inputdata to the PLANT program from the SYSTEMS program consist of the following:Heating load, cooling load, electric load, process heat or domestic hotwater load, baseboard load, gas and oil consumption from SYSTEMS andLOADS, ambient air and wet-bulb temperatures (for simulation of chillers,cooling towers, generating equipment, etc.), heating and coolingequipment on-off flags in SYSTEMS.Preheat load, main coil load, zone-coil load; outside air cfm, main coilcfm, and system cfm; main coil or cooling coil discharge temperature andthe mixed air temperature (for solar simulation).Energy use is simulated on the basis of a full load input/output ratioand/or a representative quadratic curve fit of part-load performance for·eachclass of equipment. The default values for these parameters are shown inTables V.4 and V.6 in Sec. B of this chapter. Some typical curves are shownand discussed in the <strong>DOE</strong>-2 Engineers <strong>Manual</strong>. The user should examine thedefault values carefully before accepting them. If values can be obtainedthat more accurately represent the performance of a particular item of equipment,they should be entered, using the CURVE-FIT, EQUIPMENT-QUAD, and/orPART-LOAD-RATIO instructions.Additional information required for simulation of energy use is providedby the PLANT-PARAMETERS instruction. For example, keywords HCIRC-MOTOR-EFF,CCIRC-MOTOR-EFF, and TWR-MOTOR-EFF define, in that order, the motor efficiencyV.l (Revised 5/81)If
for heating pumps, for cooling pumps, and for cooling tower pumps. Defaultvalues for all the keywords of the PLANT-PARAMETERS instruction are shown inthe PLANT-PARAMETERS user worksheet. Again, the user is advised to examinethese defaults and use the PLANT-PARAMETERS instruction to enter more accuratevalues whenever they are available.The PLANT program also calculates the economics of plant equipment.methodology is discussed in Sec. A.2 of this chapter.The solar simulator portion of the PLANT program is discussed in Sec. C,including the CBSDL Input Instructions. Note that these instructions are in asomewhat different format than the other PLANT program instructions and thosefor the other calculation programs (LOADS, SYSTEMS, and ECONOMICS). For thisreason, they are not included in Sec. B, but rather are presented in a separatesect ion.2. PLANT EconomicsCalculations related to the economics of plant equipment are made in thePLANT program. The first costs and subsequent replacement costs are combinedto calculate the investment. Annual maintenance, periodic overhauls, andenergy costs are combined to evaluate savings.All costs of equipment and energy for the life of the facility arecalculated as present value. The results of these calculations are passed tothe ECONOMICS program, where they are combined with costs related to nonplantcomponents and investment statistics (savings-to-investment ratio, discountedpayback period, and Btu savings per annual investment dollar) are determined.For a description of these statistics and a detailed discussion of the presentvalueconcept, see Chap. VI, ECONOMICS. It should be noted that presentvaluingdiminishes the effect of costs and savings that occur in the future,compared to those that are immediate.The life-cycle costs of a plant are influenced by the discount rate anddifferential escalation rates (the amounts by which these rates differ fromthe general inflation rate) for energy, labor, and material. These rates mustbe specified or defaulted in the PLANT program. However, it is not necessaryto know the general inflation rate to calculate present value. Only thedifferential escalation rate needs to be specified here and for ECONOMICSprogram calculations.The PLANT program calculates the present value of life-cycle costs for(1) purchase, installation, and maintenance of plant equipment, and (2) thefuel and electriCity used by the facility. The user input data required forthese calculations are entered by using four POL instructions.PLANT-EQUIPMENTENERGY-COSTPLANT-COSTSREFERENCE-COSTSTheV.2
Only one configuration of building and equipment can be evaluated by thePLANT program in a single run. The costs calculated for this configurationare passed to the ECONOMICS program, where the user enters the additional costdata necessary to perform tradeoff studies. If a comparison between theproject and a baseline (i.e., the existing building or an alternative designconcept) is being made, cost data on the baseline must be entered. These costdata can be obtained from the PLANT economics output reports of a separate runsimulating the baseline conditions. They must be entered with the ECONOMICSprogram input for each alternative studied.3. Suggested Procedure for Use of the PLANT ProgramThe PLANT_ program can be used to obtain improved design configurationsfor total energy plants, conventional energy plants, and selective energyplants (hybrid combinations of the first two). The effective use of theprogram depends upon an understanding of the problem. Because the executiontime of PLANT is small, parametric studies to determine "optimal" or nearoptimal configuration are relatively inexpensive. The user can make a numberof PLANT runs, each simulating equipment type and/or size variations, and canuse the output reports to zero-in on the preferred arrangement. SYSTEMSprogram output files from the initial run should be saved to avoid the cost ofrerunning that program (and the LOADS program) for each PLANT run. See thelocal site manual for the method of saving these files.Users will undoubtedly develop their own methods of using PLANTeffectively. The following summarizes one method for using the PLANT program.a. Run the LOADS and SYSTEMS programs to produce the hourly energyextraction rates. As indicated above, save the SYSTEMS output filefor use in the PLANT program runs.b. Identify all physical and environmental constraints and list themto eliminate impractical configurations (for example, dieselengines may be unacceptable on the top floor of a hospital becauseof noise level).c. Identify types of equipment under consideration and their availablesizes. On the basis of the results of items a. and b., estimatemaximum loads as a guide to choosing equipment for the initial testrun.d. Identify all known applicable quantities for the proposedinstallation, and prepare input data to override default values.For example, if the boiler operates by schedule, running in astandby mode when the schedule is "on", even if there is no load,BOILER-CONTROL should be set to STANDBY in the PLANT-PARAMETERSinstruction. If no actual values for data items are known, noentry is necessary; default values will be supplied by the program.e. If a specific brand of equipment is under consideration, compareits performance coefficients with the model in the program. Ifthey differ significantly, use the PART-LOAD-RATIO andPLANT-PARAMETERS, and then, if necessary, the EQUIPMENT-QUAD andCURVE-FIT instructions to override built-in default values.V.3 (Revised 5/81)
f. Define the strategy for equipment operation. The questions thatmust be answered are the following: For equipment of the same type,which equipment operates first; when should the equipment operate,i.e., seasonally, hourly, or based upon load.g. Case A. If more than one configuration is to be simulated and eachconfiguration has been identified by type of components, sizes(capacities), and number of units, prepare separate decks containingequipment size and availability cards. A single run of each deckwill produce outputs for each configuration; compare results andchoose the best one.h. Case B. The unit sizes and the number of units may also be determinedby using program output. This can be done best by successivelyrunning PLANT for a specific operating strategy, and usingthe information obtained in each run to decide the input for thenext. The first run is primarily to determine the maximum load oneach type of equipment and, thus, the total capacity needed in eachtype of component. In successive runs, break the total capacityinto various sizes and consider different operating strategies.The tradeoff here is that, although smaller sizes increase totalcost, they will usually decrease energy consumption because theequipment is more likely to be more efficient. This is a trialand-errorprocedure. After each run, the average operating partloadratios (the first row of the Report PS-C) can be examined todetermine the effect of partitioning the total capacity of thecurrent run by comparing it to previous ones. The objective is tocome as close as possible to optimum operating ratios. If theaverage operating ratio is too low for a particular type ofequipment, add at least one small equipment unit.Operating hours are also a good indicator of equipment use. Forexample, if a double-bundle chiller is operated for too few hours,the additional first cost cannot be justified. This is easilydetermined from an examination of operating hours, and that equipmentis eliminated from consideration in the following runs.After this trial-and-error procedure with equipment size assignments,Case B will turn into Case A, and the reasoning given abovewi 11 apply.Any of the above cases will produce several computer outputs, which willhave to be evaluated further for final selection.i. The PLANT program output reports contain a number of informationitems useful for making a final decision on plant configuration.For instance, the life-cycle cost can be taken as an objectivefunction to be mini- mized, while imposing constraints on firstcost, and total fuel input. Alternatively, minimizing initialcost, annual fuel use, or electricity needed from a utility mightbe more desirable. Only the user can know which of these is moreand which less important for each specific problem.V.4 (Revised 5/81)
The primary purpose of the plant is to supply the building with heating,cooling, and electricity. Heating may be obtained from a steam utility,boiler, a furnace, a double-bundle chiller, solar collectors, heat recoveredfrom diesel and gas turbine generators, and stored heat as well as hot waterheating; cooling from cold water tanks, compression chillers, reciprocatingchillers, absorption chillers, double-bundle chillers or utility chilledwater; electricity from the utility or from diesel, gas, or steam turbines.The user selects the types of equipment that are to satisfy the loads.Each piece of plant equipment may be supplied with energy in usable formfrom one or more sources. The boiler is supplied with fuel and/or electricity.Compression chillers may be supplied with electricity from the utilityand/or on-site generator(s). Absorption chillers may be supplied with heatfrom (1) the steam utility, (2) solar collectors, (3) a boiler, (4) electricity,and/or (5) waste heat. The waste heat may be recovered from diesel andgas turbines, and possibly, with a small amount of heat recovered from blowdown.Diesel and gas turbines may be supplied with fuel, steam turbines withsteam from the steam utility, a boiler, and/or waste heat from diesel and/orgas turbines. Cooling towers receive electricity from the utility and/oron-site generator(s), and the hot-water storage tank is provided with heatfrom a boiler or waste heat from a recoverable source.Figure V. 1 shows the plant energy flow described above. Heat recoverycan occur if the user specifies equipment that can supply and use recoveredheat. Heat recovery can take place at five different temperature levels,Levell being the highest. Details about heat recovery equipment or processesand the flow of energy are shown in Tables V.g, V.10, and V.11 in Sec. B ofthis chapter.4. Suggested Sequence of PLANT Program InputFor the PLANT program to run, there must be more RUN-PERIOD intervalsthan DESIGN-DAY instructions entered in the LOADS input (see Sec. III.B.2 andIII.B.3). The PLANT simulation will size equipment based on the worst case ofthe DESIGN-DAY or the weather tape. Energy usage will then be calculated forthe remaining RUN-PERIOD intervals.To use the PLANT program, the user must first enter anINPUT PLANT ..instruction. (The PARAMETRIC-INPUT PLANT instruction is only used forsubsequent parametric runs.) The BDL processor will expect aPLANT-EQUIPMENT ..instruction next. At least one PLANT-EQUIPMENT instruction must be entered toinform the Processor which piece of equipment is to be simulated. Thefollowing instructions may then be entered as desired or required by the user.V.5 (Revised 5/81)
i1.,1I , "1'I"',l ______ _Ii + t:----0(-------:- --- ---___ --_! __ ~ji,- ~III, t, ttl I'_ __..--- ._--- 1______ ____----- ..J,.. _______ ..____ ...:~: , I ' I II ' , , , , 'L~--L--_L--_--J--_---L ,,~;;:hU,I+I ,~; §§~l~H§~lE'" '-'".~'":
PART-LOAD-RATIOPLANT-PARAMETERSCURVE-FITEQUIPMENT-QUADHEAT-RECOVERYENERGY-STORAGELOAD-ASSIGNMENTDAY -ASS IGN-SCHLOAD-MANAGEMENTPLANT-ASSIGNMENTDAY-SCHEDULEW EEK-SCHE DULESCHEDULENext, the following COST instructions are entered.ENERGY-COSTPLANT-COSTSREFERENCE-COSTSThen the following REPORT instructions are entered.PLANT-REPORTHOURLY-REPORTREPORT-BLOCKIf the solar equipment simulation program is desired, it is necessary toenter one instruction requesting solar equipment.SOLAR-EQUIPMENT ..Section C, "Solar Simulator," provides a description of the instructionsused to specify a liquid or air solar heating/cooling system.Following the specification of the keywords and values required by theabove instructions, an instruction is entered to indicate that the input datais finished. An instruction must then be entered that instructs the PLANTprogram to perform the desired computations.END ..COMPUTE PLANT .•If the ECONOMICS program is not to be run, the last instruction must beSTOPThe user workSheets (found within the description of each PDLinstruction) have been provided to help in the organization of the data-inputeffort. They provide a space for the entry of a label or a value for eachcommand word and keyword. It is suggested that the applicable worksheets canbe filled out in any convenient order, but should be arranged in the sequencedescribed in the paragraphs above.V.7 (Revi sed 5/81)
5. POL and CBS Input Instruction LimitationsFor <strong>DOE</strong>-2, the maximum number of POL instructions that can be used forspecifying the required data for the PLANT program is as follows:InstructionDAY-SCHEDULEWEEK-SCHEDULESCHEDULEPARAMETERSET-DEFAULTTITLEPLANT-EQUIPMENTPART -L OAD-RA TI 0PLANT-PARAMETERSEQUIPMENT-QUADLOAD-ASSIGNMENTLOAD-MANAGEMENTHEAT-RECOVERYENERGY-STORAGE (hot tank)ENERGY-STORAGE (cold tank)ENERGY-COSTREFERENCE-COSTSPLANT COSTSPLANT-ASSIGNMENTPLANT-REPORTHOURLY-REPORTREPORT-BLOCKU-namesSolar SimulatorSOLAR-EQUIPMENTCOMPONENTCONNECTITERATIONSSYSTEMTRACEDAY-SCHEDULEWEEK-SCHEDULESCHEDULEMaximum Number60404050*100*5*6 for each equipment type1 for each equipment type11501111525140**1 command1664l1S***140No. of components11No. of components202020* ThlS maximum number refers to the number of keyword values, not the numberof instructions.** This maximum number refers to the total number of different PLANT runsallowed in a single submittal. Only one PLANT-ASSIGNMENT is allowed foreach PLANT simulation.*** The use of the advanced scheduling technique (described in Chapter II) willresult in the use of at least three of these U-names for each SCHEDULEspecified. One U-name is specified by the user for the SCHEDULE and thebalance of the U-names are internally specified by POL. Also, specifyingan output report by code-word (PV-A, PS-A, etc.) will result in the use ofone U-name internally specified by POL.V.S(Revised 5/S1)
B. PDL INPUT INSTRUCTIONS1. PLANT-EQUIPMENTThe PLANT-EQUIPMENT instruction is used to specify the type, size, andnumber of plant components, as well as related specific economic informationto each TYPE of equipment. At least one PLANT-EQUIPMENT instruction must bespecified for the PLANT program to run.Should the user elect to use default values for the cost input, theprogram will assign cost data to the specified size of each type of equipmentusing the cost data references in Table V.1 and the scaling law:wherePCP = (CP)ref X [SIZE/(SIZE)refJCPCPrefSIZE(SIZE)refP= one of the nine cost parameters listed in TableV.l (excluding SIZE)= corresponding reference default value (see TableV.1)actual equipment size= reference equipment size (see Table V.l)= 0.67 for FIRST-COST, MINOR-OVHL-COST andMAJOR-OVHL-COST==0.4 for CONSUMABLES0.2 for MAINTENANCE, MINOR-OVHL-INT, andMAJOR-OVHL-INT==0.1 for EQUIPMENT-LIFE0.0 for INSTALLATIONHowever, the above default assignments can be adjusted by specifying newreference cost parameters, (CPref) or reference sizes (SIZEref) in theREFERENCE-COSTS instruction.The user is forewarned to examine Table V.l carefully before acceptingdefault equipment costs because there can be considerable variation in costwithin a generic type depending on location, design conditions, designfeatures, etc. Entry of the actual cost of a commercially available equipmentitem of the type and size specified is always preferred for improvedlife-cycle costing accuracy. Note that the default costs are several yearsout of date.V.9 (Revised 5/81)
TABLE V.lEquipment Cost <strong>Reference</strong> Default ValuesMI NOR-OVHL- MAJOR-OVHL-Equipment FIRST EQUIPMENT- I NT COST I NT COSTTYPE SIZE COST INSTALLATION CONSUMABLE S MA I NTENANCE LIFE Interval each Interval eachCode-Word (10 6 Btu/hr) (~) Cost Factor (~/hr ) (hrs/yr) (hrs) (hrs) (~) (hrs) (~)STM-BOILER 40.0 300,000 1.4 0.0 8 220000 10000 2000 50000 25000HW-BOILER 40.0 300,000 1.4 0.0 8 220000 10000 2000 50000 25000ELEC-STM-BOILER 40.0 300,000 1.4 0.0 8 220000 10000 2000 50000 25000ELEC-HW-80ILER 40.0 300,000 1.4 0.0 8 220000 10000 2000 50000 25000FURNACEaDHW-HEATERaELEC-DHW-HEATERaOPEN-CENT-CHLR 12.0 150,000 1.2 0.0 25 100000 20000 5000 50000 15000
U-namePLANT-EQUIPMENTTYPESIZEAny unique user-defined name may be entered to identify thisinstruction, but none is required.This command word informs the PDL Processor that the data tofollow will specify plant equipment. If at least one PLANTEQUIPMENT instruction is not entered, the PLANT program willgenerate an error message.is a code-word selected from Table V.2 that identifies thetype of equipment to be used in the simulation calculations.(For circulating pumps, see PLANT-PARAMETERS instruction andexplanation for the 10 keywords associated with pumps.).is the nominal rated output capacity, expressed in units ofone million Btu's per hour (MBtu) for the item of equipmentbeing specified. For example, a 100-ton chiller should bespecified as SIZE = 1.20 since the conversion factor is12,000 Btu/hr-ton. A ten million Btu/hr boiler is specifiedas SIZE = 10.0. A 10,000 gallon hot water tank withHTANK-T-RANGE = 180"F (see ENERGY-STORAGE instruction) isspecified as SIZE = 15.0.The SIZE of a storage tank is the useful capacity, i.e.,SIZE = (size in gallons) * 8.34 lb/gal * 10- 6 MBtu/lb-oF * DT,where DT = HTANK-T-RANGE or CTANK-T-RANGE. The definitionsof these last two keywords are found under the ENERGY-STORAGE command.If SIZE = -999 is entered, the PLANT program will automaticallysize, in accordance with peak load, the followingtypes of equipment: all bOilers, chillers, towers, anddiesel and gas electric generators. Steam turbine generatorswill not be automatically sized.Hot water and chilled water circulation pumps are alwaysautomatically sized by the PLANT program. The flow rate,electrical power, and heat gain are calculated from thevalues of PLANT-PARAMETERS keywords as follows:Flow rate:= Design-LoadX-DESIGN-T-DROP x 60 min/h x 8.34 Btu/gallon- FPower:X-HEAD x GPM px 0.643 Btu-min/ft-gallon-hrElect p= -----,TTo~~~~,,"'~~""~-----X-MOTOR-EFF x X-IMPELLER-EFFV.11 (Revised 5/81)
Heat Gain:Gain p = (Design-Load x X-LOSS) + (Elect p x X-MOTOR-EFF)INSTALLED-NUMBERMAX-NUMBER-AVAILwhere Design-Load is the peak heating or cooling loadcalculated by SYSTEMS and passed to PLANT. The symbol X inthe above equations is replaced by HCIRC for hot waterpumps and CCIRC for chilled water pumps to produce theappropriate PLANT-PARAMETERS keyword. These keywords maybe specified or allowed to default.is the total number of units of the type and size previouslyspecified. As an example, if three 100-ton chillers havebeen specified, enter INSTALLED-NUMBER = 3.0.is the total number of units of the type and size previouslyspecified that are available for simultaneous operation.The value of this keyword is a number that can equal, butnot exceed, the value entered for keyword INSTALLED-NUMBER(i.e., it is an error to specify that five units are availableif only four are installed). The user should enter avalue for this keyword if he is going to have the programsize the equipment, unless the default of 1 or INSTALLEDNUMBER is acceptable.V.11.1 (Revised 5/81)
This page is blank intentionally.V.l1.2 (Revised 5/81)
Heating[qui pmentTABLE V.2Equipment TYPE Code-WordsCode-WordElectric boilerSteam boi lerHot-water boilerElectric hot-water boilerFurnaceELEC-STM-BOILERSTM-BOILERHW-BOILERELEC-HW-BOILERFURNACECoolingOne-stage absorption chillerTwo-stage absorption chiller with economizerAbsorption chiller with solar assistOpen centrifugal compression chillerHermetic centrifugal compression chillerOpen reciprocating compression chillerHermetic reCiprocating compression chillerDouble bundle chillerCoo 1 in g towerCeramic cooling towerABSORI-CHLRABSOR2-CHLRABSORS-CHLROPEN-CENT-CHLRHERM-CENT-CHLROPEN-REC-CHLRHERM-REC-CHLRDBUN-CHLRCOOLI NG-TWRCERAMIC-TWRElectrical Generating EquipmentDiesel engineSteam turbineGas turbineDIESEL-GENSTURB-GENGTURB-GENStorageHot water tankCo 1 d water tankHTAN
As an example, if three 100-ton one-stage absorptionchillers are to be installed, and a maximum of two can beused simultaneously, and the user decides to name aPLANT-EQUIPMENT instruction "CHILLERS-l" the entry would be:FIRST-COSTCHILLERS-l ; PLANT-EQUIPMENT TYPE; ABSOR1-CHLRSIZE; 1.2INSTALLED-NUMBER; 3MAX-NUMBER-AVAIL ; 2 •.specifies the first cost for one unit of the type and sizereferenced above, not including installation costs.This cost must be entered in dollars referenced to the samepoint in time as all other input. For example, if energycosts refer to January 1979, this cost must be converted toJanuary 1979 dollars before it is entered regardless of theactual expenditure date. If the money is spent beforestart up and operation, the present value is increased bythe lost opportunity value over the time interval betweenspending and start up.The PLANT program is not capable of calculating thisincreased value. The user is required to calculate thisincreased value before entering the cost. This is thepresent value of the cost and it may be approximated by thefollowing equation:where: Cp ; present value of cost,vC r ; cost in reference dollars,D ; real discount rate in per centper time interval, andN ; number of time intervals from expenditureto start up.INSTALLATIONCONSUMABLESspecifies the multiplier on equipment FIRST-COST toestimate first cost per unit installed. For example, ifinstallation cost is 20 per cent of first cost, thenINSTALLATION; 1.2.specifies the cost (in $ per operating hour per unit) ofthose items consumed during operation (excluding primaryfuel). For example, diesel fuel for an engine is not underthe consumable category, but lubricating oil is.V.13 (Revised 5/81)
NAINTENANCEEQUIPMENT-LIFEMINOR-OVHL-INTMINOR-OVHL-COSTMAJOR-OVHL-INTMAJOR-OVHL-COSTHOURS-USEDRules:specifies the hours per year of required on-site maintenancefor the referenced item of equipment. The program will usethis value along with the user input (or default) value forlabor cost (see keyword LABOR in the PLANT-COSTS instruction)to calculate yearly maintenance costs for thereferenced equipment item.Maintenance refers to the standard level of upkeep byon-site personnel, excluding overhaul of any kind.specifies the number of operating hours from the time theequipment is new until it must be replaced. Note that thisnumoer is the same for new and existing building simu·lation.specifies the expected number of operating hours betweenminor overhauls for the referenced item of equipment.specifies the cost (in dollars per unit) for a minoroverhaul of the referenced item of equipment.specifies the expected number of operating hours betweenmajor overhauls for the referenced item of equipment.specifies the cost (in dollars per unit) for a majoroverhaul of the referenced item of equipment.is required for simulation of existing buildings andequipment. The number of hours entered should equal theoperating hours already on the equipment. It is importantthat the number of hours used is not equal to or greaterthan the value entered or defaulted for keywordEQUIPMENT-LIFE as this will result in calculation error.If the actual hours used is equal to or greater than theEQUIPMENT-LIFE input, estimate the remaining useful life.Subtract the remaining useful life from the value enteredor defaulted for EQUIPMENT-LIFE and enter the differencefor HOURS-USED. Note that a non-zero value implies thatthe equipment is not new, so no first-cost data will appearin output reports except on replacements.1. At least one PLANT-EQUIPMENT instruction must be entered for eachcomputer run of PLANT Program.2. A separate PLANT-EQUIPMENT instruction is required for each TYPE and SIZEof equipment specified.3. Up to six PLANT-EQUIPMENT instructions may.be specified for each TYPE ofequipment.4. All sizes must be specified in MBtuh (10 6 Btu/hr), with the exceptionof a storage tank, which must be specified in NBtu (106 Btu).V.14 (Revi sed 5/81)
5. If a LOAD-ASSIGNMENT instruction is not defined the PLANT program willattempt optimization by allowing only one type of absorption chiller, onetype of compression chiller (other than double bundle chillers), and onetype of cooling tower to be simulated in one run of the program. However,more than one type of each may be specified, in which case, regardless ofthe number entered as being available, certain types will not be "put inoperation." This may be useful if an older equipment model is beinginstalled purely as a standby. Its cost will be computed by the program,despite the fact that it never operates. The rule employed by the programto determine which equipment type to operate is a precedence rule basedpurely on equipment types as shown in Table V.3. If the user specifiesLOAD-ASSIGN~lErns, the different types of equipment may be mixed, but withnot more.than 3 types under a given LOAD-RANGE.TABLE V.3EQUIPMENT PRECEDENCE RULEPrecedence Rule:If no LOAD-ASSIGNMENT instruction is defined, each equipment TYPEexcludes those equipment TYPES, listed below it. The precedence ruleapplies only to the listed equipment TYPEs.Equipment TypeBoilers Absorption Chillers Compression Chillers Cooling Towersl)Steam boiler l)One-stage solar l)Hermetic reciprocating l)Ceramicabsorption2)Hot-waterboiler3)Electricsteam boiler4)Electric hotwaterboiler2)Hermetic centrifugal2)Two-stage absorption 3)Open reciprocating3)One-stage absorption4)Open centrifugal2)Nonceramic6. The storage tanks will not operate unless a LOAD-ASSIGNMENT instructionis specified for their operation.V.15 (Revi sed 5/81)
7. Only one size of cooling tower can be entered per computer run. That is,the program cannot simulate the operation of a number of different sizedtowers or a single tower with different sized cells. All cells or unitsmust be the same size. Note that, for the tower, SIZE refers to the cellsize, and INSTALLED-NUMBER is the number of cells. It is recommendedthat the user allow the program to default both the SIZE andMAX-NUMBER-AVAIL for the cooling towers.8. Utilities are never specified by a PLANT-EQUIPMENT instruction, but theyare referred to by the LOAD-ASSIGNMENT instruction. Economic data arespecified by the ENERGY-COST instruction.9. Purchased steam and purchased chilled water are disallowed unless thekeyword UNIT in the ENERGY-COST instruction is set to a non-zero number.10. The electric utility is assumed to be allowed unless UNIT in theENERGY-COST instruction is set to zero.11. If both an electric and a fossil-fuel boiler are to be available, aLOAD-ASSIGNMENT instruction must specify their operation. Otherwise, theprogram assumes that only the fossil-fuel boiler is available.12. FURNACE, DHW-HEATER, and ELEC-DHW-HEATER cannot be entered in LOADASSIGNMENTs. If a furnace is specified, all the space heating load isassumed to go to the furnace. If a DHW-HEATER is specified, all hotwater load, domestic and process hot water (specified in LOADS) areassumed to go to the DHW-HEATER. If MAX-NUMBER-AVAIL is greater than 1,all the units of the FURNACE and/or the DHW-HEATER and ELEC-DHW-HEATERare assumed to run simultaneously.Note: To zero out the cost of a piece of equipment, the user shouldassign small, non-zero values, as follows:FIRST-COST = 0.001CONSUMABLES = 0.001MAINTENANCE = 0.001MINOR-OVHL-COST = 0.001MAJOR-OVHL-COST = 0.001(If zero values are assigned, the program will calculate cost based onequipment size.)V.16 (Revised 5/81)
0 name; PLANT-EQUIPMENT+ or P-E (User Worksheet)InputKe:z:word Abbrev. User Input Desc. Default fill n. RangeMax.TYPE TYPE ; code-wordSIZE SIZE 106Btu/hr O. -1000. 100.INSTALLED-NUI~BER I-N ; number 1 1 10MAX-NUMBER-AVAIL M-N-A ; number 1 1 10FIRST-COST F-C;$ * o. Lx 10 7INSTALLATION I ; number * O. 100.CONSUMABLES C $Ihr * O. 1. xl 0 3MAINTENANCE M hrs/yr * O. 1. x 1 0 3EQUIPMENT-LIFE E-L; hrs * O. ,4.xl0 5MINOR-OVHL-INT MIN-O-I ; hrs * O. 1.x10 5MINOR-OVHL-COST MIN-O-C ;$ * O. 1. xl 0 4MAJOR-OVHL-INT MAJ-O-I ; hrs * o. Lx 105MAJOR-OVHL-COST MAJ-O-C ;$ * O. 1. x 10 4HOURS-USED H-U hrs O. O. 4. x 105+Mandatory Entry* Default value for this keyword depends on the size and type of equipmentbeing specified. See Table V.1 and scaling formula described in textunder PLANT-EQUIPMENT instruction.V.17 (Revi sed 5/81)
2. PART-LOAD-RATIOThe equipment PART-LOAD-RATIO instruction specifies the mlnlmum, maximumand preferred operating conditions for one piece of equipment, and the nominalelectric power input ratio to operate the equipment and supporting electricauxiliaries.The PART-LOAD-RATIO instruction is optional. If data entry for theinstruction is omitted, the default values shown in Table V.4 are used foreach TYPE of equipment.PART-LOAD-RATIOTYPEMIN-RATIOMAX-RATIOThis command word informs the PDL Processor that the data tofollow are related to the part load operation of a specifictype of equipment.is the code-word selected from Table V.4 that identifies thetype of equipment to which the part load ratios specified inthis instruction are applicable. Only one TYPE may bespecified per instruction.is the minimum fraction of nominal rated load at which theequipment item being specified can operate continually.That is, if the item of equipment is scheduled to operateand the demand is more than zero but less than the MIN-RATIO,the program will cycle the machine on and off. However,diesel generators and gas turbine generators will turn off,not cycle, below MIN-RATIO.Default values of MIN-RATIO for each type of equipment areshown on Table V.4.is the maximum fraction of loading or overloading allowed,if any. If the maximum load is the nominal rated load(SIZE), and no overload is allowed, the user should specify:MAX-RATIO = 1.0The default values of MAX-RATIO for each type of equipmentare shown in Table V.4.OPERATING-RATIOis the point, usually taken from a performance curve, thatrepresents the most desirable operating condition. If aLOAD-ASSIGNMENT instruction is not entered to specify thesequence of equipment operation, the program will determinethis sequence by operating the equipment as near as possibleto the OPERATING-RATIO.V.18 (Revised 5{81)
TABLE V.4Equipment PART -LOAD-RATIO Default ValuesElectricTYPEInput toPart-Load Ratios Nomi na 1Code-Word Min. Max. Operating CapacityHeating EguipmentELEC-STM-BOILER Electric boiler 0.01 1.00 1.00 1.000STM-BOILER Steam boiler 0.25 1.20 1.00 0.022HW-BOILER Hot water boiler 0.25 1.20 1.00 0.022ELEC-HW-BOILER Electric hot water bo i 1 er 0.01 1.00 1.00 1.000FURNACE Furnace* 0.023Cooling EguipmentABSOR1-CHLR One-stage absorption chiller 0.10 1.15 1.00 0.004ABSOR2-CHLR Two-stage absorption chillerwith economizer 0.10 1.15 0.70 0.007ABSORS-CHLR Solar-driven absorptionchillerOPEN-CENT-CHLR Open centrifugal chiller 0.10 1.00 0.80 0.210OPEN-REC-CHLR Open reciprocating chiller 0.25 1.00 1. 00 0.260HERM-CENT-CHLR Hermetic centrifugal chiller 0.10 1.00 0.80 0.220HERM-REC-CHLR Hermetic reciprocating chiller 0.25 1.00 1.00 0.274DBUN-CHLR Double-bundle chiller 0.10 1.00 1.00 0.220COOLI NG-TWR Cooling tower** 0.000CERAMIC-TWR Ceramic cooling tower** 0.000Electric Generating EquipmentDIESEL-GEN Diesel engine 0.02 1.05 0.60STURB-GEN Steam turbi ne 0.02 1.10 0.90GTURB-GEN Gas turbine 0.02 1.05 0.60TanksHTANK-STORAGE Hot water tank 0.000CTANK-STORAGE Cold water tank 0.000Domestic Hot WaterDHW-HEATER Water heater 0.000ELEC-DHW-HEATER Electric water heater 1.000* Note that this default does not accurately model an oil-fired furnace witha fuel pump. This type of furnace should not be allowed to default.** Fan energy per cell is calculated based on the quadratic functionTWR-FAN-ELEC-FTU if the electric input ratio is not greater than zero.V.19 (Revised 5/81)
ELEC-INPUT-RATIOThe electric input to nominal capacity ratio is expressed asratioelectric power input to electric auxiliaries (Btu/hr)= nominal capacity of equipment being defined (Btu/hr)This entry should include the electric power to move andcontrol the working fluid flowing through the equipment plusthe primary power input to the equipment itself. For anabsorption refrigeration chiller, the electric power inputto the refrigerant circulator must be considered. Similarlyfor a fossil-fueled boiler, the electric power input to theboiler draft fan and stokers must be considered. However,when defining the ELEC-INPUT-RATIO for this equipment, theuser should ignore the electric power delivered to the hot,chilled, and condenser water pumps (see PLANT-PARAMETERS).The cooling tower fan power is based on the tower size andTWR-FAN-ELEC-FTU (see EQUIPMENT-QUAD) or the value ofELEC-INPUT-RATIO, if specified •. The pumping energy associated with the storage tank iscalculated as the ELEC-INPUT-RATIO times the maximum of theCOOL-STORE-RATE, HEAT-STORE-RATE, COOL-SUPPLY-RATE, andHEAT-SUPPLY-RATE.V.20 (Revised 5/81)
PART-LOAD-RATIO or P-L-R(User Worksheet)InputRangeKeyword Abbrev. User Input Desc. Default Mi n. Max.TYPE TYPE = code-wordMIN-RATIO MIN-R number * 0.+** l.MAX-RATIO MAX-R = number * l. 2.OP ERA TI NG-RA TI 0 O-R number * 0.+ 2.ELEC-INPUT-RATIO E-I-R = Btu/hr * O. 10.Btu/hr+ Mandatory entry.* Default values are shown in Table V.4.** A minimum of "0.+" means that any positive number in the range isacceptable, but zero itself is not, as this value may be used as a divisor.V.21 (Revi sed 5/81)
3. PLANT-PARAMETERSThe PLANT-PARAMETERS instruction is used to change the value of many ofthe variables used by the PLANT program in the simulation of plant components.The variables are listed by category or function in the PLANT-PARAMETERS UserWorksheet. Any variable (keyword) listed in the user worksheet may be specifiedand its value assigned by the user. PLANT-PARAMETERS are used togetherwith other PLANT variables and EQUIPMENT-QUAD functions. The user is urged tocarefully review the equipment simulation descriptions in the <strong>DOE</strong>-2 Engineers<strong>Manual</strong> before changing any of the PLANT-PARAMETERS default values .. Detailed descriptions of how the variables represented by each keywordare used in the PLANT program calculations are provided in the <strong>DOE</strong>-2 Engineers<strong>Manual</strong>. Additional discussion of specific keywords is provided in the textthat follows. A summary of these keywords is presented in Table V.5.PLANT-PARAMETERSCh ill ersCHILLER-CONTROLCHILL-WTR-TCHILL-WTR-THROTTLECOMP-TO-TWR-WTRThis command word informs the POL Processor that the datato follow will specify a new default value for one ormore of the variables.accepts a code-word that defines the chiller controlscheme. Default is DEMAND-ONLY, and the alternative isSTANDBY (see BOILER-CONTROL keyword description). TheSTANDBY mode is normal for central systems.specifies the chilled water temperature at the middle ofthe throttling range for chillers. Default is 44"F.is the throttling range of the temperature controller onthe chiller.specifies the ratio of cooling tower water flow (gpm) tocompression chiller capacity (ton).MIN-COND-AIR-T specifies the minimum enterin~ air temperature allowedfor an air-cooled condenser (F). This is the minimumoperating temperature below which control action isinitiated to maintain at least this temperature.DBUN-TO-TWR-WTRABSORI-HIRABSOR2-HIRABSORS-HIRspecifies the ratio of cooling tower water flow (gpm) todouble-bundled chiller capacity (ton).specifies the full-load heat input ratio for a I-stageabsorption chiller. The heat input ratio is the ratio ofheat energy input to cooling energy output.specifies the full-load heat input ratio for a 2-stageabsorption chiller with an economizer (see ABSORI-HIR).specifies the full-load heat input ratio for asolar-driven absorption chiller. (see ABSORI-HIR).V.22 (Revised 5/81)
TABLE V.5PLANT-PARAMETERS KEYWORDSCh i llersChiller control schemeChiller water temperature, mid-throttling rangeChiller temperature controller throttling rangeCooling tower water flow/Compression chiller capacityMinimum entering air temp., air-cooled condenserDouble-bundled Chiller to Tower WaterFull-load heat input ratio, I-stage absorption chillerFull-load heat input ratio, 2-stage absorption chillerFull-load heat input ratio, solar-driver absorptionch illerCooling tower water flow/Absorption chiller capacityFan electric power/Hermetic centrifugal chiller capacityCondenser type, hermetic centrifugal chillerMaximum PLR for hot gas bypass, hermetic centrifugalchillerFan electric power/Hermetic reciprocating chillerCondenser type, hermetic reciprocating chillerMaximum PLR for hot gas bypass, hermetic reciprocatingch illerFan electric power/Open centrifugal chiller capacityCondenser type, open centrifugal chillerCompressor motor efficiency, open centrifugal chillerMaximum PLR for hot gas bypass, open centrifugal chillerFan electric power /Open reciprocating chiller capacityCondenser type, open reciprocating chillerCompressor motor efficiency, open reciprocating chillerMaximum PLR for hot gas bypass, open reciprocating chillerCapacity correction factor, double-bundle chiller,w/heat recoveryEntering condenser temperature at design w/o heat recovery,double-bundle chillerLeaving condenser temperature w/heat recovery, doublebundlechillerPower correction factor w/heat recovery, double-bundlech i 11 erRecoverable heat/Total heat rejection at full load,w/heat recovery, double-bundle chillerMinimum PLR to operate w/o hot gas bypass, w/o heatrecovery, double-bundle chillerMinimum PLR to operate w/o hot gas bypass, w/heat recovery,double-bundle chillerCHILLER-CONTROLCHILL-WTR-TCHILL-WTR-THROTTLECOMP-TO-TWR-WTRMIN-COND-AIR-TDBUN-TO-TWR-WTRABSORI-HIRABSOR2-HIRABSORS-HIRABSOR-TO-TWR-WTRHERM-CENT-COND-PWRHERM-CENT-COND-TYPEHERM-CENT-UNL-RATHERM-REC-COND-PWRHERM-REC-COND-TYPEHERM-REC-UNL-RATOPEN-CENT-COND-PWROPEN-CENT-COND-TYPEOPEN-CENT-MOTOR-EFFOPEN-CENT-UNL-RATOPEN-REC-COND-PWROPEN-REC-COND-TYPEOPEN-REC-MOTOR-EFFOPEN-REC-UNL-RATDBUN-CAP-COR-RECDBUN-COND-T-ENTDBUN-COND-T-RECDBUN-EIR-COR-RECDBUN-HT-REC-RATDBUN-UNL-RAT-DESDBUN-UNL-RAT-RECCooling TowerMinimum temperature, leaving tower cooling waterExponent used to modify rating factor for off-design airflowsMaximum water flow per cell/Design flow per cellWet-bulb temperatureMIN-TWR-WTR-TRFACT-CFM-EXPONENTTWR-CELL-MAX-GPMTWR-DESIGN-WETBULBV.23 (Revised 5/81)
TABLE V.5 (cant)Tower fan: one-speed or two-speedFan-low-speed airflow rate/fan-high-speed airflow rateFan power at low speed/Fan power at high speedNatural convection airflow rate/design airflow rateCirculation pump efficiencyTower pump motor efficiencyPressure head in tower water circulation loopExiting water temperature floating or fixedExiting water temperature when set to "fixed"Effective throttling range about water set pointDirect cooling control schemeMaximum outdoor dry-bulb temperature for whichdirect cooling is allowedSchedule for direct cooling availabilityMaximum chilled water temperature for whichdirect cooling is allowedDirect cooling auxiliary equipment electric demandBoilersBoiler blowdown flow rate as fraction of steam turbinesteam lossesBoiler control: demand-only or standbyFuel used for boilerFraction of total capacity of electric hot-water boilerlost through skin or leads, while operatingFraction of total capacity of electric steam boiler lostthrough skin or leads, while operatingHeat input ratio, hot water boilerMakeup water temperatureEffectiveness of blowdown heat recovery, steam boilerHeat input ratio, steam boilerDomestic Hot-Water HeatersHeat input ratio, domestic hot-water heaterFuel used by domestic hot-water heaterFraction of total capacity of electric hot-water heaterlost through skin or leads, while operatingFurnacesHeat input ratio for the furnaceFuel used by the furnaceFuel consumption of a pilot light when a gasfurnace is not firingGeneratorsFuel used by diesel generatorMaximum exhaust flow/electric output, diesel generatorFuel used by gas turbineMaximum exhaust flow/electric output, gas turbineExhaust steam pressure, steam turbineEntering steam pressure, steam turbineRpm of steam turbine at nominal capacityV.24TWR-FAN-CONTROLTWR-FAN-LOW-CFMTWR-FAN-LOW-ELECTWR-FAN-OFF-CFMTWR-IMPELLER-EFFTWR-MOTOR-EFFTWR-PUMP-HEADTWR-TEMP-CONTROLTWR-WTR-SET-POINTTWR-WTR-THROTTLEDIRECT-COOL-MODEDC-MAX-TDIRECT-COOL-SCHDC-CHILL-WTR-TDIRECT-COOL-KWBOILER-BLOW-RATBOILER-CONTROLBOILER-FUELE-HW-BOILER-LOSSE-STM-BOILER-LOSSHW-BOILER-HIRMAKEUP-WTR-TRECVR-HEAT/BLOWSTM-BOILER-HIRDHW-HIRDWH-HEATER-FUELELEC-DHW-LOSSFURNACE-HIRFURNACE-FUELFURNACE-AUXDIESEL-FUELMAX-DIESEL-EXHGTURB-FUELMAX-GTURB-EXHSTURB-EXH-PRESSTURB-PRESSTURB-SPEED(Revised 5/81)
TABLE V.5 (cont)Entering stearn temperature, stearn turbineCondenser feedwater flow/nominal steam rate, steam turbineBoiler steam pressureSteam saturation temperatureSolarMinimum solar storage tank temperature for coolingMinimum solar storage tank temperature for heatingMinimum solar storage tank temperature for process loadCirculation Pumps (not condenser pumps)Temperature drop at design, chilled water loopHead pressure, chilled water loopPump impeller efficiency, chilled water loopFraction of chilled water design load lost to environmentPump motor efficiency, chilled water loopTemperature drop at design, hot water loopHead pressure, hot water loopPump impeller efficiency, hot water loopFraction of hot water design load lost to environmentPump motor efficiency, hot water loopSTURB-TSTURB-WTR-RETURNSTM-PRESSTM-SATURATION-TMIN-SOL-COOL-TMIN-SOL-HEAT-TMIN-SOL-PROCESS-TCCIRC-DESIGN-T-DROPCCIRC-HEADCCIRC-IMPELLER-EFFCCIRC-LOSSCCIRC-MOTOR-EFFHCIRC-DESIGN-T-DROPHCIRC-HEADHCIRC-IMPELLER-EFFHCIRC-LOSSHCIRC-MOTOR-EFFV.25(Revised 5/81)
ABSOR-TO-TWR-WTRHERM-CENT-COND-PWRHERM-CENT-COND-TYPEHERM-CENT-UNL-RATHERM-REC-COND-PWRHERM-REC-COND-TYPEHERI~-REC-UNL-RATOPEN-CENT-COND-PWROPEN-CENT-COND-TYPEOPEN-CENT-MOTOR-EFFOPEN-CENT-UNL-RATspecifies the ratio of cooling tower water flow (gpm) toabsorption chiller capacity (ton).is the ratio of fan electric energy (Btu) to theoperating capacity of a hermetic centrifugal chiller.This keyword is used only when the chiller condensertype is AIR.accepts a code-word that specifies the condenser heatrejection method for a hermetic centrifugal chiller.The default code-word is TOWER, used when heat isrejected through an evaporative cooling tower; thealternative code-word is AIR, which implies a heatexchanger with a condenser.is the maximum part-load ratio of a hermetic centrifugalchiller at which hot gas bypass occurs. Above thisvalue, the machine adjusts capacity by unloading.Between MIN-RATIO (from the PART-LOAD-RATIO instruction)and this ratio, the machine has unloaded as far as itcan and is using hot gas bypass to make up the difference.Below MIN-RATIO, the machine cycles on and off.specifies fan electric energy/hermetic reciprocatingchiller capacity (see HERM-CENT-COND-PWR keyworddescription).specifies the hermetic reciprocating chiller condensertype by code-word (see HERM-CENT-COND-TYPE keyworddescription).specifies the maximum part-load ratio of a reciprocatingchiller at which hot gas bypass occurs (seeHERM-CENT-UNL-RAT keyword description).specifies fan electric energy/open centrifugal chillercapacity (see HERM-CENT-COND-PWR keyword description).specifies, by keyword, the type of condenser of an opencentrifugal chiller (see HERM-CENT-COND-TYPE keyworddescription).specifies the fraction of open centrifugal chillercompressor electrical input energy that is converted toheat and rejected by the cooling tower. This is anexpression of the efficiency of the compressor motor.specifies the maximum part-load ratio of an opencentrifugal chiller at which hot gas bypass occurs (seeHERM-CENT-UNL-RAT keyword description).V.26 (Revised 5/81)
OPEN-REC-COND-PWROPEN-REC-COND-TYPEOPEN-REC-MOTOR-EFFOPEN-REC-UNL-RATDBUN-CAP-COR-RECDBUN-COND-T-ENTDBUN-COND-T-RECDBUN-EIR-COR-RECDBUN-HT-REC-RATspecifies fan electric energy/open reciprocating chillercapacity (see HERM-CENT-COND-PWR keyword description).specifies the open reciprocating chiller condenser typeby code-word (see HERM-CENT-COND-TYPE keyworddescription).specifies compressor motor efficiency for a openreciprocating chiller (see OPEN-CENT-MOTOR-EFF keyworddescription).specifies the maximum part-load ratio of an openreciprocating chiller at which hot gas bypass occurs (seeHERM-CENT-UNL-RAT keyword description).is the capacity correction factor based on the condensertemperature rise when in the heat recovery mode. If theuser inputs a value for this parameters, then thefunction DBUN-CAP-FTRISE is overridden, and this constantparameter is used in its place.is the entering condenser temperature at the designconditions in the non-heat-recovery mode. When thechiller is in the heat recovery mode, this parameter isused in place of the calculated entering condensertemperature in the functions DBUN-CAP-FT andDBUN-EIR-FT. In so doing, the effects of the enteringcondenser temperature on the capacity and the electricinput ratio are eliminated, when in the heat recoverymode.is the leaving condenser temperature when the chiller isin the heat recovery mode. This parameter is used incalculating adjustment factors for the capacity and powerconsumption. The leaving condenser temperature in theheat recovery mode and the leaving condenser temperaturein the non-heat-recovery mode at the design point(calculated from DBUN-COND-T-ENT, ELEC-INPUT-RATIO, andDBUN-TO-TWR-WTR) are used to calculate the condensertemperature rise in the heat recovery mode. Thetemperature rise is then used in the functionsDBUN-CAP-FTRISE and DBUN-EIR-FTRISE.is the power correction factor based on the condensertemperature rise when in the heat recovery mode. If theuser inputs a value for this parameter, then the functionDBUN-EIR-FTRISE is overridden, and this constantparameter is used in its place.is the ratio of the recoverable heat to the total heatrejection at full load when in the heat recovery mode.V.27 (Revised 5/81)
DBUN-UNL-RAT-DESDBUN-UNL-RAT-RECis the minimum part load ratio at which the chiller canoperate without hot gas bypass when in thenon-heat-recovery mode.is the minimum part load ratio at which the chiller canoperate without hot gas bypass when in the heat recoverymode.Cooling TowerMIN-TWR-WTR-TRFACT-CFM-EXPONENTspecifies the mlnlmum temperature for leaving towercooling water. If the temperature falls below thisminimum operating temperature, control action isinitiated to maintain at least this temperature.is the exponent used to modify the tower rating factorfor off-design airflows as shown in the followingequat ion.TWR-CELL-MAX-GPMTWR-DESIGN-WETBULBTWR-FAN-CONTROLTWR-FAN-LOW-CFMTWR-FAN-LOW-ELECTWR-FAN-OFF-CFMTWR-IMPELLER-EFFTWR-MOTOR-EFFTWR-PUMP-HEAD( . *[deS i gn cfm] nRating Factor = Ratlng Factor )desi gn-cfm actual cfmwhere n is given by RFACT-CFM-EXPONENT.specifies the ratio of the maximum water flow per towercell to the design water flow per cell.is the wet-bulb temperature used in the cooling towerdesign calculations.accepts a code-word that specifies whether the tower fanis ONE-SPEED (the default) or TWO-SPEED.specifies the air flow rate through the tower when thefans are on low speed, divided by the flow rate at highspeed. This keyword is used only when TWR-FAN-CONTROL isset to TWO-SPEED.specifies the ratio of the power consumed by the fans atlow speed to the power consumed at high speed. Thiskeyword is used only when TWR-FAN-CONTROL is set toTWO-SPEED.is the air flow rate through the tower when the fans areoff. That is, this is the flow rate caused by naturalconvection, divided by the design air flow rate.specifies the efficiency for the tower circulation pump.specifies the efficiency of the tower pump motor.is the pressure head in the tower water circulation loop.V.28 (Revised 5/81)
TWR-TEMP-CONTROLTWR-WTR-SET-POINTTWR-WTR-THROTTLEDIRECT-COOL-MODEDC-MAX-TDC-CHILL-WTR-TDIRECT-COOL-SCHDIRECT-COOL-KWaccepts a keyword that defines how the exiting watertemperature is to be determined. The default, FLOAT,means that the exiting temperature will float with thewet-bulb temperature. The alternative code-word, FIXED,means that the exiting water temperature is fixed. (SeeTWR-WTR-SET-POINT keyword description).specifies the exiting water temperature set point whenTWR-TEMP-CONTROL is set to FIXED.is the effective throttling range about the set pointdefined in TWR-WTR-SET-POINT. This is used only whenTWR-TEMP-CONTROL has been set to FIXED. Often, incentrifugal chillers, the tower temperature controller isset to maintain a fixed temperature at full load and toallow the temperature to drop at partial loads. In thatcase, this keyword is the difference between thetemperature setting at full load and the temperaturesetting at no load.accepts a code-word that defines the direct coolingcontrol scheme, if any. The default is NOT-AVAILABLE.Code-word STRAINER-CYCLE allows cooling tower water to bepassed directly into the chilled water loop. Code-wordTHERMO-CYCLE simulates the use of the compressionchillers as heat exchangers without electric input to thecompressor.specifies the maximum outdoor dry-bulb temperature forwhich direct cooling is allowed. (OF)specifies the maximum chilled water temperature for whichdirect cooling is allowed. (oF)accepts a U-name of a schedule. When the hourly valuespecified in the schedule is 1.0, direct cooling isavailable. When the value is 0, direct cooling is notavailable. (U-name)specifies the electrical input to direct coolingauxiliary equipment. If DIRECT-COOL-MODE = THERMO-CYCLE,the user should specify DIRECT-COOL-KW as kW/ton ofoperating capacity for the period during which thecompression chillers are operating in this mode. In theTHERMO-CYCLE mode of operation, the chiller electricalinput is assumed to be DIRECT-COOL-KW multiplied by theoperating capacity multiplied by the part load ratio. IfDIRECT-COOL-MODE = STRAINER-CYCLE, the user shouldspecify DIRECT-COOL-KW as the electrical input to thecondenser water pumps (and other added equipment),calculated as kW/ton of SYSTEMS peak cooling load. Inthe STRAINER-CYCLE mode of operation, the condenser waterV.29 (Revised 5/81)
BoilersBOILER-BLOW-RATBOILER-CONTROLBOILER-FUELE-HW-BOILER-LOSSE-STM-BOILER-LOSSHW-BOILER-HIRMAKEUP-WTR-TRECVR-HEAT/BLOWSTM-BOILER-HIRDomestic Hot-Water HeatersDHW-HIRpumping energy is calculated using only the value ofDIRECT-COOL-KW as the kW/ton (using the SYSTEMS load forthe tonnage) and the flow rate is assumed to be equal tothe chilled water loop.For both modes of direct cooling, THERMO-CYCLE andSTRAINER-CYCLE, the chilled water pumps are assumed torun as usual. (kW/ton of installed cooling capacity)specifies the boiler blowdown flow rate as a fraction ofsteam losses from a steam turbine (i .e., steam enteringthe turbine less condensation pumped from the condenserinto the feedwater system). If no steam turbine isspecified, then the blowdown calculated by this parameteris zero.accepts a code-word that defines the boiler controlscheme. If the boiler operates only when a boiler loadis passed from SYSTEMS, the code-word should beDEMAND-ONLY, which is the default. If the boileroperates in a standby mode whenever the HEATING-SCHEDULEin SYSTEMS is "on", even if there is no load, theappropriate code-word is STANDBY.accepts a cOde-word that specifies the type of fuel usedin a boiler. The allowable code-words are DIESEL-OIL,NATURAL-GAS, FUEL-OIL, LPG, COAL, METHANOL, and BIOMASS.is the fraction of the total capacity of the electrichot-water boiler lost through skin or leads while it isoperating (does not include circulation losses).is the fraction of the total capacity of an electricsteam boiler lost through skin or leads while it isoperating (does not include circulation losses).is, for a hot-water boiler, the ratio of fuel input (Btu)to heat energy output at full load.specifies the makeup water temperature for a boiler (OF).specifies the effectiveness of blowdown heat recovery fora steam boiler.is, for a steam boiler the ratio of fuel input (Btu) toheat energy output.is, for a domestic water heater at full load, the ratioof fuel input (Btu) to heat energy produced.V.30 (Revised 5/81)
DHW-HEATER-FUELELEC-DHW-LOSSaccepts a code-word that specifies the type of fuel usedby a domestic hot water heater. The default isNATURAL-GAS. The allowable code-words are DIESEL-OIL,NATURAL-GAS, FUEL-OIL, LPG, COAL, METHANOL, and BIOMASS.is the fraction of the total capacity of the electricdomestic hot water heater lost through the skin or leadswhile it is operating (does not include circulationlosses).FurnacesFURNACE-HIRFURNACE-FUELFURNACE-AUXGeneratorsDIESEL-FUELMAX-DIESEL-EXHGTURB-FUELMAX-GTURB-EXHSTURB-EXH-PRESis, for a furnace, the ratio of fuel input (Btu) to heatenergy output at full load.accepts a code-word that defines the fuel used by afurnace. The default is NATURAL-GAS. The allowablecode-words are DIESEL-OIL, NATURAL-GAS, FUEL-OIL, LPG,COAL, /'IETHANOL, and BIOMASS.is the fuel consumption of a gas furnace pilot-light whenthe furnace is not firing (Btu/hr). For an oil furnace,there is no energy consumption when the furnace is off.Therefore, the keyword ELEC-INPUT-RATIO should includeboth the electrical energy used by the pumps and thei gn it ion systems of an oi 1 furnace.accepts a code-word that specifies the type of fuel usedin diesel engine equipment. Only one fuel RESOURCE (seeENERGY-COST command) may be specified for all dieselengine equipment. The allowable code-words areDIESEL-OIL (the default), NATURAL-GAS, FUEL-OIL, LPG,COAL, METHANOL, and BIOMASS.specifies a diesel engine ratio of maximum exhaustflow/electric output (lb/kW).accepts a code-word that specifies the type of fuel usedin gas turbine equipment. Only one fuel RESOURCE (seeENERGY-COST command) may be specified for all gas turbineequipment. The allowable code-words are DIESEL-OIL,NATURAL-GAS (the default), FUEL-OIL, LPG, COAL, METHANOL,and BIOMASS.specifies a gas turbine ratio of maximum exhaustflow/electric output (lb/kW).specifies the exhaust steam pressure of the steam turbinegenerator (psig).V.31 (Revised 5/81)
STURB-PRESSTURB-SPEEDSTURB-TSTURB-WTR-RETURNSTM-PRESSTM-SATURATI ON-TSolarMIN-SOL-COOL-TMIN-SOL-HEAT-TMIN-SOL-PROCESS-Tspecifies the pressure of the steam entering thesteam-turbine generator. If no entry is made for thiskeyword, the value of STURB-PRES will default to STM-PRESif STM-PRES is less than ISO psig or to ISO psig ifSTM-PRES is greater than or equal to ISO psig.specifies the speed (rpm) of the steam turbine generatorwhen it is operating at nominal capacity.specifies the temperature of the steam entering thesteam-turbine generator. If no entry is made for thiskeyword, the value of STURB-T will default toSTM-SATURATION-T plus 12SoF.is the ratio of the condensate-feedwater flow to thenominal steam rate for the steam turbine generator(lb/lb).specifies the boiler steam pressure. If no entry ismade, the value of STM-PRES will default to IS psigunless a two-stage absorption cooler or steam-turbinegenerator is specified. In this case, the program will~se a default value of ISO psig. The value is used tocalculate STM-SATURATION-T and STURB-PRES if these valuesare not input.specifies the saturation temperature of boiler steam.Any value entered within the range will be used by theprogram, even if inconsistent with values entered forkeyword STM-PRES. If no entry is made, the program willcalculate STM-SATURATION-T for saturated steam atSTM-PRES. This value is used by the diesel and gasturbine simulation routines to calculate the amount ofheat recoverable from exhaust gas.specifies the mlnlmum solar storage tank temperature forsolar space cooling. Solar space cooling can only beaccomplished through the use of the HEAT-RECOVERYinstructions.specifies the mlnlmum solar storage tank temperaturerequired for space heating through a HEAT-RECOVERYinstruction. Solar space heating which is accomplishedin the solar simulation is unaffected by thisspecification.specifies the minimum solar storage tank temperaturerequired for a process or domestic hot water through aHEAT-RECOVERY instruction.V.32 (Revised S/B1)
PumpsCCIRC-DESIGN-T-DROPCCIRC-HEADCCIRC-IMPELLER-EFFCCIRC-LOSSCCIRC-MOTOR-EFFis the temperature drop in the chilled water circulationloop at design, and is used to establish the appropriatewater flow rate.is the head pressure in the chilled water circulationloop. Setting this keyword to zero wi 11 result in acirculation pump power of zero.is the efficiency of the pump impeller in the chilledwater circulation loop.is the fraction of the design load that is lost to theenvironment and does no useful cooling.is the efficiency of the pump motor in the chilled watercirculation loop.HCIRC-DESIGN-T-DROP* is the temperature drop in the hot water circulation loopat design conditions. It is used to establish theappropriate water flow rate.HCIRC-HEAD*HCIRC-IMPELLER-EFF*HCIRC-LOSSHCIRC-MOTDR-EFF*specifies the head pressure in the hot water circulationloop. If this is set equal to 0., circulation pump powerwi 11 also be set to zero.specifies the efficiency of the pump impeller in the hotwater circulation loop.is the fraction of the design load that is lost to theenvironment from the circulation loop and therefore doesno useful heating. In the case of a hot water boiler,this value does not include any heat gain caused by pumpenergy. If the user has input a FURNACE, this keyword isignored.specifies the efficiency of the pump motor in the hotwater circulation loop.* Note that if the user has input a STM-BOILER, ELEC-STM-BOILER, or FURNACE,this keyword is ignored. Note also that the heating load satisfied by aDHW-HEATER or ELEC-DHW-HEATER is not considered to be a part of this heatingcirculation loop.V.33 (Revised 5/81)
PLANT-PARAMETERS or P-PInputKeyword Abbrev. User Input Desc. Default(User Worksheet)Rangelihn. ~ax.Chi llersCHILLER-CONTROL = code-word DEMAND-ONLY -CHILL-WTR-T =of 44. 32. 80.CHILL-WTR-THROTTLE =of 2.5 1. 15.COMP-TO-TWR-WTR = gpm/ton 3. 1. 5.MIN-COND-AIR-T =of 65. 0.+ 100.(Note 1)DBUN-TO-TWR-WTR = gpm/ton 3. 1. 5.ABSOR1-HIR = Btu/Btu 1.6 0.+ 3.ABSOR2-HIR = Btu/Btu 1.0 0.+ 3.ABSORS-HIR = Btu/Btu 1.6 0.+ 3.ABSOR-TO-TWR-WTR gpm/ton 3.6 0.+ 100.HERM-CENT-COND-PWR Btu/Btu O. O. 1.HERM-CENT-COND-TYPE = code-word TOWERHERM-CENT-UNL-RAT ratio 0.1 O. 1.HERM-REC-COND-PWR = Btu/Btu 0.03 O. 1.HERM-REC-COND-TYPE = code-word TOWERHERM-REC-UNL-RAT ratio 0.25 O. 1.OPEN-CENT-COND-PWR = Btu/Btu O. O. 1.OPEN-CENT-COND-TYPE code-word TOWEROPEN-CENT-MOTOR-EFF = ratio 0.9 0.+ 1.OPEN-CENT-UNL-RAT ratio 0.1 o. 1.OPEN-REC-COND-PWR = Btu/Btu 0.03 O. 1.OPEN-REC-COND-TYPE = code-word TOWEROPEN-REC-MOTOR-EFF = ratio 0.9 0.+ 1.OPEN-REC-UNL-RAT = ratio 0.25 O. 1.DBUN-CAP-COR-REC = fraction 0.+ 1.DBUN-COND-T-ENT =of 85. 60. 100.DBUN-COND-T-REC of 105. 80. 120.DBUN-EIR-COR-REC = fract i on 1. 2Notes:1. A minimum of "0.+" means that any positive number in the range is acceptable, butzero itself is not, as this value may be used as a divisor.V.34 (Revi sed 5/81)
KeywordAbbrev.User InputInputDesc.DefaultRangeMin. Max.DBUN-HT-REC-RATDBUN-UNL-RAT-DESDBUN-UNL-RAT-REC= _______ Btu/Btu=-------ratio=-------ratio0.950.10.30.+ l.(Note 1)O. l.O. l.Cooling TowerMIN-TWR-WTR-TRFACT-CFM-EXPONENTTWR-CELL-MAX-GPMTWR-DESIGN-WETBULBTWR-FAN-CONTROLTWR-FAN-LOW-CFMTWR-FAN-LOW-ELECTWR-FAN-OFF-CFMTWR-IMPELLER-EFFTWR-MOTOR-EFFTWR-PUMP-HEADTWR-TEMP-CONTROLTWR-WTR-SET-POINTTWR-WTR-THROTTLEDIRECT-COOL-MODEDC-MAX-TDC-CHILL-WTR-TDIRECT-COOL-SCHDIRECT-COOL-KWOF65. 32.------='-----______ number 0.9 0.+_______ gpm/gpm'-------- OFl.575.l.32.= code-word ONE-SPEE D --------_______ cfm/cfm= ______ kW/kW0.50.125_______ cfm/ cfm 0.18fraction 0.77-------='--______ fraction 0.9= _______ ft 60.0'-----______ code-word FLOAT______ OF 80.= ______ OF 10.='-----______ code-word= OF------- OF-------=~ _______ U-name=~ _______ kW/tonNOT-AVAILABLE55.50.Note 2Note 30.+0.+O.0.+0.+O.3<strong>2.1</strong>.35.30.0.0100.2.3.100.l.1.l.1.1.100.100.20.65.60.1.0Notes:l. A minimum of "0.+" means that any positive number in the range is acceptable,but zero itself is not, as the value may be used as a divisor.2. The schedule values default to one for all 24 hours of the day. This means thatdirect cooling is available all the time.3. Defaults to 0.02 if DIRECT-COOL-MODE = THERMO-CYCLE and to 0.0 if DIRECT-COOLMODE = STRAINER-CYCLE.V.35 (Revi sed 5/81)
InputRangeKe,!'word Abbrev. User Ine ut Desc. Def au It Min. Max.BoilersBOILER-BLOW-RAT = 1 b!l b 0.07 O. 1.BOILER-CONTROL = code-word DEMAND-ONLY -BOILER-FUEL code-word FUEL-OILE-HW-BOILER-LOSS Btu/Btu 0.02 O. l.E-STM-BOILER-LOSS Btu/Btu 0.02 O. 1.HW-BOILER-HIR = fraction 1.25 0.+(Note 1)3.MAKEUP-WTR-T of 55. 32. 212.RECVR-HEAT/BLOW Btu/Btu 0.5 0.+ 1.STM-BOILER-HIR fraction 1.3 0.+ 3.Domestic Hot-Water HeatersDHW-HIR = fraction 1.39 0.+ 3.DHW-HEATER-FUEL code-word NATURAL-GAS -ELEC-DHW-LOSS = Btu/Btu 0.03 O. 1.FurnacesFURNACE-HIR = fraction 1.35 0.+ 1. 75FURNAC E-FUEL code-word NATURAL-GAS -FURNACE-AUX Btu/hr 800. O. 2000.GeneratorsDIESEL-FUEL = code-word DIESEL-OILMAX-DIESEL-EXH lb/kW 15. 0.+ 100.GTURB-FUEL = code-word NATURAL-GAS -Notes:1. A minimum of "0.+" means that any positive number in the range is acceptable, butzero itself is not, as the value may be used as a divisor.4. See keyword description for alternative default value.V.36 (Revised 5/81)
InputRangeKeyword Abbrev. User Input Desc. Default Min. Max.MAX-GTU RB-E XH = lb/kW 40. 0.+ 100.(Note 1)STURB-EXH-PRES psig -12.7 -15.(Note 4)1000.STURB-PRES psig 15. -15.(Note 4)700.STURB-SPEED = rpm 5000. 0.+ 1. x10 4STURB-T of 378.7 212.(Note 4)1000.STURB-WTR-RETURN = lb/lb 0.97 0.+ l.STM-PRES = psig 15. -15. 700.(Note 4)STM-SATURATION-T =of 253.7 212. 500.(Note 4)SolarMIN-SOL-COOL-T of 180. 80. 212.MIN-SOL-HEAT-T of 100. 60. 2l2.MIN-SOL-PROCESS-T =of 140. 60. 2l2.PumpsCCIRC-DESIGN-T-DROP =of 10. 0.+ 20.CCIRC-HEAD ft 60. O. 100.CCIRC-IMPELLER-EFF fraction 0.77 0.+ l.CCIRC-LOSS = ratio 0.01 O. l.CCIRC-MOTOR-EFF = fraction 0.9 0.+ l.HCIRC-DESIGN-T-DROP =of 30. 0.+ 100.HCIRC-HEAD ft 60. O. 100.HCIRC-IMPELLER-EFF fraction 0.77 0.+ l.HCIRC-LOSS ratio 0.01 O. l.HCIRC-MOTOR-EFF fraction 0.9 0.+ l.Notes:l. A minimum of "0.+" means· that any positive number in the range is acceptable, butzero itself is not, as the value may be used as a divisor.4. See keyword description for alternative default value.V.37 (Revised 5/81)
4. EQUIPMENT-QUADThe EQUIPMENT-QUAD instruction is used to access the equations defined inCURVE-FIT instructions*. If input, the EQUIPMENT-QUAD and CURVE-FIT instructionsoverride the default curves used by the program to model equipment performance.Table V.6 contains a list of these curves and their default coefficientvalues. Any curve keyword listed in Table V.6 may be specified and itsvalues redefined by the user by using the CURVE-FIT and EQUIPMENT-QUAD instructions.However, the default curves in the program are designed to representexisting, real-world, and typical equipment performance. The user, therefore,need not use the EQUIPMENT-QUAD instruction unless his equipment is significantlydifferent than that modeled by the default curves. Before using theseinstructions he should also examine the performance simulation discussion inthe <strong>DOE</strong>-2 Engineers <strong>Manual</strong>.Note that for bi-linear or bi-quadratic functions, in which there are twoindependent variables, the order in which they are discussed and the order inwhich they are given in the tables is the order in which their respectivecoefficients or coordinates should be given in the curve fit instruction. Forexample, capacity of an absorption chiller may be defined as a function ofexiting chilled water temperature and entering condenser water temperature,i.e., capacity = f(exit-T, entering-T). Capacity is the dependent variable,z, exit-T is x, and entering-T is y. Coordinates (x,y,z) input in CURVE-FITshould therefore be in the order (exit-T, entering-T, capacity). If coefficientvalues are used, they are input in the order defined in the CURVE-FITinstruction.All the EQUIPMENT-QUAD keywords have been named according to thefollowing naming scheme. The first "word" or two of the name (ABSOR1,OPEN-REC, etc.) identifies the equipment being defined. The next "word"describes the dependent variable (the "z" value) that wi 11 be described by theassociated curve.* The last. "word" in the keyword expresses the value orvalues upon which the function depends. Those dependent variable/ independentvariable parts of each keyword that are used more than once are defined below.(-CAP-FT)For the given equipment, the operating capacity correctionfactor will be expressed by a bi-linear or bi-quadraticfunction of the exiting chilled water temperature and theentering condenser water temperature. That is, thedependent variable, z, is the capacity; the independentvariables, x and y, are exiting chilled water temperatureand entering condenser water temperature, orCapacity Correction Factor = f{exiting temperature,entering temperature).This function should be normalized so that at designconditions the capacity correction factor is equal to 1.0.* See CURVE-FIT instruction in Chap. IV for a definition of these functionsand variables.V.38 (Revised 5/81)
(-EIR-FT)(-EIR-FPLR)Elec inFor the given equipment, the electric input ratio correctionfactor (ratio of electric input to nominal capacity) is abi-linear or bi-quadratic function of the exiting chilledwater temperature and the entering condenser watertemperature.For the given equipment, the electric input ratio at fullload will be multiplied by a linear or quadratic functionof the part-load ratio to obtain the electric input to theequipment at part load. The calculation will look likethis:EIRfull_load x (a + bPLR + CPLR 2 ) x( -EIR-FT) x SIZE x (-CAP-FT).It is important to note that the -FPLR functions are allmultiplied by the available capacity, not the load. Thismeans that the ratio of load to capacity (part load ratio,PLR) is embedded within these functions. Since thedefinition of COP is usually the ratio of load to energyinput, the ratio of COP at full load to that at the actualload would have to be multiplied by the part load ratio toproduce the -FPLR function.loadPLR * Size * (-CAP-FT)= COP(load} COP full load * COP(PLR} * COP(T)where COP{PLR) and COP{T) are modifier functions for partload and temperature.Relating the two equations for Elecin, it can be seen that(-EIR-FPLR)PLRCOP(PLR}(-HIR-FT)(-HIR-FPLR)Therefore, to input a constant efficiency unit, data points(O,O) and (1,1) or coefficients (0,1) should be inputthrough the CURVE-FIT command. Note that the use of datapoints (0,1) and (1,1) or coefficients (1,0) does notrepresent a constant efficiency unit.This is like -EIR-FT except that, instead of the electricinput ratio, the heat input ratio correction factor will befound. (This form is used with absorption chillers.)This is like -EIR-FPLR except that instead of the electricinput ratio the heat input ratio correction factor will befound. (This form is used with absorption chillers.)V.39 (Revised 5/81)
The relationship of this function to the commonly used partload efficiency can be expressed as:(-I/O-FPLR)(-HIR-FPLR) ; PLR x EFF{at PLR;l)EFF{PLR)Therefore, to input a constant efficiency unit, data points(O,O) and (1,1) or coefficients (0,1) should be inputthrough the CURVE-FIT command. Note that the use of datapOints (0,1) and (1,1) or coefficients (1,0) does notrepresent a constant efficiency unit. ---This form is used by electric generating equipment. Theequation associated with this form will define the input/output ratio (energy input/energy output) as a linear orquadratic function of part-load ratio.V.39.1 (Reviserl 5/81)
This page is blank intentionally.V.39.2 (Revised 5/81)
(-STACK-FU)(-TEX-FPLR)(-FPLR)For a diesel generator or gas turbine generator, the UA ofthe exhaust heat recovery heat exchanger will be calculatedas an exponential function of the nominal electricaloutput. This equation will take the rather unusual form:UA = constant coef. x (electrical output)linear coef.or z = axbFor a diesel or gas turbine generator, the temperature ofthe exhaust gas is calculated as a linear or quadraticfunction of the part-load ratio.For a boiler, the part-load efficiency is calculated as alinear or quadratic function of part-load ratio, as shown inthe equationEQUIPMENT-QUADAbsorptions ChillersABSORI-CAP-FTABSORI-HIR-FPLRABSORI-HIR-FTABSOR2-CAP-FTABSOR2-HIR-FPLRABSOR2-HIR-FTEffpart = Efffull x (a + bPLR + cPLR2).The keywords in the EQUIPMENT-QUAD instruction are definedbelow.This command word informs the PDL Processor that the data tofollow will override defaults by associating performanceequations, or curves, to designated performance keywords.accepts the U-name of a CURVE-FIT instruction that defines abi-linear or bi-quadratic equation. That equation will beused to override the default equation and define thecapacity correction factor of a one-stage absorptionchiller. (see -CAP-FT above).accepts the U-name of a CURVE-FI.T instruction that defines acubic equation. That equation will be used to define theheat input ratio correction factor of a one-stage absorptionchiller as a function of part-load ratio (see -HIR-FPLRabove).accepts the U-name of a CURVE-FIT instruction that defines abi-linear or bi-quadratic equation. That equation will beused to define the heat input ratio correction factor of aone-stage absorption chiller as a function of temperatures(see -HIR-FT above).is like ABSORI-CAP-FT for a two-stage absorption chillerwith economizer.is like ABSORI-HIR-FPLR for a two-stage absorption chillerwith economizer.is like ABSORI-HIR-FT for a two-stage absorption chillerwith economizer.V.40 (Revised 5/81)
ABSORS-CAP-FTABSORS-CAP-FTSABSORS-HIR-FPLRABSORS-HIR-FTABSORS-HIR-FTSCompression ChillersHERM-CENT-CAP-FTis like ABSOR1-CAP-FT for a solar-driven absorption chiller.accepts as input the U-name of a CURVE-FIT instruction thatdefines a linear or quadratic equation. That equation willbe used to express the capacity correction factor of asolar-driven absorption chiller as a function of thetemperature of the hot water from the solar equipment.is like ABSOR1-HIR-FPLR for a absorption chiller.is like ABSOR1-HIR-FT for a absorption chiller.accepts the U-name of a CURVE-FIT instruction that definesa linear or quadratic equation. That equation will be usedto express the heat input ratio correction factor of asolar-driven absorption chiller as a function of thetemperature of the hot water from the solar equipment.accepts the U-name of a CURVE-FIT instruction that definesa bi-linear or bi-quadratic equation. That equation willbe used to express the correction factor for the capacityof a hermetic centrifugal compression chiller as a functionof the exiting chilled water temperature and entering watertemperature (see -CAP-FT). It is normalized to 1.0 atdesign conditions.HERM-CENT-EIR-FPLR accepts the U-name of a CURVE-FIT instruction that definesa linear or quadratic equation. That equation will be usedto express the electric input ratio correction factor of ahermetic centrifugal compression chiller as a function ofits part-load ratio (see -EIR-FPLR).HERM-CENT-EIR-FTHERM-REC-CAP-FTHERM-REC-EIR-FPLRHERM-REC-EIR-FTOPEN-CENT-CAP-FTaccepts the U-name of a CURVE-FIT instruction that definesa bi-linear or bi-quadratic equation. That equation willbe used to express the electric input ratio correctionfactor of a hermetic centrifugal compression chiller as afunction of exiting chilled water temperature and enteringwater temperature (see -EIR-FT).is the same as HERM-CENT-CAP-FT, but for a hermeticreciprocating compression chiller.is the same as HERM-CENT-EIR-FPLR, but for a hermeticreciprocating compression chiller.is the same as HERM-CENT-EIR-FT, but for a hermeticreciprocating compression chiller.is the same as HERM-CENT-CAP-FT, but for an opencentrifugal compression chiller.V.41 (Revised 5/81)
OPEN-CENT-EIR-FPLR is the same as HERM-CENT-EIR-FPLR, but for an opencentrifugal compression chiller.OPEN-CENT-EIR-FTOPEN-REC-CAP-FTOPEN-REC-EIR-FPLROPEN-REC-EIR-FTDouble-Bundle ChillersDBUN-CAP-FTDBUN-CAP-FTRISEDBUN-EIR-FPLRDBUN-EIR-FTDBUN-EIR-FTRISEis the same as HERM-CENT-EIR-FT, but for an opencentrifugal compression chiller.is the same as HERM-CENT-CAP-FT, but for an openreciprocating compression chiller.is the same as HERM-CENT-EIR-FPLR, but for an openreciprocating compression chiller.is the same as HERM-REC-EIR-FT, but for an openreciprocating compression chiller.accepts the U-name of a CURVE-FIT instruction that definesa bi-linear or bi-quadratic equation. The equation will beused to describe the capacity of a double-bundle chiller asa function of exit water temperature and entering condenserwater temperature. This function should be normalized sothat f(CHILL-WTR-T, DBUN-COND-T-ENT) = 1.0. When in heatrecovery mode, DBUN-COND-T-ENT is used in place of the actualentering condenser water temperature to eliminate theeffect of the entering water temperature on the capacity.accepts the U-name of a CURVE-FIT instruction that definesa linear or quadratic equation. That equation definesdouble-bundle chiller capacity correction factor as afunction of the difference between the exiting condenserwater temperatures in the heat recovery and non-heatrecoverymodes. It is normalized so that if 6T = 0, it = 1.accepts the U-name of a CURVE-FIT instruction that definesa linear or quadratic equation. The equation will describethe electric-input ratio of a double-bundle chiller as afunction of part-load ratio.accepts the U-name of a CURVE-FIT instruction that definesa bi-linear or bi-quadratic equation. The equation will beused to describe the electric input ratio adjustment factorof a double-bundle chiller as a function of exit water temperatureand entering condenser water temperature. Thisfunction should be normalized so that f(CHILL-WTR-T, DBUNCOND-T-ENTJ = 1.0. When in the heat-recovery mode, DBUNCOND-T-ENT is used to eliminate the effect of the enteringcondenser water temperature on the electric input ratio.accepts the U-name of a CURVE-FIT instruction that definesa linear or quadratic equation. The equation will expresselectric input ratio as a function of "TRISE" (seeDBUN-CAP-FTRISE).V.42 (Revised 5/81)
TABLE V.6 - CONTINUEDKe~ymrd Indeeendent Variables* a b c d e f Default Curve U-nameHeating EquiEmentDHW-HIR-FPLR PLR 0.021826 0.977630 0.000543FURNACE-HIR-FPLR PLR 0.018610 1.094209 -0.112819HW-BOILER-HIR-FPLR PLR 0.082597 0.996764 -0.079361STM-BOILER-HIR-FPLR PLR 0.082597 0.996764 -0.079361Cooling TowerTWR-APP-FRFACT RF 4.981467 -6.761789 24.709033 0.114499 -0.000612 -0.250651 APPRWBTWR-FAN-ELEC-FTU NTU -395.140000 90.990000 -0.016000 ECELLTWR-RFACT-FAT APP,OW8 0.895328 -0.116550 0.001917 -0.001040 -0.000026 0.000398 RAPPWBTWR-RFACT-FRT APP,OWB 1.484326 0.129479 -0.004014 -0.054336 0.000312 -0.000147 RRNGW8TC-CHLR-CAP-FT Tcond,Tcw -0.351443 0.056583 -0.600054 -0.045625 -0.000043 -0.000012 CCAPT5Electric Generatin9 EquipmentDieselOIESEL-EXH-FPLR PLR 0.314400 -0.135300 0.097260 REXO
Heating EquipmentDHW-HIR-FPLRFURNACE-HIR-FPLRaccepts the U-name of a CURVE-FIT instruction that definesa linear or quadratic equation. That equation will be usedto correct the ratio (energy input/heat output) (DHW-HIR inthe PLANT-PARAMETERS instruction) of a domestic hot wateras a function of part-load ratio.accepts the U-name of a CURVE-FIT instruction that definesa linear or quadratic equation. That equation will be usedto correct the ratio (energy input/heat output) (FURNACE-HIRin the PLANT-PARAMETERS instruction) of a furnace, includingits pilot light, as a function of part-load ratio. Seediscussion of -HIR-FPLR.HW-BOILER-HIR-FPLR is the same as DHW-HIR-FPLR for a hot-water boiler(HW-BOILER-HIR in the PLANT-PARAMETERS instruction).STM-BOILER-HIRFPLRCooling TowerTWR-APP-FRFACTTWR-FAN-ELEC-FTUTWR-RFACT-FATTWR-RFACT-FRTTC-CHLR-CAP-FTis the same as DHW-HIR-FPLR for a steam boiler(STM-BOILER-HIR in the PLANT-PARAMETERS instruction).accepts the U-name of a bi-linear or bi-quadraticequation. This is the inverse function to TWR-RFACT-FATand expresses the approach as a function of the ratingfactor and the wet-bulb temperature. It is normalized tobe the design approach at the design rating factor and wetbulb.accepts the U-name of a CURVE-FIT instruction that definesa linear or quadratic equation. That equation will be usedto express the tower fan electric consumption as a functionof the number of tower units per cell.accepts the U-name of a CURVE-FIT instruction that definesa bi-linear or bi-quadratic equation. That equation is thelogarithm of the tower rating factor as a function of theapproach temperature and the ambient wet-bulb temperature.It is normalized so that it is equal to 0.0 at the designapproach and wet-bulb temperature.accepts the U-name of a CURVE-FIT instruction that definesa bi-linear or bi-quadratic equation. That equation is thelogarithm of the cooling tower rating factor as a functionof the logarithm of the range, and the ambient wet-bulbtemperature. It is normalized so that it is equal to 0.0at the design range and wet-bulb.accepts the U-name of a CURVE-FIT instruction that definesa bi-linear or bi-quadratic equation. That equation willbe used to express the compression chiller capacity as afunction of condenser and chilled water temperatures whileoperating in the direct cooling, THERMO-CYCLE mode.V.45 (Revised 5/81)
DieselDIESEL-EXH-FPLRDIESEL-I/O-FPLRDIESEL-JAC-FPLRDIESEL-LUB-FPLRDIESEL-STACK-FUDIESEL-TEX-FPLRGas TurbineGTURB-EXH-FTGTURB-I/O-FPLRGTURB-I/O-FTaccepts the U-name of a CURVE-FIT instruction that definesa linear or quadratic equation. That equation will be usedto describe the diesel engine exhaust heat as a function ofits part-load ratio.accepts the U-name of a CURVE-FIT instruction that definesa linear or quadratic equation. That equation will be usedto calculate a diesel engine energy input/output ratio as afunction of its part-load ratio.accepts the U-name of a CURVE-FIT instruction that definesa linear or quadratic equation. That equation will be usedto calculate diesel jacket heat as a function of part-loadratio.accepts the U-name of a CURVE-FIT instruction that definesa linear or quadratic equation. That equation will be usedto calculate diesel lube-oil heat as a function ofpart-load ratio.accepts the U-name of a CURVE-FIT instruction that definesthe coefficients a and b of the equation z = ax b . Theuser must use TYPE = QUADRATIC in the CURVE-FIT instructionand enter the coefficients as (a, b, 0). That equationwill be used to calculate the UA of a diesel engine exhaustheat exchanger as a function of electric output (see-STACK-FU).accepts the U-name of a CURVE-FIT instruction that definesa linear or quadratic equation. That equation will be usedto calculate a diesel engine exhaust gas temperature as afunction of part-load ratio.accepts the U-name of a CURVE-FIT instruction that definesa linear or quadratic equation. That equation will be usedto express the exhaust heat of a gas turbine as a functionof ambient air temperature.accepts the U-name of a CURVE-FIT instruction that definesa linear or quadratic equation. The equation will be usedto express the energy input/output ratio of a gas turbineas a function of its part-load ratio.accepts the U-name of a CURVE-FIT instruction that definesa linear or quadratic equation. That equation will be usedto express a gas turbine energy input/output ratio as afunction of ambient air temperature.V.46 (Revised 5/81)
Gas Turbine (cont.)GTURB-STACK-FUGTURB-TEX-FPLRGTURB-TEX-FTSteam TurbineSTURB-I/O-FPLRaccepts the U-narne of a CURVE-FIT instruction that definesthe coefficients a and b of the equation z = ax b . Theuser must use TYPE = QUADRATIC in the CURVE-FIT instructionand enter the coefficients as (a, b, 0). That equationwill be used to express the UA of a gas turbine exhaustheat exchanger as a function of electric output (see-STACK-FU).accepts the U-name of a CURVE-FIT instruction that definesa linear or quadratic equation. That equation will be usedto express the temperature of gas turbine exhaust gas as afunction of its part-load ratio.accepts the U-name of a CURVE-FIT instruction that definesa linear or quadratic equation. That equation will be usedto express the gas turbine exhaust gas temperature as afunction of ambient air temperature.accepts the U-name of a CURVE-FIT instruction that definesa linear or quadratic equation. That equation will be usedto express the energy input/output ratio of a steam turbinegenerator as a function of its part-load ratio.V.47 (Revised 5/81)
EQUIPMENT-QUAD(E-Q)(User Worksheet)Keyword Abbrev. User InputInputRangeDesc. Default*----Min. Max.Absorption ChillersU-name of:ABSORI-CAP-FTbi-linear or ACAPTlbi-quadraticABSORl-HIR-FPLR = cubic HIRPLRIABSOR l-H I R-FT = bi-linear or HIRTlbi-quadraticABSOR2-CAP-FT = bi-linear or ACAPT2bi-quadraticABSOR2-HIR-FPLR = cubic HIRPLR2ABSOR2-HIR-FT = bi-linear or HIRT2bi-quadraticABSORS-CAP-FT = bi-l inear or ACAPT4bi-quadraticABSORS-CAP-FTS = 1 inear or ACAPTSquadraticABSORS-HIR-FPLR = cubic HIRPLR4ABSORS-HIR-FT = bi-linear or HIRT4bi-quadraticABSORS-HIR-FTS = linear or HIRTSquadraticCompression ChillersHERM-CENT-CAP-FT = bi-linear CCAPnor biquadraticHERM-CENT-EIR- = 1 inear or EIRPLR3FPLRquadraticHERM-CENT-EIR-FT = bi-linear or EIRT3 -bi-quadratic*See Table V.6 for the default curve coefficients.V.48 (Revised 5/81)
InputRangeKeyword Abbrev. User Input Desc. Default* Min. ~lax.----Compression Ch i llers contU-name of:HERM-REC-CAP-FT = bi-linear or CCAPT4bi-quadraticHERM-REC-EIR- = linear or EIRPLR4FPLRquadraticHERM-REC-EIR-FT bi-linear or EIRT4bi-quadraticOPEN-CENT-CAP-FT = bi-linear or CCAPTlbi-quadraticOP EN-CENT -EI R- = linear or EIRPLRlFPLRquadraticOPEN-CENT-EIR-FT bi-linear or EIRTlbi-quadraticOP EN-REC-CAP-FT = bi-linear or CCAPTZbi-quadraticOP EN-REC-EI R- = linear or EIRPLRZFPLRquadraticOPEN-REC-EIR-FT = bi-linear or EIRTZbi-quadraticDouble-Bundle Ch i 11 ersDBUN-CAP-FT bi-linear or DBCAPTbi-quadraticDBUN-CAP-FTRISE = linear or DBCAPREC -quadraticDBUN-EIR-FPLR linear or DBEIRPLR -quadraticDBUN-EIR-FT bi-linear or DBEIRTbi-quadraticDBUN-EIR-FTRISE linear or DBEIRREC -quadraticV.49 (Revised 5/81)
InputRan~eKeyword Abbrev. User Input Desc. Default*----Mln.ax.U-name of:Heating Egui~mentDHW-HIR-FPLR 1 inear or DHWHIRquadraticFURNACE-HIR-FPLR linear or FRNHIRquadraticHW-BOILER-HIR-FPLR linear or BLRHIR2quadraticSTM-BOILER-HIR-FPLR linear or BLRHIRIquadraticCooling TowerTWR.,.APP-FRFACT bi-linear APPRWBor biquadraticTWR-FAN-ELEC-FTU ; linear or ECELLquadraticTWR-RFACT-FAT ;bi-linear RAPPWBor biquadraticTWR-RFACT-FRT bi-linear RRNGWBor biquadraticTC-CHLR-CAP-FT bi-linear CCAPTSor biquadraticDieselDIESEL-EXH-FPLR 1 inear or REXDquadraticDIESEL-I/O-FPLR linear or RELDquadraticDIESEL-JAC-FPLR ; 1 i near or RJACDquadratic*See Table V.6 for the default curve coefficients.V.SO (Revised 5/81)
InputKeyword Abbrev. User InputDefault* Min. Max.Diesel cont.U-name of:DIESEL-LUB-FPLR 1 inear or RLUBDquadraticDI ESEL-STACK-FU quadratic UACDDIESEL-TEX-FPLR linear or TEXDquadraticGas TurbineGTURB-EXH-FT ; linear or FEXGquadraticGTURB-I/O-FPLR linear or FUELlGquadraticGTURB-I/O-FT linear or FUEL2GquadraticGTURB-STACK-FU ; quadratic UACGGTURB-TEX-FPLR ; linear or TEX1GquadraticGTURB-TEX-FT linear or TEX2GquadraticSteam TurbineSTURB-I/O-FPLR ; linear or RFSTURquadraticRangeDesc.*See Table V.6 for the default curve coefficients.V.51 (Revi sed 5/81)
5. LOAD-ASSIGNMENTThe LOAD-ASSIGNMENT instruction is used to describe the sequence in whichthe PLANT-EQUIPMENT is to be assigned to serve the load. In addition, theLOAD-ASSIGNMENT instruction allows the user to specify the portion of theheating or electric load to be met by purchased steam or chilled water andelectricity or by on-site generation.A separate instruction is required for each type (heating, cooling, orelectric) of load served by the equipment. If these data are omitted, theprogram will schedule the operation of equipment in an order that seeks toachieve operation at the OPERATING-RATIO (see PART-LOAD-RATIO instruction) foreach piece of equipment. If the LOAD-ASSIGNMENT command is specified, it mustbe used in conjunction with a LOAD-MANAGEMENT command.U-nameLOAD-ASSIGNMENTTYPELOAD-RANGEAny unique user-defined name must be entered to identifythis instruction.This command word informs the PDL Processor that the datato follow will specify the sequence in whichPLANT-EQUIPMENT is to be turned on and operated to meetvariations in load.precedes a code-word selected from Table V.? to describethe type of load served by the assigned equipment.is the load range, in millions of Btu's per hour, that mustbe met by the assigned equipment. For example, if one unitis to provide the necessary cooling energy up to a maximumload of 500,000 Btu/hr, the user specifiesLOAD-RANGE = 0.5.If a combination of two units is to supply the cooling loadfrom 500,000 Btu/hr to 1,000,000 Btu/hr, the user wouldenter a second LOAD-RANGE instruction, having the followingkeyword specification:LOAD-RANGE = 1.0.V.52 (Revised 5/81)
Code-WordHEATI NGCOOLINGELECTRICALPLANT-EQUIPMENTNUMBERTABLE V. 7Load Assignment TYPEAssigned EquipmentPlant equipment and purchased steam assigned for heatingload.Plant equipment and purchased chilled water assigned forspace cooling loadPlant equipment and purchased electricity assigned forelectrical loads.identifies a U-named PLANT-EQUIPMENT instruction for theequipment assigned to meet the load. Up to three types ofPLANT-EQUIPMENT may be assigned for each load range (seeExample 1).In addition to U-named pieces of PLANT-EQUIPMENT, this maydesignate either a steam, chilled water, or electricUTILITY as an item to meet all or part of the electric;heating, or cooling loads. If any of these options isexercised, the user must further authorize the use ofpurchased steam, cooling, or electricity through theENERGY-COST instruction. The specification of the UNITkeyword in the ENERGY-COST instruction permits the use ofany combination of electric, chilled water, and steamutilities. Since the ENERGY-COST instruction default forUNIT is nonzero for purchased electricity, but zero forpurchased chilled water and steam, the utility automaticallymeets all electric loads not satisfied by on-site generation,but no heating or cooling loads will be met by autility unless UNIT is defined for purchased chilled waterand/or steam.identifies the number of units of the U-named equipmentassigned to meet the load. For example, if two units of asingle-stage machine named ABSOR1 are to be run along witha double-bundle chiller named DBUN1, the followingspecification is required.PLANT-EQUIPMENT = ABSOR1NUMBER = 2PLANT-EQUIPMENT = DBUN1NUMBER = 1If utility steam, chilled water, and/or electricity is tobe used, the user must specify the millions of Btu's ofutility to be supplied. The user entersV.53 (Revised 5/81)
PLANT-EQUIPMENT; UTILITYNUMBER ; 10to order up to 10 million Btu's from an electric, chilledwater, or steam utility.OPERATION-MODEis associated with a code-word selected by the user fromTable V.B to describe the method of loading equipment.Code-WordRUN-ALLRUN-NEEDEDTABLE V.BEquipment OPERATION-MODEMode DescriptionEach unit of the assigned equipment meets a demandin the proportion of its capacity to the totalcapacity of the assigned equipment. All units arerun simultaneously.Each unit of the assigned equipment is turned onsequentially to meet the demand. The equipmentoperates in the order of listing.Rules:1. The number of LOAD-RANGEs times 2 plus the total of allPLANT-EQUIPMENTs in all ranges times 3 cannot exceed 130.2. FURNACE, DHW-HEATER, and ELEC-DHW-HEATER cannot be specified in aLOAD-ASSIGNMENT.Note: If the user has specified utilities other than electricity, i.e.,steam or chilled water, but has not specified ENERGY-COST instructions forthese utilities, energy usage and costs will not be reported by the program.Input for the ENERGY-COST instruction must include input for both keywordsRESOURCE and UNIT.Example 1:Two boilers, BOILER-1 and BOILER-2, are defined by hypotheticalPLANT-EQUIPMENT instructions to be capable of producing 5 MBtuh and10 MBtuh of heat, respectively. If the small boiler is to be run forheating loads between 0-5 MBtuh, the larger one for loads between5-10 MBtuh, and both for loads greater than 10 MBtuh, the user inputs:V.54 (Revised 5/B1)
BOILERS = LOAD-ASSIGNMENTTYPE = HEATINGLOAD-RANGE = 5PLANT-EQUIPMENT = BOILER-1NUMBER = 1LOAD-RANGE = 10PLANT-EQUIPMENT = BOILER-2NUMBER = 1LOAD-RANGE = 15PLANT-EQUIPMENT = BOILER-1NUMBER = 1PLANT-EQUIPMENT = BOILER-2NUMBER = 1 .•Since OPERATION-MODE is not defined in the above example, theequipment operates sequentially, i.e., RUN-NEEDED, to meet theheat i ng load.Another way of specifying the same operation for these boilers is asf 011 ows:BOILERS = LOAD-ASSIGNMENTTYPE = HEATINGLOAD-RANGE = 5PLANT-EQUIPMENT = BOILER-1NUMBER = 1LOAD-RANGE = 15PLANT-EQUIPMENT = BOILER-2NUMBER = 1PLANT-EQUIPMENT = BOILER-1NUMBER = 1 ..Since defaulting the OPERATION-MODE instructs the program to operatethe equipment sequentially, heating loads between 5 and 10 MBtuh willrequire only BOILER-2 to run. Loads above 10 MBtuh require theadditional operation of BOILER-1. Defining OPERATION-MODE = RUN-ALLwould force the simultaneous operation of both boilers when the loadis greater than 5 MBtuh.Example 2:A diesel generator, DIESEL-1, is defined by a hypotheticalPLANT-EQUIPMENT instruction to be capable of producing 10 MBtuh ofelectricity. If the user wishes to operate this unit whenever theelectric load exceeds 20 MBtuh, the user specifiesELEC = LOAD-ASSIGNMENTTYPE = ELECTRICALLOAD-RANGE = 30PLANT-EQUIPMENT UTILITYNUMBER = 20PLANT-EQUIPMENT = DIESEL-1NUMBER = 1V.55 (Revi sed 5/81)
In the example above, the electric utility will supply 20 MBtuh and the dieselgenerator 2 MBtuh if the electric load is 22 MBtuh. If the user wishes tostart the diesel generator and operate it at full load whenever the electricload exceeds 20 MBtuh, then the user specifiesELEC = LOAD-ASSIGNMENTTYPE = ELECTRICALLOAD-RANGE = 20PLANT-EQUIPMENT = UTILITYNUMBER = 20LOAD-RANGE = 30PLANT-EQUIPMENT = DIESEL-1NUMBER = 1 .•The diesel will now satisfy the first 10 MBtuh when the totalelectric load is above 20 MBtuh. The electric utility will, bydefault, supply the rest.Example 3:Two chillers, CENT-CHLR and ABSOR-CHLR, are defined by hypotheticalPLANT-EQUIPMENT instructions to be an open centrifugal and singlestageabsorption chiller, respectively, both capable of producing 10MBtuh. If the user wishes to operate the absorption machine with thecompression unit whenever the cooling load exceeds 10 MBtuh and atthe same time minimize the electric load, the user specifies:CHILLERS = LOAD-ASSIGNMENTTYPE = COOLINGLOAD-RANGE = 10PLANT-EQUIPMENT = CENT-CHLRNUMBER = 1LOAD-RANGE = 20PLANT-EQUIPMENT = ABSOR-CHLRNUMBER = 1PLANT-EQUIPMENT = CENT-CHLRNUMBER = 1 ••Example 4:An open centrifugal chiller named CENT-CHLR and a cold water storagetank named COLD-TANK are defined by hypothetical PLANT-EQUIPMENTinstructions to be capable of producing 10 MBtuh of cooling andstoring 40 MBtu, respectively. In addition, a hypotheticalENERGY-STORAGE instruction permits the delivery of up to 10 MBtu ofcold water per hour from the tank. If the user wishes to supply coldwater from the storage tank whenever the cooling load is greater thanthe capacity of the chiller, the user specifiesV.56 (Revised 5/81)
CHILLER 1 = LOAD-ASSIGNMENTTYPE = COOLI NGLOAD-RANGE = 20PLANT-EQUIPMENT = CENT-CHLRNUMBER = 1PLANT-EQUIPMENT = COLD-TANKNUMBER = 1 .•V.57 (Revi sed 5/81)
KeywordTYPEOPERATl ON-MODELOAD-RANGEU-name*PLANT-EQUIPMENTNUMBERPLANT-EQUIPMENTNUMBERLOAD-RANGEPLANT-EQUIPMENTNUMBERPLANT-EQUIPMENTNUMBERLOAD-RANGEPLANT-EQUIPMENTNUMBERPLANT-EQUIPMENTNUMBERLOAD-RANGEPLANT-EQUIPMENTNUMBERPLANT-EQUIPMENTNUMBERAbbrev.TYPEO-ML-RP-ENP-ENL-RP-ENP-ENL-RP-ENP-ENL-RP-ENP-EN; LOAD-ASSIGNMENT or L-A****InputUser In put Desc. Default;------code-word;------ code-word **;------106 Btu/hr *;------ U-name;------ number *;------ U-namenumber *;------ 10 6 Btu/hr *U-namenumber *;------U-namenumber *;------10 6 Btu/hr *U-namenumber *U-name;------ number *;------ U-name10 6 Btu/hr *;------ number *;------ U-name;------ number *(User Worksheet)RangeMin. Max.O. 1000.O. 1000.***o. 1000.***O. 1000.O. 1000.***O. 1000. ***O. 1000.O. 1000.***O. 1000. ***O. 1000.O. 1000.***O. 1000.**** This is a required data entry.** The default is sequential operation, i.e., RUN-NEEDED.*** When specifying units of equipment this maximum value is MAX-NUMBER-AVAILin PLANT-EQUIPMENT instruction.**** Note: Keyword entries in this instruction must be in the order shown.V.58 (Revised 5/81)
6. LOAD-MANAGEMENTThe LOAD-MANAGEMENT instruction is used to schedule seasonal operation ofplant equipment or for managing heating, cooling, or electric loads.Each LOAD-ASSIGNMENT instruction must be referenced by the LOAD-MANAGEMENTinstruction. If the LOAD-ASSIGNMENT and LOAD-MANAGEMENT instructions areomitted, the operation of heating, cooling, and electrical equipment will notbe user-controlled. In this case, the program will schedule the operation ofequipment in an order that seeks to achieve the OPERATING-RATIO (seePART-LOAD-RATIO instruction) for each piece of equipment.LOAD MANAGEMENTHEAT-MUL TIPLIERThis command word informs the PDL Processor that the datato follow are related to the scheduling of plant equipmentor managing the heating, cooling, or electric loads.specifies the ratio of the managed power input to thenominal capacity of the normally assigned plant heatingequipment. For example, if the electric load is beingmanaged to reduce peak demands, the user enters the ratioratio ~electric power input (Btu/hr)nominal heating capacity (Btu/hr) .for the equipment normally assigned to meet the heatingload. This entry should include the electric energy tomove and control the working fluid, as well as the electricpower input to the equipment.COOL-MULTIPLIERELEC-MULTIPLIERspecifies the ratio of the managed power input to thenominal capacity of the normally assigned plant coolingequipment. For example, if the electric load is to bemanaged to reduce peak demands, the user enters the ratioratio ~electric power input (Btu/hr)nomlnal cooling capacity {Btu/hrJfor the equipment normally assigned to meet the cooling·load. This entry should include the electric energy tomove and control the working fluid, as well as the electricinput to the equipment.If the user does not wish to manage a load, no entry isrequired.specifies the ratio of the managed power input to thenominal capacity of normally assigned plant electricgenerating equipment. For example, if the heating load isbeing managed to reduce natural gas peak consumption, theuser enters the ratioratio ~heat input (Btu/hr)nominal electric capacity (Btu/hr)V.59 (Revised 5/81)
PRED-LOAD-RANGEfor the equipment normally assigned to meet the electricload. This entry should include the heat power to move andcontrol the working fluid as well as the heat to thenormally assigned electric generating equipment.If the user does not wish to manage a load, no entry isrequired.is the predicted load range of the managed load in whichthe assigned equipment operates.ASSIGN-SCHEDULELOAD-ASSIGNMENTidentifies a list of three U-named SCHEDULE instructionsthat will schedule the assignment of the plant heating,cooling, and electric generation equipment. No entry ismade if the LOAD-ASSIGNMENT keyword is defined for thePRED-LOAD-RANGE. The scheduling of heating, cooling, andelectric equipment must not be combined in one SCHEDULEinstruction.identifies a list of three U-named LOAD-ASSIGNMENT instructionsthat specify the heating, cooling and electric generatingequipment to be assigned to the PRED-LOAD-RANGE. Noentry is made if the ASSIGN-SCHEDULE keyword has beendefined for the PRED-LOAD-RANGE.Rule: The total number of PRED-LOAD-RANGE keywords cannot exceed 10.Example 1:Example 2:This example shows how the cooling equipment assigned in Example 3of the LOAD-ASSIGNMENT discussion is used to meet the cooling loads.LOAD-MANAGEMENTPRED-LOAD-RANGE ;LOAD-ASSIGNMENT999(DEFAULT, CHILLERS, DEFAULT)By inputting DEFAULT where shown, the user allows the program todecide which heating and electric equipment to operate. If,however, the user wishes to assign the operation of heatingequipment, as specified in Example 1 of the LOAD-ASSIGNMENTinstruction, then the user specifiesLOAD-MANAGEMENTPRED-LOAD-RANGE ; 999LOAD-ASSIGNMENT; (BOILERS,CHILLERS,DEFAULT)A double-bundle chiller, DBUN, and an open centrifugal chiller,OPEN-CENT, are defined by a hypothetical PLANT-EQUIPMENTinstruction to be capable of producing 10 MBtuh of cooling. If theuser prefers to operate the double-bundle chiller in the winter andthe open centrifugal machine in the summer supplemented by thedoubl~-bundle chiller, the following steps should be taken.V.60 (Revised 5/81)
First, define two LOAD-ASSIGNMENT instructions, one for winter andone for summer.WINTER-CHLR = LOAD-ASSIGNMENTTYPE = COOLINGLOAD-RANGE = 10PLANT-EQUIPMENT = DBUNNUMBER = 1 ..= LOAD-ASS IGNMENTTYPE = COOLI NGLOAD-RANGE = 20PLANT-EQUIPMENT = OPEN-CENTNUMBER = 1PLANT-EQUIPMENT = DBUNNUMBER = 1 ••SUMr~ER-CHLRNext, schedule the LOAD-ASSIGNMENT instructions.WINTER-DAS = DAY-ASSIGN-SCH (1,24) (WINTER-CHLR)WINTER-WS = WEEK-SCHEDULE (ALL) WINTER-DAS ..SUMMER-DAS = DAY-ASSIGN-SCH (1,24) (SUMMER-CHLR)SUMMER-WS = WEEK-SCHEDULE (ALL) SUMMER-DAS ..CHILLER-SCH = SCHEDULETHRU APR 30 WINTER-WSTHRU SEP 30 SUMMER-WSTHRU DEC 31 WINTER-WSFinally, specify a LOAD-MANAGEMENT instruction to schedule theoperation of plant equipment.LOAD-MANAGEMENTPRED-LOAD-RANGE = 999ASSIGN-SCHEDULE = (DEFAULT,CHILLER-SCH,DEFAULT)Note that in scheduling equipment operation, DAY-ASSIGN-SCH is usedinstead of the usual DAY-SCHEDULE instruction. A DAY-SCHEDULEcommand only accepts numbers as values (i.e., 0., 0.5, 1.0), whilea DAY-ASSIGN-SCH instruction accepts only U-names of appropriateLOAD-ASSIGNMENT instructions. This enables the hourly schedulingof the assignment of PLANT equipment.Example 3:In the following example, the LOAD-MANAGEMENT instruction is usedto select the cooling equipment to be operated based upon theanticipated electric load. The program calculates the anticipatedload as follows:Predicted Load = (QH x A) + (QC x B) + (QE x C),V.61 (Revised 5/81)
where QH, QC, and QE are, respectively, the hourly heating,cooling, and electric loads transferred by the SYSTEMS program, andA, B, and C are the HEAT-MULTIPLIER, COOL-MULTIPLIER, andELEC-MULTIPLIER keywords of the LOAD-MANAGEMENT instruction.A building has a 10 Btuh open centrifugal chiller, OPEN-CENT,capable of meeting the cooling loads of the building. However, thepeak load demand charges for this facility are quite expensive, soa 10 MBtuh absorption chiller, ABSOR, is purchased to operate inlieu of the compression chiller during periods of electrical demandthat exceed 9 MBtuh. The user implements this strategy as follows:NORMAL-COOL = LOAD-ASSIGNMENTTYPE = COOLINGLOAD-RANGE = 10PLANT-EQUIPMENT = OPEN-CENTNUMBER 1PEAK-SHAVE = LOAD-ASSIGNMENTTYPE = COOLINGLOAD-RANGE = 10PLANT-EQUIPMENT = ABSORNUMBER = 1Next, the user instructs the program to operate the equipmentspecified by the LOAD-ASSIGNMENT instructions named NORMAL-COOL forpredicted electric loads of 9 MBtuh or less, and PEAK-SHAVE forpredicted electric loads greater than a 9 MBtuh.LOAD-MANAGEMENTHEAT-MULTIPLIER = 0.0COOL-MULTIPLIER = 0.333ELEC-MULTIPLIER = 1.0PRED~LOAD-RANGE = 9LOAD-ASSIGNMENT = (DEFAULT,NORMAL-COOL,DEFAULT)PRED-LOAD-RANGE = 1000LOAD-ASSIGNMENT = (DEFAULT, PEAK-SHAVE, DEFAULT)The significance of the predicted load is illustrated in thefollowing discussion:Assume that the heating, cooling, and electric loads passed fromSYSTEMS are 0.2, 8 and 4 MBtuh, respectively. Thus,Predicted Load = (0.2 x 0) + (8 x 0.333) + (4 x 1)= 6.66 MBtuh electric.Since the predicted load falls within the PRED-LOAD-RANGE = 9(i.e., 0 to 9 MBtuh), the equipment selected for operation are theheating and electric equipment defined by DEFAULT and the opencentrifugal chiller defined by NORMAL-COOL.V.62 (Revised 5/81)
If, however, the heating, cooling, and electric loads passed fromSYSTEMS are 0.1, 9.5, and 7 MBtuh, respectively, thenPredicted Load; (0.1 x 0) + (9.5 x 0.333) + (7 x 1); 10.16 MBtuh electric.Example 4Now the predicted load falls within the PRED-LOAD-RANGE ; 1000(i.e., 9 to 1000 MBtuh). Therefore, the equipment selected foroperation becomes the heating and electric equipment defined byDEFAULT and the absorption chiller defined by PEAK-SHAVE.Note that the MULTIPLIER should be specified based on the equipmentspecified in first LOAD-ASSIGNMENT keyword (i.e., normally assignedequipment) of the LOAD-MANAGEMENT instruction.The LOAD-MANAGEMENT multipliers in this example are specified topredict electric load. HEAT-MULTIPLIER; 0.0 because it is feltthat the electric load imposed by the heating equipment isnegligible. ELEC-MULTIPLIER; 1.0 because the total SYSTEMSelectric load must be added to the PLANT equipment electric demandwhen the electric load is being managed. And finally, theCOOL-MULTIPLIER; 0.333 is the user's estimate of number of Btu'sof electric energy required for each Btu of cooling. This impliesthat the overall coefficient of performance for the centrifugalchiller and cooling tower combination is 3.0.A 10 MBtuh double-bundle chiller, DBUN, and a 10 MBtuh opencentrifugal chiller, CENT, are specified in a hypothetical PLANTequipment instruction. Even though the double-bundle chiller isless efficient than the open centrifugal chiller, it is capable ofsu'pplying waste heat for space heating. Therefore, the userprefers to operate DBUN whenever the space heating load exceeds 2MBtu. Thus, the user specifiesHTRECOVER ; LOAD-ASSIGNMENTTYPE; COOLINGLOAD-RANGE ; 10PLANT-EQUIPMENT; DB UNNUMBER ; 1NORECOVER ; LOAD-ASS IGN~lENTTYPE; COOLINGLOAD-RANGE ; 10PLANT-EQUIPMENT; CENTNUMBER; 1 ••LOAD-MANAGEMENTHEAT-MULTIPLIER; 1.0COOL-MULTIPLIER; 0.0ELEC-MULTIPLIER ; 0.0V.63 (Revised 5/81)
PRED-LOAD-RANGE = 2LOAD-ASSIGNMENT = (DEFAULT,NORECOVER,DEFAULT)PRED-LOAD-RANGE = 1000LOAD-ASSIGNMENT = (DEFAULT,HTRECOVER,DEFAULT)The example above illustrates the use of a LOAD-MANAGEMENTinstruction in selecting equipment for operation based upon thepredicted heating load. The predicted heat load is calculatedexactly the same way as shown in Example 3, except that theLOAD-MANAGEMENT multipliers now refer to the heating load as themanaged load.V.64 (Revised 5/81)
LOAD-MANAGEMENT or L-MKeyword Abbrev. User Input(User Worksheet)InputRangeDesc. Default Min. Max.HEAT -MUL TIPLI ER H-M = number O. O.COOL-MULTIPLIER C-M = number O. O.ELEC-MULTIPLIER E-M number l. O.PRED-LOAD-RANGE PRED-L-R= 106 Btu/hr * O.ASSIGN-SCHEDULE A-SCH= list ofU-names**LOAD-ASSIGNMENT L-A 1 i st ofU-names**PRED-LOAD-RANGE PRED-L-R= 106Btu/hr * O.ASSIGN-SCHEDULE A-SCH= list ofU-names**LOAD-ASSIGNMENT L-A = 1 i st ofU-names**PRED-LOAD-RANGE PRED-L-R= 10 6 Btu/hr * O.ASSIGN-SCHEDULE A-SCH= list ofU-names**LOAD-ASS IGNMENT L-A list ofU-names**10.10.10.1000.1000.1000.* This is a required data entry.** The list of U-names should be ordered as follows: the assignment forheating first, cooling next, and electric last. The list need notassign cooling or electric equipment if only the heating load isbeing managed. However, the list must assign the heating and coolingequipment if the cooling load is managed, or the heating, cooling andelectric generating equipment if the electric load is managed.V.65 (Revi sed 5/81)
7. HEAT-RECOVERYThe function of the HEAT-RECOVERY instruction is to specify the equipmentor process from which energy can be recovered and to direct that energy to aprocess or other equipment.Only one HEAT-RECOVERY instruction is allowed per PLANT run. With onlyone exception, no default values are available; if a double-bundle chiller isspecified without defining a HEAT-RECOVERY instruction, the heat rejected fromthe double bundle is delivered to space heating. A maximum of five levels ofrecoverable heat supply and demand are permitted. See the 00E-2 Engineers<strong>Manual</strong> for a description of heat recovery in appropriate equipment simulations.HEAT-RECOVERYSUPPLY-l throughSUPPLY-5This command word informs the POL Processor that the datato follow are related to recovered energy from plantequipment or processes.The user enters a list of up to three code-words fromTable V.9 that describe the equipment or process supplyingrecoverable heat. The specificationSUPPLY-l = (DIESEL-GEN, HTANK-STORAGE)DEMAND-l throughDEMANO-5assigns the waste heat from the exhaust of a diesel engineto the highest temperature level to meet demands.Similarly, the keywords SUPPLY-2 through SUPPLY-5 assignwaste heat to successively lower temperature levels. Theuser must always define these keywords in arithmetic order,starting with SUPPLY-l.The user enters a list of upTable V.10 that describe therecoverable heat should go.to three code-words fromequipment or process to whichThe definitionDEMAND-l = (SPACE-HEAT, PROCESS HEAT)specifies that the heat from the sources indicated inSUPPLY-1 are to go to fulfill the unmet demand for spaceheating and for domestic hot water or process heat inproportion to their loads. Similarly, the keywordsDEMAND-2 through OEMAND-5 describe the successively lowerpriorities for use of recoverable heat. The user shouldnever leave gaps in the numerical order of the demands,i.e., if DEMAND-l and DEMAND-3 are entered, OEMANO-2 mustalso be entered.V.55 (Revised 5/81)
EquipmentTABLE V.9HEAT-RECOVERY SuppliersCode-WordHeatingFossil fuel boiler blowdownSTM-BOILERCoolingDouble-bundle chillerDBUN-CHLRElectric Generating EquipmentDiesel engine exhaustDiesel engine cooling jacketSteam turbine exhaustGas turbine exhaustDIESEL-GENDIESEL-JACKETSTURB-GENGTURB-GENStorageHot water tankHTANK-STORAGESolar EquipmentSolar energy for space heating loadsSolar energy for process heatingand domestic hot water loadsSolar energy for space cooling loadsSOL-SPACE-HEATSOL-PROCESS-HEATSOL-COOLI NGTABLE V.IOHEAT-RECOVERY DemandersEquipment or ProcessHeatingSteam boiler feedwater heatingProcess and domestic hot water loadsSpace heating loadCoolingOne-stage absorption chillerTwo-stage absorption chiller w/economizerOne-stage absorption chiller w/solar assistElectric Generating EquipmentSteam turbine supplyStorageHot water tankCode-WordSTM-BOILERPROCESS-HEATSPACE-HEATABSORI-CHLRABSOR2-CHLRABSORS-CHLRSTURB-GENHTANK-STORAGEV.57(Revised 5/81)
Rules:1. Table V.11 illustrates the default hierarchy of temperatures of recoverableheat. Recoverable heat from equipment or processes in the supplycolumn can be directed to the equipment or processes in the demandcolumn, which are at a lower temperature. The effectiveness of theexchange is either specified by the appropriate PLANT-PARAMETER keywordor the heat exchanger is assumed to be large enough to exchange therecoverable heat. The user should not specify a demand if the stratum ofthe demand is greater than the supply stratum; however, the user may doso, if the Second Law of Thermodynamics is not violated. A warning willbe issued when this default hierarchy is overridden.For example, the specificationHEAT-RECOVERYSUPPLY-1 = (STURB-GEN)DEMAND-1 = (ABSORI-CHLR)will issue a warning because the 102°F exhaust temperature for a steamturbine (see the STURB-EXH-PRES keyword in the PLANT-PARAMETERS instruction)is insufficient to fire a single-stage absorption refrigerationunit requiring a minimum of 180°F. If, however, STURB-EXH-PRES isspecified so that a 200°F exhaust temperature will be achieved, thewarning can be ignored.2. Rule 1 applies only to supplies and demands at the same priority level.There is no restriction that the supply at level 1 be at a higher temperaturethan the supply at level 2. The SUPPLY-I, DEMAND-1 keyword pairmerely tells the PLANT simulation to treat that heat recovery operationbefore treating the heat recovery operation described in the SUPPLY-2,DEMAND-2 keyword pair.3. If the supply exceeds demand at a given level, the demand is satisfiedand the remaining available recoverable heat is rejected, unless eitherthis supply equipment is respecified at a lower level or the supplyingprocess is solar (SOL-SPACE-HEAT, SOL-PROCESS-HEAT, or SOL-COOLING). Thesolar source is assumed to be a storage tank that is left partiallycharged after meeting the demand. Excess demand from a level is met bythe conventional PLANT heating equipment. Each equipment and process canbe entered on as many levels (up to 5) as the user desires, and, withinthe restrictions of Tables V.9 and V.10, can be entered as both supplyand demand.Example:HEAT-RECOVER YSUPPLY-1DEMAND-1 =SUPPLY-2 =DEMAND-2(DIESEL-JACKET)(ABSOR1-CHLR)(DBUN-CHLR, DIESEL-JACKET)(SPACE-HEAT, PROCESS-HEAT)V.58 (Revised 5/81)
TABLE V.11Default HEAT-RECOVERY Temperature HierarchyStratum Supply Code-Word Demand Code-Word10 GTURB-GEN9 DIESEL-GEN ABSOR2-CHLR 1,STURB-GEN8 DIESEL-JACKET7 SOL-COOLI NG6 STM-BOILER ABSOR1-CHLR5 STM-BOILER4 SOL-PROCESS-HEAT PROCESS-HEAT3 DBUN-CHLR2 SDL-SPACE-HEAT1 STURB-GEN SPACE-HEAT* HTANK-STORAGE HTANK-STORAGE* Depends upon its temperature, that is, its energy source.The diesel engine supplies the absorption chiller on level 1. Anyremaining recoverable heat from the diesel can be used on level 2.On level 2 the multiple demands are met by the supplies in proportionto their loads. The supplies on each level are used sequentially,i.e., the double-bundle chiller heat is used before the dieseljacket, because it is first in the list.4. The default HEAT-RECOVERY (directing the condenser heat from adouble-bundle chiller to satisfy space heating) is overriddenwhenever the HEAT-RECOVERY command is used. Therefore, if the userwants to enter HEAT-RECOVERY equipment and processes in addition tothe DBUN-CHLR, the user must explicitly enter the DBUN-CHLR as asupply and SPACE-HEAT as its demand.5. Only one solar supply is allowed at each level. The user must decidethe purpose of the solar source for each level and cannot, forexample, enter the following:HEAT-RECOVERYSUPPLY-1 = (SOL-PROCESS-HEAT, SOL-SPACE-HEAT)DE~IAND-1 = (PROCESS-HEAT, SPACE-HEAT) ..His intention, in this example, was to satisfy the domestic hot wateror process heating demand first and to contribute to meeting thespace heating demands after the hot water demand is met.V.69 (Revised 5/81)
The correct input for achieving this purpose would beHEAT-RECOVERYSUPPLY-I; (SOL-PROCESS-HEAT)DEMAND-l ; (PROCESS-HEAT)SUPPLY-2 ; (SOL-SPACE-HEAT)DEMAND-2 ; (SPACE-HEAT)6. If the solar equipment is connected directly to the dpace heating coilsby specifying or allowing the default for the keyword HEAT-SOURCE;HOT-WATER/SOLAR in SYSTEMS, then it is inappropriate to useSOL-SPACE-HEAT as a supply in the HEAT-RECOVERY command.7. Rules applying to the user of a storage tank in HEAT-RECOVERY:a. The tank supply should always be the last entry of the SUPPLY-nkeyword at any given level. The user may enter the tank at someother position, but the program will move the tank to the end ofthe list. This implies that tank storage will always be the lastsource of supply at a given level. Only when all other sources ofrecovered heat have been used up will the storage tank be called onto supply heat. Therefore, if the user entersthe program wi 11HEAT-RECOVERYSUPPLY-I; (HTANK-STORAGE, DBUN-CHLR)interpret it asHEAT-RECOVERYSUPPLY-I; (DBUN-CHLR, HTANK-STORAGE)b. The tank demand should always be on a level with no other demands.If the user enters HTANK-STORAGE as a demand among other demands atthe same level, the program will move the tank demand to the lowestempty level. If there are no empty levels, the program willabort. Thus,HEAT-RECOVERYSUPPLY-I; (DIESEL-GEN, DBUN-CHLR, HTANK-STORAGE)DEMAND-I; (SPACE-HEAT, HTANK-STORAGE)will be rewritten within the program asHEAT-RECOVERYSUPPLY-lDEMAND-l ;SUPPLY-2 ;DEMAND-2 ;(DIESEL-GEN, DBUN-CHLR, HTANK-STORAGE)(SPACE-HEAT)(DIESEL-GEN, DBUN-CHLR)(HTANK-STORAGE)Note that HTANK-STORAGE was not placed as a supply on level 2,because a tank cannot supply itself.V.70 (Revised 5/81)
c. A piece of equipment or a process cannot be re-entered as a demand,after being entered as a demand on a level with HTAN
HEAT-RECOVERY or HEAT-R(User Worksheet)InputRangeKeyword Abbrev. User Input Oesc. Default Min. Max.SUPPLY-l S-l list ofcode-wordsOEMANO-l 0-1 list ofcode-wordsSUPPLY-2 S-2 = 1 i st ofcode-wordsOEMANO-2 0-2 = list ofcode-wordsSUPPLY-3 S-3 = list ofcode-wordsOEMANO-3 0-3 = list ofcode-wordsSUPPLY-4 S-4 = list ofcode-wordsOEMANO-4 0-4 = list ofcode-wordsSUPPLY-5 S-5 = list ofcode-wordsOEMANO-5 0-5 = 1 i s t ofcode-wordsV.72 (Revised 5/81)
8. ENERGY-STORAGEThe ENERGY-STORAGE instruction is used to define the useful hourlycapacity of a hot and/or cold water storage tank and to schedule the introductionof hot or cold liquids in both. Furthermore, the rate at which energycan be stored in and delivered from these tanks is also specified.The ENERGY-STORAGE instruction must always be accompanied by aPLANT-EQUIPMENT, SCHEDULE, LOAD-ASSIGNMENT, and LOAD-MANAGEMENT instruction.In addition, a HEAT-RECOVERY instruction must also be defined for a hot waterstorage tank.The user is cautioned in using the defaults for this instruction becausethose that are zero will either prevent the storage of energy (seeHEAT -STORE-RATE, COOL-STORE-RATE) or el iminate tan k losses (see HTANK-LOSS-COEFand CTAN
HEAT-STORE-SCHCOOL-STORE-SCHHTANK-LOSS-COEFCTANK-LOSS-COEFHTANK-BASE-TCTANK-BASE-THTANK-T-RANGECTANK-T-RANGEidentifies a U-named SCHEDULE instruction that schedules thedelivery of energy to the hot water storage tank. Thewithdrawal of energy from this tank is scheduled by theLOAD-MANAGEMENT instruction.identifies a U-named SCHEDULE instruction that schedules thedelivery of cooling energy to the cold water storage tank.The withdrawal of cool water from this tank is scheduled bythe LOAD-MANAGEMENT instruction.specifies the overall conductance of heat from the hot waterstorage tank.specifies the overall conductance of heat into the cold waterstorage tank.is the lowest temperature at which the working fluid can bedelivered and still provide heat to the demanding equipmentor process at the HEAT-SUPPLY-RATE. When multiple demandsare to be made upon the stored heat, the user enters thehighest minimum temperature demanded.is the highest temperature that the cooling fluid canachieve and still provide cooling at the COOL-SUPPLY-RATE.is the difference between the maximum operating temperatureof the hot water storage tank and HTANK-BASE-T. The maximumoperating temperature is the highest temperature that can beachieved while storing energy at the HEAT-STORE-RATE (seeFig. V.2).For example, a boiler is capable of delivering energy at theHEAT-STORE-RATE to a hot water storage tank at 175°F (maximumoperating temperature). If water withdrawn from this tankfor space heating must be delivered at a minimum of 140°F(i.e., HTANK-BASE-T), the user specifiesHTANK-T-RANGE ; 35.0is the difference between CTANK-BASE-T and the minimumoperating temperature of the cold water storage tank. Theminimum operating temperature is the lowest temperature thatcan be achieved while cooling the tank at theCOOL-STORE-RATE (see Fig. V.3).V.74 (Revised 5/81)
0-o~o-CJ)0- '"~Q)c:WHTANK-T-RANGETank Temperature (OF)HTANK- BASE-TT Max. OperatingFig. V.2. Energy storage rate vs tank temperature ..r:~OJ::;0.; COOL-STORE-RATEa:0-o~oiii"0o(.)T Min. OperatingTank Temperature (OF)CTAN K-BASE-TCTANK-T-RANGEFig. V.3.Cool storage rate vs tank temperature.V.75 (Revised 5/81)
For example, a compression chiller is capable of supplyingthe COOL-STORE-RATE to a cold water storage tank at 44 F(min imum operating temperature). If water withdrawn fromthis for space cooling must not be delivered at a temperaturegreater than 60°F (i.e., CTANK-BASE-TE~IP), the user specifiesCTAfII
If the user enters (1), only waste heat is supplied to the tank; a (0)entry signifies that no storage is to be accomplished.5. Whenever the hot water storage tank is being charged, that is consideredby the program to be a heating load.6. Only one hot andlor cold water storage tank may be assigned per run.7. A storage tank can never charge itself. Therefore, if a LOAD-ASSIGNMENTcalls upon a tank, the program will first check to see if part of theload is caused by the storage tank charging. If it is, that part of theload is either reduced or eliminated so that the tank will not chargeitself.8. The E-I-R (see PART-LOAD-RATIO) for a storage tank is multiplied by themaximum of HEAT-STORE-RATE or HEAT-SUPPLY-RATE for hot tanks, or themaximum of COOL-STORE-RATE or COOL-SUPPLY-RATE for cold tanks, todetermine the electric energy consumed by the storage circulating pumps.Example 1:This example will illustrate the use of a cold water storage tank.The tank, COLD-TANK, is capable of delivering 2 MBtuh of coolingwhen called upon. If the tank is not fully charged to its 10 MBtucapacity, it will be charged at night by a 7 MBtuh open centrifugalchiller, CHILLER, at the rate of 3 MBtuh. The tank is buried inthe ground (ground temperature; 58°F) and has an overall heatconductance of 200 Btu/hr-oF. The tank is used for peak shaving.$DEFINE THE COOLING EQUIPMENT$CHILLER; PLANT-EQUIPMENTTYPE ; OPEN-CENT-CHLRSIZE ; 7INSTALLED NUMBER; 1MAX-NUMBER-AVAIL ; 1COLD-TANK ; PLANT-EQUIPMENTTYPE ~ CTANK-STORAGESIZE ; 10INSTALLED-NUMBER; 1 $ONLY 1 COLD TANK ALLOWED$MAX-NUMBER-AVAIL ; 1$DEFINE STORAGE PARAMETERS$ENERGY-STORAGECOOL-STORE-RATE ; 3COOL-SUPPLY-RATE ; 2COOL-STORE-SCH ; TANK-SCH $DEFINED BELOW$CTANK-LOSS-COEF ; 200CTANK-BASE-T ; 55 $NO COOLING ALLOWED ABOVE 55F$CTANK-T-RANGE ; 12 $FULLY CHARGED AT 43 F$CTANK-ENV-T; 58 ..V.77 (Revised 5/81)
$DEFINE CHARGING SCHEDULES$TANK-OS = DAY-SCHEDULE (1,7)(1)(8,20)(0)(21,24)(1)TANK-WS = WEEK-SCHEDULE (all) TANK-OS ..TANK-SCH = SCHEDULE THRU DEC 31 TANK-WS .•SpaceCoolingLoad3467911$DEFINE USE STRATEGY$COOLERS = LOAD-ASSSIGNMENTTYPE = COOLI NGLOAD-RANGE = 9PLANT-EQUIPMENT = CHILLERNUMBER = 1PLANT-EQUIPMENT = COLD-TANKNUMBER = 1$COLD TANK CAN SUPPLY UP TO 2 MBTUH$LOAD-MANAGEMENTPRED-LOAD-RANGE = 999LOAD-ASSIGNMENT = (DEFAULT,COOLERS,DEFAULT)A typical scenario for nighttime operation is shown be 1 ow.TankChargingRateTotalLoadChillerOutputTankReceivesTankDelivers Remarks3 6 6 3 0 Rule 13 7 7 3 0 Rule 13 9 7 1 0 Ru les 1 and3 10 7 0 0 Rules 1 and3 12 7 0 2 Rules 1 and3 14 7 0 2 Overload by 2 MBtuh222Now let's assume that the user wants to charge the tank atnight and base-load it during the day. The user might redefinethe LOAD-ASSIGNMENT instruction as follows:COOLERS = LOAD-ASSIGNMENTTYPE = COOLI NGLOAD-RANGE = 9PLANT-EQUIPMENT = COLD-TANKNUMBER = 1PLANT-EQUIPMENT = CHILLERNUMBER = 1 ..V.78 (Revi sed 5/81)
Example 2:~ut to do so would preclude the charging of the storage tank atnight, since no cooling equipment is available to charge the tank(i.e., CHILLER is listed after COLD-TANK in the LOAD-ASSIGNI'IENTlisting of PLANT-EQUIPMENT). Therefore, the scheduling of acharging period becomes imperative. (See Rule 7; this situationcould also occur, in this example, if OPERATION-MODE = RUN-ALL.)The user does this by specifying an additional LOAD-ASSIGNMENTinstruction for nighttime charging and schedules the chargingthrough a new LOAD-MANAGEMENT instruction.TANK-CHARGE = LOAD-ASSIGNMENTTYPE = COOL! NGLOAD-RANGE = 7PLANT-EQUIPMENT = CHILLERNUMBER = 1 ..CHILLER-DAS = DAY-ASSIGN-SCH(1,7) (TANK-CHARGE)(8,20)(COOLERS) ~REDEFINED ABOVE~(21,24) (TAfIK-CHARGE) ..CHILLER-wS = WEEK-SCHEDULE (all) CHILLER-DASCHILLER-SCH = SCHEDULE THRU DEC 31 CHILLER-wS ..LOAD-MANAGEMENTPRED-LOAD-RANGE = 999ASSIGN-SCHEDULE = (DEFAULT,CHILLER-SCH,DEFAULT)The use of a hot water storage tank is identical to a cold waterstorage tank except that two additional features are available.The hot water storage tank can be charged with waste heat as wellas boi ler heat, and it can ael iver its stored energy to a number ofdifferent loads. These features are facilitated through theHEAT-RECOVERY instruction. Consider the following:Waste heat from the jacket of a diesel engine is recovered forspace heating or delivered to a hot water storage tank whenever thewaste heat is in excess of the space heating demands. If the wasteheat is insufficient to meet space heating demands, then energystored in the hot tank can be provided at a rate of 4 MBtuh. A7-MBtuh boiler is used as a supplementary heat source if the spaceheating demands are still unmet.$DEFINE HEATING EQUIPMENT~BOIL = PLANT-EQUIPMENTTYPE = SO I LERSIZE = 7INSTALLED-NUMBER = 1MAX-NUMBER-AVAIL 1V.79 (Revised 5/81)
HOT-TA~= PLANT-EQUIPMENTTYPE HTAI'l
To implement the precharging of the storage tank between the hoursof 5 and 7 in the above example, the user redefinesTANK-DS = DAY-SCHEDULE (1,4)(1)(5,7)(-1)(8,24) 1 .•and specifies an additional LOAD-ASSIGNMENT instruction forprecharging. Furthermore, the user schedules the charging througha new LOAD-MANAGEMENT instruction.PRE CHARGE = LOAD-ASSIGNMENTTYPE = HEATINGLOAD-RANGE = 7PLANT-EQUIPMENT = BOILNUr~BER = 1 ..HEAT-DAS = DAY-ASSIGN-SCH(1,4) (HEATERS)(5,7) (PRECHARGE)(8,24) (HEATERS) ..HEAT-WS = WEEK-SCHEDULE (ALL) HEAT-DAS .•HEAT-SCH = SCHEDULE THRU DEC 31 HEAT-WS ..LOAD-MANAGEMENTPRED-LOAD-RANGE = 999ASSIGN-SCHEDULE = (HEAT-SCH,DEFAULT,DEFAULT)As in the case of the cold water storage tank, the hot waterstorage tank is considered by the program to be a heating load.V.81 (Revised 5/81)
ENERGY-STORAGE or E-S(User Worksheet)InputRangeKeyword Abbrev. User Input Desc. Default Min. Max.HEAT-STORE-RATE H-ST-R 106 Btu/hr O. O. 1000.HEAT-SUPPLY-RATE H-SU-R = 106 Btu/hr O. O. 1000.COOL-STORE-RATE C-ST-R = 106 Btu/hr O. O. 1000.COOL-SUPPLY-RATE C-SU-R = 106 Btu/hr O. O. 1000.HEAT-STORE-SCH H-ST-SCH = U-nameCOOL-STORE-SCH C-ST-SCH = U-nameHTANK-LOSS-COEF H-L-C = Btu/hr-oF O. O. 1. xl 05CTANK-LOSS-COEF C-L-C = Btu/hr-oF O. O. l.xl05HTANK-BASE-T H-B-T =CTANK-BASE-T C-B-T =HTANK-T-RANGE H-T-R =CTANK-T-RANGE C-T-R =HTANK-ENV-T H-E-T =CTANK-ENV-T C-E-T =of 100. 32. 212.of 60. 32. 212.of 10. O. 180.of 10. O. 180.of Amb O. 212.tempof Amb O. 212.tempHTANK-FREEZ-T H-F-T of 32. -30. 212.CTANK -FREEZ-T C-F-T of 32. -30. 212.V.B2(Revised 5/B1)
9. ENERGY-COSTThe ENERGY-COST instruction specifies the cost, or a schedule of costs,for the energy used by the facility. For the purpose of specifying costs,energy resources are divided into ten categories, as follows:1. Electricity direct from a utility2. Diesel oil3. Natural gas4. Fuel oil5. Purchased steam6. Liquified petroleum gas7. Coal8. Methanol9. Purchased chilled water10. BiomassUnit energy costs may be uniform regardless of the quantity used, may vary infixed-size blocks, or may vary in block sizes that are a function of themonthly peak loads.If the cost of energy varies with the quantity of energy used, up to ninedifferent rates may be entered, corresponding to nine blocks of energy. Demandsurcharges are always calculated by the program and added to the cost of energyto determine the total energy-related cost.A separate ENERGY-COST instruction is required for each energy resourcecategory for which the user wishes to specify costs. If the user omits thisinstruction for any resource used by the facility, the program will use thedefault values shown in Table V.12. There can be significant energy costdifferences based on location and size of installation, so the default valuesthe program uses may not be realistic for the user's facility.ENERGY-COSTRESOURCEThis command word informs the PDL Processor that the data tofollow are the costs associated with a particular energyresource used by the facility.is followed by the code-word that identifies the energyresource category for cost data. The code-words are:ELECTRICITYDIESEL-OILNATURAL-GASFUEL-OIL*STEAMLPGCOALMETHANOL*CHILLED-WATERBIOMASSfor electric energy purchased from a utilityfor diesel oilfor natural gasfor fuel oilfor steam purchased from an off-site sourcefor liquified petroleum gas (propane or butane)for coalfor methyl alcoholfor chilled water purchased from an off-site sourcefor combustible solid waste*If the user wishes to use a STEAM or CHILLED-WATER utility, an ENERGY-COSTcommand must be entered for that RESOURCE.V.83 (Revised 5/81)
TABLE V.12ENERGY-COST Instruction <strong>Reference</strong> Default ValuesCode-Word for RESOURCEKeyword ELECTRICITY DIESEL-OIL NATURAL-GAS FUEL-OI L STEAM* LPG COAL METHANOL CHILLED-WATER* BIOMASSUNIT (Btu) 3412.97 138700 1031. 138700 o. 95500 2.458x1D7 63500 O. I.xl06UNIFORM-COST(~/UNIT) .05 .48 .028 .48 7.30 .55 30.00 1.13 41.50 .95ESCALAT!ON(per cent/yr) 5. 5. 5. 5. 5. 5. 5. 5. 5. 5.MIN-MONTHLY-CHG(~/month ) O. O. O. O. O. O. O. O. O. O.MIN-PEAK-LOAD(UNITS/h) 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0PEAK-L OAD-CHG(~/UNITS/h) 1.5 D. O. O. D. O. O. O. O. O.SOURCE -SITE-EFF .294 1.0 1.0 1.0 .7 1.0 1.0 1.0 .5 1.0< First BLOCK (kWh) O. O. O. O. O. O. O. O. O. O.00 Second BLOCK O. O. O. O. o. O. O. O. O. O •.."Third BLOCK D. O. O. O. O. O. O. O. O. O.Fourth BLOCK O. O. O. o. O. O. O. o. O. O.Fifth BLOCK O. O. O. O. O. O. O. O. O. O.Sixth BLOCKthruNinth BLOCK O. O. O. o. o. O. O. O. O. O.First COST(f/kWh) O. O. O. o. O. o. O. O. O. o.Second COST O. O. O. O. O. O. O. O. O. O.Third COST O. D. O. O. O. O. O. O. O. O.~ Fourth COST O. O. O. O. O. O. O. O. O. O.;0CDFifth COST O. O. O. O. O. O. O. O. O. O.Sixth COSTCD0. thru
UNITUNIFORM-COSTESCALATIONspecifies the fuel content (in Btu) of a typical unitquantity of the fuel or energy source being specified. Forexample, entry of UNIT = 100000 corresponds to the typicalfuel content of a 100 ft3 unit (one therm) of natural gas;UNIT = 138700 corresponds to the typical fuel content of agallon of oil, and UNIT = 3413 corresponds to onekilowatt-hour of electricity.The PLANT program output reports provide tabulations of boththe energy used at the boundary of the building and sourceenergy use (see SOURCE-SITE-EFF). It is recognized that theraw energy required to produce a kilowatt-hour of electricitymust reflect the power plant conversion efficiency. Theprogram divides the Btu-per-unit electricity by a factor ofSOURCE-SITE-EFF (default = 0.294) to evaluate source energy.The default value 1-kWh (3413 Btu) would yield a sourceenergy of 10,240 Btu in the default situation.specifies the cost (in dollars) of a unit quantity of theenergy resource being specified. This entry is used only ifthe cost per unit of an energy resource is uniform (i.e.,does not depend on the number of units used). For example,a gallon of oil might be $0.40 regardless of the amountused. If the cost of energy depends on the number of unitsused, data entry for this keyword is omitted and the energyblock entries described below are used. Energy block-relatedcosts are generally applicable to electricity purchased froma utility, but may also be applicable to other energy forms,such as natural gas, or to mixed fuel applications where thealternative (generally more expensive) fuel must be usedafter the monthly allotment of primary fuel has beenexhausted. It is important that energy costs refer to thesame time frame as other cost inputs. For example, ifequipment costs are based on January 1979 dollars, energycosts must reflect the price during January 1979 (seekeyword FIRST-COST in the PLANT-EQUIPMENT instruction foradditional pertinent discussion).specifies the anticipated yearly percentage increase in costfor the RESOURCE being used over and above the increaseresulting from general inflation (i .e, this is a differentialor relative cost escalation, sometimes referred to as "realgrowth"). For example, ESCALATION = 5.0 will give anincrease of 5 per cent per year (relative to general inflation)in cost per energy unit.The fuel escalation rate depends on the availability of theresource in question; therefore, this rate depends on geographicregion and on fuel type, and, in general, wi 11 varyfrom year to year. Because <strong>DOE</strong>-2 assumes the escalationrate per year to be constant, the user is advised to determinethe sensitivity of his results to the assumed rate, byrunning the program with low, medium, and high values. TableV.13 lists the differential cost escalation rates recommendedV.8S (Revi sed 5/81)
MIN-MONTHLY-CHGMIN-PEAK-LOADby <strong>DOE</strong> for life-cycle costing analysis of facilities, and isprovided for guidance only. The local utility may be ableto provide more accurate information, and should be consulted.Note that the table does not include recommendedrates for Alaska, Delaware, Hawaii, and Missouri--informationthat was not readily available.specifies the minimum cost (in dollars) per month, for theresource being specified, regardless of the amount of energyused. Data entry for this keyword is made only when thistype of billing arrangement has been established by customerutilityagreement. The program calculates the monthly costs,based on both energy usage (uniform or block charges) anddemand, compares these costs to the user input forMIN-MONTHLY-CHARGE, and uses the higher value.specifies the minimum peak load to be used in determiningmonthly demand charges. Data entry for this keyword is madeonly in the event that the customer-utility agreement specifiesa minimum demand surcharge and is used by the programin the following manner: The PLANT program calculates a peakload for each month, then computes the value for a year onthat basis. Then the peak load for that month is averagedeach month with annual peak load and either the value thusobtained or the user-entered MIN-PEAK-LOAD, whichever isgreater, is multiplied by the peak load unit cost (seekeyword PEAK-LOAD-CHG, below) to obtain a demand-relatedsurcharge, which is added to the basic energy charges.PEAK-LOAD-CHG specifies the cost in dollars for each unit of demand. Thiscost is multiplied by the averaged monthly demand or theMIN-PEAK-LOAD (see keyword MIN-PEAK-LOAD above for discusSionof how the program determines the average monthly demand toobtain the monthly demand-related surcharge).V.86 (Revised 5/81)
TABLE V. 13<strong>DOE</strong>-Recommended Annual Energy DifferentialEscalation Rates for Life-Cycle CostingCoalFuel OilGas (Natural or LPG)5 per cent8 per cent10 per centELECTRICITYRegionNew England - 6.9 per centConnecticutMaineMassachusettsNew HampshireRhode Is 1 andVermontMiddle Atlantic - 5.9 per centNew JerseyNew YorkPennsylvaniaSouth Atlantic - 5.8 per centDistrict of ColumbiaFloridaGeorgiaMaryl andNorth CarolinaSouth CarolinaVirginiaWest VirginiaEast South Central - 5.6 per centAlabamaKentuckyMississippiTennesseePacific - 7.3 per centCal if orn i aOregonWashi ngtonRegionEast North Central 5.6 per centIllinoisIndianaMichiganOhioWisconsinWest North Central - 5.6 per centIowaMinnesotaNebraskaNorth DakotaSouth DakotaWest South Central - 7.5 per centArkansasLouisianaOk 1 ahomaTexasMountain - 5.7 per centArizonaColoradoIdahoMontanaNevadaNew MexicoUtahWyomingV.87(Revised 5/81)
It is recognized that the program methodology for calculatingdemand surcharge calculation may not correspond to the methodused by each utility. Results may be brought into closeragreement with the actual demand charges by adjusting theinput for PEAK-LOAD-CHG.BLOCKis applicable only if charges for the resource being specifiedare nonuniform. It provides a method for specifying upto nine charge blocks. The user input is a list of the size,in energy units (see UNIT) of each block of energy used bythe facility. In current practice, the first block of energywill generally be highest in cost, with the ensuing blockshaving successively lower unit costs. The user specifies asmany blocks as there are different unit rates in the costschedule. For example, if the cost schedule has three chargeblocks sized at 100, 1000, and 10,000 units, the data entry isBLOCK ~ (100, 1000, 10000)Once block sizes have been specified, the program uses thesevalues, along with the specified unit energy costs for eachblock to calculate the monthly energy charge (see· COSTbelow).MULTIPLIERprovides an alternative method for specifying up to ninecharge blocks. MULTIPLIER specifies a list of numbers bywhich the program will multiply the monthly peak loads inorder to determine the number of energy units assigned tothe block of energy used by the facility. The user inputs alist of multipliers for each block of energy used by thefacility, entering as many numbers as there are differentunit rates in the cost schedule. For example, if the userentersMULTIPLIER ~ (1, 10, 100)and the PLANT program calculates a peak of 100 kW load forthe month in question, the program will calculate blocksizes as follows:Size of the first block ~ 1 x 100 ~ 100 kWhSize of the second block ~ 10 x 100 ~ 1000 kWhSize of the third block ~ 100 x 100 ~ 10,000 kwhWhen block sizes have been calculated, the program usesthese values, along with the specified unit energy costs(see COST) for each block, to calculate the monthly energycharge.V.88 (Revised 5/81)
COST specifies unit costs for up to nine charge blocks. The costentry is a list of dollar cost per unit of the blocks ofenergy used by the facility with the entries ordered tocorrelate with appropriate blocks. In current practice, thefirst block of energy will generally be highest in cost withthe unit cost for the ensuing energy charge blocks successivelylower. The user specifies as many unit costs asthere are different unit rates in the cost sChedule. Forexample, if the cost schedule has three charge blocks atunit costs of $0.03, $0.02, and $0.01, the data entry isSOURCE-SITE-EFFExample of ENERGY-COST Instruction:COST = (0.03, 0.02. 0.01)The monthly energy cost will be the sum of the products ofeach block size multiplied by the assigned cost for thatblock. If the total energy used in the month exceeds thesum of the block sizes, the difference will be charged atthe same cost rate as that of the last identified block.is the overall efficiency of generating and deliveringenergy purchased from an off-site source to the site.SOURCE-SITE-EFF includes the generating and transmissionlosses (see Table V.12 for default values).ELECT1 = ENERGY-COSTRESOURCE = ELECTRICITYUNIT = 3413UNIFORM-COST = 0.0MIN-MONTHLY-CHG = 0.0PEAK-LOAD-CHG = 0.0BLOCK = (20, 50, SO)COST = (0.02. 0.015, 0.010)In this example, it is specified that the price of electricity fromthe utility is given in units of 3413 Btu (1 kWh); there is nouniform cost, minimum monthly or demand charges, and the differential-escalationrate for electricity is 5 per cent. The cost perenergy-unit (kWh) is $0.02 for the first 20 kWh in a month, $0.015for the next 50 kWh, and $0.010 for the next SO kWh or more.V.S9(Revised 5/S1)
ENERGY-COST or E-C(User Worksheet)Keyword Abbrev. User InputInputDesc. DefaultRangeMin. Max.RESOURCE R = code-wordUNIT U Btu * O. 1.xlO 6UNIFORM-COST U-C = $/unit * O. Lx 10 3ESCALATION E per cent/yr * O. 100.MIN-MONTHLY-CHG M-M-C = $/month * O. 1. x 10 6MIN-PEAK-LOAD M-P-L = units/hr * O. Lx 10 6PEAK-LOAD-CHG P-L-C = $/units/hr * O. 1. x 10 6SOURCE-SITE-EFF S-S-E Btu/Btu * O. l.BLOCK B No of un its * o. Lx 10 8MULTlPLl ER M = number * O. 745.COST C = $/un it * O. l.x 10 8* Default values are given in Table V.ll.V.90 (Revi sed 5/81)
10. PLANT-COSTSThe PLANT-COSTS instruction specifies a number of parameters used by thePLANT program for calculation of plant equipment life-cycle costs. Additionalinformation required for life-cycle costing is entered via the PLANT-EQUIPMENTand the ENERGY-COST instructions.PLANT -COSTSDISCOUNT-RATELABOR-INFLTNThis command word informs the PDL Processor that the datato follow are related to life-cycle cost analysis.specifies the discount rate (in per cent), which is thefactor used in a present-value method of economic evaluationthat accounts for the time value of money. Itrepresents the "cost of capital" or "the opportunity toearn from normal investment activity," and is used todiscount future recurring costs and/or benefits to presentvalue in decision making. One way of understanding theconcept of present value and discount rate is to think of areduced sum of money being put aside today to cover futurecosts. The discount rate is the interest rate applied tothat sum, compounded each year, to yield in the future anamount exactly equal to the future cost. The same conceptis applied to future benefits, to find their present value.specifies the anticipated yearly percentage increase in thecost of labor, over and above the increase caused by generalinflation (i.e., this is a differential or relative costescalation).The present version of the PLANT program applies the laborinflation rate only to the calculation of maintenance costs,but applies the materials inflation rate (see below) to thecalculation of overhaul costs and replacement costs(including installation of the replacement unit).MATERIALS-INFLTNPROJECT-LIFEspecifies the anticipated yearly percentage increase in thecost of materials, over and above the increase caused bygeneral inflation (i.e., this is a differential or relativecost escalation).The program applies the materials inflation rate to thecalculation of cost for consumables and to the cost ofprocuring replacements. MATERIALS-INFLTN is also appliedto overhaul costs and replacement installation costs.is the period over which life-cycle costs are calculated.This entry should not include the initial construction orinstallation period.LABORspecifies the dollar cost per hour of maintenance labor.The plant program multiplies this value by the annualmaintenance hours (entered with the keyword MAINTENANCE,the PLANT-EQUIPMENT instruction) to obtain annualmaintenance costs.V.91 (Revi sed 5/81)in
SITE-FACTORspecifies a number that can be used to adjust annualequipment-related costs (specifically, the cost of maintenanceand consumables) when these are affected bylocation. In calculating life-cycle costs, the programmultiplies the cost of MAINTENANCE and CONSUMABLES enteredwith the PLANT-EQUIPMENT instruction (or obtained fromdefault values) by the adjustment factor entered withSITE-FACTOR.V.92 (Revised 5/81)
PLANT-COSTS or P-C(User Worksheet)Keyword Abbrev. User InputInputDesc. DefaultRangeMin. Max.DISCOUNT-RATE D-R = per cent/year 10. O. 100.LABOR-INFLTN L-I - per cent/year o. O. 100.MATERIALS-INFLTN M-I per cent/year O. O. 100.PROJECT -LI FE P-L - years 25. 1. 25.LABOR L $/hr 25. O. 100.SITE-FACTOR S-F = number l. O. 100.V.93 (Revised 5/81)
11. REFERENCE-COSTSIf the user wishes to consider the economic tradeoff between various alternativedesigns or determine the cost of changing design parameters, it isimperative that realistic cost data be assigned to PLANT-EQUIPMENT instructions.Because the size of equipment is often unknown at the start of analternative or parametric run (i.e., the user defines SIZE = -999 in thePLANT-EQUIPMENT instruction), the user cannot input actual costs, but must relyupon the defaults of PLANT-EQUIPMENT instruction and sub- sequent scalingrelationships between equipment size and cost (see PLANT-EQUIPMENT) to approximatethe actual costs. The standard defaults for the PLANT-EQUIPMENT instructionare not sufficient for these purposes because material and labor costs arecontinuously changing. The REFERENCE-COSTS instruction is used as a mechanismto adjust these default values so that reasonable costs can be determined.Assigning a value to any of the keywords of the REFERENCE-COSTS instructionautomatically replaces the appropriate standard default values of thePLANT-EQUIPMENT instruction. Such an assignment, however, will not supersedea PLANT-EQUIPMENT keyword explicitly defined by the user.REFERENCE-COSTSTYPESIZE-REFFIRST-COST-REFThis command word informs the PDL Processor that the data tofollow will redefine the default values for thePLANT-EQUIPMENT instructions.is a code-word selected from Table V.2 that identifies thePLANT-EQUIPMENT instructions whose default values are to bechanged. The default values of all PLANT-EQUIPMENT instructionsthat identify the same TYPE of equipment will beredefined in accordance with the scaling law specified in thedescription of PLANT-EQUIPMENT.specifies a new reference equipment size (SIZEref) for theparameter SIZE of Table V.l.specifies a new reference default value (CPref) for thecost parameter FIRST-COST of Table V.I.INSTALLATION-REF specifies a new reference default value (CPref) for thecost parameter INSTALLATION of Table V.I.CONSUMABLES-REFMAINTENANCE-REFLIFE-REFspecifies a new reference default value (CPref) for thecost parameter CONSUMABLES of Table V;l.specifies a new reference default value (CPref) for thecost parameter MAINTENANCE of Table V.I.specifies a new reference default value (CPref) for thecost parameter EQUIPMENT-LIFE of Table V.I.MIN-OVHL-INT-REF specifies a new reference default value (CPref) for thecost parameter MINOR-OVHL-INTV of Table V.I.MIN-OVHL-CST-REF specifies a new reference default value (CPref) for thecost parameter MINOR-OVHL-COST of Table V.I.V.94 (Revised 5/81)
MAJ-OVHL-INT-REF specifies a new reference default value (CPref) for thecost parameter MAJOR-OVHL-INTV of Table V.l.MAJ-OVHL-CST-REF specifies a new reference default value (CPref) for thecost parameter MAJOR-OVHL-COST of Table V.l.If c1, c2, .•. ,c n are the "look-up" costs for sizessnsl' s2' ... , sn take SIZE-REF = 2 andP (c1 c2then X-REF = SIZE-REF x -P x -P xsl s2c n) l/n••• x -P ,snwhere X-REF = FIRST-COST, INSTALLATION, etc., c1, c2,.··' cnare in dollars, and sl' s2' ... ' sn are in Btu/hr.and P is defined in PLANT-EQUIPMENT and Table V.I.Example:An absorption chiller is to be sized by the program to meet thespace cooling loads of a building. In order to reduce the coolingloads, a number of parametric studies are undertaken. If thecost of single-stage absorption chillers rated at 300,000, 600,000,1,200,000, and 1,800,000 Btu/hr is determined to be $15,000,$25,000, $40,000, and $50,000, respectively, the user inputsABS1 = PLANT-EQUIPMENTTYPE = ABSOR1-CHLRSIZE = -999INSTALLED-NUMBER = 1MAX-NUMBER-AVAIL = 1REFERENCE-COSTSTYPE = ABSOR1-CHLRSIZE-REF = 750000FIRST-COST-REF = 32050.0The program calculates the FIRST-COST of the 300,000, 600,000,1,200,000, and 1,800,000 Btu/hr chillers to be $15,383, $24,475,$38,942, and $51,098, respectively, as opposed to $9,290, $14,781,$23,518, and $30,858, whiCh would result by accepting the standarddefault for the PLANT-EQUIPMENT instruction.V.95 (Revised 5/81)
REFERENCE-COSTS or R-C(User Worksheet)InputRangeKeyword Abbrev. User Input Desc. Default Min. Max.TYPE TYPE = code-wordSIZE-REF S-R = Btu/hr O. 1. xl09FIRST-COST-REF F-C-R = '$ O. 1.x10 6INSTALLATION-REF I-R = number O. 100.CONSUMABLES-REF C-R 'f,/hr - o. 1000.MAINTENANCE-REF M-R = hrs/yr O. 1000.LIFE-REF L-R hrs O. 1.x10 6MIN-OVHL-INT-REF MIN-O-I = hrs O. 1. x 105MIN-OVHL-CST-REF MIN-O-C = '$ O. Lx 10 4MAJ-OVHL-INT-REF MAJ-O-I hrs O. 1. x10 5MAJ-OVHL-CST-REF MAJ-O-C = '$ O. 1. x 1 0 4V.96 (Revised 5/81)
12. DAY-ASSIGN-SCHThe DAY-ASSIGN-SCH instruction is used to schedule a LOAD-ASSIGNMENTinstruction.NameU-nameCommandKeywordDAY-ASSIGN-SCH or D-A-SCH LIKEHOURSVALUESTerminatorThis instruction is similar in usage to the DAY-SCHEDULE instruction exceptthat instead of assigning a number by which each of the 24 hourly DAY-SCHEDULEvalues are multiplied (see the keyword SCALE for the DAY-SCHEDULE instruction),a literal specifying the U-name of a LOAD-ASSIGNMENT instruction is defined.U-nameDAY-ASSIGN-SCHAny unique user-defined name must be entered to identify thisinstruction.This command word, informs the POL Processor that the data tofollow will specify a daily schedule for the assignment ofplant equipment.LIKEHOURSVALUESRules:These keywords are defined in the BDL write-up for theDAY-SCHEDULE instruction (see Chap. II, Building DescriptionLanguage) •1. The DAY-ASSIGN-SCH instruction may only be referenced by a schedulelisted in a LOAD-MANAGEMENT instruction.2. DAY-ASSIGN-SCH cannot be nested.Examp 1 es:See the examples discussed in the LOAD-MANAGEMENT instruction.V.97 (Revised 5/81)
13. PLANT-ASSIGNMENTThe special feature of the SYSTEMS program permitting the simulation ofmultiple HVAC system alternatives in a single computer run (see thePLANT-ASSIGNMENT instruction in Chap. IV) is not available in the PLANT program.A separate PLANT run must be executed for each of the HVAC alternativesunder consideration. The function of the PLANT-ASSIGNMENT instruction in thePLANT input is to identify the HVAC system or systems to be supported by theplant equipment. A PLANT-ASSIGNMENT instruction must be specified for eachseparate PLANT run. A separate PLANT run is initiated each time the instructionINPUT PLANT is specified.------;".---;co;;;::;-------; PLANT -ASS I GNMEN T or P-AU-nameU-nameThe user must enter the U-name of the appropriatePLANT-ASSIGNMENT instruction defined in the SYSTEMS programinput.PLANT-ASSIGNMENT This command word informs the POL Processor that the energydemands of the HVAC system or systems referenced by U-nameare to be met by PLANT equipment.-Rules: 1. A maximum of 40 different PLANT runs may beaccomplished in a single submittal. These runsmay reference any of the 4 U-names assigned inSYSTEMS.2. If a building has more than one PLANT a separatesimulation must be made for each PLANT. The resultsare not summed by the progam.3. If a PLANT-ASSIGNMENT instruction is defined inSYSTEMS, a PLANT-ASSIGNMENT instruction is required inPLANT.Example:INPUT SYSTEMSPAl; PLANT-ASSIGNMENTSYSTEM-NAMES; (SYS-l, SYS-2)PA2 ; PLANT-ASSIGNMENTSYSTEM-NAMES; (SYS-3) .•END ..COMPUTE SYSTEMSINPUT PLANTV.98 (Revised 5/81)
PAl; PLANT-ASSIGNMENTEND ..COMPUTE PLANT ••INPUT PLANT ..PA2 ; PLANT-ASSIGNMENTEND ..COMPUTE PLANT .•In the example above, three separate HVAC systems arespecified. SYS-l and SYS-2 will be supported by thePLANT equipment of the first run and SYS-3 by PLANTequipment in the second run.V.99 (Revised 5/81)
14. PLANT-REPORTThe PLANT-REPORT instruction is used to select VERIFICATION and/or SUMMARYreports for the PLANT program.The time period(s) covered in the PLANT-REPORTs are the RUN-PERIODinterval(s), see RUN-PERIOD instruction.PLANT-REPORTVERIFICATIONSUMMARYThis command word informs the POL Processor that the data tofollow will select the PLANT program output reports that areto be printed.specifies a list of code-words from Table V.14 that identifythe VERIFICATION reports to be printed.specifies a list of code-words from Table V.14 that identifythe SUMMARY reports to be printed.Example:The following example selects three PLANT VERIFICATION and fivePLANT SUMMARY reports.PLANT -REPORTVERIFICATION = (PV-A, PV-B, PV-C)SUMMARY = (BEPS, PS-A, PS-B, PS-C, PS-D) ..V.lOO (Revised 5/81)
PLANT-REPORT or P-R(User Worksheet)Keyword Abbrev. User InputInputDesc.RangeDefault Max. Min.VERIFICATION V =SUMMARY S =list ofcode-wordslist ofcode-wordsPV-APS-APS-BPS-DV.101(Revised 5/81)
TABLE V.14PLANT Program ReportsCode-WordPV-APV-BPV-CPV-DPV-EPV-GPV-HALL-VERIFICATIONPS-APS-BPS-CPS-DPS-GPS-HPS-IPS-JBEPSALL-SUMMARYVERIFICATIONEquipment SizesCost <strong>Reference</strong> DataEquipment CostsCost of UtilitiesEquipment Load RatiosEquipment QuadraticsLife-Cycle ParametersPrint All Verification ReportsSUMMARYPlant Energy Utilization SummaryMonthly Peak and Total Energy UseEquipment Part Load OperationPlant Load SatisfiedElectric Loads Scatter PlotEquipment Use StatisticsEquipment Life-Cycle CostsPlant Life-Cycle Cost SummaryEstimated Building EnergyPerformancePrints All Summary ReportsV.I02 (Revised 5/81)
15. HOURLY-REPORTThe HOURLY-REPORT instruction directs the program to print the hourlyvalues of all variables specified in one or more REPORT-BLOCK instructions. Ageneral description of the HOURLY-REPORT instruction is given in Chap. II,Building Description Language.HOURLY-REPORTREPORT-SCHEDULEREPORT-BLOCKThis command word informs the PDL processor that the data tofollow are related to hourly output reports.is the U-name of a SCHEDULE instruction that defines theperiod for which the user wishes hourly output reportsgenerated.specifies a list of U-named REPORT-BLOCK instructions thatdefine the group of variables the user would like output inthis HOURLY-REPORT.For information on requesting plotted output of HOURLY-REPORT data seeHOURLY-REPORT in LOADS.All hourly report hours are in standard time.V.I03 (Revised 5/81)
----.c;-;-------- ; HOURLY-REPORT or H-R*U-name(User Worksheet)InputKeyword Abbrev. User Input Desc.RangeDefault Max. Min.LIKE ; U-nameREP ORT -SCHE DULE R-SCH ; U-nameREPffi T -BLOCK R-B ;( List ofU-namesOPTION 0 code-wordAXIS-ASSIGN A-A ;( list ofintegersAXIS-TITLES A-T ;( 1 i st ofliteralsAXIS-MAX A-MAX ;( ) 1 i st ofnumbersAXIS-MIN A-MIN ;( 1 i st ofnumbersDIVIDE ;( list ofnumbersPRINT1 1 21.00*Mandatory entry if HOURLY-REPORT is specified.V.104(Revi sed 5/81)
16. REPORT-BLOCKThe REPORT-BLOCK instruction is used to select and specify a group ofvariables for an hourly output report. A general description of theREPORT-BLOCK instruction is given in Chap. II, Building Description Language.REPORT-BLOCKVARIABLE-TYPEVARIABLE-LISTThis command tells the program that the data to followspecify the variables to be included in an HOURLY-REPORT.is a code-word selected from Tables V.15 through V.30 thatdefines the type of variables the user wishes to report.Each code-word is equated to the keyword VARIABLE-TYPE intnese tables.is a list of code-numbers that designate which variablesare to be included in the HOURLY-REPORT. (See tables ofVARIABLE-TYPE.)V.105 (Revised 5/81)
------c-:-;------- = REPORT-BLOCK or R-B*U-narne(User Worksheet)InputKeyword Abbrev. User Input Desc.RangeDefault Min. Max.LIKE = U-nameVARIABLE-TYPE V-T = code-wordVARIABLE-LIST V-L =( list ofcode-numbers*Mandatory entry if REPORT-BLOCK is specified.V.106 (Revised 5/81)
TABLE V.15VARIABLE-TYPE; GLOBALVARIABLE-LIST FORTRAN Variable Description12Ambient temperature, ofOutside wet-bulb temperature, ofTABLE V.16VARIABLE-TYPE; PLANTVARIABLE-LISTFORTRAN Variable1234 IHON5 ICON6789101112131415161718DescriptionSYSTEMS heating load, BtuSYSTEMS cooling load, BtuSYSTEMS electric load, BtuStandby heating flagStandby cooling flagTotal PLANT heating load, BtuTotal PLANT cooling load, BtuTotal PLANT electric load, BtuTotal PLANT fuel use, BtuSpace heating load satisfied by solar, BtuHeating LOAD-ASSIGNMENT pointerCooling LOAD-ASSIGNMENT pointerElectric LOAD-ASSIGNMENT pointerGas and oil resource consumed elsewherethan PLANT, BtuHot water resource consumed elsewhere thanPLANT, BtuV.107 (Revised 5/81)
VARIABLELIST12345678910111213141516FORTRANVariableTABLE V.17VARIABLE-TYPE = HEAT-RECOVERYDescriptionDemand at level 1Demand at level 2Demand at level 3Demand at level 4Demand at level 5Heating load to be addressed by HEAT-RECOVERY.This load is the total heating load as reducedby the solar contribution to the space heatingloads identified in Table V.31.Heating load after all solar and heat recoverycontribution, but before the hot water storagetank contributesTotal recovered energy from all levelsTotal recoverable energy wastedWasted recoverable double-bundle chiller heat(reject to tower)Recovered energy stored in hot water storagetank th i s hourEnergy demanded from boiler by hot water storagetankSolarSolarSolarSolarenergyenergyenergyenergyavailable for space heatingavailable for process/dhw heatingavailable for coolingsupplied through heat recoveryTABLE V.18VARIABLELIST12345678910VARIABLE-TYPEFORTRANVariablePLRFRACHIRCOR= STM-BOILER or HW-BOILERDescriptionHeating load, BtuElectric input, BtuFuel input, BtuSizes runningNominal capacity, BtuAverage part-load ratioFraction of hour boiler was onFuel consumption correction factorV.108 (Revised 5/81)
TABLE V.19VARIABLE-TYPE: ELEC-STM-BOILER, ELEC-HW-BOIILER, or ELEC-DHW-HEATERVARIABLELIST12345678FORTRANVariableLOSSDescriptionHeating load, BtuElectric energy consumption, BtuSizes runningNominal capacity, BtuLosses from machineTABLE V.20VARIABLELISTVARIABLE-TYPEFffiTRANVariableABSOR1-CHLR, ABSOR2-CHLR, or ABSORS-CHLRDescription1234567891011121314151617RCAPCAPPLPLRTTOWRCHWTHIR1HIR2HIRHIRSCooling load, BtuElectric energy consumed, BtuSteam energy input, BtuCooling tower load, BtuSizes runningNominal capacity, BtuAvailable capacity ratio, Btu/BtuAvailable capacityAverage part-load ratioOperating part-load ratioEntering condenser temperatureLeaving chilled water temperatureHeat input ratio temperature correctionHeat input ratio part-load correctionAdjusted heat input ratioSolar correction to heat input ratioV.109 (Revi sed 5/81)
TABLE V. 21VARIABLE-TYPE = HERM-CENT-CHLR, OPEN-CENT-CHLR, OPEN REC-CHLR, HERM-REC-CHLRVARIABLE-LISTFORTRANVariable12345678 RCAP9 CAP10 PLR11 FRAC12 ECT13 CHWT14 EIRI15 EI R216 EIRN17 ELECH18 FANEDescriptionCooling load, BtuFalse load, BtuElectric energy consumed, BtuCooling tower load, BtuSizes runningNominal capacity, BtuAvailable capacity ratioAvailable capacityOperating part-load ratioFraction of hour machine ranEntering condenser temperatureLeaving chilled water temperatureElectric input ratio temperature correctionElectric input ratio part-load correctionAdjusted electric input ratioRejected electrical heatCondenser fan energyTABLE V. 22VARIABLE-TYPE = DBUN-CHLRVARIABLELISTFORTRANVariable12345678 RCAP9 CAP10 PLR11 FRAC12 ECT13 CHWT14 EIR115 EIR216 EIR317 EIRW18 HTRECDescriptionCooling load, BtuFalse load, BtuElectric energy consumption, BtuCooling tower load, BtuSizes runningNominal capacity, BtuAvailable capacity ratioAvailable capacityOperating part-load ratioFraction of hour machine ranEntering condenser water temperatureLeaving chilled water temperatureElectric input ratio temperature correction factorElectric input ratio part-load correction factorElectric input ratio heat recovery correction factorCorrected electric input ratioRecoverable heatV.110 (Revised 5/81)
TABLE V.23VARIABLE-TYPE = COOLING-TWR, CERAMIC-TWRVARIABLE-LISTFORTRAN Variable1 EQDEM (1, ITOWR)23 EQDEM(3,ITDWR4,56 ISIZE7 OPCAP (ITOWR)8 GPM9 MI NCEL10 RANGE11 APP12 ISPEED13 Rl14 R215 RFACT16 RF17 AREA18 NCELL19 TTOWR20 EFAN21 EPUMP22 RAPPLG23 FRAC24 IDCSCH25 ISCDescriptionCooling tower load, BtuElectrical energy consumed, BtuNumber of cells runningNominal operating capacity, BtuWater flow rate, gpmMinimum number of cells that can runTemperature drop throu~h tower, ofApproach to wet-bulb, FFan speed indexRating factor correction for rangeRating factor correction for approachan d wet-bu 1 bRating factor at full cfm, TU/gpmRating factor at actual cfm, TU/gpmTower area needed, TUNumber of cells runningTower temperature, ofFan energy, BtuPump energy, BtuApproach needed when temperature floatingFraction of hour that fans ran at ISPEEDCooling tower direct cooling scheduleCooling tower direct cooling flagV.111 (Revised 5/81)
TABLE V.24VARIABLE-TYPE = DIESEL-GENVARIABLE-LIST12345678910111213141516171819202122FORTRAN VariableDescriptionElectric load, BtuFa 1 se load, BtuFuel energy consumed, BtuSizes runningNominal capacity, BtuActual output (includes false load), BtuPart load ratioEfficiency of diesel engineRatio of jacket heat/fuel energyJacket heat recoverable, BtuRatio of lube oil heat/fuel energyLube oil heat recoverable, BtuRatio of exhaust heat/fuel energyExhaust energy available, BtuEngine exhaust temperature, ofExhaust flow, lbsExhaust heat exchange UA-factor, Btu/oFExhaust stack temperature, ofRecoverable exhaust energy, BtuRecoverable jacket + lube energy, BtuTABLE V.25VARIABLE-TYPEGTURB-GENVARIABLE-LIST FORTRAN Variable Description12345678910111213Electric load, BtuFuel energy consumed, BtuSizes runningNominal capacity, BtuActual load (including false load), BtuPart load ratioExhaust gas flow, lbsEngine exhaust gas temperature, ofExhaust heat exchange UA-factor,Btu(FExhaust stack temperature, ofRecoverable exhaust.energy, BtuV.112(Revised 5/81)
TABLE V.26VARIABLE-LIST12345678FORTRAN VariableVARIABLE-TYPE = STURB-GENDescriptionElectric load, BtuSteam energy input, BtuSizes runningNominal capacity, BtuSteam losses, lbHeat available for recovery, BtuTABLE V.27VARIABLE-U ST123456789101112131415VARIABLE-TYPE = HTANK-STORAGEFORTRAN VariableDescriptionEnergy del ivered, BtuElectric energy consumed, BtuEnergy stored, BtuSizes runningOperating capacity, BtuHeat available to be given out, BtuHeat requested for storage, BtuHeat needed to prevent freezing, BtuStorage demand fla~Tank temperature, FTank loss, BtuHeat in tank (relative to O°F), BtuUseful heat in tank, BtuV.113(Revised 5/81)
TABLE V.28VARIABLE-TYPE = CTANK-STORAGEVARIABLE-LIST FORTRAN Variable Description1234567891011121314Cooling energy delivered, BtuElectric energy consumed, BtuCooling energy stored, BtuSizes runningOperating capacity, BtuCooling energy available to be givenout, BtuCooling energy requested for storage, BtuHeat needed to prevent freezing, BtuTank temperature, ofTank loss, BtuHeat in tank (relative to O°F), BtuUseful cold in tank, BtuTABLE V.29VARIABLE-TYPE = FURNACEVARIA8LE-LIST123456789FORTRAN VariableEQDEM(l,5)EQDEM{3,5)EQDEM{4,5)ISIZEOPCAP(5)PLRHIRCORDescriptionSpace heating loadElectric energy consumedFue 1 con sumedSizes runningOperating capacityAverage part load ratioFuel consumption correction factorTABLE V.30VARIABLE-TYPE = DHW-HEATERVARIABLE-LIST123456789FORTRAN VariableEQDEM{1,6)EQDEM{3,6)EQDEM{4,6)ISIZEOPCAP(6)PLRHIRCORDescriptionProcess or domestic hot water loadElectricity consumedFuel consumedSizes runningOperating capacityPart-load ratioFuel consumption correction factorV.114 (Revised 5/81)
VI.ECONOMICS PROGRAMA.B.C.I NTRODUC TI ON . .l.2.3.4.5.TABLE OF CONTENTSBackgroundLife-cycle Costing ~lethodologyEconomics Description Language (EDL)Instruction Sequence .....EDL Input Instruction Limitations.EDL INPUT INSTRUCTIONSl.2.3.4.COMPONENT-COST .BASELINE ....ECONOMICS-REPORTOther EDL CommandsECONOMIC EVALUATION METHODS.l.2.3.Method I: Ranking by Life-Cycle CostsMethod II: Ranking Retrofit Alternatives UsingInvestment Statistics ......... .... .Method III: Comparison of New Building DesignsUsing Investment Statistics .......... .PageV]'1V].1V]'2V]'4V]'5V]'5V]'6V]'6V]'9V]'12V]'12VI.13V]' 13V]'14VI.16(Revised 5/81)
VI.ECONOMICS PROGRAMA. INTRODUCTION1. Background.The life-cycle costing methodology used in the <strong>DOE</strong>-2 economics evaluationis based on that described in <strong>DOE</strong> <strong>Manual</strong> ERDA-76/130, "Life Cycle CostingEmphasizing Energy Conservation" (Ref. 4). These guidelines were developed inresponse to rapidly rising energy costs and the resulting need to examineexisting and proposed <strong>DOE</strong> buildings to determine what modifications would beboth cost effective and energy conserving.In the life-cycle costing method, the capital, operations, and energycosts of a building are calculated over the life-cycle of the building. Forcomparison of alternatives and retrofits, a few numbers, called "investmentstatistics," are also calculated. These statistics measure the cost-effectivenesscompared to a reference or "baseline" case.In <strong>DOE</strong>-2, cost calculations are made in both the PLANT and ECONOMICSprograms. The PLANT program calculates energy costs and plant (primary)equipment capital and operating costs. The corresponding input data areentered in PDL using the PLANT-EQUIPMENT, PLANT-COSTS, and REFERENCE-COSTSinstructions. PLANT passes the following information to ECONOMICS:a. Discount rate (%)b. Labor inflation rate (%)c. Materials inflation rate (%) specified by user in PDLd. Project lifetime (yrs)e. Labor cost ($/hr)f. Plant equipment cost ($)g. Life-cycle cost for replaCing plant equipment ($)h. Annual energy use at the site (Btu)i. Annual energy use at the source (Btu)j. Present value of energy cost for each year of the project1 ifetime ($)k. Present value of plant operating costs for each year of theproject lifetime ($)Costs for nonplant components, which can include secondary systems,insulation, control systems, solar collectors, etc., are calculated in theECONOMICS program. Cost data for these items are entered by the user in EDLusing COMPONENT-COST instructions. In the following, nonplant costs aresometimes referred to as "building costs" to distinguish them from plant costs.ECONOMICS adds plant costs and building costs to arrive at an overalllife-cycle cost. It also computes the following economic measures or"investment statistics."• Investment• Energy and non-energy cost savingsVI.l (Revised 5/81)
• Energy use savings• Ratio of total cost savings to investment• Ratio of energy use savings to investment• Discounted payback periodThese quantities are calculated by comparing costs and energy use for theproject under analysis with those input by the user for a baseline case.Baseline data are entered in EDL using the BASELINE instruction.Example runs illustrating the use of the ECONOMICS program may be foundin the User's Guide and in the Sample Run Book.2. Life-cycle Costing Methodology.In this section, a brief description is given of the terminology andmethodology used in the <strong>DOE</strong>-2 life-cycle cost calculations. Further detailscan be found in Ref. 4.The project lifetime is the period, in years, over which the life-cyclecost analysis is made. In <strong>DOE</strong>-2 this can be between 1 and 25 years and isspecified in POL. The life-cycle cost is the total cost of an item over theproject lifetime. For a cost that recurs every year, such as energy cost, the1 ife-cycle cost (LCC) isLCCNL C nn=lwhere N is the project lifetime and C n is the cost in the nth year.Rather than use the actual cost in year "n", the program calculates thepresent value of the cost, which is given byC ( i)nn (present value) = C 1 + dwhere C is the cost in current dollars, i is the cost inflation rate(relative to general inflation), and d is the discount rate. For example, ifProject lifetime25 yearsDi scount rate = 10 %Energy inflation rate = 5% (above general inflation)C = ~1000 (annual energy cost in today's dollars),then the present value of the energy cost in year 10, say, would beC 10(present value) = ~1000 (i : g:~6) 10= ~1000~1000= ~ 628.(0.955)10(0.628)VI.2 (Revi sed 5/81)
The present value of the energy cost over the project's life cycle would thenbeLCC =25Ln=l25= " 1000 (1.05)nL.J 1.10n=l1000 (14. 436 )H4,436Note that without discounting (i.e., without present-valuing), the life-cyclecost would be 25 x $1000 = $25,000.In 00E-2, non-energy costs are broken down into three categories.• First cost• Operations cost• Replacement costThe first cost is the purchase price of an item, including installation.Operations cost includes expenses, such as maintenance and overhauls requiredto keep the item in working condition. The replacement cost is the capitalcost (including installation) of replacing an item at the end of its usefullife. In 00E-2, the residual value (the fraction of remaining useful lifetimes the capital cost) of the item at the end of the analysis period is notconsidered.A primary application of 00E-2 is cost-benefit analysis of energy conservationprojects (ENCOP's). In this type of analysis, a baseline buildingis first analyzed to determine its costs and energy use. The building is thenmodified to conserve energy and run through 00E-2 again. If the baselineenergy use and cost data from the first run are entered in EDL of the secondrun (using the BASELINE instruction), then the program will assess the costeffectiveness of the ENCOP.The quantities that enter the cost effectiveness analysis are thefollowing.• Investment• Incremental investment• Cost savings• Energy savings• Savings-to-investment ratio (SIR)• Energy savings to investment ratio• ~iscounted payback period.The ENCOP investment is the sum of the life-cycle first cost and replacementcost for all plant and nonplant cost items.VI.3 (Revised 5/81)
ENCOP investment(first cost) + (replacement cost) for allcomponentsSubtracting from this the baseline first cost and baseline replacementcost gives the incremental investment.Incremental investment = (ENCOP investment) - (baseline first cost) -(baseline replacement cost)The cost savings is the difference between the life-cycle energy andoperations cost of the baseline and that of the ENCOP.Cost savings = (energy cost + operations cost)b~seline- (energy cost + operations costJENCOPThe energy use in <strong>DOE</strong>-2 is calculated both at the site (i.e., at thebuilding boundary) and at the source, and energy savings for both cases arecalculated in ECONOMICS.The savings-to-investment ratio (SIR) is just the cost savings divided bythe incremental investment.SIRcost savings~ incremental investmentAn SIR that is greater than 1.0 means that the ENCOP is cost effective. Thehigher the SIR, the more cost effective is the ENCOP.The energy-savin s-to-investment ratio gives the number of Btu's saved (overthe project lifetime per dollar invested.Energy-savings-to-investment ratioenergy savingsincremental investmentThe last quantity, discounted payback period, is the number of years ittakes the accumulated cost savings to equal the incremental investment. Forexample, if the present value of the cost savings in years 1 through 5 is$1000, $900, $800, $700, and $600, respectively, and the incremental investmentis $2700, then the payback period is 3.0 years.A cost-effective ENCOP has a payback period that is less than the projectlifetime. The shorter the payback period, the more cost-effective is theENCOP.3. Economics Description Language (EDL).A general discussion of Building Description Language (BDL), includingrules, syntax, notation, etc., can be found in Chap. II. The EconomicsDescription Language (EDLJ is that portion of BDL that is solely applicable tothe ECONOMICS program. Section B of this chapter describes the EDLinstructions (COMPONENT-COST, BASELINE, and ECONOMICS-REPORT).VI.4 (Revised 5/81)
4. Instruction SequenceIn general, the instructions for the ECONOMICS program may be arranged inany order the user desires. However, the following rules must be observed.a. Data entry to the ECONOMICS program must begin with the programcontrol instructionINPUT ECONOMICSb. fJ.ny applicable EDL instructions can then be entered in anydesired order.c. To indicate that data entry is complete, the user must enterthe program control instructionEND ..d. The processor is instructed to initiate calculations by theprogram control instructionCOMPUTE ECONOMICS ..e. Because the ECONOMICS program is the final module of the LSPEprogram sequence, the last instruction must beSTOP .•5. EDL Input Instruction Limitations.The maximum number of EDL instructions that the program can accept ina single run is shown on Table V1.1 below.TABLE V 1. 1EDL LIMI TATIONS•EDL InstructionCOMPONENT-COSTBASELINEECONOMICS-REPORTU-namesMax imum Number151187**Specifying output reports by code-word (ES-A, ES-C, etc.) will resultin the use of one of these U-names for each report.VI.5 (Revised 5/81)
B. EDL INPUT INSTRUCTIONS1. COMPONENT-COSTThis instruction is used to specify cost data for nonplant components(first cost, installation cost, annual cost, and cost of major and minor. overhauls). Nonplant components are here defined a everything except theprimary energy conversion equipment, such as boilers, chillers, dieselgenerators, gas turbines, storage tanks, etc. (see Chapter V). A nonplantcomponent can be anything from roof insulation, to an HVAC system, to a solarcollector system, to an entire buiding.Cost for up to 15 different nonplant components can be specified, using aseparate COMPONENT-COST instruction for each. The ECONOMICS program calculatesthe present value of the life-cycle costs for the components.The User Worksheet for the COMPONENT-COST instruction is shown on thenext page.COMPONENT-COSTU-nameUNIT-NA~JEThis command word informs the EDL processor that the data tofollow (and applicable default values) define the costs of aparticular non-plant component. All costs entered with thefollowing keywords should be in current dollars.is any unique user-defined name that may be entered toidentify this instruction, but none is required.is any word of sixteen or fewer characters, enclosed inasterisks, that describes the size or type of unit to whichthe unit costs subsequently specified are referenced, forexample, SQFT, TONS, LBS, FEET. This data entry is for userconvenience in identification of input data.NUMBER-OF-UNITS specifies the number of units of type or size described above(see keyword UNIT-NAME) that are to be costed. The programmultiplies the unit costs by this value to obtain the totalcost of the component. This data entry may be omitted if thecomponent specified is a single unit.FIRST-COSTINSTALL-COSTspecifies initial cost per unit, in dollars, excluding installation.specifies unit maintenance (labor) and consumables (materials)cost per year for the component. The differentiallabor inflation rate is applied to annual cost if entry ismade for keyword LABOR-INFLTN in the PLANTS-COSTS instructionin PDL.COMPONENT-LIFE specifies the component's useful 1 ife, in years. The programuses this value to calculate life-cycle replacementcosts. For example if COMPONENT-LIFE=n is specified.VI.6 (Revised 5/81)
U-name= COMPONENT-COST or C-CInputRangeKeyword Abbrev. User Input Oesc. Oefaul t Mi n . Max.UNIT-NAME U-N * *NUMBER-OF-UNITS N-O-U = Number 1 0 1xl05FIRST-COST F-C $ O. O. 1. x107INSTALL-COST I-C $ O. O. 1. x106COMPONENT -LI FE C-L Years 999. 0.1 100.ANNUAL-COST A-C = $ O. O. 1. x104MIN-OVHL-INT ~I! N-O-I Years 999. 0.1 50.MIN-OVHL-COST MIN-O-C = $ O. O. 1. x105MAJ-OVHL-INT MAJ-O-I Years 999. 0.1 50.MAJ-OVHL-COST MAJ-O-C = $ O. O. 2.x105aaAny word of 16 characters or fewer, enclosed in asterisks, that describesthe size or type of unit.V]'7 (Revi sed 5/81)
ANNUAL-COSTMIN-OVHL-INTMIN-OVHL-COSTMAJ-OVHL-INTMAJ-OVHL-COSTExample:SOL-COLreplacement and installation cost are calculated at intervalsof n years, up to the lifetime of the project. The defaultvalue for COMPONENT-LIFE is 999 years, so that if this keywordis not specified, replacement costs will be ignored.specifies the unit maintenance (labor) and consumables(materials) cost per year for the component.specifies the anticipated time, in years, between minoroverhauls of the component.specifies, in dollars, the cost of a minor overhaul of oneunit of the component.specifies, in years, the anticipated time between majoroverhauls for the component.specifies, in dollars, the cost of a major overhaul of oneunit of the component.COMPONENT-COSTUNIT-NAME = *SQFT*NUMBER-OF-UNITS = 2000FIRST-COST = 25INSTALL-COST = 3ANNUAL-COST = 0.50COMPONENT-LIFE = 15SOL-TANK = COMPONENT-COSTSOL-PUMP = COMPONENT-COSTFIRST-COST = 1500INSTALL-COST = 200FIRST-COST = 1000INSTALL-COST = 100COMPONENT-LIFE = 10MINOR-OVHL-COST = 200MIN-OVHL-INT = 2 ..Cost data have been given for three components associated with a solarheating system: the collector, a storage tank, and a pump. The respectiveU-names for these cost items are SOL-COL, SOL-TANK, and SOL-PUMP.The collector has an area of 2000 ft2. A UNIT-NAME of SQFT has beenchosen to remind the user that the costs to follow are "per square foot." Thepurchase price is ~25/ft2, installation is ~3/ft2, and annual maintenancecosts ~0.50/ft2. The collector will be replaced after 15 years. Major andminor overhauls do not apply, so that overhaul costs have been allowed todefault to zero.The storage tank has a purchase price of ~1500, and costs ~200 toinstall. As there is only one tank, the keyword NUMBER-OF-UNITS has beenVI.B(Revised 5/B1)
allowed to default to 1.0. The UNIT-NA~lE is omitted as it is for userconvenience only in identifying the unit size. Annual costs and overhaulcosts are assumed to be zero. The lifetime of the tank is unspecified andtherefore will default to 999 years. Therefore, no replacements costs willbe calcul ated.The pump has a purchase price of $1000, costs $100 to install, has anannual maintenance cost of $100, and will last 10 years. It requires a minoroverhaul every two years costing $200.2. BASEL! NEThis instruction is used to specify the baseline condition against whichan alternative energy conservation project can be evaluated. The baselinefigures may have been obtained from a previous <strong>DOE</strong>-2 run, or they may be basedon actual operating data for the building under consideration. In eithercase, the ECONOMICS program compares the calculated life-cycle costs of thepresent run with the baseline figures, to arrive at a dollar and energysavings relative to the baseline case. From this comparison, the programcalculates the statistics described in Sec. A that provide a measure of theinvestment cost effectiveness of the energy conservation alternative underconsideration.The User Worksheet for the BASELINE instruction is reproduced on the nextpage.BASELINEU-nameFIRST-COSTREPLACE-COSTThis command word tells the EDL Processor that data definingthe baseline or reference case follow.is any unique user-defined name that may be entered toidentify this instruction, but none is required.specifies, in dollars, the total baseline initial costs,including installation. If the baseline is an existing,unmodified building, the value of FIRST-COST should be zero.specifies, in dollars, the present value of the life-cyclebaseline replacement cost for plant and nonplant components.OPERATIONS-COST specifies a list, up to 25 values, of baseline operationscosts (present value, in dollars) for each year of the projectlife. If the project life is N years (as specified in PDL)then N values of operations costs must be given sequentiallyfor years 1, 2, ... , N.VI.9 (Revised 5/81)
U-name; BASELI NEInputRanseKe,:tword Abbrev. User Ineut Desc. Default Min. Max.FIRST-COST F-C ;'$ O. O. 1. x10 6REPLACE-COST R-C ;'$ O. O. 1. x10 6OPERATIONS-COST O-C ; list of O. O. 1.x105'$ENERGY-COST E-C ; list of O. O. 1.x10 6'$ENERGY-USE-SITE E-U-S ITE 106 Btu O. O. 1.x10 8ENERGY-USE-SRC E-U-SRC ; 10 6 Btu O. O. 1. x10 8VI .10 (Revised 5/81)
ENER GY -COSTspecifies a list, up to 25 values, of baselin·e energy costs(present value, in dollars) for each year of the projectlife. If the project life is N years (as specified in POL),the N values of energy cost must be given sequentially foryears 1, 2, ... , N.ENERGY-USE-SITE specifies the baseline annual energy use, in 10 6 Btu at thesite, i.e., at the building boundary.ENERGY-USE-SRCspecifies the baseline annual energy use, in 106 Btu at thesource. For example, if electricity production by a utllnyhas an overall efficiency, including transmission losses, of1/3, then 1 kWh (3413 Btu) of electricity use at the sitewould correspond to 3 x 3413 = 10,239 Btu of energy use at thesource.Table VI.2 shows what output report to refer to for values of the abovekeywords if baseline data are to be taken from a previous <strong>DOE</strong>-2 run.TABLE V I. 2OUTPUT REPORTS FOR BASELINE VALUESKeyword Outp ut Report Designation in ReportFIRST-COST ECOIWMICS, ES-B FIRST-COST (INCLUDINGINSTALLATION), TOTALREP LACE -COST ECONOMICS, ES-B REPLACEMENTS, TOTALOPERATIONS-COST ECONat'IICS, ES-A OPRNS COST - THIS RUN,TOTAL, YEAR 1, 2, 3, etc.ENERGY-COST ECONOMICS, ES-A ENERGY COST - THIS RUN,YEAR 1, 2, 3, etc.ENERGY-USE-SITE ECONOMICS, ES-C ANNUAL ENERGY USE - THISRUN, AT SITEENERGY-USE-SRC ECONOMICS, ES-C AN NUAL EN ER GY USERUN, AT SOURCEExamp Ie:BASELINE FIRST-COST = 63000 REPLACE COST = 28500OPERATIONS COST = (10100, 9300, 8600, 7500, 6200,5900, 4800, 4200, 3600, 3300)ENERGY-COST = (84300, 80480, 76900, 73400, 70100 166900, 63900, 61100, 58300, 55700)ENERGY-USE-SITE = 10120ENERGY-USE-SRC = 20350 ..- THISVI.11 (Revi sed 5/81)
Baseline data have been specified corresponding to a first-cost (includinginstallation) of ~63,000 and a present-value life-cycle replacement cost of~28,500. The present value of the annual operations costs for a 10-year projectlifetime range from ~10,100 in year 1 to $3300 in year 10. Similarly,the present value of the annual energy cost ranges from $84,300 for year 1 to~55,700 for year 10. The baseline annual energy use at the site is 10120 x106 Btu, and at the source is 20350 x 106 Btu.3. ECONOMICS-REPORTThe ECONOMICS program produces four output reports obtained by using theECONOMICS-REPORT instruction (abbreviated E-R). The reports available are.VERIFICATION (or V) =EV-ALife-cycle costing parameters and building component costinput data (default is EV-A)SUMMARY (or S) =ES-AES-BES-CAnnual energy and operations costs and savingsLife-cycle building and plant non-energy costsEnergy savings, investment statistics, and overall life-cyclecosts.ALL SUMMARY All the summary reports, ES-A, ES-B, and ES-C. (Default isES-A.)4. Other EDL CommandsEDL also accepts the following commands.TITLEDIAGNOSTICABORTENDPARAMETERPARAMETRIC-INPUTSET-DEFAULTINPUTCOMPUTEVI.12 (Revised 5/81)
C. ECONOMIC EVALUATION METHODS<strong>DOE</strong>-2 can be used in three different ways to perform an economic analysis.In Method I, the total life cycle cost of different design alternatives is compared.Investment statistics such as payback period and savings-to-investmentratio do not apply. This method may be used to rank new building or retrofitalternatives. In Method II, retrofit alternatives are ranked on the basis ofinvestment statistics. The building before retrofit is defined as the baseline.The investment is the cost of energy-saving modifications to theQaseline building. The savings are given by the difference in life-cycleenergy and operation cost of the modified building relative to the baseline.A <strong>DOE</strong>-2 run is made on the baseline and on each of the alternatives. MethodIII is similar to Method II except that new-building alternatives (rather thanretrofit alternatives) are compared using investment statistics. In thiscase, the alternative with the smallest investment is used as a baseline.1. Method I: Ranking by Life-Cycle Costs.A separate <strong>DOE</strong>-2 run is made on each building design according to thefollowing procedure.A. Procedu re.1. Enter cost data for each building design.a. Enter central plant costs using the keywords FIRST-COST,INSTALLATION, CONSUMABLES, MAINTENANCE, EQUIPMENT-LIFE,MINOR-OVHL-INT, MINOR-OVHL-COST, MAJOR-OVHL-INT, andMAJOR-OVHL-COST in the PLANT-EQUIPMENT instruction in thePLANT program. For existing buildings, specify alsoHOURS-USED for each piece of plant equipment. If HOURSUSED is not specified, the equipment will be considered tobe new, and the first cost of the equipment will be includedin the life-cycle cost calculation. Note that the cost ofa solar collector system is not included in PLANT and,therefore, must be entered by using the COMPONENT-COSTinstruction in the ECONOMICS program.b. In the PLANT input, enter fuel cost and escalation rate,USing an ENERGY-COST instruction for each energy type.c. In the PLANT input, enter project lifetime, discount rate,etc., using the PLANT-COSTS instruction.d. Enter all other costs in the ECONOMICS program input usingCOMPONENT-COST instructions. These costs include thebuilding envelope, secondary systems, solar collectors,control systems, etc. If the overall life-cycie cost ofthe building is desired, all relevant costs must beentered. If only the difference in life-cycle cost betweenalternatives is desired, only the cost items that differbetween the alternatives need be entered.VI. 13 (Revised 5/81)
2. Run <strong>DOE</strong>-2 for each building design.3. Compare total life-cycle costs as given in ECONOMICS Report ES-B.Note:For this method, baseline data need not be specified.Also, the cost savings, investment, savings-to-investmentratio, etc., given in ECONOMICS Report ES-C, do notapp ly.B. Example.An example of Method I is given in the User Guide, Section8.B.1, in which the life-cycle cost of a building with apackaged variable air volume system is compared with the lifecycle cost of the same building with a heat pump system.C. Cost Minimization by Parametric Runs.Method I may be used to evaluate any parameter of the design byplotting the total life-cycle costs for several different valuesof the parameter. Sufficient runs should be made to produce asmooth curve in the neighborhood of the minimum total life-cyclecost. The optimum value for the parameter corresponds to thisminimum.2. Method II: Ranking Retrofit Alternatives Using Investment Statistics.This method applies to an existing building that is being modified tomake it energy efficient. The primary concern is whether the investment tomodify the building is cost-effective. In other words, are the energy andoperations cost savings over the project lifetime greater than the investment,or is the payback period (the number of years to recover the investment)short enough to be financially attractive. To use this method, <strong>DOE</strong>-2 isfirst run on the baseline building before modifications are made. The programis then run a second time on the modified building. Selected numbers from thefirst run are input in the ECONOMICS BASELINE instruction in the second run.ECONOMICS Report ES-C of the second run gives the investment statistics.A. Procedure.1. For the baseline run enter plant equipment costs, energy costs,nonplant costs, project lifetime, etc., as in Method I. Be sureto specify HOURS-USED for each plant component since this is anexisting building. Also, be sure to get ECONOMICS Reports ES-A,ES-B, and ES-C.2. Repeat step 1 for the modified building, with one exception:some numbers from ECONOMICS Report ES-A, ES-B, and ES-C of thebaseline run must be entered in the BASELINE instruction in theECONOMICS input for the modified building. The BASELINEkeywords and the corresponding ES-A, ES-B, and ES-C quantitiesare listed in Table VI.2.VI.14 (Revised 5/81)
3. The investment statistics that determine whether the modificationis cost-beneficial are given in ECONOMICS Report ES-C.B. Examples.Note: The ECONOMICS program need not be run for the baseline ifthe user does not wish to specify nonplant costs. In thiscase, the BASELINE input for subsequent runs can beobtained from PLANT Report PS-J of the baseline run.Examples of Method II are given in the Users Guide, Section 8.B.2,and in the Sample Run Book, Simple Structure Run 3 (baseline) andSimple Structure Run 3A (modification).C. Special Case.If the modification involves adding or replaCing central plantequipment, that equipment must be entered under COMPONENT-COST in theECONOMICS input of the modified building run. It is important thatthe cost of the alternative plant equipment not also be entered inthe PLANT input. To avoid double counting, it is therefore necessaryto set these costs to zero in the PLANT input, as shown in thefollowing example.Ex amp le:Building modification consists of installing an additional boiler of160,000 Btu/hr capacity to a plant with an existing boiler of 450,000Btu/hr capacity.In PLANT SimulatorINPUT PLANT ..EXISTI NG-BOILERADD-BOILEREND ..COMPUTE PLANT ..= PLANT-EQUIPMENTPLANT-EQUIPMENTTYPE = STM-BOILERSIZE = 0.45FIRST-COST = 5000INSTALLATION = 1.2EQUIPMENT-LIFE = 200000HOURS-USED = 50000TYPE = STM-BOILERSIZE = 0.16FIRST-COST = 0CONSUMABLES = 0MAl NTENANCE = 0MINOR-OVHL-COST = 0MAJOR-OVHL-COST = 0VL15(Revised 5/81)
In ECONOMICS SimulatorINPUT ECONOMICS ..ADD-BOILEREND .•COMPUTE ECONor'i1 CSSTOP ..ECONOMICS-REPORT; COMPONENT-COSTBASELINESUMMARY; (ALL-SUMMARY)FIRST-COST; 3000INSTALL-COST; 600ANNUAL-COST ; 300COMPONENT-LIFE; 10FIRST-COST; ...• etc.3. Method III: Comparison of New Building Designs Using InvestmentStatistics.A. Procedure.1. Run <strong>DOE</strong>-2, including ECONOMICS, on the alternative with thesmallest investment. This is the baseline run.2. Run <strong>DOE</strong>-2 on each of the remaining alternatives, using theresults of 1 above, to obtain the appropriate input for theBASELINE instruction (see Table VI.2).3. The investment statistics that determine whether thealternative is cost-beneficial, relative to the design withthe smallest investment, are given in ECONOMICS Report ES-C.: u.s. GOVERNMENT PRINTING OFFICE: 1982 -0- 374-544 V 1.16 (Revi sed 5/81)
LA-7689-M Ver. <strong>2.1</strong>LBL-S706 Rev. 1<strong>DOE</strong>-2REFERENCE MANUALPART 2<strong>Version</strong> <strong>2.1</strong>Group WX-4, Program SupportLos Alamos Scientific LaboratoryLos Alamos, New MexicoMay 1980Supported by the Office of Buildings and Community SystemsAssistant Secretary for Conservation and Solar ApplicationsUnited States Department of EnergyLawrence BerkeleyLaboratoryLos Alamos ScientificLaboratoryPrepared for the U.S. Department of Energy under Contract W-7405-ENG-S
LA-7689-M Ver. <strong>2.1</strong>ALBL-8706 Rev. 2<strong>DOE</strong>-2 REFERENCE MANUAL(<strong>Version</strong> <strong>2.1</strong>A)Part 2May 1981(Revised 5{81)
Part 2CHAPTER VII.REPORTSPageVI1.1A. INTRODUCTION •.1. Standard Reports2. Hourly ReportsB. LOADS OUTPUT REPORT DESCRIPTIONSC. SYSTEMS OUTPUT REPORT DESCRIPTIONSD. PLANT OUTPUT REPORT DESCRIPTIONS.E. ECONOMICS OUTPUT REPORT DESCRIPTIONSVI1.1V I 1.1VI1.1VI1.2V I 1. 56V II. 90VI1.125CHAPTER V III.A. INTRODUCTI ON . .B. WEATHER VARIABLESWEATHER DATAC. WEATHER FILES . .l. TRY . . · ·2. Cal ifornia, CTZ3. TMY . . · ·4. Others.· ·D. SOLAR RADIATION DATAE. DESIGN DAY •..•.F. WEATHER DATA PROCESSING PROGRAMSVII1.1VIII.1VII1.1VIIL2VIII.2VIII.2VIII.2VII1.2VIII.13VIIL13VII1.14APPENDIX VIII.A - NOAA TEST REFERENCE YEAR WEATHER DATA MANUALA. INTRODUCTION...........1. Source. . . . • . • . . . .2. Quality Control Conversions.3. Use of The <strong>Manual</strong> ...••.VIIL17V 1I1.18VIIL19VII1.19VII 1. 20(Revised 5/81)
B. MANUAL AND TAPE NOTATIONS1. Format.....2. <strong>Manual</strong> and TapeC. SPECIAL NOTED. INVENTORY.APPENDIX VIII.B - TMY WEATHER DATA.APPENDIX VIII.C - WEATHER DATA PROCESSING PACKAGEAPPENDIX VIII.D - MISCELLANEOUS WEATHER TAPES.A. AIRWAYS SURFACE OBSERVATIONS, TD1440.B. CD144 WEATHER TAPESC. CTZ WEATHER TAPES •..•..D. WYEC WEATHER TAPES ..•...APPENDIX VIII.E - WEATHER DATA SUMMARIES FOR TRY CITIES.VIII.21VIII.21VIII.21VII1.22V II I. 23VIII.30V III. 35VII 1.44VIII.44.1V II 1. 44.1VIII.44.4V II 1.44.4V II 1.45CHAPTER IX. INDEX OF BDL COMMANDS, KEYWORDS, AND CODE-WORDS IX.1A. LDL..IX.1B. SDLIX.9C. PDLIX.1SD. CBSDLIX.2SE. EDL.IX.39CHAPTER X.LIBRARY DATAA. SCHEDULES LIBRARYB. MATERIALS LIBRARYl.2.3.4.ThermalTherma 1Therma 1Notes .Properties of Building MaterialsProperties of Insulating MaterialsProperties of Air Films and Air SpacesCHAPTER XI. REFERENCES . • . • • . . • . . . . • • . . • .X.1X.A.1X.B.1X.B.2X.B.9X.B.llX.B.12XI.1(Revised 5/S1)
A. INTRODUCTION ....1. Standard Reports2. Hourly Reports.V I I.B. LOADS OUTPUT REPORT DESCRIPTIONSC. SYSTEMS OUTPUT REPORT DESCRIPTIONSD. PLANT OUTPUT REPORT DESCRIPTIONS .REPORTSTABLE OF CONTENTSE. ECONOMICS OUTPUT REPORT DESCRIPTIONSPageVII .1VII.1VII.1VI I. 2V I I. 50VI I. 85VII.1l9
VI1.REPORTSA. INTRODUCTIONTwo types of reports are available to <strong>DOE</strong>-2 users. Standard outputreports are available for each of the four calculational programs, LOADS,SYSTEMS, PLANT, and ECONOMICS (LSPE). Hourly reports that print or plotthe values of user-selected variables for particular hours of the year areavailable for the LOADS, SYSTEMS, and PLANT programs.1. Standard Reports.Each of the LSPE programs offers its own set of standard reports.Samples of these reports appear in the respective chapters of thismanual. Two types of standard reports make up each set,input-verification reports and calculation-summary reports. These reportsare designated LV-A, LV-B, etc., for LOADS verification reports, and LS-A,LS-B, etc., for LOADS summary reports. Similarly, SYSTEMS reports aredesignated SV-A or 55-A, PLANT reports are PV-A or PS-A, and ECONOMICSreports are EV-A or ES-A, for the verification and summary reports. Seethe discussions under Output Report Descriptions in Chaps. III, IV, V, andVI, respectively, for a discussion of the information given in each of thestandard reports available for each of the LSPE programs.2. Hourly Reports.In addition to the information g1ven in the standard reports, theuser may wish to know the values of glven variables for particular hoursduring a run. By using SCHEDULE instructions, he designates the hours forwhich he wishes the values to be printed or plotted, and with theREPORT-BLOCK instruction he chooses the variables, the values of which hewants to know. The HOURLY-REPORT instruction is used to connectparticular REPORT-BLOCK instructions with the desired SCHEDULEinstructions.Detailed discussions on how to use the HOURLY-REPORT, REPORT-BLOCK,and SCHEDULE instructions are in Chap. II. See the sections on theREPORT-BLOCK instruction in Chaps. III, IV, and V for a list of thevariables that may be printed, and their associated code-numbers, for theLOADS, SYSTEMS, and PLANT programs.VI1.1
B. LOADS OUTPUT REPORT DESCRIPTIONSTo fully explain the following sample output reports from LOADS it isnecessary first to display the input data.Since the VERIFICATION reports for LOADS are basicallyself-explanatory (especially after having input the data) no attempt ismade here to describe these particular reports. They simply echo back tothe user the input data, as understood by the LOADS program.The available SUMMARY reports and an example HOURLY-REPORT aredisplayed later in this section of the manual.VII.2
o '";.-.~N,Wo"~,,-Z~~_,"W0%0_N ~--~ ".WW20Z-0~N0~CUi u•" zc~~"W~~%cW"~~'";;"Z-";;~'"0ZC~UW~0~'"~•W '"Zw~C,>~,..~~W"'"~ ~~ ~~•"~"'" W~20Z'"W ..~ ~CZ"> c'"UW;;z-"W ~W ..~ ~"~"~ ~0•'"~~:: "~z~;; c..W~~cW_·,,~ 0-,,~~- ..-~~CW_ 0·,,~,"W~O = ~~Z0~~ ~C"u~~«W~u zc 0'""W_ 0O~•"W N~"-- ..~•c ~wC%u ~c~zw :;~"~ uVII. 3
EXAMPLE BuILDING JA, CHICAGOOUE-2.t 13 MAR 80 lJ.l'l.09 lOl RUN 1REPOIlT- LV-BSUMMARY Of SPACES OCCURRING IN HtE PROJECTNUMBER Of SPACES b EXrER lOR 5 1 NfERIORSPACE SPACE HE IGHfSPACE HUlTJPLlER fYPE IfflAREA(SQ Ff)VOLUME(CU F TIitLENUM-l 1.0 EXT 2.0SPACH-l 1.0 EXT B.OSPACE2-1 1.0 EXT B.OSPACE3-1 1.0 e'T B.OSPACH-l 1.0 EXT B.OSPACE5-1 1.0 INT B.O5000 .. 10000.1056. 8448.456. 3b48.10S6. 8448.456. 3b4A.1';;116. 151108 ..
EXAMPLE DUllOI~G34, CHICAGOOOE-<strong>2.1</strong> 13 MAR 8010.19.09lDL RUN 1REPORT- lV-C OEJAll5 Of SPACEPLENUM-1O..uA FOR SPACEPlENUM-1LOCATICN Of OR(~IN INBUILDING CUORDINATES)(B (FH Y~ (FTI lB IFTIo. o. o.SPACEAlIMUTH(OEG)o.SPACEMUL TlPllER1.0HEIGHTIFTI2.AREA(SQ FT)SOOO.VOLUME(CU fT'10000.TOTALNUMI3EROf SURFACESNU~IH:R OFEXTEftiORSUHACESNUMBER OFINTERIORSURFACESNUMBER OfUNDERGROUNDSURFACES1055o---
EX4HPLE 8UILDING lA, CHICAGO <strong>DOE</strong>-<strong>2.1</strong> 13 MAR 60 10.19.09 lDL RUN 1REPURT- lV-C DETAILS OF SPACE PlENU,"1-1-----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------~--------------(CONTINUEOI--------EXTERIOR SURFACESSUAFACEMULTl PUERAREAiSQ Ff)wrOTH1FT IHEIGHT( F IIU-VAlUE(BTU/SQ FT- SURFACECONS TRUCTION HR-DEG FI T'f PEWALL-1PLTOP-11.01.0100.5000.50.00 2.00100.00 50.00WAlL-l .07 DElAVEOROOF-l .05 LlElAVEDSURFACEW4LL-IPFIIIALL-lPRIIIALL-IP6101 All-I PlTOP-1AZIMUTH(OEG,180.090.0O.270.0lao.oTIllIOEG)90.090.090.090.0o.LOCATION OF ORIGIN INBUILUING COORDINATESX8 (Frl YB IFfI La IFHo. o. o.o. o. o.o. o. o.o. o. o.o. O. 10.00LOCATION OF ORIGIN INSPACE COORDINATESX CFTI Y 1FT. l CFf)o. o. o.o. o. o.o. o. o.o. o. o.o. O. 10.00
eXAMPLE BUilDING lA, CHICAGO <strong>DOE</strong>-l.l 13 loUR 80 l\}.19.09 lDl RUN 1REPORT- lV-C DErAilS OF SPACE SPACE1-1 ----------------------------------------tCDNTINUEOI---____ _----------------------------------------------------------------------UNDERGROUND SURFACESSURFACEMULTIPLIERAREAI SQ FT ICONSTRUCTIONU-VALUEIBTU/SQ FTHR-DEG F IF 1-1t.o1056.FLOOR-l.05WINDO~SWINOOWWF-lDf-lMULT IPLIERt.ot.oAREAI SQ FTJ180.64.SHADINGCOEFF1.001.00NUMBEROFPANESGLASSTYPEINDEXt5SET-BACK WIUTH HEIGHTIFTI 1FT) IFf1o.o.4-5.00B.OO4.00B.OOSKYFORMFACTORGROUNDfORMFACTOR
EXAMPLE BUILDING ~A, CHICAGO om:-<strong>2.1</strong> 13 .... AR 80 10.19.09 LOL RUN 1REPORT- lV-C DErAll~ OF SPACE SPACE2-1 ________ ---------------------------------------------(CONfIN~E01---------------------------------------------------------------- -OATA fO~ SPACE SflACE2-1LOCAr ION OF ORIGIN INBUILDING CuOROINATESSPACEAZIMUTH SPACE HEIGHT AREA VOLUMEXB (FlI 'f6 1FT J lB (FTI I DEG) MULTI PLI ER 1fT J ISQ FTI ICU FHo. o. o. o. t.O B. 4'>6. 3648.fmAL NUM:JER OF NUMBER OF NUMBER OFNUMUER f:XHR.IOR INTERIOR UNOERGKOUNDOF SURFACES SlHfACES SURfACES SURfACES• •NUM~EROF SUBSURfACESTOUL WINOOItS DOORS0
EXA'1PLE 8UILOlriG )A, CtUCAGD <strong>DOE</strong>-2. L 13 MA,R 60 1".19409 LOL RUN 1REPORT- LV-C OETAIL5 OF SPACE 5PALEZ-l --------------------------------------------------ICONTINUEOI--------------------------------------------------------------------LIGHT INGLOADFRACT IONLIGHTING (WA ns/ LOAD OF LOADSCHEIlULE TYPE 5Q FT J (KW) TO 5PACELIGHT5-1 REC-flUOR-RV 3000 O. .80ELECTRICAL Ei,)UIPME'HELEe LOAD ElEe fRACTION OF LOAO TO SPACE(riA rr 5/LOADSCHEDULE SQ FT) , KWI SENSIBLe LATENTEQUIP-1 1.00 O. 1.00 O.INTERIOR SURfACESU-VALUESURFACE HUUIPLIERAREA(SQ FTI CONSTRUCTION(BTU/SQ FT-HR-DEG f J ADJACENT SPACE-'EXTERIOR SURFACESU-VALUESURfACE HUl T 1 PLI Ell.AREA WIDTH(SQ FT J (HIHEIGHT1FT) CONS TRue T IONCBTU/SQ FT-' HR-OEG F)SURFACEH'PERIGHT-l 1.0 .00. 50400 a.oo WALl-l .01 OELAYEDLOCATION OF ORIGIN INLOCATION OF ORIGIN INBUILOING COORDINATESSPACE COORDINATESSURFACEAZIMUTH TIL T« DEGI IDEG. XB IF TI VB IFTI lB 1FT) X 1FT) Y (FTI 1 (FTIRIGHT-l 9040 90.0 100.00 O. O. 100.00 O. O.
l:XAMPLE BJILQINt; lA, CHICAGO 00[-<strong>2.1</strong> 13 MAR BO 10.19.09 lOl RU~ 1REPORT- LV-C DETAilS OF SPACE SPACEl-l __________________________ ~ ____________________________------ICONrINUEOI-~-------------------------------------------------------UNDERGROUNO SlAtFACESSUHfACEMUll IPLIERAREAISQ fT ICCNSfRUCTIONU-VALUE(BTU/SQ fT-HR-OEG flF2-11.0456.F lOCR-I .05iii INDOWSWINDDJiWR-lMULTIPLIER1.0AREA(SQ HI100.NUMBER GLASS SET-SHADING OF TYPE BACKWEH PANES INDEX 1FT J1.00 o.wlOfHI FT I25. 00SKY GROU~OHEIGHT FORM fORNIF TI FAC J[lR FAC TOR4.00
EXAMPLE lliJllOING lA, CHICAGO DOf-<strong>2.1</strong> 13 MAR 80 IJ.19.09 lDL fWN 1REPORT- lV-C DETAILS OF SPACE SPACE4-1 __ _ ______________________________________________________ ------(CONTINUEDI---------------------------------------------------- ---OAf.' FOR SPACESPACE It-IlOCAl leN Of ORIGIN INBUjLDING COOROINAJESSPACEAllMUJH SPA.CE HE IGHT AREA VOLUME)(6 (fT) YB Iff J L6 (FT I (OEG' HUl T1PLlER (FTI (SQ Frl ICU HIO. O. O. O. 1.0 B. 1t56. 3648.'UJAl NUMBER Of NUMBER OF NUMBER OFNUMBER. EXrERIOR INTER lOR UNDERGROUNDOF SURfACES SURF ACES SURFACES SURFACESb•NUMBER OF SUBSURFACES'aTAl WINDOWS bOORS CLBS/SU FT I fDEG fl70 .. 0 10.0INFIL TRATIONINF Il TRATION HEIGHT '0CALCULAT ION CFM PER AIR CHANGES NEUTRAL lONESCHEDULE MET HOD SQ FT PER HOUR (FT)INFll-SCH AIR-CHANGE o. .2' O.PEOPLEAREA PER PEOPLE PEOPLE PEOPLEPE RSON ACTIVITY SENSiBLE LATENTSCHEOULE NUMBER (SQ HI (BTU/HRI (BIU/HRI , BJU/HRIOCCUPY-l 5.0 91.2 400.0 O. O.
EXAMPLE BUILOING ]A, CHICAGO 00[-<strong>2.1</strong> 13 MAR BO, lQ.19.09 lOl RU~ 1kEPOII.T- lJ-C DETAILS Of SPAce SPACE5-1--------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------'cONrl~UEO.--------OATA fOR SPACESPACE5-1LOCATION Of ORIc;.IN IN8UILDING COORDINATESX8 IFrt YB (fTi lB (FT)o.o. o.SPACEAIIMurHC DEG)o.SPACEMUll IPLIEit1.0liEIGHTIf II8.AREAl SQ Ff)1916.VOLUMEleu FT)15808.TOTALNUM6E~Of SURfACES•NUMBER OfEXfERIJRSUUACESoNUMBER OFINTER lORSURfACES•NUMBER OFUNDERGROUNDSURFAcesNUMBER Of SUBSURFACES
EXAMPLE BUILDING lA, CtliCAGOoOE-2.i 13 MAR 60 10.19.09 LOl RUN 1REPORT- LV-C DHAILS OF SPACE SPACE5-1--------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------ICONTINUED.--------LIGHT INGLOADFRACT IONLIGHTING (WAfTSI LOAD OF LOADSCHEDULE TYPE SQ FTI IKwl TO SPACELJGHTS-l REC-FlUOR-RV 3.00 O. .'0elECTRICAL EQUIPMENTELEC LOAD HEC FRACTION Of LOAD TO SPACE(WAllSILOADSCHEDULE SI.J FT I IKWI SENSIBLE LATENTEQUJP-1 1.00 O. 1.00 O.INTERICR SURFAces
ExA~PLE BUILDING 3At CHICAGO OOE-2.t 13 MAR 80 to.1'~.09 LOL RUN 1REPORT- Lv-a DETAILS OF EXTERIOR SURFACES OCCURRING IN HiE PROJECTNUMBER OF EXTERIOR SURFACES 9 RECTANGULAR 9 OTHER 0RECTANGULAR SURFACESLOCATION OF ORIGIN INGROUNDSPACE COORDINATESSURFACE HEIGHT WIDTH AZIMUTH TILT REFLECT-NAME MULTIPLIER 1fT) IfTl ( (lEGI IOEGI lANCE X-DIVISIONS X Uri Y 1FT) ltFTIwAll-IPF 1.0 l.OO 100.00 180. 9". .20 10 o. o. o."'ALl-lPR 1.0 2.00 50. 00 90. 90. .20 10 o. o. o.JJALL-IP6 1.0 l.OO 100.00 o. 90. .20 10 o. o. "."ALL- tPL 1.0 l.OO 50.00 210. 90. .20 10 O. o. o.ltlP-l 1.0 50.00 100.00 180. O. o. 10 O. O. 10.00fRUNT-l 1.0 B.OO 100 .00 IBO .. 90. .20 10 O. O. O.RIGHl-l 1.0 8.00 50.00 90. 90. .20 10 100.00 O. o.SACK-l 1.0 8.00 lOu. 00 O. 90. .20 10 100.00 50.00 O.LEf I-I 1.0 8.00 50.00 210. 90. .20 10 O. 50.00 O.U-VALUE S.URFACE INFILTRATION NUMBER OFSURFACE CONSTRUCTION .BTU/SQ fT- SURFACE ROUGHNE S.S flOW SURfACE RESPONSE< NAME NAME HR-OEG Fl A8S0RPTANCE INDEX COEFFICIENT TYPE FACTORS~~wAll-IPF WAll-l • 07 .70 3 o • DELAYED 9N IotAlL-lPR ~ALL-l .07 .70 3 O. DELAYED 9>-' WAll-IPS WALL-l .07 .70 3 o. DelAYED 9jrjALL-1PL WAll-I .07 .70 3 O. DElAYED 9TOP-1 ROOF-l .05 .70 3 o. DELAYED 7FRONT-1 HALL-l .0/ • Ii.) 3 O. DELAYED 9KlGHT-l WAll-1 .07 .70 3 o. DELAYED 9BACK-l Wli.LL-l .07 .70 3 o. DELAYED 9LEH-I WAll-I .07 .70 3 O. DELAYED 9
E~A~PLE B~lLOI~G lA, CHICAGO00£-<strong>2.1</strong> 13 MAR 80, IJ.19.09 lOl RUN 1REPDRT- lV-E OETAllS OF UNDERGRUUND SURFACES OCCURRIN~ IN THE PROJEcrNUMBER Of UNOERGROJNO SURFACES 5U-VALUESURFACE AREA CONSTRUCTION IBTU/SQ FT-NAME HUlT IPllER (SQ FT I NAME HR-DEG HFl-1 1.0 1056. FlOOR-l .0'F 2-1 1.0 456. FlOQR-l .0'F3-1 1.0 1056. FlOOR-l .0'f4-1 1.0 4!J6. FlDOR-l .0'F5-1 1.0 1916. FlOQR-l .0'
EXAMPLE au Il DING 3A, CHICAGO00E-<strong>2.1</strong> 13 MAR 80 10.19.09 LOl RUN 1REPORT- llJ-F DErAilS OF INTERIOR SURFACES OCCURRING IN THE PROJECTNUHIJER OF I tiTERI OR SURfACES 13SURFACE AREA CONSTRUCTIONNAME HULTIPllER (SQ FJJ NAMEC.l-l 1.0 1056. ClNG-lSB12 1.0 136. SB-U$014 1.0 136. se-u$815 1.0 bOB. 58-UC 2-1 1.0 r. 56. ClNG-l5 823 1.0 136. 58-VS825 1.0 208. 5B-UC 3-1 1.0 1056 .. ClNG-lSB34 1.0 13b. SB-US 835 1.0 608. SO-VC .... l 1.0 4~6. ClNG-lS845 1.0 208. SO-V0-1 1.0 1976. ClNG-lU-IJA.lUE ADJACENT SPACES(8rU/SQ FT-HR-OEG fl SPACE-l SPACE-2.21 SPACEl-l PlENUK-l10.00 SPACEl-l SPACEZ-l10.00 SPACEl-l SPACE4-110.00 SPACEl-1 SPACE5-1.21 SPACE2-1 PLENU"l-l10.00 SPACE2-1 SPACE)-l10. 00 SPACEl-l SPACE5-1.21 SPACEl-l PlENUM-l10.00 SPACE3-1 5PACE4-110.00 SPACE3-1 SPACE5-1.21 SPAtE4-t PlENUM-l10.00 SPACE4-1 SPACE5-\.21 SPACE5-1 PLENUM-l
EXAM~LE BUILDING 3A, CHICAGO OOE-<strong>2.1</strong> 13 MAR aD, IJ.19.0Q lOl RU~ 1REPORT- L\I-G OEJAllS OF SCHEDULES OCCURRING IN THE PRUJECT---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------NuMBER Of SCHEDULES 6SCHE[}UlEOCCUPY-lTHROUGH 31 12fOR OMS SUN SAT HalHOUR 1 2 , 4,6 7 , I. 9 10 11 12 13 15 17 lB 19 20 21 22 2' z;"O. D. D. D. D. D. O. O. D. D. D. D. D. O. O. O. D. O. D. D. O. O. o. O.
EXAMPLE BUILDING 3A, CHICAGO <strong>DOE</strong>-<strong>2.1</strong> 13 MAR BO 10.19.0'} LOL RUN 1REPORT- LV-G DETAILS OF SCHEDULES OCCURRING IN THE PROJECT------~---------------------------------------------------.---------------------------------------------------(CONTINUEDI--------FOR OAtsSUN SAT HOLHOUR 2 3 4 5 b 1 8 q 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 11 1B 19 20 21 22 23 lit.20 .20 .20 .20 .20 .20 .20 .20 .20 .20 .20 .20 .20 .20 .20 .20 .20 .20 .20 .20 .20 .20 .20 .20FOR OAtS MaN TUE WED THU FRIHOUR 2 3 4 5 6 7 B 9 10 11 12 13 1~ 15 16 17 18 19 20 21 22 23 2~.02 .ll2 .. 02 .02 .02 .02 .02 .02 .40 .90 .90 .90 .90 .90 .80 .70 .50 .50 .30 .30 .02 .02 .02 .02SCHEDULEINFll-SCH
EXAMPLE aUILDING 3A, CHICAGO DDE-<strong>2.1</strong> 13 MAR ~O 11).19.09 lOl RUN 1REPORT- lV-G OETAllS OF SCHEDULES OCCURRING IN THE PROJECT---------------------.----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------(CaNTINUEO)--------FOR OAfS SUN MON rUE WEO THU FRI SAr HOlHOUR 2 3 It 5 6 7 8 ') 10 11 12 13 lit 15 16 17 18 19 20 21 ZZ 23 24o. o. o. o. o. o. o. o. o. o. o. o. o. o. o. o. o. o. o. o. o. D. O. O.THROUGH 17 7FOR DAYS SUN MON TUE WED THU FRI SAT HOl" ,.1.001.00 1.00 1.00 1.00 1.00 1.00 1.00 1.00 1.00 1.00 1.00 1.00 1.00 1.00 1.00 1.00 1.00 1.001.001.00 1.00 1.00 1.00HOUR 2 3•5 6 1 8 9 10 II 12 13 14 15 16 11 18 19 20 21 22THROUGH 31 12fOR OArS SUN HON TUE WfO THU FRI SAT HOl
..NZ 0~ ~"N·~"~;; NW~ Z " 00~ ~~ Z N.~U..,~ -;0N00 ~ ~..~'"0~ ~~~, 0N0" 0,·,·~..: , , .", 0W ~0 , 0", ~,,~,N,,0, ..,0, 00, :::0,, 0~ U ·W 0~ ~" ~ ~D 0W oror ~~ ~Z ~~Z , ~, ..0'" "" or .";:; "~U ,", ~" w~ W W~" ~"" w Zor 0'" .. U ru ~ I ~ U 0 ~, "~" , .., Z ~..~ ~ ~~~'"Z W ,~,~~= ~W, .. ~~ '" .. '" 0 W W ,00000.. , ..0" " I"" => , , =>" or'".. ,0'" , VI I. 27
EXAMPLE BU ILDING JA, CHICAGO <strong>DOE</strong>-<strong>2.1</strong> 13 MA.R 80 IJ.19.09 LOl RUN LREPORT- lV-H OHA.ILS OF WiNDOWS OCCURRING IN HiE PROJECT-----~--------.------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------NUMBER Of wlNCOd 6 REO ANGUL A.R 6 OTHER 0WINDOwSLOCATION OF ORIGIN INSURFACE COURDINATESWINDOIl HE I GHT WIDTHNAME MUlTIPLIER I HI Iff I )( «H I V 1FT IRECTAN~UlARWF-l 1.0 4.00 45.00 o. o.Qf-l 1.0 9.00 8.00 o. o.wR- L I .0 1t.00 25.00 o. o.Wll-l 1.0 4.00 45.00 o. o.08-1 1.0 7.00 7.00 o. o.kl-l 1.0 4.00 25.00 O. o.NUNB ER GLASS INF JURATION SKY GROUNDwINDOW SETBACK SHADING OF T'iPE flOW FORK FORMNAME I FT I X-DIVISIONS COEFF PANES CODE COEFF FAC fOR FAC TOR
EXAMPLE BUILDING 3A, CHICAGOREPORT- lV-I DETAILS OF CONSTRUCTIONS OCCURRING IN THE PROJECTOOE-<strong>2.1</strong> 13 MAR 60 10.19.09 lOl RUN 1NUMBER Of CONSTRUCTIONS , DElAYED 2 QUICK 3U-VALUESURFACECONSTRUCT ION (BTU/SQ FT- SURFACE ROUGHNESSNAME HR-DEG F.t ABSORP lANCE INIJEXSURFACETVPENUMBER OFRESPONSEFACTORSWALL-l .07 .70 3RCOf-l .05 .70 3CLNG-l .21 .10 3SO-U 10.00 .10 3FLODR-l .0' .70 3OElAYED 9DELAYED 7QUIC/(QUICK00QUICK 0
EXAMPLE UiJllC[NG lA, CHICAGO00E-<strong>2.1</strong> 13 MAR 80 1(J.19.09 LOl RUN 1REPORT- lV-J Df.:TAllS OF BUILDING SHADES OCCURING IN THE PROJECTNUMaER OF BUILDING SHADES o RECTANGULAR o OTHERo
REPORT LV-K - WEIGHTING FACTOR SUMMARYThis report is automatically produced by a LIBRARY-INPUT LOADS run inwhich a Custom Weighting Factor library is created; it is also printed inan INPUT LOADS run if VERIFICATION; (LV-K) is specified in theLOADS-REPORT instruction. In the latter case, the entries in this reportcan be a combination of ASHRAE weighting factors, automatically calculatedCustom Weighting Factors (for SPACEs with FLOOR-WEIGHT; 0), and CustomWeighting Factors from a previously created user library.At the top of the report is the U-name of each SPACE (SP NAME) alongwith the U-name of the set of weighting factors for that space (WF NAME).WF NAME will be blank except for library creation runs and for thoseSPACEs in a LOADS run that use Custom Weighting Factors from a userlibrary.Down the left side of the report are six groupings of variable namesthat label the six types of weighting factors: solar, general lighting,task lighting, people/equipment, conduction, and air temperature.VII.30.1 (Revised 5/81)
DO[-<strong>2.1</strong>A rl~l OUllUlh~ AUT~M'TIC CwF'~4Y, l 'J8t08 JUN el Lv. 5U .t,7 llJL RuN LR[PURT- lV-K \ T [I"\ProD-c.nr.O" .C;6L60 1.14640 .96260 .67349c;.t* -1.ltO')4 -1.16814 -1.467'>4 -.';;8192~ (,2* .'>0'>0& .(241) .50%6 .? 1 S39CD GJ' -.Lt(12 -.001 rlJ -.OU01? -.COO97>-'PI -1.213Jl -1.30~r6 -1.21301 -1.26805P2 • J 4{ 42 .30861 034642 • ~49 H~
REPORT LS-A - SPACE PEAK LOADS SUMMARYThis report (see next page) lists each space by U-name and the numberof times each space is repeated (MULTIPLIER) on the left of the report.The individual space peak sensible cooling load with the month, dayand hour it occurred is reported in the center. The sum of the coolingloads for all spaces (which is the non-coincident building peak load) isalso reported.The coincident building peak cooling load (the "block" load) isreported dlrectly below the non-coincident peak but it does not includethe plenum load. The outside dry bulb and wet bulb temperatures are alsoreported for the time of the peak load in each space, and for thebuilding. The peak heating load for PLENUM-1 is shown as 9:00 a.m. onJAN 12. All these hours are in standard time.The heating peak loads are treated similarly on the right.VII.31
EXAMPLE BUllOING 3., CHICAGO00E-l.1 13 MAR 80 10.19.09 LOl RUN 1REPORJ- lS-A SPACE PEAK LOADS SUMMA~YCOOLING LOADSPACE NAME HUl TIPLIER {KIHU/HR IPLENUH-l ,. t 5.775SPACE 1-1 ,. 42.852SPACE2-1 ,. 17.445SPACD-l ,. 19.202SPACE~-1 ,. lb.lllSPACE5-1 ,. ll. b 76---------SUH 144.013BUILDING PEAK 11 9.763r f ME OF ORY-PEAK UJLBJUl 7 4 PM 88FSfP 26 4 P' 82>AUG 26 2 PM 90FJUl 12 3 PM A5FJUL 0 5 PM 97FAUG 30 3 PM 02FAUG 12 3 PM 85FWET- HEAT ING LOAD TrME OF DRY- WET-BUlS I KSrU/rlRI PEAK BULB BULB73F -ll.483 JAN 12 9 AM -8F -8F.'F -22.911 JAN 1l 8 AM -IF -1F15F -9.7'J] JAN 12 8 AM -7F -7F.6F -22.836 JAN , 4 AM 3F 2F73F -lO.H7 JAN 12 8 AM -TF -7F."-8.236 FEB 4 3 'M 10F 9F----------95.37672F -11.205 FEB 4 • AM 7F .F
REPORT LS-B - SPACE PEAK LOAD COMPONENTSThe following multiple page report gives a breakdown of cooling andheating peak loads, according to the source of the load, for each space.There are several interesting points that the user should become acquaintedwith.1. Roof loads are reported as ROOFS and for <strong>DOE</strong>-2 a ROOF is any externalwall whose TILT is less than 45 0 . The WALLS and ROOF loads (sensible)are due to conduction.2. GLASS CONDUCTION is the sum of the UA~T heat gain through all the windowsin the space plus solar energy absorbed by the glass and conducted intothe space.3. GLASS SOLAR is the heat gain caused by direct and diffuse solar radiationtransmitted by the windows into the space.Note that all sensible loads are calculated as "delayed in time withweighting factors" and it is possible to have heat gains from GLASSSOLAR, for example, long after the sun has moved and no longer shines onthe exposed walls of the space.4. DOOR loads are those through external doors in the space.5. INTERNAL SURFACES are partitions and drop ceilings. The load is negativeif heat is leaving the space and positive if heat is entering the space.Warning:lf the temperature is the same in a plenum and an adjoiningspace, no heat transfer will occur. Therefore, reported loads will notreflect seasonal conduction to and from the plenum.6. UNDERGROUND SURFACES can be basement floors and walls or slabs on grade.The user should take care to adjust either the areas or U-factor toapproach the heat transfer loss he anticipates. For example, aslab-on-grade should ordinarily include only perimeter areas, since thesoil under the central part of the building will not significantlyconduct heat away from the slab. On the other hand, if the walls andbasement floor are below the water table, they should not be adjusted,since water is a good conductor of heat.7. The EQUIPMENT-TO-SPACE load results from the user-supplied entries forEQUIP-SCHEDULE, EQUIPMENT-KW, EQUIPMENT-W/SQFT, EQUIP-SENSIBLE andEQUIP-LATENT. The PROCESS-TO-SPACE load results from the user-suppliedentries for SOURCE-SCHEDULE, SOURCE-TYPE, SOURCE-BTU/HR, SOURCE-SENSIBLE,and SOURCE-LATENT.8. The RUN 1 in the upper right hand corner of the report (and all of theother reports in this manual) refers to the fact that this was the firstpass through the LOADS program. If the user were doing parametric runsas part of the same job, subsequent passes through LOADS, for example,would be recorded as RUN 2, RUN 3, etc.VII.33
EXAHPlE BUILDING 3A, CHiCAGOREPORT- lS-B SPACE PEAK LOAD CDMPONFNTS00(-2. t 13 MAR 80 10419.09LOL RUN 1SPACEPLE"'UM-lHUL TlPLIERflOOR AREAVOL UHE1.05000 SQFT10000 CUfl465 SOMT2A3 CUMTr I MEDRY-BULB TE'1PWET-BULB TEMPCOOLINGJUL 1 HMBaF13'LOAD3lC23CHE A TI NGLUAD~:*Z~Z22.=~*Z*~SZ •• **JAN 129AH-BF -22C-SF -22C
EXAMPLE BUILDING 3A, CHICAGO OOE-<strong>2.1</strong> 13 MAR 60 IJ.19.09 LOL RUN 1REPORT- LS-B SPACE PEAK LOAO COMPONENTS-----------------------------------------------______________________________________________________ ---------ICONTINUEDI------__SPACESPACEl-lHULTlPLIER 1.0flOOR AREA lOS!)I/OLUME84't6SQFTCUFT96 SQMf239 CUHfTIMEDRY-BULS TEHP~ET-BUL8 TEMPCOOLING LOAD HEATING LOAD••••••••• E.Z ••••••••• .................... .SEP 26 4PM JAN 12 BAM82F 2ac -1f -22C6lF IbC -7F -22C
EXAMPLE BUILDING 3A, CHICAGO OOE-<strong>2.1</strong> 13 "'AR 80 1:).19.09 lOL RUN 1REPORT- LS-B SPACE PEAK LOAD C~MPONENTS--------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------1CONTINUEOJ--------SPACESPACE2-1MUL TI PLI ER 1.0flOOR. AREA 4!t6 SOFTVOLUME3648 CUFf4? SQHT103 CUMTriMEDRY-IWL8 TEMPwET-BULB TEMPCOOLING LOAD HEATING LOADztzZ.~%=.z ••• ~~=~t==..••. ~.~= ••••s= •••••• sAUG 26 2PH JAN 12 8AMQOF 32C -7F -22C15F 24C -7F -22C----
EXAMPLE BUILDING 3A, CHICAGO <strong>DOE</strong>-<strong>2.1</strong> 13 MAR 80 10.19.09 lOl RUN 1REPORT- lS-B SPACE PEAK LOAD COMPONE~TS---------------------------------------------------------------------.----------------------------------------ICONTINUEDI--------SPACESPACE3-1MUl f(PlIER 1.0FLOORVOLUMEAREA105ft SUFf8448 CUFT98 SOl('239 CUMTfI f4EDRY-BUL8 TEMPIIIEJ-8UL8 TEMPCD.DUNG LOAD HEATING LOA.[)JUL 12 3PM JAN65Fb6F29C20C••••••• 3 •••••.•• ~D.~.3F2F4AM-lbC-l1C
EXAMPLE BUiLDING 3A, CHICAGO <strong>DOE</strong>-<strong>2.1</strong> 13 MAR 80 10 .. 19.09 lDL RUN 1REPORr- LS-8 SPAtE PEAK LOAD COMPnNENTS--------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------'CO~TINUEDI--------SPAcESPACE4-1MULTIPl[ER 1.0flOOR AREAVOLUMETIMEDRY-BULB TEMPWEI-BULB rEMP456 SQFT364B CUfT.a .................. . ..D~.~.~42 SQMT103 CUHT~COOLING LOAD HEATING LOAO..... ......JUL 9 5PM JAN 12 8AM91F1>F3.C23C-1F -22C-1F -22C.
HAMPLE BUIlDING 3A, CHICAGO 00E-<strong>2.1</strong> 13 MAR 80 10·19_09 lOL RUN 1REPORr- lS-S SPACE PEAK LOAD COMPONENTS--------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------ICONTINUEO)--------SPACE>PACE!;-lMUL r I PLI ER 1.0flOOR.... OLUMEAREA191& SQFT15808 CUfTIB4 SQMr448 CUMTT I MECOOL I NGAUG 30LOAD3PMHEATING LOA.D•• rm.~ •••••••••••••••FEB 4 3AMDRY-BULS TEMPwET-BULB JEME'82F.4F28C18C10F9F-12C-Be
REPORT LS-C - BUILDING PEAK LOAD COMPONENTSThe following report is similar in format to the preceding report(LS-B). The major difference is that this report is generated at the"building level," that is, all space loads are summed algebraically.The building coincident peak load does not include plenums or otherunconditioned spaces. Although no infiltration is indicated for the peakcooling load for the Example Building, the user should realize how <strong>DOE</strong>-2treats infiltration loads. The sensible portion is treated as aninstantaneous heat gain or loss. The latent portion is reported in LOADS,but is passed to SYSTEMS as a CFM with the calculated humidity ratio for eachhour. The contribution of the latent heat (negative or positive in relationto room humidity) is then calculated as a mass balance of moisture in thespace, to determine the return air humidity ratio. In dry climates theinfiltration may actually result in a decreased space latent load and thus adeCreased total SYSTEMS load. The opposite is true in humid climates whereinfiltration acts to increase the SYSTEMS load.The heat gain or loss that occurs in plenums, including heat due tolights, is accounted for in the SYSTEMS simulation, causing a temperaturedifference of the return air flowing through the plenum. Therefore the usershould not specify plenums unless they are actually return air plenums.UncondiflOned, non-return air spaces should be specified in the SPACE commandwith ZONE-TYPE = UNCONDITIONED.VII.40
EXAMPLE BUILDI~~ lA, CHICA~O OOE-<strong>2.1</strong> 1'3 MAR 80 1'0.19.09REPORf- LS-C SUllOI~GPEAK LOAD COMPONENTSLDL RUN 1••• BUILDING •••flOOR AREA 5000 SQFT ,.5 SQHT'JOLUME 50000 CUff litlb CUMf... ~COOLING LOAD HEA TI NG LOAD......•.........• ...........•.......•.TI J1E AUG 12 lPH fEB ... bAMDRY-BULB fEMP .5F 29C 1F -l"'CWEJ"-BULB TEMP 1ZF 22C 6F -l"'C
REPORT LS-D - BUILDING MONTHLY LOADS SUMMARYThe following report gives monthly summary of cooling, heating, andelectrical requirements plus annual total energy requirements and maximummonthly peak loads. Unconditioned spaces are not included in this report'smonthly load.Once again, the user should be aware that these loads are based on aconstant temperature within each SPACE (that is, no setback, no floating, andno variations within the SPACE). Additionally, these loads do not accountfor conditioning of outside ventilation air. Later, in SYSTEMS, these itemswill be accounted for.1. COOLING, HEATING, and ELEC are the three sections of this building levelreport.2. COOLING ENERGY (millions of Btu) is the monthly sensible load for allSPACEs in the building.3. MAXIMUM COOLING LOAD (thousands of Btu/hrJ is the peak sensible spacecooling load. To the left of this column are the day and hour of thepeak cooling load along with the outside dry bulb and wet bulbtemperatures at the time of the peak.4. HEATING ENERGY (millions of Btu) is the monthly heating load.5. MAXIMUM HEATING LOAD (thousands of Btu/hr) is the peak space heatingload. To the left of this column are the day and hour of the peakheating load along with the outside dry bulb and wet bulb temperatures atthe time of the peak.6. ELECTRICAL ENERGY (kWh) is the monthly electrical consumption for lights,convenience outlets, and non-HVAC equipment.7. MAXIMUM ELEC LOAD (kW) is the monthly peak electrical consumption in aone-hour period for lights, convenience outlets, and miscellaneousequipment input as SOURCE.8. TOTAL is the annual totals for cooling load, heating load, and electricalload for the building.9. MAX is the highest monthly peak cooling load, heating load, andelectrical load.VII.42
EU"PLE lIuILOINt; lA, ('HOoGO OOf-2 .. t 13 HU 80 10.19 .. 09 LDL RUN IREPO~r- LS-O eUILOING ~ONTHlY LnADS SU~HARY---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- - - - - - - - ( 0 n L I H C. - - - - - --------HEArtNG- - - - E L E ( - - -"AMI HUH HAXI"IUH HEC- MU. I MU,",(DOLING rtMf DRY- WO- tuol r NG Ur""'Nr. UHf ORY- wFJ- HfAT INIO fR H.ll HE ..ENE NG' elF IIIU BUlO "Utlt LOAD lNf-RI.Y OF HAX IlUlI'I HtllS LOAD fNF.RGY lIJAOMUNrH IH8f11t or HR fE:"'P HMP (KIHU/UR. f HfHUI 0',,. IEHP If"''' IKOfUIt'R. !KWH' IKIIIIJAN 6. H521 25 Ib ,a' ." ~8.199 -tJ.~81 12 a -1F -1F -69.819 49)1. 19.'FE. '.6)895 2a I' '2' '2' 60. I 76 -16.18\ , •1F b' -11.20' 0\)10. 19.5'A'8. 8~ HZ , 11 'b' 10.4)0 -11.)';2 2' b1f -68.280\ \ 166. 19.5A.R'" "18.81 H8 2b 15 'OF blf 95.611 -1.015• b 29' -)].\55 \889. 19.5'"... 13.T69U22 I' 'a' b.' 10).S11 -I.OH b•'Af H' -20.t" \9)1. 1?5JUN 19. I \CHJ' 20 I' 90' 11. 116. J41 -.126 2J 5 '2' -6.58] \'jo;9. 19.5'8'"bD' IIT.'HI -.000 5 bO''" -.23' \'BI • 19.'>.
REPORT LS-E - SPACE MONTHLY LOAD COMPONENTS IN MBTUThis report gives a breakdown of loads for each space on a monthly basis,according to the source of the load. All entries are in millions of Btus/month. Each load may be broken down into three types: heating (HEATNG),sensible cooling (SEN CL), and latent cooling (LAT CL). Latent cooling loadsare accumulated only for those hours in each month that have a net sensiblecooling load. Positive entries correspond to heat gain, negative entriescorrespond to heat loss, and all sensible loads are calculated as "delayed intime with weighting factors".The load sources, listed across the top of the report, are describedbelow. The corresponding headings from Report LS-B are given in brackets.1. WALLS is the heat conduction through exterior walls with TILT greaterthan 45°, plus conduction through doors located in exterior walls.[WALLS plus DOOR]2. ROOFS is the heat conduction through exterior walls with TILT less than45°F. [ROOFS]3. INT SUR is the heat conduction through interior walls. This entry willbe non-zero only if there are one or more adjoining spaces with a loadscalculation temperature that is different from that of the space beingreported. [INTERNAL SURFACES]4. UND SUR is the heat conduction through underground surfaces.[UNDERGROUND SURFACES]5. INFIL is the load due to air infiltration. [INFILTRATION]6. GL CON is the heat conduction through windows. [GLASS CONDUCTION]7. GL SOL is the solar gain through windows. [GLASS SOLAR]8. OCCUP is the heat gain from occupants. [OCCUPANTS TO SPACE]9. LIGHTS is the heat gain from lights. [LIGHT TO SPACE]10. EQUIP is the load resulting from equipment. These values are calculatedfrom user-supplied entries for EQUIP-SCHEDULE, EQUIPMENT-KW,EQUIPMENT-W/SQFT, EQUIP-SENSIBLE and EQUIP-LATENT. [EQUIPMENT TO SPACE]11. SOURCE is the load resulting from internal heating loads other thanpeople, lights, or equipment. These values are calculated from theuser-supplied entries for SOURCE-SCHEDULE, SOURCE-TYPE, SOURCE-BTU/HR,SOURCE-SENSIBLE, and SOURCE-LATENT. [PROCESS TO SPACE]The LS-E Report will be printed once for the combined DESIGN-DAY RUNPERIOD intervals (if one or more DESIGN-DAYs are specified) and once for thecombined RUN-PERIOD intervals that use the weather file. For DESIGN DAYs, themonths will be printed in the same order as they appear in the DESIGN-DAYRUN-PERIOD intervals.VI 1.43.1 (Revised 5/81)
To illustrate how the entries in this report are accumulated, consider asequence of four hours in January in which the load components (in MBTU) fromconduction through walls and heat from lights are as follows (the other loadcomponents are zero):wa 11 s1 i ghtshour 1 : -0.01 0.03hour 2: -0.02 0.03hour 3: -0.04 0.03hour 4: -0.05 0.03In hours 1 and 2 the net loads are (-0.01 + 0.03) = 0.02, and (-0.02 +0.03) = 0.01, respectively. Thus, both these hours have a net (sensible)cooling load. In hours 3 and 4, on the other hand, the net loads are (-0.04+ 0.03) = -0.01 and (-0.05 + 0.03) = -0.02, respectively. Thus, these hourshave a net heating load. The entries in the LS-E Report for January wouldthen be (assuming all other hours have zero loads):WALLSLIGHTSTOTALJANHEATNGSEN CLLAT CL-0.03-0.09o.0.060.06O.0.03 ~ from hours 1 and 2-0.03 ~ from hours 3 and 4O.Vll.43.2(Revised 5/81)
SI~Pl[ STPU(TUKE RU~ !A, ChICAGO0[E-2.tA22 DEC 8015.32.20 lOL RuN 1pf:PURT- l5-f SPACE fo'CNHlV LOAD CCMPONENT$ IN MIITU FeR PLENU""'"l~ALlSIU]CFSINT SURUNIl SURI NF I lGL CCNGl SOLeccuPLlGI1TSEQUIP SOURCE TOTAL
SIMPLE StrUCTURE RUI'. 3A. (I·ICA~.n00£ -<strong>2.1</strong> A22 CEC HO15.32.20 lOL RUN 1HEI-'ORT- LS-E SI-'ACE MCNIHlY LeI,\.) CfI.'Ii'.H,ENIS IN MtlTU f-CH ~PI\C"l-1-------------------------------WALLSP.OLJf- STNT ::'URU"ltJ SURI NF I L(;l cr. "Ivl $tll(CUPlila· T SEOUIP SOURCE TOTAL-4.(6-. ito.O.o.O.o.u.o.o.o.u.o.o.o.c.o.O.o.o.o.O.O.,).J.o.:).o.o.O.o.o.o.o.o.O.o.O.o.u.o.O.o.O.o.o.o.o.o.o.o.o.J.O.- .t1h-.3
S!'''!PLE ::>TRUCTlIR( fWIll ~A, o-l(/\l;l)om-2.lA?2 OEG 8015.32.21) LOl kUN 1RfP0Kf- lS-[ SPACE ~G~'~Lr LOAn CC~PO~l[NTS IN MHTU fell ~PACE2-t
SIMPLE ~TRUCTURE RUr.. ,A, nle"";~JCUE-2.IA2? CEe fI')15.:2.20 lDL RUN II{[Y:.JRT- LS-F. S~ACF. l'o.THlY UU;) CC~P:JNENTS IN "1tlfU FeR ~PACf"3-1w'"~~ro0..t.n---.(Xl~JA'FrOMARAPRMAYJUNJULAUGSEPDC TNOVDECTOTHEA T'lGSEN CLLAT Cl)-H:.\T%SE N ClLAl UHEATNGSEN CLLAl ClHEATNGSEN CLlAT ClHEll TNGSEN ClLAT ClH[ATNGSEN C lLAT ClHEAT floGSEN ClLAT CLHFATNGSEN ClLA J ClHEArNGSEN ClLA T ClHE A T NGSEN CLLAT CLHE A TNCS[:N ClLAT ClHI" hTNGSI'N CLLA T CLHE Ar r..GSFN CLtAl CLI1HLS-1 .1(,-.11-.
SI~PLE STRUCTU~E RU~ 34, ChiCAGOLOE-<strong>2.1</strong>A22 CEe 8015.32.20 lDt. RUN 1R[prJlH- LS-£ SPACE /{rt\H'lY U?AD CO'PONE"TS 11\· MIHU HI{ SPACF4-1-------------------lOll ~f
SIMPLE Srl
REPORT LS-F - BUILDING MONTHLY LOAD COMPONENTS IN MBTUThis report gives a breakdown of loads on a monthly basis for the entirebuilding, according to the source of the load. The loads in unconditionedspaces are not included. All entries are in millions of Btus/month.As in Report LS-E, three types of loads are shown: heating (HEATNG),sensible cooling (SEN CL), and latent cooling (LAT CL). The reported sourcesof the load (WALLS, ROOFS, etc.) are defined in the LS-E report description.For multizone buildings, the load components are obtained by summing thecorresponding load components for each conditioned zone after multiplicationby the zone MVLTIPLIER. For; example, consider a building with two zones, Z-1and Z-2, with zone MULTIPLIERs of 2 and 3, respectively. If the heating loadcomponents in January due to glass conduction is -5.90 MBTU for Z-1 and -2.30MBTU for Z-2, then the corresponding building load component is 2 x (-5.90) +3 x (-2.30) = -18.10 MBTU.The total monthly heating and sensible cooling loads in the last columnof this report are the same as those given in Report LS-D, Building MonthlyLoads Summary, under the headings HEATING ENERGY and COOLING ENERGY.V 11. 43.9 (Revised 5/81)
SIMPLF STRUCTURE RU~!A, C~ICAGJ<strong>DOE</strong>-2.U22 DEC eo15. ;>?. 20 lDl RUN 1R[PUKT- LS-F BUIlClflG "(f\Tl1lY LC'C CL'lI'~NEr-;TS IN MtlTU1-; All SRGer- sIN T SURUNO SURI f\f IlGL(rNGL~CrlrccupLIGHTSEQUIP SCURCE TOTAL-.4B- 1 t, • t 0-1. '
HOURL Y-REPORTThese optional reports are user-designed. The variables which are to bedisplayed are chosen by the user from the lists in this chapter (seeREPORT-BLOCK) .1. MMDDHH2. GLOBALDRY BULBTEMP3. GLOBALWET BULBTEMPis the month, day, and hours of the simulation period.The "hours" values are in standard time, even ifDAYLIGHT-SAVINGS = YES.Outdoor dry bulb temperature for each simulation hour.Outdoor wet bulb (saturation) temperature for eachsimulation hour.4. GL05ALDI R SOLX CLDCOV5. GLOBAL01 F SOLX CLDCOV6. BUILDINGSENSIBLEHTG LOAD7. BUILDINGWALLHTG LOAD8. BUILDINGGLS CONDHTG LOAD9. BUILDINGINT J/ALLCDND-HTG10. BUILDINGSOURCESENS-HTGII. BUILDINGINFILTRNLAT-HTGDirect solar radiation (in Btu) times the cloud cover(a fraction from O. to 1.0).Diffuse solar radiation (in Btu) times the cloudcover (a fraction from O. to 1.0).The total bui ldingBtu for each hour.of ventilation aireach space.sensible heating load inThis load does not include heatingand is based on a fixed TEMPERATUREThe contribution to the BUILDING HEATING LOAD fromconduction of sensible heat (in Btu) through theexterior walls. The wall heating load does not includewindow heat conduction.The contribution to the BUILDING HEATING LOAD fromconduction of sensible heat (in Btu) through thewindows. Sum of UA6T and solar energy absorbed by glassand conducted into space.The contribution to the BUILDING HEATING LOAD from heatconduction (in Btu) through internal walls.The contribution (in Btu) to sensible heating from sources,such as a process, within the building.The latent heat load to counteract infiltration ofcold air.forVI I .44
12. BUILDINGLATENTCLG LOAD13. BUILDINGCEILINGCLG LOAD14. BUILDINGINFILTRNSENS-CLG15. BUILDINGINT WALLCOND-CLG16. BUILDINGUNDERGNDCOND-CLG17. BUILDINGLIGHTINGCLG LOAD18. BUI LDI NGELEC-EQPSENS-CLG19. BUILDINGSOURCESENS-CLGThe total building latent cooling load inBtu for each hour. The load does not include coolingof ventilation air and is based on a fixed TEMPERATURE foreach space.The contribution to the BUILDING COOLING LOAD fromconduction of sensible heat (in Btu) through ceilings.The contribution to the BUILDING COOLING LOAD from thesensible heat of air infiltration.The contribution to the BUILDING COOLING LOAD fromconduction through internal walls (Btu).The contribution to the BUILDING COOLING LOAD fromconduction of heat (in Btu) through underground walls andfloors.The contribution to the BUILDING COOLING LOAD from sensibleheat (in Btu) of lights in the building.The contribution to the BUILDING COOLING LOAD from sensibleheat (in Btu) of electrical equipment operating in thebuilding.The contribution (in Btu) to the sensible cooling loadfrom sources, 'such as a process, within the building.VI I.45
EXAMPLE BUILDING lA, CHICAGO 00£-<strong>2.1</strong> 13 MAR 80 lJ.19.09 LOL RUN 1RPTLI• IiOURL Y-RE PDR TPAGE 1-1---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------MMDDHH GLOBAL GLOBAL GLOBAL GLOBAL 8UILDING BUILDING BUILDING BUILDING BUILDING BUHDING BUILDINGDRV BULB WET BULS DIR SOL DIF SOL SENSIBLE WAll GlS COND GLS SOL I NT WAll SOURCE INFIlfRNTEMP T E" P X ClOCOV X ClOCOV HTG LDAD HTli LOAD IHG LJAO HTG LOAD tOND-HrG SENS-Hr:i LAT-IHG-------- -------- -------- -------- -------- ------- ------- -------- -------- -------- --------116 1 66.0 63.0 o. o. o. o. o. o. o. o. o.716 2 66.0 63.0 o. o. o. o. o. o. o. o. o.116 3 6/).0 63.0 o. o. o. o. o. o. o. o. o.716 4 65.0 62.0 o. o. o. o. o. o. o. Q. o.116 5 65.0 62.0 o. o. o. o. o. o. o. o. o.116 6 64-.0 62.0 15.3 8.3 o. o. o. o. o. o. o.n6 1 66.0 62.0 128.8 19.2 o. o. o. o. o. o. o.116 8 11.0 bit. 0 61.1 56.2 o. o. o. o. o. o. o.116 9 14-.0 65.0 99.0 65.) o. o. o. o. o. o. o.11610 16.0 65.0 259.9 37.1 o. o. o. o. o. o. o.11611 11.0 ,,6.0 186.7 108.9 o. o. o. o. o. o. o.7l61l 18.0 ,,6.0 188.8 113.7 o. o. o. o. o. o. o.71613 18.0 6t..0 186.6 95.2 o. o. o. o. o. o. o.7161 "' 19. a 606.0 186.~ 91.0 o. o. o. o. o. o. o.71615 80.0 61.0 201.3 6<strong>2.1</strong> o. o. o. o. o. o. o.11616 80.0 !tl.0 221.6 o. o. o. o. o. o. o. o.71617 79.0 6&.0 223.2 31.6 o. o. o. o. o. o. o.71618 18 .. 0 &~.o 179.2 25.6 o. G.
.EXAMPLE BUILOING 3A, CHICAGO OOE-<strong>2.1</strong> 13 MAR 80 l().19.09 LOL RUN 1RPTLl • HOURLV-REPORJ PAGE 1-2---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------HHDOHH BUILDING BUILDING BUILDING BUILDING BUILDING BUILDING BUILDING BUILOINGLATENT CE [LING INfllTRN INT WAll UNOERGND LIGHTING ElEC-EQP SOURCEClG LOAO CLC LOAD SENS-CLG CONo-CLC CONO-ClG eLC LOAD SEN S-ClG SENS-CLG-------- -------- -------- ------ ------- -------- -------- --------116 I O. O. o. O. -2250.00 1258 .. 37 1623 .. 11 O.116 2 O. O. o. O. -2250.00 6580.99 lItS6 .. ltl O.116 3 O. O. o. O. -2250.00 5991.68 1311.50 O.116 ~ O. o. o. O. -2250.00 5478 .. 97 1185.31 O.116 S O. o. o. O. -22 50. 00 5012.92 1015.64 O.116 6 O. O. o. o. -USO.O;) 461t4.86 980.18 O.116 1 O. O. o. O. -22 SO. 00 4301.24 891.13 O.116 8 4824 .. O. O. O. -2250.00 2"552 .. 95 5240.95 O.116 9 4821t. O. O. O. -2250.00 21361.12 11251.64 o.11610 1t821t. o. O. O. -2250.00 30010."'4 11790.75 O.11611 3859. O. O. O. -2250.00 30211 .. 36 1225ft.56 O.11612 1929. O. O. O. -2250 .. 00 21714.16 12658.01 O.71613 3859. O. O. O. -2250.00 301119.61 13009.13 O.1l61~ ft82ft. O. O. O. -2250.00 3ft038.94 12152.42 O.11615 .82ft. O. O. O. -2250.00 3It938.16 11165. 2~ O.11616 4824. O. O. O. -2250.00 3S12U.4-8 8959.82 O.11611 4824. O. O. O. -2250.00 36401.10 8904.21 o.11MO 2·H2. O. O. O. -2250.00 21327 .62 6531.68 O.
LOADS HOURLY REPORT PLOTThe following example is an HOURLY-REPORT in graphic form. The month,day, and hours appear in the left-hand column. The next enter to the right isthe first possible value. If this character is a period (.) this indicates novalue at or below this value and if it is an asterisk (*) this indicates thattwo or more values occupy this position. The numerical values appearing onthe plot are correlated to the symbol numbers in the table above the plot.Component name, in the table, is the VARIABLE-TYPE of which the variable is apart. If a value appears at the last possible position on the right it meanseither that the value is at this point or that the value is higher than thispoint.The original input that created the following sample plot is repeated herePLOTER1 = REPORT-BLOCKVARIABLE-TYPE = GLOBALVARIABLE-LIST = (4,21)PLOTER2 = REPORT-BLOCKVARIABLE-TYPE = BUILDINGVARIABLE-LIST = (1,18)PLOTD~DB~HEATING= HOURLY-REPORTREPORT-SCHEDULE = PLTSCHREPORT-BLOCK = (PLOTER1, PLOTER2)OPTI ONPLOTAXIS-ASSIGN = (1,1,2,2)AXIS-TITLES = (*DBT-F---DR-SOL*,*HEAT-COOL LOADS*)AXIS-MAX = (200, 40000)AXIS-MIN (0, 0)DIVIDE = (1,1,-1,-1)TEMP AND DIR SOLAR$AND COOLING LOAD$For more information on specifying this type of report see HOURLY-REPORTin Chap. III.VI 1.48
EXAMPLE BUILDING U, CHICAGOODE-l.t 13 MAR 60 10.19.09"' LOL RUNPLOTO.. tiOURlY-REPORTPAGESYM80L12,•COMPONENT NAME:ilOIiALGL08AlBUILDINGBUILDINGDESCRIPT IONAXISDRV 8UlBTEMP 1DIR SOL X ClOCOV 1SENSIBlEHTG LOAU 2:INfllTRNlAT-HTG 2:
C. SYSTEMS OUTPUT REPORT DESCRIPTIONSTo fully explain the following samplenecessary first to display the input data.of course, INPUT SYSTEMSoutput reports from SYSTEMS it isThe first command of the input is,The VERIFICATION report for SYSTEMS appears first followed by theavailable SUMMARY reports and an example HOURLY-REPORT.For information on requesting plotted output of HOURLY-REPORT data seeHOURLY-REPORT in LOADS.VII.50
, 0 l P R ~ C E S SOH N P U f OAr A13 ""fiR 80 10.t9.09 SOL H.UN--'• 2'8 •• l~9 •.. 250 •• Z 51 •• 252 •• z'n •• 25" •• Z 5S •• 256 •• 2: 51 •• 258 •• lS9 •• 260 •• l61 •• 262 •• 263 •• 26ft •• 265 •• 26b •• 261 •• 268 •• 269 •• 210 •• l11 •• 212 •• 213 •• 2: 10\ •• 215 •• 216 •• 211 •• 218 •• 219 •• 280 •• 281 •• 282 •• 2: 93 •• 26it •• 2: 85 •• 286 •• 281 •• 288 •• 289 •• 290 •• l'U •• 2~2 •• 293 •• 294 •• 295 •• Z96 •• 29' •• 298 •• 299 •• 300 •• 301 •SY SJEHS-~EPORrFAN-lFAN-IFAN-COOLFAN-]FAN-HEArFAN-SCHEDHEAT-lt1EU-ZHEAl-WEEKHEAT-SCHEOCOOL-lCOOL-ICOOL-wEEKCOOL-S:HEDSUHM"R "·1 ALl- SUMHA,'RY)YERIFICATION-tAll-VERIFICATION'• sysrEMS SCHEDULES l-OA Y- SCHEOUl E-DAY-SCHEDULE_WEEK-SCHEDULE_nAY-SCHEDULE-WEEK-SCHEDULE-SCHEDULE-o"y- SCHEDUle-nAY-SCHEDULE-WfEK-SCHEOULE-SCHEDUlE-DAY-SCHEOULE-OAY- SCHEDULE-wfEK-SCHEDULE-SCHEDULECOOl-RES-OAr-OAY-RESEr-SCHCOOL-Rn-WK -WEEK-SCHEoulECOOL-RES -RESEr-SCHEDULE11.8) (0' 19,18, III 119,24' 10.fl,2o\l {O,IHON,FRI' FAN-l IWEH' FAN-2fl,24' IIII AlL' FAN-3THRU HAil. 31, FAN-HfATTHRU DC' 31, FAN-COOLTHRU DEC 31, FAN-HEAT0,8' (551 19,181 169' 1l9.241 1)5,Cl.lItl 15 t HIMON.FRII HU.T-l hlEH, HEAf-2rHRU OEC ~1 HUT-WEEKIl,B' '9q, Cqtl8' Ill' (1'1,24) 199'11.24' 1(9)IHON,fRl1 COOL-l IWfHI COOl-2THRU OEC 31 COOl-i
REPORT SV-A - SYSTEMS DESIGN PARAMETERSThe SV-A Report is produced by the program when the keyword VERIFICATION(SV-A) is used. This report echoes the user's irput to the program asinterpreted by the SYSTEMS design routines. See Section IV.D for discussionof SYSTEMS design calculations.1. SYSTEM NAME in the first line after the header is the U-name (SYST-1) ofthe HVAC system selected by the user.2. SUPPLY FAN (CFM) (5953.) i~ the calculated system design air flow rate.It should be equal to the user-input SUPPLY-CFM multiplied by the valueof ALTITUDE MULTIPLIER. If not user-specified, the value will becalculated from the peak loads. For a corstant volume system or ifSIZING-OPTION = NON-COINCIDENT, the number will be the sum of design cfmsfor the zones on the system. ,If the system is a variable-air-volumesystem, SIZING-OPTION = COINCIDENT, and this is the only system in thePLANT-ASSIGNMENT, the value is calculated from the building coincidentpeak load.3. ELEC (KW) is the electrical energy consumed by the central system supplyfan at design flow. It will be calculated from the value in column 1 andthe user input (or default) for SUPPLY-KW or from the ratio ofSUPPLY-STATIC and SUPPLY-EFF.4. DELTA-T (F) is the value of SUPPLY-DELTA-T, the rise in temperature ofthe air caused by the supply fan.5. The next three entries, RETURN FAN (CFM), ELEC (KW), AND DELTA-T (F) arethe same corresponding values for the return air fan. In the samplereport, these are all zero, because no return fan has been specified.6. OUTSIDE-AIR is the outside air ratio for central systems. Its value iseither the user input value of MIN-OUTSIDE-AIR or is calculated bySYSTEMS from the ventilation input at the zone level divided by the cfmin column 1. This item does not reflect larger values entered, possibly,through the MIN-AIR-SCH keyword, but may be determined from exhaust airentered at the zone level. For zonal systems, this value will be zero.When OUTSIDE AIR is determined from zone ventilation rates, it is the sumof the values under OUTSIDE AIR CFM (in column 6 opposite the zoneU-names) divided by the value under SUPPLY FAN. This outside air ratiois what the program will use as the minimum outside air ratio. It isassumed that the outside air is brought in at the main system fan and isdistributed to the individual zones in proportion to the supply air toeach zone and not in the amount specified by the user.Note: The SYSTEMS design routine does not examine the values entered'inschedules. Consequently, if the user specified the outside air ratiothrough the MIN-AIR-SCH but wants SYSTEMS to size the equipment, heshould also specify a value for MIN-OUTSIDE-AIR.VIr. 53
7. COOLING CAPACITY (KBTU/HR) is either the value entered by the user forthe keyword COOLING-CAPACITY at the system level or is computed bySYSTEMS from the total cooling capacity (sensible plus latent) from thepeak loads. If the cfm chosen for the system is different from theuser-specified value of RATED-CFM, COOLING CAPACITY may reflect acorrection for off-rated performance.8. SENSIBLE (SHR) is the sensible heat ratio, i.e., the fraction of thetotal cooling capacity that is sensible cooling capacity at the peak ordesign condition, adjusted for RATED-CFM. If the user has not enteredCOOL-SH-CAP at the system level for a central system, this value iscalculated from a simulation of the conditions at peak loads, adjustedfor RATED-CFM.9. HEATING CAPACITY (KBTU/HR) is the maximum value for heating and again itreflects either the user input or a calculation from peak loads. Likethe COOLING CAPACITY, this value will be zero for zonal systems, wherethe capacity is shown at the zone level.10. COOLING EIR (BTU/BTU) is the electric input ratio for cooling and iseither taken from the user input or from the default. This value may bemodified if the supply cfm differs from the RATED-CFM. The same is truefor HEATING EIR.11. SUPPLY CFM is the calculated or input cfm for each zone. Only if theuser has specified a value for the ASSIGNED-CFM keyword in the ZONEinstruction will the value here correspond to the user input. The otherkeywords, AIR-CHANGES/HR and CFM/SQFT, will be accepted by SYSTEMS onlyif they are consistent with the user-supplied HEATING-CAPACITY andCOOLING-CAPACITY, and are equivalent to a cfm larger than that of theexhaust from or the ventilation to the zone. If so, the cfm-equivalentvalues of the keywords AIR-CHANGES/HR and CFM/SQFT will be rounded up tothe nearest 10 cfm. In any case, the ALTITUDE MULTIPLIER will be applied.12.FAN (KW) is the total of the zoneconsumption at design conditions.there are no zone fans.supply and exhaust fan electricalIn the example shown, this is zero, as13. MINIMUM CFM RATIO will reflect the user's input for the MIN-CFM-RATIO,unless that input is in conflict with exhaust or ventilationrequirements. In the absence of user input, SYSTEMS will calculate theminimum cfm ratio for those variable air volume systems for which it maybe less than 1.0 from the minimum cfm needed to meet the peak loads orthe user-specified or the calculated heating capacity.14. OUTSIDE AIR CFM reflects the user-specified outside air quantity enteredat the zone level. If OUTSIDE-AIR-CFM is specified, its value ismultiplied by the ALTITUDE MULTIPLIER and reported here. Otherwise thereported value is the maximum of the cfm-equivalent values of OA-CHANGESand OA-CFM/PER, rounded upward to the nearest 10 cfm and then multipliedby the ALTITUDE MULTIPLIER. For the actual amount of outside airdelivered to the zone for central systems, see OUTSIDE AIR above.VII.54
15. COOLING CAPACITY (KBTU/HR), at the zone level, will be zero for centralsystems. For zonal systems it will either be the value specified by theuser for COOLING-CAPACITY or it will be calculated by SYSTEMS to meet thepeak loads at the rated conditions for HP, PTAC, TPFC, or FPFC systems orat any conditions for FPIU or TPIU systems. This is done similarly forHEATING CAPACITY for the above mentioned systems and for UVT and UHTsystems.16. SENSIBLE (SHR) is the sensible part of the cooling capacity for zonalsys terns.17. EXTRACTION RATE (KBTU/HR) is the value the extraction rate (cooling)would be at the design conditions. This is not the value used in thesimulation; that value is recalculated hourly and depends upon theloads, the conditions, the thermostat type, and the thermostaticthrottling"range. ADDITION RATE (heating) is treated similarly.18. MULTIPLIER is the user-specified number of identical zones.VI 1. 55
EXAMPLE 8UILDING 3A, CHICAGO <strong>DOE</strong>-2aI 13 MAR ~O lOa19 a09 SOL RUNREPORT- S~-A SYSrE~ DESIGN PARAMETERS PA"ESYSTE~NAHt::ALTITUDEMULTIPLIERSYSf-1 1.02SUPPL Y RETURN OUTSIDE COOLING HEA TlNG COOLING HEA TlNGfAN ELEe DEL fA-T fAN ELEe OELTA-T AIR CAPACITY SENSIBLE CAPAC ITY EIR ElRICFlott tK.) Ifl (CFMj (KW) IF I t KEI TV/HR! (StiRI (KBTU/tlRI caTU/ElIU. (BTU/EifUI5953. 1.713 • 9 o. o. o. .01 239.42 .68 -128 .. 32 o. o •MINIMUM OUTSIDE COOL INu EXTRACTION HEATING ADDI TlONZONE SUPPl Y EXHAUST fAN OF" AIR CAPACITY SENSIBLE RATE CAPACt rv RArENAME Of" ef" (K\lO RATIO UN 'KBTU/tUU (SHRJ IKBTU/HRI IKBTU/HRj (KeTU/HR' MULTIPLIERSPACE5-1 14-89. o. o. .30 143. o. o. 30aOO -27.99 -19.78 1.0SPACE 1-1 2132. o. o. .30 82. o. o. 4-2a8S --\0.06 -28.32 1.0SPACE2-1 8t.. 7. o. o. .30
REPORT SS-A - SYSTEM MONTHLY LOADS SUMMARYThis report is always generated by the program for each HVAC systemmodeled. The monthly peak cooling, heating, and electrical loads are printedalong with the cooling, heating, and electrical energy demand for the systemsummarized. This report is for comparison of monthly cooling and heating'needs for the HVAC system. DX cooling is reported here (for PSZ, PMZS, PVAVS,PTAC, and RESYS systems) but is not passed to the PLANT program.1. The title of the report shows the user name of the HVAC system beingsummarized (SYST-1).2. COOLING, HEATING, and ELEC are the three sections of this system levelreport.3. COOLING ENERGY (millions of Btu) is the monthly sum of energy (sensibleand latent) extracted by the HVAC system during the operation hours ofthe system and passed as a load to PLANT.4. MAXIMUM COOLING LOAD (thousands of Btu/hr) includes sensible and latentspace cooling loads, ventilation air, and fan heat. Because systemstart-up loads can be larger than continuous running maximum loads, oftenthe start-up loads are shown in this column. To the left of this columnare the day and hour of the peak cooling load along with the outside drybulb and wet bulb temperatures at the time of the peak.5. HEATING ENERGY (millions of Btu) is the monthly sum of heat delivered bythe secondary HVAC system during the operation hours of the system andpassed as a load to PLANT.6. MAXIMUM HEATING LOAD (thousands of Btu/hr) includes space heating loads,ventilation, and humidification. Again, the peak heating load is oftendue to start-up conditions after the system has been shut downovernight. To the left of this column are the day and hour of the peakheating load along with the outside dry bulb and wet bulb temperatures atthe time of the peak.7.ELECTRICAL ENERGY (kWh) is the monthly electricalconvenience outlets, and supply and return fans.consumption by the pumps is reported in the PLANTconsumption for lights,The electricalprogram.8. MAXIMUM ELEC LOAD (kW) is the monthly peak electrical consumption in aone-hour period for lights, convenience outlets, and fans for the zonesserved by the HVAC system.9. TOTAL is the annual totals for cooling energy, heating energy, andelectrical energy for the HVAC system.10. MAX is the highest monthly peak cooling load, heating load, andelectrical load.VII.S7 (Revised 5/81)
EXA~plEBulLOING )A, CHICAGO00E-<strong>2.1</strong>U MAR 8010.19.09 SOL RUN IREPOR'- SS-A SYSTE" MONTHLY LO_OS SU"MARY FOR SYS'-l--------tOOLING---------HEA'ING-- - - E L e C - - -
REPORT SS-B - SYSTEM MONTHLY lOA,D,S SUMMARYSS-B provides a summary of the heating and cooling required by all thezones (combined) served by the HVAC system. The items summarized are zonecooling, zone heating, zone baseboard heating, and preheat energy. Many HVACsystems have heating and cooling devices that serve only one zone. Forexample, in a single duct reheat system, there are reheat coils for eachzone. This report lists, in addition, the preheat energy required and thepeak preheat load. The preheat coils raise the temperature of the mixed airto a specified temperature. NOTE: When the user specifies baseboard heatingin a zone, the modeling is similar to reheat coils, but the heating suppliedis reported under the heading BASEBOARDS.1. The user name of the HVAC system (SYST-l) is printed at the end of thereport title.2. ZONE COIL COOLING ENERGY (millions of Btu) and MAXIMUM ZONE COIL COOLINGENERGY (thousands of Btu/hr) are, respectively, the monthly total andpeak sensible and latent cooling. This is cooling supplied by coilslocated in the zone(s). The cooling of the primary supply air in thesystem is summarized 'in Report SS-A. Loads met by OX units are reportedhere and an electrical demand is passed to PLANT. (For RESYS only:These columns report instead the cooling accomplished by naturalventi lation.)3. ZONE COIL HEATING ENERGY (millions of Btu) and MAXIMUM ZONE COIL HEATINGENERGY (thousands of Btu/hr) are the monthly totals and peak heating,respectively, supplied by coils or a furnace (oil- or gas-fired) in thezones. The furnace loads, met here in SYSTEMS, are not passed to PLANTbut rather a utility demand for oil or gas is passed to PLANT. Baseboardheating is not included. In this example, the zone coils are electricresistance coils and the electrical demand will be passed to PLANT. (ForRESYS only: These columns report the heating load on the furnace.)4. BASEBOARD HEATING ENERGY (millions of Btu) and MAXIMUM BASEBOARD HEATINGENERGY (thousands of Btu/hr) are, respectively, the monthly totals andpeak heating supplied by baseboard heaters in all the zones served by thesystem (SYST-l). These loads are passed to PLANT unless BASEBOARD-SOURCEis set equal to ELECTRIC, GAS-FURNACE, or OIL-FURNACE, in which case theload is met here in SYSTEMS and a utility demand is passed to PLANT.5. PRE-HEAT COIL ENERGY (millions of Btu) and MAXIMUM PRE-HEAT COIL ENERGY(thousands of Btu/hr) are, respectively, the monthly totals and peakheating supplied by the preheat coil(s) to raise the temperature of themixed air (return air plus makeup air) to a specified value, PREHEAT-T.These loads are passed to PLANT unless PREHEAT-SOURCE is set equal toELECTRIC, GAS-FURNACE, or OIL-FURNACE, in which case the load is met herein SYSTEMS and a utility demand is passed to PLANT. (For RESYS only:The columns report instead the electrical input, in Btu's, for thefurnace fan, when the fan is running.)V I 1. 59
EXAMPlE 8UllOIN~ 311., CHICAGO <strong>DOE</strong>-Z.I 13 MAR 60 1J.l9 .. 09 SOL RUN 1REPORT- 55-8 SYSJEM MONTHLY LOADS SUMMARY FOR SYSJ-l- -1 0 N E COOLING-- - -1 0 N E HEATING- --BASEBOARDS-- - -P A E - H EAT - - -MAXIMUM MAXIHUM MAXI HUH MAXIMUMlONE COIL lONE COIL lONE COIL lONE CO Il BASEBOARD BASEBOARD PRE-HEAT PRE-HEATCOOLIN:; COOLING HEll. flNG HEATING liEATING HEATING COIL COILMONTHENER~,( ENfRGY ENERGY ENERGY ENERGY ENERGy ENERGY ENERGY""BTU. (KBJU/HItI (MBTU. I KSJU/tIR. IM6TUI 'K6TU/HRI IMIHUI e K8TU/HR IJAN O. o. -U.69909 -125.500 O. O. -.2li61 -6.205FE8 O. O. -12.74966 -124.166 O. O. -.00166 - .. 104MAR O. O. -6.96571 -124.429 O. O. O. O.APR O. O. -1.06509 -1l9.30B O. O. O. O.MA. O. O. -.01566 -9.769 O. O. O. O.JUN O. O • O. O. O. O. O. O."" ..........JUI. O. O. O. O. O. O. O. O.0 '"AUG O. O. O. O. O. O. O. O.SEP O. O. O. O. O. O. O. O.OCT O. O. - .. 45335 -123.323 O. O. O. O.NOV O. O. -5.84056 -122.034 O. O. O. O.DEC O. O. -l3.15~25 -123.919 O. O. O. O.-------. --------- -.-------- -------.-- ---------- -------..- ------.--- -----.----TOTAL O. -56.163 O. -.23ftMAX O. -125.500 O. -6.205
REPORT SS-C - SYSTEM MONTHLY LOAD HOURSThe number of cooling and heating hours for each month are reported foreach system. Included are the hours when both heating and cooling arerequired. In addition, this report gives the heating and electrical loads atthe time of the cooling peak.1. NUMBER OF COOLING LOAD HOURS and NUMBER OF HEATING LOAD HOURS give thetotal hours in each month when the HVAC system is operating with aheating load or a cooling load.2. CONCURRENT COOL-HEAT LOAD HOURS gives the number of hours in each monthwhen the HVAC system is operating with simultaneous heating and coolingloads.The above two numbers do not include hours when the only load was from pilotlights and crankcase heating.3. HEATING LOAD AT TIME OF COOLING PEAK is self-explanatory. ELECTRIC LOADAT TIME OF COOLING PEAK will be the electrical load at the last hour ofthe month if there was no cooling that month.VII.61
EXAMPLE BU!LOING 3A, CHICAGO <strong>DOE</strong>-2al 13 MAR 80 10.19.09 SOL RUN 1HEPORT- S~-C SYSTEI1 MONTHLY L040 HOURS fOR SYST-l-N U M B E R o F H OUR S- - - - - - - COl N C I 0 E N r LOADS--NUI'mER JF NUMBER IlF CONCURRENT HEAliNG LOAD elECTRIC lOADCOOL I IfG HEArlNG COOL-HEAT .n JlME OF AT JJME OFlO4.D LOAO LOAO COOL .,.r; PEAK COOLING PEAKMONTH HOURS HOURS HOURS IKBTU/HRJ C KiWIJAN 0 50b 0 O. 1.307FEB 0 470 0 o. 1.)01MAR 31 259 2 -.664 2.207APR '0 41 5 o. 21.5~5HAY 133 3 0 O. 18.281
REPORT SS-D - PLANT MONTHLY LOADS SUMMARYIn the <strong>DOE</strong>-2 program multiple central plants, for serving the HVACsystems in the building, can be simulated. The PLANT-ASSIGNMENT command isused to assign HVAC systems to central plants. In the report shown, theuser-defined name of the plant, CONVENTIONAL, is reported in the title line.The cooling, heating, and electrical energy required by the system(s) andzones served on the plant are reported monthly along with the peak cooling,heating, and electrical loads for the combined systems, and the time ofOccurrence. Note that these peak loads may result from startup after thebuilding has been shut down overnight. Cooling done in SYSTEMS by DX units isnot included here in cooling loads but in electrical loads.1. COOLING ENERGY (millions of Btu) is the sensible and latent monthlycooling required by the HVAC systems from the central plant specified inthe PLANT-ASSIGNMENT command.2. TIME OF MAX gives the day and hour that the maximum cooling load occurs.3. DRY-BULB TEMP and WET-BULB TEMP are the outside dry-bulb and wet-bulbtemperatures during the peak cooling load.4. MAXIMUM COOLING LOAD (thousands of Btu/hr) gives the peak cooling loadfor each month and for the year.5. HEATING ENERGY (millions of Btu) is the total monthly heating required bythe HVAC systems from the specified central plant.5. TIME OF MAX gives the day and hour that the maximum heating load occurs.7. DRY-BULB TEMP and WET-BULB TEMP are the outside dry-bulb and wet-bulbtemperatures during the peak heating load.8. MAXIMUM HEATING LOAD (thousands of Btu/hr) gives the peak heating loadfor each month and for the year.9. ELECTRICAL ENERGY (in kWh) is the monthly electrical requirement forlights and convenience outlets for the building zones served by theplant. In addition, the electrical energy contains the fan energyrequirement for the HVAC system. It does not include the electricalenergy associated with pumps, cooling towers, chillers, and electricalheating. These are reported in the PLANT program.10. MAXIMUM ELEC LOAD (kW) give the monthly peak electrical consumption in aone-hour period for lights and convenience outlets in the building zonesserved by the plant.11. NUMBER OF HOURS and COINCIDENT LOADS are as in report SS-C for the wholeplant.VII.53
eXANPle 8U(lDtN~ lAt CHICAGO OOE-2.tREPORf- 55-0 PLANr ~ONTHlY LOADS SUMMARY FOR CUNVENT tONAL13 HAR BOIJ.19.09 SOL RUN 1- - - - - - - - coo liN ~ ---------HEA r I NG-- - - E l E C - - -MONTItJANfE8.ARAPRCUOlIN~ENE IUiV(MOTUIo.o..6tt2563.8H&8TIMeof I4AXDY HR, 1529 10ORYBULBTEMP16f65FWETBULBTE,ItP65F61fMAX IMUMCOUllIIIGLOADIKBTU/HRJO.O.)9.480126.1CJ4HEArlr-iGENERGYI H8 TU)-21.33tJ-16.130-1.912-1.065TI'1EOf MAXOY HR2•2599•9ORYIWll:}rEMP..lf18f'6fWE TBULBTEMP3f6f15fHfMAX IHUMHEATINGLOAD(KaTu/tiRI-158.350-151.190-141.212-119.308ELECTRICALENERGyIKWtll5271.4611.5109.5095.MAXIMUMElEClUtll)(Kw I20.020.020.021.5.AYlO.061j11321 128n16F151.553-.016984'F39F-9.1695219.21.5JUN22.,\183820 16.Of18f172.520O.O.4965.21.5
REPORT SS-E - PLANT MONTHLY LOAD HOURSJust as the monthly load hours are reported for a HVAC system in ReportSS-C, the load hours for the plant named CONVENTIONAL are shown in ReportSS-E. Heating and electrical loads for the plant at the time of the coolingpeak are also reported.1. NUMBER OF COOLING LOAD HOURS and NUMBER OF HEATING LOAD HOURS. Thesehours, reported monthly, are the required operation hours of the centralplant for supplying heating or cooling to the HVAC systems served.2. CONCURRENT COOL-HEAT LOAD HOURS gives the number of hours in each monthwhen the central plant is operating with simultaneous heating and coolingload s.3. HEATING LOAD AT TIME OF COOLING PEAK and ELECTRICAL LOAD AT TIME OFCOOLING PEAK are self-explanatory.VII.65
EXAMPLE BUiLDING 3A, CHICAGO OOE-<strong>2.1</strong> 13 MAR 80 IJ.19.09 SOL RUN 1REPO~T- SS-E PLAN' MONTHLY LOAD HOURS FOR CGNVENT IONAl-N U M 6 E R D F H 0 U R S- - - - - - - COl N C IDE N T LOADS--NUM8ER JF NUI1BER OF CONCURRENT HEAriNG LOA.D ELECTR Ie LOADCOOLl .. .; HEA lING COOL-HEAT AT TIME OF 4.T TI HE OFLUAU LOAD LOAO C!)rJLIN(; JlE AK COOLING JlEMMONTH HOURS HOURS HOURS I KG TU/HIU CKWIJAN 0 50. 0 O. 1.301FED 0
REPORT SS-F - ZONE MONTHLY DEMAND SUMMARYThis report gives monthly values of eight different zone-relatedquantities. The user-name of the zone (SPACEl-l) is given in the title of thereport, along with the HVAC system (SYST-l) which serves this zone. Found inthis report are the monthly sums for zone heating and cooling demands from theHVAC system, minimum and maximum zone air temperatures, and the number ofhours the loads are not met in the zone. The report is presented zone-by-zone.l~ HEAT EXTRACTION LOAD and HEAT ADDITION LOAD (millions of Btu). Thesemonthly totals are the sensible cooling and heating requirements,respectively, of this zone during the HVAC system operation hours. Theseloads are both sensible and latent. For RESYS systems, the heatextraction may include natural ventilation. For plenums, these valuesare for heat extraction and addition induced by the return air flow. Forunconditioned zones, these values should be zero.2. BASEBOARD ENERGY (millions of Btu) and MAXIMUM BASEBOARD ENERGY(thousands of Btu/hr). When the keyword BASEBOARD-RATIO is used, thezone heating is supplied by baseboards. Monthly heating energyrequirements for these baseboards are reported in addition to the peakheating requirement.3. MAXIMUM ZONE TEMPERATURE (OF) and MINIMUM ZONE TEMPERATURE (OF). Themonthly maximum and minimum air temperatures, during system operation(when fans are operating), in this zone are reported for checking spacetemperature variations. Extreme air temperatures frequently occur at atime when the HVAC system has just been activated. When the fans are notoperating for an entire month, the minimum will be shown as 200 of andthe maximum as 0 of. These are initialization values and should not betaken as the temperature to which the zone has floated.4. HOURS UNDERHEATED and HOURS UNDERCOOLED. If the capacity of the HVACsystem is less than the hourly heat extraction or heat addition load forthis zone, a load-not-met is recorded as either an underheated orundercooled hour. The number of nours reported as underheated orundercooled may be startups after a night shutdown of the HVAC system.VII.67
EXAMPLE U~ILDING lA, CHICAGO OOE-<strong>2.1</strong> 13 I1AR 80. lO.lQ.09 SOL RUN 1REPORT- S$-F ZONE MONTHLY DEMAND SUM~ARY FOR SPACEl-t IN SYST-l- -0 E M ~ N 0 S- - - - - - -8 A S E 8 0 A R D S- - - - -T E M PER A r U R E S- - - -L 0 ADS NOT M E T- -HE o\J HEAT HAXIMU~ MAXIMUM HINJMUHEX TR4C T I.HI AQDITION BASEHOARO BASEBOARD lONE lONE HOURS HOURSLUAD LOAD ENERGY ENERGY TEMP TEMP UNDER UNDERMONTH C 146T:.J1 01BTU) (MOTU) (KBTU/HR) Ifl IFI HEATED COOLED
EXAHPLf BUILDING 3A, CHICAGO OOE-<strong>2.1</strong> 13 MAR 80 10.19.09 SOL RUN 1REPORT- 5S-F lONE MONTHLY DEMANO SUMMARY fOR SPACE2-1 IN SVST-l- -0 E HAN 0 S- - - - - - -8 A 5 E 8 0 A R 0 S- - - - -T E M PER A T U R E S- - - -L 0 ADS N 0 I M E T- -HEAT HEAT MAXIMUM MAXIMUM MINIMUMEXTRACT I:lN AOO IT ION BASEBOARO BASEBOAHU lONE lONE HOURS IiOUH.SLO",O LOAD ENI::RGV ENERGY TEMP TEMP UNDER UNOERMONTH IMllTJ) (MSTUI IMlnU) (K6TU/HK) IF I IFI HEATEIJ COOLEOJAN .10955 -1.461 O. O. 71.2 55 .. 2 H 0FEB • 09891 -1.150 O. O • 10.1 55.3 3> 0MAR .41162 -.483 O. O. 72.0 55.-41 10 0APR 1.61&12 -.053 O. O. 15.1 66.5 I 1IMAr 2.43101 O. O. O. 15.1 10.4 0 30JUN 2 .. 81}10 O. O. O. 16.0 12.0 0 .. 0
EXAMPLE BUllOING 3A, CHICAGO OOE-<strong>2.1</strong> 13 MAR 80 lQ.19.09 SOL RUN 1REPORr- SS-F lONE I4QNTHlY DEMAND SUMMARY FOR SPACE3-1 IN SVST-l- -0 E MAN 0 S- - - - - - -8 A S E 8 0 A R 0 S- - - - -T E H PER A T U R E S- - - -lOA [) S NOT H E T- -HEH HEAT MAX (MUM MAXIMUM MINIMUMEXTRACTIJ.., AOO II ION BASEBOARD BASEtlDARD lONE lONE HOURS HOURSLOAD LeAD ENERGY ENERGV TEMP TEMP UNDER UNOERMONTH IHlIlUI IM8TUI (MBrUI I KB TU/HR I IFI IF) HEATED COOLEDJAN .01683 -3.058 o. o. 70 .. 6 54.9 4. 0FE. .05801) -2.311 o. o. 70.4 ;5 .. 1 H 0HAR .468;5 -1.062 o. o. 71.8 55.3 a 0
EXAMPLE BUILOING 3A, CHICAGO OOE-l.l 13 MAR 80 10.19.09 SOL RUN 1REPORT- SS-F LONE MONTHLY OEMAND SUMMARY fOR SPACE4-1 IN SYSf-l
EXAMPLE BUlLOIN~ 340, CHICAGO <strong>DOE</strong>-<strong>2.1</strong> 13 MAR 80 IJ.l
EXAMPLE BUILDING :sA, CHICAGO OOE-2.t 13 MAR BIl IJ.19.09 SOL RUN 1REPORT- 5S-F lUNE MONfHlY DEMANO SUMMARY fOR PlENI}M-l IN SYSr-L- -0 E MAN 0 5- - - - - - -8 A S E 8 0 A R () S- - - - -T E M PER A T U R E S- - - -L 0 ADS NOT f1 E T- -HEAT HEAT MAXIMUM MAXIMUM MINIMUMEXTRA(:.TICoN ADDITION BASEBOARD BASEBUARD lONE lONE HOURS HOURSLUAU LOAD ENERGY ENERGY TEMP fEMP UNDER UNDERMONfti tMIHUl IMIlTUl (MBTUl tK6TU/HR J IFI IFI HEATED (:.OOLEOJAN .00005 -5.151 o. O. 69.6 51 .. 6 0 0FEB .00070 -4.587 O. O. 69.6 53.3 0 0MAR .001t83 -3.852 o. O. 11.1 53.1 0 0APR • 06139 -1.591 O. o. 15.9 61t.0 0 0HAY .. 14592 -.675 o. o. 16.Z 69.3 0 0JUN .!iSH4 -.056 o. O. 78.9 13.0 0 0
REPORT SS-G - ZONE MONTHLY LOADS SUMMARYZone cooling, heating, and electrical requirements are reported in thismonthly summary. The user name of the zone (SPACE1-1) is in the title linewith the name of the HVAC system (SYST-1) serving the zone. The cooling andheating energy reported is supplied only at the zone level such as reheatcoils. Often heating and cooling loads are reported as zero in this reportwhen the central HVAC system provides all the heating and cooling, i.e., adual duct system.1. COOLING ENERGY and HEATING ENERGY (millions of Btu). Again, this ismonthly energy delivered by coils in this zone during scheduled operationhours.2. MAXIMUM COOLING LOAD and MAXIMUM HEATING LOAD (thousands of Btu/hr). Thepeak energy delivered by zone coils for cooling or heating, respectively.3. TIME OF MAX (DY, HR), DRY-BULB TEMP, and WET-BULB TEMP. The day and hourof the peak zone coil loads are reported; again these times may be forstartup loads. The temperatures reported are the outdoor airtemperatures at the time of the peak zone coil loads.4. ELECTRICAL ENERGY and MAXIMUM ELECTRICAL LOAD (kWh). The monthly totaland peaks of electrical energy use in this zone, including lights, fans,VII.74
EXAMPLE BUILDiNG 3At CHICAGO OOE-2.I 13 .'1AR Bq 10.19.09 SOL RUN IREPORT- SS-G lUNE MONfHLV LOADS SUMMARY FOR S?ACE1-1 IN SYST-l--------COOL I NG- - - - - - - - - H EAT I N G - - - - - - - - E lEe - - -MAXIMUM MAXI HUH ElEC- MAX IMUMCOOLING TI ME DRY- wFT- COOLING HEATING TIME OR\,- WET- HEATING TR I CAL €lECENERGY UF MAX aUla aUlR LOAD ENFRGv OF MAX BULB tJUL8 LOAD ENERGY LOADHmHH I MdIUI OY HR TEMP fEM? (KBTlJ/HRI (MB fUI OY HR fEMP rEM? (KIHU/HR) I KwH) (1OCT O. O. -.138 21 8 31F Z9F -39.353 l!)ftl • 4.1NOV O. O. -I.b52 Z9 9 Z9F Z8F -39.179 9b3. 4.1DEC o. O. -3.6b4 Z. 9 l1F l1F -39.6ft8 1001. 4.1------- --------- --------- ---------- -------- -------TOIAL O. -lb.183 12052.MAX O. -40.00ft 4.1
EXAMPLE BuiLDING 3A, CHICAGO00E-<strong>2.1</strong>13 MAR 8010.19.09 SOL RUN 1REPORf- SS-G lONE MONTHLY LOADS SUMMARY FOR SPACE2-1IN S'(5T-l--------COOlING-- - - - - - - - H E A , ( N G -- - - E l E C - - -
EXAMPLE BUILDING 3A, CHICAGO00E-<strong>2.1</strong>13 MAR 6010.19.09 SOL RUN 1RepORT- SS-G lONE MONTHLY LOADS SUHMARY FOR SPACE3-1IN SVST-l--------COOL ING---------HEATING-- ~ - E L E C - - -MO~THCOOLINGEN E RGYIMSW)TI HEJF ~A)(l)'t HRORVBULBTEMPWETBULBTEMPMAX I HUHCOOLINGlOADI KBTU/HR)HEATINGENERGYI HaYUITlKEOf MAX[)'I' tiROR '1'BULBfEHPWHBULBTEMPHAXIKUMHEAT INCLOADIKBTU/HRIElECTRICALENERGyIKWHIMAXIMUMElECLlJAO11
EXAMPLE BUILDING 3A, CHICAGOODE-Z.l13 MAR 8010 .. 19.09 SDL RUN 1REPORI- SS-G lONE MONTHLY LOADS SUMMARV FOR $PACE4-1IN SYST-l--------COOLING---------HEATING-- ~ - E LEe - - -HONIHCOOLINGENERGVtMBWIII MEOF MUOY HRDRYBULBTEMPWETBULBTE~?MAXIMUMCOOLINGLOAD(KIHU/HRJHEATINGPlERGi(MBTU)TIMEOF MAXDr HRDRYHULSTEMPWETBULBTEMPMAX (HUMHEATINGLOADIK8TU/HRIELECTR I CALHURGY( KWttJMUIMU'1flEeLOADCKJIIJ
EXAI4PLE BUILDING 3A, CHICAGOOOE-<strong>2.1</strong>13 MAR BO, L~.19.09 SOL RUN 1REPORT- SS-G £ONE MONTHLY LOADS SUMMARY FOR SPACEs-tIN SVST-l- - - - • - - - tOO LIN G ---------HEATING-- - - E L E C - - -MONTHCOOLINGENERGYIM8ruiTIMEOF MAX0'( HIlORYBULBTEMP~ETBULBTEMPMAXIMUMCOOLINGLOAD(KBTU/HfUHEAT INGENERGYt MarUITJHEOF MAXDY Hit.DRYBULB1 EM?WETBULBTEMPMAXIMUHHEAr INGLOADIKBTU/HR'ElEerRI CALENt:RGY, KWHIMAXIMUMELEeLOAD(KI'I'I
EXAMPLE BUJLDING 3A, CHICAGO OOE-<strong>2.1</strong> 13 MAR 60 10.19.09 SOL RUN 1REPORT- SS-G IO~E MONTHLY LOADS SUMMARY FOR PlENUM-\ IN SYSf-l--------CDDLING- - - - - - - - - H EAT I N G - - - - - - - - E LEe - - -MAX I HUH MAXIMUM ElEC- MAXIMUMCOOLING JlME DRY- WET- CUOlING HEAf[NG flME DRY- wEf- HEAT ING TRiCAL ElEeENERGV OF MAX OULB BULB LOAD E\lERGY OF MAX BULB BULB LOAD ENERGY LOAOMONTH (HBTU. or HR JEMP TEMP IKBTU/HR) (MBrUI Dr HR TEMP TEMP (K6lU/HRI C KII'HI ( KinJAN o. D. O. O. o. O.FEB O. O. o. o. O. D.HAR O. O. o. o. o. O.APR O. O. o. o. o. O.HAY O. O. o. o. o. O.JUN O. O. o. o. o. O.JUl O. O. o. o. o. o.
REPORT SS-H - SYSTEM MONTHLY LOADS SUMMARYIn this monthly load summary the name of the HVAC system is given in thetitle (SYST-l). Found in this report is the fan energy requirement for theHVAC system.1. Under FAN ELEC is shown the total and maximum hourly electricalconsumption of the supply, return, exhaust, and outside fans.2. Under FUEL HEAT is presented the total oil and gas consumed in Btuequivalents by the system. This will be zero unless the user has made atleast one of the heat sources OIL-FURNACE or GAS-FURNACE.3. For ELEC HEAT the data describe the electrical consumption for heating.This will include electric baseboards and reheat coils as well as theelectrical load attributable to the heating cycle of a heat pump.4. ELEC COOL shows the electrical consumption and hourly maxima for cooling.VII.81
EXAMPLE BUILDING 3A, CHICAGn 00E-<strong>2.1</strong> 13 MAR 80' lu.19.09 SOL RUN 1REPORT- SS-H SYSTE-' Ma~ITHLY LOADS SUMMARY FOk SY$T-l- - - -F A N E L E C- - - - - -F U E L H EAT E lEe HEAT--- - E l E C COOl---MAXIMUM MAX IHUM MAXIMUM MAXIMUMF., FA"GAS oIl GAS OIL EHeTRI C ElEClRIC ELECTRIC ElECTRICHECfRt: ElECTRIC HEATING ilEA II NG HEA riNG HEATING COOLIN:; tOullNGENERGf ENERGY ENERGY ENEfU'Y ENERGY ENEf.lGY ENERGY ENEf.lGYMONTH (KwH) (KI'i) (MSrUI IKfHU/HR) IKwtO ( KW' (KWH) I K~'JAN 31t0. .468 O. O. o. o. o. O.FE8 307. .. 457 O. O. o. o • o. O.HAR 343- • 118 O. O. o. o • o. O.APR lOb. 2.045 O. O. o. o. o. O.HAY 346. 2.04~ O. O. o. o. o. o.
REPORT 55-1 - SYSTEM MONTHLY COOLING LOAD SUMMARY55-1 is a summary of the monthly cooling energy provided by each HVACsystem. The items summarized are sensible cooling, latent cooling, maximumcooling (sensible plus latent) with the corresponding sensible heat ratio, andthe day and hour the maximum cooling occurs.1. SENSIBLE COOLING ENERGY (millions of Btu) is the monthly sum of sensibleenergy extracted by the HVAC system.2. LATENT COOLING ENERGY (millions of Btu) is the monthly sum of latentenergy extracted by the HVAC system.The sum of 1 and 2 should agree with the COOLING ENERGY reported in 55-A.3. MAX TOTAL COOLING ENERGY (thousands of Btu/hr) is the hourly peak energy(sensible plus latent) extracted by the system during the month.4. SENSIBLE HEAT RATIO AT MAX is the sensible heat ratio (sensiblecooling/total cooling) for the hour that the maximum total cooling occurs.5. TIME OF MAX DY HR is the day and hour during which the total peakcooling load occurred.6. TOTAL is the annual totals for sensible cooling energy and latent coolingenergy (millions of Btu).1. MAX is the highest hourly cooling load (thousands of Btu/hr) during theyear and the corresponding sensible heat ratio for that hour.Note:If the RUN-PERIOD interval does not include the entire year, the abovedefinitions apply only during the specified RUN-PERIOD interval(s).VII.8<strong>2.1</strong> (Revised 5/81)
S{/-l"lE STIlUUUJ.l.[ RUN)A, CH(AGUDeE-2.IA 22 CEC eo 15.32.20 SDL RUN 1HEI")aT- S5-{ SYS1E/o' ,"CfI'HLY crUIN;; LOAO SC"',"M
REPORT SS-J - SYSTEM PEAK HEATING AND COOLING DAYSSS-J gives for each HVAC system an hourly profile of the peak heating dayand the peak cooling day that occur during the RUN-PERIOD interval(s). Thepeak cooling day is defined as the day that contains the hour with the maximum(sensible plus latent) cooling energy; the peak cooling day is similarlydefined. The items reported for each hour of the peak cooling day are coolingenergy, sensible heat ratio, and outdoor dry- and wet-bulb temperatures. Forthe peak heating day, the items reported are heating energy and outside dryandwet-bulb temperatures.1. COOLING and HEATING are the two sections of this system level report.Directly below the headings COOLING and HEATING, the month and day of thepeak cooling and heating days are given.2. HOUR gives the hour of the day, ranging from hour 1 (midnight to 1 am) tohour 24 (11 pm to midnight). Even if DAYLIGHT-SAVINGS; YES, summerhours will not reflect daylight saving time.3. HOURLY COOLING ENERGY (thousands of Btu) is the total hourly energy,sensible plus latent, extracted by the HVAC system.4. SENSIBLE HEAT RATIO is the ratio of sensible to total cooling energy forthe given hour.5. DRY-BULB TEMP and WET-BULB TEMP are the outside dry- and wet-bulbtemperatures, respectively, for the given hour.6. HOURLY HEATING ENERGY (thousands of Btu) is the hourly heating energydelivered by the HVAC system. For SYSTEM-TYPE; RESYS, this includesbaseboard heating energy.7. MAX is the highest hourly cooling load and the highest hourly heatingload (both in thousands of Btu) during the RUN-PERIOD interval(s), inthis case, the year.VII .82.3 (Revi sed 5/81)
SI~PLE srpU(TUR[ PU~ ~A, CHICAGU <strong>DOE</strong>-2.IA 22 CEe 80 15.32.20 SOL RUN 1REPORT- SS-J SYSTE~ PfA~ HEATr~G AND LUUllNG CAYS FOR SVST-t- - - - - e 0 0 l { N G - - - - - ---HfAI ING---JU l 15 HN 2HCL'RlYI-\(UkLYCUr.LING 5[1\510LE ORY- wET- HEATING ORY- WET-E' ",rRGY HE AT eUlII BULB ENrk GY nUlf1 eUl UHOUR I KIH'JI RATIO TE"IP TEMP ( 1
HOURLY REPORTSThese optional reports are user-designed. The variables, which are to bedisplayed, are chosen by the user from the lists in Chapter IV (seeREPORT-BLOCK) .I. MMDDHH2. SYST-lTOT HTGCOIL BTU3. SYST-lTOT ZONEHTG BTU4. SYST-lRETURNHUMIDITY5. SYST-lMIXHUMIDITY6. SYST-lHUMIDITYLVG COIL7. SYST-lHTG COILAIR TEMP8. SYST-lCLG COILAIR TEMP9. SYST-lENTERINGAIR TEMP10. SYST-lRETURNAIR TEMPII. SYST-lTOT SYSTCFM12. SYST-lRETURNCFMis the month, day, and hour of the simulation period.Total energy input (in Btu) each hour to the centralheating coil in the SYST-l system.Total energy input (in Btu) each hour to the zoneheating coils served by the SYST-l system.The humidity ratio (in lbs H20/lb dry air) of thereturn air to the SYST-l HVAC unit.The humidity ratio (in lbs H20/lb dry air) of the mixedreturn air and outside ventilation air of the SYST-lsystem. The air is mixed prior to passing over anycentral heating or cooling coils.The humidity ratio (in lbs H20/lb dry air) of the air(supply) leaving the SYST-l cooling coil.The temperature (OF) of the supply air leaving the SYST-lheating coil - hot deck temperature. (Actually, thisvariable is not appropriate to the VAVS system that wasspecified. The program does not check for appropriatenessof variables.)The temperature (OF) of the supply air leaving the SYST-lcooling coil - cold deck temperature.The temperature (OF) of the mixed return air and outsideventilation air of the SYST-l system.The temperature (OF) of the SYST-l return air.The total SYST-l system supply air flow rate (in cfm).The total SYST-l system return air flow rate (in cfm).V I 1. 83 (Revised 5/81)
CC===C=>/'I>/'I>/'I>/'I"'>/'I.r~rr~ __",~ ........____~_.r .....__, z- :> ~"~" 0 c ~ ~ ";. '"..; - ,I'" e ~I ~~c "~r ~ ,~~-~~N, ~ 0 , ,'"-r --~~I ~,~,,II;'II ~~~, ~,I, I.!~~, ~,, I~~I ~, ~,II~~, ~I .!,,•~~~I,,I ,·~~~i!i I ~0 ~" c.... "w,~~,i..."•-~~0 ~~ % ~~" ZC;-~ I;;..•~1 ,~•w I~ L IZ c ~w • W L Z"" , zz":>~r~~,,'-'~~~~~zo~~'-'~z." "~-"c,,~ZZ-~~~"z-~... ~-%o~....-"" ~-....... ~-zo~....--~"" %c--~~-0:'-'z"=>%~~•;;wz-= z:~-%-z=_z~-,,~w%:>e_~"." Q~~%z~,,-,,-,,-,,-::0~ "" I~ I.- ,ESI·....'. ..................oooooooc===C~=~=NOOOOOOO0#-#00-=:000000000000·............ ... ...... .0000000 0000000..... O'"= ... "'.e"'~"'..o00'"e"':t'0',-e>e>0'C"_'='000000000000000000• • • • • • • • • •• •• I. I ••••••0000000 0000000· ...................... .000000000000000000000000·.......................ooooooo~oooooooooooooooo---------- .... "' ............._~~~~.~C~O_~~#"'~"'C~O_N~#~..o..o..o..o~.c • .c..o.c.e.c.c.c.e..o..o..o..o.c.c.e.c------------------------~~~ ...... ~~ ......... ~ ........................ ~ ......... ...·............... ...... . .ooooooo==~=~~_~==ooocooo~.-#o#'o#'o#"o#'~o#'-#II'",O/'rI"',>/'I>/'Irr.r>/'l.r..e..o.c.c.e-c.e.c.o.c~_"''''''''''''' __ OC·........ .... . .. .. . . ... .... .................... -...OOOOOOO=~, ... ~~~~ ... .coooOcO=·........... .-e-::"''''=!~-o#". .. . .... . . .... .................... -...0000000= ____ ...... ___ 0000000·................. . . . . . .ooooooe-.c>/'l.#~#~~~.c~~~~~o"'.e ........ "'_O~_.e ... "'>/'IO/'##>/'INNO.c_C"O~~:·~_O~OO'"-=.e ""NO.c_~O. .... . ... ... . .. . .. . . ...oO=OOOooe>c=c:==:=.ccC"C"~C"oc===:=~c~ ... ~~~~~~~~ __ ~_~:"'1>/'1.1'0000000Or:'C":fC-~e-O"C"c_000000000cocoo;oococoooooo• •••••• 0 0 0 0 • • • •• ••••• ••OOOQOOQ~_~""N~"'''''''''''''''Or:l":-~r:]'O"O'
D. PLANT OUTPUT REPORT DESCRIPTIONSTo fully explain the following sample output reports from PLANT it isnecessary first to display the input data.Since the VERIFICATION reports for PLANT are basically self-explanatory(especially after having input the data) no attempt is made here to describethese particular reports. They simply echo back to the user the input data,as understood by the PLANT program.Note:In PLANT report PV-D (cost of utilities and fuels) the entry foruniform cost/unit is not used in the calculation, when the user hasentered values for the keyword BLOCKS or the keyword MULTIPLIERS.In these cases it is used as a flag. It has the value 99.0 when theuser has entered BLOCKS and -99.0 when the user has enteredMULTIPLIERS.The available SUMMARY reports and an example HOURLY-REPORT are displayedlater in this section of the manual.In report PV-D the ENERGY-SOURCE code-words have been truncated to 8characters to allow room for the entire report on one page.VII.85 (Revised 5/81)
• 0 LPRO C E S 5 0 RN "u rD 0\ , "t] NAR 80 10.19.0,""POL A.IIN
"l9 •• 420. RPPLIl '" fHlURLY-ftEPORT S, SHORT PLANT REPORT 1• 'tll • REPOIH-SUifOULE REPRTSCH.422 • REP:JRT-I3LOCK (PPLRPI• 423. END-CA~TIO~-----------------------------------------------------------------------------------NO LOAD-~A~AGEMENr MAY CAUSE POOR OPR~• ItH. COMPUTE PLANT• 425. INPUT ECONOMICS
EXAMPLE 8UILDING lA, CHICAGOOOE-<strong>2.1</strong> 13 MAR 60 .10.19.09 POL RUN 1REPORT- PV-AEQUIPMENT SIZESE Q U J P MEN TSIlEOtBTU)NUMBERINSf!}AVAILSHE(MtHU)NUMBERINSfOAVAILNUMBER NUMBER NUMBER NUMIiERS lIE INSTO SHE lNSJD SIZE INSJD SIZE INSro(MUTU) AVAil (HBTU) AVAil (MIHUI AVAil CMIlUJ AVAILHw-aOILER.. litOOPEN-REC-CHLt.. 190COOllNG-fWR• 2~O
EXA.MPLE IWIlOINli lA, CHICAGO 00£-<strong>2.1</strong> 13 MAR BO' 10.19.09 POL RUN 1REPDRT- PV-8COST REFERENCE OATA (USED TO CALCULATE DEfAULT COSTS)SIZE UNIT INSJALO CONSUH- MAINJA- EQPMT HOURS HRS JO MINOR HRS fa MAJORE ~ U I P ~ E N T COST COST ABLES NANCE LIfE ALREADY MINOR OVHAUl ItAJOR OVHAUl(MBTUHI t K') FAC TOR U/HR) (HRS/YR) IHRS) USED OVHAUl COST ''I DvHAUL COST I U-------------------- -------- -------- -------- -------- -------- -------- -------- -------- -------- -------- --------HW-BOILER 40.000 300.000 1.400 o. '.0 220000. o. 10000. 2000. 50000. 25000.OPEN-REC-CHlR 12.000 100.000 1.200 o. 16.0 100000. o. 20000. 5000. 50000. 15000.COOLING-T~1t 12.000 60. 000 1.300 o. 80.0 100000. o. 5000. 5000. 50000. 15000.
EXAHPLE BUILOING )11"CHICAGO<strong>DOE</strong>-<strong>2.1</strong> 13 HAR 80 10.19.09 POL RUN 1REPORT- PV-CEQUIPMENT COS'SE U U I P ~ E ~ ,SHE'MIHUH)UNITCOSTIKSo)INSUlOCOSTFACTORCONSUM- MAINfA- EQPMTABLES NANCE lifE'$/liR I IHRS/YR) IHRSIHOURS HRS TO MINOR HRS TO MAJORALREADY MINOR QVHAUl MAJUR OVHAUlUSED aVHAUL COST 1$1 DVHAUl COST 01-----------~-------- -------- -------- -------- -------- -------- -------- -------- -------- -------- -~------ --------HW-BOllER .140 6.767 1.400 o. 2 •• 124t911. 50000. 3227. 45. 16136. 566.OPEN-REC-CHLR .190 6.219 1 .. 200 o. 1.0 66063. 50000. 8729. 311. 21821. 933 •COULING-TWR • 240 4.364 1.300 o. 36.tJ 67tJ2't. 50000. 2267 .. 364. 22665. 1091.
EXAMPLE aUllDING lA, CHICAGOREPORT- PV-D C05f OF UTiliTIES AND FUELS00[-<strong>2.1</strong> 13 MAR 80. 10.19.09 POL RUN 1ENE R(;y JNJFRM COST MIN MIN PK L CADENERGY' GO Sf ESCAL- MONTHLY PK UNITSOU RC E fUNIT fUNI T AT ION CHARGE LOAD COSTI BTUI 101 RATE 101 '$IUNIT'------ -------------------- ------------- ------------- ------------- -------------t)lOCK caSf! tJlUCK CUS TI BLOCK COSTI BLOCK COST! BLOCK COST 1MULT UNIT MULT UNIT MULT UNlf MUL( UIliIT MULT UNITIS) IS) IS' IS)"'ELECTRIC 3413. .O~5 6 .. 000 O • o. 1.50NATURAL- 100000. • 110 10 .. 000 O. O. o.--'
EXAHPlE aUILDING lA, CHICAGO00E-<strong>2.1</strong> 13 MAR 80 I'J.19.09 POL RUN 1REPORT- Pv-EEQUIPMENT LOAD RAliOSEQUIPMENT------------------HW-BOILEROPEN-REC-CHlRCOOLING-TWRPAR r lOA 0MINIMUMMAXIMUM------- -------.2500 1.2000.2500 1.0000o. o.ElECTRIC INPUlro NOMINALOPTIMUM CAPAC I TV RA II 0(BrU/8TUI------- ----------------RATIOS1.0000 .02201.0000 .2600o. o.
eXAMPLE BUILDING 3A, CHICAGOOOE-<strong>2.1</strong>13 MAR 8010.19.09POL RUN 1REPORT- PV-GEQUIPMENT QUADRATICSN A ...ECOEFF 1COEFF ZeOEFF 3cnEFF 4COHF 5WEFF 6
EXAHPLE BUILDING 3A, CHICAGO 00[-<strong>2.1</strong> 13 HAR 80 IJ.19.09 POL RUN 1----------------------------------------------------------REPDRT- PV-G E~UI?HE~T QUADRATICS ----------------------------------------------------lCONTINUEOJ--------N A H E COEFF 1 COEFF Z CJEFF 3 COEFF 4 COEFF '5 COEFF 6------------------ ---------- -------- ---------- ---------- ---------- ----------ABSORI-HU-Ff .652213 o. o. -.000545 .00005'5 o.A6S0R2-HIR-FT l .. b58750 o. O. -.02')000 .000250 J.fillER o. o. O. O. O. O.A8S0RS-HIR-FT O. o. O. O. O. O.AIlSORS-HIR-fTS o. o. O. o. o. o •A~SOIU-HU-FnR .098585 • 583850 .560658 -.243093 o. J.AijSORZ-HIR-FPLR .013994 1.240449 -.911t863 .660441 o. O.FillER O. o. O. o. o. O.ABSOIlS-HI R-FP LR o. o. o. o. o. O.rWR-RFACT-FRT 1.241458 .902465 .16950ft -.050123 .000294 - .. 002835TWR-RFACT-FAT .901306 -.116050 .001904 -.O(}1525 -.000020 .000391TWR-APP-FitFACT 5.6135111 -6.012118 Z4.025154 .091624 -.000414 -.257926T WR-f AN-El EC- FTU -395.140000 90.990000 -.016000 o. o. o.DIE$El-J/O-FPLR. .097!;''>0 .63l800 -.416500 o. o. O.DIE SEl-LJtI-fPlR. .. 088300 -.131100 .080300 O. O. o.D I.E SEl-J AC-FHR .392200 -.436100 .217960 o. o. 'J.OIESH-EXH-FPLR .314400 -.135300 .091260 o. o. O.OIESEl-TEK-f-PlR 720.000000 60.00JOOO O. O. O. o.Dl E SEl-STACK-fU .019026 .900000 o. O. o. o.
,,z 0 ~ ~ ,.. ,.. , .;..; , = .. • ~ % w~O~~-~ -::.,; "•~~
REPORT PS-A - PLANT ENERGY UTILIZATION SUMMARYThe information in this report is site and source energy use in MBTUs(10 6 Btu). For electrical energy an entry followed by an E is the energy inMWrls (thousands of KWH).1. MONTH2. TOTAL HEAT LOAD. These values are identical to those in the HEATINGENERGY column of the SYSTEMS SS-A report except that the heat energydelivered to an absorption chiller, steam turbine, domestic hot water, andcirculation losses is included, if one has been assigned to the plant.Also included is the heat input to a storage tank from a boiler. Totalheat energy can be described either in terms of the use of that heat or interms of the source of that heat. Thus total heating energy ~ load fromSYSTEMS + load from PLANT (i.e., absorption chillers + steam turbines +heat dissipated from storage tanks + domestic hot water + heat stored intanks but not used) + circulation loop losses. Alternatively, total heatenergy ~ boiler output + recovered heat + solar heat + purchased steam +domestic hot water + loads-not-met.3. TOTAL COOLING LOAD. These are the total of the values shown in the SS-AReport plus the tank and circulation loop losses and represent the coolingenergy needed each month.4. TOTAL ELECTR LOAD. This is the total electrical energy consumed bylights, equipment, and system fans plus the additional energy consumed bychiller motors, pumps, cooling towers, and any other electrical site useincluding energy entered into the program under BUILDING-RESOURCE.5. RECVRED ENERGY. These values are recovered heat used to reduce heatingloads. This is waste heat from turbines, diesels, and double-bundlechillers, and solar energy delivered to the load via HEAT-RECOVERY.6. WASTED RECVRABL ENERGY. The values in this column represent the heat thatcould have been recovered, had there been a need for it, but no needexisted.7. HEAT INPUT COOLING. This column reports the heat energy used to driveabsorption chillers.8. ELEC INPUT COOLING. This column reports the electric energy used to driverefrigeration units and to supply power for peripheral cooling equipment,such as circulation pumps, cooling towers, and cold storage tanks.9. FUEL INPUT HEATING. This column reports the fuel used for heating byboilers, furnaces, and hot water heaters.10. ELEC INPUT HEATING. This column reports the electrical energy used inassociation with supplying heating. This includes the electricalconsumption by draft fans, circulation pumps, electric boilers, and hotwater storage pumps.\VII.96 (Revised 5/81)
11. FUEL INPUT ELEC. This column reports the fuel used by diesel and gasturbine generators.12. TOTAL FUEL INPUT. This column reports the sum of users of fossil fuels.13. TOTAL SITE ENERGY. This column reports the sum of purchased fossilfuel, electricity, chilled water, and steam.14. TOTAL SOURCE ENERGY. The information in this column is the energy usedat the source. For each RESOURCE the energy consumption at the site isdivided by the corresponding SOURCE-SITE-EFF to arrive at the energyconsumed and transmitted by the generating station and the results aresummed.VII.97
EXAMPLE 6ulLDI~~lA, CHICAGOKEPQRT- P$-A PLANT ENERGY UTILllATION $UMMARYODE-<strong>2.1</strong>13 MAR SO ,1::1.19.09 POL RUN 1.3E18.4'>.4E256.675. ZE5RCVREDENERGYo.a.a.a.a.o.a.a.o.a.a.O.a.•WASTEDRCVRABLENERGYO.a.O •O.O.o.o.o.o.O •o •a.O.S ( T EHEATINPUTCOOLINGo.O.D.O.a.a.o.a.o.o.a.Il.a.ENERGY8nECI,...,UTCODLINGo.O. Ea.a. E.5.IE1.1.SE'.8l.lE1 ••2.2E10.83.2 E10.21.OE5.41.bE2.5.1E.8.ZEa.o. E...... ".43.31<strong>2.1</strong>E9FUELINPUTHEUING33.-\26.913.8Z.1a.O.O.O..11.010.625.1113.010ElECINPUTHEATING1.'.4E1.1.3E••.ZE.1.OE.0.aEa.o. Ea.a. EO.a. Ea.o. E.0.aE.5• IE1. adE. ..... ..•••1..4E11FUElINPurElEC Ta.a.a.a.a.a.O.O.O.O.O.O.O.12TOTALFUElINPUT33.426.913.-8<strong>2.1</strong>O.o.O.o..11.010 .. 625.1113.0•'"•13rOULSIT( ..ENE~GY ..••5<strong>2.1</strong> ••1t3.7 ..••32.3 ..••21.3 ••21.9 ..••ZIt. ') ..••29.1 ..••28.5 ..••ll.l ..••21.1 ..••2S.b ..••43.6 ..•3609.6 ..•..SOURCE• TOTALSOURCEENERGY99. 164.116. B67.414.483.499.091.015.369.412.081.8•• ••• ",,.a,,985.9NOfE-- ALL ENTRIES ARE IN MOTU EXCEPTENTRIES FOLLowED BY t ARE IN HWH (JHOUSAN~S Of KhHI
REPORT PS-B - MONTHLY PEAKS AND TOTAL ENERGY USEThe information reported treats the electric utility, the diesel, thegas turbine, the boiler, and purchased steam as prime energy users. Allother types of plant equipment are considered as auxiliaries, (i.e.,storage, heat recovery, pumps, towers, etc.). Therefore, the report showsthese types of equipment (whether or not they are part of the plant) foreach month, plus the peak energy demand and the day and hour it occurred.Note that the values are at the site. To calculate the peak electricaldemand, the user should divide PEAK (MBtuh) by 3413 Btu/kWh.Up to five of the following user-specified fuels may be printed out inthe column headings.ELECTRICITYCHILLED-WATERSTEAMNATURAL-GASLPGFUEL-OILDIESEL-OILCOALMETHANOLBIOMASSVII.99
EXAHPLE t3UILD!NG 3A, CHICAGO QOE-2.l 13 MAR 80' IJ.19.09 I'OL RUN 1REPORT- PS-B"10NTHlY PEAK AND TOTAL ENERGy USE---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------MO UT IlITY- ELECTRICITY NATURAL-GASTOTAL ""BTU I 19.315 33.426JAN PEAK(MIHlJl .072 • 195OV/HR 31/11 21 9rOrAL(MBrUI 16.832 26.895fE8 PEAKIMIHUI .072 .188DY/HR 27111 41 9rOTAl(MBTU) 16.500 13.849MAR PEAK(MBTU) .012 • 184OV/HR 27111 25/ 9TO r AU M B TU I 19.220 2.066APR PEAK (M(HU' • tt3 .15~OY/HIt 29/10 11 9TOrAl(MBTUI 21.836 .082
EXAMPLE BUllOING ]A, CHICAGO 00E-<strong>2.1</strong> 13 MAR 80, 10.19.09 POL RUN 1REPOR T- PS-B HONHil Y PEAK AND TOTAL ENERGY USE--------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------ICONTINUEO)--------UTILI fY-ONE YEARUSE/PEAKYEAR COST IKJ)COST ESCl HI (PCl)TOTAL yEAR USE (~BTUJTOT~l YEAR COST IKJ)ELECTRICI TV369.6294.22560.624• 13 14.05.0NATURAL-GAS113.004.195.25.0~DTE-- YEAR COST IS IN CURRENT DOLLARS
REPORT PS-C - EQUIPMENT PART LOAD OPERATIONThis report shows the hours spent in each part load ratio range, inincrements of 10 per cent. If equipment is oversized, the equipment willnever indicate any hours in the 100-110 per cent range.The TOTAL HOURS entry differs from the total hours in other reports. Inthis report, TOTAL HOURS refers to the total hours of the day during whichone or more units of a given equipment type are operating. This sum isindependent of the number of units operating. If three boilers areoperating during a glven hour, TOTAL HOURS is increased by one rather thanthree.ANNUAL LOAD is the useful load handled by the equipment. A FALSE LOADoccurs when, because of OPEN-CENT-UNL-RAT setting (the minimum load that acompression chiller can output without false loading.ELEC USED is the total electrical energy used by the indicated equipmenttype. THERMAL USED refers either to the fuel consumed or the heat requiredfor operation, from wherever it arises.If there had been more than one piece of equipment of the same type,staged for availability, the first line of values for each type is the hoursspent in the partial load ratio range for the available capacity. Thesecond line is hours spent for each type in the partial load ratio range forthe total capacity. Obviously, when only one piece of equipment isinstalled, the available capacity and the total capacity are identical.VII.I02
EXAMPLE BUILDING 3A, CHICAGOREPORT- PS-CEQUIftHENT PART LOAD OPERATIONOOE-<strong>2.1</strong> 13 MAR 60 '1
REPORT PS-D --PLANT LOADS SATISFIEDThe intent of this report is to flag those situations where the plant isnot able to meet the loads imposed by both systems and other plantequipment. This is of special importance in those cases where equipment isintentionally undersized in order to improve part load performance or toreduce costs.When a hot or cold storage tank is included, additional entries aregiven at the bottom of the first page which describe the contribution to theheating and cooling demands made by the storage tank(s).The TOTAL DEMAND ON PLANT for heating (cooling) is the sum of the demandfrom SYSTEMS, the consumption by PLANT, the loss from the storage tank andthe heat remaining in the storage tank at the end of the run. The last, ofcourse, is still recoverable and is reported as RESIDUAL.The user should be aware that, when PLANT begins its simulation, itassumes that there is no usable energy in the storage tanks. Furthermore,at the end of the simulation there may be significant amounts of RESIDUALenergy remaining. No account of this residual energy is made in other PLANTreports, with the consequence that the total fuel use reported overestimatesthe heating load met for the run period. The residual energy in the tank isavailable for the next period of time (beyond the run period) and shouldproperly be subtracted from the reports on site energy used.Note: A cooling tower can always reject any heat load given to it. Ifthe tower is undersized, the leaving tower water temperature will be hotter,which wi 11 degrade chi ller performance.VII .104
EXAMPLE BUILDING 3A, CHICAGO<strong>DOE</strong>-<strong>2.1</strong> 13 MAR,BO 10.19.09 POL !tUN 1REPORT- PS-DPLANT LOADS SATISFIEDHEATING INPUTSHW-BOILERLOAD SATISFIEDTOTAL LOAD ON PLANTMIHU SUPPLIED10.3.... ,..........70.310.3pcr OF TorAL LOAD100.0...••............100.0COOliNG INPUTSMBTU SUPPLIEDper OF rOTAl LOADOPEN-REC-CHLRIH.I...............100.0......•..........LOAD SAJ[SF lEOTOTAL LOAD ON PLANT131. 1131.1100.0-'o
EXAMPLE DUILDING 3A, CHICAGO 00E-<strong>2.1</strong> 13 MAR 80, 111.19.09 POL RUN 1REPORT- PS-D PLANT LOADS SATISFIED __ -------------------------ICONTINUEDI----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- --SUMMARY OF LOADS METTOTAL LOAD TOTAL PEAK HOURSTYPE OF LOAD LOAD SAT [SfIEO OlieRLOAD OVERLOAD OVERLUADEDI MBrul (MIITU) (MBIU) IM6TUI-------------------- -------- ---------- --------- ---------- ----------HEAT ING INPUTS 70.3 70.3 o. o. 0COOLING INPUTS 131.1 131.1 .015 .005 12ELECTRICAL INPUTS 256.6 256 .. 6 o. o. 0
REPORT PS-G - ELECTRICAL LOADS SCATTER PLOTIn this scatter plot the ordinate, shown in the left most column, is theelectrical demand divided into 13 blocks ranging from zero to just above thepeak electrical demand. The abscissa shown at the top is the hour of theday. Entered in each cell of the plot is the number of days during the yearfor which the electrical demand was less than the ordinate shown but largerthan the next lower ordinate at that hour of the day. Thus there were 358days of the year when the electrical demand between midnight and 1:00 a.m.was between 3 and 0 kWh. Similarly there were 122 days in the year when theelectrical demand was between 18 and 15 kWh in the 9th hour between 8:00a.m. and 9:00 a.m.The right most column is the sum of the entries in each row and showsthe relative frequency of the electrical demand throughout the year.The bottom row is the frequency of the electrical demand for each hourof the average day.The chart at the bottom i',s a breakdown of the peak electrical demandinto the contributing components. The SYSTEMS LOAD includes the lightingand equipment electrical loads from LOADS as well as that from system fans.VIL10?
EXAMPLE BUILDING lA, CHICAGOREPORT- PS-GELECTalCAl LOAD SCATTER PLOT00[;-<strong>2.1</strong>13 MAR 80 10·19.09 POL RUN 1-
REPORT PS-H - EQUIPMENT USE STATISTICSThis report gives the user an assessment of the appropriateness of theequipment selected.1) AVG OPER RATIO is the point, on the average, at which the equipmentoperates on its part load curve.2) MAX LOAO (MBTU) - MON-DAY-HR gives the maximum demand loading and thetime of occurrence. This value should compare favorably with the sizeof the equipment selected.3) SIZE (MBTU) is the equipment size selected either automatically by theprogram or as input by the user.4) OPER HRS is the total number of equipment-hours the equipment was "on."If more than one unit is involved there is space to report four moreunits by size and operating hours. If there are two pieces of equipmentof the same size, the value for OPER HRS is the sum of the number ofhours that each operates.VII.109
EXAMPLE BUILDING JA, CHICAGOOOE-<strong>2.1</strong> 13 MAR 80 1.).19.09 POL RUN 1REPORT- PS-HEQUIPMENT USE STATISTICS"A'AVGE QUI P ~ E N T QPER LOADRATIO (MIlIU)------------------HiIj-80ILER .246 .159OPEN-REC-C:tLR .510 .201COOUNG-Tw~ .556 .24~--------HONDAY SIn: OPf:R SIZE OPER SllE OPER sIZe QPER SHE OPERHR (MBTU' HRS (M6TU. HRS I"'STU' HRS P1STUI HRS "'UHU) HR52 9 .140 20311 15 10 .. 190 12111 15 10 .24tO 1211
REPORT PS~I- EQUIPMENT LIFE CYCLE COSTSFor each piece of equipment the report generates information as follows:1) Nominal Size in MBtuh2) Number Installed3) First Cost of Equipment4) Annual Cost is the present value of life-cycle cost for maintenance andconsumables.5) Cyclical Costs gives the present value of the life-cycle cost for majorand minor overhauls and for equipment replacement.The user must review Table V.l to make sure that equipment-cost-relateddefault values are appropriate. Otherwise, the information in this reportwill be of little value.The first column of numbers gives the total life-cycle cost for eachequipment type. The second column gives the components of this total forall pieces of equipment of that type. The remaining column gives the costcomponents for each size of equipment. If there is only one size, columnstwo and three will be identical.VII.Ill
EXAMPLE 8UIlOING 3A, CHICAGO OOE-2.I 13 HAR BO' IJ.19.09 POL RUN 1REPORT- PS-'EQUIPMENT LIFE CYCLE COSTS---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------E Q UP 14 E N TTOTALSHN-aOilERNCHINA~ SllE (HBTU'NUMBER INSTALLEOFIRST cosr IK.'ANNUAL CJ ST «KSIC'fCUt.:Al COST (KSI-----fOfAl----CK.11.3o.••.8.. 140Io..8 ••1.3OPEN-REC-CHlRNOMINAL SIZE ,HBTU'NUMBER INSTALLEDF IR5r COST (K$)A~NUAl COST (KSICYCLICAL COST (KU-----TOrAl----(KS)4.5O.I ••2.9.190IO.I ••2.94.5
REPORT PS-J - PLANT LIFE-CYCLE COST SUMMARYThe upper portion of this report gives the following quantities:FIRST COST (INCLUDING INSTALLATION) is the total initial purchase priceof all the plant equipment, including the cost of installation.REPLACEMENTS is the present value of the life-cycle plant replacementcosts.ENERGYis the present value of the life-cycle energy cost.OPERATIONS is the present value of the life-cycle operations cost.TOTAL is the sum of the previous four numbers.The next portion of the report gives the annual energy use, in106 Btu, at the site and at the source.The final portion gives the present value of the energy and operationscost for each year of the project lifetime.VII.113
EXAMPLE BuILOIN~3A, CHICAGOREPORT- P5-J PLANT LI~E-CYCLE COST SUMMARY<strong>DOE</strong>-2.t13 MAR 80 10.19.09 POL RUN 1LIFE-CYCLE PLANT COSTS FOR25.0 YEARSFIItST C(lSTe lNClUDlNGINSTAllAT ION)1$'------------ Ō.REPLACEMENTS ENERGY OPERATIONSlSI lSi lSi------------- ----------3525. 10242. 13460.TOTALlSI81221.ANNUAL ENERGY USEAT SITEAT SOURCE369.b "BTU PER YEAR985.9 MBTU PER YEARANNUAL ENERGY ANO PLANT-O~ERATIONSCOSTS
REPORT BEPS - ESTIMATED BUILDING ENERGY PERFORMANCEThe information in this report has been calculated and formatted to complywith the U.S. Department of Energy's. Building Energy Performance Standards.The report makes it possible to review quickly the building performance as afunction of site energy used (by type) per unit floor area. The breakdown ofusage of up to five different types of energy sources is presented. Theseenergy sources are user-specified through the ENERGY-COST and PLANT-PARAMETERSinstructions.HVAC auxiliary (shown as HVAC AUX) is defined as the energy required tooperate non-solar fans, pumps, etc., which transport the conditioned air andwater. AUX SOLAR is the energy required to operate the fans, pumps, etc. thattransport the conditioned water or air associated with solar equipment. SPACECOOL and SPACE HEAT includes all equipment required to produce the conditionedwater or air for SPACE heating or cooling.Process and domestic hot water (shown as DOM HOT WTR) is the summation ofthe user input for hot water in the BUILDING-RESOURCE instruction and anyentries for SOURCE-TYPE = HOT-WATER in the SPACE-CONDITIONS instruction.Vertical transportation (shown as VERT TRANS) is the summary of energy forelevators and escalators input through the BUILDING-RESOURCE instruction.Loads that are input through the SOURCE-TYPE = GAS or SOURCE-TYPE =ELECTRIC in the SPACE-CONDITIONS instruction will appear in this report asmiscellaneous equipment (shown as MISC EQUIP). Loads entered as SOURCE-TYPE =PROCESS are assumed to have energy sources independent of the buildingutilities (i.e., wood stoves, acetylene welders, etc.) and are not reported inthe BEPS report.The distribution of ENERGY TYPE among the CATEGORY OF USE items is exactfor every type of energy except electricity. Purchased electricity isapportioned correctly, but electricity generated on-site is apportioned on thebasis of net yearly demands for electricity for each category.It should also be pointed out that this report is not designed to workwhen there is a steam turbine among the specified plant equipment items. Thenumbers reported when a steam turbine is present will not be reliable.The report of TOTAL SITE ENERGY and TOTAL SOURCE ENERGY provides adistinction between the energy used per gross square foot of building area andthat used per net square foot of building area. The report generator takesthe gross area from the keyword GROSS-AREA in the BUILDING-LOCATIONinstruction in LOADS. The default for this keyword is the net area, i.e., thesum of the floor areas of the CONDITIONED ZONEs.When a hot storage tank is present, a note is printed on the BEPS report·stating that the hot water storage tank can get energy from many sources. Anytime there is residual energy in the storage tanks, the totals in the BEPSreport will not agree with those in report PS-B, because the BEPS reportincludes only the energy used for the above categories, whereas PS-B includesthe energy that is left in the tanks as ~ll.VII.115 (Revised 5/81)
EXAMPLE BUILDING JA, CHICAGOREPURT- BEPS ESII~ArEo BUILDING ENER~Y PERfORMANCE0 0[-<strong>2.1</strong> I) HAR 80 10.19.09POL RUN 1ENERGY tYPEIN SI re H8TU - HECTRICny NATURAL-GASCAHGORY OF USE
HOURLY REPORTSThese optional reports are user-designed. The variables which are to bedisplayed are chosen by the user from the lists in this chapter (see REPORT-BLOCK).1.2.3.4.5.MMDDHHPLANTSYS HEATLOADPLANTSTANDBYFLAG CLGPLANTTOTALCOOLINGPLANTTOTALELECTRICis the month, day, and hours of the simulation period.The total heating load (in Btu) that is passed fromSYSTEMS to PLANT.A flag indicating that cooling is available in astandby mode.The total PLANT cooling load (in Btu).The total PLANT electrical load (in Btu).VILl17
EXAMPLE BUILOING- 3A, CHICAGO OOE-<strong>2.1</strong> 13 MAR 80 I'J.19.Q9 POL R'UN 1RPPL T 1 ,. HOURL Y-RE POR T PAGE 1-1---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------HHOOHH PLANT PLAtH PLANT PLANT PLANlSYS I1EAT SYS COOL STANDBY TOTAL TOTALLOAD LOAD HAG CL COOL ING ElECTRIC-------- -------- -------- ------- -------116 1 O. O. O. O. 2Q02.7lb 2 O. O. O. O. 2902.71b .3 O. O. o. O. 2902.716 '- O. O. O. O. 2'}02.716 5 O. O. O. O. 2902.716 (] O. O. O. O. 2902e716 1 O. O. O. O. 2902.716 6 O. 159H7. O. 163136. 108394.716 ., O. 165365. O. 169355. 120375.lib10 O. 1&5262. O. IonS3. 123331 ..11611 O. 16532)' O. lO'H 14. 120785.11612 O. 163033- O. 167023. 112981.11613 O. 163615. O. 167606. 118131.11(>1" O. 166lJ). O. 110124. 122010.11615 O. 168382. O. 172373. 120145.71616 O. 1&6917. O. 110901. lU421.71611 O. 162344. O. 166334. 116584.11618 O. O. o. O. 35831.< 11619 O. O. o. O. 15360.~71b20 O. O. o. O. 10501.~11621 o. o. o. O. 2902.>-' 71622 O. O. o. O. 2-' 71623 O. O. o. O. 2902.();)716<strong>2.1</strong>171 0 O. 160133. O. 164123. 121'n4.71711 O. 161174. O. 111160\;. 121231.11712 O. 166483. O. 170413. 1141/10.71713 O. lo'HS5. O. 17)jft5. 120093.1171 It O. 11)9855. o. 1 13e46 .. 123913.71115 O. 110651. O. 114641. l22406.71716 O. 110376. O. 114)61. 11'H1 '>.71111 O. 161692. O. 171603. 1l0A4J.ll71u O. o. o. O. 35U31.11119 O. O. O. O. 15360.11720 O. O. o. O. 10') A 1.11721 O. O. ,. O. ZCJ0<strong>2.1</strong>1122- O. O. o. O. 290<strong>2.1</strong>l1.2 3 o. O. o. O. 2'}O<strong>2.1</strong>112 It O. O. o. O. 2402.
E. ECONOMICS OUTPUT REPORT DESCRIPTIONSTo fully explain the following sample output reports from ECONOMICS itis necessary to first display the input data. The first command of theinput is, of course, INPUT ECONOMICS ..The VERIFICATION report for ECONOMICS appears first followed by theavailable SUMMARY reports.VII.119
E D L PRO C E 5 S 0 R N pur D A T A13 MAR 80 10.19.09 EDl Itu,..,
EV-A: LIFE-CYCLE COSTING PARAMETERSAND BUILDING COMPONENT COST INPUT DATA.Life-Cycle Costing ParametersThis report section echoes data originally specified by the user in PDLand automatically passed to the ECONOMICS program.DI SCOUNT RATELABOR INFLATIONRATEMATERIALSINFLATIONRATEPROJECT LI FEis the rate in per cent used in calculating present value.is the annual inflation rate (relative to generalinflation) of labor cost, in per cent. Installation,maintenance, and overhaul costs are inflated at this ratein calculating present values.IS THE ANNUAL INFLATION RATE (relative to generalinflation) of material costs, in per cent. Capitalreplacement costs are inflated at this rate in calculatingpresent values.is the period, in years, over which the life-cycle costanalysis is performed. This number can range from 1 to 25years.Building Component Cost Input DataThis report section echoes building (nonplant) component cost data inputwith each COMPONENT-COST instruction. The costs here are in current dollars,that is, they correspond to the prices that apply at the start of the anaiyslsperiod.COST NAMENUMBER OFUNIT NAMELIFEUNITSUNIT FIRST COSTUNIT INSTALLATIONCOSTUNIT ANNUALMAINT COSTis the U-name of the component.multiplies all costs.Defaults to 1.0 if not specified.is the name assigned to the unit (such as SQFT or CUFT) bythe user to identify the size of the unit. This name isarbitrary and optional and is for user convenience only.is the life expectancy of the component, in years. It isused in calculating replacement costs. Defaults to 999years if not specified.is the purchase price of each unit of the component, indollars, exclusive of installation.is the installation cost for each unit of thecomponent, indo 11 ars.is the yearly maintenance cost of each unit of thecomponent, in dollars.VII.121
UNIT MINOROVERHAUL COSTMI NOR OVERHAULINTERVALUNIT MAJOROVERHAUL COSTMAJOR OVERHAULINTERVALis the cost, in dollars, of a minor overhaul for eachunit of the component.is the number of years between minor overhauls.is the cost, in dollars, of a major overhaul for eachunit of the component.is the number of years between major overhauls.VI1.122
EXAI1PLE BUIlIHNG JA, [.HICAGOOOE-<strong>2.1</strong>13 MAR 80 10.19.09 EDl RUN LREPORT- EV-ALIFE-CVCLE COSTING PARAMETERS AND BUILDING COMPONENT COST INPUT DATALIFE-CYCLE COSTING PARAMETERSD (SCOUNTRATEIPERCENT I---------10.0LABORI NFlA T I ONRA TEI PERCENT JHATERIAlSINFlAT IONRATE(PERCENT.--------- ---------o. o.PROJEC TLlF-E( YRSJ25 .. 0BUILDING COMPONENT CDSr INPUT DATA (CURRENT DOLLARS.-'NWNUMBER)F UN ITSCOST NAME--------- --------ROOf-INSUL 5000.0UNIT UNIT UNITUNIT INSTALL ANNUAL HINORFIRST -AHUN HAINT OVERHAULLIFE COST CUST COST COST(VRSIUNIT NAME1$' 1$'------- '" ------- '" --------SQFT 999.0 .80 .20 o. o.UNITMINOR MAJOR MAJOROVERHAUL QVERrlAUL OVERHAULINTERVAL COST INTERVAL( YRS. (YRSI-------- -------- ". -------999.00 o. 999.00
. ES-A: ANNUAL ENERGY AND OPERATIONS COSTS AND SAVINGS.This report gives the present value of energy and operations costs foreach year of the project lifetime. Costs are given both for the baseline andfor the building being analyzed in the present run. Operations include costsof annual maintenance and major and minor overhauls. For the building beinganalyzed in this run, operations costs are given separately for plantequipment and for the building (nonplant) components specified usingCOMPONENT-COST instructions.ENERGY COSTBASELINEis the present value of the yearly baseline energy cost.These values echo those input using the BASELINEinstruction.ENERGY COST THIS is the present value of the yearly energy cost for theRUN building being analyzed in this run. These costs arecalculated in PLANT and passed to ECONOMICS.ENERGY COSTSAVINGSOPRNS COSTBASELINEOPRNS COST--THISRUNOPRNS COSTSAVINGSTOTAL SAVINGSENERGY PLUTOPRNSis the difference between the above two quantities.is the present value of the yearly baseline operationscost.gives the present value of the yearly operations costfor plant equipment and building components, and for thesum, for the building being analyzed in this run.is the difference between OPRNS COST BASELINE and OPRNSCOST--THIS RUN, TOTAL.is the sum of ENERGY COST SAVINGS and OPRNS COSTSAVINGS.The bottom line of this report (TOTALS) gives the present value of thelife-cycle energy and operations costs and savings.Note:The user must enter baseline cost data in the BASELINE instructionfor the ·savings· values in this report to be meaningful.VII.124
EXAMPLE 8VIlDIN~ )A, CHICAGO 00E-<strong>2.1</strong> 13 MAR 60' 10.19.09 EDl RUN 1REPORT- ES-A ANNUAL ENERGY AND OPERATIONS COSTS ANO SAVINGSENE R G Y ( KS I OPE RAT ION S ( KS I TOTAl---------------------------- ------------------------------------------------ SAVINGS-ENERGY ENERGY ENERGY OPRNS aPRNS COST -- THIS RUN OPRNS ENERGYCOS, COST COST COST ------------------------- COST PLUSyEAR BASELINE THIS RUN SAvINGS BASElINE PLANT 6UIlOING TOTAL SAviNGS OPRNS-------- ------- ------- -------- ------- -------I 4.42 4.10 .31 1.09 1.05 O. 1.05 • O., ft.21 3.96 .31 .99 1.30 O. 1.30 -.31 ." .003.99 3.10 .30 .B' 1. 08 O. 1.08 -.26 • O •3.86 3.57 .29 1.36 • 7, O. .1> .bl .90• b 3.1-\ 3.45 .'0 .bO .Ob O. .86 -.19 .107 3.62 3.34 .20 .02 .62 O. .62 .20 •• 00 3.50 3.22 .27 .71 1.16 O. 1.16 -.~5 -. 119 3.39 3. 12 .27 .bB .49 O. .49 .1' .4b10 ).28 3.01 .21 .10 .61 O. .61 .09II 3.11 2. q 1 .26 • '6 .40 O. .".'0 .16 .4212 3.01 2 .. 81 .26 .30 .>1 O. .>1 - .. 12 .13
ES-B:LIFE-CYCLE BUILDING AND PLANT NON-ENERGY COSTS.This report summarizes life-cycle costs (other than for energy) for plantequipment and for each building component.FIRST COSTREPLACEMENTSOPERATIONSTOTALINVESTMENTis the initial purchase price, including installation.is the present value of the life-cycle replacement costs.is the present value of the life-cycle cost for annualmaintenance and major and minor overhauls.gives the sum of the previous three quantities.is the sum of the first two quantities, FIRST COST andREPLACEMENTS. Note that the investment does not includeoperations or energy costs.VII.126
EJl:AI1PlE BUltDINC; H, CHfCAC;OREPOR'- E~-B LIFE-CYCLE OJllDI~G ~N~ PLANr Nlm-ENtRGY toS'~DnE-<strong>2.1</strong>11 "AR AO It).I'J.Oq EOL RuN IliFE-CYCLE BUILDING A~DPLANT NON-ENERGY COSTS IKl'
ES-C:ENERGY SAVINGS, INVESTMENT STATISTICS, AND OVERALL LIFE-CYCLE COSTS.Energy SavingsThis section summarizes the annual energy use in 10 6 Btu at the siteand at the source for the baseline and for the present building.Investment StatisticsINVESTMENT THISRUNis the total investment associated with the presentbuilding. This number is the same as the total investmentin building components and plant equipment given in ReportES-B.The following quantities are meaningful only if baseline costs and energyuse have been specified.BASELINEREP LACEMENTCOSTSINCREMENTALINVESTMENTCOST SAVINGSRATIO OF SAVINGSTO INCREMENTALINVESTMENT (SIR)DISCOUNTEDPAYBACK PERIODRATIO OF LI FE-CY C LE EN E RGYSAVINGS (AT SITE)TO INCREMENTALINVESTMENTRATIO OF LIFECYCLE ENERGYSAVINGS (ATSOURCE) TOI NCREM ENTALINVESTMENTgives the present value of life-cycle replacement costsfor the baseline. This quantity is specified by thekeyword REPLACE-COST OF THE BASELINE instructions.is the INVESTMENT THIS RUN minus the sum of BASELINEREPLACEMENT COSTS and BASELINE FIRST COST.is the present value of the life-cycle savings in energyand operations costs. This number is also given in ReportES-A.gives dollars saved per dollar invested. It is theratio of COST SAVINGS and INCREMENTAL INVESTMENT. Ifthis ratio is greater than 1.0, the investment is costeffective.is the number of years it takes for the accumulatedcost savings to equal the incremental investment. Theshorter the payback period, the more cost effective is theinvestment.gives the life-cycle site energy saved (in units of10 6 Btu) per incremental investment dollar.gives the life-cycle source energy saved (in units of10 6 Btu) per incremental investment dollar.VI1.128 (Revi sed 5/81)
Overall Life-Cycle CostsThis section summarizes the life-cycle costs and savings for thefollowing categories: first cost (including installation), operations,replacements, energy, and sum of all these.VII.129
EXAHPlE BUILDING lA, CHICAGO onE-<strong>2.1</strong> 13 MAR 80 'lJ.19.09 EDl RUN 1REPORT- es-c [~ERjYSAviNGS, INVESTMENT STATISTICS, ANO OVERALL liFE-CYCLE cosrsENERGY SAVINGS--------------AT SITEANNUAL ANNUAL ANNUALENERGY USE ENERGY USE ENERGYBASEL INE Oil S RUN SAviNGS( MOTU) (MBTU I (MIHUI--------- ---------- -------428.0 369.6 58.4ANNUALENERGYSAVINGS(PeT I-------13.6ATSOURCE924.6 985 .. 9 -61.3-6.6INVESTMENT STATISTICS
<strong>DOE</strong>-<strong>2.1</strong>E Documentation Update: Weather ProcessorPlease remove this section from the newsletter (pages VIII.1 through VIII.22) and use it toreplace the original "Weather" section of the <strong>DOE</strong>-<strong>2.1</strong>A <strong>Reference</strong> <strong>Manual</strong><strong>DOE</strong>-2 Weather ProcessorFred BuhlLBNL Simulation Research GroupApril 1999Weather Data in <strong>DOE</strong>-<strong>2.1</strong>E _____________________________________________________________________2Introduction ________________________________________________________________________________2Weather Variables ___________________________________________________________________________2Hourly Variables ___________________________________________________________________________2Hourly Solar Variables_______________________________________________________________________2Monthly Variables __________________________________________________________________________2Header Data _______________________________________________________________________________2Source Data and Formats _____________________________________________________________________2Source Data _______________________________________________________________________________2Formats: TMY2, WYEC2, CD144 and TRY _____________________________________________________3Solar Data ________________________________________________________________________________3Weather Processor ___________________________________________________________________________4Input and Output ___________________________________________________________________________4Input Description ___________________________________________________________________________4ASCII Weather Files _________________________________________________________________________7Moving Data ______________________________________________________________________________7INPUT.TMP for FMTWTH___________________________________________________________________7FMTWTH Program Listing ___________________________________________________________________7WTHFMT Program Listing ___________________________________________________________________9Processing Nonstandard Weather Data_________________________________________________________10Use of the subroutine OTHER________________________________________________________________10Example of subroutine OTHER_______________________________________________________________11FORTRAN fragment: direct and diffuse solar calculation __________________________________________13Using Standard Formats for Measured Data _____________________________________________________15Using the <strong>DOE</strong>-2 Measured Weather Format ____________________________________________________15TRY Format______________________________________________________________________________17INDEX _____________________________________________________________________________________21Revised April, 1999 VIII.1
<strong>DOE</strong>-<strong>2.1</strong>E Documentation Update: Weather ProcessorWeather Data in <strong>DOE</strong>-<strong>2.1</strong>EIntroductionThe Loads and HVAC simulations in <strong>DOE</strong>-2 require hourly weather data, which are contained in <strong>DOE</strong>-2 weather files. Theseweather files are created from source hourly data by the <strong>DOE</strong>-2 weather processor program doewth. We describe here theweather variables used by <strong>DOE</strong>-2, the types and formats of source data, the various ways to use doewth, and how to processmeasured weather data or data in nonstandard formats.Weather VariablesThe weather variables used by <strong>DOE</strong>-2 and present on the weather file are as follows.Hourly VariablesThe <strong>DOE</strong>-2 weather file contains hourly data for one year (8760 hours). Leap years are ignored; all<strong>DOE</strong>-2 weather files are 365 days long. The hourly data on the weather files are:Dry-bulb Temperature (F)Wet-bulb Temperature (F)Atmospheric Pressure (inches of Hg times 100)Wind Speed (knots)Wind Direction (compass points 0-15, with 0 being north, 1 NNE, etc.)Cloud Amount (0 to 10, with 0=clear and 10=totally overcast)Cloud Type (0, 1, or 2)Humidity Ratio (lb of water per lb of dry air)Density of the Air (lb/ft 3 )Specific Enthalpy of the Air (Btu/lb)Rain Flag (0 means it is not raining; 1 means it is)Snow Flag (0 means it is not snowing; 1 means it is)0 is cirrus or cirrostratus, the least opaque;1 is stratus or stratus fractus, the most opaque; and2 is all other cloud types, of medium opacityHourly Solar VariablesThere are two types of <strong>DOE</strong>-2 weather files: those with hourly solar values and those without. In the case of the files withoutsolar data, <strong>DOE</strong>-2 calculates solar values using the ASHRAE clear sky model and the clearness numbers, cloud amounts, andcloud types from the <strong>DOE</strong>-2 weather file. The solar <strong>DOE</strong>-2 weather files contain the following hourly values:• Total Horizontal Solar Radiation (Btu/hr-ft 2 )• Direct Normal Solar Radiation (Btu/hr-ft 2 )Monthly Variables• Clearness Number (dimensionless). This is the ASHRAE clearness number; see, for example, p. 27.12, Figure 7, of the1993 ASHRAE Handbook of Fundamentals.• Ground Temperature (Rankine)Header DataThe header record on the weather file contains the file identification, latitude, longitude, and time zone.Source Data and FormatsSource DataSource weather data for building energy simulation programs can be broken into two major classes: historical data and typicalweather years. Historical data is just "real" data: usually measured (but sometimes modeled) data from a particular location for agiven period of record. Typical years are ersatz years assembled to match the long term data from a particular location using aparticular statistical measure.Revised April, 1999 VIII.2
<strong>DOE</strong>-<strong>2.1</strong>E Documentation Update: Weather ProcessorThe primary source for historical weather data is the U.S. National Climatic Data Center (NCDC) 1 . NCDC can provide hourlyhistorical data for thousands of locations around the world. This data may not always be complete; data items or periods of recordmay be missing. A highly reliable source of historical data for U.S. locations is the Solar and Meteorological SurfaceObservational Network (SAMSON) data set assembled by the National Renewable Energy Laboratory (NREL) 2 . This contains a30 year (1961 to 1990) period of record for 239 locations.There are several sets of typical year data that are widely used in <strong>DOE</strong>-2 simulations. The TMY2 data set was derived from theSAMSON database by NREL. There are typical years for 239 locations in the US and its territories. NREL also developed theWYEC2 typical year data set for ASHRAE. The selection criteria were different for TMY2 and WYEC2, with TMY2 weightingthe solar data more heavily. The California Energy Commission (CEC) has defined 16 climate zones with corresponding typicalyear data sets (CTZ2) for use in Title 24 energy code compliance. National Resources Canada (NRC) has funded WATSUNEnergy Laboratory at the University of Waterloo to create typical weather years for Canada. There are files currently availablefor 51 locations.Formats: TMY2, WYEC2, CD144 and TRYSource data comes in various formats. Typically the files are ASCII, but the data items, units, item location, and record lengthvary from format to format. NCDC can provide historical data in a variety of formats: TD-3280, TD-9950 and TD-1440(CD144). Of these, the <strong>DOE</strong>-2 weather processor can only process CD144, usually called TD-1440 by NCDC. Typical yearsnow come in two formats: TMY2 and WYEC2. Note that TMY2 and WYEC2 are names of both typical year data sets and dataformats. The <strong>DOE</strong>-2 weather processor can process files in either TMY2 or WYEC2 format. The NREL TMY2 typical weatheryear data sets are in TMY2 format. The ASHRAE WYEC2, the Canadian CWEC, and the CEC CTZ2 typical weather year datasets are all in WYEC2 format. One other format worth mentioning is TRY. This is the format of an old, typical year data set thatdid not include solar radiation data. The format can still be useful, however, as a format for measured data. The <strong>DOE</strong>-2 weatherprocessor can process data in this format and add modeled solar data to the <strong>DOE</strong>-2 weather file. The format is described below,under “Processing Nonstandard Weather Data.”Solar DataSource weather data files may or may not contain solar data. All TMY2 and WYEC2 files contain solar data. The weatherprocessor will transfer this data to the <strong>DOE</strong>-2 weather file and it will be used by the <strong>DOE</strong>-2 simulation program. Historicalweather data files in CD144 format do not contain solar data nor is such data generally available for a specific location and timeperiod. In this case, ersatz solar data must be generated from cloud cover and other data using sky models and regressionformulas. This solar data generation can be done either in the weather processor or in the <strong>DOE</strong>-2 program itself. When the <strong>DOE</strong>-2program detects a <strong>DOE</strong>-2 weather file containing no solar data it will generate the solar data needed for the simulation.However, it is more efficient and accurate to have the weather processor generate the solar data. To accomplish this, put CD144Sinstead of CD144 in line 3 of the weather processor input. For TRY format source data, put TRYSLM instead of TRY. CD144Sor TRYSLM tells the weather processor to generate solar data and put it on the <strong>DOE</strong>-2 weather file for use by the <strong>DOE</strong>-2simulation program.TMY2The following description is quoted from NREL’s website at http://rredc.nrel.gov/solar/ old_data/nsrdb/tmy2/:The TMY2s are data sets of hourly values of solar radiation and meteorological elements for a one-year period.Their intended use is for computer simulations of solar energy conversion systems and building systems tofacilitate performance comparisons of different system types, configurations, and locations in the United Statesand its territories. Because they represent typical rather than extreme conditions, they are not suited fordesigning systems to meet the worst-case conditions occurring at a location.To distinguish between the old and new TMY data sets, the new TMY data sets are referred to as TMY2s. TMYand TMY2 data sets cannot be used interchangeably because of differences in time (solar versus local), formats,elements, and units. Unless they are revised, computer programs designed for TMY data will not work withTMY2 data.The TMY2 data sets and manual were produced by the National Renewable Energy Laboratory's (NREL's)Analytic Studies Division under the Resource Assessment Program, which is funded and monitored by the U.S.Department of Energy's Office of Solar Energy Conversion.1 National Climatic Data Center, Federal Building, 151 Patton Avenue, Asheville, NC 28801-5001, http://www.ncdc.noaa.gov.2 National Renewable Energy Laboratory, 1617 Cole Boulevard, Golden, CO ;80401-3393, http://www.nrel.gov.Revised April, 1999 VIII.3
<strong>DOE</strong>-<strong>2.1</strong>E Documentation Update: Weather ProcessorWYEC2The following is quoted from the Watsun Simulation Lab website at http://dial.uwaterloo.ca/~watsun/ cwed.htm:Canadian weather for energy calculations (CWEC) files are typical year sets of meteorological data in WYEC2format; they include such quantities as solar radiation (global, diffuse, direct), dry-bulb, and dew pointtemperatures, wind speed and direction, atmospheric pressure, etc., on an hourly basis. They were developed bythe Watsun Simulation Laboratory under the auspices of the National Research Council of Canada.The following description is quoted from the Watsun Simulation Lab website at http://dial.waterloo.ca//~watsun/ cwecovvw.htm:The CWEC files are created by concatenating twelve Typical Meteorological Months selected from a databaseof, in most cases, 30 years of data. The method is similar to TMY procedure developed in the 1980s by SandiaNational Laboratory. The months are chosen by statistically comparing individual with long-term monthlymeans for daily total global radiation, mean-, minimum- and maximum- dry-bulb temperatures, mean-,minimum- and maximum- dew point temperatures, and mean and maximum wind speeds. The composite indexused to select the most 'typical' months uses the following weights (%):Parameter Dry Dry Dry Dew Dew Dew Wind Wind DailyBulb Bulb Bulb Point Point Point Speed Speed SolarMax Min Mean Max Min Mean Max Mean Rad.---- ---- ---- ----- ----- ----- ----- ----- -----Weight(%) 5 5 30 2.5 2.5 5 5 5 40Additional consideration is given, in the selection process, to the statistics and persistence structures of the daily mean dry-bulbtemperature and daily total radiation. A complete description of the procedure used can be found in: D.L. Siurna, L.J. D'Andrea,K.G.T. Hollands, "A Canadian Representative Meteorological Year for Solar System Simulation," Proceedings of the 10thAnnual Conference of the Solar Energy Society of Canada (SESCI '84), August 1-6, 1984, Calgary, Alberta, Canada.In the CWEC files, no missing values will be found in the following WYEC2 fields: extraterrestrial irradiance (101), globalhorizontal irradiance (102), direct normal irradiance (103), diffuse horizontal irradiance (104), weather (204), station pressure(205), dry-bulb temperature (206), dew point temperature (207), wind direction (208), wind speed (209), total sky cover (210),opaque sky cover (211), snow cover (212). The original long-term data sets (up to 40 years of data) from which the CWEC fileswere derived can also be obtained directly from Environment Canada.Weather ProcessorThe <strong>DOE</strong>-2 weather processor is a batch or command-line program called doewth or doewth.exe, depending on the computingenvironment. The primary function of the weather processor is to read hourly weather data in a variety of formats, extract thedata needed by <strong>DOE</strong>-2, and write a packed binary weather file that is used by the <strong>DOE</strong>-2 simulation program. In addition to itsprimary function (called packing) the weather processor can produce hourly listings of raw or packed weather files in a readableformat and can produce a summary report of the data on a packed <strong>DOE</strong>-2 weather file.Input and OutputThe weather processor requires two input files. One, called WEATHR.TMP, is the hourly weather data. This will be either anASCII (text) file, if raw weather data is being packed, or a binary file, if a packed <strong>DOE</strong>-2 file is being listed or summarized. Thesecond input file, INPUT.TMP, is a short ASCII file that tells the weather processor what functions it is to perform and suppliesany additional information needed to perform the task. This file is described in detail below. Output is on two files. The fileOUTPUT. contains any listings, reports, and error messages. The file NEWTH.TMP contains the packed <strong>DOE</strong>-2 weather file, ifone is being created. Copying, renaming, and saving these files will normally be performed by a procedure file specific to thecomputing environment being used.Input DescriptionHere we describe the contents of the input file (INPUT.TMP) needed to perform the three functions:• create a <strong>DOE</strong>-2 weather file (packing) (PACK),• listing a weather file (LIST) and• producing a statistical summary (STAT).Revised April, 1999 VIII.4
<strong>DOE</strong>-<strong>2.1</strong>E Documentation Update: Weather ProcessorPACKline 1: The word PACK in columns 1-4.line 2:line 3:The station name in columns 1-20. This name will be written on the output file as identification.The entry here is for the user only and is arbitrary.The data is entered as shown below. When the format is shown as L, it signifies that the datum must beleft justified in the columns indicated. The format R signifies that the datum must be right justified in the columnsindicated, and the format D means that the value should be entered with a decimal point (neither right or leftjustification is required). For those with FORTRAN background: L corresponds to A6, R to I6, and D to F6.1.Example of how the data is entered (line 3)Columns Format Description1-6 L A code-word specifying the unpacked file type. Options are TMY2, WYEC2, CD144, CD144S a ,TRY,TRYSLM a , TD9685, and OTHER b .7-12 R Weather station number. This is required.Note: for TMY2 files, the following inputs on line 3 may be left blank13-18 R The year of the weather data (e.g., 1999). This is required for CD144 and TD9685 files (which cancontain several years of weather data). For other files, –999 should be input.19-24 R Time zone (as in the SITE-PARAMETERS command)25-30 D Latitude (degrees). Positive north of the equator, negative south of the equator.31-36 D Longitude (degrees). Positive west of Greenwich, negative east of Greenwich.37-42 L A code-word specifying the number of bits per word to be used in packing the output file. The optionsare 60-BIT or 30-BIT (for 32-bit machines)43-48 L A code-word specifying the type of output file. The options are NORMAL and SOLAR. NORMALproduces a <strong>DOE</strong>-2 weather file with no solar data. SOLAR produces a file containing solar information.49-54 R Interpolation interval. The program fills in missing data by linear interpolation between the last and thenext value present, if the number of hours of missing data is less than or equal to the interpolationinterval. If more hours of data are missing than the interpolation interval, it still does interpolation up to24 hours and a warning message is issued. If more than 24 hours are missing, the previous value isused. The interpolation interval must be less than 24 c .55-60 D This sets the maximum dry-bulb temperature change allowed in one hour. Changes larger than this willcause a warning message to be printed.61-66 D Soil thermal diffusivity (ft 2 /hr). Used for calculating monthly ground temperatures. A value of 0.010can be used for dry soil, 0.025 for average soil, and 0.050 for wet soil.67-72 D Station altitude (feet), used in CD144 and TD9685.73-78 R Location needed only for CD144S and TRYSLM to choose a cloud cover model. See ILOC. Used onlyfor CD144 and TRY formats. Select the location that best represents the data being packaged.aCD144S tells the weather processor to reada file in CD144 format and add ersatz solardata using the ASHRAE clear sky model,SOLMET cloud cover regressions formula,and the Erbs-Klein-Duffie direct/diffusemodel. TRYSLM does the same for data inTRY formats.bIf OTHER is chosen, the data should either bein the <strong>DOE</strong>-2 measured weather data format (seeProcessing Nonstandard Weather Data) or aspecial OTHER processing subroutine must bewritten and installed in the weather processor. Toaccomplish the latter, the you must have thesource code and a FORTRAN compiler.cThe weather processor makes noevaluation of the data to see that it isinternally consistent, except that duringinterpolation it never allows the wet-bulbtemperature to exceed the dry-bulbtemperature, or the dew point temperatureto exceed the wet-bulb temperature.01 ALBUQUERQUE, NM02 APALACHICOLA, FL03 BISMARCK, ND04 BOSTON, MA05 BROWNSVILLE, TX06 CAPE HATTERAS, NC07 CARIBOU, ME08 CHARLESTON, SC09 COLUMBIA, MO10 DODGE CITY, KS11 EL PASO, TX12 ELY, NV13 FORT WORTH, TX14 FRESNO, CAILOC and Station Name15 GREAT FALLS, MT16LAKE CHARLES, LA17 MADISON, WI18 MEDFORD, OR19 MIAMI, FL20 NASHVILLE, TN21 NEW YORK, NY22 NORTH OMAHA, NE23 PHOENIX, AZ24 SANTA MARIA, CA25 SEATTLE-TACOMA,26 WASHINGTON, DCRevised April, 1999 VIII.5
<strong>DOE</strong>-<strong>2.1</strong>E Documentation Update: Weather Processorline 4: Contains the 12 clearness numbers (one per month) in D format in column intervals 1-6, 7-12, 13-18, etc. (skip for TMY2; unused for WYEC2, so can be just 1.0). See 1993 ASHRAE Fundamentals,p. 27.12.line 5: Contains the 12 ground temperatures (one per month in F) in D format in column intervals 1-6, 7-12, 13-18, etc. (skip for TMY2). A value of –999 will flag the program to calculate the ground temperature using themethod of Kusuda and Achenbach (ASHRAE Trans. 41 (1965) p. 61).LISTline 1: The word LIST in columns 1-4.line 2:Columns Format Description1-6 L Input type or file type. Options are PACKED, OTHER, TRY, WYEC2, CD144,TMY2 and TD9685.7-12 R Year of weather data (e.g., 1972). Required for CD144 and TD9685 files.Should be –999 if columns 1-6 is TRY, TMY2, WYEC2 or PACKED.13-18 R Station number. PACKED can have –999 entered here.19-24 R Beginning month of listing (1 to 12 for January to December)25-30 R Ending month of listing (1 to 12 for January to December)STATOnly one card is necessary for the STAT option with the word STAT in columns 1-4. STAT produces a statistical summary(average monthly temperatures, etc.) of the data on the weather file.Multiple OptionsTo exercise several options in the same computer run simply concatenate the input for several functions. The last card in theentire file, whether running one or several options, must have the word END in columns 1-3.Examples1. To PACK, LIST for 12 months, and STAT a Mexico City CD144 file.1 2 3 4 5 612345678901234567890123456789012345678901234567890123456789012345678901234567890line 1: PACKline 2: MEXICO CITY 90line 3: CD144S 76679 1990 6 19.24 99.0930-BITSOLAR 4 20 .025 7329. 20line 4: 0.9 0.9 0.9 0.9 0.9 0.9 0.9 0.9 0.9 0.9 0.9 0.9line 5: –999.line 6: LISTline 7: PACKED –999 –999 1 12line 8: STATline 9: END2. To LIST the month of January 1990 from a Mexico City CD144 file.1 2 3 4 5 6123456789012345678901234567890123456789012345678901234567890123456line 1: LISTline 2: CD144 1990 76679 1 1line 3: END3. TMY2 input.PACKRevised April, 1999 VIII.6
<strong>DOE</strong>-<strong>2.1</strong>E Documentation Update: Weather ProcessorAtlanta GA TMY2TMY2 13874STATENDASCII Weather FilesMoving DataThis topic involves the transfer of packed weather files from one computer system to another. The weather files used by <strong>DOE</strong>-2are packed, binary files and, therefore, they cannot be transferred from computer to computer unless the computer type andoperating systems are identical. Frequently, the original raw data used to produce the packed files has been lost or discarded.When a new computer system is installed, or when it is necessary to do runs at another site, a method is needed to preserve andtransfer the data contained in the packed files. To do this, we run a small program called WTHFMT, which reads a packed binaryweather file and writes out an ASCII file containing the same information. The ASCII file can then be written to floppy disk,along with a program called FMTWTH, which reverses the process (i.e., read the ASCII weather file and output a packed binary<strong>DOE</strong>-2 compatible file suitable for the new computer system). The disk recipient just has to read the disk, compile FMTWTH andexecute it with the ASCII weather file as input. Both WTHFMT and FMTWTH are in FORTRAN and will compile and executeon a Sun workstation and on an IBM-compatible PC. For other systems, the code may need minor changes (to the OPENstatements, for instance).The ASCII weather file can be examined and edited on a terminal, using the local editor. This means that the technique can beused when you want to make changes to a packed weather file. The format of the ASCII file has been chosen to be easily readableby humans.With reference to the programs that follow, FMTWTH reads a one-line input file (INPUT.TMP) in addition to the file containingthe weather data. INPUT.TMP tells FMTWTH what type of packed binary file to produce. Note that only the first line is used; thesubsequent lines are explanatory. The numbers on the first line must be in columns 13 and 31, respectively.INPUT.TMP for FMTWTH----+----1----+----2----+----3----+----4----+----5----+----6----+----7WORD SIZE = 2 FILE TYPE = 2WORD SIZE = 1 MEANS 60-BIT, 2 MEANS 30-BITFILE TYPE = 1 MEANS OLD, 2 MEANS NORMAL (NO SOLAR DATA),3 MEANS THE DATA HAS SOLAR DATAFMTWTH Program ListingPROGRAM FMTWTHCC THIS PROGRAM READS A FORMATTED WEATHER FILE (WEATHER.FMT)C AND A FORMATTED INPUT FILE (FMTWTH.INP) AND WRITES AC PACKED BINARY <strong>DOE</strong>2 WEATHER FILE (WEATHER.BIN)CDIMENSION CLN(12),GT(12),MDAYS(12),IDAT(1536),IWDID(5)CDATA MDAYS / 31,28,31,30,31,30,31,31,30,31,30,31 /COPEN(UNIT=12,FILE='INPUT.DAT')OPEN(UNIT=11,FILE='WEATHER.FMT')OPEN(UNIT=10,FILE='WEATHER.BIN',FORM='UNFORMATTED')CC IWSZ WORD SIZE 1 = 60-BIT, 2 = 30-BITC IFTYP FILE TYPE 1 = OLD, 2 = NORMAL (NO SOLAR),C3 = THE DATA HAS SOLARC IWDID LOCATION I.D.C IWYR YEARC WLAT LATITUDEC WLONG LONGITUDEC IWTZN TIME ZONE NUMBERC IWSOL SOLAR FLAG FUNCTION OF IWSZ + IFTYPC CLN CLEARNESS NO.Revised April, 1999 VIII.7
<strong>DOE</strong>-<strong>2.1</strong>E Documentation Update: Weather ProcessorC GT GROUND TEMP. (DEG R)C KMON MONTH (1-12)C KDAY DAY OF MONTHC KH HOUR OF DAYC WBT WET-BULB TEMP (DEG F)C DBT DRY-BULB TEMP (DEG F)C PATM PRESSURE (INCHES OF HG)C CLDAMT CLOUD AMOUNT (0 - 10)C ISNOW SNOW FLAG (1 = SNOWFALL)C IRAIN RAIN FLAG (1 = RAINFALL)C IWNDDR WIND DIRECTION (0 - 15; 0=N, 1=NNE, ETC)C HUMRAT HUMIDITY RATIO (LB H2O/LB AIR)C DENSTY DENSITY OF AIR (LB/CU FT)C ENTHAL SPECIFIC ENTHALPY (BTU/LB)C SOLRAD TOTAL HOR. SOLAR (BTU/HR-AREA)C DIRSOL DIR. NORMAL SOLAR (BTU/HR-AREA)C ICLDTY CLOUD TYPE (0 - 2)C WNDSPD WIND SPEED KNOTSCREWIND 12READ (12,9001) IWSZ,IFTYP9001 FORMAT(12X,I1,17X,I1)REWIND 11READ (11,9002) (IWDID(I),I=1,5),IWYR,WLAT,WLONG,IWTZN,IWSOL9002 FORMAT(5A4,I5,2F8.2,2I5)IWSOL = IWSZ + (IFTYP-1)*2 - 1READ (11,9003) (CLN(I),I=1,12)READ (11,9004) (GT(I),I=1,12)9003 FORMAT(12F6.2)9004 FORMAT(12F6.1)DO 1000 IM=1,12IDE = MDAYS(IM)DO 1000 ID=1,IDEIRECXO = IM*2 + (ID-1)/16 - 1IDXO = MOD(ID-1,16) + 1DO 500 IH=1,24READ (11,9005) KMON, KDAY, KH, WBT, DBT, PATM, CLDAMT, ISNOW,1 IRAIN, IWNDDR, HUMRAT, DENSTY, ENTHAL, SOLRAD,2 DIRSOL, ICLDTY, WNDSPD9005 FORMAT(3I2,2F5.0,F6.1,F5.0,2I3,I4,F7.4,F6.3,F6.1,2F7.1,I3,F5.0)ISOL = INT(SOLRAD + .5)IDN = INT(DIRSOL + .5)IWET = INT(WBT+99.5)IDRY = INT(DBT+99.5)IPRES = INT(PATM*10.-149.5)ICLDAM = INT(CLDAMT)IWNDSP = INT(WNDSPD+0.5)IHUMRT = INT(HUMRAT*10000.+0.5)IDENS = INT(DENSTY*1000.-19.5)IENTH = INT(ENTHAL*2.0+60.5)IP1 = (IDXO-1)*96 + IH*4 - 3IDAT(IP1) = IPRES*65536 + IWET*256 + IDRYIDAT(IP1+1) = ISOL*1048576 + IDN*1024 +1 ICLDAM*64 + ISNOW*32 + IRAIN*16 + IWNDDRIDAT(IP1+2) = IHUMRT*128 + IDENSIDAT(IP1+3) = IENTH*2048 + ICLDTY*128 + IWNDSP500 CONTINUEIF ((ID .NE. 16) .AND. (ID .NE. IDE)) GO TO 1000WRITE (10) IWDID,IWYR,WLAT,WLONG,IWTZN,IRECXO,IDE,CLN(IM),1 GT(IM),IWSOL,IDAT1000 CONTINUEEND----+----1----+----2----+----3----+----4----+----5----+----6----+----7Revised April, 1999 VIII.8
<strong>DOE</strong>-<strong>2.1</strong>E Documentation Update: Weather ProcessorWTHFMT Program ListingPROGRAM WTHFMTCC THIS PROGRAM READS A PACKED BINARY <strong>DOE</strong>-2 WEATHER FILE ANDC CREATES A FORMATTED WEATHER FILE AS OUTPUT. THE INPUTC FILE IS WEATHER.BIN, THE OUTPUT FILE IS WEATHER.FMT.CDIMENSION CLN(12),GT(12),MDAYS(12),IDAT30(1536),_ IWDID(5),IWTH(14)DIMENSION XMASK(16,2), CALC(16)INTEGER IDUMCDATA MDAYS / 31,28,31,30,31,30,31,31,30,31,30,31 /DATA IWDID /5*4H /DATA XMASK / -99., -99., 15., 0., 0., 0., 0., 0., .02, -30., 0.,1 .0, .0, .0, .0, 10.,2 1., 1., .1, 1., 1., 1., 1., .0001, .001, .5,3 1., 1., 1., 1., 0., 0. /COPEN (UNIT=11,FILE='WEATHER.FMT')OPEN (UNIT=10,FILE='WEATHER.BIN',FORM='UNFORMATTED')REWIND 10DO 100 IM1=1,12READ (10) (IWDID(I),I=1,5),IWYR,WLAT,WLONG,IWTZN,LRECX,NUMDAY,_ CLN(IM1),GT(IM1),IWSOLREAD (10) IDUM100 CONTINUEREWIND 10LRECX = 0WRITE (11,9001) (IWDID(I),I=1,5),IWYR,WLAT,WLONG,IWTZN,IWSOLWRITE (11,9002) (CLN(I),I=1,12)WRITE (11,9003) (GT(I),I=1,12)9001 FORMAT(5A4,I5,2F8.2,2I5)9002 FORMAT(12F6.2)9003 FORMAT(12F6.1)DO 1000 IM2=1,12IDE = MDAYS(IM2)DO 1000 ID=1,IDEDO 1000 IH=1,24105 IRECX = IM2*2 + (ID-1)/16 - 1IDX = MOD(ID-1,16) + 1IF (IRECX-LRECX) 200,400,300200 IDIF = LRECX - IRECX + 1DO 220 I=1,IDIFBACKSPACE 10220 CONTINUE300 READ (10) IWDID,IWYR,WLAT,WLONG,IWTZN,LRECX,NUMDAY,CLRNES,_ TGRND,IDUM,IDAT30GO TO 105400 CONTINUEIP1 = 96*(IDX-1) + 4*IH - 3IWTH(3) = IDAT30(IP1)/65536IWTH(1) = MOD(IDAT30(IP1),65536)/256IWTH(2) = MOD(IDAT30(IP1),256)IWTH(11) = IDAT30(IP1+1)/1048576IWTH(12) = MOD(IDAT30(IP1+1),1048576)/1024IWTH(4) = MOD(IDAT30(IP1+1),1024)/64IWTH(5) = MOD(IDAT30(IP1+1),64)/32IWTH(6) = MOD(IDAT30(IP1+1),32)/16IWTH(7) = MOD(IDAT30(IP1+1),16)IWTH(8) = IDAT30(IP1+2)/128IWTH(9) = MOD(IDAT30(IP1+2),128)IWTH(10) = IDAT30(IP1+3)/2048IWTH(13) = MOD(IDAT30(IP1+3),2048)/128Revised April, 1999 VIII.9
<strong>DOE</strong>-<strong>2.1</strong>E Documentation Update: Weather ProcessorIWTH(14) = MOD(IDAT30(IP1+3),128)DO 500 I=1,14CALC(I) = FLOAT(IWTH(I))*XMASK(I,2) + XMASK(I,1)500 CONTINUEISNOW = INT(CALC(5) + .01)IRAIN = INT(CALC(6) + .01)IWNDDR = INT(CALC(7) + .01)ICLDTY = INT(CALC(13) + .01)CC IM2 MOMTH (1-12)C ID DAY OF MONTHC IH HOUR OF DAYC CALC(1) WET-BULB TEMP (DEG F)C CALC(2) DRY-BULB TEMP (DEG F)C CALC(3) PRESSURE (INCHES OF HG)C CALC(4) CLOUD AMOUNT (0 - 10)C ISNOW SNOW FLAG (1 = SNOWFALL)C IRAIN RAIN FLAG (1 = RAINFALL)C IWNDDR WIND DIRECTION (0 - 15; 0=N, 1=NNE, ETC)C CALC(8) HUMIDITY RATIO (LB H2O/LB AIR)C CALC(9) DENSITY OF AIR (LB/CU FT)C CALC(10) SPECIFIC ENTHALPY (BTU/LB)C CALC(11) TOTAL HOR. SOLAR (BTU/HR-AREA)C CALC(12) DIR. NORMAL SOLAR (BTU/HR-AREA)C ICLDTY CLOUD TYPE (0 - 2)C CALC(14) WIND SPEED KNOTSC900 WRITE (11,9005) IM2, ID, IH, CALC(1), CALC(2), CALC(3), CALC(4),1 ISNOW, IRAIN,IWNDDR, CALC(8), CALC(9), CALC(10),2 CALC(11), CALC(12), ICLDTY, CALC(14)9005 FORMAT(3I2,2F5.0,F6.1,F5.0,2I3,I4,F7.4,F6.3,F6.1,2F7.1,I3,F5.0)1000 CONTINUEENDFILE 11ENDProcessing Nonstandard Weather DataThe <strong>DOE</strong>-2 weather processor is capable of processing raw weather data in a variety of formats into a <strong>DOE</strong>-2 compatible form.Quite frequently, however, users obtain weather data in a format that is unknown to the weather processor. The user then has twoalternatives: convert the data into a known format; or process the raw weather data directly by writing code for subroutineOTHER in the <strong>DOE</strong>-2 weather processor.Use of the subroutine OTHEROTHER is a typical weather data processing subroutine in the <strong>DOE</strong>-2 weather processor. Like the other such routines (TRYDCD,TMYDCD, etc.) it is called once every 24 hours by subroutine PACKER, and its use can be triggered by the weather processorinput. Putting OTHER in the first 5 columns of the third line of the PACK input sequence informs the weather packer thatsubroutine OTHER will be used for reading in and processing the raw data. OTHER is meant to be a user programmablesubroutine for processing special weather formats. OTHER already contains code which processes data in the <strong>DOE</strong>-2 measuredweather format. The user can use this format, or replace the code in OTHER with code that will read a different format using theoriginal OTHER code as an example. Basically, the arrays in the common block /RAWDAT/ must be filled for each call toOTHER. The arrays are dimensioned 24, and are all integers. They areIDRYIWETIDEWIPRESSIWNDSPICLAMTISOL,IDNdry-bulb temperature in °F, rounded to the nearest whole degree.wet-bulb temperature in °F, rounded to the nearest whole degree.dew point temperature in °F, rounded to the nearest whole degree.atmospheric pressure in inches of Hg times 100 (so 29.92 will be 2992, etc.)wind speed, in knots (!) (nearest whole knot).cloud amount (sky cover), 0 - 10; 0 = no clouds, 10 = totally overcast.total solar on a horizontal surface and direct normal (beam) solar radiation, both in Btu/ft 2 -hr,nearest whole unit.IWNDIR wind direction in compass points (0 - 15). 0 is north, 1 is NNE, 15 is NNW.Revised April, 1999 VIII.10
Revised April, 1999 VIII.11<strong>DOE</strong>-<strong>2.1</strong>E Documentation Update: Weather ProcessorICLTY <strong>DOE</strong>-2 cloud type; takes the values 0, 1, and 2.0 = most transparent cloud category. It corresponds to TRY types 8 and 9 (cirrus and cirrostratus orcirrocumulus).1 = most opaque. It corresponds to TRY type 2 (stratus or fractus stratus).2 = intermediate transparency. It corresponds to all other types of clouds, and is a good default if nocloud type information is available.ICLTY1IRN, ISN<strong>DOE</strong>-2 cloud type - UNUSEDthe rain and snow flags, respectively. Set to 1 if raining or snowing, 0 otherwise. IRN and ISN arenot currently used in <strong>DOE</strong>-2, but it is nice to set them anyway. When printed out along with the other weathervariables with the LIST option of the weather processor, they can help explain some otherwise odd lookingweather or solar data.Frequently the raw data will include dry-bulb and relative humidity, instead of dry-bulb, wet-bulb, and dew point as required bythe weather processor. You should use the procedure given in 1993 ASHRAE Fundamentals, p. 6.14, situation number 3. Aslightly different procedure is used in the example OTHER subroutine, below.In the case of solar data, the weather processor needs total horizontal and direct normal. The data is often in the form of direct anddiffuse on a horizontal surface. The cosine of the solar zenith angle (or the sine of the solar altitude) must then be calculated inorder to obtain the direct normal from the direct horizontal. This calculation involves knowing the solar declination angle and theequation of time; it is complicated by the fact that the cosine of the zenith angle must usually be averaged over a one hour timebin, since the solar data point is usually the average over one hour of a number of data points taken at less than one-hour intervals.In this case it is best to simply follow the procedure shown in the following example subroutine. As in the example, it is usuallynecessary to do a limit check on the resulting direct normal, particularly at sunrise and sunset, where the data is frequently bad.Sometimes only total horizontal solar data is available. A model must then be employed to obtain the direct radiation from thetotal. We recommend the model of Erbs, Klein, and Duffie (Solar Energy, 28, (1982) p. 293. See “FORTRAN fragment: directand diffuse solar calculation,” below, or the code included in the weather processor for processing the <strong>DOE</strong>-2 measured weatherdata format.Example of subroutine OTHERSUBROUTINE OTHERCC INSERT YOUR ROUTINE TO DECODE SPECIAL TAPE FORMATCCOMMON /LOCALD/ STALAT,STALON,SSTALA,CSTALA,TSTALA,HRSLONCCOMMON /CONST/ DTOR, PIOVR2, PIOVR4, PIOV12, IBLNKCCOMMON /TIMES/ IMNTH,IDAY,IHOUR,IRECXO,IDXO,IDAYL,ITIMCCOMMON /MONTHC/ BEFORE(12),MDAYS(12),MNAMES(12)INTEGER BEFORECCOMMON /FILES/ INFIL,OUTFIL,INWTH,OUTWTH,SOLWTH,STOUTINTEGER OUTFIL,OUTWTH,SOLWTH,STOUTCCOMMON /GETCRC/ IEOFLOGICAL IEOFCCOMMON /PACKEC/ NTZ,ISTAT,XLAT,XLONG,1 IYR,INTINT,DDBT,IBEGH,NBS,IDOYSH(5),ISSHFT(5),2 ISHFT,ALT,SKYCOV(12),ILOCCCOMMON /PARAMS/ STOPIT,VERS,FIRST,NEWPAK,CALCGTLOGICAL STOPIT,VERS,FIRST,NEWPAK,CALCGTCCOMMON /PCKINT/ KYR,KSTAT,CN(12),TG(12),KTIM,KARD(500),KYRLCCOMMON /RAWDAT/ IDRY(24),IWET(24),IDEW(24),IPRESS(24),1 IWNDSP(24),ICLAMT(24),ISOL(24),IDN(24),
CRevised April, 1999 VIII.12<strong>DOE</strong>-<strong>2.1</strong>E Documentation Update: Weather Processor2 IWNDIR(24),ICLTY(24),IRN(24),ISN(24),ICLTY1(24)DIMENSION IRAW(24,12)EQUIVALENCE (IDRY(1),IRAW(1,1))COMMON /LSTIME/ LSTHRS(24)COMMON /REPORC/ IBEGM,IENDMCCOMMON /UNDEF/ IUNDEF,UNDEFCCDIMENSION DEABC(5)C DAY OF YEARIDOY = BEFORE(IMNTH) + IDAYC GET SUN PARAMETERSCALL SUNPRM(IDOY,DEABC)C SOLAR CONSTANTSOLCON = 435.2*(1.+0.033*COS(DTOR*360.*FLOAT(IDOY)/365.))C LOOP OVER HOURS IN THE DAYDO 1000 IH=1,24C READ IN WEATHER DATAREAD (INWTH,9001) IVR,ID,IM,IHR,SKYCVR,IWINDR,WNDSPD,WSVECT,1 IWTHR,DEP,PRESMB,TDRY,RELH,IDIRH,IDIFFH,ILLUMH,IRH,IATMRH9001 FORMAT(I1,3I2,1X,F4.2,1X,I3,2(1X,F4.1),1X,I2,1X,F4.1,1X,F6.1,1 1X,F5.1,1X,F4.2,1X,I4,1X,I4,1X,I7,1X,I4,1X,I4)C CONVERT DRY-BULB FROM CENTIGRADE TO FAHRENHEITTDRYF = 1.8*TDRY + 32.C CALCULATE WET-BULB AND DEW POINTC SATURATED VAPOR PRESSUREPS = PPWVMS(TDRYF)C PARTIAL PRESSUREPW = RELH*PSC CONVERT PRESSURE FROM MILLIBARS TO INCHES OF HGPRESHG = .02953*PRESMBC HUMIDITY RATIOHUMRAT = 0.622*PW/(PRESHG-PW)C SPECIFIC ENTHALPYENTH = 0.24*TDRYF + (1061.+0.444*TDRYF)*HUMRATTWETF = WBF(ENTH,PRESHG)Y = LOG(PW)IF (PW .LE. 0.1836) THENTDEWF = 71.98 + 24.873*Y + 0.8927*Y*YELSETDEWF = 79.047 + 30.579*Y + 1.8893*Y*YEND IFC CONVERT WINDSPEED FROM M/S TO KNOTSWSKNOT = 1.9438*WNDSPDSOLHOR = 0.SOLDRN = 0.CCCCCCCCSET UPPER AND LOWER HOUR ANGLE BIN EDGES FOR SOLAR ZENITHANGLE CALCULATION. HOUR ANGLE IN UNITS OF HOURS.UL = FLOAT(IH) - 12. + FLOAT(NTZ) + DEABC(2) - STALON/PIOV12BL = UL -1.SUNRISE AND SUNSET HOUR ANGLESSSHA = ACOS(-TAN(STALAT)*TAN(DEABC(1)))/PIOV12SRHA = -SSHASKIP IF SUN DOWNIF ((UL .LE. SRHA) .OR. (BL .GE. SSHA)) GO TO 300RESET BIN EDGES AT SUNRISE OR SUNSETIF (SRHA .GT. BL) BL = SRHAIF (SSHA .LT. UL) UL = SSHAIF ((UL-BL) .LT. .02) GO TO 300TOTAL HORIZONTAL SOLAR; CONVERT FROM W/M**2 TOBTU/(FT**2)(HR)SOLHOR = .31721*FLOAT(IDIRH+IDIFFH)GET THE AVERAGE OF THE COSINE OF THE SOLAR ZENITH ANGLE
Revised April, 1999 VIII.13<strong>DOE</strong>-<strong>2.1</strong>E Documentation Update: Weather ProcessorC FOR THE 1 HOUR TIME BINA = SIN(DEABC(1))*SIN(STALAT)B = COS(DEABC(1))*COS(STALAT)COSZIN = A*(UL-BL) + B*(SIN(PIOV12*UL)-SIN(PIOV12*BL))/PIOV12COSZAV = COSZIN/(UL-BL)C GET DIRECT NORMAL SOLARSOLDRN = .31721*FLOAT(IDIRH)/COSZAVC PUT LIMITS ON THE SUNRISE AND SUNSET BEAM RADIATIONCALL MAXDIR(COSZAV,SOLCON,DIRMAX)SOLDRN = AMIN1(SOLDRN,DIRMAX)300 CONTINUEC FILL THE DATA ARRAYSIDRY(IH) = IROUND(TDRYF)IWET(IH) = MIN0(IDRY(IH),IROUND(TWETF))IDEW(IH) = MIN0(IWET(IH),IROUND(TDEWF))IPRESS(IH) = IROUND(100.*PRESHG)IWNDSP(IH) = IROUND(WSKNOT)IWNDIR(IH) = IROUND(.0444444*FLOAT(IWINDR))IF (IWNDIR(IH) .EQ. 16) IWNDIR(IH) = 0ICLAMT(IH) = IROUND(10.*SKYCVR)ISOL(IH) = IROUND(SOLHOR)IDN(IH) = IROUND(SOLDRN)ICLTY(IH) = 2ICLTY1(IH) = 2IRN(IH) = 0ISN(IH) = 01000 CONTINUERETURNENDFORTRAN fragment: direct and diffuse solar calculationCC Fortran fragment to calculate direct and diffuseC solar radiation from total solar and to get wet-bulbC and dew point temperatures from dry-bulb, relative humidityC and atmospheric pressure.CC Start with: SOLHOR - total horiz. solar in Btu/hr-areaC TDRYF - dry-bulb temperature in degrees FahrenheitC PRESHG - atmospheric pressure in inches of mercuryC RELHUM - relative humidity in percentCC Define: DTOR - degrees to radians = pi/180C PIOV12 - pi/12C IH - hour of the day (1 - 24)C IDOY - day of year (1 - 365)C STALAT - weather station latitude in radiansC STALAT - station longitude in radiansC XLONG - station longitude in degreesC NTZ - time zone (PST=8, EST=5, Greenwich=0)CC Externals: SUNPRMC MAXDIRC PPWVMSC WBFCThese are all available from WTHPRC, the <strong>DOE</strong>-2Cweather processor.CDIMENSION DEABC(5)CDIRN = 0.DIF = 0.C GET SOLAR CONSTANTS. DEABC(1) IS THE SOLARC DECLINATION ANGLE; DEABC(2) IS THE EQUATIONC OF TIME.CALL SUNPRM(IDOY,DEABC)
<strong>DOE</strong>-<strong>2.1</strong>E Documentation Update: Weather ProcessorC GET SOLAR CONSTANT. THIS FORMULA IS FROM KREIDERC AND RABL PAGE 237C BECKMAN, PAGE 7.SOLCON = 435.2*(1. + 0.033*COS(DTOR*360.*FLOAT(IDOY)/365.))C GET HOUR ANGLE AT UPPER AND LOWER HOUR BIN EDGEC THIS IS LOCAL TIME!UL = FLOAT(IH) - 12. + FLOAT(NTZ) + DEABC(2) - XLONG/15.BL = UL - 1.C SUNRISE AND SUNSET HOUR ANGLESSSHA = ACOS(-TAN(STALAT)*TAN(DEABC(1)))/PIOV12SRHA = -SSHAC RESET BIN BOUNDARIES TO ALLOW FOR SUNRISE AND SETIF ((UL .LE. SRHA) .OR. (BL .GE. SSHA)) GO TO 1100IF (SRHA .GT. BL) BL = SRHAIF (SSHA .LT. UL) UL = SSHAIF ((UL-BL) .LT. 0.02) GO TO 1100IF (SOLHOR .EQ. 0) GO TO 1100A = SIN(DEABC(1))*SIN(STALAT)B = COS(DEABC(1))*COS(STALAT)C INTEGRATE SOLAR Z DIREC. COSINE OVER BINCOSZIN = A*(UL-BL) + B*(SIN(PIOV12*UL)-SIN(PIOV12*BL))/PIOV12C AVERAGE COSINE OF THE SOLAR ZENITH ANGLE FOR THE HOURCOSZAV = COSZIN/(UL-BL)C EXTRATERRESTRIAL SOLAR HORIZONTALSOLEXH = SOLCON*COSZINC K sub T IS THE RATIO OF TERRESTRIAL TO EXTRATERRESTRIAL SOLARRKT = AMIN1(SOLHOR/SOLEXH,0.9)C GET DIFFUSE COMPONENT FROM ERBS, KLEIN, AND DUFFIEC CORRELATIONIF (RKT .LE. 0.22) DIF = SOLHOR*(1.-0.09*RKT)RKT2 = RKT*RKTIF ((RKT .GT. 0.22) .AND. (RKT .LE. 0.8)) DIF = SOLHOR*1 (.9511-.1604*RKT+4.388*RKT2-16.638*RKT*RKT2+12.336*RKT2*RKT2)IF (RKT .GT. 0.8) DIF = 0.165*SOLHORC DIRECT HORIZONTALDIRH = AMAX1(0.,SOLHOR-DIF)C DIRECT NORMALDIRN = DIRH/COSZAVC CHECK FOR MAXIMUM DIRECT NORMALCALL MAXDIR(COSZAV,SOLCON,DIRMAX)DIRN = AMIN1(DIRN,DIRMAX)1100 CONTINUEC CALCULATE WET-BULB AND DEW POINT. THE PROCEDURE ISC BASICALLY THAT GIVEN ON PAGE 6.16, ASHRAE FUNDAMENTALSC 1989, SITUATION NO. 3CC SATURATED VAPOR PRESSUREPS = PPWVMS(TDRYF)C PARTIAL PRESSUREPW = .01*RELHUM*PSC HUMIDITY RATIOHUMRAT = .622*PW/(PRESHG-PW)C SPECIFIC ENTHALPYENTH = .24*TDRYF + (1061.+.444*TDRYF)*HUMRATC WET-BULB TEMPERATURETWETF = WBF(ENTH,PRESHG)C DEW POINT TEMPERATUREY = LOG(PW)IF (PW .LE. .1836) THENTDEWF = 71.98 + 24.873*Y + .8927*Y*YELSETDEWF = 79.047 + 30.579*Y + 1.8893*Y*YEND IFRevised April, 1999 VIII.14
Revised April, 1999 VIII.15<strong>DOE</strong>-<strong>2.1</strong>E Documentation Update: Weather ProcessorUsing Standard Formats for Measured DataAs an alternative to using the OTHER subroutine for measured or nonstandard data, one can convert the measured/nonstandarddata into one of the standard formats and then run the <strong>DOE</strong>-2 weather processor on that format. For weather with no solar data,convert to the TRY format described below under “TRY Format,” and then PACK with the weather processor using TRYSLM.Only the following TRY data fields need be filled (all unfilled fields should contain 9's):hourdaymonthyearstation numberdry-bulb temperaturewet-bulb temperaturedew point temperaturewind directionwind speedstation pressuretotal sky covertype of lowest cloud layerpresent weatherFor data sets with measured solar data, if global and direct are known, use the TMY2 format, described below under “TMY2Format.” The only hourly fields that need to be filled are:hourdaymonthyearglobal horizontal radiationdirect normal radiationopaque sky coverdry-bulb temperaturedew point temperatureatmospheric pressurewind directionwind speedpresent weatherIn the TMY2 header record, all the data items should be filled. For data sets with global horizontal solar data and relativehumidity instead of wet-bulb/dew point, use the <strong>DOE</strong>-2 measured data format described below.Using the <strong>DOE</strong>-2 Measured Weather FormatMeasured weather data can be put in the <strong>DOE</strong>-2 measured weather data format. This format uses metric units and contains themost commonly measured weather variables. For instance the format uses relative humidity rather than wet-bulb or dew-pointtemperature and global horizontal solar rather than direct & diffuse.Format:The file must be 8760 records in length, each record being 80 characters long.Item Columns Format Unitshour 1 - 2 I2day 3 - 4 I2month 5 - 6 I2year 7 -10 I4drybulb 11-20 F10.1 Centigraderelative humidity 21-30 F10.2 a fraction, 0.0 to 1.0atmos. pressure 31-40 F10.1 millibarstotal horiz. rad. 41-50 F10.0 watts/m2wind speed 51-60 F10.1 m/sWind dir. 61-70 F10.0 degrees from north (north=0;east=90)sky cover 71-80 F10.1 a fraction 0.0 to 1.0All quantities must be filled. If sky cover is unknown, put in -999.The raw hourly weather file will look something like this (1 day only):1 1 11997 20.0 0.6 1003.6 0. 4.5 273. 0.32 1 11997 21.0 0.6 1003.6 0. 4.5 273. 0.33 1 11997 22.0 0.6 1003.6 0. 4.5 273. 0.34 1 11997 23.0 0.6 1003.6 0. 4.5 273. 0.35 1 11997 24.0 0.6 1003.6 0. 4.5 273. 0.36 1 11997 25.0 0.6 1003.6 0. 4.5 273. 0.37 1 11997 26.0 0.6 1003.6 50. 4.5 273. 0.38 1 11997 27.0 0.6 1003.6 200. 4.5 273. 0.39 1 11997 28.0 0.6 1003.6 450. 4.5 273. 0.310 1 11997 29.0 0.6 1003.6 600. 4.5 273. 0.311 1 11997 29.0 0.6 1003.6 750. 4.5 273. 0.312 1 11997 29.0 0.6 1003.6 750. 4.5 273. 0.313 1 11997 28.0 0.6 1003.6 750. 4.5 273. 0.314 1 11997 27.0 0.6 1003.6 600. 4.5 273. 0.315 1 11997 26.0 0.6 1003.6 450. 4.5 273. 0.316 1 11997 25.0 0.6 1003.6 200. 4.5 273. 0.3
<strong>DOE</strong>-<strong>2.1</strong>E Documentation Update: Weather Processor17 1 11997 24.0 0.6 1003.6 50. 4.5 273. 0.318 1 11997 23.0 0.6 1003.6 20. 4.5 273. 0.319 1 11997 23.0 0.6 1003.6 0. 4.5 273. 0.320 1 11997 21.0 0.6 1003.6 0. 4.5 273. 0.321 1 11997 19.0 0.6 1003.6 0. 4.5 273. 0.322 1 11997 18.0 0.6 1003.6 0. 4.5 273. 0.323 1 11997 17.0 0.6 1003.6 0. 4.5 273. 0.324 1 11997 16.0 0.6 1003.6 0. 4.5 273. 0.3Example Input:PACKTest MeasWth FormatOTHER -999 -999 5 40.7 74.2 30-BITSOLAR 4 20. .0251.00 1.00 1.00 1.00 1.00 1.00 1.00 1.00 1.00 1.00 1.00 1.00-999.LISTPACKED -999 -999 1 12STATENDRevised April, 1999 VIII.16
<strong>DOE</strong>-<strong>2.1</strong>E Documentation Update: Weather ProcessorTRY FormatFile Field Number Columns Element001 01 - 05 STATION NUMBER002 06 - 08 DRY-BULB TEMPERATURE003 09 - 11 WET-BULB TEMPERATURE004 12 - 14 DEW POINT TEMPERATURE005 15 - 17 WIND DIRECTION006 18 - 20 WIND SPEED007 21 - 24 STATION PRESSURE008 25 WEATHER009 26 - 27 TOTAL SKY COVER010 28 - 29 AMOUNT OF LOWEST CLOUD LAYER01l 30 TYPE OF LOWEST CLOUD OR OBSCURING PHENOMENA012 31 - 33 HEIGHT OF BASE OF LOWEST LAYER013 34 - 35 AMOUNT OF SECOND CLOUD LAYER014 36 TYPE OF CLOUD - SECOND LAYER015 37 - 39 HEIGHT OF BASE OF SECOND LAYER016 40 - 41 SUMMATION AMOUNT OF FIRST TWO LAYERS017 42 - 43 AMOUNT OF THIRD CLOUD LAYER018 44 TYPE OF CLOUD - THIRD LAYER019 45 - 47 HEIGHT OF BASE OF THIRD LAYER020 48 - 49 SUMMATION AMOUNT OF FIRST THREE LAYERS021 50 - 51 AMOUNT OF FOURTH CLOUD LAYER022 52 TYPE OF CLOUD - FOURTH LAYER023 53 - 55 HEIGHT OF BASE OF FOURTH LAYER024 56 - 59 SOLAR RADIATION a025 60 - 69 BLANK026 70 - 73 YEAR027 74 - 75 MONTH028 76 - 77 DAY029 78 - 79 HOUR030 80 BLANKa The <strong>DOE</strong>-2 weather processor recognizes the following solar data in TRY format:Columns 57-59 Total horizontal radiation in Btu/ft 2 -hrColumns 61-63 Direct normal radiation in Btu/ft 2 -hrPacking a TRY file with solar dataformatted as above and specifying theSOLAR option will result in the solar databeing transferred to the <strong>DOE</strong>-2 packedweather file.Revised April, 1999 VIII.17
<strong>DOE</strong>-<strong>2.1</strong>E Documentation Update: Weather ProcessorTRY Format (continued)File FieldNumber Columns Element Configuration Code Definitions and Remarks001 01 - 05 STATION NUMBER 01001 - 98999 Unique number used to identify each station. Usually aWBAN number, but occasionally a WMC or othernumber system.002 06 - 08 DRY BULB TEMP 000 to 140003 09 - 11 WET BULB TEMP -01 to -80004 12 - 14 DEW POINT TEMP or 999005 15 - 17 WIND DIRECTION 000 - 360or 999Temperature in whole °F:000 to 140 = 0° to 14°F-01 to -80 = -l to -80°F999 = MissingDirection from which the wind is blowing in wholedegrees.000 = Calm001-360 = 1° - 360°999 = MissingNote: Prior to 1964, direction was recorded to only 16 intervals (points of thecompass). The following scheme was used to convert these values to wholedegrees.000 = Calm 180 = South360 = North 203 = South Southwest023 = North Northeast 225 = Southwest045 = Northeast 248 = West Southwest068 = East Northeast 270 = West090 = East 293 = West Northwest113 = East Southeast 315 = Northwest135 = Southeast 338 = North Northwest158 = South Southeast006 18 - 20 WIND SPEED 000 - 230 Wind speed in whole knots.or 999 000 = Calm001-230 = l-230 knots999 = Missing007 21 - 24 STATION PRESSURE 1900 - 3999or 9999Pressure at station in inches of Hg times 100:1900-3999 = 19.00 - 39.99 in Hg9999 = Missing008 25 WEATHER 0 - 9 Type of weather at the time of observation.0 = No obstructions1 = Fog2 = Haze3 = Smoke4 = Haze and smoke5 = Thunderstorm6 = Tornado7 = Liquid precipitation (rain, rain showers, freezingrain, drizzle, freezing drizzle)8 = Frozen precipitation (snow, snow showers, snowpellets, snow grains, sleet, ice pellets, hail)9 = Blowing dust, blowing sand, blowing spray, dustNote: Original observations may contain combina-tionsof these elements. Whenever this occurred, a priority wasassigned for the purpose of indicating weather in this file.(1) - Liquid precipitation - 7(2) - Frozen precipitation - 8(3) - Obstructions to vision - l, 2, 3, 4, 9(4) - Thunderstorm (no precipitation) - 5(5) - Tornado (no precipitation) - 6Revised April, 1999 VIII.18
<strong>DOE</strong>-<strong>2.1</strong>E Documentation Update: Weather ProcessorTRY Format (continued)File FieldNumber Columns Element Configuration Code Definitions and Remarks009 26 - 27 TOTAL SKY COVER 00 - 10Amount of the sky covered by clouds or obscuring010 28 - 29 AMT OF LOWEST CLOUD or 99phenomena in tenths.LAYER013 34 - 35 AMT OF SECOND CLOUD LAYER00-10 = 0-10 tenths016 40 - 41 SUM OF FIRST TWO LAYERS99 = Missing017 42 - 43 AMT OF THIRD CLOUD LAYER020 48 - 49 SUM OF FIRST THREE LAYERS021 50 - 51 AMT OF FOURTH CLOUD LAYER011 30 TYPE OF LOWEST CLOUD 0 - 9 Generic cloud type or obscuring phenomena:OR OBSCURING PHENOMENA0 = Clear014 36 TYPE OF CLOUD - SECOND1 = Fog or other obscuring phenomenaLAYER2 = Stratus or Fractus Stratus018 44 TYPE OF CLOUD - THIRD3 = StratocumulusLAYER4 = Cumulus or Cumulus Fractus022 52 TYPE OF CLOUD - FOURTH5 = Cumulonimbus or MammatusLAYER6 = Altostratus or Nimbostratus7 = Altocumulus8 = Cirrus9 = Cirrostratus or Cirrocumulus9 = Unknown if the amount of cloud is 99012 31 - 33 HEIGHT OF BASE OF 000 - 760 Height of base of clouds or obscuring phenomena inLOWEST LAYER015 37 - 39 HEIGHT OF BASE OF or 777SECOND LAYER019 45 - 47 HEIGHT OF BASE OF or 888THIRD LAYER023 53 - 55 HEIGHT OF BASE OF or 999FOURTH LAYER024 56 - 59 SOLAR RADIATION 0000 - 1999or 9999hundreds of feet000-760 = 0-76,000 feet777 = Unlimited - clear888 = Cirroform clouds of unknown height999 = MissingTotal solar radiation in Langleys to tenths. Values arefor the hour ending at time indicated in Field 029.0000-1999 = 0-199.9 Langleys9999 = Missing025 60 - 69 BLANK ∆ ∆ ∆ ∆ ∆ ∆ Blank field--reserved for future use.026 70 - 73 YEAR 1900 - 2099 Year027 74 - 75 MONTH 01 - 12 Month of year: 01 = Jan., 02 = Feb., etc.028 76 - 77 DAY 01 - 31 Day of month029 78 - 79 HOUR 00 - 23 Hour of observation in Local Standard Time.00-23 = 0000-2300 LST030 80 BLANK ∆ ∆ ∆ ∆ ∆ ∆ Blank field, reserved for future use.Revised April, 1999 VIII.19
<strong>DOE</strong>-<strong>2.1</strong>E Documentation Update: Weather ProcessorCD144 FormatFigure 1: Record format for CD144 weather FILEsRevised April, 1999 VIII.20
<strong>DOE</strong>-<strong>2.1</strong>E Documentation Update: Weather ProcessorINDEXWeather Data in <strong>DOE</strong>-2.2Example of subroutine OTHER, 11FormatTMY2, 3WYEC2, 4Introduction, 2Nonstandard Data, 10Subroutine OTHER, 10Solar Data, 3Source Data, 2Source Data and Formats (TMY2 and WYEC2), 2Standard Formats, Measured Data, 15TRY Format Example, 17Using the <strong>DOE</strong>-2 Measured Weather Format, 15Variables (Hourly, Hourly Solar, Variable, HeaderData), 2Weather Processor, 4ASCII Weather FilesFMTWTH Program Listing, 7Moving Data, 7WTHFMT Program Listing, 9I/O, 4Input Description, 4Revised April, 1999 VIII.21
Revised April, 1999 VIII.22<strong>DOE</strong>-<strong>2.1</strong>E Documentation Update: Weather Processor
VIII.WEATHER DATAPageA. INTRODUCTION •.B. WEATHER VARIABLESC. WEATHER FILES.1. TRY • . " .2. California, CTZ.3. TMY • . • • • .4. Others .••.•D. SOLAR RADIATION DATAE. DESIGN DAY .••..F. WEATHER DATA PROCESSING PROGRAMSAPPENDIX VIII.A - NOAA TEST REFERENCE YEAR WEATHER DATA MANUALA. INTRODUCTION .•..••....•.1. Source.. . . . . • . . . . . .2. Quality Control and Conversions3. Use of The <strong>Manual</strong>B. MANUAL AND TAPE NOTATIONS1. Format. . . . •2. <strong>Manual</strong> and TapeC. SPECIAL NOTED. INVENTORY.APPENDIX VIII.B - TMY WEATHER DATA.APPENDIX VIII.C - WEATHER DATA PROCESSING PACKAGEAPPENDIX VIII.D - MISCELLANEOUS WEATHER TAPES.A. AIRWAYS SURFACE OBSERVATIONS, TD1440.B. CD144 WEATHER TAPES. .•.C. CTZ WEATHER TAPES •...••D. WYEC WEATHER TAPES. • . . . .APPENDIX VIII.E - WEATHER DATA SUMMARIES FOR TRY CITIES.VIlLIVIlLIVllL2VIIL2VIlI.2VII1.2VIlI.2Vlll.13V lli. 13V 11 1.14VIII. 17VIl1.l8VIIl.19VllI.19VIlI. 20VllI.2lVIlI.2lVII1.21V Ill. 22VIl1.23VIl1.30V II 1.35VIIL44V 11 1.44.1VIII. 44.1V111.44.4V 11 I. 44.4VIII.45(Revised 5/81)
VIII.WEATHER DATAA. INTRODUCTIONThe LOADS, SYSTEMS, and PLANT programs require hourly weather data, whichare contained in weather files. Each file contains one year (8760 hours) ofweather data for a particular location. In this section, the variables usedto describe each of the weather parameters and a list of the weather data inthe <strong>DOE</strong>-2 library are given. The user attaches a weather file using the jobcontrol language at his site.A list of weather stations available in the <strong>DOE</strong>-2 library is given inTables VIII.1 and 2, including location data.If the required weather data are not in the <strong>DOE</strong>-2 library, the user cancreate his own weather file uSing the Weather Processor Programs.B. WEATHER VARIABLESThe weather variables used by <strong>DOE</strong>-2 and present on the weather file are:DRYBULB TEMPERATUREWETBULB TEMPERATUREATMOSPHERIC PRESSUREWIND SPEEDWI ND DIRECTIONCLOUD AMOUNTCLOUD TYPECLEARNESS NUMBERGROUND TEMPERATUREHUMIDITY RATIODENS ITY OF AIRSPECIFIC ENTHALPY(For Typical Meteorological Year (TMY) files, CLOUD TYPE is unavailable,but "total horizontal solar" and "total direct normal solar" are available).This file also contains the latitude, longitude, and time zone of thestation, which may be overridden by using the BUILDING-LOCATION instructiondescribed in Chap. III.VII 1.1 (Revi sed 5/81)
C. WEATHER FILESThree groups of weather files are available in the 00E-2 library. Inaddition, several types of weather files can be processed by the weather processingprograms to produce files for use by 00E-<strong>2.1</strong>. TRYThe 00E-2 library has one year of data for each of 60 different US weatherstations selected according to the ASHRAE Test <strong>Reference</strong> Year (TRY) procedure.*Table VIII.1 lists the TRY cities now available and Appendix VIII.O containsweather data summaries for these cities (except St. Louis, r~issouri).A manual for the TRY data, published by the National Climatic Center inAsheville, North Carolina, is reproduced in Appendix VIll.A. Summaries of theTRY data for each city are included in Appendix VIII.E.The user should exercise caution in applying TRY data. The TRY should bereliable for making comparisons of design or retrofit options. However, aspointed out in the TRY <strong>Manual</strong>, a TRY is not considered sufficiently typical toyield reliable estimates of average energy requirements over several years.2. California, CTZOne year of data for each of 16 climate zones in the State of Californiais included. These data were assembled by Loren Crow for the California EnergyResources Conservation and Development Commission.A map showing the boundaries of the California climate zones is given inFig. VIII.1. Table VIII.2 gives the 00E-2 file name and the major cities foreach of the 16 zones.3. TMYThe 00E-2 library contains weather files for 26 US weather stations inthe Typical Meteorological Year (TMY) format. Appendix VIII.B contains adescription of the TMY tapes.4. OthersThe 00E-2 weather processing programs (see Appendix VIII.C) can processTRY, TMY, CTZ, CD144, T01440, and Weather Year for Energy Computation (WYEC)tapes for use by the 00E-2 program. A brief description of these weathertapes is included in the Appendices to this section. Only the TMY, TRY, andCTl tapes are included in the 00E-2 library.* The TRY tape library is not available for the IBM version of <strong>DOE</strong> <strong>2.1</strong>A. Tocreate a weather tape for 00E-<strong>2.1</strong>A Simulation, the user must get a weathertape from NOAA and process it using the IBM version of the weather processor.Ground temperatures and clearness numbers, available from LBL,must then be added.VIl1.2 (Revised 5/81)
TABLE VIIL1WEATHER DATAData for additional cities will be added if it becomes available.<strong>DOE</strong>-2 LATITUDE LONGITUDE TIME ZONE ALTITUDEState and City File Name Year (degrees) (degrees) (numeric) (feet)ALABAMABirmingham (BIRMING) 1965 33.57 86.85 6 610ARI ZONAPhoenix (PHOENIX) 1951 33.43 112.02 7 1117CALIFORNIAFresno iFRESNOl 1951 36.77 119.72 8 326Los Angeles LOSANG 1973 33.93 118.40 8 99Sacramento (SACRAME) 1962 38.52 121.50 8 17San Diego (SANDIE) 1974 32.43 117.17 8 19San Francisco (SANFRA) 1974 37.62 122.38 8 8DISTRICT OF COLUMBIAWashington DC (WASHING) 1957 38.85 77 .03 5 14FLORIDAJacksonv i 11 e iJACK/FL) 1965 30.50 81.70 5 24Miami MIAMI) 1964 25.80 80.27 5 7Tampa (TAMPA) 1953 27.97 82.53 5 19GEORGIAAtlanta (ATLANTA) 1975 33.65 84.43 5 1005IDAHOBoise (BOISE) 1966 43.54 116.22 7 2842ILLINOISChicago, downtown(CHICAGO) 1974 41. 78 87.75 6 610I NOlANAIndianapolis (INDIANA) 1972 39.93 86.28 5 793VIII. 3 (Revised 5/81)
<strong>DOE</strong>-2 LATITUDE LONGITUDE TIME ZONE AL TnUDEState and City File Name Year (degrees) (degrees) (numeric) (feet)KANSASDodge City (DODGEC) 1971 37.47 99.97 6 2594KENTUCKYLouisville (LOUISVI) 1972 38.18 85.73 5 979LOUISIANALake Charles iLAKECHj 1966 30.12 93.22 6 14New Orleans NEWORL 1958 29.98 90.25 6 3MAINEPortland (PORT /ME) 1965 43.65 70.32 5 61MASSACHUSETTSBoston (BOSTON) 1969 42.37 71.03 5 15MICHIGANDetroit (DETROIT ) 1968 42.23 83.33 5 633MINNESOTAMinneapolis (MI NNEAP) 1970 44.88 93.22 6 822MISSISSIPPIJackson (JACK/MS) 1964 32.32 90.08 6 330MISSOURIColumbia (COLUMBI) 1968 38.97 92.32 6 778Kansas City (KANSAS) 1968 39.12 94.60 6 742St. Louis (STLOUI) 1972 38.45 90.38 6 535MONTANAGreat Falls (GREATF) 1956 47.48 111.37 7 3664NEBRASKAOmaha (OMAHA) 1966 41.30 95.90 6 978VIII.4 (Revised 5/81)
<strong>DOE</strong>-2 LATITUDE LONGITUDE TIME ZONE AL TITUDESta te and City Fi le Name. Year (degrees) (degrees) (numeric) (feet)NE W MEXI COA lbuquerque (ALBUQUE) 1959 35.05 106.62 7 5310Los Alamos (LASL)* 1978 35.80 106.3 7 7370NEW YORKAlbany (AL BANY) 1969 42.75 73.80 5 277Buffalo (BUFFALO) 1974 42.77 78.73 5 705New York City (NEWYOR) 1951 40.77 73.90 5NORTH CAROLI NARaleigh (RALEIGH) 1965 35.82 78.78 5 19NORTH DAKOTABismarck (BISMARC) 1970 46.77 100.75 6OHIO----c:Tnci nnati (CINCINN) 1957 39.07 84.67 5 1647Cleveland (CLEVELA) 1969 41.40 81.85 5 777OKLAHOMAOklahoma City ( OKLAHOM) 1951 35.40 97.60 6 1280Tulsa (TULSA) 1973 36.20 95.90 6 650OREGONMedford (MEDFORD) 1966 42.37 122.87 8 1298Port 1 and (PORT/OR) 1960 45.60 122.60 8 21PENNSYLVANIAPhiladelphia (PHILADE) 1969 39.88 75.25 5 7Pittsburgh (PITTSBU) 1957 40.50 80.72 5 1137SOUTH CAROLI NACharleston (CHARLES) 1955 32.90 80.03 5 41TENNESSEEMemphlS (MEMPHIS) 1964 35.05 89.98 6 263Nashville (NASHVIL) 1972 36.12 86.68 6 577*This weather file is not a TRY weather tqpe.VIII.5 (Revised 5/81)
<strong>DOE</strong>-2 LATITUDE LONGITUDE TIME ZONE AL TITUDEState and Citt File Name Year (degrees) (degrees) (numeric) (feet)TEXASAmarillo (AMARILL) 1968 35.23 101.70 6 3607Brownsvi lle ( BROWNSV) 1955 25.90 97.43 6 16El Paso (ELPASO) 1967 31.80 106.40 7 3918Fort Worth (FORTWO) 1975 32.90 97.03 6 544Houston (HOUSTON) 1966 29.65 95.28 6 50Lubbock (LUBBOCK) 1955 33.65 101. 82 6 3243San Antonio (SANANT) 1960 29.53 98.47 6 792UTAH--salt Lake City (SALTLA) 1948 40.77 lll. 97 7 4220VERMONTBurlington (BURLING) 1966 44.47 73.15 5 331VIRGINIANorfolk iNORFOLKl 1969 36.90 76.20 5 26Richmond RICHMON 1969 37.50 77 .33 5 162WASHI NGTONSeatt le (SEATTLE) 1960 47.45 122.30 8 386WISCONSINMadison (MADISON) 1974 43.13 89.33 6 858WYOMINGCheyenne (CHEYENE) 1974 41.15 104.82 7 6126KUWAITKuwait (KUWAIT)* 29 -48 -3*This weather file is not a TRY weather tape.VIII.6 (Revised 5/81)
This page has been deleted intentionally.VIII.7 (Revised 5/81)
This page has been deleted intentionally.VII 1.8 (Revi sed 5/81)
Crescent CityI1 I. Yreka.OrleansI11Eureka I.Scotia I .Redding• SusanvilleI• Red Bluff,--\(\ - -r----,.\\ \Fort BraggI\ \ Ij 2 'r----- J~an t a \ •Rosa.12•• Napar. "It. Stockton...'/, ~~~ Oa~land ModestO'San Francisco \.Livermore ........·"I ... \ ,/3\ sacramento~('. San JOJe, ''('"" \'> .H~" isterMonterey \4 .King City• Fresno II13• Bishop\---~ 145 \ • B~kersfield• San Luis Obispo I\ I I.Santa MaQ.a I • Barstow.......... .J... ISa nta Ba rba ra I ...... -.....-I S~n rern~~o 159 _ Los Angeles J... -< 0 1----~~~'-,1 \ PIS'~.....,,;" .Santa AnOl • a m prtngs6 " Newport Beach~8 ~ \1Lo~q713~\ach , .Brawley\~ San DiegoFig. V III. 1.Map of California climate zones.VIII.9 (Revi sed 5/81)
TABLE VIII.2CALIFORNIA CLIMATE ZONE WEATHER FILE INVENTORYZone Representative Cities <strong>DOE</strong>-2 F i 1 enarne1. North Coast Crescent City CTZOlEurekaFort BraggOrleansScot i a2. North Coast Valley Healdsburg CTZ02NapaPet a 1 urn aSanta RosaSt. HelenaUkiah3. San Francisco Bay Area Berkeley CTZ03Hami Hon AFBOaklandRedwood CitySan MateoSan RafaelSan Francisco4. Upper Coast Range Valley Hollister CTZ04King CityLivermoreLos GatosMontereySalinasSan JoseSanta ClaraSanta CruzWatsonvi lle5. Lower Coast Range Valley Lompoc CTZ05OjaiOxnardPaso RoblesSan Luis ObispoSanta BarbaraSanta PaulaSanta Maria6. Los Angeles Beach Cul ver City CTZ06Laguna BeachLos Angeles AirportNewport BeachSanta MonicaTorranceVIII.I0
Zone Representative Cities <strong>DOE</strong>-2 Filename7. San Diego Chula Vista CTZD7EscondidoSan Diego8. Santa Ana El Toro CTZDBLong BeachSanta AnaYorba Linda. 9. Los Angeles City Burbank CTZ09Los Angeles Civic CenterPasadenaSan FernandoSan Gabriel10. San Bernadino Beaumont CTZ10CoronaRedlandsRiversideSan Bernadi noSan JacintoUp 1 and11. Northern Zone Alturas CTZ11ChicoCo 1 usaMarysvi lleMcCloudOravi lleOrlandRed BluffReddingSusanvi 11eWi 11 owsYreka12. Central Zone Ant ioch CTZ12AuburnDavisLodiModestoNevada CityP 1 acerv ill eSacramentoStocktonTahoe CityVacavilleWood 1 andVII I. 11
Zone Representative Cities <strong>DOE</strong>-2 Filename13. San Joquin Valley BakersfieldCoalingaCTZ13FresnoLos BanosMaderaMaricopaMercedPortervi lleVisalia14. High Desert BarstowBishopCTZ14DaggettLake ArrowheadMt. WilsonPalmdaleSandbergTronaTwentynine PalmsVictorvi lle15. Low Desert BlytheBraw 1 eyCTZ15Eagle Mtn.El CentroImperialIndioIron Mtn.NeedlesP a 1m Spri ngs16. Lake Tahoe Boca CTZ16Tahoe CityTahoe Valley airportTruckee (ranger station)(Along the west edgeof CTZ 16 - see Fig.V III.1 - is a 6500 ft.contour. Any area between6500 ft. and 5600 ft. ispart of CTZ 16)VIII. 12 (Revised 5/81)
D. SOLAR RADIATION DATANone of theradiation data.hourly values.present TRY or California weather files contain measured solarTwo options are currently available for calculating the neededIn the first option, the LOADS program calculates hourly values of solarradiation for the station in question using the Boeing cloud cover modifier toestimate solar radiation from cloud cover data.The second option uses the Kimura-Stephenson cloud cover modifier model.This model is available only in the weather processor for TRY tapes.Specifying the TRYKS option to the weather processor will result in a solarpacked weather file. The <strong>DOE</strong>-2 LOADS program will then use these solar valuesin place of the usual Boeing calculations described in the first option. TheKimura-Stephenson algorithm was developed from a comparison of measured solardata with cloud cover data for a location near Ottawa, Canada. The resultingcloud cover constants, therefore, include the Ottawa clearness numbers. Thisoption should only be used for climates similar to Ottawa.SOLMETOne year of solar data for each of 35 US weather stations will be includedin the weather data library in the future. The SOLMET format and a map showingthe location of the solar monitoring weather stations are included as Figs.VIII.2 and VIII.3, respectively. The SOLMET <strong>Manual</strong> describes how the solardata were prepared and summarizes the methods used to correct existing dataand to provide missing data. .E. DESIGN DAYThe user may instruct the program to perform the LOADS and SYSTEMS calculationsfor a design day. The format for design-day input is given in Chap. III.VIII.13 (Revised 5/81)
F. WEATHER OATA PROCESSING PROGRAMS00E-2 contains weather data processing programs that can be used to constructpacked binary files of weather data from weather stations that are notin the 00E-2 weather library.The programs in the weather package are as follows:a. PACK - This program compresses weather data from TRY (Test <strong>Reference</strong>Year), TMY, T01440, C0144, CTl, and WYEC tapes into a formatwhich is readable by 00E-2.b. LIST - This program abstracts and prints data from weather files forany user-specified time interval.c. EOIT - It is possible with this program to edit, or change, a packedweather file.d. STAT - This program reads a packed weather file and produces ayearly statistical summary.See Appendix VIII.C for a discussion of how to use these programs.VIII.14 (Revised 5/81)
SOLMET10 SOLARSOLA","AOIAtION VAlU£S kJl ...' 'IMf,. ~OV H" t'"ott'lle' lin,,, ... JI\UO ",lO"Al• , , •fto,lf COI1 1(' COIt'fO" ". , •,11.11 ...' '" '" ,•0'"- '"... .. , IN" .....,n' IOClOOI )('''01 J(MIII( IOC)()(XlI )o..,ue )(l(JOC)1 IOC)lJO( )(IOCX)o. Xlnt)CK IUIXI(X K)()nOI )00001 )Ot)()(1( KIOOOI "/, 23 -, 5' -,.."<
•OR!Ar 'ALL., lIfTBISMARCk, NO•~~.
APPENDIX VI I LANOAA TEST REFERENCE YEARWEATHER DATA MANUAL(September 1976)Available From:National Climatic CenterFederal BuildingAsheville, North Carolina 28801(704) 254-0961VIILI7
A. INTRODUCTIONEfficient heating and cooling is largely dependent on building design andon the design of the heating and cooling system. Comparison of heating andair-conditioning systems in a locale requires consideration of the effects ofthe weather. This weather information must be in great detail.The American Society of Heating, Refrigerating, and Air-Conditioning Engineers(ASHRAE) established a task group on energy requirements for heatingand cooling large structures. Simultaneously, in the interest of energy conservation,the National Bureau of Standards (NBS) and the National Oceanic andAtmospheric Administration (NOAA) were attempting to develop climatologicaldata packaging most useful for building design applications. Joining forces,the three groups established a working group to develop the concept of a Test<strong>Reference</strong> Year (TRY). TRY would consist of hourly weather data values for aselected reference year to be used by engineers in a given area to comparedifferent heating and air-conditioning systems in the same building or indifferent buildings.At the same time, the Federal Energy Administration (FEA)--as a memberof the Steering Group on Climatic Conditions and <strong>Reference</strong> Year of the NATOCommittee on Challenges of Modern Society--was also working on the problem.Consolidation of both efforts resulted in the development of a selection processfor the TRY, an international format for presentation of the TRY data,and TRY calculations for 60 cities within the United States.The ASHRAE approved procedure was chosen for selecting a TRY. The principleof selection is to eliminate years in the period of record containingmonths with extremely high or low mean temperatures until only one year remains.The period of record examined for 59 United States stations is 1948-1975. The 60th station, Portland, Oregon, has a period of record of 1949-1975.Extreme months are arranged in order of importance for energy comparisons.Hot Julys and cold Januarys are assumed to be the most important.All months are ranked by alternating between the warm half (May to October)and the cold half (November to April) of the year, with the months closestto late July or late January given priority. The resulting order is givenin the center column below. If, in addition" it is assumed that hot summermonths or cold winter months are more important than cool summer or mildwinter months, then the order of extreme months will be down the first columnbelow from "Hottest July" to "Coolest April" and then down the last columnfrom "Coolest July" to Warmest April".Hottest July CoolestColdest January MildestHottest August CoolestColdest February Mil destHottest June CoolestColdest December MildestHottest September CoolestColdest March MildestWarmest May Coo lestCoolest November WarmestWarmest October CoolestCoolest April WarmestVIII. 18
The first step in the selection process is to mark all 24 extreme months.Continue marking months starting with next-to-the-hottest July, thennext-to-the-coldest January and so on down the first column and then down thesecond column above until onl,y one year remains without any marked month. Iftwo or more years remain without any marked months, the process is repeatedwith the third, fourth, etc. hottest or coldest extremes until only one yearremains without any marked month. The remaining year is the TRY.The weather in the test year is a standard for comparison of heating andcooling systems. It is not considered sufficiently typical to yield reliableestimates of average energy requirements over several years.1. SourceWeather observations, in support of aircraft operations, have been takenat airports since the earliest days of aviation. The rapid growth of the industryduring the 1940's made it evident that some mechanical means of summarizingthe data must be developed. How was a site to be selected or an airportdesigned without adequate statistical information on which to base decisions?The first efforts toward this end caused the WBAN No.1 card to come into being.For archiving purposes, these observations, mostly from military stations,were designated as Card Oeck-141. The period of record is generally1941-1944. A change of format necessitated a new card deck designation (CardOeck-142) to be instituted in 1945. This deck remained in force into 1948.During 1948 additional major changes were made in observing and recordingpractices. These led to the development of Card Oeck-144. Although the usualbeginning date of digital information in this form is June 1948, the changeoverwas made station by station on varying dates. Then too, some stationshave had observations back-punched in this format to much earlier dates.In the early 1960's, the FAA undertook a major airport study. To facilitatethe handling of large masses of data necessary for this effort, the ClimatologicalServices of the Weather Bureau, Air Force, and Navy, along withthe FAA, devised the tape format. This format was called Tape Data Family-14(TDF-14) to retain some continuity with the card decks. Within this familyof similar observations there are several Tape Decks - each one uniquely identifiedat the beginning of each physical record on tape.2. Quality Control and ConversionsAll observations have been subjected to some form of quality control.During the earlier years, this was almost entirely a manual effort. As moresophisticated techniques of processing were introduced, the quality controlprocedures were also improved. Today, the quality control effort is a blendof several computer programs and manual review. Observations are checked forconformance to established observing and coding practices, for internal consistency,for aerial or time oriented consistency, and against defined limitsfor various meteorological parameters.The archiving of long term climatological information presentsconstant dilemma to the archivist, systems analyst, and programmer.ments of observational instruments, new techniques, changes in useran almostRefineneeds,VIII.19
and other factors combine to keep the incoming data in an almost perpetualstate of change. In some instances the changes are of such significance thatindividual fields in the tape format must be redefined and the ultimate usermust adapt this new information to his needs.At other times, the changes may be of such a nature that they can be incorporatedinto the existing format by converting units or other measurements.For example, windspeeds were recorded and punched in miles per hour through1955 and in knots thereafter. All wind speeds on the tape file are in knots,the earlier period having been converted from mph.Each selected TRY was resubjected to the computer and hand-edit routines,updates being made as necessary.Some additional conversions were done for the TRY tapes. For the periodprior to 1964, wind directions were reported and recorded to 16 points of thecompass. These values have been converted to whole degrees. The conversionmethod used is explained under Tape Field 005. The user is cautioned that forthese years wind directions will be biased. Beginning with 1964, wind directionswere recorded to whole degrees and these values will appear on the TRYtapes if the selected year occurs during this period.3. Use of the <strong>Manual</strong>This manual was designed so that recourse to additional reference materialshould be unnecessary. Occasionally, however, the user may wish to obtaincopies of original reference manuals or other information. This may be doneby writing to the Director, National Climatic Center, Asheville, NC 28801.Care should be taken to read carefully the general tape notations andcoding practices.VIII.20
B. MANUAL AND TAPE NOTATIONS1. FormatEach logical record (observation) is 80 bytes long. Archive files areblocked 24 logical records (1920 bytes) per physical tape record. Tapes maybe ordered with different blocking factors at no additional cost.The initial file contains TRY data for 60 stations, 20 stations on eachreel of tape. An inventory showing stations and selected years is includedin this manual.The manual presents a graphical representation of the tape format indicatingTape Fields, Tape Positions, and Element Definition followed by detailedinformation for each field.2; . <strong>Manual</strong> and Tapex = any numeric or alphanumeric character= an "11" or zone punch'" = blankNOTE:Missing fields are 9 filled.VIII.21
C. SPECIAL NOTESpace has been designated for the inclusion of Solar Radiation values.At the present time, this Tape Field will contain 9's.At the conclusion of the Solar Radiation Rehabilitation Project, it isexpected that these data will be added to the TRY tapes. Even at that time,-however, only a small percentage of the stations will have the Solar Radiationdata available.VIII.22
D. INVENTORYWBAN NUMBER STATION SELECTED TRY(Tape 1)03927 Fort Worth, TX 197503937 Lake Charles, LA 196603940 Jackson, MS 196412839 Mi ami, FL 196412842 Tampa, FL 195312916 New Orleans, LA 195812918 Houston, TX 196612919 Brownsville, TX 195512921 San Antonio, TX 196013722 Raleigh, NC 196513737 Norfolk, VA 195113739 Philadelphia, PA 196913740 Richmond, VA 196913743 Washington, DC 195713874 Atlanta, GA 197513876 Birmi ngham, AL 196513880 Charleston, SC 195513889 Jacksonville, FL 196513893 Memphis, TN 196413897 Nashville, TN 1972(Tape 2)13967 Oklahoma City, OK 195113968 Tulsa, OK 197313983 Columbia, MO 196813985 Dodge City, KS 197113988 Kansas City, MO 196813994 St. Louis, MO 197214732 New York, NY 195114733 Buffa 10, NY 197414735 Albany, NY 196914739 Boston, MA 196914742 Burlington, VT 196614764 Port 1 and, ME 196514819 Chicago, IL 197414820 Cleveland, OH 196914837 Madison, WI 197414922 Minneapolis, MN 197014942 Omaha, NE 196623042 Lubbock, TX 195523044 El Paso, TX 196723047 Amarillo, TX 1968VI I 1.23
WBAN NUMBER STATION SELECTED TRY(Tape 3)23050 Albuquerque, NM 195923174 Los Angeles, CA 197323183 Phoenix, AZ 195123188 San Diego, CA 197423232 Sacramento, CA 196223234 San Francisco, CA 197424011 Bismarck, ND 197024018 Cheyene, WY 197424127 Salt Lake City, UT 194824131 Boi se, I D 196624143 Great Falls, MT 195624225 Medford, OR 196624229 Portland, OR 196024233 Seattle-Tacoma, WA 196093193 Fresno, CA 195193814 Cincinnati, OH 195793819 Indianapolis, IN 197293821 Louisville, KY 197294823 Pittsburgh, PA 195794847 Detroit, MI 1968VII I.24
XX XX X XXX. -oSLRRADXXXXVNoNoI
TAPE FIELDNUMBER001002003004005006007008009010011012013014015016017018019020021022023024025026027028029030TAPEPOSIT! ONS01 - 0506 - 0809 - 1112 - 1415 - 1718 - 2021 - 242526 - 2728 - 293031 - 3334 - 353637 - 3940 - 4142 - 434445 - 4748 - 4950 - 515253 - 5555 - 5950 - 6970 - 7374 - 7575 - 7778 - 7980ELEMENTSTATI ON NUMBERDRY BULB TEMPERATUREWET BULB TEMPERATUREDEW POINT TEMPERATUREWI ND DI RECTI ONWIND SPEEDSTATION PRESSUREWEATHERTOTAL SKY COVERAMOUNT OF LOWEST CLOUD LAYERTYPE OF LOWEST CLOUD OR OBSCURING PHENOMENAHEIGHT OF BASE OF LOWEST LAYERAMOUNT OF SECOND CLOUD LAYERTYPE OF CLOUD - SECOND LAYERHEIGHT OF BASE OF SECOND LAYERSUMMATION AMOUNT OF FIRST TWO LAYERSAMOUNT OF THIRD CLOUD LAYERTYPE OF CLOUD - THIRD LAYERHEIGHT OF BASE OF THIRD LAYERSUMMATION AMOUNT OF FIRST THREE LAYERSAMOUNT OF FOURTH CLOUD LAYERTYPE OF CLOUD - FOURTH LAYERHEIGHT OF BASE OF FOURTH LAYERSOLAR RADIATIONBLANKYEARMONTHDAYHOURBLANKVIII.26
TAPETAPEFIELD NUMBER POSITIONS ELEMENTTAPECON, I GURA TI ONCODE DEF I N IT IONSAND REM,ARKS001 01 - 05 STATION NUMBER002003OO~06 - 0809 - 1112 - 14DRY BULB TEMPERATUREWET BULB TEMPERATUREDEW POINT TEMPERATURE01001 - 98999DOD - 140-01 - -80999Unique number used to identify eachstation. Usually a WBAN number, butoccasionally a WMC or other numbersystem.Specified temperature in wholE degreesFahrenheit .000-140 = 00 - +140 0 F-01--80 = _10 - _800F999 Missing00515 - 17WINO DIRECTION000 - 360999Direction from which the ,,",'inc isblo~'ing in whole degrees.000 Calm001-360 = 0010 - 360 0999 = MissingNOTE: Prior to 1964 direction wasrecorded to oniy 16 intervals (pointsof the compass). The follov.'ing schemewas used to convert these values towhole degrees.TAPEORIGINAL CODE000 Calm360 North023 North Northeast045 Northeast068 East Northeast090 East113 East Southeast135 Southeast158 South Southeast180 South203 South Southwest225 Southwest248 West Southwest270 West293 ~est Northwest315 No"thwest338 North Northwest00618 - 20WIND SPEEDDOD - 230999Wind speed in whole knots.000 = Calm001-230 = 1-230 knots999 = Mi ssing00721 - 24STATION PRESSURE1900 - 39999999Pressure at station in inches andhundredths of Hg.1900-3999 = 19.00 - 39.99 in H9.9999 = MissingVIII.27
TAPETAPEFIELD NUMBER POSITIONS ELEMENTTAPE CODE DEFINITIONSCONFIGURATIONAND REMARKS008 25 WEATHER009 26 - 27 TOTAL SKY COYER010 28 - 29 AMOUNT OF LOWEST CLOUD LAYER013 34 -35 AMOUNT OF SECOND CLOUD LAYER016 40 - 41 SUMMATION OF FIRST TWO LAYERS017 42 - 43 AMOUNT OF THIRD CLOUD LAYER020 48 - 49 SUMMATION OF FIRST THREE LAYERS021 50 - 51 AMOUNT OF FOURTH CLOUD LAYER011 30 TYPE OF LOWEST CLOUD OROBSCURING PHENOMENA014 36 TYPE OF CLOUD - SECOND LAYER018 44 TYPE OF CLOUD - THIRD LAYER022 52 TYPE OF CLOUD - FOURTH LAYERo - 900 - 10990- 9Occurrence of weather at the time ofobservat i on.o = No weather or obstructions tovision.1 ~ Fog2 = Haze3 ~ Smoke4 = Haze and smoke5 = Thunderstorm6 = Tornado7 = Liquid precipitation (rain, rainshowers, freezing rain, drizzle.freezing drizzle)8 = Frozen precipitation (snow, snowshowers, snow pellets, snoV.' grains,sleet. ice pellets, hail)9:= Blowing dust, blowing sand, blowingspray, dustNOTE: Original observations maycontain combinations of these elements.Whenever this occurred, apriority was assigned for the purposeof indicating weather in this Tape Oeck.(1) - Liquid precip - 7( 2) - Frozen precip - 8( 3) - Obstructions to vision - 1, 2,4, 9(4) - Thunderstorm (no precip) - 5(5) - Tornado (no precip) - 6Amount of the celestial dome coveredby clouds or obscuring phenomena intenths.00-10 = 0-10 tenths99 MissingGeneric cloud type or obscuringphenomena.o ~Clear1 Fog or other obscuring phenomena2 = Stratus or Fractus Stratus3 = Stratocumulus4 Cumulus or Cumulus Fractus5 = Cumulonimbus or Mammatus6 = Altostratus or Nimbostratus7 = Altocumulus8 Cirrus9 = Cirrostratus or Cirrocumulus9 = Unknown if the amount of cloud is 993,VIII.28
TAPEFIELD NUMBERTAPEPOSiTIONSELEMENTTAPECONF I GURATI ONCODEDEFINITIONSAND RE~'kRKS01201501902331 - 3337 - 3945 - 4753 - 55HEIGHT OF BASE OF LOWEST LAYERHE IGHT OF BASE OF SECOND LAYERHEIGHT OF BASE OF THIRD LA.YERHEIGHT OF BASE OF FOURTH LAYER000 - 760777888999Height of base of clouds or obscuringphenomena in hundreds of feet.000-760 : 0-76,000 feet777 Unlimited - clear888 Cirroform cloudsof unknown height999 Missing02456 - 59SOLAR RADIATION0000 - 19999999Total sOlar radiation in Lal'1g1eys totenths. Values are for the hour endingat time indicated in Field 029.0000-1999: 0-199,9 Langleys9999 = ttl; ssing02560 - 69BLANKBlank field - reserved for future use.02670 - 73YEAR1948 - 1980Year02774 - 75MONTH01 - 12Month of year01 : Jan02 = Febetc.02876 - 77DAY01 - 31Day of month02978 - 79HOUR00 - 23Hour of observation in Local StandardTime.00-23 : 0000-2300 LST03080BLANKBlank field - reserved for future use.VII 1. 29
APPENDIX VII I.BTMY WEATHER DATAVIII.30
I NTkOlJUCTl ONSolar radiation and surface meteorological data recorded on an hourly*basis are maintained at the National Clima~c Center (NCC), Asheville, NOrthCarol ina. These data cover recording peri6'tis from January 1953 throughDecember 1975 for 26 data rehabilitation stations, although the recordingperiods for some stations may differ. The data are available in blocked(compressed) form on magnetic tape (SOLMET) for the entire recording periodfor the station of interest.Contractors desiring to use a data base for simulation or system studiesfor a particular geographic area require a data base that is more tractablethan these, and also one that is representative of the area. Sandia NationalLaboratory has used statistical techniques to develop a method for producinga typical meteorological year (TMY) for each of the 26 rehabilitationstations. This section describes the use of these magnetic tapes.The TMY tapes comprise specific calendar months selected from the entirerecorded span for a given station as the most representative, or typical, forthat station and month. For example, a single January is chosen from the 23Januarys for which data are recorded from 1953 through 1975 on the basis ofits being most nearly like the composite of all 23 Januarys. Thus, for agiven station, January of 1967 might be selected as the typicalmeteorological month (TMM) after a statistical comparison with all of theother 22 Januarys. This process is pursued for each of the other calendarmonths, and the twelve months chosen then constitute the TMY.Although the data have been rehabilitated by NCC, some recording gaps dooccur in the SOLMET tapes. Moreover, there are data gaps because of thechange from one-hour to three-hour meteorological data recording in 1965.Consequently, as TMY tapes were being constituted from the SOLMET data, thevariables data for barometric pressure, temperature, and wind velocity anddirection were scanned on a month by month basis, and missing data werereplaced by linear interpolation. Missing data in the leading and trailingpositions of each monthly segment are replaced with the earliest/latestlegitimate observation.Also, since the TMM's were selected from different calendar years,discontinuities occurred at the month interfaces for the above continuousvariables. Hence, after the monthly segments were rearranged in calendarorder, the discontinuities at the month interfaces were ameliorated by cubicspline smoothing covering the six-hourly points on either side of theinterface.*Hourly readings for meteorological data are available through 1964; readingsare on a three-hourly basis subsequently.VIl]'31 (Revised 5/81)
The record length of the TMY format is 132 characters. Fields actuallyused by the 00E-<strong>2.1</strong> weather processor are marked with asterisks.Column* 1-5* 6-15* 16-19* 20-23* 24-2829-3334-3839-4344-4849-53* 54-5859-6869-70* 71-7273-76ContentsWBAN station number.Solar time at end of hourly solar observation.* 6-7 Year of observation (00-99 ; 1900-1999)* 8-9 Month of observation (01-12)* 10-11 Day (01-31)* 12-15 End of the hour of observation 0001-2400 (hours andminutes).Local standard time in hours and minutes corresponding to thesolar time given above.Extrater 2 estrial radiation kJ/m2 based on solar constant;1377 J/m s.Direct normal radiation kJ/m 2 .columns 25-28 contain the data.Diffuse radiation kJ/m 2 .Net radiation.Tilt radiation.Observed radiation kJ/m 2 •Engineering corrected radiation.Column 24 is a model flag;Standard year corrected radiation in kJ/m 2 . This is used by00E-2 as the total horizontal radiation. Column 54 is a modelflag; columns 55-58 contain the data.Additional radiation data.Minutes of sunshine for local standard hour most closelymatching the solar hour.Time of surface observation (hour) 00-23. This is the localstandard hour of the TO 1440 observation closest to the midpointof the hour for which solar data was taken.Ceiling height in meters times ten.VIII. 32 (Revised 5/81)
Co 1 umn77-8182-8586-9394-98* 99-103* 104-107* 108-111* 112-114* 115-118* 119-120* 121-122123124-132ContentsSky condit ion.Visibility in hundreds of meters (tenths of kilometers).Weather flags--used to set the rain and snow flags for theweather file. These flags are never used by the program. SeeSOLMET manual Vol. I, page 4 for a description of this field.Atmospheric pressure reduced to sea level in tenths ofmillibars (08000 to 10999).Station atmospheric pressure in tenths of millibars.Dry-bulb temperature in tenths of "C (-700 - 0600).Dew point temperature in tenths of "C.Wind direction in degrees.Wind speed in tenths of m/s (0000-1500).Total sky cover (tenths) (00-10).Total opaque sky cover (tenths).Snow cover flag; 0 ; none, 1 ; some.Blank.VII I.33 (Revised 5/81)
APPENDIX V III.CWEATHER DATA PROCESSING PACKAGEThe following pages contain a general descriptionof the weather data processing routines.VIII.35
<strong>DOE</strong>-2 Weather ProcessorThe weather data available from TRY (Test <strong>Reference</strong> Year), 1440, TMY(Typical Meteorological Year), WYEC (Weather Year for Energy Computation),CD144 or CTZ tapes are not useable by the <strong>DOE</strong>-2 program until they have beenpacked, i.e., compressed into a format readable by the <strong>DOE</strong>-2 program. It isthe purpose of the <strong>DOE</strong>-2 Weather Processor to accomplish this task. Inaddition to this task the Weather Processor is capable of fulfilling othertasks.1. It can read either a weather tape or a packed weather file andproduce an hour by hour listing of the data.2. It can read a packed file and replace user-selected variables, i.e.,it can edit a packed file.3. It can read a packed file and produce a yearly statistical summary.These four functions will be abbreviated here with the code-words:LIST, EDIT, and STAT.The input deck for the Weather Processor has the following form:job cardcontro 1cardsEnd-of-Record Carduser-supp 1 i eddata deckEnd-of-FileThe job card must be formatted according tobeing used and will not be described here.site dependent and will also vary accordingdesired by the user.PACK,the rules of the computer serviceThe control cards will also beto WhlCh of the above functions isBefore describing the user-supplied input deck, one other point must bestressed. Depending upon the computer system being used, the user must arrangefor the unpacked weather file to be placed in the system--either as a tape fileor in some other permanent file storage device. The user will have to supply,to the control cards, the file name and other parameters required by the computersystem to identify the unpacked weather file. Similarly, the output ofthe packing and editing functions must also be given a location for storage.Either a tape number and ownership or the disk file name must be supplied bythe user, to the control cards, so that (1) the program knows where to put theoutput and (2) the user can retrieve the packed data when running <strong>DOE</strong>-2.VII 1. 36 (Revi sed 5/81)
In the previous discussion it is assumed that the user has taken care ofthese operational details and only the user-specified data deck will bedescribed. The following section will describe, as an example, the controlcard structure for the Lawrence Berkeley Laboratory computer system.Data Deck StructureThe data input to the <strong>DOE</strong>-2 Weather Processor is a set of cards arrangedin a precise order, depending upon the function to be performed by the WeatherProcessor. Several different functions can be performed in order by the samecomputer run, but the same function cannot be duplicated in the same run.Thus it is possible to PACK, LIST, and STAT on the same run or, similarly, toEDIT, LIST, and STAT. The data deck for each of the functions follows adifferent format and will be described separately below.1. PACKCard 1: The word PACK in columns 1-4.Card 2: The station name in columns 1-20.the output file as identification.user only and is arbitrary.This name will be written onThe entry here is for theCard 3: The data on this card is entered as shown below. When theformat is shown as L, it signifies that the datum must be leftjustified in the columns indicated. The format R signifies thatthe data must be right justified in the columns indicated, andthe format D means that the value should be entered with adecimal point (neither right or left justification isrequired). For those with FORTRAN background: L corresponds toA6, R to 16, and D to F6.1.Columns Format Description1-6 L A code-word specifying the unpacked tape type.Options are TRY, TRYKS, 1440, 1440-3, CD144,CD1443, CTZ, TMY, WYEC, and OTHER.*7-12 R Weather station number. This is required for ,""'-'TRY, TMY, and WYEc,, __ lnput. For 1440, 1440-3, i'c, v~C(D144, COJ443, or-Cn input, the entry of -999flags this field as- unused.13-18 R The year of the weather data (e.g., 1972).This is required for 1440, CD144, CD1443, orCTZ tapes (which contain several years ofweather data). For TRY and TMY tapes, -999should be input.* If OTHER is chosen, the user must first have written a subroutine with thename OTHER to be placed in the code. This subroutine will interpret theformat on the unpacked tape to the Weather Processor. The user must haveaccess to the source code of the Weather Processor to see how to do this.V III. 37 (Revised 5/81)
Columns Format Description19-24 R Time zone (as in the BUILDING-LOCATIONinstruction)25-30 D Latitude31-36 D Longitude37-42 L A code-word specifying the number of bits perword to be used in packing the output file.The options are 60-BIT (for CDC computers) or30-BIT (for 32 bit machines).Card 4:43-48 L A code-word specifying the type of outputfile. The options are OLD, NORMAL, and SOLAR.OLD produces a OOE-l compatible file. NORMALproduces a OOE-2 file (not readable by <strong>DOE</strong>-I).SOLAR will be used to write a file containingadditional solar information.49-54 R Interpolation interval. The program fills inmissing data by linear interpolation betweenthe last and the next value present, if thenumber of hours of missing data is less than orequal to the interpolation interval. If morehours of data are missing than theinterpolation interval, it still doesinterpolation up to 24 hours and a warningmessage is issued. If more than 24 hours aremissing the previous value is used. Theinterpolation interval must be less than 24*.55-60 0 This sets the maximum dry-bulb temperaturechange allowed in one hOur. Changes largerthan this will cause a warning message to beprinted.Contains the 12 clearness numbers (one per month) in D format incolumn intervals 1-6, 7-12, 13-18, etc.Card 5: Contains the 12 ground temperatures (one per month in OF) in 0format in column intervals 1-6, 7-12, 13-18, etc.2. LISTCard 1: The word LIST in columns 1-4.* The Weather Processor makes no eva 1 uat ion of the data to see that it isinternally consistent, except that during interpolation it never allows thewet-bulb temperature to exceed the dry-bulb temperature, or the dew painttemperature to exceed the wet-bulb temperature.VIll. 38 (Revised 5/81)
Card 2: Columns Format1-6 L7-12 R13-18 R19-24 RDescriptionInput type or file type. Options are PACKED,OTHER, TRY, TRYKS, 1440, 1440-3, CD144, CD1443,CTl, WYEC, and TMY.Year of weather data (e.g., 1972). Required forCD144, CD1443, CTZ, 1440-3, and 1440 tapes.TRY, TMY, WYEC, and PACKED should have -999.Station number. Required for WYEC, TRY, andTMY. 1440, 1440-3, CD144, CD1443, CTl, andPACKED can have -999 entered here.Beginning month of listing (1-12 for January -December) •25-30 REnding month of listing (1-12 for January -December) •The next three fields must be supplied only when listing an unpacked TMYor WYEC tape.31-36 R37-42 D43-48 DTime zone (4 = Atlantic, 5 = Eastern, 6 =Central, 7 = Mountain, 8 = Pacific, 9 = Yukon,10 = Hawaii)D station latitude (ON)D Station longitude (OW)(Latitude and longitude should be given totenths of a degree).Note that for 1440, 1440-3, CD144, CD1443 and TRY tapes, the station number orweather year for the first file listed will be printed in the heading for thesecond file. This offset will continue for subsequent file listings.3. EDITThe user is permitted to change up to 336 hours (which corresponds to twoweeks) of data in one run. In addition, the user may change the clearnessnumbers and the ground temperatures. The latter requires three data cards,while the former requires two data cards for each hour being changed. If theuser desires to change the clearness numbers and the ground temperatures thesedata cards must precede the set of pairs of data cards for the hourly changes.Card 1: The word EDIT in columns 1-4.Card 2: Columns Format Description1-6 L A code-word specifying the word size on thepacked output file. Options are 60-BIT or30-BIT .VII I. 39 (Revi sed 5/81)
7-12 L A code-word specifying the output file type.Options are OLD, NORMAL, and SOLAR as describedin columns 43-48 of PACK. It must be the sameas on the packed input file.Card 3:Card 4:Card 5:Assuming that clearness numbers and ground temperatures are beingchanged, should be blank or a 0 in column 6.Should have the same format as Card 5 in PACK for the new groundtemperatures* .Should have the same format as Card 4 in PACK for the newclearness numbers*.If clearness numbers and ground temperatures are being changed, thenn = 6, 8, 10, 12, etc., for successive hourly data being changed. Ifclearness numbers and ground temperatures are not being changed then n = 3, 5,7, Y, etc.Card n:4. STATCard n+1 :Columns1-67-1213-18Columns1-67-1213-1819-2425-3031-3637-4243-4849-5455-60FormatRRRFormatD0DDDDRRDDMonth of changeDay of changeHour of ch an geDescription( 1-12){1-31 )(1-24 )DescriptionNew wet-bulb temperatureNew dry-bulb temperatureNew dew-point temperatureNew pressureNew wind speedNew cloud amoun tNew cloud typeNew wind directionNew total horizontal solarNew direct normal solar( F)n)n)(inches of Hg)(knots)(0-10 )(0,1,2)(0-15)(Btu/hr-ft2)(Btul hr-ft2)If any field has -999. (in D format) or -999 (in R format), theold value remains unchanged. All fields must be filled eitherwith a new value or an indication that the old value is to beun ch an ged.Note that if dry-bulb temperature is changed, the user shouldalso correct the dew-point temperature so that calculatedhumidity will be correct.Card last: The EDIT option must close with a card with -999 in column 3-6.Only one card is necessary for the STAT option with the word STAT incolumns 1-4.*Note that the clearness numbers and ground temperatures are reversed for theEDIT option only.V 111.40 (Revised 5/81)
5. Multiple OptionsTo exercise several options in the same computer run it is merelynecessary to place the appropriate decks one behind the other, without anyend-of-record cards between them. The last card in the entire deck--whetherrunning one or several options must have the word END in columns 1-3.6. ExamplesExample 1:To PACK, LIST for 12 months, and STAT a Sacramento TRY tape.1 234 5 6123456789012345678901234567890123456789012345678901234567890Card 1:PACKiCard 2: TRY SACRAMENTO10,'$"Card 3: TRY 23232 -999 8 38.5 121.5/60-BITNORMAL 4 20."------- __-.JCard 4: 1.06 1.05 1.03 1. 01 0.99 0.97 0.99 0.98 1.00 1. 001.04 1.05Card 5: 57. 55. 56. 60. 65. 70. 70. 74. 76. 72.c.--" 66. 61.Card 6:1 2 3 4 5 6123456789012345678901234567890123456789012345678901234567890LISTCard 7: PACKED -999 -999 1 12Card 8:Card 9:STATENDVII 1.41
Example 2:To EDIT for August 15 from 12:00 noon through 7:00 p.m. thewet-bulb temperature, dew-point temperature, wind speed, andwind direction and LIST for the month of August a packedOAKLAND tape.1 234 5 6123456789012345678901234567890123456789012345678901234567890Card 1:Card 2:EDIT60-BITNORMALCard 3: 8 15Card 4: 76. -999.Card 5 : 8 15Card 6: 79. -999.1269. -999.1373. -999.O. -999. -999 0 -999 -999O. -999. -999 0 -999 -999Card 19: -999Card 20:LISTCard 21: PACKED -999 -999 88Card 22:Example 3:ENDTo LIST the month of January 1973 from a CHICAGO 1440 tape.1 2 3 4 5 6123456789012345678901234567890123456789012345678901234567890Card 1:LISTCard 2: 1440 1973 -999 1 1Card 3:ENDVII 1.42
7. General CommentsOne of the major problems of weather tapes is the amount of missing data.As mentioned before while discussing the interpolation interval, the <strong>DOE</strong>-2Weather Processor attempts to supply values for the missing data according toa linear interpolation process. This makes sense when the number of consecutivemissing values is relatively small. The purpose of the interpolationinterval is to allow the user to specify what "relatively small" means. Thenext question is how should the user evaluate "relative smallness." It issuggested that, before attempting to create a packed file, the user LIST amonth of the unpacked tape to obtain an idea of how much data is missing.This will be indicated by the value -999 or -999. in the data columns of theprint-out.1440 and CD144 tapes come in two varieties: tapes with measurements every'hour and those with measurements every third hour. Listing the tape is thebest way of discovering which kind of tape the user is dealing with. If thetape turns out to have data every third hour, the user should use the code-word1440-3 or CD1443 in the PACK input. This will speed up the packing and cutdown the number of warning messages.After the tape has been listed, the appropriate interpolation warninginterval may be chosen. For 1440-3 and CD1443 tapes not many consecutivevalues need to be missing before the number of hours of missing data becomeslarge. An interpolation warning interval of 9 is recommended for these tapes.Other tapes, such as TRY, WYEC and TMY, have little missing data and an interpolationwarning interval of 4 can be used.Once the file is packed, it should again be listed (or as in Example 1,listed along with the packing). The user should examine the days that wereflagged with warning messages to see whether it is desirable to replace someof the hourly values using the EDIT option. The EDIT option cannot be used inthe same run as PACK. Both EDIT and STAT can be used only with packed files,whereas PACK can only be used with unpacked files. The EDIT feature cannot beused to change file types; that is, to change an OLD file to a NORMAL file.When changing dry-bulb temperatures through the EDIT option, the usershould also make changes in the dew-point temperatures, so that the humidityratio will be recalculated appropriately.VIII.43 (Revised 5/81)
APPENDIX VIILDMISCELLANEOUS WEATHER TAPESThe weather tapes described here can be processed by the weatherprocessing programs to produce weather files for use with <strong>DOE</strong>-2.With the exception of the CTZ tapes, these tapes arenot available in the <strong>DOE</strong>-2 library.V I I 1. 44 (Revised 5/81)
A. AIRWAYS SURFACE OBSERVATIONS, T014401. GeneralObservations (physical records) are placed on tape in groups (logicalrecords) of six. Thus, the 24 observations for each day are contained in fourlogical record groups. Space is always retained on the tape for 24 observationsper day with missing observations being coded blank.Beginning January 1, 1965, a new program was initiated for most WeatherBureau stations reducing the number of hourly observations being punched from24 to 8 per day. These 3-hourly observations are punched in local standardtime, the hours selected to coincide with the standard international synoptictimes of OOOOGMT, 0300GMT, 0600GMT, etc. Available taped LST observationswill, therefore, vary depending upon the time zone at a given station. A fewWeather Bureau stations that are specially processed and most Air Force andNavy stations continue to be available on a 24 observation/day basis.These unpacked tapes are available from the National Climatic Center.2. FormatEach record within the record group consists of 80 character positions,including those for hour, and the position for record mark at the end of eachrecord. Six such records, plus the record-group identification fields of 15character positions, make up the record group, 495 characters in length. Thefields within the first observation of the record group are referred to asfields 101 through 135, those of the second observation as 201 through 235,etc., up to the sixth and last observation, where the fields are numbered 601through 635.The format of the identification field and the first observation of therecord group are shown in Fig VIII.4.B. C0144 WEATHER TAPES1. GeneralWeather data is collected in C0144 weather tape format. These tapes arethen processed by the National Climatic Center (NCC) into the T01440 format.If the user wishes to use the C0144 tapes for years earlier than the NCC, ornew C0144 tapes that have not yet been converted, the C0144 weather processoroption should be chosen.2. FormatThe format of the C0144 records is shown in Fig. VIII.5. Each hourlyobservation is stored in one 80-character record. Therefore, for stationsthat take hourly observations, there are 8760 records per year (code-wordCOl44), and for those that take data every 3 hours, there are 2920 records peryear (code-word C01443).VIII.44.1 (Revised 5/81)
-0",z",0Uz·0'" _if>lew",a. i'!'"~~c.riWU>Wo."'''''"xxXX.-XXXXXX~W XXXX~~ Xw::o",r30 ....~o.... '"X.-XXXXw--'X30~X>-'""'30",0 XW0 WXz a.XjO' '"XW...'"0'"XXX15 XXu; X;; X'"Z2llIIIOll60l80lLOl~~n; O~OJ3"'" z~'"'"~'"XXxX~o xxo~~~> Xcr XW zr 0: N Xcr...0;W W'"30u. x0 X'" a.:J Xl'/~QJ.S~30NnHl... X90L rX~'" OJ- Xz",ow-'"t;;::;;XXx... ::0u>zXX.,. r x·1V;~x3dAl. X·ll'/~ xv;ns x... XrX'"'2 Wr x3dH X'"·1V;~ X::0 ll'/~ l'/ns x0--'... X20lu :rx~c '" OJ:r xN3dH x".lr-l'l1 x10l....:r xX
~.lClCLOUD COVERBY LAYERWEATH ER I.OBSTRUCTIONSI a: 0 00:-n'" U F F.0:USTATION CEILING VISIBILTY "''''u.YR MO DAY HR 151 2nd 3rd 41h 0" '" -'"' '" 0: => =>.NUMBER HEIGHT Zo: N ~ ~~ a: 0:Z=>0 N 0 00 t;; ~.II- V>roCL(Jl~00I-'CLOUDS AND OBSCURNG PHENOMENALAYER I LAYER 2 LAYER 3 LAYER 40:"' >0:0 ,.c >-'uw '" -'-'-' a:a:0 >- >- => ~" " " >- => >-I-
C. CTI WEATHER TAPES1. GeneralThe CTI weather tapes were developed for the California Energy ResourcesConservation and Development Commission (CERCDC). They represent "typical"weather for the 16 California climate zones. These unpacked tapes can beobtained from CERCDC or LBNL. Packed CTI tapes are included in the <strong>DOE</strong>-2library.2. FormatWith the exception of the first seven columns, the format of the CTI tapeformat is identical to the CD144 format (see Fig. VIII.5). The station numberand year are replaced by 2 blanks and a 5 digit zone number.D. WYEC WEATHER TAPES1. GeneralThe Weather Year for Energy Computation (WYEC) weather tapes represent"typical" weather. The WYEC data was taken from rehabil itated SOLMET data andcontains measured solar data similar to the TMY tapes. WYEC tapes areavailable for some places not included in the TMY tapes and vice versa. TheWYEC unpacked files are available from ASHRAE.V II 1. 44. 4 (Revised 5/81)
APPENDIX VIlLEWEATHER DATA SUMMARIES FOR TRY CITIESThese weather data summaries were obtained from TRY weatherdata tapes using the STAT option of the <strong>DOE</strong>-2Weather Processor Program.VIII.45 (Revised 5/81)
YEAR 19b9 TRY Al~AN'. NEW 'ORMONrHly WEAft,,-R O~TASU~HARY00E-<strong>2.1</strong>lATITUDE • ~<strong>2.1</strong>5LONGltUOE.1].nof\ ME LONE. 5JANFfOMARAPR"AYJUNJULAUGSEP00NOVDECYE ARAYG. TEMP. IF I 10~Y8Ul8)A'G. TEM •• IFI I"Er8ULBI71.320.175.02).5J I. I2"' .. 048.347.5511.4SO .. l6'.3b 1. ()hq .. t.64.010.1bit. l61.056.149.1"3.0lq.1H.122.621.5It6.8".z .. .,
IX. INDEX OF BDL COMMANDS, KEYWORDS,AND CODE-WORDSA. LDL IX.IB. SOL iX.9C. POL IX.ISD. CBSOL IX.2SE. EDL . IX.39
A. LDLCommand Word Abbreviation PageABORT none (see Chap. II)BUILDING-LOCATION B-L II 1. 51BUILDING-RESOURCE B-R II 1.107BUILDING-SHADE B-S II 1. 56COMPUTE none (see Chap. II)CONSTRUCTI ON CONS II 1. 65DAY-SCHEDULE D-SCH (see Chap. II)DESIGN-DAY D-D III.110DIAGNOSTIC LIST (see Chap. II)DOOR none II 1.105END none (see Chap. II)EXTERIOR-WALL E-W II 1.90GLASS-TYPE G-T II 1. 71HOURLY-REPORT H--R III.117INPUT none (See Chap. II)INTERIOR-WALL I-W II 1. 96LAYERS LA III. 63LIBRARY-INPUT none (See sec. III.B.1)LOADS-REPORT L-R IlL 115MATERIAL MAT II 1. 61PARAMETER DEFINE (see Chap. II)PARAMETRIC-INPUT PAR-INPUT (see Chap. II)REPORT-BLOCK R-B II I.l2lROOF none II I. 90RUN-PERIOD none II I. 49SAVE-FILES none (see Chap. II)SCHEDULE SCH (see Chap. II)SET -DEFAUL T SET (see Chap. II)SPACE S 111.87SPACE-CONDITIONS S-C II I. 78STOP none (see Chap. II)TITLE none (see Chap. II)UNDERGROUND-FLOOR U-F III. 99IX.1
UNDERGROUND-WALLWEEK-SCHE DULEWINDOWKeywordsABSORPTANCEAIR-CHANGES/HRAL T!TUDEAREAAXIS-ASSIGNAXI S-MAXAXIS-MINAXIS-TITLESAZIMUTHCLEARNESSCLEARNESS-NUMBERCLOUD-AMOUNTCLOUD-TYPECON DUCT! V ITYCONDUCT-SCHEDULECONSTRUCT! ONCOOL-PEAK-PERIODDAYLIGHT-SAVINGSDENSITYDEPTHDEWPT-HIDEWPT-LODHOUR-HIDHOUR-LOU-WW-SCHWIAbbreviationABSA-CALTAA-AA-MAXA-MINA-TAZCLC-NC-AC-TCONDC-SCHCONSC-P-PD-SDENSDDP-HDP-LDH-HDH-LIII.99(see Chap. II)111.101Associated Command WordsCONSTRUCT! ONSPACE, SPACE-CONDITIONSBUILDING-LOCATIONSPACE, INTERIOR-WALL,UNDERGROUND-WALL, UNDERGROUND-FLOORHOURLY-REPORTHOURL Y-REPORTHOURLY-REPORTHOURLY-REPORTBUILDING-LOCATION,BUILDING-SHADE, SPACE,EXTERIOR-WALL, ROOFDESIGN-DAYBUILDING-LOCATIONDESIGN-DAYDESIGN-DAYMATERIALWINDOWEXTERIOR-WALL, INTERIOR-WALL,ROOF, UNDERGROUND-WALL,UNDERGROUND-FLOOR, DOORBUILDING-LOCATIONBUILDING-LOCATIONMATERIALSPACEDESIGN-DAYDESIGN-DAYDESIGN-DAYDESIGN-DAYIX.2
KeywordsDIV I DEDRYBULB-HIDRYBULB-LOELEC-KWELEC-SCHEDULEEQUIP-LATENTEQUIPMENT-KWEQUIPMENT-W/SQFTEQUI P-SCHE DU LEEQUIP-SENSIBLEFLOOR-WEIGHTFURNITURE-TYPEFURN-FRACTI ONFURN-WEIGHTGAS-SCHE DU LEGAS-THERMSGLASS-CONDUCTANCEGLASS-TYPEGLASS-TYPE-CODEGND-FORM-FACTORGND-REFLECTANCEGROSS-AREAGROUND-THEAT-PEAK-PERIODHEIGHTHOLIDAYHOT-WATERHOUR-HIAbbreviationDB-HDB-LE-KWE-SCHE-LE-KWE-WE-SCHE-SF-WF-TYPEF-FF-WGTG-SCHG-TG-CG-TG-T-CG-F-FG-RG-AG-TH-P-PHHOLH-WH-HAssociated Command WordsHOURLY-REPORTDESIGN-DAYDESIGN-DAYBUILDING-RESOURCEBUILDING-RESOURCESPACE, SPACE-CONDITIONSSPACE, SPACE-CONDITIONSSPACE, SPACE-CONDITIONSSPACE, SPACE-CONDITIONSSPACE, SPACE-CONDITIONSSPACE, SPACE-CONDITIONSSPACE, SPACE-CONDITIONS underLI BRARY-INPUTSPACE, SPACE-CONDITIONS underLI BRARY - I NP UTSPACE, SPACE-CONDITIONS underLI BRARY - I NP UTBUILDING-RESOURCEBUILDING-RESOURCEGLASS-TYPEWINDOWGLASS-TYPEEXTERIOR-WALL, WINDOW, ROOF, DOOREXTERIOR-WALL, ROOFBUILDING-LOCATIONBUILDING-LOCATION, DESIGN-DAYBUILDING-LOCATIONBUILDING-SHADE, SPACE, DOOR,EXTERIOR-WALL, WINDOW, ROOF(INTERIOR-WALL, UNDERGROUND-WALLUNDERGROUND-FLOOR underLIBRARY-INPUT)BUILDING-LOCATIONBUILDING-RESOURCEDESIGN-DAYIX.3
KeywordsHOUR-LOHW-SCHEDULEI NF-CFM/ SQFTI NF-COEFINF-METHODINF-SCHEDULEINSIDE-FILM-RESLATITUDELAYERSLI GHTI NG-KWLIGHTING-SCHEDULELIGHTI NG-TYPELIGHTING-W/SQFTLIGHT-TO-SPACELIKELOCATIONLONGITUDEMATERIALMULTIPLIERNEUTRAL-ZONE-HTNEXT-TONUMBER-OF-PEOPLEOPTIONAbbreviationH-LHW-SCHI-CFMI-CI-MI-SCHI-F-RLATLAL-KWL-SCHL-TL-WL-T-SnoneLOCLONMATMN-Z-HN-TN-O-PoAssociated Command WordsDESIGN-DAYBUILDING-RESOURCESPACE, SPACE-CONDITIONSEXTERIOR-WALL, WINDOW, ROOF, DOORSPACE, SPACE-CONDITIONSSPACE, SPACE-CONDITIONSLAYERSBUILDING-LOCATIONCONSTRUCTI ONSPACE, SPACE-CONDITIONSSPACE, SPACE-CONDITIONSSPACE, SPACE-CONDITIONSSPACE, SPACE-CONDITIONSSPACE, SPACE-CONDITIONSMATERIAL, LAYERS, CONSTRUCTION,GLASS-TYPE, SPACE, BUILDING-SHADE,SPACE-CONDITIONS,EXTERIOR WALL, ROOF,INTERIOR-WALL,UNDERGROUND-FLOOR, DOOR,UNDERGROUND~WALL, WINDOW, DESIGN-DAYEXTERIOR-WALL, ROOF (INTERIOR-WALL,UNDERGROUND-WALL, UNDERGROUND-FLOORunder LIBRARY-INPUT)BUILDING-LOCATIONLAYERSSPACE, EXTERIOR-WALL, ROOFINTERIOR-WALL,UNDERGROUND-WALL, WINDOW, DOOR,UNDERGROUND-FLOORSPACE, SPACE-CONDITIONSINTERIOR-WALLSPACE, SPACE-CONDITIONSHOURLY-REPORTIX.4
Keywords Abbreviation Associated Command WordsPANES P GLASS-TYPEPEOPLE-HEAT-GAIN P-H-G SPACE, SPACE-CONDITIONSPEOPLE-HG-LAT P-H-L SPACE, SPACE-CONDITIONSPEOPLE-HG-SENS P-H-S SPACE, SPACE-CONDITIONSPEOP LE-SCHE DULE P-SCH SPACE, SPACE-CONDITIONSREPORT-BLOCK R-B HOURL Y-REPORTREPORT-SCHEDULE R-SCH HOURLY-REPORTRESISTANCE RES MATERIALRES-INF-COEF R-I-C SPACE, SPACE-CONDITIONSROUGHNESS RO CONSTRUCTI ONSETBACK SETB WINDOW, DOORSHADING-COEF S-C GLASS-TYPESHADING-DIVISION S-D EXTERIOR-WALL, WINDOW, ROOF, DOORSHADING-SCHEDULE S-SCH WINDOWSHAPE none SPACESKY-FORM-FACTOR S-F-F EXTERIOR-WALL, WINDOW, ROOF, DOORSOLAR-FRACTI ON S-F EXTERIOR-WALL, ROOF, DOOR,INTERIOR-WALL, UNDERGROUND-WALL,UNDERGROUND-FLOOR underLl BRARY-I NPUTSOURCE-BTU/HR S-B SPACE, SPACE-CONDITIONSSOURCE-LATENT S-L SPACE, SPACE-CONDITIONSSOURCE-SCHEDULE S-SCH SPACE, SPACE-CONDITIONSSOURCE-SENSIBLE S-S SPACE, SPACE-CONDITIONSSOURCE-TYPE S-T SPACE, SPACE-CONDITIONSSPACE-CONDITIONS S-C SPACESPECIFIC-HEAT S-H MATERIALSUMMARY S LOADS-REPORTTASK-LIGHTING-KW T-L-KW SPACE, SPACE-CONDITIONSTASK-LlGHT-SCH T-L-SCH SPACE, SPACE-CONDITIONSTASK-L T-W/SQFT T-L-W SPACE, SPACE-CONDITIONSTEMPERATURE T SPACE, SPACE-CONDITIONSTHICKNESS TH MATERIAL, LAYERSTILT none BUILDING-SHADE, EXTERIOR-WALL,ROOF (INTERIOR-WALL, UNDER-GROUND-WALL, UNDERGROUND-FLOOR,with LIBRARY-INPUT)TIME-ZONE T-Z BUILDING-LOCATIONlX.S
Keywords Abbrev i at i on Associated Command WordsTRANSMITTANCE TR BUILDING-SHADEU-EFFECTIVEUNDERGROUND-WALL,UNDERGROUND-FLOORU-VALUE U CONSTRUCTIONVARIABLE-LIST V-L REPORT-BLOCKVARIABLE-TYPE V-T REPORT-BLOCKVERIFICATION V LOADS-REPORTVERT-TRANS-KW V-T-KW BUILDING-RESOURCEVERT-TRANS-SCH V-T-SCH BUILDING-RESOURCEVOLUME V SPACEWEIGHTING-FACTOR W-F SPACE, SPACE-CONDITIONSWIDTH W BUILDING-SHADE, SPACE, ROOFEXTERIOR-WALL, WINDOW, DOOR(INTERIOR-WALL, UNDERGROUND-WALL, UNDERGROUND-FLOOR underLIBRARY-INPUTWIND-DIR W-D DESIGN-DAYWIND-SPEED W-S DESIGN-DAYX none BUILDING-SHADE, ROOF, SPACE, DOOR,EXTERIOR-WALL, WINDOWY none BUILDING-SHADE, ROOF, SPACE, DOOR,EXTERIOR-WALL, WINDOWZ none BUILDING-SHADE, ROOF, SPACE,EXTERIOR-WALLZONE-TYPE Z-TYPE SPACE, SPACE-CONDITIONSIX.6 (Revised 5/81)
Code-Words Associated KexwordsAIR-CHANGEINF-METHODALL-SUMMARYSUMMARYALL-VERIFICATIONVERIFICATIONAPRRUN-PERIOD, SCHEDULE (commands)AUGRUN-PERIOD, SCHEDULE (commands)BACKLOCATIONBOTTOMLOCATIONBOXSHAPEBUILDINGVARIABLE-TYPECONDITIONEDZONE-TYPEConstructions Library Code-words, CONSTRUCTION (see Chap. X)CRACKINF-METHODDECRUN-PERIOD, SCHEDULE (commands)ELECTRICSOURCE-TYPEFEBRUN-PERIOD, SCHEDULE (commands)FRONTLOCATI ONGASSOURCE-TYPEGLOBALVARIABLE-TYPEHEAVYFURNITURE-TYPEHOT-WATERSOURCE-TYPEINCANDLIGHTING-TYPEJANRUN-PERIOD, SCHEDULE (commands)JULRUN-PERIOD, SCHEDULE (commands)JUN RUN-PERIOD, SCHEDULE (commands)LEFTLOCATIONLIGHTFURNITURE-TYPELS-ASUMMARYLS-BSUMMARYLS-CSUMMARYLS-DSUMMARYLV-AVERIFICATIONLV-BVERIFICATIONLV-CVERIFICATIONIX.7
Code-WordsLV-DLV-ELV-FLV-GLV-HLV-ILV-JLV-KAssociated KeywordsVERIFICATIONVERIFICATIONVERIFICATIONVERIFICATIONVERIFICATIONVERIFICATIONVERIFICATIONVERIFICATIONMaterials Library Code-words, MATERIAL (see Chap. X)~JARRUN-PERIOD, SCHEDULE (commands)MAYRUN-PERIOD, SCHEDULE (commands)NODAYLIGHT-SAVINGS, HOLIDAYNONEINF-METHODNOVRUN-PERIOD, SCHEDULE (commands)OCTRUN-PERIOD, SCHEDULE (commands)PLENUMZONE-TYPEPLOTOPTIONPRINTOPTIONPROCESSSOURCE-TYPEREC-FLUOR-NVLIGHTI NG-TYPEREC-FLUOR-RSVLIGHTING-TYPEREC-FLUOR-RVLIGHTI NG-TYPERES I DENTIALINF-METHODRIGHTLOCATIONSEPRUN-PERIOD, SCHEDULE (commandS)SUS-FLUORLIGHTI NG-TYPETOPLOCATIONUNCONDITIONEDZONE-TYPEYESDAYLIGHT-SAVINGS, HOLIDAYIX.B(Revised 5/Bl)
B. SOLCommand Word Abbreviation ~ABORT(see Chap. II)COMPUTE(see Chap. II)CURVE-FIT C-F IV.14DAY-RESET-SCH D-R-SCH IV.I0DAY-SCHEDULE D-SCH (see Chap. II)DIAGNOSTI C LIST (see Chap. II)END(see Chap. II)HOURL Y -REPORT H-R IV.I07INPUT(see Chap. II)PARAMETER DEF I NE (see Chap. II)PLANT-ASSIGNMENT P-A I V .1 01REPORT-BLOCK R-B I V .1 09RESET-SCHEDULE R-SCH I V.l 0SAVE-FILES(see Chap. II)SCHEDULE SCH (see Chap. II)SET - DEF AUL T SET (see Chap. II)STOP(see Chap. II)SYSTEM SYST IV.92SYSTEMS-REPORT S-R I V.I03SYSTEM-AIR S-A IV.47SYSTEM-CONTROL S-C IV.37SYSTE~~EQUIPMENT S-EQ IV.68SYSTE~~FANS S-FANS IV.54SYSTEM-FLUID S-FLU IV.65SYSTEM-TERMINAL S-T IV.63TITLE(see Chap. II)WEEK-SCHEDULE W-SCH (see Chap. II)ZONE Z IV.32ZONE-AIR Z-A IV.22ZONE-CONTROL Z-C IV.27IX.9
Keyword Abbreviation Associated Command WordsAIR-CHANGES/HR A-C/HR ZONE-AIR, ZONEASSIGNED-CFM A-CFM ZONE-AIR, ZONEAXIS-ASS IGN A-A HOURLY-REPORTAXIS-MAX A-MAX HOURLY-REPORTAXIS-MIN A-MIN HOURLY-REPORTAXIS-TITLES A-T HOURL Y -REP ORTBASEBOARD-CTRL B-C ZONE-CONTROL, ZONEBASEBOARD-RATING B-R ZONEBASEBOARD-SCH B-SCH SYSTEM-CONTROL, SYSTEMBASEBOARD-SOURCE BASEB-S SYSTEMCFM/SQFTZONE-AIR, ZONECOEFF I CIENTS COEF CURVE-FITCOIL-BF C-BF SYSTEM-EQUIPMENT, SYSTEMCOIL-BF-FCFM C-BF-FC SYSTEM-EQUIPMENT, SYSTEMCOIL-BF-FT C-BF-FT SYSTEM-EQUIPMENT, SYSTEMCOMPRESSOR-TYPE C-TYPE SYSTEM-EQUIPMENT, SYSTEMCOOLING-CAPACITY C-CAP SYSTEM-EQUIPMENT, SYSTEM, ZONECOOLI NG-EIR C-EIR SYSTEM-EQUIPMENT, SYSTEMCOOLING-SCHEDULE C-SCH SYSTEM-CONTROL, SYSTEMCOOL-CAP-FT C-C-FT SYSTEM-EQUIPMENT, SYSTEMCOOL-CONTROL C-C SYSTEM-CONTROL, SYSTEMCOOL-CTRL-RANGE C-C-R SYSTEM-EQUIPMENT, SYSTEMCOOL-EIR-FPLR C-E-FP SYSTEM-EQUIPMENT, SYSTEMCOOL-EIR-FT C-E-FT SYSTEM-EQUIPMENT, SYSTEMCOOL-FT -MI N C-FT-MIN SYSTEM-EQUIPMENT, SYSTEMCOOL-RESET-SCH C-R-SCH SYSTEM-CONTROL, SYSTEMCOOL-SET-SCH C-S-SCH SYSTEM-CONTROL, SYSTEMCOOL-SET-T C-S-T SYSTEM-CONTROL, SYSTEMCOOL-SH-CAP C-S-C SYSTEM-EQUIPMENT, SYSTEM, ZONECOOL-SH-FT C-S-FT SYSTEM-EQUIPMENT, SYSTEMCOOL-TEMP-SCH C-T-SCH ZONE-CONTROL, ZONECRANKCASE-HEAT C-H SYSTEM-EQUIPMENT, SYSTEMCRANKCASE-MAX-T C-M-T SYSTEM-EQUIPMENT, SYSTEMDATA DATA CURVE-FITIX.10 (Revi sed 5/81)
KeywordDEFROST-DEGRADEDEFROST-TDESIGN-COOL-TDESIGN-HEAT-TD I V IDEDUCT-AIR-LOSSDUCT-DELTA-TECONO-LIMIT-TELEC-HEAT-CAPE XHAUS T -CFMEXHAUST -EFFEXHAUST-KWEXHAUST-STATICFAN-CONTROLFAN-EIR-FPLRFAN-PLACEMENTFAN-SCHEDULEFL U I D-H EA T -CAPFURNACE-AUXFURNACE-HIRFURNACE-HIR-FPLRFURNACE-OFF-LOSSHCOIL-WIPE-FCFMHEATING-CAPACITYHEATI NG-E IRHEATING-SCHEDULEHEAT-CAP-FTHEAT-CONTROLHEAT -EIR-FPLRHEAT-EIR-FTHEAT-RESET-SCHHEAT-SET-SCHHEAT-SET-THEAT-SOURCEAbbreviationD-DD-TD-C-TD-H-TD-A-LD-D-TE-L-TE-H-CE-CFME-EE-KWE-SF-CF-E-FPLRF-PF-SCHF-H-CF-AF-HIRF-H-FPF-O-LH-W-FCH-CAPH-EIRH-SCHH-C-FTH-CH-E-FPH-E-FTH-R-SCHH-S-SCHH-S-THEAT-SAssociated Command WordsSYSTEM-EQUIPMENT, SYSTEMSYSTEM-EQUIPMENT, SYSTEMZONE-CONTROL, ZONEZONE-CONTROL, ZONEHOURLY-REPORTSYSTEM-AIR, SYSTEMSYSTEM-AIR, SYSTEMSYSTEM-CONTROL, SYSTEMSYSTEM-EQUIPMENT, SYSTEMZONE-AIR, ZONEZONE-AIR, ZONEZONE-AIR, ZONEZONE-AIR, ZONESYSTEM-FANS, SYSTEMSYSTEM-FANS, SYSTEMSYSTEM-FANS, SYSTEMSYSTEM-FANS, SYSTEMSYSTEM-FLUID, SYSTEMSYSTEM-EQUIPMENT, SYSTEMSYSTEM-EQUIPMENT, SYSTEMSYSTEM-EQUIPMENT, SYSTEMSYSTEM-EQUIPMENT, SYSTEMSYSTEM-EQUIPMENT, SYSTEMSYSTEM-EQUIPMENT, SYSTEM, ZONESYSTEM-EQUIPMENT, SYSTEMSYSTEM-CONTROL, SYSTEMSYSTEM-EQUIPMENT, SYSTEMSYSTEM-CONTROL, SYSTEMSYSTEM-EQUIPMENT, SYSTEMSYSTEM-EQUIPMENT, SYSTEMSYSTEM-CONTROL, SYSTEMSYSTEM-CONTROL, SYSTEMSYSTEM-CONTROL, SYSTEMSYSTEMIX.ll(Revised 5/81)
Keyword Abbreviation Associated Command WordsHEAT-TEMP-SCH H-T-SCH ZONE-CONTROL, ZONEINDUCTION-RATIO I-R SYSTE~~TERMINAL, SYSTEMINDUC-MODE-SCH I-M-SCH SYSTEM-FLUID, SYSTEMLIKEDAY-RESET-SCH, ZONE-AIR,ZONE-CONTROL, ZONE,SYSTEM-CONTROL, SYSTEM-AIR,SYSTE~~FANS, SYSTEM-TERMINAL,SYSTEM-FLUID, SYSTEM-EQUIPMENTSYSTEM, HOURLY-REPORT,REPORT-BLOCKLOW-SPEED-RATIOS L-S-R SYSTEM-FANS, SYSTEMMAX-COOL-RATE M-C-R ZONEMAX-COND-RCVRY M-C-R SYSTEM-EQUIPMENT, SYSTEMMAX-ELEC-T M-E-T SYSTEM-EQUIPMENT, SYSTEM/lIAX-FAN-RATI 0 MAX-F-R SYSTEM-FANS, SYSTEMMAX-FLUID-T MAX-F-T SYSTE~~FLUID, SYSTEMMAX-HEAT-RATE M-H-R ZONEMAX-HUMI DITY MAX-H SYSTEM-CONTROL, SYSTEMMAX-OA-FRACTI ON M-O--F SYSTEM-AIR, SYSTEMMAX-SUPPLY-T MAX-S-T SYSTEM-CONTROL, SYSTEMMIN-AIR-SCH /It-A-SCH SYSTEM-AIR, SYSTEMMI N-CFM-RATI 0 M-C-R SYSTE~~TERMINAL, SYSTEM, ZONEMI N-FAN-RATIO MIN-F-R SYSTEM-FANS, SYSTE~,MI N-FLUI D-T MIN-F-T SYSTEM-FLUID, SYSTEMMIN-HGB-RATIO M-H-R SYSTEM-EQUIPMENT, SYSTEMMIN-HP-T M-H-T SYSTEM-EQUI PMENT, SYSTE~~MIN-HUMIDITY MIN-H SYSTEM-CONTROL, SYSTEMMIN-OUTSIDE-AIR M-D-A SYSTEM-AIR, SYSTEMMIN-SUPPLY-T MIN-S-T SYSTEM-CONTROL, SYSTEMMIN-UNLOAD-RATI0 M-U-R SYSTE/I~EQUIPMENT, SYSTEMMOTOR-PLACEMENT M-P SYSTEM-FANS, SYSTEMMULTI PLI ER M ZONENATURAL-VENT-AC N-V-A SYSTEM-AIR, SYSTEMNATURAL-VENT-SCH N-V-SCH SYSTEM-AIR, SYSTEMNIGHT-CYCLE-CTRL N-C-C SYSTEM-FANS, SYSTEMOA-CFM/PER O--CFM/P ZONE-AIR, ZONEOA-CHANGES O--C ZONE-AIR, ZONEIX.12
Keyword Abbreviation Associated Command WordsOA-CONTROL O-CTRL SYSTEM-AIR, SYSTEMOPTION 0 HOURLY-REPORTOUTSIDE-AIR-CFM O-A-CFM ZONE-AIR, ZONEOUTSIDE-FAN-KW/O-F-KW SYSTEM-EQUIPMENT, SYSTEMOUTSIDE-FAN-MODE O-F-M SYSTEM-EQUIPMENT, SYSTEMOUTSIDE-FAN-T O-F-T SYSTEM-EQUIPMENT, SYSTEMOUTSIDE-HI O-H DAY-RESET-SCHOUTSIDE-LO O-L DAY-RESET-SCHPANEL-LOSS-RATIO P-L-R ZONEPLENUM-NAMES P-N SYSTEMPREHEAT-SOURCE PREHEAT SYSTEMPREHEAT-T P-T SYSTEM-CONTROL, SYSTEMRATED-CCAP-FCFM R-CC-FC SYSTEM-EQUIPMENT, SYSTEMRATED-CEIR-FCFM R-CE-FC SYSTEM-EQUIPMENT, SYSTEMRATED-CFM R-C SYSTEM-AIR, SYSTEMRATED-CFM R-CFM ZONE-AIR, ZONERATED-HCAP-FCFM R-HC-FC SYSTEM-EQUIPMENT, SYSTEMRATED-HEIR-FCFM R-HE-FC SYSTEM-EQUIPMENT, SYSTEMRATED-SH-FCFM R-S-FC SYSTEM-EQUIPMENT, SYSTEMRECOVERY-EFF REC-E SYSTEM-AIR, SYSTEMREHEAT-DELTA-T R-D-T SYSTEM-TERMINAL, SYSTEMREPORT-BLOCK R-B HOURLY-REPORTREPORT-SCHEDULE R-SCH HOURLY-REPORTRETURN-AIR-PATH R-A-P SYSTEMRETURN-CFM R-CFM SYSTEM-AIR, SYSTEMRETURN-DELTA-T RET-D-T SYSTEM-FANS, SYSTEMRETURN-EFF R-E SYSTEM-FANS, SYSTEMRETURN-KW R-KI, SYSTEM-FANS, SYSTEMRETURN-STATIC R-S SYSTEM-FANS, SYSTEMSIZING-OPTION* S-O SYSTEMSIZING-OPTION* S-O ZONESIZING-RATIO S-R SYSTEMSUMMARY S SYSTEMS-REPORT*These are two different keywords with different meanings.IX .13 (Revised 5/81)
Keyword Abbreviation Associated Command WordsSUPPLY-CFM S-CFM SYSTEM-AIR, SYSTEMSUPPLY-DELTA-T S-D-T SYSTEM-FANS, SYSTEMSUPPL Y-EFF S-E SYSTEM-FANS, SYSTEMSUPPLY-HI S-H DAY-RESET,SCHSUPPLY-KW S-KW SYSTEM-FANS, SYSTEMSUPPLY-LO S-L DAY-RESET-SCHSUPPLY-MECH-EFF S-M-E SYSTEM-FANS, SYSTEMSUPPL Y-STATIC S-S SYSTEM-FANS, SYSTEMSYSTEM-AIR S-A SYSTEMSYSTEM-CONTROL S-C SYSTEMSYSTEM-EQUIPMENT S-EQ SYSTEMSYSTEM-FANS S-FANS SYSTEMSYSTEM-FLUID S-FLU SYSTEMSYSTEM-NAMES S-N PLANT-ASSIGNMENTSYSTEM-TERMINAL S-T SYSTEMSYSTEM-TYPE S-TYPE SYSTEMTHERMOSTAT-TYPE T-TYPE ZONE-CONTROL, ZONETHROTTLING-RANGE T-R ZONE-CONTROL, ZONETYPE TYPE CURVE-F ITVARIABLE-LIST V-L REPORT-BLOCKVARIABLE-TYPE V-T REPORT-BLOCKVENT-TEMP-SCH V-T-SCH SYSTEM-AIR, SYSTEMVERIF ICATION V SYSTEMS-REPORTZONE-AIR Z-A ZONEZONE-CONTROL Z-C ZONEZONE-HEAT-SOURCE Z-H-S SYSTEMZONE-NAMES Z-N SYSTEMZONE-TYPE Z-TYPE ZONEIX.14 (Revised 5/81)
Code-WordALL-SUMMARYBI-LINEARBI-QUADRATICBLOW-THROUGHCBVAVCOINCIDENTCOLDESTCONDITIONEDCONSTANTCONSTANT-VOLUMECONTINUOUSCUBICCYCLE-ON-ANYCYCLE-ON-FIRSTCYCLINGDDSDIRECTDISCHARGEDRAW-THROUGHDUAL-SPEEDDUCTELECTRICENTHALPYFAN-EIR-FPLRFIXEDFPFCFPHFPIUGAS-FURNACEGLOBALHEAT-PUMPHOT-WATERHOT-WATER/SOLARAssociated KeywordSUMMARYTYPETYPEFAN-PLACEMENTSYSTEM-TYPESIll NG-OPTI ONH EAT-CONTROLZONE-TYPECOOL-CONTROL, HEAT-CONTROLFAN-CONTROLOUTSIDE-FAN-MODETYPENIGHT-CYCLE-CTRLNIGHT-CYCLE-CTRLFAN-CONTROLSYSTEM-TYPERETURN-AIR-PATHFAN-CONTROLFAN-PLACEMENTCOMPRESSOR-TYPERETURN-AIR-PATHBASEBOARD-SOURCE, HEAT-SOURCE, PREHEAT-SOURCE,ZONE-HEAT-SOURCEOA-CONTROLFAN-CONTROLOA-CONTROLSYSTEM-TYPESYSTEM-TYPESYSTEM-TYPEBASEBOARD-SOURCE, HEAT-SOURCE, PREHEAT-SOURCE,ZONE-HEAT-SOURCEVARIABLE-TYPEHEAT-SOURCEBASEBOARD-SOURCE, HEAT-SOURCE, PREHEAT-SOURCE,ZONE-HEAT-SOURCEHEAT-SOURCE, PREHEAT-SOURCE,ZONE-HEAT-SOURCEIX .15
Code-WordHPHVSYSINLETINTERMITTENTIN-AIRFLOWLI NEARMZSNON-COINCIDENT01 L-FURNACEOUTDOOR-RESETOUTSIDE-AIRFLOWPLANT-ASSIGNMENTPLENUMPLENUM-ZONESPLOTPMZSPRINTPROPORTIONALPSZPTACPVAVSQUADRATICREPORT-ONL YRESETRESYSREVERSE-ACTIONRHFSSCHEDULEDSINGLE-SPEEDSPEEDSS-ASS-BSS-CAssociated KeywordSYSTEM-TYPESYSTEM-TYPEFAN-CONTROLOUTSIDE-FAN-MODEMOTOR-PLACEMENTTYPESYSTEM-TYPESIZING-OPTIONBASEBOARD-SOURCE, HEAT-SOURCE, PREHEAT-SOURCE,ZONE-HEAT-SOURCEBASEBOARD-CTRLMOTOR-PLACEMENTVARIABLE-TYPEZONE-TYPERETURN-AIR-PATHOPTIONSYSTEM-TYPEOPTIONTHERMOSTAT-TYPESYSTEM-TYPESYSTEM-TYPESYSTEM-TYPETYPEVERIFICATIONCOOL-CONTROL, HEAT-CONTROLSYSTEM-TYPETHERMOSTAT-TYPESYSTEM-TYPECOOL-CONTROL, HEAT-CONTROLCOMPRESSOR-TYPEFAN-CONTROLSUMMARYSUMMARYSUMMARYIX.16
Code-WordAssociated KeywordSS-DSUMMARYSS-ESUMMARYSS-FSUMMARYSS-GSUMMARYSS-HSUMMARYSS-ISUMMARYSS-JSUMMARYSTAY-OFFNIGHT-CYCLE-CTRLSUMSYSTEM-TYPESV-AVERIFICATIONSYSTEMVARIABLE-TYPESZCISYSTEM-TYPESZRHSYSTEM-TYPETEMPOA-CONTROLTHERMOSTATICBASEBOARD-CTRLTPFCSYSTEM-TYPETPIUSYSTEM-TYPETWO-POS IT IONTHERMOSTAT-TYPETWO-SPEEDFAN-CONTROLUHTSYSTEM-TYPEUNCONDITIONEDZONE-TYPEUVTSYSTEM-TYPEVAVSSYSTEM-TYPEWARMESTCOOL-CONTROLZONEVARIABLE-TYPEIX.l? (Revised 5/81)
C. PDLCommand Word Abbreviation PageABORT none (see Chap. II)COMPUTE none (see Chap. Il)CURVE-FIT C-F (see Chap. IV)DAY-ASSIGN-SCH D-A-SCH V.90DAY-SCHEDULE D-SCH (see Chap. Il)DIAGNOSTI C LIST (see Chap. II)END none (see Chap. II)ENERGY-COST E-C V.77ENERGY-STORAGE E-S V.67EQUIPMENT-QUAD E-Q V.35HEAT-RECOVERY HEAT-R V.61HOURL Y-REPORT H-R V.94INPUT none (see Chap. I I )LOAD-ASSIGNMENT L-A V.49LOAD-MANAGEMENT L-M V.55PARAMETER DEF I NE (see Chap. II)PARAMETRIC-INPUT PAR-INPUT (see Chap. II)PART-LOAD-RAT! 0 P-L-R V.16PLANT-ASSIGNMENT P-A V.91PLANT-COSTS P-C V.84PLANT-EQUIPMENT P-E V.8PLANT-PARAMETERS P-P V.20PLANT-REPORT P-R V.92REFERENCE-COSTS R-C V.87REPORT-BLOCK R-B V.96SAVE-FILES none (see Chap. II)SCHEDULE SCH (see Chap. II)SET-DEFAULT SET (see Chap. II)SOLAR-EQUIPMENT S-E V.l05STOP none (see Chap. II)TITLE none (see Chap. II)WEEK-SCHEDULE W-SCH (see Chap. II)IX.18
Keyword Abbreviation Associated Command WordsABSORS-CAP-FT none EQUIPMENT-QUADABSORS-CAP-FTS none EQUIPMENT-QUADABSORS-HIR none PLANT-PARAMETERSABSORS-HIR-FPLR none EQUIPMENT-QUADABSORS-HIR-FT none EQUIPMENT-QUADABSORS-HI R-FTS none EQUIPMENT-QUADABSOR-TO-TWR-WTR none PLANT-PARAMETERSABSORI-CAP-FT none EQUIPMENT-QUADABSORI-HIR none PLANT-PARAMETERSABSORI-HIR-FPLR none EQUIPMENT-QUADABSORI-HIR-FT none EQUI P~'tENT -QUADABSOR2-CAP-FT none EQUIPMENT-QUADABSOR2-HIR none PLANT-PARAMETERSABSOR2-HIR-FPLR none EQUIPMENT-QUADABSOR2-HI R-FT none EQUIPMENT-QUADASSIGN-SCHEDULE A-SCH LOAD-MANAGEMENTAXIS-ASSIGN A-A HOURLY-REPORTAXIS-MAX A-MAX HOURLY-REPORTAXIS-MIN A-MIN HOURLY-REPORTAXI S-TITLES A-T HOURL Y-REPORTBLOCK B ENERGY-COSTBOILER-BLOW-RAT none PLANT-PARAMETERSBOI LER-CONTROL none PLANT-PARAMETERSBOILER-FUEL none PLANT-PARAMETERSCCIRC-DESIGN-T-DROP none PLANT-PARAMETERSCCIRC-HEAD none PLANT-PARAMETERSCCIRC-IMPELLER-EFF none PLANT-PARAMETERSCCI RC-LOSS none PLANT-PARAMETERSCCIRC-MOTOR-EFF none PLANT-PARAMETERSCHILLER-CONTROL none PLANT-PARAMETERSCHILL-WTR-T none PLANT-PARAMETERSCHILL-WTR-THROTTLE none PLANT-PARAMETERSCOEFFICIENTS COEF CURVE-FITCOMP-TO-TWR-WTR none PLANT-PARAMETERSIX.19
Keyword Abbreviation Associated Command WordsCONSUMABLES C PLANT-EQUIPMENTCONSUMABLES-REF C-R REFERENCE-COSTSCOOL-MULTIPLIER C-M LOAD-MANAGEMENTCOOL-STORE-RATE C-ST-R ENERGY-STORAGECOOL-STffiE-SCH C-ST-SCH ENERGY -STORAGECOOL-SUPPLY-RATE C-SU-R EN ER GY -ST ORAGECOST C ENERGY-COSTCTANK-BASE-I C-B-T ENER GY -STORAGECTANK-ENV-T C-E-T ENERGY-STORAGECTANK-FREEl-T C-F-T ENERGY-STORAGECTANK-LOSS-COEF C-L-C ENERGY -STORAGECTANK-T-RANGE C-T-R ENERGY -STORAGEDATA none CURVE-FITDBUN-CAP-COR-REC none PLANT-PARAMETERSDBUN-CAP-FT none EQUIPMENT-QUADDBUN-CAP-FTRISE none EQUIPMENT-QUADDBUN-COND-T-ENT none PLANT-PARAMETERSDBUN-COND-T-REC none PLANT-PARAMETERSDBUN-EIR-COR-REC none PLANT-PARAMETERSDBUN-EIR-FPLR none EQU I PMENT -QUADDBUN-EIR-FT none EQUIPMENT-QUADDBUN-EIR-FTRISE none EQUIPMENT-QUADDBUN-HT-REC-RAT none PLANT-PARAMETERSDBUN-TO-TWR-WTR none PLANT-PARAMETERSDBUN-UNL-RAT-DES none PLANT-PARAMETERSDBUN-UNL-RAT-REC none PLANT-PARAMETERSDC-CHILL-WTR-T none PLANT-PARAMETERSDC-MAX-T none PLANT-PARAMETERSDEMAND-1 throughDEMAND-5D-1-D-5 HEAT-RECOVERYDHW-HIR none PLANT-PARAMETERSDHW-HEATER-FUEL none PLANT-PARAMETERSDHW-HIR-FPLR none EQUIPMENT-QUADDIESEL-EXH-FPLR none EQUIPMENT-QUADDIESEL-FUEL none PLANT-PARAMETERSDIESEL-I/O-FPLR none EQUIPMENT-QUADIX.20 (Revised 5/81)
Keyword Abbreviation Associated Command WordsDIESEL-JAC-FPLR none EQUIPMENT-QUADDIESEL-LUB-FPLR none EQUIPMENT-QUADD IESEL-STACK-FU none EQUIPMENT-QUADDI ESEL-TEX-FPLR none EQUIPMENT-QUADDIRECT-COOL-KW none PLANT-PARAMETERSDIRECT-COOL-MODE none PLANT-PARAMETERSDIRECT-COOL-SCH none PLANT-PARAMETERSDISCOUNT-RATE D-R PLANT-COSTSDIVIDE none HOURL Y-REPORTELEC-DHW-LOSS none PLANT-PARAMETERSELEC-INPUT-RATIO E-I-R PART-LOAD-RATI0ELEC-MUL TIPLIER E-M LOAD-MANAGEMENTEQUIPMENT-LIFE E-L PLANT-EQUIPMENTESCALATION E ENERGY-COSTE-HW-BOILER-LOSS none PLANT-PARAMETERSE-STM-BOILER-LOSS none PLANT-PARAMETERSFIRST-COST F-C PLANT-EQUIPMENTFIRST-COST -REF F-C-R REFERENCE-COSTSFURNACE-AUX none PLANT-PARAMETERSFURNACE-HIR none PLANT-PARAMETERSFURNACE-HIR-FPLR none EQUIPMENT-QUADFURNACE-FUEL none PLANT-PARAMETERSGTURB-EXH-FT none EQUIPMENT-QUADGTURB-FUEL none PLANT-PARAMETERSGTURB-I/O-FPLR none EQUIPMENT-QUADGTURB-I/O-FT none EQUIPMENT-QUADGTURB-STACK-FU none EQUIPMENT-QUADGTURB-TEX-FPLR none EQUIPMENT-QUADGTURB-TEX-FT none EQUIPMENT-QUADHCIRC-DESIGN-T-DROP none PLANT-PARAMETERSHCIRC-HEAD none PLANT-PARAMETERSHCIRC-IMPELLER-EFF none PLANT-PARAMETERSHCIRC-LOSS none PLANT-PARAMETERSHCIRC-MOTOR-EFF none PLANT-PARAMETERSHEAT-MULTIPLIER H-M LOAD-MANAGEMENTIX.21 (Revised 5/81)
Keyword Abbreviation Associated Command WordsHEAT-STORE-RATE H-ST-R ENERGY -STORAGEHEAT-STORE-SCH H-ST-SCH ENERGY-STORAGEHEAT-SUPPLY-RATE H-SU-R ENERGY -STORAGEHERM-CENT-CAP-FT none EQUIPMENT-QUADHERM-CENT-COND-PWR none PLANT-PARAMETERSHERM-CENT-COND-TYPE none PLANT-PARAMETERSHERM-CENT-EIR-FPLR none EQUIPMENT-QUADHERM-CENT-EIR-FT none EQUIPMENT-QUADHERM-CENT-UNL-RAT none PLANT-PARAMETERSHERM-REC-CAP-FT none EQUIPMENT-QUADHERM-REC-COND-PWR none PLANT-PARAMETERSHERM-REC-COND-TYPE none PLANT-PARAMETERSHERM-REC-EIR-FPLR none EQUIPMENT-QUADHERM-REC-ElR-FT none EQUIPMENT-QUADHERM-REC-UNL-RAT none PLANT-PARAMETERSHOURS-USED H-U PLANT -EQU I PM ENTHTANK-BASE-T H-B-T ENERGY -STORAGEHTANK-ENV -T H-E-T ENERGY-STORAGEHTANK-FREEZ-T H-F-T ENERGY -STORAGEHTANK-LOSS-COEF H-L-C ENERGY -STORAGEHTANK-T -RANGE H-T-R ENERGY -STORAGEHW-BOILER-HIR none PLANT-PARAMETERSHW-BOILER-HIR-FPLR none EQUIPMENT-QUADINSTALLATION I PLANT-EQUIPMENTINSTALLATION-REF I-R REFERENCE-COSTSINSTALLED-NUMBER I-N PLANT -EQU I P~lENTLABOR L PLANT-COSTSLABOR-INFLTN L-I PLANT-COSTSLIFE-REF L-R REFERENCE-COSTSLIKE none HOURLY-REPORTLOAD-ASSIGNMENT L-A LOAD-MANAGEMENTLOAD-RANGE L-R LOAD-ASS IGNMENTMAINTENANCE M PLANT-EQUIPMENTMAINTENANCE-REF M-R REFERENCE-COSTSMAKEUP-WTR-T none PLANT-PARAMETERSIX.22 (Revised 5/81)
Keyword Abbreviation Associated Command WordsMAJOR-OVHL-COST MAJ-O-C PLANT-EQUIPMENTMAJ OR-OV HL-I NT MAJ-O-I PLANT-EQUIPMENTMAJ-OVHL-CST-REF MAJ-O-C REFERENCE-COSTSMAJ-OVHL-INT-REF MAJ-O-I REFERENCE COSTSMATERIALS-INFLTN M-I PLANT-COSTSMAX-DIESEL-EXH none PLANT-PARAMETERSMAX-GTURB-EXH none PLANT-PARAMETERSMAX-NUMBER-AVAIL M-N-A PLANT-EQUIPMENTMAX-RATIO MAX-R PART-LOAD-RATIOMINOR-OVHL-COST MIN-O-C PLANT-EQUIPMENTMI NOR-OVHL-I NT MIN-O-I PLANT-EQUIPMENTMIN-COND-AIR-T none PLANT-PARAMETERSMIN-MONTHLY-CHG M-M-C ENERGY-COSTMIN-OVHL-CST-REF MIN-O-C REFERENCE-COSTSMIN-OVHL-INT-REF MIN-O-I REFERENCE-COSTSMIN-PEAK-LOAD M-P-L ENERGY -COSTMI N-RATIO MIN-R PART -LOAD-RATIOMIN-SOL-COOL-T none PLANT-PARAMETERSMIN-SOL-HEAT-T none PLANT-PARAMETERSMIN-SOL-PROCESS-T none PLANT-PARAMETERSMIN-TWR-WTR-T none PLANT-PARAMETERSMULTIPLIER M ENERGY-COSTNUMBER N LOAD-ASSIGNMENTOPEN-CENT-CAP-FT none EQUIPMENT-QUADOPEN-CENT-COND-PWR none PLANT-PARAMETERSOPEN-CENT-COND-TYPE none PLANT-PARAMETERSOPEN-CENT-EIR-FPLR none EQUIPMENT-QUADOPEN-CENT-EIR-FT none EQUIPMENT-QUADOPEN-CENT-MOTOR-EFF none PLANT-PARAMETERSOPEN-CENT-UNL-RAT none PLANT-PARAMETERSOPEN-REC-CAP-FT none EQUIPMENT-QUADOPEN-REC-COND-PWR none PLANT-PARAMETERSOPEN-REC-COND-TYPE none PLANT-PARAMETERSOPEN-REC-EIR-FPLR none EQUIPMENT-QUADOPEN-REC-EIR-FT none EQUIPMENT-QUADIX.23 (Revised 5/81)
Keyword Abbreviation Associated Command WordsOPEN-REC-MOTOR-EFF none PLANT-PARAMETERSOPEN-REC-UNL-RAT none PLANT-PARAMETERSOPERATING-RATIO O-R PART-LOAD-RATIOOPERATION-MODE O-M LOAD-ASSIGNMENTOPTION 0 HOURL Y-REPORTPEAK-LOAD-CHG P-L-C ENERGY-COSTPLANT-EQUIPMENT P-E LOAD-ASSIGNMENTPRED-LOAD-RANGE P-L-R LOAD-MANAGEMENTPROJECT -U FE P-L PLANT-COSTSRECVR-HEAT /BLOW none PLANT-PARAMETERSREPORT -BLOCK R-B HOURLY-REPORTREPORT-SCHEDULE R-SCH HOURLY-REPORTRESOURCE R ENERGY-COSTRFACT-CFM-EXPONENT none PLANT-PARAMETERSSITE-FACTOR S-F PLANT-COSTSSIZE SIZE PLANT-EQUIPMENTSIZE-REF S-R REFERENCE-COSTSSOURCE-S ITE-EFF S-S-E ENERGY-COSTSTM-BOILER-HIR none PLANT-PARAMETERSSTM-BOILER-HIR-FPLR none EQUIPMENT-QUADSTM-PRES none PLANT-PARAMETERSSTM-SATURATION-T none PLANT-PARAMETERSSTURB-EXH-PRES none PLANT-PARAMETERSSTURB-I/O-FPLR none EQUIPMENT-QUADSTURB-PRES none PLANT-PARAMETERSSTU RB-SP EE D none PLANT-PARAMETERSSTURB-T none PLANT-PARAMETERSSTURB-WTR-RETURN none PLANT-PARAMETERSSUMMARY S PLANT-REPORTSUPPLY-l through S-I-S-5 HEAT-RECOVERYSUPPLY-5TC-CHLR-CAP-FT none EQUIPMENT-QUADTWR-APP-FRFACT none EQUIPMENT-QUADTWR-CELL-MAX-GPM none PLANT-PARAMETERSTWR-DESIGN-WETBULB none PLANT-PARAMETERSIX.24 (Revi sed 5/81)
KeywordTWR-FAN-CONTROLTWR-FAN-ELEC-FTUTWR-FAN-LOW-CFMTWR-FAN-LOW-ELECTWR-FAN-OFF-CFMTWR-IMPELLER-EFFTWR-MOTOR-EFFTWR-PUMP-HEADTWR-RFACT-FATTWR-RFACT-FRTTWR-TEMP-CONTROLTWR-WTR-SET-POINTTWR-WTR-THROTTLETYPEUNIF ORM-COSTUNITVARIABLE-LISTVARIABLE-TYPEVERIFICATIONAbbreviationnonenonenonenonenonenonenonenonenonenonenonenonenoneTYPEU-CUV-LV-TVAssociated Command WordsPLANT-PARAMETERSEQUIPMENT-QUADPLANT-PARAMETERSPLANT-PARAMETERSPLANT-PARAMETERSPLANT-PARAMETERSPLANT-PARAMETERSPLANT-PRAMETERSEQUIPMENT-QUADEQUIPMENT-QUADPLANT-PARAMETERSPLANT-PARAMETERSPLANT-PARAMETERSPLANT-EQUIPMENT, PART-LOAD-RATIO,LOAD-ASSIGNMENT, REFERENCE-COSTS,CURVE-FITENERGY-COSTENERGY-COSTREPORT-BLOCKREPORT-BLOCKPLANT-REPORTCode-WordsABSORS-CHLRABSOR1-CHLRABSORZ-CHLRAIRALL-SUMMARYALL-VERIFICATIONBEPSBIOMASSBI-LINEARB I-QUADRATICCERAMIC-TWRAssociated KeywordsTYPE, VARIABLE-TYPETYPE, DEMAND-n, VARIABLE-TYPETYPE, DEMAND-n, VARIABLE-TYPEOPEN-CENT-COND-TYPE, OPEN-REC-COND-TYPEHERM-CENT-COND-TYPE, HERM-REC-COND-TYPESUMMARYVERIFICATIONSUMMARYRESOURCE, BOILER-FUEL, DIESEL-FUEL, GTURB-FUEL,FURNACE-FUEL, DHW-HEATER-FUELTYPE (in CURVE-FIT)TYPE (in CURVE-FIT)TYPE, VARIABLE-TYPEIX.Z5 (Revi sed 5/81)
Code-WordsCHILLED-WATERCOALCOOLI NGCOOLI NG-- TWRC TANK-STORAGECUBICDBUN-CHLRDEMAND-ONLYDHW-HEATERDIESEL-GENDIESEL-JACKETDIESEL-OILELECTRICALELECTRICITYELEC-DHW-HEATERELEC-HW-BOILERELEC-STM-BOILERFIXEDFLOATFUEL-OILFURNACEGLOBALGTURB-GENHEATINGHEAT-RECOVERYHERM-CENT-CHLRHERM-REC-CHLRHTANK-STORAGEHW-BOILERLEFTOVERSLINEARLPGAssociated KeywordsRESOURCERESOURCE, BOILER-FUEL, DIESEL-FUEL, GTURB-FUEL,FURNACE-FUEL, DHW-HEATER-FUELTYPE (in LOAD-ASSIGNMENT)TYPE, VARIABLE-TYPETYPE, VARIABLE-TYPETYPE (in CURVE-FIT)TYPE, SUPPLY-n, VARIABLE-TYPEBOILER-CONTROL, CHILLER-CONTROLTYPE, VARIABLE-TYPETYPE, SUPPLY-n, VARIABLE-TYPESUPPLY-nRESOURCE, BOILER-FUEL, DIESEL-FUEL, GTURB-FUEL,FURNACE-FUEL, DHW-HEATER-FUELTYPE (in LOAD-ASSIGNMENT)RESOURCETYPE, VARIABLE-TYPETYPE, VARIABLE-TYPETYPE, VARIABLE-TYPETWR-TEMP-CONTROLTWR-TEMP-CONTROLRESOURCE, BOILER-FUEL, DIESEL-FUEL, GTURB-FUEL,FURNACE-FUEL, DHW-HEATER-FUELTYPE, VA~IABLE-TYPEVARIABLE-TYPETYPE, SUPPLY-n, VARIABLE-TYPETYPE (in LOAD-ASSIGNMENT)VARIABLE-TYPETYPE, VARIABLE-TYPETYPE, VARIABLE-TYPETYPE, SUPPLY-n, DEMAND-n, VARIABLE-TYPETYPE, VARIABLE-TYPETYPE, SUPPLY-nTYPE (in CURVE-FIT)RESOURCE, BOILER-FUEL, DIESEL-FUEL, GTURB-FUEL,FURNACE-FUEL, DHW-HEATER-FUELIX.26 (Revi sed 5/81)
Code-WordsMETHANOLNATURAL-GASONE-SPEEDOPEN-CENT-CHLROPEN-REC-CHLRPLANTPLOTPRINTPROCESS-HEATPS-APS-BPS-CPS-DPS-GPS-HPS-IPS-JPV-APV-BPV-CPV-DPV-EPV-GPV-HQUADRATICRUN-ALLRUN-NEEDEDSOLAR-COOL I NGSOLAR-HEATINGSOL-COOL! NGSOL-PROCESS-HEATSOL-SPACE-HEATSPACE-HEATAssociated KeywordsRESOURCE, BOILER-FUEL, DIESEL-FUEL, GTURB-FUEL,FURNACE-FUEL, DHW-HEATER-FUELRESOURCE, BOILER-FUEL, DIESEL-FUEL, GTURB-FUEL,DHW-HEATER-FUEL, FURNACE-FUELTWR-FAN-CONTROLTYPE, VARIABLE-TYPETYPE, VARIABLE-TYPEVARIABLE-TYPEOPTIONOPTIONTYPE, DEMAND-nSUMMARYSUMMARYSUMMARYSUMMARYSUMMARYSUMMARYSUMMARYSUMMARYVERIFICATIONVERIFICATIONVERIFICATIONVERI F ICATI ONVERIFICATIONVERIFICATIONVERIFICATIONTYPE (in CURVE-FIT)OPERATION-MODEOPERATION-MODETYPETYPESUPPLY-nSUPPLY-nSUPPLY-nTYPE, DEMAND-nIX.27 (Revi sed 5/81)
Code-WordsSTEAMSTANDBYSTM-BOILERSTRAINER-CYCLESTURB-GENTHERMO-CYC LETOWERTWO-SPEEDAssociated KeywordsRESOURCEBOILER-CONTROL, CHILLER-CONTROLTYPE, VARIABLE-TYPEDIRECT-COOL-MODETYPE, SUPPLY-n, DEMAND-n, VARIABLE-TYPEDIRECT-COOL-MODEOPEN-CENT-COND-TYPE, OPEN-REC-COND-TYPE,HERM-CENT-COND-TYPE, HERM-REC-COND-TYPETWR-FAN-CONTROLIX.27.1 (Revised 5/81)
KeywordAssociatedCommand Word Assoc i ated TYPEBED-LOSS-COEF COMPONENT CASH-SUBSYS-IBED-SP-HT COMPONENT CASH-SUBSYS-IBED-WIDTH COMPONENT CASH-SUBSYS-ICAP COMPONENT COL-EC-I, COL-EC-AIR-l,DUCT-LOSSES-I, PIPE-LOSSES-ICMPR-EFF COMPONENT RFA-SUBSYS-ICOIL-T-MIN COMPONENT CLSH-CNTRL-l, CLSH-SUBSYS-lCOL-AREA COMPONENT CLSH-SUBSYS-ICOL-BOIL-T COMPONENT CLSH-SUBSYS-ICOL-CAP COMPONENT CASH-SUBSYS-I, CLSH-SUBSYS-ICOL-DEN COMPONENT CLSH-SUBSYS-ICOL-EXCH-TYPE COMPONENT CLSH-SUBSYS-ICOL-EXCH-UA COMPONENT CLSH-SUBSYS-ICOL-FLOW COMPONENT CLSH-SUBSYS-ICOL-INIT-T COMPONENT CASH-SUBSYS-l, CLSH-SUBSYS-ICOL-SP-HT COMPONENT CLSH-SUBSYS-ICOND COMPONENT ROCK-BED-ICOP COMPONENT RFA-SUBSYS-IDECIMAL-PLACES COMPONENT REPORT-IDEN COMPONENT FAN-I, PUMP-lDEN-AIR COMPONENT CASH-AUX-I, CASH-SUBSYS-I,COL-EC-AIR-I, RFA-SUBSYS-IDEN-COLD COMPONENT COL-EC-IDEN-FLO COMPONENT CLSH-CNTRL-I, TANK-IDEN-HOT COMPONENT COL-EC-lDEN-LIQ COMPONENT RFA-SUBSYS-lDEPTH COMPONENT ROCK-BED-IDESC COMPONENT PRINTER-PLOT-IDIVIDE COMPONENT PRINTER-PLOT-I, REPORT-IDOUBLE-SPACE COMPONENT REPORT-lDT-MIN COMPONENT CASH--SUBSYS-I, CLSH-SUBSYS-I,COL-EC-I, COL-EC-AIR-lIX.29
D. CBSDLCormand Word Abbreviation PageABORT none (see Chap. II)COMPONENT none V.l11CONNECT none V.112DAY-SCHEDULE D-SCH (see Chap. II)DIAGNOSTIC LIST (see Chap. II)END none (see Chap. II)ITERATIONS none V.113PARAMETER DEF I NE V.114SCHEDULE SCH V.114SYSTEM none V.115TITLE none (see Chap. I I )TRACE none V.116WEEK-SCHEDULE W-SCH (see Chap. II)KeywordAssociatedCommand Word Associated TYPEABSORPTANCE COMPONENT COL-HWB-4ACCEPTANCE COMPONENT INSOL-lANGLE-COEF COMPONENT CASH-SUBSYS-l, CLSH-SUBSYS-l,COL-EC-l, COL-EC-AIR-lAREA COMPONENT CASH-SUBSYS-l, COL-EC-l,COL-EC-AIR-l, COL-HWB-4AUX-MODE COMPONENT CLSH-SUBSYS-lAXIS COMPONENT INSOL-lAXIS-ASSIGN COMPONENT PRINTER-PLOT-lAXIS-MAX COMPONENT PRINTER-PLOT-lAXIS-MIN COMPONENT PRINTER-PLOT-lAXI S-TI TLE S COMPONENT PRINTER-PLOT-lAZIMUTH COMPONENT INSOL-lBED-COND COMPONENT CASH-SUBSYS-lBED-DEN COMPONENT CASH-SUBSYS-lBED-DEPTH COMPONENT CASH-SUBSYS-lBED-ENV-T COMPONENT CASH-SUBSYS-lBED-HEIGHT COMPONENT CASH-SUBSYS-lBED-INIT-T COMPONENT CASH-SUBSYS-lIX.28
KeywordOUT-I through OUT-12PARAS-KWPLOT-SCHPLOT-TITLEPUMP-KWQ-AUX-CAPQ-REJREPORT -SCHREPORT~ TITLESCH-I through SCH-IOSP-HTSP-HT-AIRSP-HT-BEOSP-HT-COLDSP-HT-FLDSP-HT-HOTSP-HT-LIQTTANK-DENTANK-ENV-TTANK-FLOWTANK-HT/DIATANK-INIT-TTANK-LOSS-COEFTANK-SP-HTTANK-VOLTILTTILT-SCHTITLE-25TYPET-BOILAssociatedCommand WordCOMPONENTCOMPONENTCOMPONE NTCOMPONENTCOMPONENTCOMPON ENTCOMPONENTCOMPONENTCOMPONENTCOMPONENTCOMPONENTCOMPONENTCOMPONENTCOMPONENTCOMPONENTCOMPONENTCOMPONENTCOMPONENTCOMPONENTCOMPONENTCOMPONENTCOMPONENTCOMPONENTCOMPONENTCOMPONENTCOMPONENTCOMPONENTCOMPONENTCOMPONENTSYSTEM,COMPONENTCOMPONENTIX.3IAssociated TYPEPRINTER-PLOT-I, REPORT-lRFA-SUBSYS-IPRINTER-PLOT-IPRINTER-PLOT-ICLSH-SUBSYS-I, COL-EC-I, PUMP-I,RFA-SUBSYS-IRFA-SUBSYS-IRFA-SUBSYS-IREPORT-IREPORT-ISCHEDULE-IRELI EF-ICASH-CNTRL-I, CASH-SUBSYS-I,CLSH-CNTRL-I, CLSH-SUBSYS-I,COL-EC-AIR-I, RFA-SUBSYS-I, ROCK-BED-IROCK-BED-ICOL-EC-I, EXCHANGER-ICLSH-CNTRL-I, COL-HWB-4, DUCT-LOSSES-I,PIPE-LOSSES-I, TANK-ICOL-EC-I, EXCHANGER-IRFA-SUBSYS-IRFA-SUBSYS-ICLSH-SUBSYS-ICLSH-SUBSYS-ICLSH-SUBSYS-ICLSH-SUBSYS-I, TANK-ICLSH-SUBSYS-ICLSH-SUBSYS-ICLSH-SUBSYS-ICLSH-SUBSYS-ICOL-HWB-4, INSOL-IINSOL-IREPORT-ICOL-EC-I, COL-HWB-4, RELIEF-I
KeywordAssociatedCommand Word Assoc i ated TYPEEFF-COEF COMPONENT CASH-SUBSYS-I, CLSH-SUBSYS-I, COL-EC-I,COL-EC-AIR-IEFF-DEN-BED COMPONENT ROCK-BED-IEFF-EXCH COMPONENT RFA-SUBSYS-IEMITTANCE COMPONENT COL-HWB-4EXCH-TYPE COMPONENT CLSH-CNTRL-I, COL-EC-I, EXCHANGER-IEXCH-UA COMPONENT CLSH-CNTRL-I, COL-EC-I, EXCHANGER-IFAN-KW COMPONENT CASH-SUBSYS-I, COL-EC-AIR-I, FAN-IRFA-SUBSYS-IFLOW COMPONENT CLSH-CNTRL-I, FAN-I, PUMP-IFLOW-AIR COMPONENT COL-EC-AIR-I, RFA-SUBSYS-IFLOW-COL COMPONENT CASH-SUBSYS-IFLOW-COLD COMPONENT COL-EC-IFLOW-HOT COMPONENT COL-EC-IFLOW-LIQ COMPONENT RFA-SUBSYS-IFLUID-TEMP COMPONENT CASH-SUBSYS-I, CLSH-SUBSYS-I, COL-EC-l,COL-EC-AIR-IFREQUENCY COMPONENT PRINTER-PLOT-I, REPORT-IF-PRIME COMPONENT COL-HWB-4GLAZINGS COMPONENT COL-HWB-4GROUND-REFL COMPONENT INSOL-IHEADINGS COMPONENT REPORT-IHEIGHT COMPONENT ROCK-BED-IHP-TYPE COMPONENT RFA-SUBSYS-IK-L-PROD COMPONENT COL-HWB-4LENGTH COMPONENT DUCT-LOSSES-I, PIPE-LOSSES-ILOAD-EXCH-TYPE COMPONENT CLSH-SUBSYS-ILOAD-EXCH-UA COMPONENT CLSH-SUBSYS-ILOAD-FLOW COMPONENT CLSH-SUBSYS-ILOSS-COEF COMPONENT DUCT-LOSSES-I, PIPE-LOSSES-I,ROCK-BED-I, TANK-ILOSS-COEF-B-E COMPONENT COL-HWB-4MAX-DIF COMPONENT DIF-CNTRL-IMAX-V COMPONENT DIF-CNTRL-IMIN-DIF COMPONENT DIF-CNTRL-lMODE COMPONENT CLSH-CNTRL-INODES COMPONENT ROCK-BED-IIX.30
Code-WordLIQ-SOURCEMONTHLYNON-SPARALLELPARALLEL-FLOWPIPE-LOSSES-lPLANT-1PLANT-2PRINTER-PLOT-1PUMP-1RASHRELI EF-1REPORT-1REPORT-2RFA-SUBSYS-1RLSHROCK-BED-1SCHEDULE-1SERIESTANK-lTEE-1USERYESAssociated KeywordHP-TYPEFREQUENCYDOUBLE-SPACE, TITLE-25AXISAUX-MODE, MODEEXCH-TYPE, AUX-EXCH-TYPE, LOAD-EXCH-TYPE,COL-EXCH-TYPETYPE (in COMPONENT)TYPE (in COMPONENT)TYPE (i n COMPONENT)TYPE (in COMPONENT)TYPE (in COMPONENT)TYPE (in SYSTEM)TYPE (in COMPONENT)TYPE ( in COMPONENT)TYPE (in COMPONENT)TYPE ( i n COMPONE NT)TYPE (in SYSTEM)TYPE (in COMPONENT)TYPE (in COMPONENT)AUX-MODE, MODETYPE (i n COMPONENT)TYPE (in COMPONENT)TYPE (in SYSTEM)DOUBLE-SPACE, TITLE-25Input or OutputNameCAP-RATE-CCAP-RATE-HCAP-RATE-MINCAP-TANKCLOUD-AMTCLOUD-TYPECOPInput toComponent TYPE(from the CONNECT instruction)PLANT-2INSOL-1INSOL-1Output fromComponent TYPECOL-EC-1, COL-EC-AIR-1COL-EC-1, COL-EC-AIR-1,COL-EC-1, COL-EC-AIR-1,CLSH-SUBSYS-1, TANK-1<strong>DOE</strong>-WEATH-1<strong>DOE</strong>-WEATH-1RFA-SUBSYS-1IX.33
KeywordT-I NITT-OUT-MAXT-SUP-MINVARIABLESVOLWIDTHCode-WordAIR-SOURCEAVERAGECASHCASH-CNTRL-ICASH-SUBSYS-ICLSHCLSH-CNTRL-ICLSH-SUBSYS-ICOL-EC-ICOL-EC-AI R-ICOL-HWB-4CONSTANT-EFFCOUNTER-FLOWCROSS-FLOWDAILYDIF-CNTRL-I<strong>DOE</strong>-WEATH-IDUCT-LOSSES-IEXCHANGER-IE-WFAN-IFLOW-DIVERTER-IHOURLYINLETINSOL-IAssociatedCommand WordCOMPONENTCOMPONENTCOMPONENTCOMPONENTCOMPONENTCOMPONENTAssociated TYPECOL-EC-I, COL-EC-AIR-I, ROCK-SED-I,TANK-I, DUCT-LOSSES-I, PIPE-LOSSES-ICOL-EC-I, COL-EC-AIR-IRFA-SUBSYS-IPRINTER-PLOT-I, REPORT-ITANK-IROCK-BED-IAssociated KeywordHP-TYPEFLUID-TEMPTYPE (in SYSTEM)TYPE (in COMPONENT)TYPE (i n COMPONENT)TYPE (in SYSTEM)TYPE (in COMPONENT)TYPE (in COMPONENT)TYPE (i n COMPONENT)TYPE ( in COMPONE NT)TYPE (i n COMPONENT)EXCH-TYPE, AUX-EXCH-TYPE, LOAD-EXCH-TYPE,COL-EXCH-TYPEEXCH-TYPE, AUX-EXCH-TYPE, LOAD-EXCH-TYPE,COL-EXCH-TYPEEXCH-TYPE, AUX-EXCH-TYPE, LOAD-EXCH-TYPE,COL-EXCH-TYPEFREQUENCYTYPE (in COMPONENT)TYPE (i n COMPONENT)TYPE (i n COMPONENT)TYPE (in COMPONENT)AXISTYPE (in COMPONENT)TYPE (in COMPONENT)FREQUENCYFLUID-TEMPTYPE (i n COMPONENT)IX.32
Input or Output Input to OutDut fromName Component TYPE Component TYPE(from the CONNECT instruction)IN-I through PRINTER-PLOT-I,IN-6REPORT-I, REPORT-2I N-7 throu gh PRINTER-PLOT-IIN-20REPORT-lLOSS-COEFOUT-l through OUT-IOQ-ABSQ-AUXQ-BOILQ-COLQ-DIRQ-DUMPQ-FREEQ-HCQ-INQ-INCQ-LOADQ-LOAD-MODQ-LOSSQ-NET-ZEROQ-NON-AUXQ-OUTQ-OVERQ-PLANTQ-PHCQ-PREQ-REDUCCLSH-CNTRL-I, CLSH-SUBSYS-ICASH-CNTRL-I, CASH-SUBSYS-l,RFA-SUBSYS-lCLSH-SUBSYS-I, TANK-lCLSH-CNTRL-l, CLSH-SUBSYS-lIX.35COL-HWB-4SCHEDULE-lRFA-SUBSYS-lCASH-CNTRL-I, CASH-SUBSYS-I,CLSH-CNTRL-I, CLSH-SUBSYS-l,RFA-SUBSYS-lRELI EF-lCASH-SUBSYS-I, CLSH-SUBSYS-l,COL-EC-I, COL-EC-AIR-l,COL-HWB-4RFA-SUBSYS-lCLSH-SUBSYS-l, COL-EC-I,COL-EC-AIR-lRFA-SUBSYS-IPLANT-lROCK-BED-I, TANK-ICASH-SUBSYS-l, CLSH-SUBSYS-I,COL-EC-l, COL-EC-AIR-l,COL-HWB-4CLSH-CNTRL-l, CLSH-SUBSYS-ICASH-CNTRL-l, CASH-SUBSYS-lCASH-SUBSYS-l, CLSH-SUBSYS-l,DUCT-LOSSES-I, PIPE-LOSSES-I,ROCK-BED-I, TANK-ICASH-SUBSYS-l, CLSH-SUBSYS-I,ROCK-BED-I, TANK-IRFA-SUBSYS-lROCK-BED-I, TANK-lCASH-CNTRL-lPLANT-IPLANT-lRFA-SUBSYS-lRFA-SUBSYS-l
Input or Output Input to Output fromName Component TYPE Component TYPE(from the CONNECT instruction)COS-I NC CASH-SUBSYS-l, I NSOL-lCLSH-SUBSYS-l, COL-EC-l,COL-EC-AIR-l, COL-HWB-4EFFECTIVENESSELECELEC-FANELEC-HPELEC-PUMPEXCH-EFFFLOWFLOW-AIRFLOW-COLDFLOW-HCFLOW-HOTFLOW-INFLOW-IN-BOTFLOW-IN-TOPFLOW-LIQ-OUTFLOW-LOADFLOW-MIXEDFLOW-OUTFLOW-OUT-lFLOW-OUT-2FLOW-PHCFLOW-ZHCFLOW-lFLOW-2F-AUXF-DIRF-FANF-FPCOL-HWB-4, DUCT-LOSSES-l,PIPE-LOSSES-l, RELIEF-lEXCHANGER-lCLSH-CNTRL-l, CLSH-SUBSYS-lEXCHANGER-lFLOW-DIVERTER-lROCK-BED-l, TANK-lROCK-BED-l, TANK-lCASH-CNTRL-l, CASH-SUBSYS-lCLSH-CNTRL-l, CLSH-SUBSYS-lCLSH-CNTRL-l, CLSH-SUBSYS-lTEE-lTEE-lEXCHANGER-lCASH-SUBSYS-l, CLSH-SUBSYS-l,COL-EC-l, COL-EC-AIR-l,FAN-I, PLANT-2, PUMP-I,RFA-SUBSYS-lRFA-SUBSYS-lRFA-SUBSYS-lRFA-SUBSYS-lCOL-EC-lCASH-CNTRL-l, FAN-I, PUMP-lRFA-SUBSYS-lPLANT-lCLSH-CNTRL-l, RFA-SUBSYS-lCLSH-SUBSYS-l,TEE-lCOL-EC-I, COL-EC-AIR-lFLOW-DIVERTER-lFLOW-DIVERTER-2PLANT-lPLANT-lRFA-SUBSYS-lRFA-SUBSYS-lRFA-SUBSYS-lRFA-SUBSYS-lIX .34
Input or Output Input to Output fromName Component TYPE Component TYPE(from the CONNECT instruction)T -INT-I N-BOTT-IN-COLDT-IN-HCT-IN-HOTT-I N-PHCT-IN-ZHCT-I N-TOPT-LIQ-INT-LIQ-OUTT-LOADT-LOAD-SUPT-MIXEDT-OUTT-OUT-BOTT-OUT-COLDT-OUT-HOTT-OUT-TOPT-RETT-SOLT-SPACET-STORT-STOR-AVGT-TANKT-TANK-NEWT-TANK-OLDT-TANK-IT-TANK-2CASH-SUBSYS-I, COL-EC-I,COL-EC-AIR-I, COL-HWB-4,DUCT-LOSSES-I, PIPE-LOSSES-I,RELI EF-IROCK-BED-I, TANK-IEXCHANGER-ICLSH-CNTRL-I, CLSH-SUBSYS-IEXCHANGER-ICLSH-CNTRL-I, CLSH-SUBSYS-ICLSH-CNTRL-l, CLSH-SUBSYS-IROCK-BED-I, TANK-ICLSH-CNTRL-IRFA-SUBSYS-ICASH-CNTRL-ICASH-CNTRL-lRFA-SUBSYS-ICOL-EC-I, COL-EC-AIR-IPLANT-2PLANT-IPLANT-IPLANT-ICLSH-CNTRL-I, RFA-SUBSYS-ICLSH-SUBSYS-ICASH-SUBSYS-ITEE-ICOL-EC-I, COL-EC-AIR-I,COL-HWB-4, DUCT-LOSSES-I,PIPE-LOSSES-I, RELIEF-IROCK-BED-IEXCHANGER-IEXCHANGER-IROCK-BED-ICASH-CNTRL-IROCK-BED-ICLSH-SUBSYS-I, TANK-ICLSH-SUBSYS-lCLSH-SUBSYS-ITANK-ITANK-lIX.37
Input or OutputNameInput toComponent TYPEOutput fromComponent TYPE(from the CONNECT instruction)Q-REJRFA-SUBSYS-lQ-SOL PLANT-2 CASH-CNTRL-l, CASH-SUBSYS-l,CLSH-CNTRL-l, CLSH-SUBSYS-l,RFA-SUBSYS-lQ-TRANSEXCHANGER-lQ-WORKRFA-SUBSYS-lQ-ZHC CLSH-CNTRL-l, CLSH-SUBSYS-l PLANT-lRAD-HOR-DI FINSOL-lRAD-HOR-TOT INSOL-I <strong>DOE</strong>-WEATH-I, INSOL-IRAD-NORM-DIR INSOL-I INSOL-IRAD-TILT-DIF CASH-SUBSYS-l, CLSH-SUBSYS-l INSOL-lCOL-EC-I, COL-EC-AIR-I,COL-HWB-4RAD-TILT-DIR CASH-SUBSYS-I, INSOL-lCLSH-SUBSYS-I, COL-EC-I,COL-EC-AIR-I, COL-HWB-4RAD-TIL T-TOT CASH-SUBSYS-l, CLSH-SUBSYS-l, INSOL-lCOL-HWB-4, COL-EC-I,COL-EC-AIR-ISIGNAL FAN-I, PUMP-I,FLOW-DIVIDER-IDIF-CNTRL-ITRANS-ABS-PRODCOL-HWB-4T-AIR-IN RFA-SUBSYS-IT-AMB CASH-SUBSYS-l, <strong>DOE</strong>-WEATH-ICLSH-SUBSYS-I, COL-EC-I,COL-EC-AIR-I, COL-HWB-4,RFA-SUBSYS-IT-AVGCASH-SUBSYS-IT-BOT-NODEROCK-BED-IT-COLCLSH-SUBSYS-IT-COL-INCASH-SUBSYS-IT-COL-NEWCASH-SUBSYS-I, CLSH-SUBSYS-IT-COL-OLDCASH-SUBSYS-I, CLSH-SUBSYS-IT-COL-OUTCASH-SUBSYS-I, COL-EC-IT-ENVDUCT-LOSSES-I, PIPE-LOSSES-I,ROCK-BED-I, TANK-IIX.36
E. EDLCorrrnand Word Abbreviation PageABORT none (see Chap. II)BAS ELI NE none VI.9COMPONENT-COST C-C VI.6COMPUTE none (see Chap. II)DIAGNOSTIC LIST (see Chap. II)ECONOMICS-REPORT E-R VI.12END none (see Chap. II)INPUT none (see Chap. II)PARAMETER DEFINE (see Chap. II)PARAMETRIC-INPUT PAR-INPUT (see Chap. II)SET -DEFAULT SET (see Chap. II)STOP none (see Chap. II)TITLE none (see Chap. II)Keyword Abbreviation Associated Command WordANNUAL-COST A-C COMPONENT-COSTCOMPONE NT -LI FE C-L COMPONENT-COSTENERGY-COST E-C BASELINEENERGY-USf-SITE E-U-SITE BASELINEENERGY-USE-SRC E-U-SRC BASELINEFIRST-COST F-C BASELINE, COMPONENT-COSTINSTALL-COST I-C COMPONENT-COSTMAJ-OVHL-COST MAJ-O-C COMPONENT-COSTMAJ-OVHL-INT MAJ-O-I COMPONENT-COSTMIN-OVHL-COST MIN-O-C COMPONENT-COSTMIN-OVHL-INT MI N-O-I COMPONENT-COSTNUMBER-OF-UNITS N-O-U COMPONENT-COSTOPERATIONS-COST O-C BASELINEREPLACE-COST R-C BASELINESUMMARY S ECONOMICS-REPORTUNIT-NAME U-N COMPONENT-COSTVERIFICATION V ECONOMICS-REPORTIX.39
I nput or OutputNameInput toComponent TYPEOutput fromComponent TYPE(from the CONNECT instruction)T-l and T-2 TEE-l CASH-SUBSYS-l, COL-EC-l,COL-EC-AIR-l, ROCK-BED-l,DUCT LOSSES-I, PIPE-LOSSES-lT-3 throughT-5CASH-SUBSYS-l, ROCK-BED-lT-6 throughT-I0ROCK-BED-lUATANK-lV-HIDIF-CNTRL-lV-LODIF-CNTRL-lWIND-SPEED COL-HWB-4 <strong>DOE</strong>-WEATH-lIX.38
Code-WordALL-SUMMARYALL-VERIFICATIONES-AES-BES-CEV-AAssociated KeywordSUMMARYVERIFICATIONSUMMARYSUMMARYSUMMARYVERI FICt,TI ONIX.40
X. LIBRARY DATATABLE OF CONTENTSA. SCHEDULES LIBRARY .. .. . .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. ..B. MATERIALS LIBRARY .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. ..X .A.1X.B.l1. Thermal Properties of Building Materials2. Thermal Properties of Insulating Materials3. Thermal Properties of Air Films and Air Spaces4. Notes •X.B.2X.B.9X.B.llX.B.12
X. LIBRARY DATAA. SCHEDULES LIBRARYGraphic examples of typical schedules are included in this section to aidthe user. The user must enter his own schedules into the program with theDAY-SCHEDULE, WEEK-SCHEDULE, and SCHEDULE instructions (see Chap. II). A setof blank schedule graphs is also included at the end of this section.X.A.l
BANKSWEEKDAYS100 I I I rI... z:
100r..., z: ~a: '-' 50&oJ"-l-o MItl 50.., a:~"-oM 4100t;:tl SOa:......"-OM 4100 II z:tlsoa:&oJ"-oM100I z:I.4•4WEEKDAYSBANK OFFICESWEEKENDS & HOLIDAYSI I 100 I I I I-.. 11,-" • I • "I • , " I8 Ii 4TIME,..- j.:.r- I'8 Ii 4TIME8 Ii 4TIMEIII• I8 Ii 4TIME8 M88IOCCUPANCYMI z:o M 4100tlSOa:..,LIGHTINGM~"-o M100oHOT WATER100I Ztlso:a:......."-l-Ml-o MI4rI4I I- ,I8 M 4I8 Ii 4 8TIME, ,18 N 4 8TIMEI I II , I •8 N 4 8TIMEI I II , I , I8 N 4 8TIMEMMMX.A.3
SHALL OFFICE BUILDING100~z:....u so....A- "'"~~o M100~z:lj SO"'" ....A-0MT,44WEEKDAYS1 JTI8 N 4TIME8 N 4TIMEWEEKENDS & HOLIDAYSI100 I I ' I -.08 M M 4 8 N 4 8 MTIMELIGHTING & RECEPTACLES~z:lj SO..:....A-:, I , I8 MOM 4 8 N 4 8TIMEOCCUPANCY100~z: ~.... u 50 _....A-"",,100100 1I I ,~:z:lj SO.... ""A-OM48 N 4TIMEo8 M M 4HOT WATERf-II , I ,8 N 4 8 MTIME100'I-, 100 I1 -1 COoM,4I, I8 N 4TIME.I8 Mf- , IOM 4I • I,8 N 4 8 MTIMEX.A.4
OFFICESWEEKDAYSWEEKENDS & HOLl D,L,YS100100I II I~z:~...z:u 50tl50...II
RESTAURANT....z:....MONDAY THRU THURSDAY100 T"T"l"'T"T"T'"T"I'""'T""T""1'""r;""""-M-':"':"",...,..,."T"T"'I~ 50 \------+------1 tj50....A-'"&oJo M. 48 II 4TIME....z:A-8 III o IIIOCCUPANCYFRIDAY THRU SUNDAY & HOLIDAYS1oo~~rn~Tr~~~~~4 8100....z:tj 50...&oJ'"100....z:tj 50'"&oJA-014 48 N 4TIME8 M o 14LIGHTING4 8 N 4 8 14TIME100....z:tj 500::&oJA-OM 48 II 4TIMEI--z:...100tj 500::I:>.08 11 14HOT WATER4 8 N 4 8 14TIME100....z:tj 50'"&oJA-0M 48 II 4TIIIfEI--z100tj50.... '"I:>.08 M 14KITCHEN PROCESS4 8 N 4 8 MTIMEX.A.6
SMALL RETAIL STOREWEEKDAYS & SATURDAYS100100.......,E.....E 50~ 50.....,or:'".....o '" 4 8 II 4 8'"a '" 4TIMEOCCUPANCY100100.....E.....z~ 50... 50'"....'" .....0M 4 8 N 4 8 Ma M 4TIMELIGHTING100100.....!Ez~ 50~ 50'".....,...'"0", 4 8 II 4 8 M ° M 4TIMEHOT WATER100I I I I100 ,!E.tl 50.., or:...o'"I ~ , 1 I,4 8 II 4TIME8 '"a M 4SUNDAYS8 N 4TIME8 N 4 8 MTIME8 N 4 8 MTIMEI,I III8 N 4 8 MTIMEX.A.7
LARGE RETAIL STORE....z:....a:u....~100SOo MWEEKDAYS & SATURDAYS100....z:~50a:....4 8 N 4 8 M o M 4TIMEOCCUPANCY~SUNDAYS8 N 4TIME....z....~ 50r-------~-+--------~~a:...oM 4 8 N 4TIME8 M....za:....100~,~ SOII>.o H 4LIGHTING AND RECEPTACLE')~I~8 N 4 8 MTIME!;:100~ SOa:.......0 M 4 8 N 4TIME....z:..,...100~ SOa:08 H M 4HOT WATER8 N 4 8 MTIME....z100~ 50co::....~0 M 4 8 N 4TIME100....z:~50a:""...08 M M 4ESCALATOR & ELEVATOR8 N 4 8 MTIMEX.A.8
SCHOOL/CLASSROOMREGULAR SCHOOL...100~zu 50~~o MIWEEKDAYS1I, r ,4 8 N 4TIMEl11 'I8:MOCCUPANCY100o MWEEKENDS & HOLIDAYSI 1 1 ,I I , 14 8 N 4 8TIME100~z~ 50a::...oM,4'r ....,'8 N 4TIME1~8 M~z~50~---------+----------~a::...LIGHTING & RECEPTACLEo MCc~4~~8OC~N~~4OC~8~~MTIMESUMMER SCHOOL1001 'WEEKDAYS111 100-'-WEEKENDS & HOLIDAYS, 1I r h I4 8 N 4TIME1 o8 MOCCUPANCYMI I I4 8 N 4 8 MTIME1001'IF,,oM.. 8 N ..TIME.n....;8 M~z~50~--------~----------~a:....o M 4LIGHTING AND RECEPTACLES8 N 4 8 MTIMEX.A.9
SUPERMARKETI-MONDAY THRU WEDNESDAYl00~~~~~~~~~~~~ 50l---------~l-_!::~--ja:........o /II4100I:z:a:~ 50.....Q.IoM 4100l- z:~ 50.., a:Q.0 /II 4100l E~ 50a:.....o ,/II 4".S N 4TIMErTJ -rIIS NTIME4S N 4TIME,•,S II 4TIMES•8S,-ISL-MTHURSDAY THRU SUNDAYloorn~rn~~~~~~~l E~50~-------4-+~~----~~.., a:Q.OCCUPANCY/IIo /IIbJ...oJ 4r::Cl::zjSc:.....J NL.w..L.J 4-'-'-"-:!S,..J:::I100Iz:~50..,... ""LIGHTING/III- z~o /II100~ 50ex:.....Q.HOT WATER./II0100Iz:~50a::.....Q./II,,44-r",o /II 41TIMErI~, ,J8 N 4 8 MTIME8 N 4 S MTIMEiT , 'T ,i I ,8 N 4 S MTIMEX.A.10
100 1~z...u so... '"c.~1o M 4100 ,~z~ so... '" c.1oM 4100I~z~ so... '" c.14100oMI4"I1"' I1 18 N 4 8 MTIME, , ,1 18 NTIME4 8 M1 1 1I I 18 N 4 8 MTIMEI1 1 L8 NTIME4 8 M1--100o M100~z~50.... '"c.I z:o M100~ SO.... '"c.o100Iz~50'"
B. MATERIALS LIBRARYThis section contains tables showing the thermal properties of buildingmaterials, insulating materials, and air films and air spaces, with associated00E-2 code-words. These materials are machine-addressable by 00E-2 throughthe LAYERS command in LOADS (Chap. III).X.B.l
1. Thermal Properties of Buildina MaterialsThermal Properties of Building MaterialsThermal PropertiesThickness Conductivity Density Speci fi ccode-word Description HeatAcoustic TileFeetResistanceBtu· Ft Lb Btu Hr·Ft,·oFHr·Ft,·oF Ft' lb.oF BtuACOI 3/B inch 0.0313 0.0330 18.0 0.32 0.95AC02 1/2 inch 0.0417 0.0330 18.0 0.32 1.26AD03 3/4 inch 0.0625 0.0330 lB.O 0.32 1.89ASOI Aluminum or Steel Siding 0.0050 26.000 480.0 0.10Asbestos-CementABOI 1/8 inch Board 0.0104 0.3450 120.0 0.2 0.03AB02 1/4 inch Board 0.0208 0.3450 120.0 0.2 0.06AB03 Shingle 0.21AB04 1/4 inch lapped Siding 0.21AVOI Asbestos-Vinyl Tile 0.3 0.05Aspha ItAROI Roofing Roll 70.0 0.35 0.15AR02 Shingle and Siding 70.0 0.35 0.44AR03 Tile 0.3 0.05BrickBK01 4 inch ColIIIDn 0.3333 0.4167 120.0 0.2 0.80BK02 8 inch • 0.6667 0.4167 120.0 0.2 1.60BK03 12 inch • 1.0000 0.4167 120.0 0.2 2.40BK04 3 inch Face 0.2500 0.7576 130.0 0.22 0.33BK05 4 inch • 0.3333 0.7576 130.0 0.22 0.44-BADI Built-up Roofing, 3/8 inch 0.0313 0.0939 70.0 0.35 0.33Building Paper8POI Permeable Felt 0.06&P02 2-Layers Seal 0.12&POJ Plastic Film Seal 0.01X.B.2
The",.l Properties of Blind;n; MaterialsTheMOOl PropertiesThicl:.ness Conduct; vit)' Dens it)' Specific Resishnceco
Thermal Properties of Buildin9 MaterialsThenna 1 Properti esThickness Conductivity Density Specificcode-word Description HeatConcrete, light Weight, 80 lb.FeetResistanceBtu·Ft lb Btu Hr.Ft,.ofHr·Ft,.oF Ft 3 Lb.of BtuCC21 3(4 inch 0.0625 0.2083 80.0 0.2 0.30CC22 1.25 inch 0.1042 0.2083 80.0 0.2 0.50CC23 2 inch 0.1667 0.2083 80.0 0.2 0.80ce24 4 inch 0.3333 0.2083 80.0 0.2 1.60eC25 6 inch 0.5000 0.2083 80.0 0.2 2.40ce26 8 inch 0.6667 0.2083 80.0 0.2 3.20Concrete I U ght Wei ght 1 30 lb.CC31 3(4 inch 0.0625 0.0751 30.0 0.2 0.83CC32 1.25 inch 0.1042 0.0751 30.0 0.2 1.39CC33 2 inch 0.1667 0.0751 30.0 0.2 2.22CC34 4 inch 0.3333 0.0751 30.0 0.2 4.44COS 6 inch 0.5000 0.0751 30.0 0.2 6.66CC36 8 inch 0.6667 0.0751 30.0 0.2 8.88Concrete Blod,4 inch Heavy WeightC801 Ho 11 ow 0.3333 0.4694 101.0 0.71C802 Concrete Filled 0.3333 0.7575 140.0 0.44CB03 Perlite Filled 0.3333 0.3001 103.0 1.11CBD4 Partially filled concrete(l) 0.3333 0.5844 114.0 0.57C805 Concrete and Perlite(2) 0.3333 0.4772 115.0 0.70Concrete Block,6 inch Heavy ~eightCB06 Ho 11 ow 0.5000 0.5555 85.0 0.90CB07 Concrete Filled 0.5000 0.7575 140.0 0.66CBOB Perlite Filled 0.5000 0.2222 88.0 2.25C809 Partially filled concrete(1J 0.5000 0.6119 104.0 0.82C810 Concrete and Perlite(2) 0.5000 0.4238 104.0 1.18Concrete Block,S inch Heavy WeightC811 Hollow 0.6667 0.6060 69.0 1.10CB12 Concrete Fi lled 0.6667 0.7575 140.0 .88CB13 Perlite Filled 0.6667 0.2272 70.0 2.93CB14 Partially filled concrete(lJ 0.6667 0.6746 93.0 0.99CB15 Concrete and Perlite(2) 0.6667 0.4160 93.0 1.60See NOTES at the end of this Section.X.B.4 (Revised 5/81)
Thermal Properties of Buildin, MoterialsThermal PropertiesThic""ess Conduct j vity Density Specific Resista~,:etode-word Description HeatFeetBtu' Ft !:£... Btu Hr. Ft2. ofHr.Ft£·oF Ft3 Lb·oF BtuConcrete Block,12 inch Heavy WeightCB16 Ho11ow 1.0000 0.7813 76.0 0.2 1.22CB17 Concrete Filled 1. 0000 0.7575 140.0 0.2 1. 32CB18 Partially filled concrete(l) 1.0000 0.7773 98.0 0.2 1.29IIConcrete Block,4 inch Medium WEightC821 Ho11ow 0.3333 0.3003 7£.0 0.2 1.11CB22 Concrete Fi 11ed 0.3333 0.4455 115.0 0.2 0.75C823 Perlite Fi11ed 0.3333 0.1512 78.0 0.2 2.20C624 Partia11y filled concrete(l) 0.3333 0.3306 89.0 0.2 1. 01C825 Concrete and Perlite(2) 0.3333 0.2493 90.0 0.2 1.34Concrete Block,6 in:h Medium Weig~Lt!C626 Ho 11 ow 0.5000 0.3571 65.0 0.2 1. 40C827 Concrete Filled 0.5000 0.4443 119.0 i 0.2 1. 13C828 Perlite Filled 0.5000 0.1166 67.0 I 0.2 4.29C629 Partially filled concrete(l) 0.500e 0.368( 83.0 0.2 1. 36CB30 Concrete and Perlite(2) 0.5000 0.2259 84.0 0.2 2.21Concrete B1ock.,8 inch Medium WeightC831 Hollow 0.6667 0.3876 53.0 0.2 1.72CB32 Concrete Filled 0.6667 0.4957 123.0 0.2 1.34CB33 Perlite Filled 0.6667 0.1141 56.0 0.2 5.84C634 Partially filled concrete(1) 0.6667 0.4348 76.0 0.2 1.53CB35 Concrete and Perlite(2) 0.6657 0.2413 77.0 0.2 2.75Concrete B1ock.,12 inch Medium WEightCB36 Hollow 1.0000 0.4959 58.0 0.2 2.02C837 Concrete Filled 1.0000 0.4814 121.0 0.2 2.08CB38 Partially filled concrete(l) 1.0000 0.4919 79.0 0.2 2.03See NOTES It the end of this Section.X.B.5(Revi sed 5/81)
Tho ... l Propertl., of 8ullding Moterl.l.The"" 1 PropertfesThlckn.ss Conci.lctiy1ty Dens it,)' Specific! Resisterl::e jeode-word DescriptIon HutFeetBtu·rt I Lb Btu Hr'·t=' ::;:-Hr·Ft 2 • c F Ft' Lb. or B!.i.iConcrete Slock.e inch light weigetCE~l He 11 "" 0.3333 0.2222 65.0 0.2 1 . 5~CE42 Concrete Filled 0.3333 0.3SS5 104.0 I 0.2 0.5:CoO p.,lite Fi 11ee 0.3333 0.1271 67.0 II , 0.2 2.62eE44 Perti~ll'y filled con::rfte(l) 0.33.33 0.28:2 7E.O I 0.2 1 . 19eE4E Cencrete Inc Perlit.(2) 0.3333 0.2075 79.0ConcretE E'oc'"6 inch lig"',t W€1g":tI 0.2 1.S: IICB45 He 11 ow 0.508~ 0.2777 55.0 0.2 1.8:CB4) Cor:::r-et€ ri11ed O. 5~~J 0.3819 11 C. C' IC.2 1. 31eE4S Perlite Filled 0.50::: 0.09t5 5).0 0.2 5. OSCS4, P~rtiell'y fi11e!:' concl"'€te(l) 0.58J: 0.3129 73.GI 0.2 1. ~ 7CB50 Cenc",,! •• nd Perlite(2) 0.500: 0.1929 74.0 0.2 2.55IIConcretl: Block,S inch Ligrlt WeigiltCB51 He11 CJI,\I 0.6SE) 0.3333 45.0 0.2 2.0:CE52 Concrete Filled 0.66U O.~359 115.0 0.2 1. 53CES3 Peri ite ri lled 0.6657 0.0953 48.0 0.2 6.92CB54 Partitl1y filled concrete(1) 0.6£ S7 O.38~E 6E.O 0.2 1. 73CE" Coocre!. Ind Perlite(2) 0.66E7 0.2095 6,.0 0.2 3.16--Concrete Block,12 inch Light W
Thermal Properties ofSulldlng MaterialsThermal PropertiesThfc~ness Conductivity Density Specific Resistancecode-word Description HeatFeet Btu· Ft Lb Btu Hr Ft2.oF- --oHr·ft,·oF Ft' Lb. of StuHard Board. 3/4 inchHSOl Medium Density Siding 0.0625 0.0544 40.0 0.28 1.15HS02 Medium Density Others 0.0625 0.0608 50.0 0.31 1.03HS03 High Density Standard Tempered 0.0625 0.0683 55.0 0.33 0.92HS04 High Density Service Tempered 0.0625 0.0833 63.0 0.33 0.75LTOl Linoleum Tile 0.30 0.05Parttcle BoardPSOl Low Density 3/4 inch 0.0625 0.0450 75.0 0.31 1.39PS02 Medium Density 3/4 inch 0.0625 0.7833 75.0 0.31 0.08PS03 High Density 3/4 inch 0.0625 0.9833 75.0 0.31 0.06PSC4 Underlayment, 5/8 inch 0.0521 0.1796 75.0 0.29 0.29Plywood?WOl 1/4 inch 0.0209 0.0667 34.0 0.29 0.31PW02 3/8 inch 0.0313 0.0667 34.0 0.29 0.47PW03 1/2 inch 0.0417 0.0667 34.0 0.29 0.63PW04 5/8 inch 0.0521 0.0667 34.0 0.29 0.78PII05 3/4 inch 0.0625 0.0667 34.0 0.29 0.94PW06 1 inch 0.0833 0.0667 34.0 0.29 1.25Roof Gravel or SlagRGOl 1/2 inch 0.0417 0.8340 55.0 0.4 0.05RG02 1 inch 0.0833 0.8340 55.0 0.4 0.10RTOl Rubber Tile 0.05SLOl Slate. 1/2 Inch 0.0417 0.8340 100.0 0.35 0.05STOl Stone. 1 inch 0.0833 1.0416 140.0 0.2 0.08SeOl Stucoo. 1 inch 0.0833 0.4167 166.0 0.2 0.20nOl T~rrazzo, 1 inch 0.0833 1.0416 140.0 0.2 0.08X.B.7
Thermal Properties of Building MaterialsThermal PropertiesThickness Conductivity Density Specificcode-word Description HeatFeetResistanceBtu·Ft Lb Btu Hr·Ft,·oF-Hr o Ft2. c F Ft 3 Lb.oF Btullood, SoftIl001 3/4 inch 0.0625 0.0667 32.0 0.33 0.9411002 1.5 inch 0.1250 0.0667 32.0 0.33 1.87W003 2.5 inch 0.2083 0.0667 32.0 0.33 3.12llD04 3.5 inch 0.2917 0.0667 32.0 0.33 4.3711005 4 inch 0.3333 0.0667 32.0 0.33 5.00llood, HardWOll 3/4 inch 0.0625 0.0916 45.0 0.30 0.6811012 1 inch 0.0833 0.0916 45.0 0.30 0.91Wood, Shingle11501 For Wall 0.0583 0.0667 32.0 0.3 0.87W502 For Roof 0.94X.B.B
2. Thermal Properties of Insulatina MaterialsThermal Properties of Insulating MaterialsThermal PropertiesThickness Conductiyity Density SpeCific I Resistoncecode-word Description HeatFeetMineral Wool/FiberBtu·FtLb Btu Hr·Ft 2 .oFHr. Ft'. of Ft' Lb. of BtuIIN01 Batt, R-7(3) 0.1882 0.0250 .60 0.2 7.53IN02 Batt, R-ll 0.2957 0.0250 .60 0.2 11.83IN03 Batt • R-19 0.5108 0.0250 .60 0.2 I 20.43IN04 Batt, R-24 0.6969 0.0250 .60 0.2 27.88IN05 Batt, R-30 0.S065 0.0250 .60 0.2 32.25INll Fill, 3.5 inch, R-ll 0.2917 0.0270 .60I0.2 10.80IN12 Fill, S.5 inch, R-19 0.4583 0.0270 .63 0.2 16.97IICelluloseIN13 Fill, 3.5 inch, R-13 0.2917 0.0225 3.0 0.33 12.96IN14 Fill,5.5 inch, R-20 0.4583 0.0225 3.0 0.33 20.37Preforned Minera1 BoardIH21 7/8 inch, R-3 0.0729 0.0240 I 15.0 0.17 3.04IN22 1 inch, R-3.5 0.0833 0.0240 15.0 0.17 3.47IN23 2 inch, R-6.9 0.1657 0.0240 15.0 0.17 6.95IN24 3 inch, R-l0.3 0.2500 0.0240 15.0 0.17 10.42Po lys tyrene, ExpandedIN31 1/2 inch 0.0417 0.0200 1.8 0.29 2.08IN32 3/4 inch 0.0625 0.0200 1.8 0.29 3.12IN33 1 inch 0.0833 0.0200 1.8 0.29 4.16IN34 1.25 inch 0.1042 0.0200 1.8 0.29 5.21IN35 2 inch 0.1667 0.0200 1.8 0.29 8.33IN36 3 inch 0.2500 0.0200 1.8 0.29 12.50IN37 4 inch 0.3333 0.0200 1.8 0.29 16.66Po lyurethane, ExpandedIN41 1/2 inch 0.0417 0.0133 1.5 0.38 3.14IN42 3/4 inch0625 0.0133 1.5 0.38 4.67IN43 1 inch 0.08331 0.0133 I 1.5 0.38 6.26IN44 1. 25 inch 0.1042 0.0133 1.5 0.38 7.83IN45 2 inch 0.1667 0.0133 1.5 0.38 12.53IN46 3 inch 0.2500 0.0133 1.5 0.38 18.80IN47 4 inch 0.3333 0.0133 1.5 0.38 25.06See NOTES at the end of this Section.X.B.9 (Revised 5/81)
The ... , Properties of Insul.tlng ~teri.lsTile...,. 1 Propertieshic~ness Conductivity Dens Hy Specific Resiste;.::ec~....crd ~scrlptlon HeatFeetBtu·H It Btu Hr.Ft 2 • C rHr· H'. of Ft' Lb.oF Stulire. Fo ...... 1 de hydeI~5l 3.5 Inch, R-19 0.2910 0.0200 0.7 0.3 14.5;I~52 5.5 inch, R-30 0.4588 0.0200 0.7 O. 3 22.90Insuhtioe BoudIN61 Shu.thing. 1/2 lnch 0.0~17 0.0316 18.C 0.31 1. 32INE2~~c't~tnc, ~/~ in5h 0.006 0.0316 1 E. C 0.31 1. 9,IN63 ln~ € ~acker. 3 b inch 0.0313 0.0331 10.0 0.31 0.9:-1~6~ ~ail base Sheathins, 1/2 Inch O. O~ 17 0.036[ 25.0 0.31 1. 14Roof Insu1.tion, PrefOro£dIN71 1/2 inch 0.0
3. Thermal Properties of Air Films and Air SpacesThe ..... l Properties of Air Films and Air SpacesThermal PropertiesThickness Conductivity Density Specificeode-word Description HeatResistance.Feet Btu' Ft ~ ~ Hr·Ft 2 .oFHr·Ft 2 .oF Ft 3 Lb·oF BtuAir Layer, 3/4 inch or lessAlll Vertical Walls 0.90Al12 Slope 45 degrees 0.84All 3 Horizontal Roofs 0.82Air layer, 3/4 inch to 4 inchAl21 Vertical Walls 0.89Al22 Slope 45 degrees 0.87Al23 Horizonta 1 Roofs 0.87Air Layer, 4 inch or IIrlreAl31 Vertical Walls 0.92Al32 Slope 45 degrees 0.89Al33 Horizontal Roofs 0.92X. B. 11
4. NotesNOTESTOTables of Materials and Air SpacesNOTE 1One filled and reinforced concrete core every 24 inches of walllength.NOTE 2One filled and reinforced concrete core every 24 inches of walllength with the remaining cores filled with perlite insulation.NOTE 3Nominal thickness is 2 inches to 2-3/4 inches.based on a thickness of 2.26 inches.Resistance value isNOTE 4The air space resistance value represents a compromise betweenactual summer and winter values. There is no mechanism in thecurrent program for varying air space resistance as a function oftemperature.X.B.12
XI.REFERENCES1. "Procedure for Determining Heating and Cooling Loads for ComputerizingEnergy Calculations. Algorithms for Building Heat TransferSubroutines,· M. Lokmanhekim, ASH RAE Task Group on Energy Requirementsfor Heating and Cooling of Buildings, American Society of Heating,Refrigerating, and Air Conditioning Engineers, Inc., 345 East 47thStreet, New York, NY 10017 (1971; second printing 1975).2. "Procedures for Simulating the Performance of Components and Systemsfor Energy Calculations," W. F. Stoecker, ASH RAE Task Group on EnergyRequirements for Heating and Cooling of Buildings, American Society ofHeating, Refrigerating, and Air Conditioning Engineers, Inc., 345 East47th Street, New York, NY 10017 (1975).3. NECAP, NASA's ENERGY-COST ANALYSIS PROGRAM, Henninger, Robert H. ed.,NASA Contractor Report NASA CR-2590, Part! Users <strong>Manual</strong> and Part IIEngineering <strong>Manual</strong> (1975) available from the National TechnicalInformation Service, US Department of Commerce, 5285 Port Royal Road,Springfield, VA 22161, as Reports N76-10751 ($8.50) and N76-10752($9.50) .4. "Life Cycle Costing, EmphaSizing Energy Conservation," Energy Researchand Development Administration Report ERDA 76/130. Available from theNational TeChnical Information Service, US Department of Commerce, 5285Port Royal Road, Springfield, VA 22161 ($6.00 for printed copy).5. 1977 ASHRAE Handbook of Fundamentals, American Society of Heating,Refrigerating, and Air Conditioning Engineers, Inc., 345 East 47thStreet, New York, NY 10017.6. Cumali, Z.O., Sezgen, A.O., and Sullivan, R., "Interim Report - PassiveSolar Calculation Methods," CCB/Cumali Associates report under ContractEM-78-C-01-5221 to US Department of Energy, Oakland, California (April15, 1979).7. Cumali, Z.O., Sezgen, A.D., and Sul1ivan, R., "Final Report - PassiveSolar Calculation Methods,· CCB/Cumali Associates report under contractEM-78-C-01-5221 to US Department of Energy, Oakland, California (June15, 1979).8. Schnurr, N.M., Kerrisk, J. F., Moore, J. E., Hunn, B.D., and Cumali,Z.O., "Applications of <strong>DOE</strong>-2 to Direct-Gain Passive Solar Systems:Implementation of a Weighting-Factor Calculative Technique,"Proceedings of the 4th National Passive Solar Conference, Vol. 4, pp.182-186 (October 1979).9. ASHRAE Standard 93-77, "Methods of Testing to Determine the ThermalPerformance of Solar Collectors," ASH RAE (1978).10. 1979 ASHRAE Handbook of Eguipment, American Society of Heating,Refrigeration, and Air Conditioning Engineers, Inc., 345 East 47thStreet, New York, NY 10017.V· ,I'd .1
11. "TRNSYS - A Transient System Simula ion Program," Klein, S., Seck;nan,et al., Solar Energy ~aboratory, Un versity of Wisconsin, Enginee;ingExperimentation Station, Madison, W sconsin (September 1975)~. ,w. ,12. Proceedings of "Systems Simulation and Economic Analysis for SolarHeating and Coolingtl Conference, June 27-29, 1978, San Diego, CA.13. Hill, J. E. and Kusuda, T., "Method of Testing for Rating SolarCollectors Based on Thermal Performance," Interim Report NBSIR 74-635,National Bureau of Standards, (December 197 4 ).Other Pertinent DocumentsCinquemani, V., Owenby, J. R., Jr., and Baldwin, R. C., Input Data forSolar Systems, prepared for Environmental Resources and AssessmentsBranch, Divlsion of Solar Technology, US Department of Energy (November1978) .Duffie, J. A. and Beckman, W. A., Solar Energy Thermal Processes,(John Wi ley and Sons, New York, 1974)."Energy Conservation Design <strong>Manual</strong> for New Non-Residential Buildings, HState of California, Energy Resources Conservation and DevelopmentCommission, 1111 Howe Avenue, Sacramento, CA 95825.liu, B. Y. H. and Jordan, R. C., "The Interrelationship andCharacteristic Distribution of Direct, Diffuse, and Total SolarRadiation." Solar Energy, 4, No.3, (1960)."NBSlD, A Computer Program for Calculating Heating and Cooling loads inBuildings," Kusuda, T., NBSIR 74-574 (November 1974).Siegel, Robert, and Howell, John R., Thermal Radiation Heat Transfer(McGraw-Hill Book Company, New York, NY, 1972)."Solmet Hourly Solar Radiation Data on Magnatic Tape," descriptivebrochure by NOAA (National Oceanic and Atmospheric Administration),Asheville, NC (October 1977).SOLMET Volume 1 - User's <strong>Manual</strong>, US Department of Conlmerce (1978)."Summary of Solar Radiation Observations," Boeing Company ReportD2-90577-1 (December 1964).Threlkeld, J. l., Thermal Environmental En~ineering,Prentice Hall Inc., Englewood Cliffs, NJ, "970.Second Edition,XI. 2
Change language